1 The book of the genealogy of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham.
2 Abraham was the father of Isaac, and Isaac the father of Jacob, and Jacob the father of Judah and his brothers.
3 Judah was the father of Perez and Zerah by Tamar, Perez the father of Hezron, and Hezron the father of Ram.
4 Ram was the father of Amminadab, Amminadab the father of Nahshon, and Nahshon the father of Salmon.
5 Salmon was the father of Boaz by Rahab, Boaz the father of Obed by Ruth, Obed the father of Jesse.
6 Jesse was the father of David the king.
David was the father of Solomon by the wife of Uriah.
7 Solomon was the father of Rehoboam, Rehoboam the father of Abijah, Abijah the father of Asa.
8 Asa was the father of Jehoshaphat, Jehoshaphat the father of Joram, and Joram an ancestor of Uzziah.
9 Uzziah was the father of Jotham, Jotham the father of Ahaz, Ahaz the father of Hezekiah.
10 Hezekiah was the father of Manasseh, Manasseh the father of Amon, and Amon the father of Josiah.
11 Josiah was an ancestor of Jechoniah and his brothers at the time of the deportation to Babylon.
12 After the deportation to Babylon, Jechoniah was the father of Shealtiel, Shealtiel was an ancestor of Zerubbabel.
13 Zerubbabel was the father of Abiud, Abiud the father of Eliakim, and Eliakim the father of Azor.
14 Azor was the father of Zadok, Zadok the father of Achim, and Achim the father of Eliud.
15 Eliud was the father of Eleazar, Eleazar the father of Matthan, and Matthan the father of Jacob.
16 Jacob was the father of Joseph the husband of Mary, by whom Jesus was born, who is called Christ.
17 All the generations from Abraham to David were fourteen generations, from David to the deportation to Babylon fourteen generations, and from the deportation to Babylon to the Christ fourteen generations.
18 The birth of Jesus Christ happened in the following way. His mother, Mary, was engaged to marry Joseph, but before they came together, she was found to be pregnant by the Holy Spirit. 19 But Joseph, her husband, was a righteous man and did not want to publicly disgrace her, so he intended to divorce her quietly. 20 As he thought about these things, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream, saying, "Joseph son of David, do not fear to take Mary as your wife, because the one who is conceived in her is conceived by the Holy Spirit. 21 She will bear a son, and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins." 22 Now all this happened to fulfill what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet, saying, 23 "Behold, the virgin will become pregnant and will bear a son, and they will call his name Immanuel"—which being translated is, "God with us." 24 Joseph got up from his sleep and did as the angel of the Lord commanded him, and he took her as his wife. 25 But he did not know her until she gave birth to a son. Then he called his name Jesus.
1 After Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem saying, 2 "Where is he who was born King of the Jews? We saw his star in the east and have come to worship him." 3 When Herod the king heard this, he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him. 4 Herod brought together all the chief priests and scribes of the people, and he asked them, "Where is the Christ to be born?" 5 They said to him, "In Bethlehem of Judea, for this is what was written by the prophet,
6 'But you, Bethlehem, in the land of Judah,
are not the least among the rulers of Judah,
for from you will come one who rules,
who will shepherd my people Israel.'"
7 Then Herod secretly called the learned men to ask them exactly what time the star had appeared. 8 He sent them to Bethlehem, saying, "Go and search carefully for the young child. When you have found him, bring me a report so that I also may come and worship him." 9 After they had heard the king, they went on their way, and the star that they had seen in the east went before them until it came and stood still over where the young child was. 10 When they saw the star, they rejoiced with very great joy. 11 They went into the house and saw the young child with Mary his mother. They fell down and worshiped him. They opened their treasures and offered him gifts of gold, frankincense, and myrrh. 12 God warned them in a dream not to return to Herod, so they departed to their own country by another way.
13 After they had departed, an angel of the Lord appeared to Joseph in a dream and said, "Get up, take the young child and his mother, and flee to Egypt. Remain there until I tell you, for Herod will seek the young child to destroy him." 14 That night Joseph rose and took the young child and his mother and departed into Egypt. 15 He remained there until the death of Herod. This fulfilled what had been spoken by the Lord through the prophet, saying, "Out of Egypt I have called my Son."
16 Then Herod, when he saw that he had been mocked by the learned men, was very angry. He sent and killed all the male children that were in Bethlehem and in all that region who were two years old and under, according to the time that he had determined exactly from the learned men. 17 Then was fulfilled what had been spoken through Jeremiah the prophet, saying,
18 "A voice was heard in Ramah,
weeping and great mourning,
Rachel weeping for her children,
and she refused to be comforted,
because they were no more."
19 When Herod died, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared in a dream to Joseph in Egypt and said, 20 "Get up and take the child and his mother and go to the land of Israel, for those who sought the child's life are dead." 21 Joseph rose, took the child and his mother, and came into the land of Israel. 22 But when he heard that Archelaus was reigning over Judea in the place of his father Herod, he was afraid to go there. After God warned him in a dream, he left for the region of Galilee 23 and went and lived in a city called Nazareth. This fulfilled what had been spoken through the prophets, that he would be called a Nazarene.
1 In those days John the Baptist came preaching in the wilderness of Judea saying, 2 "Repent, for the kingdom of heaven is near." 3 For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying,
"The voice of one calling out in the wilderness,
'Make ready the way of the Lord,
make his paths straight.'"
4 Now John wore clothing of camel's hair and a leather belt around his waist. His food was locusts and wild honey. 5 Then Jerusalem, all Judea, and all the region around the Jordan River went out to him. 6 They were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins. 7 But when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees coming to him for baptism, he said to them, "You offspring of vipers, who warned you to flee from the wrath that is coming? 8 Bear fruit worthy of repentance. 9 Do not think of saying among yourselves, 'We have Abraham for our father.' For I say to you that God is able to raise up children for Abraham even out of these stones. 10 Already the ax has been placed against the root of the trees. So every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire. 11 I baptize you with water for repentance. But he who comes after me is mightier than I, and I am not worthy even to carry his sandals. He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire. 12 His winnowing fork is in his hand to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor and to gather his wheat into the storehouse. But he will burn up the chaff with fire that can never be put out."
13 Then Jesus came from Galilee to the Jordan River to be baptized by John. 14 But John kept trying to stop him, saying, "I need to be baptized by you, and do you come to me?" 15 Jesus responded and said to him, "Permit it now, for it is right for us to fulfill all righteousness." Then John permitted him. 16 After he was baptized, Jesus came up immediately from the water, and behold, the heavens were opened to him. He saw the Spirit of God coming down like a dove and resting upon him. 17 Behold, a voice came out of the heavens saying, "This is my beloved Son. I am very pleased with him."
1 Then Jesus was led up by the Spirit into the wilderness to be tempted by the devil. 2 When he had fasted forty days and forty nights, he was hungry. 3 The tempter came and said to him, "If you are the Son of God, command these stones to become bread."
4 But Jesus answered and said to him, "It is written, 'Man does not live on bread alone, but by every word that comes out of the mouth of God.'"
5 Then the devil took him into the holy city and set him on the highest point of the temple building, 6 and said to him, "If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down, for it is written,
'He will command his angels to take care of you,'
and
'They will carry you in their hands,
so that you will not hit your foot against a stone.'"
7 Jesus said to him, "Again it is written, 'You must not test the Lord your God.'"
8 Again, the devil took him up to a very high hill and showed him all the kingdoms of the world along with all their glory. 9 He said to him, "All these things I will give you, if you fall down and worship me."
10 Then Jesus said to him, "Go away from here, Satan! For it is written, 'You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him.'"
11 Then the devil left him, and behold, angels came and served him.
12 Now when Jesus heard that John had been handed over, he withdrew into Galilee. 13 He left Nazareth and went and lived in Capernaum, which is by the Sea of Galilee in the territories of Zebulun and Naphtali. 14 This happened to fulfill what was said by Isaiah the prophet,
15 "The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali,
toward the sea, beyond the Jordan,
Galilee of the Gentiles!
16 The people who sat in darkness
have seen a great light,
and to those who sat in the region and shadow of death,
upon them has a light arisen."
17 From that time Jesus began to preach and say, "Repent, for the kingdom of heaven is near." 18 As he was walking by the Sea of Galilee, he saw two brothers, Simon who is called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea, for they were fishermen. 19 Jesus said to them, "Come, follow me, and I will make you fishers of men." 20 Immediately they left the nets and followed him. 21 As Jesus was going on from there he saw two other brothers, James son of Zebedee and John his brother. They were in the boat with Zebedee their father mending their nets. He called them, 22 and they immediately left the boat and their father and followed him.
23 Jesus went about in all of Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, preaching the gospel of the kingdom and healing every kind of disease and sickness among the people. 24 The news about him went out into all of Syria, and the people brought to him all those who suffered from various diseases and pains, those who were possessed by demons, the epileptics, and the paralytics. Jesus healed them. 25 Large crowds followed him from Galilee, the Decapolis, Jerusalem, and Judea, and from beyond the Jordan.
1 When Jesus saw the crowds, he went up on the mountain. When he had sat down, his disciples came to him. 2 He opened his mouth and taught them, saying,
3 "Blessed are the poor in spirit,
for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.
4 Blessed are those who mourn,
for they will be comforted.
5 Blessed are the meek,
for they will inherit the earth.
6 Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness,
for they will be filled.
7 Blessed are the merciful,
for they will obtain mercy.
8 Blessed are the pure in heart,
for they will see God.
9 Blessed are the peacemakers,
for they will be called sons of God.
10 Blessed are those who have been persecuted for righteousness' sake,
for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.
11 "Blessed are you when people insult you and persecute you and say all kinds of evil things against you falsely for my sake. 12 Rejoice and be glad, for great is your reward in heaven. For in this way people persecuted the prophets who lived before you.
13 "You are the salt of the earth. But if the salt has lost its taste, how can it be made salty again? It is never again good for anything except to be thrown out and trampled under people's feet. 14 You are the light of the world. A city set on a hill cannot be hidden. 15 Neither do people light a lamp and put it under a basket, but rather on the lampstand, and it shines for everyone in the house. 16 Let your light shine before people in such a way that they see your good deeds and glorify your Father who is in heaven.
17 "Do not think that I have come to destroy the law or the prophets. I have come not to destroy them, but to fulfill them. 18 For truly I say to you that until heaven and earth pass away, not the smallest letter or the smallest part of a letter will in any way pass away from the law, until all things have been accomplished. 19 Therefore whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. But whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven. 20 For I say to you that unless your righteousness exceeds the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, you will in no way enter the kingdom of heaven.
21 "You have heard that it was said to them in ancient times, 'Do not murder,' and, 'Whoever murders will be subject to judgment.' 22 But I say to you that everyone who is angry with his brother will be subject to judgment; and whoever says to his brother, 'You worthless person!' will be subject to the council; and whoever says, 'You fool!' will be subject to the fire of hell. 23 Therefore if you are offering your gift at the altar and there remember that your brother has anything against you, 24 leave your gift there in front of the altar, and go on your way. First be reconciled with your brother, and then come and offer your gift. 25 Agree with your adversary quickly while you are with him on the way to court, or your adversary may hand you over to the judge, and the judge may hand you over to the officer, and you may be thrown into prison. 26 Truly I say to you, you will never come out from there until you have paid the last penny you owe.
27 "You have heard that it was said, 'Do not commit adultery.' 28 But I say to you that everyone who looks on a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart. 29 If your right eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you. For it is better for you that one of your members should perish than that your whole body should be thrown into hell. 30 If your right hand causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you. For it is better for you that one of your members should perish than that your whole body should go into hell. 31 It was also said, 'Whoever sends his wife away, let him give her a certificate of divorce.' 32 But I say to you that everyone who divorces his wife, except on account of sexual immorality, makes her an adulteress. Whoever marries her after she has been divorced commits adultery.
33 "Again, you have heard that it was said to those in ancient times, 'Do not swear a false oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord.' 34 But I say to you, swear not at all, neither by heaven, for it is the throne of God; 35 nor by the earth, for it is the footstool for his feet; nor by Jerusalem, for it is the city of the great King. 36 Neither swear by your head, for you cannot make one hair white or black. 37 But let your speech be 'Yes, yes,' or 'No, no.' Anything that is more than this is from the evil one.
38 "You have heard that it was said, 'An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth.' 39 But I say to you, do not resist one who is evil. Instead, whoever strikes you on your right cheek, turn to him the other also. 40 If anyone wishes to bring a lawsuit against you and takes away your tunic, let that person also have your cloak. 41 Whoever compels you to go one mile, go with him two. 42 Give to anyone who asks you, and do not turn away from anyone who wishes to borrow from you.
43 "You have heard that it was said, 'You must love your neighbor and hate your enemy.' 44 But I say to you, love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you, [1]45 so that you may be sons of your Father who is in heaven. For he makes his sun to rise on the evil and the good, and sends rain on the just and the unjust. 46 For if you love those who love you, what reward do you get? Do not even the tax collectors do the same thing? 47 If you greet only your brothers, what do you do more than others? Do not even the Gentiles do the same thing? 48 Therefore you must be perfect, as your heavenly Father is perfect.
1 "Watch out that you do not do your acts of righteousness before people to be seen by them, or else you will have no reward from your Father who is in heaven. 2 So when you give alms, do not sound a trumpet before yourself as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets, so that they may be glorified by people. Truly I say to you, they have received their reward in full. 3 But when you give alms, do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing 4 so that your alms may be given in secret. Then your Father who sees in secret will reward you.
5 "When you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to stand and pray in the synagogues and on the street corners so that they may be seen by people. Truly I say to you, they have received their reward. 6 But you, when you pray, enter your inner chamber. Shut the door and pray to your Father, who is in secret. Then your Father who sees in secret will reward you. 7 When you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the pagans do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words. 8 Therefore, do not be like them, for your Father knows what things you need before you ask him.
9 Therefore pray like this:
'Our Father in heaven,
may your name be honored as holy.
10 May your kingdom come.
May your will be done
on earth as it is in heaven.
11 Give us today our daily bread.
12 Forgive us our debts,
as we also have forgiven our debtors.
13 Do not bring us into temptation,
but deliver us from the evil one.' [1]
14 For if you forgive people their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you. 15 But if you do not forgive their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses.
16 "When you fast, do not have a sad face as the hypocrites do, for they disfigure their faces so that they may appear to people to be fasting. Truly I say to you, they have received their reward in full. 17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head and wash your face 18 so that you may not appear to people to be fasting, but only to your Father who is in secret; and your Father who sees in secret will reward you.
19 "Do not store up for yourselves treasures on the earth, where moth and rust destroy, and where thieves break in and steal. 20 Instead, store up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust destroys, and where thieves do not break in and steal. 21 For where your treasure is, there will your heart be also. 22 The eye is the lamp of the body. Therefore, if your eye is good, the whole body is filled with light. 23 But if your eye is bad, your whole body is full of darkness. Therefore, if the light that is in you is actually darkness, how great is that darkness! 24 No one can serve two masters, for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and despise the other. You cannot serve God and wealth. 25 Therefore I say to you, do not worry about your life, what you will eat or what you will drink; or about your body, what you will wear. For is not life more than food, and the body more than clothes? 26 Look at the birds in the sky. They do not sow or reap or gather into barns, but your heavenly Father feeds them. Are you not more valuable than they are? 27 Which one of you by being anxious can add one cubit to his lifespan? 28 Why are you anxious about clothing? Think about the lilies in the fields, how they grow. They do not labor, and they do not spin cloth. 29 Yet I say to you, even Solomon in all his glory was not clothed like one of these. 30 If God so clothes the grass in the fields, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven, how much more will he clothe you, you of little faith? 31 Therefore do not be anxious and say, 'What will we eat?' or 'What will we drink?' or 'What clothes will we wear?' 32 For the Gentiles search for these things, and your heavenly Father knows that you need them. 33 But seek first his kingdom and his righteousness, and all these things will be given to you. 34 Therefore, do not be anxious for tomorrow, for tomorrow will be anxious for itself. Each day has enough evil of its own.
1 "Do not judge, and you will not be judged. 2 For with the judgment you judge, you will be judged, and with the measure that you measure, it will be measured out to you. 3 Why do you look at the tiny piece of straw that is in your brother's eye, but you do not take notice of the log that is in your own eye? 4 How can you say to your brother, 'Let me take out the piece of straw that is in your eye,' while the log is in your own eye? 5 You hypocrite! First take the log out of your own eye, and then you will see clearly to take out the piece of straw that is in your brother's eye. 6 Do not give what is holy to the dogs, and do not throw your pearls in front of the pigs. Otherwise they may trample them underfoot, and then turn and tear you to pieces.
7 "Ask, and it will be given to you. Seek, and you will find. Knock, and it will be opened to you. 8 For everyone who asks, receives; everyone who seeks, finds; and to the person who knocks, it will be opened. 9 Or which one of you, if his son asks for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? 10 Or if he asks for a fish, will give him a snake? 11 Therefore, if you who are evil know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your Father in heaven give good things to those who ask him? 12 Therefore, whatever things you want people to do to you, you should also do to them, for this is the law and the prophets.
13 "Enter through the narrow gate. For wide is the gate and broad is the way that leads to destruction, and there are many people who go through it. 14 But the gate is narrow and the way is difficult that leads to life, and there are few who find it.
15 "Beware of false prophets, who come to you in sheep's clothing but are truly ravenous wolves. 16 By their fruits you will know them. Do people gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles? 17 In the same way, every good tree produces good fruit, but the bad tree produces bad fruit. 18 A good tree cannot produce bad fruit, nor can a bad tree produce good fruit. 19 Every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire. 20 So then, you will recognize them by their fruits. 21 Not everyone who says to me, 'Lord, Lord,' will enter into the kingdom of heaven, but only those who do the will of my Father who is in heaven. 22 Many people will say to me in that day, 'Lord, Lord, did we not prophesy in your name, in your name drive out demons, and in your name do many miracles?' 23 Then will I openly declare to them, 'I never knew you! Get away from me, you who practice lawlessness!'
24 "Therefore, everyone who hears my words and obeys them will be like a wise man who built his house upon a rock. 25 The rain came down, the floods came, and the winds blew and beat upon that house, but it did not fall down, for it was founded on the rock. 26 But everyone who hears my words and does not obey them will be like a foolish man who built his house upon the sand. 27 The rain came down, the floods came, and the winds blew and struck that house, and it fell, and its destruction was complete."
28 It came about that when Jesus finished speaking these words, the crowds were astonished by his teaching, 29 for he taught them as one who had authority, and not as their scribes.
1 When Jesus had come down from the hill, large crowds followed him. 2 Behold, a leper came to him and bowed before him, saying, "Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean."
3 Jesus reached out his hand and touched him, saying, "I am willing. Be clean." Immediately he was cleansed of his leprosy. 4 Jesus said to him, "See that you say nothing to any man. Go on your way, show yourself to the priest, and offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them."
5 When he was coming into Capernaum, a centurion came to him, begging him 6 and saying, "Lord, my servant lies at home paralyzed and in terrible agony."
7 Then Jesus said to him, "I will come and heal him."
8 The centurion answered and said, "Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof. Only say the word and my servant will be healed. 9 For I also am a man under authority, and I have soldiers under me. I say to this one, 'Go,' and he goes, and to another one, 'Come,' and he comes, and to my servant, 'Do this,' and he does it."
10 When Jesus heard this, he was amazed and said to those who were following him, "Truly I say to you, I have not found anyone with such faith in Israel. 11 I tell you, many will come from the east and the west, and they will recline at the table with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, in the kingdom of heaven. 12 But the sons of the kingdom will be cast out into the outer darkness, where there will be weeping and grinding of teeth." 13 Jesus said to the centurion, "Go! As you have believed, so may it be done for you." And the servant was healed at that very hour.
14 When Jesus had come into Peter's house, he saw Peter's mother-in-law lying sick with a fever. 15 Jesus touched her hand, and the fever left her. Then she got up and started serving him. 16 When evening had come, the people brought to Jesus many who were possessed by demons. He drove out the spirits with a word and healed all who were sick. 17 This was to fulfill what was spoken through Isaiah the prophet, saying,
"He took our illnesses
and bore our diseases."
18 Now when Jesus saw the crowd around him, he gave instructions to leave for the other side of the Sea of Galilee. 19 Then a scribe came to him and said, "Teacher, I will follow you wherever you go."
20 Jesus said to him, "Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head."
21 Another of the disciples said to him, "Lord, allow me first to go and bury my father."
22 But Jesus said to him, "Follow me, and leave the dead to bury their own dead."
23 When Jesus had entered a boat, his disciples followed him into it. 24 Behold, there arose a great storm on the sea, so that the boat was covered with the waves. But Jesus was asleep. 25 The disciples came to him and woke him up, saying, "Save us, Lord; we are perishing!"
26 Jesus said to them, "Why are you afraid, you of little faith?" Then he got up and rebuked the winds and the sea. Then there was a great calm.
27 The men marveled and said, "What sort of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him?"
28 When Jesus had come to the other side and to the country of the Gadarenes, two men who were possessed by demons met him. They were coming out of the tombs and were very violent, so that no traveler could pass that way. 29 Behold, they cried out and said, "What do we have to do with you, Son of God? Have you come here to torment us before the set time?"
30 Now a herd of many pigs was there feeding, not too far away from them. 31 The demons kept pleading with Jesus and saying, "If you cast us out, send us away into that herd of pigs."
32 Jesus said to them, "Go!" The demons came out and went into the pigs; and behold, the whole herd rushed down the steep hill into the sea and they died in the water. 33 Those who had been tending the pigs ran away and they went into the city and reported everything, especially what had happened to the men who had been possessed by demons. 34 Behold, all the city came out to meet Jesus. When they saw him, they begged him to leave their region.
1 Jesus entered a boat, crossed over, and came into his own city. 2 Behold, they brought to him a paralyzed man lying on a mat. Seeing their faith, Jesus said to the paralyzed man, "Son, be encouraged. Your sins have been forgiven."
3 Behold, some of the scribes said among themselves, "This man is blaspheming." 4 Jesus knew their thoughts and said, "Why are you thinking evil in your hearts? 5 For which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? 6 But that you may know that the Son of Man has authority on earth to forgive sins, ... " he said to the paralytic, "Get up, pick up your mat, and go to your house." 7 Then the man got up and went away to his house. 8 When the crowds saw this, they were afraid and glorified God, who had given such authority to people. 9 As Jesus passed by from there, he saw a man named Matthew sitting at the tax collector's tent. He said to him, "Follow me." He got up and followed him.
10 As Jesus sat down to eat in the house, behold, many tax collectors and sinners came and dined with Jesus and his disciples. 11 When the Pharisees saw it, they said to his disciples, "Why does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners?"
12 When Jesus heard this, he said, "People who are strong in body do not need a physician, only those who are sick. 13 You should go and learn what this means: 'I desire mercy and not sacrifice.' For I came not to call the righteous to repent, but sinners."
14 Then the disciples of John came to him and said, "Why do we and the Pharisees often fast, but your disciples do not fast?"
15 Jesus said to them, "Can the sons of the wedding hall mourn while the bridegroom is still with them? But the days will come when the bridegroom will be taken away from them, and then they will fast. 16 No man puts a piece of new cloth on an old garment, for the patch will tear away from the garment, and a worse tear will be made. 17 Neither do people put new wine into old wineskins. If they do, the skins will burst, the wine will be spilled, and the wineskins will be destroyed. Instead, they put new wine into fresh wineskins, and both will be preserved."
18 While Jesus was saying these things to them, behold, an official came and bowed down to him. He said, "My daughter has just now died, but come and lay your hand on her, and she will live." 19 Then Jesus got up and followed him, and so did his disciples.
20 Behold, a woman who suffered from a discharge of blood for twelve years came up behind Jesus and touched the edge of his garment. 21 For she had said to herself, "If only I touch his clothes, I will be made well."
22 But Jesus turned and saw her, and said, "Daughter, take courage; your faith has made you well." And the woman was healed from that hour. 23 When Jesus came into the official's house, he saw the flute players and the crowd making a commotion. 24 He said, "Go away, for the girl is not dead, but she is asleep." But they laughed at him in mockery. 25 When the crowd had been put outside, he entered the room and took her by the hand, and the girl got up. 26 The news about this spread into all that region.
27 As Jesus passed by from there, two blind men followed him. They kept shouting and saying, "Have mercy on us, Son of David!"
28 When Jesus had come into the house, the blind men came to him. Jesus said to them, "Do you believe that I can do this?"
They said to him, "Yes, Lord."
29 Then Jesus touched their eyes and said, "Let it be done to you according to your faith," 30 and their eyes were opened. Then Jesus strictly commanded them and said, "See that no one knows about this." 31 But the two men went out and spread the news about this throughout that region.
32 As those two men were going away, behold, a mute man possessed by a demon was brought to Jesus. 33 When the demon had been driven out, the mute man spoke. The crowds were astonished and said, "This has never been seen before in Israel!"
34 But the Pharisees were saying, "By the ruler of the demons, he drives out demons."
35 Jesus went about all the cities and the villages. He continued teaching in their synagogues, preaching the gospel of the kingdom and healing all kinds of disease and all kinds of sickness. 36 When he saw the crowds, he had compassion for them, because they were troubled and discouraged. They were like sheep without a shepherd. 37 He said to his disciples, "The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few. 38 Therefore urgently pray to the Lord of the harvest, so that he may send out laborers into his harvest."
1 Jesus called his twelve disciples together and gave them authority over unclean spirits, to drive them out, and to heal all kinds of disease and all kinds of sickness. 2 Now the names of the twelve apostles were these. The first, Simon (whom he also called Peter), and Andrew his brother; James son of Zebedee, and John his brother; 3 Philip, and Bartholomew; Thomas, and Matthew the tax collector; James son of Alphaeus, and Thaddaeus; 4 Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot, who would betray him.
5 These twelve Jesus sent out. He instructed them and said, "Do not go to any place where Gentiles live, and do not enter any town of the Samaritans. 6 Go instead to the lost sheep of the house of Israel; 7 and as you go, preach and say, 'The kingdom of heaven is near.' 8 Heal the sick, raise the dead, cleanse the lepers, and cast out demons. Freely you have received, freely give. 9 Do not carry any gold, silver, or copper in your belts. 10 Do not take a traveling bag for your journey, or an extra tunic, or sandals, or a staff, for a laborer deserves his food. 11 Whatever city or village you enter, find who is worthy in it, and stay there until you leave. 12 As you enter into the house, greet it. 13 If the house is worthy, let your peace come upon it. But if it is not worthy, let your peace return to you. 14 As for those who do not receive you or listen to your words, when you depart from that house or city, shake off the dust from your feet. 15 Truly I say to you, it will be more bearable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah in the day of judgment than for that city.
16 "See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves, so be as wise as serpents and innocent as doves. 17 Watch out for people! They will deliver you up to councils, and they will whip you in their synagogues. 18 Then you will be brought before governors and kings for my sake, as a testimony to them and to the Gentiles. 19 When they deliver you up, do not be anxious about how or what you will speak, for what to say will be given to you at that time. 20 For it is not you who will speak, but the Spirit of your Father who will speak in you. 21 Brother will deliver up brother to death, and a father his child. Children will rise up against their parents and cause them to be put to death. 22 You will be hated by everyone because of my name. But whoever endures to the end, that person will be saved. 23 When they persecute you in this city, flee to the next, for truly I say to you, you will not have gone through the cities of Israel before the Son of Man has come.
24 "A disciple is not greater than his teacher, nor a servant above his master. 25 It is enough for the disciple that he should be like his teacher, and the servant like his master. If they have called the master of the house Beelzebul, how much worse would be the names they call the members of his household! 26 Therefore do not fear them, for there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and nothing hidden that will not be known. 27 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight, and what you hear softly in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops. 28 Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but are unable to kill the soul. Instead, fear him who is able to destroy both soul and body in hell. 29 Are not two sparrows sold for a small coin? Yet not one of them falls to the ground without your Father's knowledge. 30 But even the hairs of your head are all numbered. 31 Do not fear. You are more valuable than many sparrows. 32 Therefore everyone who confesses me before men, I will also confess before my Father who is in heaven. 33 But he who denies me before men, I will also deny before my Father who is in heaven.
34 "Do not think that I came to bring peace upon the earth. I did not come to bring peace, but a sword. 35 For I came to set
a man against his father,
and a daughter against her mother,
and a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law.
36 A man's enemies will be those of his own household. 37 He who loves father or mother more than me is not worthy of me; he who loves son or daughter more than me is not worthy of me. 38 He who does not pick up his cross and follow after me is not worthy of me. 39 He who finds his life will lose it. But he who loses his life for my sake will find it.
40 "He who welcomes you welcomes me, and he who welcomes me also welcomes him who sent me. 41 He who welcomes a prophet in the name of a prophet will receive a prophet's reward, and he who welcomes a righteous man in the name of a righteous man will receive a righteous man's reward. 42 Whoever gives to one of these little ones even a cup of cold water to drink in the name of a disciple, truly I say to you, he will in no way lose his reward."
1 It came about that when Jesus had finished instructing his twelve disciples, he departed from there to teach and preach in their cities. 2 Now when John heard in the prison about the deeds of the Christ, he sent a message by his disciples 3 and said to him, "Are you the one who is coming, or should we look for another?"
4 Jesus answered and said to them, "Go and report to John what you see and hear. 5 The blind are receiving sight, the lame are walking, lepers are being cleansed, the deaf are hearing again, the dead are being raised back to life, and the gospel is being preached to the poor. 6 Blessed is anyone who does not stumble because of me."
7 As these men went on their way, Jesus began to say to the crowds about John, "What did you go out in the desert to see—a reed being shaken by the wind? 8 But what did you go out to see—a man dressed in soft clothing? Really, those who wear soft clothing live in kings' houses. 9 But what did you go out to see—a prophet? Yes, I say to you, and much more than a prophet. 10 This is he of whom it was written,
'See, I am sending my messenger before your face,
who will prepare your way before you.'
11 Truly I say to you that among those born of women, there has not arisen anyone greater than John the Baptist. Yet the least important person in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he is. 12 From the days of John the Baptist until now, the kingdom of heaven suffers violence, and men of violence take it by force. 13 For all the prophets and the law have been prophesying until John; 14 and if you are willing to accept it, he is Elijah who was to come. 15 He who has ears to hear, let him hear. 16 To what should I compare this generation? It is like children sitting in the marketplaces calling out to the others, 17 saying:
'We played a flute for you,
and you did not dance.
We mourned,
and you did not weep.'
18 For John came not eating bread or drinking wine, and they say, 'He has a demon.' 19 The Son of Man came eating and drinking and they say, 'Look, he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners!' But wisdom is justified by her deeds."
20 Then Jesus began to denounce the cities in which most of his miracles were done, because they had not repented. 21 "Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! If the miracles had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. 22 But, I tell you it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you. 23 You, Capernaum, do you think you will be exalted to heaven? No, you will be brought down to Hades. For if in Sodom there had been done the miracles that were done in you, it would still have remained until today. 24 But I say to you that it will be easier for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you."
25 At that time Jesus said, "I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth, because you concealed these things from the wise and understanding, and revealed them to little children. 26 Yes, Father, for this was pleasing in your sight. 27 All things have been entrusted to me from my Father; and no one knows the Son except the Father, and no one knows the Father except the Son and anyone to whom the Son chooses to reveal him. 28 Come to me, all you who labor and are heavy burdened, and I will give you rest. 29 Take my yoke on you and learn from me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and you will find rest for your souls. 30 For my yoke is easy and my burden is light."
1 At that time Jesus went on the Sabbath day through the grainfields. His disciples were hungry and began to pluck heads of grain and eat them. 2 But when the Pharisees saw that, they said to Jesus, "See, your disciples do what is unlawful to do on the Sabbath."
3 But Jesus said to them, "Have you never read what David did when he was hungry, and the men who were with him? 4 He went into the house of God and ate the bread of the presence, which was unlawful for him to eat and unlawful for those who were with him, but lawful only for the priests. 5 Have you not read in the law that on the Sabbath the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath but are guiltless? 6 But I say to you that one greater than the temple is here. 7 If you had known what this meant, 'I desire mercy and not sacrifice,' you would not have condemned the guiltless. 8 For the Son of Man is Lord of the Sabbath."
9 Then Jesus left from there and went into their synagogue. 10 Behold, there was a man who had a withered hand. The Pharisees asked Jesus, saying, "Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?" so that they might accuse him of sinning.
11 Jesus said to them, "What man would there be among you, who, if he had just one sheep, and if this sheep fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would not take hold of it and raise it out? 12 How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep! Therefore it is lawful to do good on the Sabbath." 13 Then Jesus said to the man, "Stretch out your hand." He stretched it out, and it was restored to health, just like the other hand. 14 But the Pharisees went out and plotted against him. They were seeking how they might destroy him.
15 Jesus, knowing this, withdrew from there. Many people followed him, and he healed them all. 16 He commanded them not to make him known to others, 17 that it might be fulfilled, what had been said through Isaiah the prophet, saying,
18 "See, my servant whom I have chosen;
my beloved one, in whom my soul is well pleased.
I will put my Spirit upon him,
and he will proclaim justice to the Gentiles.
19 He will not strive nor cry aloud;
neither will anyone hear his voice in the streets.
20 He will not break any bruised reed;
he will not quench any smoking flax,
until he leads justice to victory,
21 and in his name the Gentiles will have hope."
22 Then someone blind and mute, possessed by a demon, was brought to Jesus. He healed him, with the result that the mute man spoke and saw. 23 All the crowds were amazed and said, "Can this man be the Son of David?"
24 But when the Pharisees heard of this miracle, they said, "This man does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul, the prince of the demons."
25 But Jesus knew their thoughts and said to them, "Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand. 26 If Satan drives out Satan, he is divided against himself. How then will his kingdom stand? 27 And if I drive out demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out? For this reason they will be your judges. 28 But if I drive out demons by the Spirit of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you. 29 How can anyone enter the house of the strong man and take away his belongings without tying up the strong man first? Then he will steal his belongings from his house. 30 The one who is not with me is against me, and the one who does not gather with me scatters. 31 Therefore I say to you, every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men, but the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven. 32 Whoever speaks any word against the Son of Man, that will be forgiven him. But whoever speaks against the Holy Spirit, that will not be forgiven him, neither in this world, nor in that which is to come. 33 Make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad, for a tree is recognized by its fruit. 34 You offspring of vipers, since you are evil, how can you say good things? For out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks. 35 The good man from the good treasure of his heart produces what is good, and the evil man from the evil treasure of his heart produces what is evil. 36 I say to you that in the day of judgment people will give an account for every idle word they will have said. 37 For by your words you will be justified, and by your words you will be condemned."
38 Then certain scribes and Pharisees answered Jesus and said, "Teacher, we wish to see a sign from you."
39 But Jesus answered and said to them, "An evil and adulterous generation seeks for a sign. But no sign will be given to it except the sign of Jonah the prophet. 40 For as Jonah was three days and three nights in the stomach of the big fish, so will the Son of Man be three days and three nights in the heart of the earth. 41 The men of Nineveh will stand up at the judgment with this generation of people and will condemn it. For they repented at the preaching of Jonah, and see, someone greater than Jonah is here. 42 The Queen of the South will rise up at the judgment with the men of this generation and condemn them. She came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and see, someone greater than Solomon is here. 43 When an unclean spirit has gone away from a man, it passes through waterless places and looks for rest, but does not find it. 44 Then it says, 'I will return to my house from which I came.' Having returned, it finds the house empty—it had been swept clean and put in order. 45 Then it goes and takes along with it seven other spirits more evil than itself, and they all come in to live there. Then the final condition of that man becomes worse than the first. It will be just like that with this evil generation."
46 While Jesus was still speaking to the crowds, behold, his mother and his brothers stood outside, seeking to speak to him. 47 Someone said to him, "Look, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you."
48 But Jesus answered and said to him who told him, "Who is my mother and who are my brothers?" 49 Then he stretched out his hand toward his disciples and said, "See, here are my mother and my brothers! 50 For whoever does the will of my Father who is in heaven, that person is my brother, and sister, and mother."
1 On that day Jesus went out of the house and sat beside the sea. 2 A very large crowd gathered around him, so he got into a boat and sat in it while the whole crowd stood on the beach. 3 Then Jesus said many things to them in parables. He said, "Behold, a farmer went out to sow seed. 4 As he sowed, some seeds fell beside the road, and the birds came and devoured them. 5 Other seeds fell on rocky ground, where they did not have much soil. Immediately they sprang up because the soil had no depth. 6 But when the sun had risen, they were scorched because they had no root, and they withered away. 7 Other seeds fell among the thorn plants. The thorn plants grew up and choked them. 8 Other seeds fell on good soil and produced a crop, some one hundred times as much, some sixty, and some thirty. 9 He who has ears, let him hear."
10 The disciples came and said to Jesus, "Why do you talk to the crowd in parables?"
11 Jesus answered and said to them, "You have been given the privilege of understanding mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but to them it is not given. 12 For whoever has will be given more, and he will have an abundance. But whoever does not have, even what he has will be taken away from him. 13 This is why I talk to them in parables:
Though they are seeing,
they do not see;
and though they are hearing,
they do not hear, or understand.
14 To them the prophecy of Isaiah is fulfilled, that which says,
'Listening, you will hear, but you will never understand;
seeing, you will see, but you will never know.
15 For the heart of this people has become dull,
and with their ears they hardly hear,
and they have shut their eyes.
Otherwise they might see with their eyes,
and hear with their ears,
and understand with their heart and turn again,
and I would heal them."' 16 But blessed are your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear. 17 Truly I say to you that many prophets and righteous men desired to see the things that you see and did not see them. They desired to hear the things that you hear and did not hear them. 18 Listen then to the parable of the farmer who sowed his seed. 19 When anyone hears the word of the kingdom but does not understand it, the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart. This is the seed that was sown beside the road. 20 What was sown on rocky ground is the person who hears the word and immediately receives it with joy, 21 yet he has no root in himself and he endures for a while. When tribulation or persecution arises because of the word, he quickly falls away. 22 What was sown among the thorn plants, this is the person who hears the word, but the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word, and he becomes unfruitful. 23 The seed that was sown on the good soil, this is the person who hears the word and understands it. He bears fruit and produces a crop, yielding in one case a hundred, in another sixty, and in another thirty times as much as was planted."
24 Jesus presented another parable to them. He said, "The kingdom of heaven is like a man who sowed good seed in his field. 25 But while people slept, his enemy came and also sowed weeds among the wheat and then went away. 26 When the blades sprouted and then produced their crop, then the weeds appeared also. 27 The servants of the landowner came and said to him, 'Sir, did you not sow good seed in your field? How does it now have weeds?'
28 "He said to them, 'An enemy has done this.'
"The servants said to him, 'So do you want us to go and pull them out?'
29 "The landowner said, 'No. Because while you are pulling out the weeds, you might uproot the wheat with them. 30 Let both grow together until the harvest. At the time of the harvest I will say to the reapers, "First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn."'"
31 Then Jesus presented another parable to them. He said, "The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and sowed in his field. 32 This seed is indeed the smallest of all seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants. It becomes a tree, so that the birds of the sky come and nest in its branches." 33 Jesus then told them another parable. "The kingdom of heaven is like yeast that a woman took and mixed with three measures of flour until all the dough had risen."
34 All these things Jesus said to the crowds in parables; and he said nothing to them without a parable. 35 This was in order that what had been said through the prophet might be fulfilled, when he said,
"I will open my mouth in parables.
I will say things that were hidden from the foundation of the world."
36 Then Jesus left the crowds and went into the house. His disciples came to him and said, "Explain to us the parable of the weeds of the field."
37 Jesus answered and said, "He who sows the good seed is the Son of Man. 38 The field is the world; and the good seed, these are the sons of the kingdom. The weeds are the sons of the evil one, 39 and the enemy who sowed them is the devil. The harvest is the end of the age, and the reapers are angels. 40 Therefore, as the weeds are gathered up and consumed by fire, so will it be at the end of the age. 41 The Son of Man will send out his angels, and they will gather out of his kingdom all stumbling blocks and those who commit lawlessness. 42 They will throw them into the furnace of fire, where there will be weeping and grinding of teeth. 43 Then will the righteous people shine like the sun in the kingdom of their Father. He who has ears, let him hear.
44 "The kingdom of heaven is like a treasure hidden in a field. A man found it and hid it. In his joy he goes, sells everything he possesses, and buys that field. 45 Again, the kingdom of heaven is like a man who is a merchant looking for valuable pearls. 46 When he found one very valuable pearl, he went and sold everything that he possessed and bought it.
47 "Again, the kingdom of heaven is like a net that was cast into the sea, and that gathered all kinds of fish. 48 When it was filled, the fishermen drew it up on the beach. Then they sat down and gathered the good ones into containers, but the bad ones they threw away. 49 It will be this way at the end of the age. The angels will come and separate the wicked from among the righteous. 50 They will throw them into the furnace of fire, where there will be weeping and grinding of teeth.
51 "Have you understood all these things?"
The disciples said to him, "Yes."
52 Then Jesus said to them, "Therefore every scribe who has become a disciple to the kingdom of heaven is like a man who is the owner of a house, who draws out old and new things from his treasure." 53 Then it came about that when Jesus had finished these parables, he departed from that place.
54 Then Jesus entered his own region and taught the people in their synagogue. The result was that they were astonished and said, "Where does this man get his wisdom and these miraculous powers from? 55 Is not this man the carpenter's son? Is not his mother called Mary? Are not his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas? 56 Are not all his sisters with us? Where did he get all these things?" 57 They were offended by him.
But Jesus said to them, "A prophet is not without honor except in his own country and in his own family." 58 He did not do many miracles there because of their unbelief.
1 About that time, Herod the tetrarch heard the news about Jesus. 2 He said to his servants, "This is John the Baptist; he has risen from the dead. Therefore these powers are at work in him."
3 For Herod had arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison because of Herodias, his brother Philip's wife. 4 For John had said to him, "It is not lawful for you to have her as your wife." 5 Herod would have killed him, but he feared the people, because they regarded him as a prophet.
6 But when Herod's birthday came, the daughter of Herodias danced in the midst and pleased Herod. 7 In response, he promised with an oath to give her whatever she should ask. 8 After being instructed by her mother, she said, "Give me here, on a platter, the head of John the Baptist." 9 The king was grieved by her request, but because of his oath and because of all those at dinner with him, he ordered that it should be done. 10 He sent and beheaded John in the prison. 11 Then his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl and she took it to her mother. 12 Then his disciples came, took up the corpse, and buried it. After this, they went and told Jesus.
13 Now when Jesus heard this, he withdrew from there in a boat to a deserted place. When the crowds heard of it, they followed him on foot from the cities. 14 Then Jesus came before them and saw the large crowd. He had compassion on them and healed their sick. 15 When the evening had come, the disciples came to him and said, "This is a deserted place, and the hour has already passed. Dismiss the crowds, so that they can go into the villages and buy food for themselves."
16 But Jesus said to them, "They have no need to go away. You give them something to eat."
17 They said to him, "We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish."
18 Jesus said, "Bring them to me." 19 Then Jesus ordered the crowd to sit down on the grass. He took the five loaves and the two fish. Looking up to heaven, he blessed and broke the loaves and gave them to the disciples, and the disciples gave them to the crowd. 20 They all ate and were filled. Then they took up what remained of the broken pieces of food—twelve baskets full. 21 Those who ate were about five thousand men, besides women and children.
22 Immediately he made the disciples get into the boat and go before him to the other side, while he sent away the crowds. 23 After he had sent away the crowds, he went up on the mountain by himself to pray. When evening came, he was there alone. 24 But the boat was now a long way from land, being tossed about by the waves, for the wind was blowing against them. 25 In the fourth watch of the night Jesus approached them, walking on the sea. 26 When the disciples saw him walking on the sea, they were troubled and said, "It is a ghost," and they cried out in fear.
27 But Jesus spoke to them right away and said, "Be brave! It is I! Do not be afraid."
28 Peter answered him and said, "Lord, if it is you, command me to come to you on the water."
29 Jesus said, "Come."
So Peter got out from the boat and walked on the water to go to Jesus. 30 But when Peter saw the strong wind, he became afraid. As he began to sink, he cried out and said, "Lord, save me!"
31 Jesus immediately stretched out his hand, took hold of Peter, and said to him, "You of little faith, why did you doubt?"
32 Then when Jesus and Peter went into the boat, the wind ceased blowing. 33 Then the disciples in the boat worshiped Jesus and said, "Truly you are the Son of God."
34 When they had crossed over, they came to land at Gennesaret. 35 When the men in that place recognized Jesus, they sent messages everywhere into the surrounding area, and they brought to him everyone who was sick. 36 They begged him that they might just touch the edge of his garment, and as many as touched it were healed.
1 Then some Pharisees and scribes came to Jesus from Jerusalem. They said, 2 "Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? For they do not wash their hands when they eat bread."
3 He answered and said to them, "Then why do you violate the commandment of God for the sake of your traditions? 4 For God said, 'Honor your father and your mother,' and 'He who speaks evil of his father or mother will surely die.' 5 But you say, 'Whoever says to his father or mother, "Whatever help you would have received from me is now a gift given to God," 6 that person does not need to honor his father.' In this way you have made void the word of God [1] for the sake of your traditions. 7 You hypocrites! Well did Isaiah prophesy about you when he said,
8 'This people honors me with their lips,
but their heart is far from me.
9 They worship me in vain
because they teach as their doctrines the commandments of people.'"
10 Then he called the crowd to himself and said to them, "Listen and understand— 11 Nothing that enters into the mouth defiles a person. Instead, what comes out of the mouth, this is what defiles a person."
12 Then the disciples came and said to Jesus, "Do you know that the Pharisees were offended when they heard this statement?"
13 Jesus answered and said, "Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be rooted up. 14 Let them alone, they are blind guides. If a blind person guides another blind person, both will fall into a pit."
15 Peter responded and said to Jesus, "Explain this parable to us."
16 Jesus said, "Are you also still without understanding? 17 Do you not understand that whatever goes into the mouth passes into the stomach and then goes out into the latrine? 18 But the things that come out of the mouth come from the heart. They are the things that defile a person. 19 For from the heart proceed evil thoughts, murder, adultery, sexual immorality, theft, false witness, and slander. 20 These are the things that defile a person. But to eat with unwashed hands does not defile a person."
21 Then Jesus went away from there and withdrew toward the regions of the cities of Tyre and Sidon. 22 Behold, a Canaanite woman came out from that region. She shouted out and said, "Have mercy on me, Lord, Son of David! My daughter is severely demon-possessed."
23 But Jesus answered her not a word. His disciples came and begged him, saying, "Send her away, for she is shouting after us."
24 But Jesus answered and said, "I was not sent to anyone except to the lost sheep of the house of Israel."
25 But she came and bowed down before him, saying, "Lord, help me."
26 He answered and said, "It is not proper to take the children's bread and throw it to the little dogs."
27 She said, "Yes, Lord, but even the little dogs eat some of the crumbs that fall from their masters' tables."
28 Then Jesus answered and said to her, "Woman, great is your faith; let it be done for you just as you wish." Her daughter was healed from that hour.
29 Jesus left that place and went near to the Sea of Galilee. Then he went up a hill and sat there. 30 Large crowds came to him. They brought with them lame, blind, mute, and crippled people, and many others who were sick. They presented them at Jesus' feet, and he healed them. 31 So the crowd marveled when they saw the mute persons speak, the crippled made well, the lame walking, and the blind seeing. They glorified the God of Israel.
32 Jesus called his disciples to him and said, "I have compassion on the crowd because they have stayed with me for three days already and have nothing to eat. I do not want to send them away without eating, or they may faint on the way."
33 The disciples said to him, "Where can we get enough loaves of bread in such a deserted place to satisfy so large a crowd?"
34 Jesus said to them, "How many loaves do you have?"
They said, "Seven, and a few small fish." 35 Then Jesus commanded the crowd to sit down on the ground. 36 He took the seven loaves and the fish, and after giving thanks, he broke the loaves and gave them to the disciples. The disciples gave them to the crowd. 37 The people all ate and were satisfied. Then they gathered up seven baskets full of the broken pieces that were left over. 38 Those who ate were four thousand men, besides women and children. 39 Then Jesus sent the crowds away and got into the boat and went into the region of Magadan.
1 The Pharisees and Sadducees came and tested him by asking him to show them a sign from the sky. 2 But he answered and said to them, "When it is evening, you say, 'It will be fair weather, for the sky is red.' 3 When it is morning, you say, 'It will be foul weather, for the sky is red and overcast.' You know how to interpret the appearance of the sky, but you cannot interpret the signs of the times. 4 An evil and adulterous generation seeks for a sign, but no sign will be given to it except the sign of Jonah." Then Jesus left them and went away.
5 When the disciples reached the other side, they had forgotten to take bread. 6 Jesus said to them, "Watch out and beware of the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees."
7 The disciples reasoned among themselves and said, "It is because we took no bread."
8 Jesus was aware of this and said, "You of little faith, why do you reason among yourselves and say that it is because you have taken no bread? 9 Do you not understand? Do you not remember the five loaves for the five thousand, and how many baskets you gathered up? 10 Or the seven loaves for the four thousand, and how many baskets you took up? 11 How is it that you do not understand that I was not speaking to you about bread? Watch out and beware of the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees." 12 Then they understood that he was not telling them to beware of yeast in bread, but to beware of the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees.
13 Now when Jesus came to the regions near Caesarea Philippi, he asked his disciples, saying, "Who do people say that the Son of Man is?"
14 They said, "Some say John the Baptist; some, Elijah; and others, Jeremiah, or one of the prophets."
15 He said to them, "But who do you say that I am?"
16 Answering, Simon Peter said, "You are the Christ, the Son of the living God."
17 Jesus answered and said to him, "Blessed are you, Simon son of Jonah, for flesh and blood have not revealed this to you, but my Father who is in heaven. 18 I also say to you that you are Peter, and upon this rock I will build my church. The gates of Hades will not prevail against it. 19 I will give to you the keys of the kingdom of heaven. Whatever you bind on earth will be bound in heaven, and whatever you loose on earth will be loosed in heaven." 20 Then Jesus commanded the disciples not to tell anyone that he was the Christ.
21 From that time Jesus started to tell his disciples that he must go to Jerusalem, suffer many things at the hand of the elders and chief priests and scribes, be killed, and be raised back to life on the third day.
22 Then Peter took him aside and rebuked him, saying, "May this be far from you, Lord! May this never happen to you!"
23 But Jesus turned and said to Peter, "Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me, for you do not think about the things of God, but about the things of people." 24 Then Jesus said to his disciples, "If anyone wants to follow me, he must deny himself, take up his cross, and follow me. 25 For whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it. 26 For what does it profit a person if he gains the whole world but forfeits his life? What can a person give in exchange for his life? 27 For the Son of Man will come in the glory of his Father with his angels. Then he will reward every person according to his deeds. 28 Truly I say to you, there are some of you standing here who will not taste death until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom."
1 Six days later Jesus took with him Peter, James, and John his brother, and brought them up a high mountain by themselves. 2 He was transfigured before them. His face shone like the sun, and his garments became as brilliant as the light. 3 Behold, there appeared to them Moses and Elijah talking with him. 4 Peter answered and said to Jesus, "Lord, it is good for us to be here. If you desire, I will make here three shelters—one for you, and one for Moses, and one for Elijah."
5 While he was still speaking, behold, a bright cloud overshadowed them, and behold, there was a voice out of the cloud, saying, "This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. Listen to him."
6 When the disciples heard it, they fell facedown and were very afraid. 7 Then Jesus came and touched them and said, "Get up and do not be afraid." 8 Then they looked up but saw no one except Jesus only.
9 As they were coming down the mountain, Jesus commanded them, saying, "Report this vision to no one until the Son of Man has risen from the dead."
10 His disciples asked him, saying, "Why then do the scribes say that Elijah must come first?"
11 Jesus answered and said, "Elijah will indeed come and restore all things. 12 But I tell you, Elijah has already come, but they did not recognize him. Instead, they did whatever they wanted to him. In the same way, the Son of Man will also suffer at their hands." 13 Then the disciples understood that he was speaking to them about John the Baptist.
14 When they had come to the crowd, a man came to him, knelt before him, and said, 15 "Lord, have mercy on my son, for he is epileptic and suffers severely. For he often falls into the fire or the water. 16 I brought him to your disciples, but they could not cure him."
17 Jesus answered and said, "Unbelieving and perverse generation, how long will I have to stay with you? How long must I bear with you? Bring him here to me." 18 Jesus rebuked the demon, and it came out of him, and the boy was healed from that hour.
19 Then the disciples came to Jesus privately and said, "Why could we not cast it out?"
20 Jesus said to them, "Because of your small faith. For I truly say to you, if you have faith even as small as a grain of mustard seed, you can say to this mountain, 'Move from here to there,' and it will move, and nothing will be impossible for you." 21[1]
22 While they stayed in Galilee, Jesus said to his disciples, "The Son of Man will be given over into the hands of people, 23 and they will kill him, and the third day he will be raised up." The disciples were deeply grieved.
24 When they had come to Capernaum, the men who collected the two-drachma tax came to Peter and said, "Does not your teacher pay the two-drachma tax?"
25 He said, "Yes."
When Peter came into the house, Jesus spoke to him first and said, "What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth collect tolls or taxes? From their sons or from others?"
26 "From others," Peter answered.
"Then the sons are free," Jesus said. 27 But so that we do not cause the tax collectors to stumble, go to the sea, throw in a hook, and draw in the fish that comes up first. When you have opened its mouth, you will find a shekel. Take it and give it to the tax collectors for me and you."
1 At that time the disciples came to Jesus and said, "Who is greatest in the kingdom of heaven?"
2 Jesus called to himself a little child, set him among them, 3 and said, "Truly I say to you, unless you turn and become like little children, you will in no way enter the kingdom of heaven. 4 Therefore, whoever humbles himself like this little child is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven. 5 Whoever welcomes a little child like this in my name receives me. 6 But whoever causes one of these little ones who believes in me to stumble, it would be better for him that a large millstone should be hung about his neck, and that he should be sunk into the depths of the sea.
7 "Woe to the world because of stumbling blocks! For it is necessary that those stumbling blocks come, but woe to the person through whom those stumbling blocks come! 8 If your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you. It is better for you to enter into life maimed or lame than to be thrown into the eternal fire having two hands or two feet. 9 If your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you. It is better for you to enter into life with one eye than to be thrown into the fiery hell having both eyes. 10 See that you do not despise any of these little ones. For I say to you that in heaven their angels always look on the face of my Father who is in heaven. 11[1]12 What do you think? If anyone has a hundred sheep, and one of them goes astray, does he not leave the ninety-nine on the hillside and go off seeking the one that went astray? 13 If he finds it, truly I say to you, he rejoices over it more than over the ninety-nine that did not go astray. 14 In the same way, it is not the will of your Father in heaven that one of these little ones should perish.
15 "If your brother sins against you, go and rebuke him, between you and him alone. If he listens to you, you will have gained your brother. 16 But if he does not listen to you, take one or two others along with you so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be confirmed. 17 And if he refuses to listen to them, tell the matter to the church. If he also refuses to listen to the church, let him be to you as a pagan and a tax collector. 18 I tell you truly, whatever things you bind on earth will be bound in heaven, and whatever you loose on earth will be loosed in heaven. 19 Again I tell you truly, if two of you agree on earth about anything they ask, it will be done for them by my Father who is in heaven. 20 For where two or three are gathered together in my name, there I am in their midst."
21 Then Peter came and said to Jesus, "Lord, how often will my brother sin against me and I forgive him? Until seven times?"
22 Jesus said to him, "I do not tell you seven times, but until seventy times seven. 23 Therefore the kingdom of heaven is similar to a certain king who wanted to settle accounts with his servants. 24 As he began the settling, one servant was brought to him who owed him ten thousand talents. 25 But since he did not have the means to repay, his master commanded him to be sold, together with his wife and children and everything that he had, and payment to be made. 26 So the servant fell down, bowed down before him, and said, 'Master, have patience with me, and I will pay you everything.' 27 So the master of that servant, since he was moved with compassion, released him and forgave him the debt. 28 But that servant went out and found one of his fellow servants, who owed him one hundred denarii. He took hold of him, began to choke him, and said, 'Pay me what you owe.'
29 "But his fellow servant fell down and pleaded with him, saying, 'Have patience with me, and I will repay you.' 30 But the first servant refused. Instead, he went and threw him into prison until he should pay him what he owed. 31 When his fellow servants saw what had happened, they were deeply grieved. They came and told their master everything that had happened.
32 "Then that servant's master called him and said to him, 'You wicked servant, I forgave you all that debt because you pleaded with me. 33 Should you not have had mercy on your fellow servant, even as I had mercy on you?' 34 His master was angry and handed him over to the torturers until he would pay all that was owed. 35 So also my heavenly Father will do to you if you do not forgive your brother from your heart."
1 It came about that when Jesus had finished these words, he departed from Galilee and came to the region of Judea that is beyond the Jordan River. 2 Great crowds followed him, and he healed them there.
3 Pharisees came to him, testing him, saying to him, "Is it lawful for a man to divorce his wife for any cause?"
4 Jesus answered and said, "Have you not read that he who made them from the beginning made them male and female? 5 He who made them also said, 'For this reason a man will leave his father and mother and join to his wife, and the two will become one flesh.' 6 So they are no longer two, but one flesh. Therefore what God has joined together, let no one tear apart."
7 They said to him, "Why then did Moses command us to give a certificate of divorce and then to send her away?"
8 He said to them, "For your hardness of heart, Moses allowed you to divorce your wives, but from the beginning it was not that way. 9 I say to you, whoever divorces his wife, except for sexual immorality, and marries another, commits adultery." [1]
10 The disciples said to Jesus, "If that is the case of a man with his wife, it is not good to marry."
11 But Jesus said to them, "Not everyone can accept this saying, but only those to whom it is given. 12 For there are eunuchs who were born that way from their mother's womb, and there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men, and there are eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs for the sake of the kingdom of heaven. He who is able to accept this teaching, let him accept it."
13 Then some little children were brought to him so that he would lay his hands on them and pray, but the disciples rebuked them. 14 But Jesus said, "Permit the little children, and do not forbid them to come to me, for the kingdom of heaven belongs to such ones." 15 He placed his hands on the children, and then he went away from there.
16 Behold, a man came to Jesus and said, "Teacher, what good thing must I do that I may have eternal life?"
17 Jesus said to him, "Why do you ask me about what is good? Only one is good, but if you want to enter into life, keep the commandments."
18 The man said to him, "Which commandments?"
Jesus said, "Do not murder, do not commit adultery, do not steal, do not bear false witness, 19 honor your father and your mother, and love your neighbor as yourself."
20 The young man said to him, "All these things I have obeyed. What do I still need?"
21 Jesus said to him, "If you wish to be perfect, go, sell your possessions, and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven; and come, follow me." 22 But when the young man heard what Jesus said, he went away sorrowful, for he had many possessions.
23 Jesus said to his disciples, "Truly I say to you, it is hard for a rich man to enter the kingdom of heaven. 24 Again I say to you, it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God."
25 When the disciples heard it, they were very astonished and said, "Who then can be saved?"
26 Jesus looked at them and said, "With people this is impossible, but with God all things are possible."
27 Then Peter answered and said to him, "See, we have left everything and followed you. What then will we have?"
28 Jesus said to them, "Truly I say to you, in the new age when the Son of Man sits on his glorious throne, you who have followed me will also sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. 29 Every one who has left houses, brothers, sisters, father, mother, children, or land for my name's sake will receive one hundred times as much and will inherit eternal life. 30 But many who are first will be last, and the last will be first.
1 "For the kingdom of heaven is like a landowner who went out early in the morning to hire laborers for his vineyard. 2 After he had agreed with the laborers for one denarius a day, he sent them into his vineyard. 3 He went out again about the third hour and saw other laborers standing idle in the marketplace. 4 To them he said, 'You also, go into the vineyard, and I will give you what is right.' So they went to work. 5 Again he went out about the sixth hour and again the ninth hour, and did the same. 6 Once more about the eleventh hour he went out and found others standing idle. He said to them, 'Why do you stand here idle all the day long?'
7 "They said to him, 'Because no one has hired us.'
"He said to them, 'You also go into the vineyard.' 8 When evening came, the owner of the vineyard said to his manager, 'Call the laborers and pay them their wages, beginning from the last to the first.'
9 "When the laborers who had been hired at the eleventh hour came, each of them received a denarius. 10 When the first laborers came, they thought that they would receive more, but they also received one denarius each. 11 When they received their wages, they complained about the landowner. 12 They said, 'These last laborers have spent only one hour in work, but you have made them equal to us, we who have borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat.'
13 "But the owner answered and said to one of them, 'Friend, I do you no wrong. Did you not agree with me for one denarius? 14 Take what belongs to you and go your way. I choose to give to these last hired laborers just the same as to you. 15 Is it not lawful for me to do as I want with what belongs to me? Or are you envious because I am good?' 16 So the last will be first, and the first last." [1]
17 As Jesus was going up to Jerusalem, he took the twelve disciples aside, and on the way he said to them, 18 "See, we are going up to Jerusalem, and the Son of Man will be given over to the chief priests and scribes. They will condemn him to death 19 and will deliver him to the Gentiles for them to mock, to flog, and to crucify him. But on the third day he will be raised up."
20 Then the mother of the sons of Zebedee came to Jesus with her sons. She bowed down before him and asked for something from him.
21 Jesus said to her, "What do you wish?"
She said to him, "Command that these my two sons may sit, one at your right hand and one at your left hand, in your kingdom."
22 But Jesus answered and said, "You do not know what you are asking. Are you able to drink the cup that I am about to drink?"
They said to him, "We are able."
23 He said to them, "My cup you will indeed drink. But to sit at my right hand and at my left hand is not mine to give, but it is for those for whom it has been prepared by my Father." 24 When the other ten disciples heard this, they were very angry with the two brothers. 25 But Jesus called them to himself and said, "You know that the rulers of the Gentiles dominate them, and their important men exercise authority over them. 26 But it must not be this way among you. Instead, whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant, 27 and whoever wishes to be first among you must be your servant, 28 just as the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many."
29 As they went out from Jericho, a great crowd followed him. 30 There were two blind men sitting by the road. When they heard that Jesus was passing by, they shouted, "Lord, Son of David, have mercy on us." 31 The crowd rebuked them, telling them to be quiet, but they cried out even more loudly, "Lord, Son of David, have mercy on us."
32 Then Jesus stood still and called to them and said, "What do you wish me to do for you?"
33 They said to him, "Lord, that our eyes may be opened." 34 Then Jesus, being moved with compassion, touched their eyes. Immediately they received their sight and followed him.
1 As Jesus and his disciples approached Jerusalem and came to Bethphage, to the Mount of Olives, then Jesus sent two disciples, 2 saying to them, "Go into the next village, and you will immediately find a donkey tied up there, and a colt with her. Untie them and bring them to me. 3 If anyone says anything to you about that, you will say, 'The Lord has need of them,' and that person will immediately send them with you."
4 Now all this happened to fulfill what was spoken through the prophet, saying,
5 "Tell the daughter of Zion,
'See, your King is coming to you,
Humble and riding on a donkey—
on a colt, the foal of a donkey.'"
6 Then the disciples went and did just as Jesus had instructed them. 7 They brought the donkey and the colt and put their cloaks on them, and Jesus sat upon the cloaks. 8 Most of the crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others cut branches off the trees and spread them in the road. 9 Then the crowds that went before Jesus and those that followed him were shouting,
"Hosanna to the son of David!
Blessed is the one who comes in the name of the Lord!
Hosanna in the highest!"
10 When Jesus had come into Jerusalem, all the city was stirred and said, "Who is this?"
11 The crowds answered, "This is Jesus the prophet from Nazareth in Galilee."
12 Then Jesus entered the temple. He cast out all those who bought and sold in the temple, and turned over the tables of the money changers and the seats of those who sold doves. 13 He said to them, "It is written, 'My house will be called a house of prayer,' but you make it a den of robbers."
14 Then the blind and the lame came to him in the temple, and he healed them. 15 But when the chief priests and the scribes saw the marvelous things that he did, and when they heard the children shouting in the temple and saying, "Hosanna to the Son of David," they became very angry.
16 They said to him, "Do you hear what they are saying?"
Jesus said to them, "Yes! But have you never read,
'Out of the mouths of little children and nursing infants
you have prepared praise'?"
17 Then Jesus left them and went out of the city to Bethany and spent the night there.
18 Now in the morning as he returned to the city, he was hungry. 19 Seeing a fig tree along the roadside, he went to it and found nothing on it except leaves. He said to it, "May there be no fruit from you ever again," and immediately the fig tree withered.
20 When the disciples saw it, they marveled and said, "How did the fig tree immediately wither away?"
21 Jesus answered and said to them, "Truly I say to you, if you have faith and do not doubt, you will not only do what was done to this fig tree, but you will even say to this mountain, 'Be taken up and thrown into the sea,' and it will be done. 22 Whatever you ask for in prayer, believing, you will receive."
23 When Jesus had come into the temple, the chief priests and the elders of the people came to him as he was teaching and said, "By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority?"
24 Jesus answered and said to them, "I also will ask you one question. If you tell me, I will tell you by what authority I do these things. 25 The baptism of John—from where did it come? From heaven or from men?"
They discussed among themselves, saying, "If we say, 'From heaven,' he will say to us, 'Why then did you not believe him?' 26 But if we say, 'From men,' we fear the crowd, because they all view John as a prophet." 27 Then they answered Jesus and said, "We do not know."
He also said to them, "Neither will I tell you by what authority I do these things. 28 But what do you think? A man had two sons. He went to the first and said, 'Son, go labor today in the vineyard.'
29 "The son answered and said, 'I will not,' but afterward he changed his mind and went.
30 "Then the man went to the second son and said the same thing. He answered and said, 'I will go, sir,' but he did not go. 31 Which of the two sons did his father's will?"
They said, "The first one."
Jesus said to them, "Truly I say to you, the tax collectors and the prostitutes will enter the kingdom of God before you do. 32 For John came to you in the way of righteousness, but you did not believe him. But the tax collectors and the prostitutes believed him. But you, even when you saw this, you did not repent afterward and believe him.
33 "Listen to another parable. There was a man, a landowner. He planted a vineyard, set a hedge about it, dug a winepress in it, built a watchtower, and rented it out to vine growers. Then he went into another country. 34 When the time of the fruit harvest approached, he sent some servants to the vine growers to collect his fruit. 35 But the vine growers took his servants, beat one, killed another, and stoned still another. 36 Again, the owner sent other servants, more than the first, but the vine growers treated them in the same way. 37 After that, the owner sent his own son to them, saying, 'They will respect my son.'
38 "But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, 'This is the heir. Come, let us kill him and take over the inheritance.' 39 So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. 40 Now when the owner of the vineyard comes, what will he do to those vine growers?"
41 They said to him, "He will violently destroy those wicked people, and he will then rent out the vineyard to other vine growers, men who will give him his share of crops at the harvest time."
42 Jesus said to them, "Did you never read in the scriptures,
'The stone which the builders rejected
has been made the cornerstone.
This was from the Lord,
and it is marvelous in our eyes'?
43 Therefore I say to you, the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation that produces its fruits. 44 Whoever falls on this stone will be broken to pieces. But anyone on whom it falls will be crushed." 45 When the chief priests and the Pharisees heard his parables, they understood he was speaking about them. 46 Seeking to arrest him, they were afraid of the crowd, because the people regarded him as a prophet.
1 Jesus spoke to them again in parables, saying, 2 "The kingdom of heaven is like a certain king who prepared a marriage feast for his son. 3 He sent out his servants to call those who had been invited to come to the marriage feast, but they would not come. 4 Again the king sent other servants, saying, 'Tell them who are invited, "See, I have prepared my dinner. My oxen and fattened cattle have been killed, and all things are ready. Come to the marriage feast."' 5 But they paid no attention and went away, one to his farm, another to his business. 6 The others seized the king's servants, treated them shamefully, and killed them. 7 The king was angry, and he sent his soldiers and they destroyed those murderers and burned their city. 8 Then he said to his servants, 'The wedding is ready, but those who were invited were not worthy. 9 Therefore go to the highway crossings and invite as many people to the marriage feast as you can find.' 10 The servants went out to the highways and gathered together all the people they found, both bad and good. So the wedding hall was filled with guests. 11 But when the king came in to look at the guests, he saw a man there who was not wearing wedding clothes. 12 The king said to him, 'Friend, how did you come in here without wedding clothes?' But the man was speechless. 13 Then the king said to the servants, 'Bind this man hand and foot, and throw him out into the outer darkness, where there will be weeping and the grinding of teeth.' 14 For many people are called, but few are chosen."
15 Then the Pharisees went and planned how they might entrap Jesus in his own talk. 16 Then they sent to him their disciples, together with the Herodians. They said to Jesus, "Teacher, we know that you are truthful, and that you teach God's way in truth. You care for no one's opinion, and you do not show partiality between people. 17 So tell us, what do you think? Is it lawful to pay taxes to Caesar or not?"
18 But Jesus understood their wickedness and said, "Why are you testing me, you hypocrites? 19 Show me the coin for the tax." Then they brought a denarius to him. 20 Jesus said to them, "Whose image and name are these?"
21 They said to him, "Caesar's."
Then Jesus said to them, "Then give to Caesar the things that are Caesar's, and to God the things that are God's." 22 When they heard it, they marveled. Then they left him and went away.
23 On that day some Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, came to him. They asked him, 24 saying, "Teacher, Moses said, 'If a man dies, having no children, his brother must marry his wife and raise children for his brother.' 25 There were seven brothers. The first married and then died. Having left no children, he left his wife to his brother. 26 Then the second brother did the same thing, then the third, all the way to the seventh brother. 27 After them all, the woman died. 28 Now in the resurrection, whose wife will she be of the seven brothers? For they all had married her."
29 But Jesus answered and said to them, "You are mistaken because you do not know the scriptures or the power of God. 30 For in the resurrection they neither marry nor are given in marriage. Instead, they are like angels in heaven. 31 But concerning the resurrection of the dead, have you not read what was spoken to you by God, saying, 32 'I am the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob'? God is not the God of the dead, but of the living." 33 When the crowds heard this, they were astonished at his teaching.
34 But when the Pharisees heard that Jesus had silenced the Sadducees, they gathered themselves together. 35 One of them, an expert in the law, asked him a question, testing him— 36 "Teacher, which is the greatest commandment in the law?"
37 Jesus said to him, "'Love the Lord your God with all your heart, with all your soul, and with all your mind.' 38 This is the great and first commandment. 39 And a second commandment is like it—'Love your neighbor as yourself.' 40 On these two commandments depend the whole law and the prophets."
41 Now while the Pharisees were still gathered together, Jesus asked them a question. 42 He said, "What do you think about the Christ? Whose son is he?"
They said to him, "The son of David."
43 Jesus said to them, "How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord, saying,
44 'The Lord said to my Lord,
"Sit at my right hand,
until I make your enemies your footstool"'?
45 If David then calls the Christ 'Lord,' how is he David's son?" 46 No one was able to answer him a word, and no man dared ask him any more questions from that day on.
1 Then Jesus spoke to the crowds and to his disciples. 2 He said, "The scribes and the Pharisees sit in Moses' seat. 3 Therefore whatever they command you to do, do these things and observe them. But do not imitate their deeds, for they say things but then do not do them. 4 Yes, they bind heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people's shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry them. 5 They do all their deeds to be seen by people. For they make their phylacteries wide, and they enlarge the edges of their garments. 6 They love the places of honor at feasts and the chief seats in the synagogues, 7 and special greetings in the marketplaces, and to be called 'Rabbi' by people. 8 But you must not be called 'Rabbi,' for you have only one teacher, and all of you are brothers. 9 And call no man on earth your father, for you have only one Father, and he is in heaven. 10 Neither must you be called 'teacher,' for you have only one teacher, the Christ. 11 But he who is greatest among you will be your servant. 12 Whoever exalts himself will be humbled, and whoever humbles himself will be exalted.
13 But woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! You shut the kingdom of heaven against people. For you do not enter it yourselves, and neither do you allow those about to enter to do so. 14[1]15 Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you go over sea and land to make one convert, and when he has become one, you make him twice as much a son of hell as you.
16 "Woe to you, you blind guides, you who say, 'Whoever swears by the temple, it is nothing. But whoever swears by the gold of the temple, he is bound to his oath.' 17 You blind fools! Which is greater, the gold or the temple that makes the gold holy? 18 And, 'Whoever swears by the altar, it is nothing. But whoever swears by the gift that is on it, he is bound to his oath.' 19 You blind people! Which is greater, the gift or the altar that makes the gift holy? 20 Therefore, he who swears by the altar swears by it and by everything on it. 21 The one who swears by the temple swears by it and by the one who lives in it. 22 And the one who swears by heaven swears by the throne of God and by him who sits on it.
23 "Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you tithe mint and dill and cumin, but you have left undone the weightier matters of the law—justice and mercy and faithfulness. But these you ought to have done and not to have left the other undone. 24 You blind guides, you who strain out a gnat but swallow a camel!
25 "Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of robbery and self-indulgence. 26 You blind Pharisee! Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside may become clean also.
27 "Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you are like whitewashed tombs, which on the outside look beautiful, but on the inside are full of dead men's bones and everything unclean. 28 In the same way, you also outwardly appear righteous to men, but on the inside you are full of hypocrisy and lawlessness.
29 "Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you build the tombs of the prophets and decorate the tombs of the righteous. 30 You say, 'If we had lived in the days of our fathers, we would not have been partners with them in shedding the blood of the prophets.' 31 Therefore you testify against yourselves that you are sons of those who murdered the prophets. 32 You also fill up the measure of your fathers. 33 You serpents, you offspring of vipers, how will you escape the judgment of hell? 34 Therefore, see, I am sending you prophets and wise men and scribes. Some of them you will kill and crucify, and some you will whip in your synagogues and chase from city to city. 35 The result is that upon you will come all the righteous blood that has been shed on the earth, from the blood of righteous Abel, to the blood of Zechariah son of Berekiah, whom you murdered between the sanctuary and the altar. 36 Truly I say to you, all these things will come upon this generation.
37 "Jerusalem, Jerusalem, you who kill the prophets and stone those who are sent to you! How often did I long to gather your children together, just as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings, but you were not willing! 38 See, your house is left to you desolate. 39 For I say to you, You will not see me from now on until you say, 'Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.'"
1 Jesus went out from the temple and was going on his way. His disciples came to him to point out to him the buildings of the temple. 2 But he answered and said to them, "Do you not see all these things? Truly I say to you, not one stone will be left on another that will not be torn down."
3 As he sat on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to him privately and said, "Tell us, when will these things happen? What will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age?"
4 Jesus answered and said to them, "Be careful that no one leads you astray. 5 For many will come in my name. They will say, 'I am the Christ,' and will lead many astray. 6 You will hear of wars and rumors of wars. See that you are not troubled, for these things must happen; but the end is not yet. 7 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be famines and earthquakes in various places. 8 But all these things are only the beginning of birth pains. 9 Then they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you. You will be hated by all the nations for my name's sake. 10 Then many will stumble, and betray one another and hate one another. 11 Many false prophets will rise up and lead many astray. 12 Because lawlessness will increase, the love of many will grow cold. 13 But the one who endures to the end will be saved. 14 This good news of the kingdom will be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all the nations. Then the end will come.
15 "Therefore, when you see the abomination of desolation, which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing in the holy place" (let the reader understand), 16 "let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains, 17 let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house, 18 and let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak. 19 But woe to those who are pregnant and to those who are nursing infants in those days! 20 Pray that your flight will not occur in the winter or on a Sabbath. 21 For there will be great tribulation, such as has not been from the beginning of the world until now, no, nor ever will be again. 22 Unless those days had been shortened, no flesh would be saved. But for the sake of the elect those days will be shortened. 23 Then if anyone says to you, 'Look, here is the Christ!' or, 'There is the Christ!' do not believe it. 24 For false Christs and false prophets will arise and show great signs and wonders, so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect. 25 See, I have told you ahead of time. 26 Therefore, if they say to you, 'Look, he is in the wilderness,' do not go out to the wilderness. Or, 'See, he is in the inner rooms,' do not believe it. 27 For as the lightning shines out from the east and flashes all the way to the west, so will be the coming of the Son of Man. 28 Wherever a dead animal is, there the vultures will gather.
29 "But immediately after the tribulation of those days
the sun will be darkened,
the moon will not give its light,
the stars will fall from the sky,
and the powers of the heavens will be shaken. 30 Then the sign of the Son of Man will appear in the sky, and all the tribes of the earth will mourn. They will see the Son of Man coming on the clouds of the sky with power and great glory. 31 He will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they will gather together his elect from the four winds, from one end of the sky to the other.
32 "Learn a lesson from the fig tree. As soon as the branch becomes tender and puts out its leaves, you know that summer is near. 33 So also, when you see all these things, you should know that he is near, at the very gates. 34 Truly I say to you, this generation will not pass away until all of these things will have happened. 35 Heaven and the earth will pass away, but my words will never pass away. 36 But concerning that day and hour no one knows, not even the angels of heaven, nor the Son, but only the Father. 37 As the days of Noah were, so will be the coming of the Son of Man. 38 For as in those days before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage until the day that Noah entered the ark, 39 and they knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away—so will be the coming of the Son of Man. 40 Then two men will be in a field—one will be taken, and one will be left. 41 Two women will be grinding with a mill—one will be taken, and one will be left. 42 Therefore be on your guard, for you do not know on what day your Lord will come. 43 But know this, that if the master of the house had known in what time of night the thief was coming, he would have been on guard and would not have allowed his house to be broken into. 44 Therefore you must also be ready, for the Son of Man will come at an hour that you do not expect.
45 "So who is the faithful and wise servant whom his master has set over his household in order to give them their food at the right time? 46 Blessed is that servant whom his master will find doing that when he comes. 47 Truly I say to you that the master will set him over all his possessions. 48 But if an evil servant says in his heart, 'My master has been delayed,' 49 and begins to beat his fellow servants, and eats and drinks with drunkards, 50 then the master of that servant will come on a day that the servant does not expect and at an hour that he does not know. 51 His master will cut him in pieces and assign him a place with the hypocrites, where there will be weeping and grinding of teeth.
1 "Then the kingdom of heaven will be like ten virgins who took their lamps and went to meet the bridegroom. 2 Five of them were foolish and five were wise. 3 For when the foolish virgins took their lamps, they did not take any oil with them. 4 But the wise virgins took containers of oil along with their lamps. 5 Now while the bridegroom was delayed, they all got sleepy and slept. 6 But at midnight there was a cry, 'Look, the bridegroom! Go out and meet him.'
7 Then all those virgins rose up and trimmed their lamps. 8 The foolish said to the wise, 'Give us some of your oil because our lamps are going out.'
9 "But the wise answered and said, 'Since there will not be enough for us and you, go instead to those who sell and buy some for yourselves.' 10 While they went away to buy, the bridegroom came, and those who were ready went with him to the marriage feast, and the door was shut.
11 "Afterward the other virgins also came and said, 'Master, master, open for us.'
12 "But he answered and said, 'Truly I say to you, I do not know you.' 13 Watch therefore, for you do not know the day or the hour.
14 "For it is like when a man was about to go into another country. He called his own servants and entrusted his possessions to them. 15 To one of them he gave five talents, to another he gave two, and to yet another he gave one talent. Each one received an amount according to his own ability, and that man went on his journey. 16 The one who received the five talents went at once and worked with them and gained another five talents. 17 In the same way, the one who had received two talents gained another two. 18 But the servant who had received one talent went away, dug a hole in the ground, and hid his master's money. 19 Now after a long time the master of those servants came back and settled accounts with them. 20 The servant who had received the five talents came and brought another five talents. He said, 'Master, you entrusted me with five talents. See, I have gained five talents more.'
21 "His master said to him, 'Well done, good and faithful servant! You have been faithful over a few things. I will put you in charge over many things. Enter into the joy of your master.'
22 "The servant who had received two talents came and said, 'Master, you gave me two talents. See, I have gained two more talents.'
23 "His master said to him, 'Well done, good and faithful servant! You have been faithful over a few things. I will put you in charge over many things. Enter into the joy of your master.'
24 "Then the servant who had received one talent came and said, 'Master, I know that you are a hard man. You reap where you did not sow, and you harvest where you did not scatter. 25 I was afraid, so I went away and hid your talent in the ground. See, you have here what belongs to you.'
26 "But his master answered and said to him, 'You wicked and lazy servant, you knew that I reap where I have not sowed and harvest where I have not scattered. 27 Therefore you should have given my money to the bankers, and at my coming I would have received back my own with interest. 28 Therefore take away the talent from him and give it to the servant who has ten talents. 29 For to everyone who possesses more will be given, and he will have an abundance. But from anyone who does not possess anything, even what he does have will be taken away. 30 Throw the worthless servant out into the outer darkness, where there will be weeping and grinding of teeth.'
31 "When the Son of Man comes in his glory and all the angels with him, then he will sit on his glorious throne. 32 Before him will be gathered all the nations, and he will separate the people one from another, as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats. 33 He will place the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on his left. 34 Then the King will say to those on his right hand, 'Come, you who have been blessed by my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world. 35 For I was hungry and you gave me food; I was thirsty and you gave me a drink; I was a stranger and you took me in; 36 I was naked and you clothed me; I was sick and you cared for me; I was in prison and you came to me.'
37 "Then the righteous will answer and say, 'Lord, when did we see you hungry and feed you? Or thirsty and give you a drink? 38 When did we see you a stranger and take you in? Or naked and clothe you? 39 When did we see you sick or in prison and come to you?'
40 "Then the King will answer and say to them, 'Truly I say to you, what you did for one of the least of these brothers of mine, you did it for me.' 41 Then he will say to those on his left hand, 'Depart from me, you cursed, into the eternal fire that has been prepared for the devil and his angels, 42 because I was hungry, but you did not give me food; I was thirsty, but you did not give me a drink; 43 I was a stranger, but you did not take me in; naked, but you did not clothe me; sick and in prison, but you did not care for me.'
44 "Then they will also answer and say, 'Lord, when did we see you hungry, or thirsty, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not serve you?'
45 "Then he will answer them and say, 'Truly I say to you, what you did not do for one of the least of these, you did not do for me.' 46 These will go away into eternal punishment, but the righteous into eternal life."
1 It came about that when Jesus had finished all these words, he said to his disciples, 2 "You know that after two days the Passover is coming, and the Son of Man will be given over to be crucified."
3 Then the chief priests and the elders of the people were gathered together in the palace of the high priest, who was named Caiaphas. 4 They plotted together to arrest Jesus stealthily and kill him. 5 For they were saying, "Not during the festival, so that a riot does not arise among the people."
6 Now while Jesus was in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, 7 as he was reclining at table, a woman came to him having an alabaster jar of very expensive ointment, and she poured it upon his head. 8 But when his disciples saw it, they became angry and said, "What is the reason for this waste? 9 This could have been sold for a large amount and given to the poor."
10 But Jesus, knowing this, said to them, "Why are you causing trouble for this woman? For she has done a beautiful thing for me. 11 You always have the poor with you, but you will not always have me. 12 For when she poured this ointment on my body, she did it for my burial. 13 Truly I say to you, wherever this good news is preached in the whole world, what this woman has done will also be spoken of in memory of her."
14 Then one of the twelve, who was named Judas Iscariot, went to the chief priests 15 and said, "What are you willing to give me to turn him over to you?" They weighed out thirty pieces of silver for him. 16 From that moment he sought an opportunity to turn him over to them.
17 Now on the first day of unleavened bread the disciples came to Jesus and said, "Where do you want us to prepare for you to eat the Passover meal?"
18 He said, "Go into the city to a certain man and say to him, 'The Teacher says, "My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples."'" 19 The disciples did as Jesus directed them, and they prepared the Passover meal.
20 When evening came, he sat down to eat with the twelve disciples. 21 As they were eating, he said, "Truly I say to you that one of you will betray me."
22 They were very sorrowful, and each one began to ask him, "Surely not I, Lord?"
23 He answered, "The one who dips his hand with me in the dish is the one who will betray me. 24 The Son of Man will go, just as it is written about him. But woe to that man by whom the Son of Man is betrayed! It would be better for that man if he had not been born."
25 Judas, who would betray him said, "Is it I, Rabbi?"
He said to him, "You have said it yourself."
26 As they were eating, Jesus took bread, blessed it, and broke it. He gave it to the disciples and said, "Take, eat. This is my body." 27 He took a cup and gave thanks, and gave it to them and said, "Drink it, all of you. 28 For this is my blood of the covenant that is poured out for many for the forgiveness of sins. 29 But I say to you, I will not drink again of this fruit of the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you in my Father's kingdom."
30 When they had sung a hymn, they went out to the Mount of Olives. 31 Then Jesus said to them, "All of you will fall away tonight because of me, for it is written,
'I will strike the shepherd
and the sheep of the flock will be scattered.'
32 But after I am raised up, I will go ahead of you into Galilee."
33 But Peter said to him, "Even if all fall away because of you, I will never fall away."
34 Jesus said to him, "Truly I say to you, this very night, before the rooster crows, you will deny me three times."
35 Peter said to him, "Even if I must die with you, I will not deny you." All the other disciples said the same thing.
36 Then Jesus went with them to a place called Gethsemane and said to his disciples, "Sit here while I go over there and pray." 37 He took Peter and the two sons of Zebedee with him and began to become sorrowful and troubled. 38 Then he said to them, "My soul is deeply sorrowful, even to death. Remain here and watch with me." 39 He went a little farther, fell on his face, and prayed. He said, "My Father, if it is possible, let this cup pass from me. Yet, not as I will, but as you will." 40 He came to the disciples and found them sleeping, and he said to Peter, "What, could you not watch with me for one hour? 41 Watch and pray that you do not enter into temptation. The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak." 42 He went away a second time and prayed. He said, "My Father, if this cannot pass away unless I drink it, your will be done." 43 He came again and found them sleeping, for their eyes were heavy. 44 So leaving them again, he went away and prayed a third time, saying the same words. 45 Then Jesus came to the disciples and said to them, "Are you still sleeping and taking your rest? Look, the hour is at hand, and the Son of Man is being betrayed into the hands of sinners. 46 Arise, let us go. Look, the one who is betraying me is near."
47 While he was still speaking, Judas, one of the twelve, came. A large crowd came with him from the chief priests and elders of the people. They came with swords and clubs. 48 Now the man who was going to betray Jesus had given them a signal, saying, "The one I kiss is the man. Seize him." 49 Immediately he came up to Jesus and said, "Greetings, Rabbi!" and he kissed him.
50 Jesus said to him, "Friend, do what you have come to do." Then they came, laid hands on Jesus, and seized him. 51 Behold, one of those who was with Jesus stretched out his hand, drew his sword, and struck the servant of the high priest, and cut off his ear. 52 Then Jesus said to him, "Put your sword back in its place, for all those who take up the sword will perish by the sword. 53 Do you think that I could not call upon my Father, and he would send me more than twelve legions of angels? 54 But how then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen?" 55 At that time Jesus said to the crowd, "Have you come out with swords and clubs to seize me like a robber? Every day I sat teaching in the temple, and you did not arrest me. 56 But all this has happened so that the writings of the prophets might be fulfilled." Then all the disciples abandoned him and fled.
57 Those who had seized Jesus led him away to Caiaphas the high priest, where the scribes and the elders had gathered together. 58 But Peter followed him from a distance to the courtyard of the high priest. He went inside and sat down with the officers to see the outcome. 59 Now the chief priests and the whole council were looking for false testimony against Jesus so that they might put him to death. 60 They did not find any, even though many false witnesses came forward. But later two came forward 61 and said, "This man said, 'I am able to destroy the temple of God and rebuild it in three days.'"
62 The high priest stood up and said to him, "Do you have no answer? What is it that they are testifying against you?" 63 But Jesus was silent. The high priest said to him, "I command you by the living God, tell us whether you are the Christ, the Son of God."
64 Jesus replied to him, "You have said it yourself. But I tell you, from now on you will see the Son of Man sitting at the right hand of Power, and coming on the clouds of heaven."
65 Then the high priest tore his clothes and said, "He has spoken blasphemy! Why do we still need witnesses? Look, now you have heard the blasphemy. 66 What do you think?"
They answered and said, "He is deserving of death." 67 Then they spit in his face and beat him with their fists, while some slapped him 68 and said, "Prophesy to us, you Christ. Who is it that struck you?"
69 Now Peter was sitting outside in the courtyard, and a servant girl came to him and said, "You were also with Jesus of Galilee."
70 But he denied it in front of them all, saying, "I do not know what you are talking about."
71 When he went out to the gateway, another servant girl saw him and said to those there, "This man was also with Jesus of Nazareth."
72 He again denied it with an oath, "I do not know the man!"
73 After a little while those who were standing by came and said to Peter, "Surely you are also one of them, for the way you speak gives you away."
74 Then he began to curse and swear, "I do not know the man," and immediately a rooster crowed.
75 Peter remembered the words that Jesus had said, "Before the rooster crows you will deny me three times." Then he went outside and wept bitterly.
1 Now when morning came, all the chief priests and elders of the people plotted against Jesus to put him to death. 2 They bound him, led him away, and delivered him to Pilate the governor.
3 Then when Judas, who had betrayed him, saw that Jesus had been condemned, he repented and returned the thirty pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders, 4 and said, "I have sinned by betraying innocent blood."
But they said, "What is that to us? See to that yourself." 5 Then he threw down the pieces of silver in the temple, and departed, and went out and hanged himself. 6 The chief priests took the pieces of silver and said, "It is not lawful to put this into the treasury because it is the price of blood." 7 They discussed the matter together, and they bought with the money the potter's field in which to bury strangers. 8 For this reason that field has been called, "The Field of Blood" to this day. 9 Then that which had been spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled, saying, "They took the thirty pieces of silver, the price set on him by the sons of Israel, 10 and they gave it for the potter's field, as the Lord had directed me."
11 Now Jesus stood before the governor, and the governor asked him, "Are you the King of the Jews?"
Jesus answered him, "You say so."
12 But when he was accused by the chief priests and elders, he answered nothing. 13 Then Pilate said to him, "Do you not hear how many things they accuse you of?" 14 But he did not answer even one word, so that the governor was greatly amazed. 15 Now at the festival it was the custom of the governor to set free one prisoner chosen by the crowd. 16 At that time they had a notorious prisoner named Jesus Barabbas. [1]17 So when they were gathered together, Pilate said to them, "Who do you want me to set free for you? Barabbas, or Jesus who is called Christ?" 18 He knew that they had handed Jesus over to him because of envy.
19 While he was sitting on the judgment seat, his wife sent word to him and said, "Have nothing to do with that innocent man. For I have suffered much today because of a dream I had about him."
20 Now the chief priests and the elders persuaded the crowd that they should ask for Barabbas and destroy Jesus. 21 The governor asked them, "Which of the two do you want me to set free for you?"
They said, "Barabbas."
22 Pilate said to them, "What should I do with Jesus who is called Christ?"
They all answered, "Crucify him."
23 Then he said, "Why, what evil has he done?"
But they cried out even louder, "Crucify him."
24 So when Pilate saw that he was gaining nothing, but instead a riot was starting, he took water, washed his hands in front of the crowd, and said, "I am innocent of the blood of this man. You see to it."
25 All the people said, "May his blood be on us and our children." 26 Then he set Barabbas free for them, but he scourged Jesus and handed him over to be crucified.
27 Then the soldiers of the governor took Jesus into the government headquarters and they gathered the whole company of soldiers. 28 They stripped him and put a scarlet robe on him. 29 They made a crown of thorns and put it on his head, and placed a staff in his right hand. They knelt down before him and mocked him, saying, "Hail, King of the Jews!" 30 They spat on him, and they took the staff and struck him on the head again and again. 31 When they had mocked him, they took the robe off him and put his own garments on him, and led him away to crucify him.
32 As they came out, they found a man from Cyrene named Simon, whom they forced to go with them so that he might carry his cross. 33 They came to a place called Golgotha, which means "The Place of a Skull." 34 They gave him wine to drink mixed with gall. But when he tasted it, he would not drink. 35 When they had crucified him, they divided up his garments by casting lots, 36 and they sat and kept guard over him. 37 Above his head they put the charge against him, which read, "This is Jesus, the king of the Jews." 38 Two robbers were crucified with him, one on the right of him and one on the left. 39 Those who passed by insulted him, shaking their heads 40 and saying, "You who were going to destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days, save yourself! If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross!"
41 In the same way the chief priests were mocking him, along with the scribes and elders, and said, 42 "He saved others, but he cannot save himself. He is the King of Israel. Let him come down off the cross, and then we will believe in him. 43 He trusts in God, let God rescue him now, if God consents to release him. For he even said, 'I am the Son of God.'" 44 In the same way the robbers who were crucified with him also insulted him.
45 Now from the sixth hour darkness came over the whole land until the ninth hour. 46 About the ninth hour, Jesus cried with a loud voice and said, "Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani?" which means, "My God, my God, why have you abandoned me?"
47 When some of those who were standing there heard it, they said, "He is calling for Elijah."
48 Immediately one of them ran and took a sponge, filled it with sour wine, put it on a reed staff, and gave it to him to drink. 49 The rest of them said, "Leave him alone. Let us see whether Elijah comes to save him." 50 Then Jesus cried out again with a loud voice and gave up his spirit.
51 Behold, the curtain of the temple was split in two from the top to the bottom, and the earth shook, and the rocks split apart. 52 The tombs were opened, and the bodies of the holy people who had fallen asleep were raised. 53 They came out of the tombs after his resurrection, entered the holy city, and appeared to many. 54 Now when the centurion and those who were watching Jesus saw the earthquake and the things that had happened, they became very afraid and said, "Truly this was the Son of God." 55 Many women who had followed Jesus from Galilee to attend to his needs were there watching from a distance. 56 Among them were Mary Magdalene, Mary the mother of James and Joseph, and the mother of the sons of Zebedee.
57 When it was evening, there came a rich man from Arimathea, named Joseph, who was also a disciple of Jesus. 58 He approached Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus. Then Pilate ordered it to be given to him. 59 Joseph took the body, wrapped it in a clean linen cloth, 60 and laid it in his own new tomb that he had cut into the rock. Then he rolled a large stone against the door of the tomb and went away. 61 Mary Magdalene and the other Mary were there, sitting opposite the tomb.
62 The next day, which was the day after the Preparation, the chief priests and the Pharisees were gathered together with Pilate. 63 They said, "Sir, we remember that when that deceiver was alive, he said, 'After three days will I rise again.' 64 Therefore command that the tomb be made secure until the third day, otherwise his disciples may come and steal him and say to the people, 'He has risen from the dead,' and the last deception will be worse than the first."
65 Pilate said to them, "Take a guard. Go and make it as secure as you know how." 66 So they went and made the tomb secure, sealing the stone and placing the guard.
1 Now after the Sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, Mary Magdalene and the other Mary came to see the tomb. 2 Behold, there was a great earthquake, for an angel of the Lord descended from heaven, came and rolled away the stone, and sat on it. 3 His appearance was like lightning, and his clothing as white as snow. 4 The guards shook with fear and became like dead men. 5 The angel addressed the women and said to them, "Do not be afraid, for I know that you seek Jesus, who has been crucified. 6 He is not here, but is risen, just as he said. Come see the place where the Lord was lying. 7 Go quickly and tell his disciples, 'He has risen from the dead. See, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him.' See, I have told you."
8 The women quickly left the tomb with fear and great joy, and ran to tell his disciples. 9 Behold, Jesus met them and said, "Greetings!" The women came, took hold of his feet and worshiped him. 10 Then Jesus said to them, "Do not be afraid. Go tell my brothers to leave for Galilee. There they will see me."
11 Now while the women were going, behold, some of the guards went into the city and told the chief priests all the things that had happened. 12 When the priests had met with the elders and discussed the matter with them, they gave a large amount of money to the soldiers 13 and told them, "Say to others, 'The disciples of Jesus came by night and stole his body while we were sleeping.' 14 If this report reaches the governor, we will persuade him and take any worries away from you." 15 So the soldiers took the money and did as they had been instructed. This report spread widely among the Jews and continues even today.
16 But the eleven disciples went to Galilee, to the mountain to which Jesus had directed them. 17 When they saw him, they worshiped him, but some doubted. 18 Jesus came to them and spoke to them and said, "All authority has been given to me in heaven and on earth. 19 Go therefore and make disciples of all the nations. Baptize them into the name of the Father, of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit. 20 Teach them to obey all the things that I have commanded you. See, I am with you always, even to the end of the age."
1 This is the beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God.
2 As it is written in Isaiah the prophet,
"Look, I am sending my messenger before your face,
the one who will prepare your way.
3 The voice of one crying out in the wilderness,
'Make ready the way of the Lord;
make his paths straight.'"
4 John came, baptizing in the wilderness and preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins. 5 The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem went out to him. They were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins. 6 John wore a coat of camel's hair and a leather belt around his waist, and he ate locusts and wild honey.
7 He was preaching, saying, "One will come after me who is more powerful than I; the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down and untie. 8 I baptized you with water, but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit."
9 It happened in those days that Jesus came from Nazareth in Galilee, and he was baptized by John in the Jordan River. 10 As Jesus came up out of the water, he saw the heavens split open and the Spirit coming down on him like a dove. 11 A voice came out of the heavens, "You are my beloved Son. I am very pleased with you."
12 Then the Spirit compelled him to go out into the wilderness. 13 He was in the wilderness forty days being tempted by Satan. He was with the wild animals, and the angels served him.
14 Now after John was arrested, Jesus came into Galilee proclaiming the gospel of God. 15 He said, "The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is near. Repent and believe the gospel."
16 When he was walking beside the Sea of Galilee, he saw Simon and Andrew the brother of Simon casting a net in the sea, for they were fishermen. 17 Jesus said to them, "Come, follow me, and I will make you fishers of men." 18 Then immediately they left the nets and followed him. 19 As Jesus was walking on a little farther, he saw James son of Zebedee and John his brother; they were in the boat mending the nets. 20 He called them, and they left their father Zebedee in the boat with the hired servants, and they followed him.
21 Then they came into Capernaum, and on the Sabbath, Jesus went into the synagogue and taught. 22 They were astonished at his teaching, for he was teaching them as someone who has authority and not as the scribes. 23 Just then a man in their synagogue who had an unclean spirit cried out, 24 saying, "What do we have to do with you, Jesus of Nazareth? Have you come to destroy us? I know who you are. You are the Holy One of God!"
25 Jesus rebuked the demon and said, "Be quiet and come out of him!" 26 The unclean spirit threw him down and went out from him while crying out with a loud voice. 27 All the people were amazed, so they asked each other, "What is this? A new teaching with authority! He even commands the unclean spirits and they obey him!" 28 The news about him went out everywhere into the whole region of Galilee.
29 After coming out of the synagogue, they came into the house of Simon and Andrew, along with James and John. 30 Now Simon's mother-in-law was lying sick with a fever, and they told Jesus about her. 31 So he came, took her by the hand, and raised her up; the fever left her, and she started serving them.
32 That evening after the sun had set, they brought to him all who were sick or possessed by demons. 33 The whole city gathered together at the door. 34 He healed many who were sick with various diseases and cast out many demons, but he did not allow the demons to speak because they knew him.
35 He got up very early, while it was still dark; he left and went out into a solitary place and there he prayed. 36 Simon and those who were with him searched for him. 37 They found him and they said to him, "Everyone is looking for you."
38 He said, "Let us go elsewhere, out into the surrounding towns, so that I may preach there also. That is why I came out here." 39 He went throughout all of Galilee, preaching in their synagogues and casting out demons.
40 A leper came to him. He was begging him; he knelt down and said to him, "If you are willing, you can make me clean."
41 Moved with compassion, Jesus reached out his hand and touched him, saying to him, "I am willing. Be clean." 42 Immediately the leprosy left him, and he was made clean. 43 Jesus strictly warned him and sent him away. 44 He said to him, "Be sure to say nothing to anyone, but go, show yourself to the priest, and offer for your cleansing what Moses commanded, as a testimony to them." 45 But he went out and began to declare it freely and spread the word, so much so that Jesus could no longer enter a town openly but he stayed out in remote places. Yet people were still coming to him from everywhere.
1 When Jesus came back to Capernaum after a few days, it was heard that he was at home. 2 So many gathered there that there was no more space, not even at the door, and he spoke the word to them. 3 Then some men came to him who were bringing a paralyzed man; four people were carrying him. 4 When they could not get near him because of the crowd, they removed the roof that was above Jesus, and after they made an opening, they lowered the mat the paralyzed man was lying on. 5 Seeing their faith, Jesus said to the paralyzed man, "Son, your sins are forgiven."
6 Now some of the scribes were sitting there, and they reasoned in their hearts, 7 "How can this man speak this way? He blasphemes! Who can forgive sins but God alone?"
8 Immediately Jesus knew in his spirit what they were thinking within themselves. He said to them, "Why are you thinking this in your hearts? 9 Which is easier, to say to the paralyzed man, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up, take up your mat and walk'? 10 But in order that you may know that the Son of Man has authority on earth to forgive sins," he said to the paralytic, 11 "I say to you, get up, take up your mat, and go to your house."
12 He got up and immediately took up the mat, and went out of the house in front of everyone, so that they were all amazed and they gave glory to God, and they said, "We never saw anything like this."
13 He went out again by the lake, and all the crowd came to him, and he taught them. 14 As he passed by, he saw Levi son of Alphaeus sitting at the tax collector's tent and he said to him, "Follow me." He got up and followed him.
15 Jesus was having a meal in Levi's house and many tax collectors and sinners were dining with him and his disciples, for there were many and they followed him. 16 When the scribes, who were Pharisees, saw that Jesus was eating with sinners and tax collectors, they said to his disciples, "Why does he eat with tax collectors and sinners?"
17 When Jesus heard this he said to them, "People who are strong in body do not need a physician; only people who are sick need one. I did not come to call righteous people, but sinners."
18 Now John's disciples and the Pharisees were fasting. Some people came and said to him, "Why do John's disciples and the disciples of the Pharisees fast, but your disciples do not fast?"
19 Jesus said to them, "Can the wedding attendants fast while the bridegroom is still with them? As long as they have the bridegroom with them, they cannot fast. 20 But the days will come when the bridegroom will be taken away from them, and in those days, they will fast. 21 No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment. Otherwise the patch tears away from it, the new from the old, and there is a worse tear. 22 No one puts new wine into old wineskins. Otherwise the wine will burst the skins and both the wine and the wineskins are lost. Instead, new wine is put into fresh wineskins."
23 On the Sabbath day Jesus went through some grainfields, and his disciples began picking heads of grain as they made their way. 24 The Pharisees said to him, "Look, why are they doing something that is not lawful on the Sabbath day?"
25 He said to them, "Have you never read what David did when he was in need and hungry—he and the men who were with him— 26 how he went into the house of God when Abiathar was high priest, and ate the bread of the presence, which is unlawful for anyone to eat except the priests, and he even gave some to those who were with him?" 27 Jesus said, "The Sabbath was made for mankind, not mankind for the Sabbath. 28 Therefore, the Son of Man is Lord, even of the Sabbath."
1 Again Jesus walked into the synagogue, and there was a man with a withered hand. 2 Some people watched him closely to see if he would heal him on the Sabbath so that they could accuse him. 3 Jesus said to the man with the withered hand, "Get up and stand here in the middle of everyone." 4 Then he said to the people, "Is it lawful to do good on the Sabbath day or to do harm; to save a life or to kill?" But they were silent. 5 He looked around at them with anger, and he was grieved by their hardness of heart, and he said to the man, "Stretch out your hand." He stretched it out, and his hand was restored. 6 The Pharisees went out and immediately began to plot with the Herodians as to how they might put him to death.
7 Then Jesus, with his disciples, went to the sea, and a great crowd of people followed from Galilee and from Judea 8 and from Jerusalem and from Idumea and beyond the Jordan and around Tyre and Sidon. When they heard about the things he was doing, a great crowd came to him. 9 He told his disciples to have a small boat ready for him because of the crowd, so that they would not press against him. 10 For he healed many, so that everyone who had afflictions eagerly approached him in order to touch him. 11 Whenever the unclean spirits saw him, they fell down before him and cried out, and they said, "You are the Son of God." 12 He strictly ordered them not to make him known.
13 He went up on the mountain, and he called for those he wanted, and they came to him. 14 He appointed the twelve (whom he named apostles) so that they might be with him and he might send them to proclaim the message, 15 and to have authority to cast out demons. 16 He appointed the twelve: Simon, to whom he gave the name Peter; 17 James son of Zebedee, and John the brother of James, to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder; 18 and Andrew, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, 19 and Judas Iscariot, who would betray him.
20 Then he went home, and the crowd came together again, so that they could not even eat bread. 21 When his family heard about it, they went out to seize him, for they said, "He is out of his mind."
22 The scribes who came down from Jerusalem said, "He is possessed by Beelzebul" and "By the ruler of the demons he drives out demons."
23 Jesus called them to himself and said to them in parables, "How can Satan cast out Satan? 24 If a kingdom is divided against itself, that kingdom cannot stand. 25 If a house is divided against itself, that house will not be able to stand. 26 If Satan has risen up against himself and is divided, he is not able to stand, but has come to an end. 27 But no one can enter into the house of a strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first, and then he will plunder his house. 28 Truly I say to you, all sins of the sons of men will be forgiven, even all the blasphemies which they utter, 29 but whoever blasphemes against the Holy Spirit will never have forgiveness, but is guilty of an eternal sin."
30 Jesus said this because they were saying, "He has an unclean spirit."
31 Then his mother and his brothers came and stood outside. They sent for him, summoning him. 32 A crowd was sitting around him and they said to him, "Your mother and your brothers and your sisters are outside, and they are looking for you."
33 He answered them, "Who are my mother and my brothers?" 34 He looked around at those who were sitting in a circle around him and said, "See, here are my mother and my brothers! 35 For whoever does the will of God, that person is my brother, and sister, and mother."
1 Again he began to teach beside the sea, and a large crowd gathered around him. He stepped into a boat that was on the sea, and he sat down in it. The whole crowd was on the shore beside the sea. 2 He taught them many things in parables, and in his teaching, this is what he said to them. 3 "Listen! A farmer went out to sow his seed. 4 As he sowed, some seed fell beside the road, and the birds came and devoured it. 5 Other seed fell on the rocky ground, where it did not have much soil. Immediately it sprang up, because it did not have deep soil. 6 But when the sun rose, the plants were scorched, and because they had no root, they dried up. 7 Other seed fell among the thorn plants. The thorn plants grew up and choked it, and it did not produce a crop. 8 Other seed fell into good soil and it produced a crop growing up and increasing and yielding thirty, sixty, and even a hundred times." 9 Then he said, "Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear!"
10 When Jesus was alone, those around him with the twelve asked him about the parables. 11 He said to them, "To you is given the mystery of the kingdom of God. But to those outside everything is in parables,
12 so that when they look,
yes they look,
but do not see,
and so that when they hear,
yes they hear,
but do not understand,
or else they would turn
and God would forgive them."
13 He said to them, "Do you not understand this parable? How then will you understand all the parables?" 14 The sower sows the word. 15 These are the ones beside the road, where the word is sown. When they hear, Satan immediately comes and takes away the word that is sown in them. 16 And these are the seed sown on the rocky ground; who, when they hear the word immediately receive it with joy. 17 But they do not have root in themselves, but they endure for a while. Afterward when tribulation or persecution arises on account of the word, they immediately fall away. 18 Still others are the ones sown among the thorns. They are those who hear the word, 19 but the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of wealth and the desires for other things come in and choke the word, and it is unproductive. 20 Those that were sown on the good soil are the ones who hear the word, accept it and bear fruit, thirty, sixty, or even a hundred times as much.
21 Jesus said to them, "Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a lampstand. 22 For nothing is hidden that will not be known, and nothing is secret that will not come out into the open. 23 If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear!" 24 He said to them, "Pay attention to what you hear, for the measure you use will be measured to you, and more will be added to you. 25 Because whoever has, to him will be given more, and whoever does not have, even what he has will be taken."
26 He also said, "The kingdom of God is like a man who sows his seed on the ground. 27 He sleeps at night and gets up by day, and the seed sprouts and grows, though he does not know how. 28 The earth bears grain by itself: First the blade, then the ear, then the mature grain in the ear. 29 When the crop is ripe, he immediately sends in the sickle because the harvest has come."
30 Again he said, "To what can we compare the kingdom of God, or what parable can we use to explain it? 31 It is like a mustard seed, which, when it is sown, is the smallest of all the seeds on earth. 32 Yet, when it is sown, it grows and becomes greater than all the garden plants, and it forms large branches, so that the birds of heaven can make their nests in its shade."
33 With many parables like this he spoke the word to them, as much as they were able to understand, 34 and he did not speak to them without a parable. But when he was alone, he explained everything to his own disciples.
35 On that day, when evening had come, he said to them, "Let us go over to the other side." 36 So they left the crowd, taking Jesus with them, just as he was, in the boat. There were other boats going along with him. 37 Just then a violent windstorm arose, and the waves were breaking into the boat so that the boat was almost full of water. 38 But Jesus himself was in the stern, asleep on a cushion. They woke him up, saying, "Teacher, do you not care that we are about to die?"
39 He got up, rebuked the wind, and said to the sea, "Peace! Be still!" Then the wind ceased, and there was a great calm. 40 Then he said to them, "Why are you afraid? Do you still not have faith?"
41 They were filled with great fear and said to one another, "Who then is this, because even the wind and the sea obey him?"
1 They came to the other side of the sea, to the region of the Gerasenes. 2 When Jesus was getting out of the boat, a man with an unclean spirit came up to him out of the tombs. 3 The man lived in the tombs. No one could restrain him anymore, not even with a chain. 4 He had been bound many times with shackles and with chains. He tore the chains apart and his shackles were shattered. No one had the strength to subdue him. 5 Every night and day in the tombs and in the mountains, he cried out and cut himself with sharp stones. 6 When he saw Jesus from a distance, he ran to him and bowed down before him. 7 He cried out with a loud voice, "What do I have to do with you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? I beg you by God himself, do not torment me." 8 For he had been saying to him, "Come out of the man, you unclean spirit."
9 He asked him, "What is your name?"
He answered him, "My name is Legion, for we are many." 10 He begged him again and again not to send them out of the region. 11 Now a great herd of pigs was there feeding on the hill, 12 and they begged him, saying, "Send us into the pigs; let us enter into them." 13 So he allowed them; the unclean spirits came out and entered into the pigs, and the herd rushed down the steep hill into the sea, and about two thousand pigs drowned in the sea. 14 Then those who were feeding the pigs ran away and reported what had happened in the city and in the countryside, and so people went out to see what had happened. 15 Then they came to Jesus and they saw the demon-possessed man, the one who had been possessed by Legion, sitting there, clothed and in his right mind; and they were afraid. 16 Those who had seen what happened to the demon-possessed man told them about it in detail, and they also told them about the pigs. 17 Then they started to beg him to leave their region.
18 When he was getting into the boat, the demon-possessed man begged him that he might be with him. 19 But Jesus did not permit him, but said to him, "Go to your house and to your people and tell them what the Lord has done for you, and how he has shown you mercy." 20 So he went away and began to proclaim in the Decapolis the great things that Jesus had done for him, and everyone was amazed.
21 Now when Jesus had crossed over again to the other side in the boat, a great crowd gathered around him, as he was beside the sea. 22 Then one of the leaders of the synagogue named Jairus came, and when he saw him, fell at his feet. 23 He begged again and again, saying, "My little daughter is near death. I beg you, come and lay your hands on her that she may be made well and live." 24 So he went with him, and a great crowd followed him and pressed close around him.
25 Now a woman was there who had a flow of blood for twelve years. 26 She had suffered much from many doctors and had spent everything that she had, but instead of getting better she grew worse. 27 When she had heard the reports about Jesus, she came up behind him in the crowd and touched his cloak. 28 For she said, "If I touch just his clothes, I will be healed." 29 When she touched him, the bleeding stopped, and she felt in her body that she was healed from her affliction.
30 Jesus immediately realized in himself that power had gone out from him. He turned around in the crowd and said, "Who touched my clothes?"
31 His disciples said to him, "You see this crowd pressed around you, and you say, 'Who touched me?'"
32 But Jesus looked around to see who had done it. 33 The woman, knowing what had happened to her, feared and trembled. She came and fell down before him and told him the whole truth. 34 He said to her, "Daughter, your faith has made you well. Go in peace and be healed from your affliction."
35 While he was speaking, some people came from the leader of the synagogue, saying, "Your daughter is dead. Why trouble the teacher any longer?"
36 But when Jesus overheard the message that was spoken, he said to the leader of the synagogue, "Do not be afraid. Just believe." 37 He did not permit anyone to accompany him except Peter, James, and John, the brother of James. 38 They came to the house of the leader of the synagogue and he saw there people making a lot of noise; they were weeping and wailing loudly. 39 When he entered the house, he said to them, "Why are you upset and why do you weep? The child is not dead but sleeps." 40 They began to mock him. But he put them all outside and took the father of the child and the mother and those who were with him, and he went in where the child was. 41 He took the hand of the child and said to her, "Talitha, koum!" which is translated, "Little girl, I say to you, get up." 42 Immediately the child got up and walked (for she was twelve years of age). They were immediately astonished with overwhelming amazement. 43 He strictly ordered them that no one should know about this. Then he told them to give her something to eat.
1 He went out from there and came to his hometown, and his disciples followed him. 2 When the Sabbath came, he taught in the synagogue. Many people heard him and they were amazed. They said, "Where did he get these teachings?" "What is this wisdom that has been given to him?" "What are these miracles that he does with his hands?" 3 "Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? Are his sisters not here with us?" They were offended by Jesus. [1]
4 Then Jesus said to them, "A prophet is not without honor, except in his hometown and among his own relatives and in his own household." 5 He could not do any mighty work, except to lay his hands on a few sick people and heal them. 6 He was amazed at their unbelief. Then he went around the villages teaching.
7 Then he called the twelve and began to send them out two by two, and he gave them authority over the unclean spirits, 8 and instructed them to take nothing for their journey, except a staff—no bread, no bag, and no money in their belts— 9 but to wear sandals, and not to wear two tunics. 10 He said to them, "Whenever you enter a house, remain until you go away from there. 11 If any town will not receive you or listen to you, when you leave that place, shake the dust off your feet as a testimony to them." 12 They went out and proclaimed that people should repent. 13 They cast out many demons, and anointed many sick people with oil and healed them.
14 King Herod heard this, for Jesus' name had become well known. Some were saying, "John the Baptist has been raised from the dead, and that is why these miraculous powers are at work in him." 15 Some others said, "He is Elijah." Still others said, "He is a prophet, like one of the prophets in ancient times."
16 But when Herod heard this he said, "John, whom I beheaded, has been raised."
17 For Herod sent to have John arrested and he had him bound in prison on account of Herodias (his brother Philip's wife), because he had married her. 18 For John told Herod, "It is not lawful for you to have your brother's wife." 19 But Herodias held on to anger against him and wanted to kill him, but she could not, 20 for Herod feared John; he knew that he was a righteous and holy man, and he kept him safe. Listening to him made him greatly perplexed, yet he heard him gladly.
21 Then an opportunity came when Herod had his birthday and he made a dinner for his officials and for the commanders and leaders of Galilee. 22 The daughter of Herodias herself came in and danced for them, and she pleased Herod and his dinner guests. The king said to the girl, "Ask me for anything you want and I will give it to you." 23 He swore to her saying, "Whatever you ask of me, I will give you, up to half of my kingdom."
24 She went out and said to her mother, "What should I ask him for?"
She said, "The head of John the Baptist."
25 She immediately hurried back to the king, and she asked, saying, "I want you to give me, right now, the head of John the Baptist on a wooden platter." 26 Though this deeply grieved the king, he could not refuse her request because of the oath he had made and because of his dinner guests. 27 So the king sent a soldier from his guard and commanded him to bring him John's head. The guard went and beheaded him in the prison. 28 He brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl, and the girl gave it to her mother. 29 When his disciples heard of this, they came and took his body and placed it in a tomb.
30 The apostles came together with Jesus and told him all that they had done and taught. 31 Then he said to them, "Come away by yourselves into a deserted place and rest a while." For many were coming and going, and they did not even have time to eat. 32 So they went away in the boat to a deserted place by themselves. 33 But they saw them leaving and many recognized them, and they ran there together on foot from all the towns, and they arrived there before them. 34 When they came ashore, he saw a great crowd and he had compassion on them because they were like sheep without a shepherd. So he began to teach them many things.
35 When the hour was late, his disciples came to him and said, "This is a deserted place and the hour is already late. 36 Send them away so that they may go into the nearby countryside and villages to buy something to eat for themselves."
37 But he answered and said to them, "You give them something to eat."
They said to him, "Can we go and buy two hundred denarii worth of bread and give it to them to eat?"
38 He said to them, "How many loaves do you have? Go and see."
When they found out, they said, "Five loaves and two fish." 39 He commanded all the people to sit down in groups upon the green grass. 40 They sat down in groups of hundreds and fifties. 41 He took the five loaves and the two fish, and looking up to heaven he blessed and broke the loaves and gave them to the disciples to set before the people. He also divided the two fish among them all. 42 They all ate until they were satisfied. 43 They took up broken pieces of bread, twelve baskets full, and also pieces of the fish. 44 There were five thousand men who ate the loaves.
45 Immediately he made his disciples get into the boat and go ahead of him to the other side, to Bethsaida, while he sent the crowd away. 46 After taking leave of them, he went up the mountain to pray. 47 Evening came, and the boat was now in the middle of the sea, and he was alone on land. 48 He saw that they were straining against the oars, for the wind was against them. About the fourth watch of the night he came to them, walking on the sea, and he wanted to pass by them. 49 But when they saw him walking on the sea, they thought he was a ghost and cried out, 50 because they saw him and were troubled. Immediately he spoke to them and said to them, "Be courageous! It is I! Do not be afraid!" 51 He got into the boat with them, and the wind ceased blowing. They were completely amazed. 52 For they had not understood what the loaves meant. Instead, their hearts were hardened.
53 When they had crossed over, they came to land at Gennesaret and anchored the boat. 54 When they came out of the boat, the people recognized him immediately, 55 and they ran throughout the whole region and began to bring the sick on their mats to wherever they heard he was. 56 Wherever he entered into villages, or cities, or into the country, they would put the sick in the marketplaces. They begged him to let them touch the edge of his garment, and as many as touched him were healed.
1 The Pharisees and some of the scribes who had come from Jerusalem gathered around him. 2 They saw that some of his disciples ate bread with hands that were unclean, that is, unwashed. 3 (For the Pharisees and all the Jews do not eat unless they wash their hands carefully, because they hold to the tradition of the elders. 4 When the Pharisees come from the marketplace, they do not eat unless they bathe themselves, and they hold to many other things they have received, such as the washing of cups, pots, copper vessels, and the couches upon which they eat.) 5 The Pharisees and the scribes asked Jesus, "Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but eat their bread with unclean hands?"
6 But he said to them, "Isaiah prophesied well about you hypocrites. As it is written,
'This people honors me with their lips,
but their heart is far from me.
7 In vain they worship me,
teaching the commands of men as their doctrines.'
8 You abandon the commandment of God and hold on to the tradition of men." 9 He also said to them, "How well you reject the commandment of God so you may keep your tradition! 10 For Moses said, 'Honor your father and your mother,' and, 'He who speaks evil of his father or mother will surely be put to death.' 11 But you say, 'If a man says to his father or mother, "Whatever help you would have received from me is Corban"' (that is to say, 'a Gift'), 12 then you no longer permit him to do anything for his father or his mother. 13 You are making the word of God void by your tradition which you have handed down. And many similar things you do." 14 He called the crowd again and said to them, "Listen to me, all of you, and understand. 15 There is nothing from outside of a person that can defile him when it enters into him. It is what comes out of the person that defiles him." 16[1]17 Now when Jesus left the crowd and entered the house, his disciples asked him about the parable. 18 Jesus said, "Are you also still without understanding? Do you not know that whatever enters into a person from outside cannot defile him, 19 because it cannot go into his heart, but it goes into his stomach and then passes out into the latrine?" With this statement Jesus declared all foods clean. 20 He said, "It is that which comes out of the person that defiles him. 21 For from within a person, out of the heart, proceed evil thoughts, sexual immorality, theft, murder, 22 adultery, coveting, wickedness, deceit, sensuality, envy, slander, pride, folly. 23 All these evils come from within, and they are what defile a person."
24 He got up from there and went away to the region of Tyre and Sidon. There he went into a house, and he wanted no one to know where he was, yet he could not be hidden. 25 But immediately [2] a woman whose little daughter had an unclean spirit heard about him and came and fell down at his feet. 26 Now the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent. She begged him to cast out the demon from her daughter. 27 He said to her, "Let the children first be fed. For it is not proper to take the children's bread and throw it to the dogs."
28 But she answered and said to him, "Yes, Lord, even the dogs under the table eat the children's crumbs."
29 He said to her, "Because of what you have said, you are free to go. The demon has gone out of your daughter." 30 She went back to her house and found the child lying on the bed, and the demon was gone.
31 Then he went out again from the region of Tyre, and went through Sidon to the Sea of Galilee up into the region of the Decapolis. 32 They brought to him someone who was deaf and had difficulty speaking, and they begged him to lay his hand on him. 33 Then taking him aside away from the crowd privately, he put his fingers into his ears, and then he spit and touched his tongue. 34 Then he looked up to heaven, sighed, and said to him, "Ephphatha," that is to say, "Open!" 35 At once his ears were opened, the bond of his tongue was released, and he began to speak plainly.
36 Jesus ordered them to tell no one. But the more he ordered them, the more abundantly they proclaimed it. 37 They were extremely astonished, saying, "He has done all things well. He even makes the deaf hear and the mute speak."
1 In those days, there was again a great crowd, and they had nothing to eat. Jesus called his disciples and said to them, 2 "I have compassion on the crowd because they continue to be with me already for three days and have nothing to eat. 3 If I send them away to their home without eating, they may faint on the way. Some of them have come a long way."
4 His disciples answered him, "Where can we get enough loaves of bread in such a deserted place to satisfy these people?"
5 He asked them, "How many loaves do you have?"
They said, "Seven." 6 He commanded the crowd to sit down on the ground. He took the seven loaves, gave thanks, and broke them. He gave them to his disciples to set before them, and they set them before the crowd. 7 They also had a few small fish, and after he gave thanks for them, he commanded the disciples to serve these as well. 8 They ate and were satisfied, and they picked up the remaining broken pieces, seven large baskets. 9 There were about four thousand people. Then he sent them away. 10 Immediately he got into the boat with his disciples, and they went into the region of Dalmanutha.
11 Then the Pharisees came out and began to argue with him. They sought from him a sign from heaven, to test him. 12 He sighed deeply in his spirit and said, "Why does this generation seek for a sign? Truly I say to you, no sign will be given to this generation." 13 Then he left them, got into a boat again, and went away to the other side.
14 Now the disciples had forgotten to take bread with them. They had no more than one loaf of bread in the boat. 15 He instructed them, saying, "Keep watch and be on guard against the yeast of the Pharisees and the yeast of Herod."
16 The disciples were arguing with one another about having no bread.
17 When he understood this, he asked them, "Why are you arguing about having no bread? Do you still not see or understand? Do you have hardened hearts? 18 You have eyes, do you not see? You have ears, do you not hear? Do you not remember? 19 When I broke the five loaves among the five thousand, how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you take up?"
They said to him, "Twelve."
20 "When I broke the seven loaves among the four thousand, how many basketfuls of broken pieces of bread did you take up?"
They said to him, "Seven."
21 He said, "Do you not yet understand?"
22 They came to Bethsaida. The people there brought to him a blind man and begged Jesus to touch him. 23 Jesus took hold of the blind man by the hand and led him out of the village. When he had spit on his eyes and laid his hands on him, he asked him, "Do you see anything?"
24 He looked up, and said, "I see men who look like walking trees."
25 Then he again laid his hands upon his eyes, and the man opened his eyes, his sight was restored, and he saw all things clearly. 26 Jesus sent him away to his home and said, "Do not enter the village."
27 Jesus went out with his disciples into the villages of Caesarea Philippi. On the way he asked his disciples, "Who do the people say that I am?"
28 They answered him and said, "John the Baptist. Others say, 'Elijah,' and others, 'One of the prophets.'"
29 He asked them, "But who do you say that I am?"
Peter said to him, "You are the Christ." 30 Jesus warned them not to tell anyone about him.
31 He began to teach them that the Son of Man must suffer many things, and would be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes, and would be killed, and after three days rise up. 32 He spoke that message openly. Then Peter took him aside and began to rebuke him. 33 But Jesus turned and looked at his disciples and then he rebuked Peter and said, "Get behind me, Satan! You are not setting your mind on the things of God, but on the things of people." 34 Then he called the crowd and his disciples together, and he said to them, "If anyone wants to follow me, he must deny himself, take up his cross, and follow me. 35 For whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake and for the gospel will save it. 36 What does it profit a person to gain the whole world and then forfeit his life? 37 What can a person give in exchange for his life? 38 Whoever is ashamed of me and my words in this adulterous and sinful generation, the Son of Man will be ashamed of him when he comes in the glory of his Father with the holy angels."
1 He said to them, "Truly I say to you, there are some of you who are standing here who will not taste death before they see the kingdom of God come with power."
2 Six days later, Jesus took Peter and James and John with him up a high mountain, alone by themselves. Then he was transfigured before them. 3 His garments became radiantly brilliant, extremely white, whiter than any bleacher on earth could bleach them. 4 Then Elijah with Moses appeared to them, and they were talking with Jesus. 5 Peter answered and said to Jesus, "Rabbi, it is good for us to be here, and so let us make three shelters, one for you, one for Moses, and one for Elijah." 6 (For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified.)
7 A cloud came and overshadowed them. Then a voice came out of the cloud, "This is my beloved Son. Listen to him." 8 Suddenly, when they looked around, they no longer saw anyone with them, but only Jesus.
9 As they were coming down the mountain, he commanded them to tell no one what they had seen until the Son of Man had risen from the dead. 10 So they kept the matter to themselves, but they discussed among themselves what "rising from the dead" could mean. 11 They asked him, "Why do the scribes say that Elijah must come first?"
12 He said to them, "Elijah does come first to restore all things. Why then is it written that the Son of Man must suffer many things and be despised? 13 But I say to you that Elijah has come, and they did whatever they wanted to him, just as it is written about him."
14 When they came to the disciples, they saw a great crowd around them, and scribes were arguing with them. 15 As soon as they saw Jesus, the whole crowd was amazed and as they ran up to him they greeted him. 16 He asked his disciples, "What are you arguing with them about?"
17 Someone in the crowd answered him, "Teacher, I brought my son to you. He has a spirit that makes him unable to speak. 18 It seizes him and it throws him down, and he foams at the mouth, grinds his teeth, and becomes rigid. I asked your disciples to drive it out of him, but they could not."
19 He answered them, "Unbelieving generation, how long will I have to stay with you? How long will I bear with you? Bring him to me." 20 They brought the boy to him. When the spirit saw Jesus, it immediately threw him into a convulsion. The boy fell on the ground and foamed at the mouth. 21 Jesus asked his father, "For how much time has he been like this?"
The father said, "Since childhood. 22 It has often thrown him into the fire or into the waters and tried to destroy him. If you are able to do anything, have pity on us and help us."
23 Jesus said to him, "'If you are able'? All things are possible for the one who believes."
24 Immediately the father of the child cried out and said, "I believe! Help my unbelief!"
25 When Jesus saw the crowd running to them, he rebuked the unclean spirit and said, "You mute and deaf spirit, I command you, come out of him, and never enter into him again."
26 It cried out and convulsed the boy greatly and then came out. The boy looked like one who was dead, so that many said, "He is dead." 27 But Jesus took him by the hand and lifted him up, and the boy stood up.
28 When Jesus came into the house, his disciples asked him privately, "Why could we not cast it out?"
29 He said to them, "This kind cannot be cast out except by prayer."
30 They went out from there and passed through Galilee. He did not want anyone to know where they were, 31 for he was teaching his disciples. He said to them, "The Son of Man will be given over into the hands of men, and they will put him to death. When he has been put to death, after three days he will rise again." 32 But they did not understand this statement, and they were afraid to ask him.
33 Then they came to Capernaum. After he entered the house he asked them, "What were you discussing on the way?" 34 But they were silent. For they had been arguing with one with another on the way about who was the greatest. 35 Sitting down, he called the twelve together and he said to them, "If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all." 36 He took a little child and placed him in their midst. He took him in his arms and said to them, 37 "Whoever receives such a child in my name receives me; whoever receives me does not receive me but the one who sent me."
38 John said to him, "Teacher, we saw someone driving out demons in your name and we stopped him, because he does not follow us."
39 But Jesus said, "Do not stop him, for there is no one who will do a mighty work in my name and can soon afterwards say anything bad about me. 40 Whoever is not against us is for us. 41 Whoever gives you a cup of water to drink in my name because you belong to Christ, truly I say to you, he will not lose his reward. 42 Whoever causes one of these little ones who believes in me to stumble, it would be better for him to have a large millstone tied around his neck and be thrown into the sea. 43 If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off. It is better for you to enter into life maimed than to have two hands and to go into hell, into the unquenchable fire. 44[1]45 If your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off. It is better for you to enter into life lame than to have your two feet and be thrown into hell. 46[2]47 If your eye causes you to stumble, tear it out. It is better for you to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye than to have two eyes and to be thrown into hell, 48 where their worm does not die, and the fire is not put out. 49 For everyone will be salted with fire. 50 Salt is good, but if the salt has lost its saltiness, how can you make it salty again? Have salt among yourselves, and be at peace with one another."
1 Jesus left that place and went to the region of Judea and to the area beyond the Jordan River, and the crowds came to him again. He was teaching them again, as he was accustomed to do. 2 Then Pharisees came to him to test him and asked, "Is it lawful for a husband to divorce his wife?"
3 He answered, "What did Moses command you?"
4 They said, "Moses allowed a man to write a certificate of divorce and then to send her away."
5 "It was because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law," Jesus said to them. 6 "But from the beginning of creation, 'God made them male and female.'
7 'For this reason
a man will leave his father and mother
and be united to his wife,
8 and the two will become one flesh.'
So they are no longer two, but one flesh. 9 Therefore what God has joined together, let no man tear apart."
10 When they were in the house, the disciples asked him again about this. 11 He said to them, "Whoever divorces his wife and marries another woman commits adultery against her. 12 If she divorces her husband and marries another man, she commits adultery."
13 Then they brought their little children to him so that he might touch them, but the disciples rebuked them. 14 But when Jesus noticed it, he was angry and said to them, "Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them, for the kingdom of God belongs to those who are like them. 15 Truly I say to you, whoever will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child will definitely not enter it." 16 Then he took the children into his arms and blessed them as he placed his hands on them.
17 When he began his journey, a man ran up to him and knelt before him and asked, "Good Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?"
18 Jesus said, "Why do you call me good? No one is good except God alone. 19 You know the commandments: 'Do not murder, do not commit adultery, do not steal, do not testify falsely, do not defraud, honor your father and mother.'"
20 The man said, "Teacher, all these things I have obeyed from the time I was a youth."
21 Jesus looked at him and loved him. He said to him, "One thing you lack. You must sell all that you have and give it to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven. Then come, follow me." 22 But because of this statement he looked very sad and he went away sorrowful, because he had many possessions.
23 Jesus looked around and said to his disciples, "How difficult it is for those who are rich to enter the kingdom of God!" 24 The disciples were astonished at his words. But Jesus said to them again, "Children, how hard it is to enter into the kingdom of God! 25 It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter the kingdom of God."
26 They were greatly astonished and said to each other, "Then who can be saved?"
27 Jesus looked at them and said, "With people it is impossible, but not with God. For all things are possible with God."
28 Peter began to speak to him, "Look, we have left everything and have followed you."
29 Jesus said, "Truly I say to you, there is no one who has left house or brothers or sisters or mother or father or children or lands for my sake and for the gospel 30 who will not receive a hundred times as much now in this age: houses and brothers and sisters and mothers and children and lands, with persecutions, and in the world to come, eternal life. 31 But many who are first will be last, and the last first."
32 They were on the road going up to Jerusalem, and Jesus was going ahead of them. The disciples were amazed, and those who were following behind were afraid. Then Jesus took the twelve aside again and began to tell them what would soon happen to him. 33 "See, we are going up to Jerusalem, and the Son of Man will be given over to the chief priests and the scribes. They will condemn him to death and give him over to the Gentiles. 34 They will mock him, spit on him, whip him, and put him to death. But after three days he will rise."
35 James and John, the sons of Zebedee, came up to him and said, "Teacher, we want you to do for us whatever we ask you."
36 He said to them, "What do you want me to do for you?"
37 They said, "Allow us to sit with you in your glory, one at your right hand and the other at your left."
38 But Jesus replied to them, "You do not know what you are asking. Are you able to drink the cup which I will drink or be baptized with the baptism with which I will be baptized?"
39 They said to him, "We are able."
Jesus said to them, "The cup that I will drink, you will drink, and with the baptism with which I am baptized, you also will be baptized. 40 But who is to sit at my right hand or at my left hand is not mine to give, but it is for those for whom it has been prepared." 41 When the other ten disciples heard about this, they began to be very angry with James and John. 42 Jesus called them to himself and said, "You know those who are considered rulers of the Gentiles dominate them, and their high officials exercise authority over them. 43 But it is not this way among you. Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant, 44 and whoever wishes to be first among you must be the slave of all. 45 For the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many."
46 They came to Jericho. As he left Jericho with his disciples and a great crowd, the son of Timaeus, Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, sat by the road. 47 When he heard that it was Jesus the Nazarene, he began to shout and to say, "Jesus, Son of David, have mercy on me!"
48 Many rebuked the blind man, telling him to be quiet. But he cried out all the more, "Son of David, have mercy on me!"
49 Jesus stopped and commanded him to be called. They called the blind man, saying, "Be brave! Get up! He is calling for you." 50 He threw aside his coat, sprang up, and came to Jesus.
51 Jesus answered him and said, "What do you want me to do for you?"
The blind man said, "Rabboni, I want to receive my sight."
52 Then Jesus said to him, "Go. Your faith has healed you." Immediately he could see again, and he followed him on the road.
1 Now as they came to Jerusalem, they were close to Bethphage and Bethany at the Mount of Olives, and Jesus sent out two of his disciples 2 and said to them, "Go into the village opposite us. As soon as you enter it, you will find a colt that has never been ridden. Untie it and bring it to me. 3 If anyone says to you, 'Why are you doing this?' you should say, 'The Lord has need of it and will immediately send it back here.'"
4 They went away and found a colt tied at a door outside in the street, and they untied it. 5 Some people were standing there and said to them, "What are you doing, untying that colt?" 6 They spoke to them as Jesus told them, and the people let them go their way. 7 They brought the colt to Jesus and threw their cloaks on it, and he sat on it. 8 Many people spread their garments on the road, and others spread branches they had cut from the fields. 9 Those who went before him and those who followed shouted,
"Hosanna! Blessed is the one
who comes in the name of the Lord.
10 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David!
Hosanna in the highest!"
11 Then Jesus entered into Jerusalem and went into the temple and looked around at everything. Now the time being late, he went out to Bethany with the twelve. 12 The next day while they were going out from Bethany, he was hungry. 13 Seeing from far away a fig tree that had leaves, he went to see if he could find any fruit on it, and when he came to it, he found nothing but leaves, for it was not the season for figs. 14 He spoke to it, "No one will ever eat fruit from you again." And his disciples heard it.
15 They came to Jerusalem, and he entered the temple and began to cast out the sellers and the buyers in the temple. He turned over the tables of the money changers and the seats of those who sold pigeons. 16 He did not allow anyone to carry anything through the temple that could be sold. 17 He taught them and said, "Is it not written,
'My house will be called
a house of prayer for all the nations'?
But you have made it a den of robbers."
18 The chief priests and the scribes heard what he had said, and they looked for a way to destroy him. For they feared him because the entire crowd was amazed at his teaching. 19 When evening came, they left the city.
20 As they walked by in the morning, they saw the fig tree withered away to its roots. 21 Peter remembered and said, "Rabbi, look! The fig tree you cursed has withered away."
22 Jesus answered them, "Have faith in God. 23 Truly I say to you that if anyone says to this mountain, 'Get up and cast yourself into the sea,' and if he does not doubt in his heart but believes that what he said will happen, that is what God will do. 24 Therefore I say to you: Everything you pray and ask for, believe that you received it, and it will be yours. 25 When you stand and pray, you must forgive whatever you have against anyone, so that your Father who is in heaven will also forgive you your trespasses." 26[1]
27 They came to Jerusalem again. As Jesus was walking in the temple, the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders came to him. 28 They said to him, "By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you the authority to do them?"
29 Jesus said to them, "I will ask you one question. Tell me and I will tell you by what authority I do these things. 30 The baptism of John, was it from heaven or from men? Answer me." 31 They discussed between themselves and argued and said, "If we say, 'From heaven,' he will say, 'Why then did you not believe him?' 32 But if we say, 'From men,' ... ." They were afraid of the people, for everyone was convinced that John was a prophet. 33 Then they answered Jesus and said, "We do not know."
Then Jesus said to them, "Neither will I tell you by what authority I do these things."
1 Then Jesus began to teach them in parables. He said, "A man planted a vineyard, put a hedge around it, and dug a pit for a winepress. He built a watchtower and then leased the vineyard to vine growers. Then he went away on a journey. 2 At the right time, he sent a servant to the vine growers to receive from them some of the fruit of the vineyard. 3 But they took him, beat him, and sent him away empty-handed. 4 Again he sent to them another servant, and they wounded him in the head and treated him shamefully. 5 He sent yet another, and this one they killed. They treated many others in the same way, beating some and killing others. 6 He had still one more person to send, a beloved son. He was the last one he sent to them. He said, 'They will respect my son.'
7 "But the vine growers said to one another, 'This is the heir. Come, let us kill him, and the inheritance will be ours.' 8 They seized him, killed him, and threw him out of the vineyard. 9 Therefore, what will the owner of the vineyard do? He will come and destroy the vine growers and will give the vineyard to others. 10 Have you not read this scripture?
'The stone which the builders rejected
has been made the cornerstone.
11 This was from the Lord,
and it is marvelous in our eyes.'"
12 After this the Jewish leaders sought a way to arrest Jesus because they understood that he spoke the parable against them. But they were afraid of the crowd. So they left him and went away.
13 Then they sent some of the Pharisees and the Herodians to him to trap him with words. 14 When they came, they said to him, "Teacher, what people think is not a concern to you because you do not show partiality to anyone. You truly teach the way of God. Is it lawful to pay taxes to Caesar or not? Should we pay or not?"
15 But Jesus knew their hypocrisy and said to them, "Why do you test me? Bring me a denarius so I can look at it." 16 They brought one to Jesus. He said to them, "Whose likeness and inscription is this?"
They said, "Caesar's."
17 Jesus said, "Give to Caesar the things that are Caesar's, and to God the things that are God's." They marveled at him.
18 Then Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, came to him. They asked him, saying, 19 "Teacher, Moses wrote for us, 'If a man's brother dies and leaves a wife behind him, but had no child, the man should take the brother's wife, and raise up children for his brother.' 20 There were seven brothers; the first took a wife and then died, having no children. 21 Then the second took her and died, leaving no child, and the third in the same way. 22 The seven left no children. Last of all, the woman also died. 23 In the resurrection, when they rise again, whose wife will she be? For all seven brothers had her as their wife."
24 Jesus said, "Is this not the reason you are mistaken, because you do not know the scriptures nor the power of God? 25 For when they rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage, but they are like angels in heaven. 26 But concerning the dead that are raised, have you not read in the book of Moses, in the account about the bush, how God spoke to him and said, 'I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob'? 27 He is not the God of the dead, but of the living. You are quite mistaken."
28 One of the scribes came and heard their discussion; he saw that Jesus answered them well. He asked him, "What commandment is the most important of all?"
29 Jesus answered, "The most important is, 'Hear, Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one. 30 You must love the Lord your God with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your mind, and with all your strength.' 31 The second commandment is this, 'You must love your neighbor as yourself.' There is no other greater commandment than these."
32 The scribe said, "Good, Teacher! You have truly said that God is one, and that there is no other besides him. 33 To love him with all the heart and with all the understanding and with all the strength, and to love one's neighbor as oneself is even more than all burnt offerings and sacrifices."
34 When Jesus saw that he had given a wise answer, he said to him, "You are not far from the kingdom of God." After that, no one dared to ask Jesus any more questions.
35 While Jesus was teaching in the temple courts, he said, "How is it that the scribes say the Christ is the son of David? 36 David himself, in the Holy Spirit, said,
'The Lord said to my Lord,
"Sit at my right hand
until I put your enemies under your feet."'
37 David himself calls him 'Lord,' so how can the Christ be David's son?" The large crowd gladly listened to him.
38 In his teaching Jesus said, "Beware of the scribes, who like to walk in long robes and be greeted in the marketplaces, 39 and have the most important seats in the synagogues and the places of honor at feasts. 40 They also devour widows' houses, and they pray long prayers for people to see. These men will receive greater condemnation."
41 Then Jesus sat down across from an offering box in the temple area; he was watching people as they dropped their money into the box. Many rich people put in large amounts of money. 42 Then a poor widow came and put in two mites, worth about a penny. 43 He called his disciples and said to them, "Truly I say to you, this poor widow has put in more than all of them who contributed to the offering box. 44 For all of them gave out of their abundance. But this widow, out of her poverty, put in all of the money which she had to live on."
1 As Jesus was walking away from the temple, one of his disciples said to him, "Teacher, look at the wonderful stones and wonderful buildings!"
2 Jesus said to him, "Do you see these great buildings? Not one stone will be left on another which will not be torn down."
3 As he sat on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter, James, John, and Andrew asked him privately, 4 "Tell us, when will these things happen? What will be the sign when all these things are about to happen?"
5 Jesus began to say to them, "Be careful that no one leads you astray. 6 Many will come in my name and say, 'I am he,' and they will lead many astray. 7 When you hear of wars and rumors of wars, do not be frightened; these things must happen, but the end is not yet. 8 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be earthquakes in many places, and famines. These are the beginnings of birth pains.
9 "Be on your guard. They will give you over to councils, and you will be beaten in synagogues. You will stand before both governors and kings for my sake, as a testimony to them. 10 But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations. 11 When they arrest you and hand you over, do not worry about what you should say. For in that hour, what you should say will be given to you; it will not be you who speak, but the Holy Spirit. 12 Brother will deliver up brother to death, and a father his child. Children will rise up against their parents and cause them to be put to death. 13 You will be hated by everyone because of my name. But whoever endures to the end, that person will be saved.
14 "When you see the abomination of desolation standing where it should not be standing," (let the reader understand) "let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains, 15 let him who is on the housetop not go down into the house or take anything out of it, 16 and let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak. 17 But woe to those who are pregnant and to those who are nursing infants in those days! 18 Pray that it might not occur in the winter. 19 For those will be days of great tribulation, such as has not been from the beginning of creation, which God created, until now, no, nor ever will be again. 20 Unless the Lord had shortened the days, no flesh would be saved. But for the sake of the elect, those whom he chose, he cut short the days. 21 Then if anyone says to you, 'Look, here is the Christ!' or 'Look, there he is!' do not believe it. 22 For false Christs and false prophets will appear and will give signs and wonders so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect. 23 Be on guard! I have told you all these things ahead of time.
24 "But after the tribulation of those days,
'the sun will be darkened,
the moon will not give its light,
25 the stars will fall from the sky,
and the powers that are in the heavens
will be shaken.'
26 Then they will see the Son of Man coming in the clouds with great power and glory. 27 Then he will send his angels and he will gather together his elect from the four winds, from the ends of the earth to the ends of the sky.
28 Learn a lesson from the fig tree. As soon as the branch becomes tender and puts out its leaves, you know that summer is near. 29 So also, when you see these things happening, recognize that he is near, close to the gates. 30 Truly I say to you, this generation will not pass away until all of these things occur. 31 Heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will never pass away. 32 But concerning that day or that hour, no one knows, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but the Father.
33 "Be alert! Watch, because you do not know what time it is. [1]34 It is like a man who goes on a journey—he leaves his house and puts his servants in charge of the house, each one with his work, and he commands the doorkeeper to stay alert. 35 Therefore stay alert because you do not know when the master of the house will come home; it could be in the evening, at midnight, when the rooster crows, or in the morning. 36 If he comes suddenly, do not let him find you sleeping. 37 What I say to you I say to everyone: Watch!"
1 It was now two days before the Passover and the Festival of Unleavened Bread. The chief priests and the scribes were seeking ways to stealthily arrest Jesus and then kill him. 2 For they were saying, "Not during the festival, so that a riot does not arise among the people."
3 While Jesus was in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, as he was reclining at the table, a woman came to him having an alabaster jar of very expensive perfume, which was pure nard. She broke the jar and poured the nard on his head. 4 But there were some who were angry. They spoke among themselves and said, "What is the reason for the waste of this perfume? 5 This perfume could have been sold for more than three hundred denarii, and given to the poor." Then they scolded her.
6 But Jesus said, "Leave her alone. Why are you troubling her? She has done a beautiful thing for me. 7 You always have the poor with you, and whenever you desire you can do good to them, but you will not always have me. 8 She has done what she could. She has anointed my body for burial. 9 Truly I say to you, wherever the gospel is preached in the whole world, what this woman has done will be spoken of, in memory of her."
10 Then Judas Iscariot, one of the twelve, went away to the chief priests so that he might give him over to them. 11 When the chief priests heard it, they were glad and promised to give him money. He began looking for an opportunity to give him over to them.
12 On the first day of unleavened bread, when they sacrificed the Passover lamb, his disciples said to him, "Where do you want us to go to prepare, so you may eat the Passover meal?"
13 He sent two of his disciples and said to them, "Go into the city, and a man bearing a pitcher of water will meet you. Follow him. 14 Where he enters a house, follow him in and say to the owner of that house, 'The Teacher says, "Where is my guest room where I will eat the Passover with my disciples?"' 15 He will show you a large furnished upper room that is ready. Make the preparations for us there." 16 The disciples left and went to the city. They found everything as he had said to them, and they prepared the Passover meal.
17 When it was evening, he came with the twelve. 18 As they were lying down at the table and eating, Jesus said, "Truly I say to you, one of you eating with me will betray me."
19 They were all very sorrowful, and one by one they said to him, "Surely not I?"
20 Jesus answered and said to them, "It is one of the twelve, the one now dipping bread with me in the bowl. 21 For the Son of Man will go as it is written about him. But woe to that man through whom the Son of Man is betrayed! It would have been better for him if he had not been born."
22 As they were eating, Jesus took bread, blessed it, and broke it. He gave it to them and said, "Take this. This is my body." 23 He took a cup, gave thanks, and gave it to them, and they all drank from it. 24 He said to them, "This is my blood of the covenant, the blood that is poured out for many. 25 Truly I say to you, I will not drink again of this fruit of the vine until that day when I drink it new in the kingdom of God."
26 When they had sung a hymn, they went out to the Mount of Olives. 27 Jesus said to them, "All of you will fall away, for it is written,
'I will strike the shepherd
and the sheep will be scattered.'
28 But after I am raised up, I will go ahead of you into Galilee."
29 Peter said to him, "Even if all fall away, I will not."
30 Jesus said to him, "Truly I say to you, today—yes, this very night—before the rooster crows twice you will deny me three times."
31 But Peter said emphatically, "If I must die with you, I will not deny you." They all made the same promise.
32 They came to the place called Gethsemane, and Jesus said to his disciples, "Sit here while I pray." 33 He took Peter, James, and John with him and began to be distressed and deeply troubled. 34 He said to them, "My soul is deeply grieved, even to the point of death. Remain here and watch." 35 Going a little farther, Jesus fell to the ground and prayed that if it were possible the hour might pass from him. 36 He said, "Abba, Father, all things are possible with you. Remove this cup from me. But not my will, but yours." 37 He came back and found them sleeping, and he said to Peter, "Simon, are you asleep? Could you not watch for one hour? 38 Watch and pray that you do not enter into temptation. The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak." 39 Again he went away and prayed, and he used the same words. 40 When he came back again, he found them sleeping, for their eyes were heavy. They did not know what to say to him. 41 He came the third time and said to them, "Are you still sleeping and taking your rest? Enough! The hour has come. Look! The Son of Man is being betrayed into the hands of sinners. 42 Get up; let us go. Look, the one who is betraying me is near."
43 While he was still speaking, Judas, one of the twelve, arrived, and a large crowd was with him with swords and clubs, from the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders. 44 Now his betrayer had given them a sign, saying, "The one I kiss is the man. Seize him and lead him away under guard." 45 When Judas arrived, immediately he came up to Jesus and said, "Rabbi," and he kissed him. 46 Then they laid hands on him and seized him. 47 But one of them who stood by drew his sword and struck the servant of the high priest and cut off his ear.
48 Jesus said to them, "Do you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs, to arrest me? 49 When I was daily with you and I was teaching in the temple, you did not arrest me. But this was done that the scriptures might be fulfilled." 50 All those with Jesus left him and ran away.
51 A young man, wearing only a linen garment that was wrapped around him, was following Jesus. When the men seized him, 52 he left the linen garment and ran away naked.
53 They led Jesus to the high priest. There were gathered with him all the chief priests, the elders, and the scribes. 54 Now Peter followed him from a distance, as far as the courtyard of the high priest. He sat among the officers, warming himself near the fire. 55 Now the chief priests and the entire Jewish council were seeking testimony against Jesus so they might put him to death. But they did not find any. 56 For many brought false testimony against him, but even their testimony did not agree. 57 Some stood up and brought false testimony against him; they said, 58 "We heard him say, 'I will destroy this temple made with hands, and in three days I will build another made without hands.'" 59 Yet even their testimony did not agree.
60 The high priest stood up among them and asked Jesus, "Have you no answer? What is it these men testify against you?" 61 But he was silent and answered nothing. Again the high priest questioned him and said, "Are you the Christ, the Son of the Blessed One?"
62 Jesus said, "I am;
and you will see the Son of Man
when he sits at the right hand of power
and comes with the clouds of heaven."
63 The high priest tore his garments and said, "Do we still need witnesses? 64 You have heard the blasphemy. What is your decision?" They all condemned him as one who deserved death.
65 Some began to spit on him and to cover his face and strike him with their fists and say to him, "Prophesy!" The officers took him and beat him.
66 While Peter was below in the courtyard, one of the servant girls of the high priest came to him. 67 She saw Peter warming himself, and she looked closely at him and said, "You were also with the Nazarene, Jesus."
68 But he denied it, saying, "I neither know nor understand what you are talking about." Then he went out into the gateway. And the rooster crowed. [1]
69 But the servant girl saw him and began to say again to those who stood there, "This man is one of them!"
70 But he denied it again. After a little while those who stood there were saying to Peter, "Surely you are one of them, for you also are a Galilean."
71 But he began to put himself under curses and to swear, "I do not know this man you are talking about."
72 The rooster immediately crowed a second time. Then Peter remembered the words that Jesus had said to him: "Before the rooster crows twice, you will deny me three times," and he broke down and wept.
1 Early in the morning, the chief priests, with the elders and scribes and the entire Jewish council consulted together. Then they bound Jesus and led him away. They handed him over to Pilate. 2 Pilate asked him, "Are you the King of the Jews?"
He answered him, "You say so." 3 The chief priests were accusing him of many things.
4 Pilate again asked him, "Do you give no answer? See how many things they are accusing you of!" 5 But Jesus no longer answered Pilate, and that amazed him.
6 Now at the time of the festival, Pilate usually released to them one prisoner, a prisoner they requested. 7 There was a man called Barabbas in prison with the rebels who had committed murder during the rebellion. 8 The crowd came to Pilate and began to ask him to do for them as he had done in the past. 9 Pilate answered them and said, "Do you want me to release to you the King of the Jews?" 10 For he knew that it was because of envy that the chief priests had handed Jesus over to him. 11 But the chief priests stirred up the crowd to cry out that Barabbas should be released instead. 12 Pilate answered them again and said, "What then should I do with the King of the Jews?"
13 They shouted again, "Crucify him!"
14 Pilate said to them, "What evil has he done?"
But they shouted more and more, "Crucify him." 15 Pilate wanted to satisfy the crowd, so he released Barabbas to them. He scourged Jesus and then handed him over to be crucified.
16 The soldiers led him inside the courtyard (which is the government headquarters), and they called together the whole company of soldiers. 17 They put a purple robe on Jesus, and they twisted together a crown of thorns and put it on him. 18 They began to salute him and say, "Hail, King of the Jews!" 19 They were striking his head with a reed staff and spitting on him. They went to their knees and they bowed down before him. 20 When they had mocked him, they took off of him the purple robe and put his own garments on him, and then led him out to crucify him. 21 A certain man, Simon of Cyrene, was coming in from the country (he was the father of Alexander and Rufus), and they forced him to carry his cross.
22 The soldiers brought Jesus to the place called Golgotha (which is translated "Place of a Skull"). 23 They offered him wine mixed with myrrh, but he did not drink it. 24 They crucified him and divided up his garments by casting lots to determine what piece each soldier would take. 25 It was the third hour when they crucified him. 26 On a sign they wrote the charge against him, "The king of the Jews." 27 With him they crucified two robbers, one on the right of him and one on his left. 28[1]29 Those who passed by insulted him, shaking their heads and saying, "Aha! You who would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days, 30 save yourself and come down from the cross!"
31 In the same way the chief priests were mocking him with each other, along with the scribes, and said, "He saved others, but he cannot save himself. 32 Let the Christ, the King of Israel, come down now from the cross, that we may see and believe." Those who were crucified with him also insulted him.
33 At the sixth hour, darkness came over the whole land until the ninth hour. 34 At the ninth hour Jesus cried out with a loud voice, "Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?" which is interpreted, "My God, my God, why have you abandoned me?" 35 Some of those standing by heard his words and said, "Look, he is calling for Elijah."
36 Someone ran, put sour wine on a sponge, put it on a reed staff, and gave it to him to drink. The man said, "Let us see if Elijah comes to take him down." 37 Then Jesus cried out with a loud voice and died.
38 The curtain of the temple was split in two from the top to the bottom. 39 When the centurion who stood and faced Jesus saw that he had died in this way, he said, "Truly this man was the Son of God." 40 There were also women who looked on from a distance. Among them were Mary Magdalene, Mary (the mother of James the younger and of Joses), [2] and Salome. 41 When he was in Galilee they followed him and served him. Many other women also came up with him to Jerusalem.
42 When evening had come, because it was the Day of Preparation, that is, the day before the Sabbath, 43 Joseph of Arimathea came there. He was a respected member of the council who was waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly went in to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus. 44 Pilate was amazed that Jesus was already dead; he called the centurion and asked him if Jesus was dead. 45 When Pilate learned from the centurion that Jesus was dead, he gave the body to Joseph. 46 Joseph had bought a linen cloth. He took him down from the cross, wrapped him in the linen cloth, and laid him in a tomb that had been cut out of a rock. Then he rolled a stone against the entrance of the tomb. 47 Mary Magdalene and Mary the mother of Joses saw the place where Jesus was buried.
1 When the Sabbath day was over, Mary Magdalene, Mary the mother of James, and Salome bought spices that they might come and anoint Jesus' body. 2 Very early on the first day of the week, they went to the tomb when the sun had come up. 3 They were saying to one another, "Who will roll away the stone for us from the entrance to the tomb?" 4 When they looked up, they saw that the stone had been rolled away, for it was very large. 5 They entered the tomb and saw a young man dressed in a white robe, sitting on the right side, and they were alarmed.
6 He said to them, "Do not be alarmed. You seek Jesus, the Nazarene, who was crucified. He is risen! He is not here. Look at the place where they had laid him. 7 But go, tell his disciples and Peter, 'He is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him, just as he told you.'"
8 They went out and ran from the tomb; they were trembling and amazed. They said nothing to anyone because they were so afraid. 9[1] [Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. 10 She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. 11 They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe.
12 After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them as they were walking out into the country. 13 They went back and told the rest, but they did not believe them.
14 Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. 15 He said to them, "Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. 16 He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. 17 These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. 18 They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well."
19 After the Lord Jesus had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. 20 The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.] [2]
1 Many have taken on the work of putting together an account of the things that have been accomplished among us, 2 just as they were passed down to us by those who from the first were eyewitnesses and servants of the word. 3 So it seemed good to me also, because I have accurately investigated everything from the beginning, to write an orderly account for you, most excellent Theophilus, 4 so that you might know the certainty of the things you have been taught.
5 In the days of Herod king of Judea there was a certain priest named Zechariah from the division of Abijah; his wife Elizabeth was also a descendant of Aaron. 6 They were both righteous before God, walking blamelessly in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord. 7 But they had no child because Elizabeth was barren, and they were both advanced in their days.
8 Now it came about that Zechariah was in God's presence, carrying out the priestly duties in the order of his division. 9 According to the customary way of choosing which priest would serve, he had been chosen by lot to enter into the temple of the Lord to burn incense. 10 The whole crowd of people was praying outside at the hour when the incense was burned. 11 Now an angel of the Lord appeared to him and stood at the right side of the incense altar. 12 When Zechariah saw him, he was troubled, and fear fell on him. 13 But the angel said to him, "Do not be afraid, Zechariah, because your prayer has been heard. Your wife Elizabeth will bear you a son. You will call his name John. 14 You will have joy and gladness, and many will rejoice at his birth. 15 For he will be great in the sight of the Lord. He must never drink wine or strong drink, and he will be filled with the Holy Spirit from his mother's womb. 16 Many of the descendants of Israel will be turned to the Lord their God. 17 He will go before the face of the Lord in the spirit and power of Elijah, to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children and the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous—to make ready for the Lord a people prepared for him."
18 Zechariah said to the angel, "How can I know this? For I am an old man and my wife is advanced in her days." 19 The angel answered and said to him, "I am Gabriel, who stands in the presence of God. I was sent to speak to you, to bring you this good news. 20 Behold! You will be silent, unable to speak, until the day these things take place. This is because you did not believe my words, which will be fulfilled at the right time." 21 Now the people were waiting for Zechariah. They were surprised that he was spending so much time in the temple. 22 But when he came out, he could not speak to them. They realized that he had seen a vision while he was in the temple. He kept on making signs to them and remained silent. 23 It came about that when the days of his service were over, he went to his house.
24 After these days, his wife Elizabeth conceived and for five months she kept herself hidden. She said, 25 "This is what the Lord has done for me when he looked at me with favor in order to take away my shame before people."
26 In the sixth month, the angel Gabriel was sent from God to a city in Galilee named Nazareth, 27 to a virgin engaged to a man whose name was Joseph, who was a descendant of David, and the virgin's name was Mary. 28 He came to her and said, "Greetings, you who are highly favored! The Lord is with you." 29 But she was very confused by his words and she wondered what kind of greeting this could be. 30 The angel said to her, "Do not be afraid, Mary, for you have found favor with God. 31 See, you will conceive in your womb and bear a son. You will call his name 'Jesus.' 32 He will be great and will be called the Son of the Most High. The Lord God will give him the throne of his ancestor David. 33 He will reign over the house of Jacob forever, and there will be no end to his kingdom."
34 Mary said to the angel, "How will this happen, since I have not known any man?"
35 The angel answered and said to her, "The Holy Spirit will overshadow you, and the power of the Most High will overshadow you. So the holy one to be born will be called the Son of God. 36 See, your relative Elizabeth has also conceived a son in her old age. This is the sixth month for her, she who was called barren. 37 For nothing will be impossible for God."
38 Mary said, "See, I am the female servant of the Lord. Let it be for me according to your message." Then the angel left her.
39 Then Mary arose in those days and quickly went into the hill country, to a city in Judea. 40 She went into the house of Zechariah and greeted Elizabeth. 41 Now it happened that when Elizabeth heard Mary's greeting, the baby in her womb jumped, and Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit. 42 She cried out with a loud shout and said, "Blessed are you among women, and blessed is the fruit of your womb. 43 Why has it happened to me that the mother of my Lord should come to me? 44 For see, when the sound of your greeting came to my ears, the baby in my womb jumped for joy. 45 Blessed is she who believed that there would be a fulfillment of the things that were told her from the Lord."
46 Mary said,
"My soul praises the Lord,
47 and my spirit has rejoiced in God my Savior.
48 For he has looked
at the low condition of his female servant.
For see, from now on all generations will call me blessed.
49 For the Mighty One has done great things for me,
and his name is holy.
50 His mercy lasts from generation to generation
for those who fear him.
51 He has displayed strength with his arm;
he has scattered those who were proud
about the thoughts of their hearts.
52 He has thrown down princes from their thrones
and he has raised up those of low condition.
53 He has filled the hungry with good things,
but the rich he has sent away empty-handed.
54 He has given help to Israel his servant,
so as to remember to show mercy
55 (as he said to our fathers)
to Abraham and his descendants forever."
56 Mary stayed with Elizabeth about three months and then returned to her house.
57 Now the time had come for Elizabeth to deliver her baby and she gave birth to a son. 58 Her neighbors and her relatives heard that the Lord had shown his great mercy to her, and they rejoiced with her.
59 Now it happened on the eighth day that they came to circumcise the child. They would have called him "Zechariah," after the name of his father. 60 But his mother answered and said, "No. He will be called John." 61 They said to her, "There is no one among your relatives who is called by this name." 62 They made signs to his father as to how he wanted him to be named. 63 His father asked for a writing tablet and wrote, "His name is John." They all were astonished at this. 64 Immediately his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed. He spoke and praised God. 65 Fear came on all who lived around them. All these matters were spread throughout all the hill country of Judea. 66 All who heard them stored them in their hearts, saying, "What then will this child become?" For the hand of the Lord was with him.
67 His father Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit and prophesied, saying,
68 "Praised be the Lord, the God of Israel,
for he has come to help
and he has accomplished redemption for his people.
69 He has raised up a horn of salvation for us
in the house of his servant David
70 (as he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets from long ago),
71 salvation from our enemies
and from the hand of all who hate us.
72 He will do this to show mercy to our fathers
and to remember his holy covenant,
73 the oath that he swore
to Abraham our father.
74 He swore to grant to us that we,
having been delivered out of the hand of our enemies,
would serve him without fear
75 in holiness and righteousness
before him all our days.
76 Yes, and you, child,
will be called a prophet of the Most High,
for you will go before the face of the Lord
to prepare his paths,
to prepare people for his coming,
77 to give knowledge of salvation to his people
by the forgiveness of their sins.
78 This will happen because
of the tender mercy of our God,
because of which the sunrise
from on high will come to help us,
79 to shine on those who sit in darkness
and in the shadow of death.
He will do this to guide our feet
into the path of peace."
80 Now the child grew and became strong in spirit, and he was in the wilderness until the day of his public appearance to Israel.
1 Now in those days, it came about that Caesar Augustus sent out a decree ordering that a census be taken of all the people living in the world. 2 This was the first census made while Quirinius was governor of Syria. 3 So everyone went to his own city to be registered for the census. 4 Joseph also went up from Galilee, from the city of Nazareth, to Judea, to the city of David, which is called Bethlehem, because he was of the house and family line of David. 5 He went there to register along with Mary, who was engaged to him and was pregnant. 6 Now it came about that while they were there, the time came for her to deliver her baby. 7 She gave birth to a son, her firstborn child, and she wrapped him in long strips of cloth and laid him in a manger, because there was no room for them in the inn.
8 There were shepherds in that region who were staying in the fields, guarding their flock at night. 9 An angel of the Lord appeared to them, and the glory of the Lord shone around them, and they were filled with great fear. 10 Then the angel said to them, "Do not be afraid, because I bring you good news that will bring great joy to all the people. 11 Today a Savior was born for you in the city of David! He is Christ the Lord! 12 This is the sign that will be given to you: You will find a baby wrapped in strips of cloth and lying in a manger." 13 Suddenly there was together with the angel a great multitude from heaven, praising God and saying,
14 "Glory to God in the highest,
and may there be peace on earth
among people with whom he is pleased." [1]
15 It came about that when the angels had gone away from them into heaven, the shepherds said to each other, "Let us now go to Bethlehem and see this thing that has happened, which the Lord has made known to us." 16 They hurried there and found Mary, Joseph, and the baby, who was lying in a manger. 17 After they had seen him, they made known what had been said to them about this child. 18 All who heard it were amazed at what was spoken to them by the shepherds. 19 But Mary kept thinking about all the things she had heard, treasuring them in her heart. 20 The shepherds returned, glorifying and praising God for everything that they had heard and seen, just as it had been spoken to them.
21 When it was the end of the eighth day, when he was circumcised, he was named Jesus, the name he had been given by the angel before he was conceived in the womb.
22 When the required number of days for their purification had passed, according to the law of Moses, they brought him up to the temple in Jerusalem to present him to the Lord. 23 As it is written in the law of the Lord, "Every male who opens the womb will be set apart to the Lord." 24 So they offered a sacrifice according to what was said in the law of the Lord, "a pair of doves or two young pigeons." 25 Behold, there was a man in Jerusalem whose name was Simeon, and this man was righteous and devout. He was waiting for the consolation of Israel, and the Holy Spirit was upon him. 26 It had been revealed to him by the Holy Spirit that he would not see death before he had seen the Lord's Christ. 27 Led by the Spirit, Simeon came into the temple. When the parents brought in the infant Jesus, to do for him according to the custom of the law, 28 he took him into his arms and praised God, and he said,
29 "Now let your servant depart in peace, Lord,
according to your word.
30 For my eyes have seen your salvation,
31 which you have prepared in the presence of all peoples:
32 A light for revelation to the Gentiles
and glory to your people Israel."
33 His father and mother [2] were amazed at what was said about him. 34 Simeon blessed them and said to Mary his mother, "Behold, this child is appointed for the downfall and rising up of many people in Israel and for a sign that is rejected— 35 and a sword will pierce your own soul—so that the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed." 36 A prophetess named Anna was there. She was the daughter of Phanuel from the tribe of Asher. She was advanced in her days. She had lived with her husband for seven years after her virginity, 37 and was a widow for eighty-four years. She never left the temple but was serving with fastings and prayers, night and day. 38 At that very hour she came near to them and began giving thanks to God, and she spoke about the child to everyone who had been waiting for the redemption of Jerusalem. 39 When they had finished everything they were required to do according to the law of the Lord, they returned to Galilee, to their own town of Nazareth.
40 The child grew and became strong; he was full of wisdom, and the grace of God was upon him.
41 His parents went every year to Jerusalem for the Festival of the Passover. 42 When he was twelve years old, they again went up at the customary time for the festival. 43 After they had stayed the full number of days for the feast, they began to return home. But the boy Jesus stayed behind in Jerusalem and his parents did not know it. 44 They assumed that he was with the group that was traveling with them, so they traveled a day's journey. Then they started to search carefully for him among their relatives and friends. 45 When they did not find him, they returned to Jerusalem and started to search carefully for him there. 46 It came about that after three days they found him in the temple, sitting in the middle of the teachers, listening to them and asking them questions. 47 All who heard him were amazed at his understanding and his answers. 48 When they saw him, they were astonished. His mother said to him, "Son, why have you treated us this way? Look, your father and I have been anxiously searching for you." 49 He said to them, "Why were you searching for me? Did you not know that I had to be about my Father's business? [3]50 But they did not understand what he meant by those words. 51 Then he went back home with them to Nazareth and was obedient to them. His mother treasured all these things in her heart.
52 But Jesus continued to grow in wisdom and stature, and increased in favor with God and people.
1 In the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar—while Pontius Pilate was governor of Judea, Herod was tetrarch of Galilee, his brother Philip was tetrarch of the region of Iturea and Trachonitis, and Lysanias was tetrarch of Abilene, 2 during the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas—the word of God came to John son of Zechariah in the wilderness. 3 He went into all the region around the Jordan, preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins. 4 As it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet,
"A voice of one crying out in the wilderness,
'Make ready the way of the Lord,
make his paths straight.
5 Every valley will be filled,
and every mountain and hill will be made low,
and the crooked roads will be made straight,
and the uneven places will be built into roads,
6 and all flesh will see the salvation of God.'"
7 So John said to the crowds who were coming out to be baptized by him, "You offspring of vipers! Who warned you to run away from the wrath that is coming? 8 Therefore, produce fruits that are worthy of repentance, and do not begin to say within yourselves, 'We have Abraham for our father,' for I tell you that God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones. 9 Even now the ax is set against the root of the trees. So every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire."
10 Then the crowds kept asking him, saying, "What then are we to do?"
11 He answered and said to them, "If someone has two tunics, he should share it with a person who has none, and the one having food should do the same."
12 Tax collectors also came to be baptized, and they said to him, "Teacher, what must we do?"
13 He said to them, "Do not collect more money than you have been ordered to collect."
14 Some soldiers also asked him, saying, "What about us? What must we do?"
He said to them, "Do not take money from anyone by force, and do not accuse anyone falsely. Be content with your wages."
15 Now as the people were eagerly expecting the Christ to come, everyone was wondering in their hearts concerning John, whether he might be the Christ. 16 John answered by saying to them all, "As for me, I baptize you with water, but someone is coming who is more powerful than I, and I am not worthy even to untie the strap of his sandals. He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire. 17 His winnowing fork is in his hand to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor and to gather the wheat into his storehouse. But he will burn up the chaff with fire that can never be put out."
18 With many other exhortations also, John was announcing the good news to the people. 19 When Herod the tetrarch had been reproved for marrying his brother's wife Herodias, and for all the other evil things that Herod had done, 20 he added this to them all, that he locked John up in prison.
21 Now it came about, when all the people were baptized, Jesus also was baptized, and while he was praying, the heavens opened, 22 and the Holy Spirit in bodily form came down on him like a dove, and a voice came from heaven, "You are my beloved Son. I am pleased with you."
23 When Jesus began his ministry, he was about thirty years of age. He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph, the son of Heli, 24 the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph.
25 Joseph was the son of Mattathias, the son of Amos, the son of Nahum, the son of Esli, the son of Naggai, 26 the son of Maath, the son of Mattathias, the son of Semein, the son of Josech, the son of Joda.
27 Joda was the son of Joanan, the son of Rhesa, the son of Zerubbabel, the son of Salathiel, the son of Neri, 28 the son of Melchi, the son of Addi, the son of Cosam, the son of Elmadam, the son of Er,
29 the son of Joshua, the son of Eliezer, the son of Jorim, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi. 30 Levi was the son of Simeon, the son of Judah, the son of Joseph, the son of Jonam, the son of Eliakim,
31 the son of Melea, the son of Menna, the son of Mattatha, the son of Nathan, the son of David, 32 the son of Jesse, the son of Obed, the son of Boaz, the son of Salmon, the son of Nahshon.
33 Nahshon was the son of Amminadab, the son of Admin, the son of Arni, the son of Hezron, the son of Perez, the son of Judah, 34 the son of Jacob, the son of Isaac, the son of Abraham, the son of Terah, the son of Nahor,
35 the son of Serug, the son of Reu, the son of Peleg, the son of Eber, the son of Shelah. 36 Shelah was the son of Cainan, the son of Arphaxad, the son of Shem, the son of Noah, the son of Lamech,
37 the son of Methuselah, the son of Enoch, the son of Jared, the son of Mahalalel, the son of Cainan, 38 the son of Enos, the son of Seth, the son of Adam, the son of God.
1 Then Jesus, being full of the Holy Spirit, returned from the Jordan River and was led by the Spirit in the wilderness, 2 where for forty days he was tempted by the devil. He ate nothing during those days, and at the end of that time he was hungry. 3 The devil said to him, "If you are the Son of God, command this stone to become bread."
4 Jesus answered him, "It is written, 'Man does not live on bread alone.'"
5 Then the devil led Jesus up and showed him all the kingdoms of the world in an instant of time. 6 The devil said to him, "I will give to you all this authority and all their glory, for they have been given to me, and I can give it to anyone I want. 7 So then, if you will bow down and worship me, it will be yours."
8 But Jesus answered and said to him, "It is written, 'You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him.'"
9 Then the devil led Jesus to Jerusalem and put him on the very highest point of the temple building, and said to him, "If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down from here. 10 For it is written,
'He will give orders to his angels regarding you,
to protect you,'
11 and, 'They will lift you up in their hands,
so that you will not strike your foot against a stone.'"
12 Answering him, Jesus said, "It is said, 'Do not put the Lord your God to the test.'"
13 When the devil had finished tempting Jesus, he went away and left him until another time.
14 Then Jesus returned to Galilee in the power of the Spirit, and news about him spread throughout the entire surrounding region. 15 Then he began to teach in their synagogues and he was praised by all.
16 He came into Nazareth, where he had been raised, and, as was his custom, he entered the synagogue on the Sabbath day and he stood up to read aloud. 17 The scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him. He opened the scroll and found the place where it was written,
18 "The Spirit of the Lord is upon me,
because he anointed me
to announce good news to the poor.
He has sent me to proclaim freedom to the captives
and recovery of sight to the blind,
to set free those who are oppressed,
19 to proclaim the year of the Lord's favor."
20 Then he rolled up the scroll, gave it back to the attendant, and sat down. The eyes of all in the synagogue were fixed on him. 21 He began to speak to them, "Today this scripture has been fulfilled in your hearing."
22 Everyone there spoke well of him and they were amazed at the gracious words which were coming out of his mouth, and they asked, "Is this not the son of Joseph?"
23 He said to them, "Surely you will say this proverb to me, 'Doctor, heal yourself. Whatever we heard that you did in Capernaum, do the same in your hometown.'" 24 But he said, "Truly I say to you, no prophet is received in his own hometown. 25 But in truth I tell you that there were many widows in Israel during the time of Elijah, when the sky was shut up for three years and six months and a great famine came upon all the land. 26 But Elijah was sent to none of them, but only to Zarephath in Sidon, to a widow living there. 27 There were many lepers in Israel during the time of Elisha the prophet, but none of them were cleansed except Naaman the Syrian." 28 All the people in the synagogue were filled with rage when they heard these things. 29 They got up, forced him out of the town, and led him to the cliff of the hill on which their town was built, so they might throw him off the cliff. 30 But he passed through the middle of them and he went to another place.
31 Then he went down to Capernaum, a city in Galilee, and he began to teach them on the Sabbath. 32 They were astonished at his teaching, because he spoke with authority. 33 Now in the synagogue there was a man who had the spirit of an unclean demon, and he cried out with a loud voice, 34 "Ah! What do we have to do with you, Jesus of Nazareth? Have you come to destroy us? I know who you are—the Holy One of God!"
35 Jesus rebuked the demon, saying, "Do not speak! Come out of him!" When the demon had thrown the man down in the middle of them, he came out of him, and did not harm him in any way.
36 All the people were very amazed, and they kept talking about it with one another. They said, "What kind of words are these? He commands the unclean spirits with authority and power and they come out." 37 So news about him began to spread into every part of the surrounding region.
38 Then Jesus left the synagogue and entered into the house of Simon. Now Simon's mother-in-law was suffering with a high fever, and they pleaded with him on her behalf. 39 So he stood over her and rebuked the fever, and it left her. Immediately she got up and started serving them.
40 When the sun was setting, people brought to Jesus everyone who was sick with various kinds of diseases. He laid his hands on every one of them and healed them. 41 Demons also came out from many of them, crying out and saying, "You are the Son of God!" Jesus rebuked the demons and would not let them speak, because they knew that he was the Christ.
42 When daybreak came, he went out into a solitary place. Crowds of people were looking for him and came to the place where he was. They tried to keep him from going away from them. 43 But he said to them, "I must also preach the gospel about the kingdom of God to many other cities, because this is the reason I was sent here."
44 Then he continued to preach in the synagogues throughout Judea.
1 Now it happened while the people were crowding around Jesus and listening to the word of God, that he was standing by the lake of Gennesaret. 2 He saw two boats pulled up by the edge of the lake. The fishermen had gotten out of them and were washing their nets. 3 Jesus got into one of the boats, which was Simon's, and asked him to put it out in the water a short distance from the land. Then he sat down and taught the people out of the boat. 4 When he had finished speaking, he said to Simon, "Take the boat out into the deeper water and let down your nets for a catch."
5 Simon answered and said, "Master, we have labored all night and caught nothing, but at your word, I will let down the nets." 6 When they had done this, they gathered a very large number of fish, and their nets were breaking. 7 So they motioned to their partners in the other boat that they should come and help them. They came and filled both the boats, so that they began to sink. 8 But Simon Peter, when he saw it, fell down at Jesus' knees, saying, "Depart from me, for I am a sinful man, Lord." 9 For he and all who were with him were amazed at the catch of fish which they had taken. 10 And so also were James and John, sons of Zebedee, who were partners with Simon.
Jesus said to Simon, "Do not be afraid, because from now on you will catch men." 11 When they had brought their boats to land, they left everything and followed him.
12 It came about that while he was in one of the cities, a man full of leprosy was there. When he saw Jesus, he fell on his face and begged him, saying, "Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean."
13 Then Jesus reached out his hand and touched him, saying, "I am willing. Be clean." Immediately the leprosy left him.
14 He instructed him to tell no one but told him, "Go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them." 15 But the report about him spread even farther, and large crowds of people came together to hear him teach and to be healed of their sicknesses. 16 But he often withdrew into the deserted places and prayed.
17 It came about on one of those days that he was teaching, and there were Pharisees and teachers of the law sitting there who had come from every village of Galilee and Judea and from Jerusalem. The power of the Lord was with him to heal. 18 Now some men came carrying on a mat a man who was paralyzed, and they looked for a way to bring him inside in order to lay him down in front of Jesus. 19 They could not find a way to bring him in because of the crowd, so they went up to the housetop and let the man down through the tiles, on his mat, into the midst of the people, right in front of Jesus. 20 Seeing their faith, Jesus said, "Man, your sins are forgiven you."
21 The scribes and the Pharisees began to question this, saying, "Who is this who speaks blasphemies? Who can forgive sins but God alone?"
22 But Jesus, knowing what they were thinking, answered and said to them, "Why are you questioning this in your hearts? 23 Which is easier to say, 'Your sins are forgiven you' or to say 'Get up and walk'? 24 But that you may know that the Son of Man has authority on earth to forgive sins,"—he said to the paralyzed man—"I tell you, get up, pick up your mat and go to your house." 25 Immediately he got up in front of them and picked up the mat on which he was lying. Then he went away to his house, glorifying God.
26 Everyone was amazed and they glorified God. They were filled with fear, saying, "We have seen extraordinary things today."
27 After these things happened, Jesus went out from there and saw a tax collector named Levi sitting at the tax collector's tent. He said to him, "Follow me." 28 So Levi got up and followed him, leaving everything behind.
29 Then Levi gave a big banquet in his house for Jesus. There were many tax collectors there and other people who were reclining at the table and eating with them. 30 But the Pharisees and their scribes were complaining to his disciples, saying, "Why do you eat and drink with tax collectors and sinners?"
31 Jesus answered them, "People who are well do not need a physician; only those who are sick. 32 I did not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance."
33 They said to him, "The disciples of John often fast and pray, and the disciples of the Pharisees do the same. But your disciples eat and drink."
34 Jesus said to them, "Can anyone make the wedding attendants of the bridegroom fast while the bridegroom is still with them? 35 But the days will come when the bridegroom will be taken away from them, then in those days they will fast." 36 Then Jesus also spoke a parable to them. "No one tears a piece of cloth from a new garment and uses it to mend an old garment. If he does that, he will tear the new garment, and the piece of cloth from the new garment will not fit with the cloth of the old garment. 37 No one puts new wine into old wineskins. If he does that, the new wine will burst the skins, and the wine will be spilled, and the wineskins will be destroyed. 38 But new wine must be put into fresh wineskins. 39 No one after drinking old wine wants the new, for he says, 'The old is better.'"
1 Now it happened on a Sabbath that Jesus was going through the grainfields, and his disciples were picking the heads of grain, rubbing them between their hands, and eating the grain. 2 But some of the Pharisees said, "Why are you doing something that is not lawful to do on the Sabbath day?"
3 Answering them, Jesus said, "Have you not even read what David did when he was hungry, he and the men who were with him? 4 He went into the house of God and took the bread of the presence and ate some of it, and also gave some to the men who were with him to eat, even though it was only lawful for the priests to eat it." 5 Then he said to them, "The Son of Man is Lord of the Sabbath."
6 It happened on another Sabbath that he went into the synagogue and taught the people there. A man was there whose right hand was withered. 7 The scribes and the Pharisees were watching him closely to see whether he would heal someone on the Sabbath, so that they might find a reason to accuse him. 8 But he knew what they were thinking and he said to the man whose hand was withered, "Get up and stand here in the middle of everyone." So the man got up and stood there. 9 Jesus said to them, "I ask you, is it lawful on the Sabbath to do good or to do harm, to save a life or to destroy it?" 10 Then he looked around at them all and said to the man, "Stretch out your hand." He did so, and his hand was restored. 11 But they were filled with senseless rage, and they talked to each other about what they might do to Jesus.
12 It happened in those days that he went out to the mountain to pray. He continued all night in prayer to God. 13 When it was day, he called his disciples to him, and he chose twelve of them, whom he also named apostles. 14 The names of the apostles were Simon (whom he also named Peter) and his brother Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, 15 Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alphaeus, Simon who was called the Zealot, 16 Judas son of James, and Judas Iscariot, who became a traitor. 17 Then Jesus came down the mountain with them and stood on a level place with a large crowd of his disciples and a large number of the people from Judea and Jerusalem and the seacoast of Tyre and Sidon. 18 They had come to listen to him and to be healed of their diseases. People who were troubled with unclean spirits were also healed. 19 Everyone in the crowd kept trying to touch him because power to heal was coming out from him, and he healed them all.
20 Then he looked at his disciples and said,
"Blessed are you who are poor,
for yours is the kingdom of God.
21 Blessed are you who hunger now,
for you will be filled.
Blessed are you who weep now,
for you will laugh.
22 Blessed are you when people hate you,
and when they exclude you and insult you
and reject your name as evil,
because of the Son of Man.
23 Rejoice in that day and leap for joy, because you will surely have a great reward in heaven, for their ancestors treated the prophets in the same way.
24 But woe to you who are rich,
for you have already received your comfort.
25 Woe to you who are full now,
for you will be hungry later.
Woe to you who laugh now,
for you will mourn and weep later.
26 Woe to you when all men speak well of you,
for that is how their ancestors treated the false prophets.
27 "But I say to you who are listening, love your enemies and do good to those who hate you. 28 Bless those who curse you and pray for those who mistreat you. 29 To him who strikes you on the one cheek, offer him also the other. If someone takes away your coat, do not withhold your tunic either. 30 Give to everyone who asks you. If someone takes away something that belongs to you, do not ask him to give it back to you. 31 As you want people to do to you, you should do the same to them. 32 If you only love people who love you, what reward is there for you? For even sinners love those who love them. 33 If you do good only to people who do good to you, what reward is there for you? For even sinners do the same. 34 If you only lend to people from whom you hope to be repaid, what reward is there for you? Even sinners lend to sinners, to receive back the same amount. 35 But love your enemies and do good to them. Lend, expecting nothing in return, and your reward will be great, and you will be sons of the Most High, for he himself is kind toward unthankful and evil people. 36 Be merciful, just as your Father is merciful. 37 Do not judge, and you will not be judged. Do not condemn, and you will not be condemned. Forgive others, and you will be forgiven. 38 Give, and it will be given to you. A good amount—pressed down, shaken together and spilling over—will pour into your lap. For with the measure you use, it will be measured back to you."
39 Then he also told them a parable. "Can a blind person guide another blind person? If he did, they would both fall into a pit, would they not? 40 A disciple is not greater than his teacher, but everyone when he is fully trained will be like his teacher. 41 Why do you look at the tiny piece of straw that is in your brother's eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye? 42 How can you say to your brother, 'Brother, let me take out the piece of straw that is in your eye,' when you yourself do not even see the log that is in your own eye? You hypocrite! First take the log out of your own eye, and then you will see clearly to take out the piece of straw that is in your brother's eye. 43 For there is no good tree that produces rotten fruit, nor is there a rotten tree that produces good fruit. 44 For each tree is known by the kind of fruit it produces. For people do not gather figs from a thornbush, nor do they gather grapes from a briar bush. 45 The good man from the good treasure of his heart produces what is good, and the evil man from the evil treasure of his heart produces what is evil. For out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks.
46 "Why do you call me, 'Lord, Lord,' and yet you do not obey the things that I say? 47 Every person who comes to me and hears my words and obeys them, I will tell you what he is like. 48 He is like a man building a house, who dug down deep in the ground and built the house's foundation on solid rock. When a flood came, the torrent of water flowed against that house but could not shake it, because it had been well built. 49 But the person who hears my words and does not obey them, he is like a man who built a house on top of the ground without a foundation. When the torrent of water flowed against that house, it immediately collapsed, and the ruin of that house was complete."
1 After Jesus had finished everything he was saying in the hearing of the people, he entered Capernaum.
2 Now a centurion had a slave who was highly regarded by him, and he was sick and about to die. 3 When the centurion heard about Jesus, he sent to him elders of the Jews, asking him to come and heal his servant. 4 When they had come to Jesus, they asked him earnestly, saying, "He is worthy to have you do this for him, 5 because he loves our nation, and he is the one who built the synagogue for us."
6 So Jesus continued on his way with them. But when he was not far from the house, the centurion sent friends to say to him, "Lord, do not trouble yourself, because I am not worthy for you to come under my roof. 7 For this reason I did not even consider myself worthy to come to you, but just say a word and my servant will be healed. 8 For I also am a man who is under authority, with soldiers under me. I say to this one, 'Go,' and he goes, and to another one, 'Come,' and he comes, and to my servant, 'Do this,' and he does it."
9 When Jesus heard this, he was amazed at him, and turning to the crowd following him said, "I say to you, not even in Israel have I found such faith." 10 When those who had been sent returned to the house, they found the servant was healthy.
11 Soon after that, Jesus went to a town called Nain, and his disciples and a great crowd went with him. 12 As he came near to the gate of the town, behold, a man who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother (who was a widow), and a rather large crowd from the town was with her. 13 When the Lord saw her, he was deeply moved with compassion for her and said to her, "Do not cry." 14 Then he went up and touched the wooden frame on which they carried the body, and those carrying it stood still. He said, "Young man, I say to you, arise." 15 The dead man sat up and began to speak, and Jesus gave him to his mother.
16 Then fear overcame all of them, and they kept praising God, saying, "A great prophet has been raised among us" and "God has looked upon his people." 17 This news about Jesus spread throughout the whole of Judea and all the neighboring regions.
18 John's disciples told him about all these things. Then John called two of his disciples 19 and sent them to the Lord to say, "Are you the one who is to come, or should we look for another?"
20 When they had come near to Jesus, the men said, "John the Baptist has sent us to you to say, 'Are you the one who is coming, or should we look for another?'"
21 In that hour he healed many people from sicknesses and afflictions and from evil spirits, and to many blind people he gave sight. 22 Jesus answered and said to them, "After you have gone on your way, report to John what you have seen and heard. Blind people are receiving sight, lame people are walking, lepers are being cleansed, deaf people are hearing, people who have died are being raised back to life, and the poor are being told good news. 23 The person who does not stop believing in me because of my actions is blessed."
24 After John's messengers had gone away, Jesus began to say to the crowds about John, "What did you go out into the desert to see? A reed shaken by the wind? 25 But what did you go out to see? A man dressed in soft clothes? Look, those who wear splendid clothing and who live in luxury are in kings' palaces. 26 But what did you go out to see? A prophet? Yes, I say to you, and more than a prophet. 27 This is he of whom it is written,
'See, I am sending my messenger before your face,
who will prepare your way before you.'
28 I say to you, among those born of women none is greater than John. Yet the one who is least in the kingdom of God is greater than he is." 29 (When all the people heard this, including the tax collectors, they declared that God is righteous, because they had been baptized with the baptism of John. 30 But the Pharisees and the experts in the law rejected God's purpose for themselves, because they had not been baptized by John.) 31 "To what, then, can I compare the people of this generation? What are they like? 32 They are like children playing in the marketplace, who sit and call to one another and say,
'We played a flute for you,
and you did not dance.
We sang a funeral song,
and you did not cry.' 33 For John the Baptist came eating no bread and drinking no wine, and you say, 'He has a demon.' 34 The Son of Man came eating and drinking, and you say, 'Look, he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners!' 35 But wisdom is justified by all her children."
36 Now one of the Pharisees invited Jesus to eat with him. So after Jesus entered into the Pharisee's house, he reclined at the table to eat. 37 Behold, there was a woman in the city who was a sinner. When she found out that he was reclining at the table in the Pharisee's house, she brought an alabaster jar of perfumed oil. 38 As she stood behind him near his feet, weeping, she began to wet his feet with her tears, and she wiped them with her hair and kissed them and anointed them with perfumed oil. 39 When the Pharisee who had invited Jesus saw this, he thought to himself, saying, "If this man were a prophet, then he would know who and what type of woman is touching him, that she is a sinner."
40 Jesus responded and said to him, "Simon, I have something to say to you."
He said, "Say it, Teacher!"
41 Jesus said, "A certain moneylender had two debtors. The one owed five hundred denarii, and the other fifty. 42 When they could not pay him, he forgave them both. Therefore, which of them will love him more?"
43 Simon answered him and said, "I suppose the one whom he forgave the most."
Jesus said to him, "You have judged correctly." 44 Jesus turned to the woman and said to Simon, "You see this woman. I have entered into your house. You gave me no water for my feet, but she has wet my feet with her tears and wiped them with her hair. 45 You did not give me a kiss, but from the time I came in she did not stop kissing my feet. 46 You did not anoint my head with oil, but she has anointed my feet with perfumed oil. 47 For this reason I say to you, her sins, which were many, have been forgiven—for she loved much. But the one who is forgiven little, loves little." 48 Then he said to her, "Your sins are forgiven."
49 Those reclining together began to say among themselves, "Who is this that even forgives sins?"
50 Then Jesus said to the woman, "Your faith has saved you. Go in peace."
1 It happened soon afterward that Jesus began traveling around to different cities and villages, preaching and proclaiming the good news about the kingdom of God. The twelve were with him, 2 as well as certain women who had been healed of evil spirits and diseases: Mary who was called Magdalene, from whom seven demons had been driven out; 3 Joanna, the wife of Chuza, Herod's manager; Susanna; and many others, who, out of their possessions, provided for their needs.
4 While a large crowd of people was gathering, and people were coming to him from town after town, he told a parable: 5 "A farmer went out to sow his seed. As he sowed, some fell beside the road and it was trampled underfoot, and the birds of the sky devoured it. 6 Some fell on the rock, and as soon as it grew up, it withered away, because it had no moisture. 7 Some fell among thorns, and the thorns grew up together with the seed and choked it. 8 But some fell on good soil and produced a crop that was a hundred times greater." After Jesus had said these things, he called out, "Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear."
9 His disciples asked him what this parable meant. 10 He said, "The knowledge of the secrets of the kingdom of God has been given to you, but for others I speak in parables, so that
'seeing they may not see,
and hearing they may not understand.' 11 Now this is the meaning of the parable: The seed is the word of God. 12 The ones along the road are those who have heard, but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts so they may not believe and be saved. 13 The ones on the rock are those who, when they hear the word, receive it with joy. But they have no root; they believe for a while, and in a time of testing they fall away. 14 The seeds that fell among the thorns are people who hear the word, but as they go on their way, they are choked by the cares and riches and pleasures of this life, and their fruit does not mature. 15 But the seed that fell on the good soil, these are the ones who, hearing the word with an honest and good heart, hold it securely and bear fruit with patient endurance.
16 "No one lights a lamp and covers it with a bowl or puts it under a bed. Rather, he puts it on a lampstand so that everyone who enters may see the light. 17 For nothing is hidden that will not be made known, nor is anything secret that will not be known and come into the light. 18 So listen carefully, for to the one who has, more will be given to him, but the one who does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him."
19 Then his mother and brothers came to him, but they could not get near him because of the crowd. 20 He was told, "Your mother and your brothers are standing outside, wanting to see you." 21 But Jesus answered and said to them, "My mother and my brothers are those who hear the word of God and do it."
22 Now one day he got into a boat with his disciples, and he said to them, "Let us go over to the other side of the lake." They set sail. 23 But as they sailed he fell asleep. A terrible windstorm came down on the lake, and their boat was filling with water, and they were in danger. 24 Then Jesus' disciples came over to him and woke him up, saying, "Master! Master! We are about to die!"
He awoke and rebuked the wind and the raging of the water, and they ceased, and there was a calm. 25 Then he said to them, "Where is your faith?"
But they were afraid and amazed, and they asked one another, "Who then is this, that he commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him?"
26 They sailed to the region of the Gerasenes, which is across the lake from Galilee. 27 When Jesus stepped on the land, he was met by a certain man from the city who had demons. For a long time he had worn no clothes, and he did not live in a house but among the tombs. 28 When he saw Jesus, he cried out and fell down before him and he said with a loud voice, "What have you to do with me, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? I beg you, do not torment me." 29 For Jesus had commanded the unclean spirit to come out of the man. For many times it had seized him, and though he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, he had broken his chains and he would be driven by the demon into the wilderness.
30 Then Jesus asked him, "What is your name?"
He said, "Legion," for many demons had entered into him. 31 They kept begging him not to command them to go away into the abyss. 32 Now a large herd of pigs was there feeding on the hillside. The demons begged him to let them go into them, and he gave them permission. 33 So the demons came out of the man and went into the pigs, and the herd rushed down the steep slope into the lake and was drowned. 34 When those tending the pigs saw what had happened, they ran off and told about it in the city and countryside. 35 So the people went out to see what had happened, and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone out. He was sitting at the feet of Jesus, clothed and in his right mind; and they were afraid. 36 Then those who had seen it told them how the man who had been possessed by demons had been healed. 37 Then all the people of the region of the Gerasenes asked Jesus to depart from them, for they were overwhelmed with great fear. So he got into the boat and returned.
38 The man from whom the demons had gone out begged him to let him go with him, but Jesus sent him away, saying, 39 "Return to your home and give a full account of what God has done for you." The man went on his way, proclaiming throughout the whole city what Jesus had done for him.
40 Now when Jesus returned, the crowd welcomed him, for they were all expecting him. 41 Behold, a man named Jairus, who was one of the leaders of the synagogue, came and fell down at Jesus' feet, and he begged him to come to his house 42 because his only daughter, a girl of about twelve years of age, was dying. As Jesus was on his way, the crowds of people pressed together around him.
43 Now a woman was there who had been bleeding for twelve years [1] and could not be healed by anyone. 44 She came behind Jesus and touched the edge of his coat, and immediately her bleeding stopped. 45 Jesus said, "Who was it who touched me?"
When all denied it, Peter said, "Master, the crowds of people are all around you and they are pressing in against you."
46 But Jesus said, "Someone did touch me, for I know that power has gone out from me." 47 When the woman saw that she could not escape notice, she came trembling and fell down before him. In the presence of all the people she declared why she had touched him and how she had been immediately healed. 48 Then he said to her, "Daughter, your faith has made you well. Go in peace."
49 While he was still speaking, someone came from the synagogue leader's house, saying, "Your daughter is dead. Do not trouble the teacher any longer."
50 But when Jesus heard this, he answered Jairus, "Do not be afraid; only believe, and she will be healed." 51 When he came to the house, he allowed no one to enter with him, except Peter and John and James, and the father of the child and her mother. 52 Now all were mourning and wailing for her, but he said, "Do not weep; she is not dead but asleep." 53 But they began to mock him, knowing that she was dead. 54 But he took her by the hand and called out, saying, "Child, get up!" 55 Her spirit returned, and she rose up immediately. He ordered them to get her something to eat. 56 Her parents were astonished, but he ordered them to tell no one what had happened.
1 He called the twelve together and gave them power and authority to drive out all demons and to cure diseases. 2 He sent them out to preach the kingdom of God and to heal the sick. 3 He said to them, "Take nothing for your journey—no staff, no wallet, no bread, no money, and no extra tunic. 4 Whatever house you enter, stay there until you leave. 5 Wherever they do not receive you, when you leave that town, shake off the dust from your feet as a testimony against them." 6 Then they departed and went through the villages, proclaiming the gospel and healing everywhere.
7 Now Herod the tetrarch heard about all that was happening, and he was perplexed, because it was said by some that John had risen from the dead, 8 and others said that Elijah had appeared, and still others that one of the prophets of long ago had risen. 9 Herod said, "I beheaded John. Who is this about whom I hear such things?" And so he tried to see him.
10 When the apostles returned, they told him everything they had done. Then he took them with him, and they went away privately to a town called Bethsaida. 11 But when the crowds heard about this, they followed him. He welcomed them and spoke to them about the kingdom of God, and he cured those who needed healing. 12 Now the day was about to come to an end, and the twelve came to him and said, "Send the crowd away that they may go into the surrounding villages and countryside to find lodging and food, because we are here in an isolated place."
13 But he said to them, "You give them something to eat."
They said, "We have no more than five loaves of bread and two fish—unless we go and buy food for all these people."
14 (There were about five thousand men.) He said to his disciples, "Have them sit down in groups of about fifty each." 15 So they did this, and made the people sit down. 16 Taking the five loaves and the two fish, he looked up to heaven, he blessed them and broke them into pieces, and he gave them to the disciples to set before the crowd. 17 They all ate and were satisfied, and what was left over was picked up—twelve baskets of broken pieces.
18 It came about while Jesus was praying by himself, the disciples were with him. He questioned them, saying, "Who do the crowds say that I am?"
19 They answered, "John the Baptist. But others say Elijah, and others say that one of the prophets from long ago has risen."
20 Then he said to them, "But who do you say that I am?"
Peter answered, "The Christ of God."
21 But he warned and instructed them to tell this to no one, 22 saying, "The Son of Man must suffer many things and be rejected by the elders and chief priests and scribes, and he will be killed and on the third day be raised." 23 Then he said to them all, "If anyone wants to come after me, he must deny himself and take up his cross daily and follow me. 24 Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it. 25 What profit is there for a person to gain the whole world and yet lose or forfeit himself? 26 Whoever is ashamed of me and my words, of him will the Son of Man be ashamed when he comes in his own glory and the glory of the Father and of the holy angels. 27 But truly I say to you, there are some standing here who will not taste death before they see the kingdom of God."
28 Now about eight days after Jesus said these words, he took with him Peter and John and James and went up on the mountain to pray. 29 As he was praying, the form of his face was changed, and his clothes became brilliant white. 30 Behold, two men were talking with him, Moses and Elijah, 31 who appeared in glory, talking with him about his departure, which he was about to bring to completion in Jerusalem. 32 Now Peter and those who were with him were heavy with sleep, but when they became fully awake, they saw his glory and the two men who were standing with him. 33 As they were going away from Jesus, Peter said to him, "Master, it is good for us to be here. Let us make three shelters, one for you, one for Moses, and one for Elijah." (He did not know what he was saying.) 34 As he was saying this, a cloud came and overshadowed them, and they were afraid as they entered into the cloud. 35 A voice came out of the cloud, saying, "This is my Son, the one who is chosen; listen to him." 36 When the voice had spoken, Jesus was found alone. They kept silent and told no one in those days anything of what they had seen.
37 Now on the next day, when they came down from the mountain, a large crowd met him. 38 Behold, a man from the crowd cried out, saying, "Teacher, I beg you to look at my son, for he is my only child. 39 You see, a spirit takes control over him and he suddenly screams; it causes him to have convulsions so that he foams at the mouth. It hardly ever leaves him and it bruises him badly. 40 I begged your disciples to force it out, but they could not."
41 Jesus answered and said, "You unbelieving and perverse generation, how long must I be with you and put up with you? Bring your son here." 42 While the boy was coming, the demon threw him to the ground and shook him with convulsions. But Jesus rebuked the unclean spirit and healed the boy, and gave him back to his father. 43 Then they were all amazed at the greatness of God. While they all were marveling at everything he was doing, he said to his disciples, 44 "Let these words go deeply into your ears: The Son of Man will be betrayed into the hands of men." 45 But they did not understand this statement. It was hidden from them, so they could not know its meaning, and yet they were afraid to ask about this statement.
46 Then an argument started among them about which of them would be the greatest. 47 But Jesus, knowing the reasoning in their hearts, took a little child and put him by his side 48 and said to them, "Whoever welcomes this child in my name, welcomes me; and whoever welcomes me, welcomes the one who sent me. For whoever is least among you all is the one who is great."
49 John answered, "Master, we saw someone forcing out demons in your name and we prevented him, because he does not follow along with us." 50 "Do not stop him," Jesus said, "because whoever is not against you is for you."
51 When the days drew near for him to be taken up, he set his face to go to Jerusalem. 52 He sent messengers on ahead of him, and they went and entered into a Samaritan village to prepare everything for him. 53 But the people there did not welcome him because he had set his face to go to Jerusalem. 54 When the disciples James and John saw this, they said, "Lord, do you want us to command fire to come down from heaven and destroy them?" 55 But he turned and rebuked them, 56 and they went on to another village.
57 As they were going along the road, someone said to him, "I will follow you wherever you go."
58 Jesus said to him, "Foxes have holes, and birds in the sky have nests, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head." 59 Then he said to another, "Follow me."
But he said, "Lord, first let me go and bury my father."
60 But he said to him, "Leave the dead to bury their own dead. But as for you, go and proclaim far and wide the kingdom of God."
61 Then someone else said, "I will follow you, Lord, but first let me say goodbye to those in my home."
62 Jesus replied to him, "No one who puts his hand to the plow and looks back is fit for the kingdom of God."
1 Now after these things, the Lord appointed seventy [1] others, and sent them out two by two ahead of him to every town and place where he himself was about to go. 2 He said to them, "The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few. Therefore ask the Lord of the harvest to send out laborers into his harvest. 3 Go on your way. See, I send you out as lambs in the midst of wolves. 4 Do not carry a money bag, or a traveler's bag, or sandals, and greet no one on the road. 5 Whatever house you enter, first say, 'May peace be on this house!' 6 If a son of peace is there, your peace will rest upon him, but if not, it will return to you. 7 Remain in that same house, eating and drinking what they provide, for the laborer is worthy of his wages. Do not move around from house to house. 8 Whatever town you enter, and they receive you, eat what is set before you 9 and heal the sick that are there. Say to them, 'The kingdom of God has come close to you.' 10 Whenever you enter a town and they do not receive you, go out into its streets and say, 11 'Even the dust from your town that clings to our feet we wipe off against you! But know this: The kingdom of God is near.' 12 I say to you that on that day it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that town. 13 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! If the mighty works which were done in you had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago, sitting in sackcloth and ashes. 14 But it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the judgment than for you. 15 You, Capernaum, do you think you will be exalted to heaven? No, you will be brought down to Hades. 16 The one who listens to you listens to me, and the one who rejects you rejects me, and the one who rejects me rejects the one who sent me."
17 The seventy returned with joy, saying, "Lord, even the demons submitted to us in your name."
18 Jesus said to them, "I was watching Satan fall from heaven as lightning. 19 See, I have given you authority to tread on serpents and scorpions, and over all the power of the enemy, and nothing will in any way hurt you. 20 Nevertheless do not rejoice only in this, that the spirits submit to you, but rejoice even more that your names are engraved in heaven."
21 At that same hour he rejoiced greatly in the Holy Spirit and said, "I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth, because you concealed these things from the wise and understanding and revealed them to those who are untaught, like little children. Yes, Father, for so it was well pleasing in your sight. 22 "All things have been entrusted to me from my Father, and no one knows who the Son is except the Father, and no one knows who the Father is except the Son and those to whom the Son chooses to reveal him." 23 Then he turned around to the disciples and said privately, "Blessed are those who see the things that you see. 24 I say to you, many prophets and kings desired to see the things you see, and they did not see them, and to hear the things that you hear, and they did not hear them."
25 Behold, an expert in the law stood up so that he might test him, saying, "Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?"
26 Jesus said to him, "What is written in the law? How do you read it?"
27 He gave an answer and he said, "You will love the Lord your God with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your strength, and with all your mind, and your neighbor as yourself."
28 Jesus said to him, "You have answered correctly. Do this, and you will live." 29 But he, desiring to justify himself, said to Jesus, "Who is my neighbor?"
30 Jesus answered him and said, "A certain man was going down from Jerusalem to Jericho. He fell among robbers, who stripped him of his belongings, and beat him, and left him half dead. 31 By chance a certain priest was going down that way, and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. 32 In the same way, a Levite also, when he came to the place and saw him, passed by on the other side. 33 But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came to where he was. When he saw him, he was moved with compassion. 34 He approached him and bound up his wounds, pouring oil and wine on them. He set him on his own animal, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. 35 The next day he took out two denarii, and gave them to the host, and said, 'Take care of him, and whatever extra you spend, when I return, I will repay you.' 36 Which of these three do you think was a neighbor to him who fell among the robbers?"
37 He said, "The one who showed mercy to him."
Jesus said to him, "Go and do the same."
38 Now as they were traveling along, he entered into a certain village, and a certain woman named Martha welcomed him into her house. 39 She had a sister named Mary, who sat at the Lord's feet and heard his word. 40 But Martha was overly busy with preparing to serve a meal. She came up to Jesus and said, "Lord, do you not care that my sister left me to serve alone? Therefore tell her to help me."
41 But the Lord answered and said to her, "Martha, Martha, you are anxious and troubled about many things, 42 but only one thing is necessary. Mary has chosen what is best, which will not be taken away from her."
1 It happened one day that Jesus was praying in a certain place. When he had finished, one of his disciples said to him, "Lord, teach us to pray just as John taught his disciples."
2 Jesus said to them, "When you pray say,
'Father, may your name be honored as holy.
May your kingdom come.
3 Give us our daily bread each day.
4 Forgive us our sins,
as we forgive everyone who is in debt to us.
Do not lead us into temptation.'"
5 Jesus said to them, "Which of you will have a friend, and will go to him at midnight, and say to him, 'Friend, lend to me three loaves of bread, 6 since a friend of mine just came in from the road, and I do not have anything to set before him'? 7 Then the one inside who answered him may say, 'Do not bother me. The door is already shut, and my children, along with me, are in bed. I am not able to get up and give bread to you.' 8 I say to you, even if he does not get up and give bread to you because you are his friend, yet because of your shameless persistence, he will get up and give you as many loaves of bread as you need. 9 I also say to you, ask, and it will be given to you; seek, and you will find; knock, and it will be opened to you. 10 For every asking person receives; and the seeking person finds; and to the person who knocks, it will be opened. 11 Which father among you, if your son asks for a fish, will give him a snake instead of a fish? [1]12 Or if he asks for an egg, will you give a scorpion to him? 13 Therefore, if you who are evil know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your Father from heaven give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him?"
14 Now Jesus was driving out a demon that was mute. When the demon had gone out, the man who had been mute spoke, and the crowd was amazed. 15 But some of the people said, "By Beelzebul, the ruler of demons, he is driving out demons." 16 Others tested him and sought from him a sign from heaven.
17 But Jesus knew their thoughts and said to them, "Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and a house divided against itself falls. 18 If Satan is divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand? For you say I cast out demons by Beelzebul. 19 If I drive out demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your followers drive them out? Because of this, they will be your judges. 20 But if I drive out demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come to you. 21 When a strong man who is fully armed guards his own palace, his possessions are safe, 22 but when a stronger man overcomes him, the stronger man takes away the armor in which the man trusted and plunders the man's possessions. 23 The one who is not with me is against me, and the one who does not gather with me scatters. 24 When an unclean spirit has gone away from a man, it passes through waterless places and looks for rest. Finding none, it says, 'I will return to my house from which I came.' 25 Having returned, it finds the house had been swept clean and put in order. 26 Then it goes and takes along with it seven other spirits more evil than itself and they all come in to live there. Then the final condition of that man becomes worse than the first."
27 It happened that, as he said these things, a certain woman raised her voice above the crowd and said to him, "Blessed is the womb that bore you and the breasts that nursed you."
28 But he said, "Rather, blessed are they who hear the word of God and keep it."
29 As the crowds were increasing, Jesus began to say, "This generation is an evil generation. It seeks a sign, though no sign will be given to it except the sign of Jonah. 30 For just as Jonah became a sign to the Ninevites, so too the Son of Man will be a sign to this generation. 31 The Queen of the South will rise up at the judgment with the men of this generation and condemn them, for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and see, someone greater than Solomon is here. 32 The men of Nineveh will stand up at the judgment with this generation of people and will condemn it, for they repented at the preaching of Jonah, and see, someone greater than Jonah is here.
33 No one, after lighting a lamp, puts it in a hidden place or under a basket, but on a lampstand, so that those who enter may see the light. 34 Your eye is the lamp of the body. When your eye is good, the whole body is filled with light. But when your eye is bad, your body is full of darkness. 35 Therefore, watch out that the light in you is not darkness. 36 If then your whole body is full of light, not having any member in darkness, then your whole body will be like when a lamp shines its brightness on you."
37 When he had finished speaking, a Pharisee asked him to eat with him at his house, so Jesus went in and reclined. 38 The Pharisee was surprised that Jesus did not first wash before dinner. 39 But the Lord said to him, "Now then, you Pharisees clean the outside of cups and bowls, but the inside of you is filled with robbery and evil. 40 You senseless men! Did not the one who made the outside also make the inside? 41 Give what is inside as alms, and then all things will be clean for you.
42 "But woe to you Pharisees, because you tithe mint and rue and every other garden herb, but you neglect justice and the love of God. It is necessary to act justly and love God, without failing to do the other things also. 43 Woe to you Pharisees, for you love the front seats in the synagogues and respectful greetings in the marketplaces. 44 Woe to you, for you are like unmarked graves that people walk over without knowing it."
45 One of the experts in the law said to him, "Teacher, what you say insults us too." 46 Jesus said, "Woe to you, teachers of the law! For you put people under burdens that are hard to carry, but you do not touch the burdens with one of your own fingers. 47 Woe to you, because you build tombs for the prophets, and it was your ancestors who killed them. 48 So you are witnesses and you consent to the works of your ancestors, for they indeed killed them and you build their tombs. 49 For this reason also, God's wisdom said, 'I will send to them prophets and apostles, and they will persecute and kill some of them.' 50 As a result, this generation will be charged for all the blood of the prophets shed since the foundation of the world, 51 from Abel's blood to the blood of Zechariah, who was killed between the altar and the temple. Yes, I say to you, this generation will be held responsible. 52 Woe to you experts in the law, because you have taken away the key of knowledge; you do not enter in yourselves, and you hinder those who are entering."
53 After Jesus left there, the scribes and the Pharisees opposed him and argued with him about many things, 54 lying in wait to catch him in something he might say.
1 In the meantime, when many thousands of the people were gathered together so much that they trampled on each other, he began to say to his disciples first of all, "Beware of the yeast of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy. 2 But there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and nothing hidden that will not be known. 3 So whatever you have said in the darkness will be heard in the light, and what you have spoken in the ear in the inner rooms will be proclaimed upon the housetops. 4 I say to you, my friends, do not be afraid of those who kill the body, and after that they have no more that they can do. 5 But I will warn you about whom to fear. Fear the one who, after he has killed, has authority to throw you into hell. Yes, I say to you, fear him. 6 Are not five sparrows sold for two small coins? Yet not one of them is forgotten in the sight of God. 7 But even the hairs of your head are all numbered. Do not fear. You are more valuable than many sparrows. 8 I say to you, everyone who confesses me before men, the Son of Man will also confess before the angels of God, 9 but he who denies me before men will be denied before the angels of God. 10 Everyone who speaks a word against the Son of Man, it will be forgiven him, but to him who blasphemes against the Holy Spirit, it will not be forgiven. 11 When they bring you before the synagogues, the rulers, and the authorities, do not worry about how you will speak in your defense, or what you will say, 12 for the Holy Spirit will teach you in that hour what you should say."
13 Then someone from the crowd said to him, "Teacher, tell my brother to divide the inheritance with me."
14 Jesus said to him, "Man, who appointed me a judge or a mediator over you?" 15 He said to them, "Watch that you keep yourselves from all greedy desires, because a person's life does not consist of the abundance of his possessions." 16 Then Jesus told them a parable, saying, "The field of a rich man yielded abundantly, 17 and he reasoned with himself, saying, 'What will I do, because I do not have a place to store my crops?' 18 He said, 'This is what I will do. I will tear down my barns and build bigger ones, and there I will store all of my grain and other goods. 19 I will say to my soul, "Soul, you have many goods stored up for many years. Rest easy, eat, drink, be merry."' 20 But God said to him, 'Foolish man, tonight your soul is required of you, and the things you have prepared, whose will they be?' 21 That is what someone is like who stores up treasure for himself and is not rich toward God."
22 Jesus said to his disciples, "Therefore I say to you, do not worry about your life, what you will eat; or about your body, what you will wear. 23 For life is more than food, and the body is more than clothes. 24 Think about the ravens, that they do not sow or reap. They have no storeroom or barn, but God feeds them. How much more valuable you are than the birds! 25 Which of you by being anxious can add a cubit to his lifespan? 26 If then you are not able to do such a very little thing, why do you worry about the rest? 27 Think about the lilies—how they grow. They do not labor, neither do they spin. Yet I say to you, even Solomon in all his glory was not clothed like one of these. 28 If God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today, and tomorrow is thrown into the oven, how much more will he clothe you, O you of little faith! 29 Do not seek what you will eat and what you will drink, and do not be anxious. 30 For all the nations of the world seek these things, and your Father knows that you need them. 31 But seek his kingdom, and these things will be added to you. 32 Do not fear, little flock, because your Father is very pleased to give you the kingdom. 33 Sell your possessions and give alms. Make for yourselves purses which will not wear out—treasure in the heavens that does not run out, where no thief comes near, and no moth destroys. 34 For where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.
35 "Keep your loins girded and your lamps lit, 36 and be like people waiting expectantly for their master when he returns from the marriage feast, so that when he comes and knocks, they may immediately open the door for him. 37 Blessed are those servants whom the master will find watching when he comes. Truly I say to you, he will gird himself to serve and have them sit down at the table, and he will come and serve them. 38 If the master comes in the second watch of the night, or if even in the third watch, and finds them ready, blessed are those servants. 39 But understand this, that if the master of the house had known the hour the thief was coming, he would not have let his house be broken into. 40 You also must be ready, because the Son of Man is coming at an hour that you do not expect."
41 Peter said, "Lord, are you telling this parable only to us, or also to everyone?"
42 The Lord said, "Who then is the faithful and wise manager whom his lord will set over his other servants to give them their portion of food at the right time? 43 Blessed is that servant whom his lord finds doing that when he comes. 44 Truly I say to you that he will set him over all his property. 45 But if that servant says in his heart, 'My lord delays his return,' and begins to beat the male servants and female servants and to eat and drink and to become drunk, 46 the lord of that servant will come in a day when he does not expect and in an hour that he does not know and will cut him in pieces and appoint a place for him with the unfaithful. 47 That servant, having known his lord's will and not having prepared or done according to his will, will be beaten with many blows. 48 But the one who did not know and did what deserved a beating, he will be beaten with a few blows. But everyone who has been given much, from them much will be required, and the one who has been entrusted with much, even more will be asked.
49 "I came to cast fire upon the earth, and how I wish that it were already kindled. 50 But I have a baptism to be baptized with, and how I am distressed until it is completed! 51 Do you think that I came to bring peace on the earth? No, I tell you, but rather division. 52 For from now on there will be five in one house divided—three people against two, and two people against three. 53 They will be divided, father against son and son against father, mother against daughter and daughter against mother, mother-in-law against her daughter-in-law and daughter-in-law against mother-in-law."
54 Jesus was saying to the crowds also, "When you see a cloud rising in the west, immediately you say, 'A shower is coming,' and so it happens. 55 When a south wind is blowing, you say, 'There will be a scorching heat,' and it happens. 56 Hypocrites, you know how to interpret the appearance of the earth and the heavens, but how is it that you do not know how to interpret the present time? 57 Why do you not judge what is right for yourselves? 58 For when you go with your adversary before the magistrate, on the way make an effort to be reconciled with him so that he does not drag you to the judge, and so that the judge does not deliver you to the officer, and the officer does not throw you into prison. 59 I say to you, you will never come out from there until you have paid the very last bit of money."
1 At that time, some people there told him about the Galileans whose blood Pilate mixed with their own sacrifices. 2 Jesus answered and said to them, "Do you think that these Galileans were more sinful than all the other Galileans because they suffered in this way? 3 No, I tell you. But if you do not repent, all of you will perish in the same way. 4 Or those eighteen people in Siloam on whom a tower fell and killed them, do you think they were worse sinners than other men in Jerusalem? 5 No, I say. But if you do not repent, all of you will also perish."
6 Jesus told this parable, "Someone had a fig tree planted in his vineyard and he came and looked for fruit on it but found none. 7 The man said to the gardener, 'Look, for three years I have come and tried to find fruit on this fig tree and found none. Cut it down. Why let it waste the ground?'
8 "The gardener answered and said, 'Sir, leave it alone this year while I dig around it and put manure on it. 9 If it bears fruit next year, good; but if it does not, cut it down!'"
10 Now Jesus was teaching in one of the synagogues during the Sabbath. 11 Behold, a woman was there who for eighteen years had a spirit of weakness. She was bent over and was not able to straighten up completely. 12 When Jesus saw her, he called to her and said, "Woman, you are freed from your weakness." 13 He placed his hands on her, and immediately she was made straight again and glorified God.
14 But the synagogue ruler was indignant because Jesus had healed on the Sabbath. So the ruler answered and said to the crowd, "There are six days in which it is necessary to labor. Come and be healed then, not on the Sabbath day."
15 The Lord answered him and said, "Hypocrites! Does not each of you untie his ox or his donkey from the stall and lead it to drink on the Sabbath? 16 So too this daughter of Abraham, whom Satan bound for eighteen long years, should her bonds not be untied on the Sabbath day?" 17 As he said these things, all those who opposed him were ashamed, but the whole crowd was rejoicing over all the glorious things he did.
18 Then Jesus said, "What is the kingdom of God like, and what can I compare it to? 19 It is like a mustard seed that a man took and threw into his garden, and it grew into a big tree, and the birds of heaven built their nests in its branches."
20 Again he said, "To what can I compare the kingdom of God? 21 It is like yeast that a woman took and mixed with three measures of flour until all the flour was leavened."
22 Then Jesus traveled through the towns and villages, teaching and making his way toward Jerusalem. 23 Someone said to him, "Lord, are only a few people to be saved?"
So he said to them, 24 "Struggle to enter through the narrow door, because, I say to you, many will try to enter, but will not be able to enter. 25 Once the owner of the house gets up and locks the door, then you will stand outside and pound the door and say, 'Lord, Lord, let us in.'
"He will answer and say to you, 'I do not know you or where you are from.'
26 "Then you will say, 'We ate and drank in front of you and you taught in our streets.'
27 "But he will reply, 'I say to you, I do not know where you are from. Get away from me, all you workers of unrighteousness!' 28 There will be crying and the grinding of teeth when you see Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and all the prophets in God's kingdom, but you are thrown out. 29 They will come from the east, west, north, and south, and be seated at a table in the kingdom of God. 30 Know this, those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last."
31 In that same hour, some Pharisees came and said to him, "Go and leave here because Herod wants to kill you."
32 Jesus said, "Go and tell that fox, 'Look, I cast out demons and perform healings today and tomorrow, and the third day I will reach my goal.' 33 In any case, it is necessary for me to continue on today, tomorrow, and the following day, since it is not acceptable for a prophet to be destroyed outside of Jerusalem. 34 Jerusalem, Jerusalem, who kills the prophets and stones those sent to you. How often I desired to gather your children the way a hen gathers her brood under her wings, but you did not desire this. 35 See, your house is abandoned. I say to you, you will not see me until you say, 'Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.'"
1 It happened one Sabbath, when he went into the house of one of the leaders of the Pharisees to eat bread, that they were watching him closely. 2 Behold, there in front of him was a man who was suffering from edema. 3 Jesus asked the experts in the Jewish law and the Pharisees, "Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath, or not?" 4 But they kept silent. So Jesus took hold of him, healed him, and sent him away. 5 He said to them, "Which of you who has a son or an ox that falls into a well on the Sabbath day will not immediately pull him out?" 6 They were not able to give an answer to these things.
7 When Jesus noticed how those who were invited chose the seats of honor, he spoke a parable, saying to them, 8 "When you are invited by someone to a wedding feast, do not sit down in the place of honor, because someone may have been invited who is more honored than you. 9 When the person who invited both of you arrives, he will say to you, 'Give this other person your place,' and then in shame you will proceed to take the lowest place. 10 But when you are invited, go and sit down in the lowest place, so that when the one who has invited you comes, he may say to you, 'Friend, go up higher.' Then you will be honored in the presence of all who sit at the table with you. 11 For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted."
12 Jesus also said to the man who had invited him, "When you give a dinner or a banquet, do not invite your friends or your brothers or your relatives or your rich neighbors, as they may also invite you in return, and you will be repaid. 13 But when you give a banquet, invite the poor, the crippled, the lame, and the blind, 14 and you will be blessed, because they cannot repay you. For you will be repaid in the resurrection of the just."
15 When one of them who sat at the table with Jesus heard these things, he said to him, "Blessed is he who will eat bread in the kingdom of God!"
16 But Jesus said to him, "A certain man prepared a large dinner and invited many. 17 At the dinner hour, he sent his servant to say to those who were invited, 'Come, because everything is now ready.'
18 "They all alike began to make excuses. The first said to him, 'I have bought a field, and I must go out and see it. Please excuse me.'
19 "Another said, 'I have bought five pairs of oxen, and I am going to try them out. Please excuse me.'
20 "Then another man said, 'I have married a wife, and therefore I cannot come.'
21 "The servant came and told his master these things. Then the master of the house became angry and said to his servant, 'Go out quickly into the streets and lanes of the town and bring in here the poor, the crippled, the blind, and the lame.'
22 "The servant said, 'Master, what you commanded has been done, and yet there is still room.'
23 "The master said to the servant, 'Go out into the highways and hedges and compel them to come in, that my house may be filled. 24 For I say to you, none of those men who were invited will taste my dinner.'"
25 Now large crowds were going with him, and he turned and said to them, 26 "If anyone comes to me and does not hate his own father, mother, wife, children, brothers and sisters, and even his own life, he cannot be my disciple. 27 Whoever does not carry his own cross and come after me cannot be my disciple. 28 For which of you who desires to build a tower does not first sit down and count the cost to calculate if he has what he needs to complete it? 29 Otherwise, when he has laid a foundation and is not able to finish, all who see it will begin to mock him, 30 saying, 'This man began to build and was not able to finish.' 31 Or what king, as he goes to encounter another king in war, will not sit down first and take advice about whether he is able with ten thousand men to fight the other king who comes against him with twenty thousand men? 32 If not, while the other army is still far away, he sends a delegation and asks for conditions of peace. 33 So therefore, any one of you who does not give up all his possessions cannot be my disciple. 34 Salt is good, but if the salt has lost its taste, how can it be made salty again? 35 It is of no use for the soil or even for the manure pile. It is thrown away. He who has ears to hear, let him hear."
1 Now all the tax collectors and other sinners were coming to Jesus to listen to him. 2 Both the Pharisees and the scribes grumbled to each other, saying, "This man welcomes sinners, and even eats with them."
3 Jesus spoke this parable to them, saying, 4 "Which one of you, if he has a hundred sheep and then loses one of them, will not leave the ninety-nine in the wilderness, and go after the lost one until he finds it? 5 Then when he has found it, he lays it across his shoulders and rejoices. 6 When he comes to the house, he calls together his friends and his neighbors, saying to them, 'Rejoice with me, for I have found my lost sheep.' 7 I say to you that even so, there will be joy in heaven over one sinner who repents, more than over ninety-nine righteous persons who do not need to repent.
8 Or what woman who has ten silver coins, if she were to lose one coin, would not light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she has found it? 9 When she has found it, she calls together her friends and neighbors, saying, 'Rejoice with me, for I have found the coin which I lost.' 10 Even so, I say to you, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner who repents."
11 Then Jesus said, "A certain man had two sons, 12 and the younger of them said to his father, 'Father, give me the portion of the wealth that falls to me.' So he divided his property between them. 13 Not many days later, the younger son gathered together all he owned and went to a country far away, and there he wasted all his wealth by living recklessly. 14 Now when he had spent everything, a severe famine spread through that country, and he began to be in need. 15 He went and hired himself out to one of the citizens of that country, who sent him into his fields to feed pigs. 16 He was longing to eat the carob pods that the pigs ate because no one gave him anything. 17 But when the young son came to himself, he said, 'How many of my father's hired servants have more than enough bread, and I am here, perishing from hunger! 18 I will get up and leave here and go to my father, and will say to him, "Father, I have sinned against heaven and against you. 19 I am no longer worthy to be called your son; make me as one of your hired servants."' 20 So the young son got up and left and came toward his father. While he was still far away, his father saw him and was moved with compassion, and he ran and embraced him and kissed him. 21 The son said to him, 'Father, I have sinned against heaven and against you. I am no longer worthy to be called your son.'
22 "The father said to his servants, 'Bring quickly the best robe, and put it on him, and put a ring on his hand, and sandals on his feet. 23 Then bring the fattened calf and kill it. Let us feast and be merry! 24 For my son was dead, and now he is alive. He was lost, and now he is found.' Then they began to be merry.
25 "Now his older son was out in the field. As he came and approached the house, he heard music and dancing. 26 He called to one of the servants and asked what these things might be. 27 The servant said to him, 'Your brother has come home and your father has killed the fattened calf because he has received him in good health.'
28 "The older son was angry and would not go in, and his father came out and pleaded with him. 29 But the older son answered and said to his father, 'Look, these many years I slaved for you, and I never neglected a command of yours, and yet you never gave me a young goat that I might be merry with my friends, 30 but when your son came, who has devoured your living with prostitutes, you killed for him the fattened calf.'
31 "The father said to him, 'Child, you are always with me, and all that is mine is yours. 32 But it was proper for us to be merry and rejoice, for this brother of yours was dead, and is now alive; he was lost, and has now been found.'"
1 Jesus also said to the disciples, "There was a certain rich man who had a manager, and it was reported to him that this manager was wasting his possessions. 2 So the rich man called him and said to him, 'What is this that I hear about you? Give an account of your management, for you can no longer be manager.'
3 "The manager said to himself, 'What should I do, since my master is taking away my management job? I do not have strength to dig, and I am ashamed to beg. 4 I know what I will do, so that when I am removed from my management job, people will welcome me into their houses.'
5 "Then the manager called for each one of his master's debtors, and he asked the first one, 'How much do you owe to my master?' 6 He said, 'A hundred baths of olive oil.' He said to him, 'Take your bill, sit down quickly, and write fifty.'
7 "Then the manager said to another, 'How much do you owe?' He said, 'A hundred cors of wheat.' He said to him, 'Take your bill, and write eighty.'
8 "The master then commended the unrighteous manager because he had acted shrewdly. For the sons of this world are more shrewd in dealing with their own people than are the sons of light. 9 I say to you, make friends for yourselves by means of unrighteous wealth so that when it is gone, they may welcome you into the eternal dwellings.
10 "He who is faithful in very little is also faithful in much, and he who is unrighteous in very little is also unrighteous in much. 11 If you have not been faithful in using unrighteous wealth, who will trust you with true wealth? 12 If you have not been faithful in using other people's property, who will give you money of your own?
13 "No servant can serve two masters, for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and despise the other. You cannot serve God and wealth."
14 Now the Pharisees, who were lovers of money, heard all these things, and they ridiculed him. 15 He said to them, "You justify yourselves in the sight of men, but God knows your hearts. That which is exalted among men is detestable in the sight of God. 16 The law and the prophets were in effect until John came. From that time on, the gospel of the kingdom of God is preached, and everyone tries to force their way into it. 17 But it is easier for heaven and earth to pass away than for one stroke of a letter of the law to become invalid.
18 Everyone who divorces his wife and marries another commits adultery, and he who marries one who is divorced from her husband commits adultery.
19 "Now there was a certain rich man who was clothed in purple and fine linen and was enjoying every day his great wealth. 20 A certain beggar named Lazarus was laid at his gate, covered with sores, 21 and longing to eat what fell from the rich man's table. Even the dogs came and licked his sores. 22 It came about that the beggar died and was carried away by the angels to Abraham's side. The rich man also died and was buried, 23 and in Hades, being in torment, he lifted up his eyes and saw Abraham far away and Lazarus at his side. 24 So he cried out and said, 'Father Abraham, have mercy on me and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue, for I am in anguish in this flame.'
25 "But Abraham said, 'Child, remember that in your lifetime you received your good things, and Lazarus in like manner evil things. But now he is comforted here, and you are in agony. 26 Besides all this, a great chasm has been put in place, so that those who want to cross over from here to you cannot, and no one can cross over from there to us.'
27 "The rich man said, 'I beg you, Father Abraham, that you would send him to my father's house— 28 for I have five brothers—in order that he may warn them, so that it may not be that they come into this place of torment.'
29 "But Abraham said, 'They have Moses and the prophets; let them listen to them.'
30 "The rich man replied, 'No, Father Abraham, but if someone would go to them from the dead, they will repent.'
31 "But Abraham said to him, 'If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone rises from the dead.'"
1 Jesus said to his disciples, "It is certain there will be stumbling blocks, but woe to that person through whom they come! 2 It would be better for him if a millstone were hung around his neck and he were thrown into the sea than that he should cause one of these little ones to stumble. 3 Watch yourselves. If your brother sins, rebuke him, and if he repents, forgive him. 4 If he sins against you seven times in the day, and seven times returns to you, saying, 'I repent,' you must forgive him!"
5 The apostles said to the Lord, "Increase our faith."
6 The Lord said, "If you had faith like a mustard seed, you would say to this mulberry tree, 'Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea,' and it would obey you. 7 But which of you, who has a servant plowing or keeping sheep, will say to him when he has come in from the field, 'Come immediately and sit down to eat'? 8 Will he not say to him, 'Prepare something for me to eat, and put a belt around your clothes and serve me until I have finished eating and drinking. Then afterward you will eat and drink'? 9 He does not thank the servant because he did the things that were commanded, does he? 10 Even so you also, when you have done everything that you are commanded, should say, 'We are unworthy servants. We have only done what we ought to do.'"
11 It came about that as he traveled to Jerusalem, he went along the border between Samaria and Galilee. 12 As he entered into a certain village, there he was met by ten men who were lepers. They stood far away from him 13 and they lifted up their voices, saying, "Jesus, Master, have mercy on us."
14 When he saw them, he said to them, "Go and show yourselves to the priests." As they went away they were cleansed. 15 When one of them saw that he was healed, he turned back, with a loud voice glorifying God. 16 He fell on his face at Jesus' feet, giving him thanks. Now he was a Samaritan. 17 Then Jesus said, "Were not the ten cleansed? Where are the nine? 18 Were there no others who returned to give glory to God, except this foreigner?" 19 He said to him, "Arise, and go. Your faith has made you well."
20 Being asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God would come, Jesus answered them and said, "The kingdom of God does not come with careful observing. 21 Neither will they say, 'Look, here it is!' or, 'There it is!' For look, the kingdom of God is within you."
22 He said to the disciples, "The days are coming when you will desire to see one of the days of the Son of Man, but you will not see it. 23 Then they will say to you, 'Look, there! Look, here!' But do not go out or run after them, 24 for as the lightning shines brightly when it flashes from one part of the sky to another part of the sky, so will the Son of Man be in his day. 25 But first he must suffer many things and be rejected by this generation. 26 As it happened in the days of Noah, even so will it also happen in the days of the Son of Man. 27 They ate, they drank, they married, and they were given in marriage until the day that Noah entered into the ark—and the flood came and destroyed them all. 28 In the same way, even as it happened in the days of Lot—they were eating and drinking, buying and selling, planting and building. 29 But in the day that Lot went out from Sodom, it rained fire and sulfur from heaven and destroyed them all. 30 After the same manner it will be in the day that the Son of Man is revealed. 31 In that day let him who is on the housetop not go down to get his goods out of the house, and in the same way let him who is in the field not return. 32 Remember Lot's wife. 33 Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it. 34 I tell you, in that night there will be two people in one bed. One will be taken, and the other will be left. 35 There will be two women grinding grain together. One will be taken, and the other will be left." 36[1]
37 They asked him, "Where, Lord?"
He said to them, "Where there is a body, there will the vultures also be gathered together."
1 Then he spoke a parable to them about how they should always pray and not become discouraged, 2 saying, "In a certain city there was a judge who did not fear God and did not respect people. 3 Now there was a widow in that city, and she came often to him, saying, 'Help me get justice against my opponent.'
4 For a long time he was not willing to help her, but after a while he said to himself, 'Though I do not fear God or respect man, 5 yet because this widow causes me trouble, I will help her get justice, so that she does not wear me out by her constant coming.'" 6 Then the Lord said, "Listen to what the unjust judge says. 7 Now will not God also bring justice to his chosen ones who cry out to him day and night? Will he delay long over them? 8 I say to you that he will bring justice to them speedily. Even so, when the Son of Man comes, will he indeed find faith on the earth?"
9 Then he also spoke this parable to some who trusted in themselves that they were righteous and who despised other people, 10 "Two men went up into the temple to pray—the one was a Pharisee and the other was a tax collector. 11 The Pharisee stood and prayed these things about himself, 'God, I thank you that I am not like other people—robbers, unrighteous people, adulterers—or even like this tax collector. 12 I fast two times every week. I give tithes of all that I get.'
13 But the tax collector, standing at a distance, would not even lift up his eyes to heaven, but hit his breast, saying, 'God, have mercy on me, a sinner.' 14 I say to you, this man went back down to his house justified rather than the other, because everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, but everyone who humbles himself will be exalted."
15 The people were also bringing to him their infants so that he might touch them, but when the disciples saw it, they rebuked them. 16 But Jesus called them to him, saying, "Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them. For the kingdom of God belongs to such ones. 17 Truly I say to you, whoever will not receive the kingdom of God like a child will definitely not enter it."
18 A certain ruler asked him, saying, "Good teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?"
19 Jesus said to him, "Why do you call me good? No one is good, except God alone. 20 You know the commandments—do not commit adultery, do not murder, do not steal, do not testify falsely, honor your father and mother."
21 The ruler said, "All these things I have obeyed from the time I was a youth."
22 When Jesus heard that, he said to him, "One thing you still lack. You must sell all that you have and distribute it to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven—and come, follow me."
23 But when the ruler heard these things, he became extremely sad, for he was very rich. 24 Then Jesus, seeing him [1] said, "How difficult it is for those who are rich to enter the kingdom of God! 25 For it is easier for a camel to go through a needle's eye, than for a rich person to enter the kingdom of God."
26 Those hearing it said, "Then who can be saved?"
27 Jesus answered, "The things which are impossible with people are possible with God."
28 Peter said, "Well, we have left everything that is our own and have followed you."
29 Jesus then said to them, "Truly, I say to you that there is no one who has left house, or wife, or brothers, or parents, or children, for the sake of the kingdom of God, 30 who will not receive much more in this time, and in the age to come, eternal life."
31 After he gathered the twelve to himself, he said to them, "See, we are going up to Jerusalem, and all the things that have been written by the prophets about the Son of Man will be accomplished. 32 For he will be given over to the Gentiles, and will be mocked, and shamefully treated, and spit upon. 33 After whipping him, they will kill him, and on the third day he will rise again." 34 They understood none of these things, and this word was hidden from them, and they did not understand the things that were said.
35 It came about that, as Jesus approached Jericho, a certain blind man was sitting by the road begging, 36 and hearing a crowd going by, he asked what was happening. 37 They told him that Jesus of Nazareth was passing by. 38 So the blind man cried out, saying, "Jesus, Son of David, have mercy on me." 39 The ones who were walking ahead rebuked the blind man, telling him to be quiet. But he cried out all the more, "Son of David, have mercy on me."
40 Jesus stood still and commanded that the man be brought to him. Then when the blind man was near, Jesus asked him, 41 "What do you want me to do for you?"
He said, "Lord, I want to receive my sight."
42 Jesus said to him, "Receive your sight. Your faith has healed you." 43 Immediately he received his sight and followed him, glorifying God. All the people, when they saw this, gave praise to God.
1 Jesus entered and was passing through Jericho. 2 Behold, there was a man there named Zacchaeus. He was a chief tax collector and was rich. 3 He was trying to see who Jesus was, but could not see over the crowd, because he was small in height. 4 So he ran on ahead of the people and climbed up into a sycamore tree to see him, because Jesus was about to pass that way. 5 When Jesus came to the place, he looked up and said to him, "Zacchaeus, come down quickly, for today I must stay at your house." 6 So he hurried and came down and welcomed him joyfully. 7 When everyone saw this, they all complained, saying, "He has gone in to visit a man who is a sinner." 8 Zacchaeus stood and said to the Lord, "Look, Lord, the half of my possessions I give to the poor, and if I have cheated anyone of anything, I will restore four times the amount."
9 Jesus said to him, "Today salvation has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham. 10 For the Son of Man came to seek and to save the people who are lost."
11 As they heard these things, he continued speaking and told a parable, because he was near to Jerusalem, and they thought that the kingdom of God was about to appear immediately. 12 He said therefore, "A certain nobleman went into a far country to receive for himself a kingdom and then to return. 13 He called ten of his servants and gave them ten minas and said to them, 'Conduct business until I come back.'
14 "But his citizens hated him and sent a delegation after him, saying, 'We will not have this man reign over us.' 15 It happened when he returned, having received the kingdom, he commanded the servants to whom he had given the money to be called to him, that he might know what profit they had made by doing business.
16 "The first came before him, saying, 'Lord, your mina has made ten minas more.'
17 "The nobleman said to him, 'Well done, good servant. Because you were faithful in very little, you will have authority over ten cities.'
18 "The second came, saying, 'Your mina, lord, has made five minas.'
19 "The nobleman said to him, 'You take charge over five cities.'
20 "Another came, saying, 'Lord, here is your mina, which I kept safely in a cloth, 21 for I was afraid of you, because you are a demanding person. You take up what you did not put in, and you reap what you did not sow.'
22 "The nobleman said to him, 'By your own words I will judge you, you wicked servant. You knew that I am a demanding person, taking up what I did not put in, and reaping what I did not sow. 23 Then why did you not put my money in the bank, so that when I returned I would have collected it with interest?' 24 The nobleman said to them that stood by, 'Take away from him the mina, and give it to him that has the ten minas.'
25 "They said to him, 'Lord, he has ten minas.'
26 "'I say to you, that everyone who has will be given more, but from him that has not, even that which he has will be taken away. 27 But these enemies of mine, those who did not want me to reign over them, bring them here and kill them before me.'"
28 When he had said these things, he went on ahead, going up to Jerusalem.
29 It came about that when he came near to Bethphage and Bethany, to the mountain that is called Olives, he sent two of the disciples, 30 saying, "Go into the next village. As you enter, you will find a colt that has never been ridden. Untie it and bring it to me. 31 If anyone asks you, 'Why are you untying it?' say, 'The Lord has need of it.'" 32 Those who were sent went and found the colt just as Jesus had told them.
33 As they were untying the colt, the owners said to them, "Why are you untying the colt?"
34 They said, "The Lord has need of it." 35 They brought it to Jesus, and they threw their cloaks upon the colt and set Jesus on it. 36 As he went, they spread their cloaks on the road.
37 As he was now approaching the place where the Mount of Olives descends, the whole multitude of the disciples began to rejoice and praise God with a loud voice for all the mighty works which they had seen, saying,
38 "Blessed is the king who comes in the name of the Lord!
Peace in heaven and glory in the highest!"
39 Some of the Pharisees in the multitude said to him, "Teacher, rebuke your disciples."
40 Jesus answered and said, "I tell you, if these were silent, the stones would cry out."
41 When Jesus approached the city, he wept over it, 42 saying, "If only you had known in this day, even you, the things which bring you peace! But now they are hidden from your eyes. 43 For the days will come upon you when your enemies will build a barricade around you and surround you and press in on you from every side. 44 They will strike you down to the ground, and your children with you. They will not leave one stone upon another because you did not recognize the time of your visitation."
45 Jesus entered the temple and began to cast out those who were selling, 46 saying to them, "It is written, 'My house will be a house of prayer,' but you have made it a den of robbers."
47 So Jesus was teaching daily in the temple. The chief priests and the scribes were seeking to destroy him, as were the leaders of the people, 48 but they could not find a way to do it because all the people were listening to him intently.
1 It came about one day as Jesus was teaching the people in the temple and preaching the gospel that the chief priests and the scribes came to him with the elders. 2 They spoke, saying to him, "Tell us by what authority you do these things, or who it is who gave you this authority."
3 He answered and said to them, "I will also ask you a question, and you tell me. 4 The baptism of John: Was it from heaven or from men?"
5 They reasoned with themselves, saying, "If we say, 'From heaven,' he will say, 'Then why did you not believe him?' 6 But if we say, 'From men,' all the people will stone us, for they are persuaded that John was a prophet." 7 So they answered that they did not know where it came from.
8 Jesus said to them, "Neither will I tell you by what authority I do these things."
9 He told the people this parable, "A man planted a vineyard, rented it out to vine growers, and went into another country for a long time. 10 At the appointed time he sent a servant to the vine growers, that they should give him of the fruit of the vineyard. But the vine growers beat him, and sent him away empty-handed. 11 He then sent yet another servant and they also beat him, treated him shamefully, and sent him away empty-handed. 12 He also sent yet a third and they also wounded him, and threw him out. 13 So the lord of the vineyard said, 'What will I do? I will send my beloved son. Maybe they will respect him.'
14 "But when the vine growers saw him, they discussed among themselves, saying, 'This is the heir. Let us kill him, that the inheritance may be ours.' 15 They threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. What then will the lord of the vineyard do to them? 16 He will come and destroy these vine growers, and will give the vineyard to others."
When they heard it, they said, "May it never be!"
17 But Jesus looked at them, and said, "What is the meaning of that which is written:
'The stone that the builders rejected
has become the cornerstone'?
18 Every one who falls on that stone will be broken to pieces, and the one on whom it falls will be crushed."
19 So the scribes and the chief priests sought to lay hands on him in that very hour, for they knew that he had spoken this parable against them. But they were afraid of the people. 20 Watching him carefully, they sent out spies who pretended to be righteous, that they might find fault with his speech, so as to deliver him up to the rule and to the authority of the governor. 21 They asked him, saying, "Teacher, we know that you say and teach rightly, and are not partial to anyone, but you teach the truth about the way of God. 22 Is it lawful for us to pay taxes to Caesar, or not?"
23 But Jesus understood their craftiness, and said to them, 24 "Show me a denarius. Whose image and name is on it?"
They said, "Caesar's."
25 He said to them, "Then give to Caesar the things that are Caesar's, and to God the things that are God's." 26 They were not able to find fault with what he had said in front of the people, but marveling at his answer, they were silent.
27 When some of the Sadducees came to him, the ones who say that there is no resurrection, 28 they asked him, saying, "Teacher, Moses wrote to us that if a man's brother dies, having a wife, and being childless, the man should take the brother's wife, and raise up children for his brother. 29 There were seven brothers and the first took a wife, and died childless, 30 and the second as well. 31 The third took her, and in the same way the seven also left no children and died. 32 Afterward the woman also died. 33 In the resurrection then, whose wife will she be? For the seven had her as their wife."
34 Jesus said to them, "The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage. 35 But those who are regarded as worthy in that age to receive the resurrection from the dead will neither marry nor be given in marriage. 36 Neither can they die anymore, for they are equal to the angels and are sons of God, being sons of the resurrection. 37 But that the dead are raised, even Moses showed, in the place concerning the bush, where he calls the Lord the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob. 38 Now he is not the God of the dead, but of the living, because all live to him."
39 Some of the scribes answered, "Teacher, you have answered well." 40 For they did not dare ask him any more questions.
41 Jesus said to them, "How do they say that the Christ is David's son? 42 For David himself says in the Book of Psalms,
The Lord said to my Lord,
'Sit at my right hand,
43 until I make your enemies
your footstool.'
44 David therefore calls the Christ 'Lord,' so how is he David's son?"
45 In the hearing of all the people he said to his disciples, 46 "Beware of the scribes, who desire to walk in long robes and love special greetings in the marketplaces and chief seats in the synagogues and places of honor at feasts. 47 They also devour widows' houses, and for a show they make long prayers. Men like this will receive greater condemnation."
1 Jesus looked up and saw the rich men who were putting their gifts into the treasury. 2 He saw a certain poor widow putting in two mites. 3 So he said, "Truly I say to you, this poor widow put in more than all of them. 4 All of these gave gifts out of their abundance. But this widow, out of her poverty, put in all she had to live on."
5 As some spoke of the temple, how it was decorated with beautiful stones and offerings, he said, 6 "As for these things that you see, the days will come when not one stone will be left on another which will not be torn down." 7 So they asked him, saying, "Teacher, when will these things happen? What will be the sign when these things are about to happen?" 8 Jesus answered, "Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying, 'I am he,' and, 'The time is near.' Do not go after them. 9 When you hear of wars and riots, do not be terrified, for these things must happen first, but the end will not happen immediately."
10 Then he said to them, "Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. 11 There will be great earthquakes, and in various places famines and plagues. There will be terrifying events and great signs from heaven. 12 But before all of these things, they will lay their hands on you and will persecute you, delivering you over to the synagogues and prisons, bringing you before kings and governors because of my name. 13 It will lead to an opportunity for your testimony. 14 Therefore resolve in your hearts not to prepare your defense ahead of time, 15 for I will give you words and wisdom that all your adversaries will not be able to resist or contradict. 16 But you will be given over also by parents, brothers, relatives, and friends, and they will put some of you to death. 17 You will be hated by everyone because of my name. 18 But not a hair from your head will perish. 19 In your endurance you will gain your lives.
20 "When you see Jerusalem surrounded by armies, then recognize that its desolation is near. 21 Then let those in Judea flee to the mountains, let those who are in the city leave it, and those who are out in the country must not enter the city. 22 For these are days of vengeance, so that all the things that are written will be fulfilled. 23 Woe to those who are pregnant and to those who are nursing in those days! For there will be great distress upon the land, and wrath to this people. 24 They will fall by the edge of the sword, and they will be led captive into all the nations, and Jerusalem will be trampled by the Gentiles until the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled.
25 "There will be signs in the sun, in the moon, and in the stars, and on the earth. The nations will be in distress, anxious because of the roar of the sea and waves. 26 There will be men fainting from fear and from expectation of the things which are coming upon the world. For the powers of the heavens will be shaken. 27 Then they will see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory. 28 But when these things begin to happen, stand up and lift up your heads, because your redemption is coming near."
29 Jesus told them a parable, "Look at the fig tree, and all the trees. 30 When they sprout buds, you see for yourselves and know that summer is already near. 31 So also, when you see these things happening, recognize that the kingdom of God is near. 32 Truly I say to you, this generation will not pass away until all these things take place. 33 Heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will never pass away.
34 "But pay attention to yourselves, so that your hearts are not burdened with excessive drinking and drunkenness and the worries of life, and that day does not close on you suddenly 35 like a trap. For it will come upon everyone living on the face of the whole earth. 36 But be alert at all times, praying that you may be strong enough to escape all these things that will take place, and to stand before the Son of Man."
37 So during the days he was teaching in the temple, and at night he went out and stayed on the mountain that is called Olives. 38 All of the people came early in the morning to hear him in the temple.
1 Now the Festival of Unleavened Bread was approaching, which is called the Passover. 2 The chief priests and the scribes were seeking how they could put Jesus to death, for they were afraid of the people.
3 Then Satan entered into Judas, the one called Iscariot, who was one of the twelve. 4 Judas went to the chief priests and captains and discussed with them how he would betray Jesus to them. 5 They were glad and agreed to give him money. 6 He consented and looked for an opportunity to give him over to them away from the crowd.
7 Then came the day of unleavened bread, on which the Passover lamb had to be sacrificed. 8 So Jesus sent Peter and John, saying, "Go and prepare for us the Passover meal, so that we may eat it."
9 They said to him, "Where do you want us to make preparations?"
10 He answered them, "Look, when you have entered the city, a man bearing a pitcher of water will meet you. Follow him into the house that he goes into. 11 Then say to the master of the house, 'The Teacher says to you, "Where is the guest room, where I will eat the Passover with my disciples?"' 12 He will show you a large furnished upper room. Make the preparations there." 13 So they went, and found everything as he had said to them. Then they prepared the Passover meal.
14 When the hour came, he sat down with the apostles. 15 Then he said to them, "I have greatly desired to eat this Passover with you before I suffer. 16 For I say to you, I will not eat it again until it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God." 17 Then Jesus took a cup, and when he had given thanks, he said, "Take this, and share it among yourselves. 18 For I say to you, I will not drink of the fruit of the vine again until the kingdom of God comes." 19 Then he took bread, and when he had given thanks, he broke it, and gave to them, saying, "This is my body, which is given for you. Do this in remembrance of me." 20 He took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, "This cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you. 21 But pay attention. The hand of the one who betrays me is with me at the table. 22 For the Son of Man indeed goes as it has been determined. But woe to that man through whom he is betrayed!" 23 They began to discuss among themselves which one of them it might be who would do this.
24 Then there arose also a quarrel among them about which of them was considered to be greatest. 25 He said to them, "The kings of the Gentiles are lords over them, and the ones who have authority over them are called doers of good deeds. 26 But it must not be like this with you. Instead, let the greatest among you become like the youngest and the one who leads like the one who serves. 27 For who is greater, the one who sits at the table, or the one who serves? Is it not the one who sits at the table? Yet I am among you as one who serves. 28 But you are the ones who have continued with me in my trials. 29 I set you over a kingdom, even as my Father has set me over a kingdom, 30 that you may eat and drink at my table in my kingdom, and you will sit on thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel.
31 "Simon, Simon, be aware, Satan asked to have you, that he might sift you as wheat. 32 But I have prayed for you, that your faith may not fail. After you have turned back again, strengthen your brothers."
33 Peter said to him, "Lord, I am ready to go with you both to prison and to death."
34 Jesus replied, "I tell you, Peter, the rooster will not crow this day, before you deny three times that you know me."
35 Then Jesus said to them, "When I sent you out without a purse, a bag of provisions, or sandals, did you lack anything?"
They answered, "Nothing."
36 Then he said to them, "But now, the one who has a purse, let him take it, and likewise a bag of provisions. The one who does not have a sword should sell his cloak and buy one. 37 For I say to you, what is written about me must be fulfilled, 'He was counted with the lawless ones.' For what is predicted about me is being fulfilled."
38 Then they said, "Lord, look! Here are two swords."
He said to them, "It is enough."
39 Jesus went, as he often did, to the Mount of Olives, and the disciples followed him. 40 When they arrived, he said to them, "Pray that you do not enter into temptation." 41 He went away from them about a stone's throw, and he knelt down and prayed, 42 saying, "Father, if you are willing, remove this cup from me. Nevertheless not my will, but yours be done." 43 Then an angel from heaven appeared to him, strengthening him. 44 Being in agony, he prayed more earnestly, and his sweat became like great drops of blood falling down upon the ground. 45 When he rose up from his prayer, he came to the disciples and found them sleeping because of their sorrow 46 and asked them, "Why are you sleeping? Rise and pray, that you may not enter into temptation."
47 While he was still speaking, behold, a crowd appeared, with Judas, one of the twelve, leading them. He came near to Jesus to kiss him, 48 but Jesus said to him, "Judas, are you betraying the Son of Man with a kiss?"
49 When those who were around Jesus saw what was happening, they said, "Lord, should we strike with the sword?" 50 Then one of them struck the servant of the high priest, and cut off his right ear.
51 Jesus said, "That is enough!" He touched his ear, and healed him. 52 Jesus said to the chief priests, to the captains of the temple, and to elders who came against him, "Do you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs? 53 When I was daily with you in the temple, you did not lay your hands on me. But this is your hour, and the authority of darkness."
54 Seizing him, they led him away and brought him into the high priest's house. But Peter followed from a distance. 55 After they had kindled a fire in the middle of the courtyard and had sat down together, Peter sat in the midst of them. 56 A certain female servant saw him as he sat in the light of the fire and looked straight at him and said, "This man also was with him."
57 But Peter denied it, saying, "Woman, I do not know him."
58 After a little while someone else saw him, and said, "You are also one of them."
But Peter said, "Man, I am not."
59 After about an hour another man insisted and said, "Truly this man also was with him, for he is a Galilean."
60 But Peter said, "Man, I do not know what you are saying." Immediately, while he was speaking, a rooster crowed. 61 Turning, the Lord looked at Peter, and Peter remembered the word of the Lord, when he said to him, "Before a rooster crows today you will deny me three times." 62 Peter went outside and wept bitterly.
63 Then the men holding Jesus in custody mocked and beat him. 64 They put a cover over him and asked him, saying, "Prophesy! Who is the one who hit you?" 65 They spoke many other things against Jesus, blaspheming him.
66 As soon as it was day, the elders of the people gathered together, both chief priests and scribes. They led him into the Council 67 and said, "If you are the Christ, tell us."
But he said to them, "If I tell you, you will not believe, 68 and if I ask you, you will not answer. 69 But from now on, the Son of Man will be seated at the right hand of the power of God."
70 They all said, "Then you are the Son of God?"
Jesus said to them, "You say that I am."
71 They said, "Why do we still need a witness? For we ourselves have heard from his own mouth."
1 The whole company of them rose up and brought Jesus before Pilate. 2 They began to accuse him, saying, "We found this man misleading our nation, forbidding to give tribute to Caesar, and saying that he himself is Christ, a king."
3 Pilate asked him, saying, "Are you the King of the Jews?"
Jesus answered him and said, "You say so."
4 Pilate said to the chief priests and the multitudes, "I find no guilt in this man."
5 But they were insisting, saying, "He stirs up the people, teaching throughout all Judea, beginning from Galilee even to this place." 6 So when Pilate heard this, he asked whether the man was a Galilean. 7 When he learned that he was under Herod's authority, he sent Jesus to Herod, who himself also was at Jerusalem in those days.
8 When Herod saw Jesus, he was very glad, because he had wanted to see him for a long time. He had heard about him and he hoped to see some sign done by him. 9 Herod questioned Jesus in many words, but Jesus answered him nothing. 10 The chief priests and the scribes stood, vigorously accusing him. 11 Herod with his soldiers showed Jesus contempt and they mocked him. Then they dressed him in splendid clothes and sent him back to Pilate. 12 For Herod and Pilate had become friends with each other that very day, for before this they had been enemies with each other.
13 Pilate then called together the chief priests and the rulers and the crowd of people 14 and said to them, "You brought to me this man like a man who is misleading the people, and see, I, having questioned him before you, find no guilt in this man concerning those things of which you accuse him. 15 No, nor does Herod, for he sent him back to us, and see, nothing worthy of death has been done by him. 16 I will therefore punish him and release him." 17[1]18 But they cried out all together, saying, "Away with this man, and release to us Barabbas!" 19 Barabbas was a man who had been put into prison for a certain rebellion in the city and for murder. 20 Pilate addressed them again, desiring to release Jesus. 21 But they shouted, saying, "Crucify him, crucify him." 22 He said to them a third time, "Why, what evil has this man done? I have found no guilt deserving death in him. Therefore after punishing him, I will release him." 23 But they were insistent with loud voices, demanding for him to be crucified. Their voices convinced Pilate. 24 So Pilate decided to grant their demand. 25 He released the one they asked for who had been put in prison for rebellion and murder. But he delivered up Jesus to their will.
26 As they led him away, they seized one Simon of Cyrene, coming from the country, and they laid the cross on him to carry, following Jesus.
27 A great crowd of the people, and of women who grieved and mourned for him, were following him. 28 But turning to them, Jesus said, "Daughters of Jerusalem, do not weep for me, but weep for yourselves and for your children. 29 For see, the days are coming in which they will say, 'Blessed are the barren and the wombs that did not bear, and the breasts that did not nurse.'
30 Then they will begin to say to the mountains,
'Fall on us,' and to the hills, 'Cover us.' 31 For if they do these things while the tree is green, what will happen when it is dry?"
32 Other men, two criminals, were led away with him to be put to death.
33 When they came to the place that is called "The Skull," there they crucified him and the criminals—one on his right and one on his left. 34 Jesus said, "Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing." Then they cast lots, dividing up his garments.
35 The people stood watching while the rulers also were mocking him, saying, "He saved others. Let him save himself, if he is the Christ of God, the chosen one."
36 The soldiers also ridiculed him, approaching him, offering him vinegar, 37 and saying, "If you are the King of the Jews, save yourself." 38 There was also a sign over him, "This is the King of the Jews."
39 One of the criminals who was hanging there insulted him by saying, "Are you not the Christ? Save yourself and us."
40 But the other rebuked him, saying, "Do you not fear God, since you are under the same sentence of condemnation? 41 We indeed are here justly, for we are receiving what we deserve for our deeds. But this man did nothing wrong." 42 Then he said, "Jesus, remember me when you come into your kingdom."
43 Jesus said to him, "Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise."
44 It was now about the sixth hour, and darkness came over the whole land until the ninth hour 45 as the sun turned dark. Then the curtain of the temple was split in two. 46 Crying with a loud voice, Jesus said, "Father, into your hands I commit my spirit." Having said this, he died.
47 When the centurion saw what was done, he glorified God, saying, "Surely this was a righteous man." 48 When all the multitudes who came together to witness this sight saw the things that were done, they returned beating their breasts. 49 But all those who knew him, and the women who followed him from Galilee, stood at a distance, watching these things.
50 Behold, there was a man named Joseph, who was a member of the Council. He was a good and righteous man. 51 This man had not agreed with their plan and action. He was from Arimathea, a city of the Jews, and he was looking for the kingdom of God. 52 This man, approaching Pilate, asked for the body of Jesus. 53 He took it down, wrapped it in fine linen, and placed it in a tomb that was cut in stone, where no one had ever been laid. 54 It was the Day of the Preparation, and the Sabbath was about to begin. 55 The women who had come with Jesus out of Galilee followed and saw the tomb and how his body was laid. 56 They returned and prepared spices and ointments.
Then on the Sabbath they rested according to the commandment.
1 Very early on the first day of the week, they came to the tomb, bringing the spices which they had prepared. 2 They found the stone rolled away from the tomb. 3 They entered in, but did not find the body of the Lord Jesus. 4 It happened that, while they were confused about this, suddenly, two men stood by them in bright shining garments. 5 As the women were terrified and bowed down their faces to the earth, they said to the women, "Why do you seek the living among the dead? 6 He is not here, but has been raised! Remember how he spoke to you when he was still in Galilee, 7 saying that the Son of Man must be delivered up into the hands of sinful men and be crucified, and on the third day rise again." 8 The women remembered his words 9 and returned from the tomb and told all these things to the eleven and all the rest. 10 Now Mary Magdalene, Joanna, Mary the mother of James, and the other women with them reported these things to the apostles. 11 But this message seemed like idle talk to the apostles, and they did not believe the women. 12 Yet Peter rose up and ran to the tomb, and, stooping and looking in, he saw the linen cloths by themselves. Peter then departed to his home, wondering what had happened.
13 Behold, two of them were going that very day to a village named Emmaus, which was sixty stadia from Jerusalem. 14 They discussed with each other about all the things that had happened. 15 It happened that, while they discussed and questioned together, Jesus himself approached and went with them. 16 But their eyes were prevented from recognizing him. 17 Jesus said to them, "What are these matters you two are discussing as you walk?" They stood there looking sad.
18 One of them, named Cleopas, answered him, "Are you the only person in Jerusalem who does not know the things which have happened there these days?"
19 Jesus said to them, "What things?"
They answered him, "The things concerning Jesus the Nazarene, who was a prophet, mighty in deed and word before God and all the people, 20 and how the chief priests and our rulers delivered him up to be condemned to death and crucified him. 21 But we hoped that he was the one who was going to redeem Israel. Yes, and what is more, it is now the third day since all these things happened. 22 But also, some women of our company amazed us, having been at the tomb early in the morning. 23 When they did not find his body, they came, saying that they had also seen a vision of angels who said that he was alive. 24 Some men who were with us went to the tomb, and found it just as the women had said. But they did not see him."
25 Jesus said to them, "O foolish men and slow of heart to believe in all that the prophets have spoken! 26 Was it not necessary for the Christ to suffer these things, and to enter into his glory?" 27 Then beginning from Moses and through all the prophets, Jesus interpreted to them the things concerning himself in all the scriptures.
28 As they approached the village to which they were going, Jesus acted as though he were going further. 29 But they compelled him, saying, "Stay with us, for it is toward evening and the day is almost over." So Jesus went in to stay with them. 30 It happened that, when he had sat down with them to eat, he took the bread, blessed it, and breaking it, he gave it to them. 31 Then their eyes were opened, and they knew him, and he vanished out of their sight. 32 They said one to another, "Was not our heart burning within us, while he spoke to us on the way, while he opened to us the scriptures?" 33 They rose up that very hour and returned to Jerusalem. They found the eleven gathered together and those who were with them, 34 saying, "The Lord is risen indeed, and has appeared to Simon." 35 So they told the things that happened on the way, and how Jesus was recognized by them in the breaking of the bread.
36 As they spoke these things, Jesus himself stood in the midst of them, and said to them, "Peace be to you." 37 But they were terrified and filled with fear and thought that they were seeing a spirit. 38 Jesus said to them, "Why are you troubled? Why do questions arise in your heart? 39 See my hands and my feet, that it is I myself. Touch me and see. For a spirit does not have flesh and bones, as you see me having." 40 When he had said this, he showed them his hands and his feet. 41 They still could not believe it because of joy, and they were amazed. Jesus said to them, "Do you have anything to eat?" 42 They gave him a piece of a broiled fish, 43 and he took it and ate it before them.
44 He said to them, "These are my words that I spoke to you when I was with you, that all that was written in the law of Moses and the Prophets and the Psalms must be fulfilled." 45 Then he opened their minds, that they might understand the scriptures. 46 He said to them, "Thus it is written, that the Christ should suffer and rise again from the dead on the third day. 47 Repentance and forgiveness of sins should be preached in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem. 48 You are witnesses of these things. 49 See, I am sending you what my Father promised. But remain in the city until you are clothed with power from on high."
50 Then Jesus led them out until they were near Bethany. He lifted up his hands and blessed them. 51 It happened that, while he was blessing them, he left them and was carried up into heaven. 52 So they worshiped him and returned to Jerusalem with great joy. 53 They were continually in the temple, blessing God.
1 In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. 2 This one was in the beginning with God. 3 All things were made through him, and without him there was not one thing made that has been made. 4 In him was life, and the life was the light of men. 5 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it.
6 There was a man who was sent from God, whose name was John. 7 He came as a witness to testify about the light, that all might believe through him. 8 John was not the light, but came that he might testify about the light.
9 The true light, which gives light to all men, was coming into the world. 10 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him. 11 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him. 12 But to as many as received him, who believed in his name, he gave the right to become children of God. 13 These were not born of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God.
14 The Word became flesh and lived among us. We have seen his glory, glory as of the one and only who came from the Father, full of grace and truth. 15 John testified about him and cried out, saying, "This was the one of whom I said, 'He who comes after me is greater than I am, for he was before me.'" 16 For from his fullness we have all received grace after grace. 17 For the law was given through Moses. Grace and truth came through Jesus Christ. 18 No one has ever seen God; the only God, who is at the Father's side, he has made God known.
19 This is the testimony of John when the Jews sent priests and Levites to him from Jerusalem to ask him, "Who are you?" 20 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed—"I am not the Christ." 21 So they asked him, "What are you then? Are you Elijah?" He said, "I am not." They said, "Are you the prophet?" He answered, "No." 22 Then they said to him, "Who are you, so that we may give an answer to those who sent us? What do you say about yourself?" 23 He said, "I am a voice, crying in the wilderness: 'Make the way of the Lord straight,' just as Isaiah the prophet said."
24 Now some from the Pharisees were sent, 25 and they asked him and said to him, "Why do you baptize then if you are not the Christ nor Elijah nor the prophet?" 26 John answered them, saying, "I baptize with water. But among you stands someone you do not know. 27 He is the one who comes after me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie." 28 These things were done in Bethany on the other side of the Jordan, where John was baptizing.
29 The next day John saw Jesus coming to him and said, "Look, there is the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world! 30 This is the one of whom I said, 'The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me.' 31 I did not know him, but it was so that he could be revealed to Israel that I came baptizing with water." 32 John testified, saying, "I saw the Spirit coming down like a dove from heaven, and it stayed upon him. 33 I did not recognize him, but he who sent me to baptize in water said to me, 'The one on whom you see the Spirit come down and remain, he is the one who will baptize with the Holy Spirit.' 34 I have both seen and testified that this is the Son of God."
35 Again, the next day, as John was standing with two of his disciples, 36 they saw Jesus walking by, and John said, "Look, the Lamb of God!" 37 His two disciples heard him say this and they followed Jesus. 38 Then Jesus turned and saw them following him and said to them, "What are you looking for?" They replied, "Rabbi" (which is translated "Teacher"), "where are you staying?" 39 He said to them, "Come and see." Then they came and saw where he was staying; they stayed with him that day, for it was about the tenth hour.
40 One of the two who heard John speak and then followed Jesus was Andrew, the brother of Simon Peter. 41 He first found his own brother Simon and said to him, "We have found the Messiah" (which is translated "Christ"). 42 He brought him to Jesus, and Jesus looked at him and said, "You are Simon son of John. You will be called Cephas" (which is translated "Peter").
43 The next day, when Jesus wanted to leave to go to Galilee, he found Philip and said to him, "Follow me." 44 Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter. 45 Philip found Nathaniel and said to him, "He of whom Moses wrote in the law, and the prophets, we have found him: Jesus son of Joseph, from Nazareth." 46 Nathaniel said to him, "Can any good thing come out of Nazareth?" Philip said to him, "Come and see." 47 Jesus saw Nathaniel coming to him and said about him, "See, a true Israelite, in whom is no deceit!" 48 Nathaniel said to him, "How do you know me?" Jesus answered and said to him, "Before Philip called you, when you were under the fig tree, I saw you." 49 Nathaniel replied, "Rabbi, you are the Son of God! You are the King of Israel!" 50 Jesus replied and said to him, "Because I said to you, 'I saw you underneath the fig tree,' do you believe? You will see greater things than this." 51 Then he said, "Truly, truly, I say to you, you will see the heavens opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending upon the Son of Man."
1 Three days later, there was a wedding in Cana of Galilee, and the mother of Jesus was there. 2 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding. 3 When the wine ran out, the mother of Jesus said to him, "They have no wine." 4 Jesus said to her, "Woman, why do you come to me? My time has not yet come." 5 His mother said to the servants, "Whatever he says to you, do it."
6 Now there were six stone water pots there used for the Jewish ceremonial washing, each containing two to three metretes. 7 Jesus said to them, "Fill the water pots with water." So they filled them up to the brim. 8 Then he told the servants, "Take some out now and take it to the head waiter." So they did.
9 The head waiter tasted the water that had become wine, but he did not know where it came from (but the servants who had drawn the water knew). Then he called the bridegroom 10 and said to him, "Every man serves the good wine first and then the cheaper wine when they are drunk. But you have kept the good wine until now." 11 This first sign Jesus did in Cana of Galilee, and he revealed his glory, and his disciples believed in him. 12 After this Jesus, his mother, his brothers, and his disciples went down to Capernaum and they stayed there for a few days.
13 Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and Jesus went up to Jerusalem. 14 He found sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons in the temple, and the money changers were sitting there. 15 So he made a whip of cords and drove all of them out from the temple, including both the sheep and the cattle. He scattered the coins of the money changers and turned their tables over. 16 To the pigeon sellers he said, "Take these things away from here. Stop making the house of my Father a marketplace." 17 His disciples remembered that it was written, "Zeal for your house will consume me."
18 Then the Jewish authorities responded and said to him, "What sign will you show us, since you are doing these things?" 19 Jesus replied, "Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up." 20 Then the Jewish authorities said, "This temple was built in forty-six years, and you will raise it up in three days?" 21 However, he was speaking about the temple of his body. 22 After he was raised from the dead, his disciples remembered that he said this, and they believed the scripture and this statement that Jesus had spoken.
23 Now when he was in Jerusalem at the Passover festival, many believed in his name when they saw the signs that he did. 24 But Jesus did not trust in them because he knew them all, 25 because he did not need anyone to testify to him about man, for he knew what was in man.
1 Now there was a Pharisee whose name was Nicodemus, a Jewish leader. 2 This man came to Jesus at night and said to him, "Rabbi, we know that you are a teacher that came from God, for no one can do these signs that you do unless God is with him." 3 Jesus replied to him, "Truly, truly, unless someone is born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God."
4 Nicodemus said to him, "How can a man be born when he is old? He cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb and be born, can he?" 5 Jesus replied, "Truly, truly, unless someone is born of water and the Spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God. 6 That which is born of the flesh is flesh, and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit. 7 Do not be amazed that I said to you, 'You must be born again.' 8 The wind blows wherever it wishes; you hear its sound, but you do not know where it comes from or where it is going. So is everyone who is born of the Spirit."
9 Nicodemus replied and said to him, "How can these things be?" 10 Jesus answered and said to him, "Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? 11 Truly, truly, I say to you, we speak what we know, and we testify about what we have seen. Yet you do not accept our testimony. 12 If I told you about earthly things and you do not believe, how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things? 13 No one has ascended into heaven except he who descended from heaven—the Son of Man. 14 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up, 15 so that all who believe in him may have eternal life.
16 "For God so loved the world, that he gave his only Son, that whoever believes in him will not perish but have eternal life. 17 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him. 18 He who believes in him is not condemned, but he who does not believe is already condemned because he has not believed in the name of the only Son of God. 19 This is the reason for the judgment: The light has come into the world, and men loved the darkness rather than the light because their deeds were evil. 20 For everyone who does evil hates the light, and does not come to the light, so that his deeds will not be exposed. 21 However, he who practices the truth comes to the light so that it may be plainly seen that his deeds have been done in God."
22 After this, Jesus and his disciples went into the land of Judea. There he spent some time with them and baptized. 23 Now John was also baptizing in Aenon near to Salim because there was much water there. People were coming to him and were being baptized, 24 for John had not yet been thrown in prison.
25 Then there arose a dispute between some of John's disciples and a Jew about ceremonial washing. 26 They went to John and said to him, "Rabbi, the one who was with you on the other side of the Jordan River, about whom you have testified, look, he is baptizing, and they are all going to him."
27 John replied, "A man cannot receive anything unless it has been given to him from heaven. 28 You yourselves can testify that I said, 'I am not the Christ,' but instead, 'I have been sent before him.' 29 The bride belongs to the bridegroom. Now the friend of the bridegroom, who stands and hears him, rejoices greatly because of the voice of the bridegroom. This, then, is my joy made complete. 30 He must increase, but I must decrease.
31 "He who comes from above is above all. He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth. He who comes from heaven is above all. 32 He testifies about what he has seen and heard, but no one accepts his testimony. 33 He who has received his testimony has confirmed that God is true. 34 For the one whom God has sent speaks the words of God. For he does not give the Spirit by measure. 35 The Father loves the Son and has given all things into his hand. 36 He who believes in the Son has eternal life, but the one who disobeys the Son will not see life, but the wrath of God stays on him."
1 Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John 2 (although Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were), 3 he left Judea and went back again to Galilee. 4 But it was necessary for him to go through Samaria. 5 So he came to a town of Samaria, called Sychar, near the piece of land that Jacob had given to his son Joseph. 6 The well of Jacob was there. Jesus was tired from his journey and sat by the well. It was about the sixth hour.
7 A Samaritan woman came to draw water, and Jesus said to her, "Give me some water to drink." 8 For his disciples had gone away into the town to buy food.
9 Then the Samaritan woman said to him, "How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking me, being a Samaritan woman, for something to drink?" For Jews have no dealings with Samaritans.
10 Jesus answered and said to her, "If you had known the gift of God, and who it is that is saying to you, 'Give me a drink,' you would have asked him, and he would have given you living water."
11 The woman said to him, "Sir, you do not have a bucket and the well is deep. Where then do you have the living water? 12 You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob, who gave us the well and drank from it himself, as did his sons and his livestock?"
13 Jesus replied and said to her, "Everyone who drinks from this water will be thirsty again, 14 but whoever drinks from the water that I will give him will not ever be thirsty again. Instead, the water that I will give him will become a fountain of water in him, springing up to eternal life."
15 The woman said to him, "Sir, give me this water so that I may not become thirsty and not have to come here to draw water."
16 Jesus said to her, "Go, call your husband, and come back here."
17 The woman answered and said to him, "I do not have a husband."
Jesus replied, "You have said correctly, 'I have no husband,' 18 for you have had five husbands, and the one you now have is not your husband. What you have said is true."
19 The woman said to him, "Sir, I see that you are a prophet. 20 Our fathers worshiped on this mountain, but you say that Jerusalem is the place where people have to worship."
21 Jesus said to her, "Believe me, woman, that an hour is coming when you will worship the Father neither on this mountain nor in Jerusalem. 22 You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know, for salvation is from the Jews. 23 However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth, for the Father is seeking such people to be his worshipers. 24 God is Spirit, and the people who worship him must worship in spirit and truth."
25 The woman said to him, "I know that the Messiah is coming (the one called Christ). When he comes, he will explain everything to us."
26 Jesus said to her, "I am he, the one speaking to you."
27 At that moment his disciples returned. Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman, but no one said, "What are you looking for?" or "Why are you speaking with her?"
28 So the woman left her water pot, went back to the town, and said to the people, 29 "Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done. This could not be the Christ, could it?" 30 They left the town and came to him.
31 In the meantime, the disciples were urging him, saying, "Rabbi, eat." 32 But he said to them, "I have food to eat that you do not know about." 33 So the disciples said to each other, "No one has brought him anything to eat, have they?"
34 Jesus said to them, "My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work. 35 Do you not say, 'There are four more months and then the harvest comes'? I am saying to you, look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest! 36 He who is harvesting receives wages and gathers fruit for everlasting life, so that he who sows and he who reaps may rejoice together. 37 For in this the saying, 'One sows, and another reaps,' is true. 38 I sent you to reap what you have not worked for. Others have labored, and you have entered into their labor."
39 Many of the Samaritans in that city believed in him because of the report of the woman who was testifying, "He told me everything that I have done." 40 So when the Samaritans came to him, they asked him to stay with them, and he stayed there two days. 41 Many more believed because of his word. 42 They said to the woman, "We no longer believe because of what you said, for we ourselves have heard, and we know that this one is indeed the Savior of the world."
43 After those two days, he departed from there for Galilee. 44 For Jesus himself declared that a prophet has no honor in his own country. 45 When he came into Galilee, the Galileans welcomed him. They had seen all the things that he had done in Jerusalem at the festival, for they had also gone to the festival.
46 Now he came again to Cana in Galilee, where he had made the water wine. There was a certain royal official whose son in Capernaum was ill. 47 When he heard that Jesus had come from Judea to Galilee, he went to Jesus and asked him to come down and heal his son, who was about to die. 48 Jesus then said to him, "Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe." 49 The royal official said to him, "Sir, come down before my child dies." 50 Jesus said to him, "Go. Your son lives." The man believed the word that Jesus spoke to him, and he went away. 51 While he was going down, his servants met him, saying that his son was living. 52 So he asked them the hour when he began to improve. They replied to him, "Yesterday at the seventh hour the fever left him." 53 Then the father realized that it was at that hour that Jesus had said to him, "Your son lives." So he himself and his whole household believed. 54 This was the second sign that Jesus did when he came out of Judea to Galilee.
1 After this there was a Jewish festival, and Jesus went up to Jerusalem. 2 Now in Jerusalem by the sheep gate there is a pool, which in the Aramaic language is called Bethesda, and it has five roofed porches. 3 A large number of people who were sick, blind, lame, or paralyzed were lying there. [1]4[2]5 A certain man was there who had been sick for thirty-eight years. 6 When Jesus saw him lying there, and after he realized that he had been there a long time, he said to him, "Do you want to be healthy?" 7 The sick man replied, "Sir, I do not have anyone to put me into the pool when the water is stirred up. When I come, another steps down before me." 8 Jesus said to him, "Get up, take up your bed, and walk." 9 Immediately the man was healed, and he took up his bed and walked.
Now that day was a Sabbath. 10 So the Jews said to him who was healed, "It is the Sabbath and you are not permitted to carry your mat." 11 He replied, "He who made me healthy said to me, 'Pick up your mat and walk.'" 12 They asked him, "Who is the man that said to you, 'Pick it up and walk'?" 13 However, the one who was healed did not know who it was because Jesus had gone away secretly, for there was a crowd in the place.
14 Afterward, Jesus found him in the temple and said to him, "See, you have become healthy! Do not sin anymore, so that something worse will not happen to you." 15 The man went away and reported to the Jews that it was Jesus who had made him healthy.
16 Now because of these things the Jews persecuted Jesus, because he did these things on the Sabbath. 17 Jesus replied to them, "My Father is working even now, and I, too, am working." 18 Because of this, the Jews sought even more to kill him because he not only broke the Sabbath, but also called God his own Father, making himself equal to God.
19 Jesus answered them, "Truly, truly, the Son can do nothing of himself, except only what he sees the Father doing, for whatever the Father is doing, the Son does in the same way. 20 For the Father loves the Son and he shows him everything that he himself does, and he will show him greater works than these so that you will be amazed. 21 For as the Father raises the dead and gives them life, so also the Son gives life to anyone he wishes. 22 For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son 23 so that everyone will honor the Son just as they honor the Father. The one who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father who sent him. 24 Truly, truly, he who hears my word and believes him who sent me has eternal life and will not be condemned, but he has passed from death to life.
25 "Truly, truly, I tell you the time is coming, and is now, when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live. 26 For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself, 27 and the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment because he is the Son of Man. 28 Do not be amazed at this, for there is a time coming in which everyone who is in the tombs will hear his voice 29 and will come out: those who have done good to the resurrection of life, and those who have done evil to the resurrection of judgment.
30 "I can do nothing from myself. As I hear, I judge, and my judgment is righteous because I am not seeking my own will but the will of him who sent me. 31 If I should testify about myself, my testimony would not be true. 32 There is another who testifies about me, and I know that the testimony that he gives about me is true. 33 You have sent to John, and he has testified the truth. 34 But the testimony that I receive is not from man. I say these things that you might be saved. 35 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while. 36 Yet the testimony that I have is greater than that of John, for the works that the Father has given me to accomplish, the very works that I do, testify about me that the Father has sent me. 37 The Father who sent me has himself testified about me. You have neither heard his voice nor seen his form at any time. 38 You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent. 39 You search the scriptures because you think that in them you have eternal life, and these same scriptures testify about me, 40 and you are not willing to come to me so that you may have life. 41 I do not receive glory from men, 42 but I know that you do not have the love of God in yourselves. 43 I have come in my Father's name, and you do not receive me. If another should come in his own name, you would receive him. 44 How can you believe, you who accept glory from one another but are not seeking the glory that comes from the only God? 45 Do not think that I myself will accuse you before the Father. The one who accuses you is Moses, in whom you have hoped. 46 If you believed Moses, you would believe me, because he wrote about me. 47 If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?"
1 After these things, Jesus went away to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, also called the Sea of Tiberias. 2 A great crowd was following him because they saw the signs that he was doing on those who were sick. 3 Jesus went up the mountain and there he sat down with his disciples. 4 (Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near.) 5 When Jesus looked up and saw a great crowd coming to him, he said to Philip, "Where are we going to buy bread so that these may eat?" 6 (But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do.) 7 Philip answered him, "Two hundred denarii worth of bread would not be sufficient for each one to have even a little." 8 One of the disciples, Andrew, the brother of Simon Peter, said to Jesus, 9 "There is a boy here who has five loaves of barley bread and two fish, but what are these among so many?" 10 Jesus said, "Make the people sit down." Now there was much grass in the place. So the men sat down, about five thousand in number. 11 Then Jesus took the loaves and after giving thanks, he gave it to those who were sitting. He did the same with the fish, as much as they wanted. 12 When the people were filled, he said to his disciples, "Gather up the broken pieces which remain, so that nothing will be lost." 13 So they gathered them up and filled twelve baskets with broken pieces from the five barley loaves left over by those who had eaten. 14 Then, when the people saw this sign that he did, they said, "This truly is the prophet who is to come into the world." 15 When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again up the mountain by himself.
16 When it became evening, his disciples went down to the sea. 17 They got into a boat, and were going over the sea to Capernaum. It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them. 18 A strong wind was blowing, and the sea was getting rough. 19 When they had rowed about twenty-five or thirty stadia, they saw Jesus walking on the sea and coming near the boat, and they were afraid. 20 But he said to them, "It is I! Do not be afraid." 21 Then they were willing to receive him into the boat, and immediately the boat reached the land where they were going.
22 The next day, the crowd that had been standing on the other side of the sea saw that there was no other boat there except the one, and that Jesus had not entered it with his disciples but that his disciples had gone away alone. 23 However, there were some boats that came from Tiberias close to the place where they had eaten the bread loaves after the Lord had given thanks. 24 When the crowd discovered that neither Jesus nor his disciples were there, they themselves got into the boats and went to Capernaum seeking Jesus. 25 After they found him on the other side of the sea, they said to him, "Rabbi, when did you come here?" 26 Jesus replied to them, saying, "Truly, truly, you seek me, not because you saw signs, but because you ate some of the bread loaves and were filled. 27 Do not labor for the food that perishes, but labor for the food that endures to eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him." 28 Then they said to him, "What must we do, so that we may do the works of God?" 29 Jesus replied and said to them, "This is the work of God: That you believe in the one whom he has sent." 30 So they said to him, "What sign then will you do, so that we may see and believe you? What will you do? 31 Our fathers ate the manna in the wilderness, as it is written, 'He gave them bread from heaven to eat.'" 32 Then Jesus replied to them, "Truly, truly, it was not Moses who gave you the bread out of heaven, but it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven. 33 For the bread of God is that which comes down from heaven and gives life to the world." 34 So they said to him, "Sir, give us this bread always." 35 Jesus said to them, "I am the bread of life; he who comes to me will not be hungry, and he who believes in me will never be thirsty. 36 But I told you that indeed you have seen me, and you do not believe. 37 Everyone whom the Father gives me will come to me, and he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out. 38 For I have come down from heaven, not to do my own will, but the will of him who sent me. 39 This is the will of him who sent me, that I would lose not one of all those whom he has given me, but will raise them up on the last day. 40 For this is the will of my Father, that everyone who sees the Son and believes in him would have eternal life and I will raise him up on the last day."
41 Then the Jews grumbled about him because he had said, "I am the bread that has come down from heaven." 42 They said, "Is not this Jesus son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know? How then does he now say, 'I have come down from heaven'?" 43 Jesus replied and said to them, "Stop grumbling among yourselves. 44 No one can come to me unless the Father who sent me draws him, and I will raise him up on the last day. 45 It is written in the prophets, 'Everyone will be taught by God.' Everyone who has heard and learned from the Father comes to me. 46 Not that anyone has seen the Father, except he who is from God—he has seen the Father. 47 Truly, truly, he who believes has eternal life. 48 I am the bread of life. 49 Your fathers ate the manna in the wilderness, and they died. 50 This is the bread which comes down from heaven, so that a person may eat some of it and not die. 51 I am the living bread that came down from heaven. If anyone eats some of this bread, he will live forever. The bread that I will give is my flesh for the life of the world."
52 The Jews became angry among themselves and began to argue, saying, "How can this man give us his flesh to eat?" 53 Then Jesus said to them, "Truly, truly, unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves. 54 Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life, and I will raise him up at the last day. 55 For my flesh is true food, and my blood is true drink. 56 He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him. 57 As the living Father sent me, and as I live because of the Father, so he who eats me, he will also live because of me. 58 This is the bread that has come down from heaven, not as the fathers ate and died. He who eats this bread will live forever." 59 But Jesus said these things in the synagogue while he was teaching in Capernaum.
60 Then many of his disciples who heard this said, "This is a difficult saying; who can hear it?" 61 Jesus, because he knew in himself that his disciples were grumbling at this, said to them, "Does this offend you? 62 Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before? 63 It is the Spirit who makes alive; the flesh profits nothing. The words that I have spoken to you are spirit, and they are life. 64 Yet there are some of you who do not believe." For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones that would not believe and who it was who would betray him. 65 He said, "It is because of this that I said to you that no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father."
66 Because of this, many of his disciples went away and no longer walked with him. 67 Then Jesus said to the twelve, "You do not want to go away also, do you?" 68 Simon Peter answered him, "Lord, to whom would we go? You have words of eternal life, 69 and we have believed and come to know that you are the Holy One of God." [1]70 Jesus said to them, "Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil?" 71 Now he spoke of Judas son of Simon Iscariot, for it was he, one of the twelve, who would betray Jesus.
1 After these things Jesus traveled about in Galilee, for he did not want to go into Judea because the Jews were seeking to kill him. 2 Now the Jewish Festival of Shelters was near. 3 His brothers therefore said to him, "Leave this place and go to Judea, so that your disciples also may see the works that you do. 4 No one does anything in secret if he himself seeks to be known openly. If you do these things, show yourself to the world." 5 For even his brothers did not believe in him. 6 Jesus therefore said to them, "My time has not yet come, but your time is always ready. 7 The world cannot hate you, but it hates me because I testify about it that its works are evil. 8 You go up to the festival; I am not going to this festival because my time has not yet been fulfilled." 9 After he said these things to them, he stayed in Galilee.
10 But when his brothers had gone up to the festival, then he also went up, not publicly but in secret. 11 The Jews were looking for him at the festival and said, "Where is he?" 12 There was much discussion among the crowds about him. Some said, "He is a good man." Others said, "No, he leads the crowds astray." 13 Yet no one spoke openly about him for fear of the Jews.
14 When the festival was already half over, Jesus went up into the temple and began to teach. 15 Then the Jews marveled, saying, "How does this man know so much? He has never been educated." 16 Jesus answered them and said, "My teaching is not mine, but is of him who sent me. 17 If anyone wishes to do his will, he will know about this teaching, whether it comes from God, or whether I speak from myself. 18 Whoever speaks from himself seeks his own glory, but whoever seeks the glory of him who sent him, that person is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him. 19 Did not Moses give you the law? Yet none of you keeps the law. Why do you seek to kill me?" 20 The crowd answered, "You have a demon. Who seeks to kill you?" 21 Jesus answered and said to them, "I did one work, and you all marvel because of it. 22 Moses gave you circumcision (not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors), and on the Sabbath you circumcise a man. 23 If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the law of Moses is not broken, why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath? 24 Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously."
25 Some of them from Jerusalem said, "Is not this the one they seek to kill? 26 See, he speaks openly, and they say nothing to him. It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it? 27 Yet we know where this one is from. But when the Christ comes, no one will know where he is from." 28 Then Jesus cried out in the temple, teaching and saying, "You both know me and know where I come from. I have not come of myself, but he who sent me is true, and you do not know him. 29 I know him because I come from him and he sent me." 30 They were trying to arrest him, but no one laid a hand on him because his hour had not yet come. 31 But many in the crowd believed in him, and they said, "When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done?" 32 The Pharisees heard the crowds whispering these things about Jesus, and the chief priests and the Pharisees sent officers to arrest him. 33 Jesus then said, "I am still with you for a short amount of time, and then I go to him who sent me. 34 You will seek me but you will not find me; where I go, you will not be able to come." 35 The Jews therefore said among themselves, "Where will this man go that we will not be able to find him? Will he go to the dispersion among the Greeks and teach the Greeks? 36 What is this word that he said, 'You will seek me but will not find me; where I go, you will not be able to come'?"
37 Now on the last, great day of the festival, Jesus stood and cried out, saying, "If anyone is thirsty, let him come to me and drink. 38 He who believes in me, just as the scripture says, rivers of living water will flow from his belly." 39 But he said this about the Spirit, whom those who believed in him would receive; the Spirit had not yet been given because Jesus was not yet glorified. 40 Some of the crowd, when they heard these words, said, "This is indeed the prophet." 41 Others said, "This is the Christ." But some said, "Does the Christ come from Galilee? 42 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?" 43 So there arose a division in the crowds because of him. 44 Some of them would have arrested him, but no one laid hands on him.
45 Then the officers came back to the chief priests and Pharisees, who said to them, "Why did you not bring him?" 46 The officers answered, "Never has anyone spoken like this." 47 So the Pharisees answered them, "Have you also been deceived? 48 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? 49 But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed." 50 Nicodemus (one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier) said to them, 51 "Does our law judge a man before hearing from him and knowing what he does?" 52 They answered and said to him, "Are you also from Galilee? Search and see that no prophet comes from Galilee."
53[1] [Then everyone went to his own house.
1[1] Jesus went to the Mount of Olives. 2 Early in the morning he came to the temple again, and all the people came; he sat down and taught them. 3 The scribes and the Pharisees brought a woman caught in the act of adultery. They placed her in the middle. 4 Then they said to him, "Teacher, this woman has been caught in the act of adultery. 5 Now in the law, Moses commanded us to stone such people; what do you say about her?" 6 They said this in order to trap him so that they might have something to accuse him about, but Jesus bent down and wrote on the ground with his finger. 7 When they continued asking him questions, he stood up and said to them, "The one among you who has no sin, let him be the first to throw a stone at her." 8 Again he stooped down, and wrote on the ground with his finger. 9 When they heard it, they left one by one, beginning with the oldest. Finally Jesus was left alone, with the woman who had been in the middle. 10 Jesus stood up and said to her, "Woman, where are your accusers? Did no one condemn you?" 11 She said, "No one, Lord." Jesus said, "Neither do I condemn you. Go and sin no more."] [2]
12 Again Jesus spoke to them, saying, "I am the light of the world; he who follows me will not walk in the darkness but will have the light of life." 13 The Pharisees said to him, "You testify about yourself; your testimony is not true." 14 Jesus answered and said to them, "Even if I testify about myself, my testimony is true. I know where I came from and where I am going, but you do not know where I came from or where I am going. 15 You judge according to the flesh; I judge no one. 16 Yet if I judge, my judgment is true because I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me. 17 Yes, and in your law it is written that the testimony of two men is true. 18 I am he who testifies about myself, and the Father who sent me testifies about me." 19 They said to him, "Where is your father?" Jesus answered, "You know neither me nor my Father; if you had known me, you would have known my Father also." 20 He said these words in the treasury as he taught in the temple, and no one arrested him because his hour had not yet come.
21 So again he said to them, "I am going away; you will seek me and will die in your sin. Where I am going, you cannot come." 22 The Jews said, "Will he kill himself? Is that why he says, 'Where I am going you cannot come'?" 23 Jesus said to them, "You are from below; I am from above. You are of this world; I am not of this world. 24 Therefore, I said to you that you will die in your sins. For unless you believe that I AM, you will die in your sins." 25 They said therefore to him, "Who are you?" Jesus said to them, "What I have said to you from the beginning. 26 I have many things to speak and to judge about you. However, he who sent me is true; and the things that I heard from him, these things I say to the world." 27 They did not understand that he was speaking to them about the Father. 28 Jesus said, "When you have lifted up the Son of Man, then will you know that I AM, and that I do nothing of myself. As the Father taught me, I speak these things. 29 He who sent me is with me, and he has not left me alone, because I always do what is pleasing to him." 30 As Jesus was saying these things, many believed in him.
31 Jesus said to those Jews who had believed him, "If you remain in my word, then you are truly my disciples; 32 and you will know the truth, and the truth will set you free." 33 They answered him, "We are descendants of Abraham and have never been slaves of anyone; how can you say, 'You will be set free'?" 34 Jesus answered them, "Truly, truly, I say to you, everyone who commits sin is the slave of sin. 35 The slave does not remain in the house forever; the son remains forever. 36 Therefore, if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free. 37 I know that you are Abraham's descendants; you seek to kill me because my word has no place in you. 38 I say what I have seen with my Father, and you also do what you heard from your father." 39 They answered and said to him, "Our father is Abraham." Jesus said to them, "If you were Abraham's children, you would do the works of Abraham. 40 Yet, now you seek to kill me, a man who has told you the truth that I heard from God. Abraham did not do this. 41 You do the works of your father." They said to him, "We were not born in sexual immorality; we have one Father: God." 42 Jesus said to them, "If God were your Father, you would love me, for I came from God and am here; for neither have I come of myself, but he sent me. 43 Why do you not understand my words? It is because you cannot hear my words. 44 You are of your father, the devil, and you wish to do the desires of your father. He was a murderer from the beginning and does not stand in the truth because there is no truth in him. When he speaks a lie, he speaks from his own nature because he is a liar and the father of lies. 45 Yet, because I speak the truth, you do not believe me. 46 Which one of you convicts me of sin? If I speak the truth, why do you not believe me? 47 He who is of God hears the words of God; you do not hear them because you are not of God." 48 The Jews answered and said to him, "Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon?" 49 Jesus answered, "I do not have a demon, but I honor my Father, and you dishonor me. 50 I do not seek my glory; there is one seeking and judging. 51 Truly, truly, I say to you, if anyone keeps my word, he will never see death." 52 The Jews said to him, "Now we know that you have a demon. Abraham and the prophets died; but you say, 'If anyone keeps my word, he will never taste death.' 53 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The prophets also died. Who do you make yourself out to be?" 54 Jesus answered, "If I glorify myself, my glory is nothing; it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God. 55 You have not known him, but I know him. If I would say, 'I do not know him,' I would be like you, a liar. However, I know him and keep his word. 56 Your father Abraham rejoiced at seeing my day; he saw it and was glad." 57 The Jews said to him, "You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham?" 58 Jesus said to them, "Truly, truly, I say to you, before Abraham was, I AM." 59 Then they picked up stones to throw at him, but Jesus hid himself and went out of the temple.
1 Now as Jesus passed by, he saw a man blind from birth. 2 His disciples asked him, "Rabbi, who sinned, this man or his parents, so that he was born blind?" 3 Jesus answered, "Neither did this man sin, nor his parents, but so that the works of God would be revealed in him. 4 We must do the works of him who sent me while it is day. Night is coming when no one will be able to work. 5 While I am in the world, I am the light of the world." 6 After Jesus said these things, he spit on the ground, made mud with the saliva, and smeared the mud on his eyes. 7 He said to him, "Go, wash in the pool of Siloam" (which is translated "Sent"). So the man went away, washed, and came back seeing. 8 Then the man's neighbors and those who had seen him previously as a beggar were saying, "Is not this the man that used to sit and beg?" 9 Some said, "It is he." Others said, "No, but he is like him." But he said, "It is me." 10 They said to him, "Then how were your eyes opened?" 11 He answered, "The man who is called Jesus made mud and smeared it on my eyes and said to me, 'Go to Siloam and wash.' So I went and washed, and I received my sight." 12 They said to him, "Where is he?" He replied, "I do not know."
13 They brought the man who used to be blind to the Pharisees. 14 Now it was the Sabbath day when Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. 15 Then again the Pharisees asked him how he had received his sight. He said to them, "He put mud on my eyes, I washed, and I now can see." 16 Some of the Pharisees said, "This man is not from God because he does not keep the Sabbath." Others said, "How can a man who is a sinner do such signs?" So there was a division among them. 17 So they asked the blind man again, "What do you say about him, since he opened your eyes?" The blind man said, "He is a prophet." 18 Now the Jews still did not believe about him that he was blind and had received his sight until they called the parents of him who had received his sight. 19 They asked the parents, "Is this your son whom you say was born blind? How then does he now see?" 20 So his parents answered them, "We know that this is our son and that he was born blind. 21 How he now sees, we do not know, and who opened his eyes, we do not know. Ask him, he is an adult. He can speak for himself." 22 His parents said these things, because they were afraid of the Jews. For the Jews had already agreed that if anyone would confess him to be the Christ, he would be thrown out of the synagogue. 23 Because of this, his parents said, "He is an adult, ask him." 24 So for a second time they called the man who had been blind and said to him, "Give glory to God. We know that this man is a sinner." 25 Then that man replied, "I do not know if he is a sinner. One thing I do know: I was blind, and now I see." 26 Then they said to him, "What did he do to you? How did he open your eyes?" 27 He answered, "I have told you already, and you did not listen! Why do you want to hear it again? You do not want to become his disciples too, do you?" 28 They insulted him and said, "You are his disciple, but we are disciples of Moses. 29 We know that God has spoken to Moses, but we do not know where this one is from." 30 The man answered and said to them, "This is remarkable, that you do not know where he is from, and yet he opened my eyes. 31 We know that God does not listen to sinners, but if someone worships God and does his will, he listens to him. 32 Since the world began it has never been heard that anyone opened the eyes of a man born blind. 33 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing." 34 They answered and said to him, "You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us?" Then they threw him out.
35 Jesus heard that they had cast him out of the synagogue. He found him and said, "Do you believe in the Son of Man?" 36 He replied and said, "Who is he, Lord, that I may believe in him?" 37 Jesus said to him, "You have seen him, and it is the one who is speaking with you." 38 The man said, "Lord, I believe," and he worshiped him. 39 Jesus said, "For judgment I came into this world so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind." 40 Some of the Pharisees who were with him heard these things and asked him, "Are we also blind?" 41 Jesus said to them, "If you were blind, you would have no sin, but now you say, 'We see,' so your sin remains."
1 "Truly, truly, I say to you, he who does not enter through the gate into the sheep pen, but climbs up some other way, that man is a thief and a robber. 2 He who enters through the gate is the shepherd of the sheep. 3 The gatekeeper opens for him. The sheep hear his voice, and he calls his own sheep by name and leads them out. 4 When he has brought out all his own, he goes ahead of them, and the sheep follow him, for they know his voice. 5 They will not follow a stranger but instead they will avoid him, for they do not know the voice of strangers." 6 Jesus spoke this parable to them, but they did not understand what these things were that he was saying to them.
7 Then Jesus said to them again, "Truly, truly, I say to you, I am the gate of the sheep. 8 Everyone who came before me is a thief and a robber, but the sheep did not listen to them. 9 I am the gate. If anyone enters in through me, he will be saved; he will go in and out and will find pasture. 10 The thief does not come except to steal and kill and destroy. I have come so that they will have life and have it abundantly. 11 I am the good shepherd. The good shepherd lays down his life for the sheep. 12 The hired servant is not a shepherd and does not own the sheep. He sees the wolf coming and abandons the sheep and escapes, and the wolf snatches them and scatters them. 13 He runs away because he is a hired servant and does not care for the sheep. 14 I am the good shepherd, and I know my own, and my own know me. 15 The Father knows me, and I know the Father, and I lay down my life for the sheep. 16 I have other sheep that are not of this sheep pen. I must bring them also, and they will hear my voice so that there will be one flock and one shepherd. 17 This is why the Father loves me: I lay down my life so that I may take it again. 18 No one takes it away from me, but I lay it down of myself. I have authority to lay it down, and I have authority to take it up again. I have received this command from my Father."
19 A division again occurred among the Jews because of these words. 20 Many of them said, "He has a demon and is insane. Why do you listen to him?" 21 Others said, "These are not the words of a demon-possessed man. Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?"
22 Then it was time for the Festival of the Dedication in Jerusalem. It was winter, 23 and Jesus was walking in the temple in the porch of Solomon. 24 Then the Jews surrounded him and said to him, "How long will you hold us doubting? If you are the Christ, tell us openly." 25 Jesus replied to them, "I told you, but you do not believe. The works that I do in the name of my Father, these testify concerning me. 26 Yet you do not believe because you are not my sheep. 27 My sheep hear my voice; I know them, and they follow me. 28 I give them eternal life; they will never die, and no one will snatch them out of my hand. 29 My Father, who has given them to me, is greater than all others, and no one is able to snatch them out of the hand of the Father. 30 I and the Father are one." 31 Then the Jews took up stones again to stone him. 32 Jesus answered them, "I have shown you many good works from the Father. For which of those works are you stoning me?" 33 The Jews answered him, "We are not stoning you for any good work, but for blasphemy, because you, a man, are making yourself God." 34 Jesus answered them, "Is it not written in your law, 'I said, "You are gods"'? 35 If he called them gods, to whom the word of God came (and the scripture cannot be broken), 36 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, 'You are blaspheming,' because I said, 'I am the Son of God'? 37 If I am not doing the works of my Father, do not believe me. 38 But if I am doing them, even if you do not believe me, believe in the works so that you may know and understand that the Father is in me and that I am in the Father." 39 They tried to seize him again, but he went away out of their hand.
40 He went away again beyond the Jordan to the place where John had first been baptizing, and he stayed there. 41 Many people came to him and they said, "John indeed did no signs, but all the things that John has said about this man are true." 42 Many people believed in him there.
1 Now a certain man named Lazarus was sick. He was from Bethany, the village of Mary and her sister Martha. 2 It was Mary who anointed the Lord with myrrh and wiped his feet with her hair, whose brother Lazarus was sick. 3 The sisters then sent for Jesus, saying, "Lord, see, he whom you love is sick." 4 When Jesus heard it, he said, "This sickness is not to death, but instead it is for the glory of God so that the Son of God may be glorified by it." 5 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus. 6 So when he heard that Lazarus was sick, Jesus stayed two more days in the place where he was. 7 Then after this, he said to the disciples, "Let us go to Judea again." 8 The disciples said to him, "Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again?" 9 Jesus answered, "Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world. 10 However, if he walks at night, he will stumble because the light is not in him." 11 He said these things, and after these things, he said to them, "Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep, but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep." 12 The disciples therefore said to him, "Lord, if he has fallen asleep, he will recover." 13 Now Jesus had spoken of his death, but they thought that he was speaking about the sleep of resting. 14 Then Jesus said to them plainly, "Lazarus is dead. 15 I am glad, for your sakes, that I was not there so that you may believe. Let us go to him." 16 Thomas, who was called Didymus, said to his fellow disciples, "Let us also go so that we may die with Jesus."
17 When Jesus came, he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days. 18 Now Bethany was near Jerusalem, about fifteen stadia away. 19 Many of the Jews had come to Martha and Mary, to comfort them about their brother. 20 Then Martha, when she heard that Jesus was coming, went to meet him, but Mary was sitting in the house. 21 Martha then said to Jesus, "Lord, if you had been here, my brother would not have died. 22 Even now, I know that whatever you ask from God, he will give to you." 23 Jesus said to her, "Your brother will rise again." 24 Martha said to him, "I know that he will rise again in the resurrection on the last day." 25 Jesus said to her, "I am the resurrection and the life; he who believes in me, even if he dies, will live; 26 and whoever lives and believes in me will never die. Do you believe this?" 27 She said to him, "Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God, who is coming into the world." 28 When she had said this, she went away and called her sister Mary privately. She said, "The Teacher is here and is calling for you." 29 When she heard this, she got up quickly and went to him. 30 Now Jesus had not yet come into the village but was still in the place where Martha had met him. 31 So when the Jews, who were with her in the house and who were comforting her, saw Mary getting up quickly and going out, they followed her, thinking that she was going to the tomb to weep there. 32 When Mary came to the place where Jesus was and saw him, she fell down at his feet and said to him, "Lord, if you had been here, my brother would not have died." 33 When Jesus saw her weeping, and the Jews who came with her also weeping, he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled; 34 he said, "Where have you laid him?" They said to him, "Lord, come and see." 35 Jesus wept. 36 Then the Jews said, "See how much he loved Lazarus!" 37 But some of them said, "Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die?" 38 Then Jesus again, being deeply moved in himself, went to the tomb. Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it. 39 Jesus said, "Take away the stone." Martha, the sister of Lazarus, the one who had died, said to Jesus, "Lord, by this time the body will be decaying, for he has been dead for four days." 40 Jesus said to her, "Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God?" 41 So they took away the stone. Jesus lifted up his eyes and said, "Father, I thank you that you listened to me. 42 I knew that you always listen to me, but it is because of the crowd that is standing around me that I said this, so that they may believe that you have sent me." 43 After he had said this, he cried out with a loud voice, "Lazarus, come out!" 44 The dead man came out; his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth. Jesus said to them, "Untie him and let him go."
45 Then many of the Jews who came to Mary and saw what Jesus did, believed in him. 46 But some of them went away to the Pharisees and told them the things that Jesus had done.
47 Then the chief priests and the Pharisees gathered the council together and said, "What will we do? This man does many signs. 48 If we leave him alone like this, all will believe in him; the Romans will come and take away both our place and our nation." 49 However, a certain man among them, Caiaphas, who was high priest that year, said to them, "You know nothing. 50 You do not consider that it is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes." 51 Now this he said not from himself. Instead, being high priest that year, he prophesied that Jesus should die for the nation; 52 and not only for the nation, but so that the children of God who are scattered would be gathered together into one. 53 So from that day onward they planned how to put Jesus to death.
54 No longer did Jesus walk openly among the Jews, but he departed from there into the country near to the wilderness into a town called Ephraim. There he stayed with the disciples. 55 Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem from the country before the Passover in order to purify themselves. 56 They were looking for Jesus, and speaking one with another as they stood in the temple, "What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?" 57 Now the chief priests and the Pharisees had given an order that if anyone knew where Jesus was, he should report it so that they might seize him.
1 Six days before the Passover, Jesus came to Bethany, where Lazarus was, whom Jesus had raised from the dead. 2 So they made him a dinner there, and Martha was serving, but Lazarus was one of those who were lying down at the table with Jesus. 3 Then Mary took a litra of perfume made of very precious pure nard, anointed the feet of Jesus with it, and wiped his feet with her hair. The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume. 4 Judas Iscariot, one of his disciples, the one who would betray him, said, 5 "Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor?" 6 Now he said this, not because he cared about the poor, but because he was a thief. He had the moneybag and would steal from what was put in it. 7 Jesus said, "Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial. 8 You will always have the poor with you. But you will not always have me."
9 Now a large crowd of the Jews learned that Jesus was there, and they came, not only for Jesus, but also to see Lazarus, whom Jesus had raised from the dead. 10 The chief priests conspired together so that they might also put Lazarus to death; 11 for it was because of him that many of the Jews went away and believed in Jesus.
12 On the next day a great crowd came to the festival. When they heard that Jesus was coming to Jerusalem, 13 they took the branches of the palm trees and went out to meet him and cried out, "Hosanna! Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord, the King of Israel."
14 Jesus found a young donkey and sat on it; as it was written,
15 "Do not fear, daughter of Zion;
see, your King is coming,
sitting on the colt of a donkey."
16 His disciples did not understand these things at first; but when Jesus was glorified, they remembered that these things had been written about him and that they had done these things to him. 17 Now the crowd testified that they had been with him when he called Lazarus out of the tomb and raised him up from the dead. 18 It was also for this reason that the crowd went out to meet him, because they heard that he had done this sign. 19 The Pharisees therefore said among themselves, "Look, you can do nothing good; see, the world has gone after him."
20 Now certain Greeks were among those who were going up to worship at the festival. 21 These went to Philip, who was from Bethsaida in Galilee, and asked him, saying, "Sir, we want to see Jesus." 22 Philip went and told Andrew; Andrew went with Philip, and they told Jesus. 23 Jesus answered them and said, "The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified. 24 Truly, truly, I say to you, unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies, it remains by itself alone; but if it dies, it will bear much fruit. 25 He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life. 26 If anyone serves me, let him follow me; and where I am, there will my servant also be. If anyone serves me, the Father will honor him. 27 Now my soul is troubled and what should I say? 'Father, save me from this hour'? But for this reason I came to this hour. 28 Father, glorify your name." Then a voice came from heaven and said, "I have glorified it and I will glorify it again." 29 Then the crowd that stood by and heard it said that it had thundered. Others said, "An angel has spoken to him." 30 Jesus answered and said, "This voice did not come for me, but for you. 31 Now is the judgment of this world: Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out. 32 When I am lifted up from the earth, I will draw everyone to myself." 33 He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die. 34 The crowd answered him, "We have heard from the law that the Christ will stay forever. How can you say, 'The Son of Man must be lifted up'? Who is this Son of Man?" 35 Jesus then said to them, "The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going. 36 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light."
Jesus said these things and then departed and hid from them. 37 Although Jesus had done so many signs before them, yet they did not believe in him 38 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled, in which he said:
"Lord, who has believed our report,
and to whom has the arm
of the Lord been revealed?"
39 For this reason they could not believe, for Isaiah had also said,
40 "He has blinded their eyes,
and he has hardened their heart,
otherwise they would see with their eyes
and understand with their hearts,
and turn, and I would heal them."
41 Isaiah said these things because he saw the glory of Jesus and spoke of him. 42 But despite that, many of the rulers believed in Jesus; but because of the Pharisees, they did not confess it so that they would not be banned from the synagogue. 43 They loved the glory that comes from people more than the glory that comes from God.
44 Jesus cried out and said, "The one who believes in me, believes not only in me but also in him who sent me, 45 and the one who sees me sees him who sent me. 46 I have come as a light into the world, so that whoever believes in me may not remain in the darkness. 47 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world. 48 The one who rejects me and who does not receive my words, has one who judges him. The word I have spoken will judge him on the last day. 49 For I did not speak for myself, but it is the Father who sent me, who has given me the command about what to say and what to speak. 50 I know that his command is eternal life, so that is what I say—just as the Father has spoken to me, so I speak."
1 Now it was before the Festival of the Passover. Jesus knew that his hour had come to go out of this world and go to the Father. Having loved his own who were in the world, he loved them to the end. 2 Now the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus. So during dinner, 3 Jesus—who knew that the Father had given everything over into his hands and that he had come from God and was going back to God— 4 got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing. Then he took a towel and wrapped it around himself. 5 Then he poured water into a basin and began to wash the feet of the disciples and dry them with the towel that he had put around himself. 6 He came to Simon Peter, and Peter said to him, "Lord, are you going to wash my feet?" 7 Jesus answered and said to him, "What I am doing you do not understand now, but you will understand this later." 8 Peter said to him, "You will never wash my feet." Jesus answered him, "If I do not wash you, you have no share with me." 9 Simon Peter said to him, "Lord, do not only wash my feet, but also my hands and my head." 10 Jesus said to him, "He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet, but he is completely clean; you are clean, but not everyone." 11 (For Jesus knew who would betray him; that is why he said, "Not all of you are clean.")
12 So when Jesus had washed their feet and taken his garments and sat down again, he said to them, "Do you understand what I have done for you? 13 You call me 'teacher' and 'Lord,' and you are speaking correctly, because so I am. 14 If I then, the Lord and the Teacher, have washed your feet, you should also wash the feet of one another. 15 For I have given you an example so that you should also do just as I did for you. 16 Truly, truly, I say to you, a servant is not greater than his master; nor is a messenger greater than he who sent him. 17 If you know these things, you are blessed if you do them. 18 I am not speaking about all of you; I know those whom I have chosen—but this is so that the scripture will be fulfilled: 'He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me.' 19 I tell you this now before it happens so that when it happens, you may believe that I AM. 20 Truly, truly, I say to you, whoever receives the one I send receives me, and whoever receives me receives the one who sent me."
21 When Jesus said this, he was troubled in spirit. He testified and said, "Truly, truly, I say to you that one of you will betray me." 22 The disciples looked at each other, wondering of whom he was speaking. 23 One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved, was lying down at the table against Jesus' side. 24 Simon Peter motioned to this disciple and said, "Ask him who he is speaking about." 25 So he leaned back against the side of Jesus and said to him, "Lord, who is it?" 26 Then Jesus answered, "It is the one for whom I will dip the piece of bread and give it him." So when he had dipped the bread, he gave it to Judas son of Simon Iscariot. 27 Then after the bread, Satan entered into him, so Jesus said to him, "What you are doing, do it quickly." 28 Now no one who was lying down at the table knew why he said this to him. 29 Some thought that, since Judas had the moneybag, Jesus said to him, "Buy what we need to have for the festival," or that he should give something to the poor. 30 After Judas received the bread, he went out immediately. It was night.
31 When Judas was gone, Jesus said, "Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him. 32 If God is glorified in him, God will also glorify the Son in himself, and he will glorify him at once. 33 Little children, I am with you for still a short amount of time. You will seek me, and as I said to the Jews, 'Where I am going, you cannot come.' Now I also say this to you. 34 I am giving you a new commandment, that you should love one another; as I have loved you, so also you should love one another. 35 By this everyone will know that you are my disciples, if you have love one for another."
36 Simon Peter said to him, "Lord, where are you going?" Jesus answered, "Where I am going, you cannot follow me now, but you will follow later." 37 Peter said to him, "Lord, why can I not follow you now? I will lay down my life for you." 38 Jesus answered, "Will you lay down your life for me? Truly, truly, I say to you, the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times."
1 "Do not let your heart be troubled. You believe in God; believe also in me. 2 In my Father's house are many rooms. If it were not so, I would have told you, for I am going to prepare a place for you. 3 If I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again and receive you to myself, so that where I am you will also be. 4 You know the way to where I am going." 5 Thomas said to Jesus, "Lord, we do not know where you are going; how can we know the way?" 6 Jesus said to him, "I am the way, the truth, and the life; no one comes to the Father except through me. 7 If you had known me, you would have known my Father also. From now on you know him and have seen him." 8 Philip said to Jesus, "Lord, show us the Father, and that will be enough for us." 9 Jesus said to him, "I have been with you for such a long time and you still do not know me, Philip? Whoever has seen me has seen the Father. How can you say, 'Show us the Father'? 10 Do you not believe that I am in the Father and the Father is in me? The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority, but the Father living in me is doing his work. 11 Believe me that I am in the Father, and the Father is in me, or else believe because of the works themselves. 12 Truly, truly, I say to you, he who believes in me will do the works that I do, and he will do greater works than these because I am going to the Father. 13 Whatever you ask in my name, I will do it so that the Father will be glorified in the Son. 14 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it. 15 If you love me, you will keep my commandments, 16 and I will pray to the Father, and he will give you another Comforter so that he will be with you forever— 17 the Spirit of truth. The world cannot receive him because it does not see him or know him. But you know him, for he lives with you and will be in you. 18 I will not leave you as orphans; I will come back to you. 19 Yet a short amount of time and the world will no longer see me, but you will see me. Because I live, you will also live. 20 On that day you will know that I am in my Father, and that you are in me, and that I am in you. 21 He who has my commandments and keeps them is the one who loves me, and he who loves me will be loved by my Father, and I will love him and I will show myself to him." 22 Judas (not Iscariot) said to Jesus, "Lord, why is it that you will show yourself to us and not to the world?" 23 Jesus answered and said to him, "If anyone loves me, he will keep my word. My Father will love him, and we will come to him and we will make our home with him. 24 He who does not love me does not keep my words. The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me.
25 I have said these things to you, while I am staying with you. 26 However, the Comforter—the Holy Spirit whom the Father will send in my name—he will teach you everything and he will remind you of everything that I said to you. 27 I leave you peace; I give you my peace. I do not give it as the world gives. Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid. 28 You heard that I said to you, 'I am going away, and I will come back to you.' If you loved me, you would be glad because I am going to the Father, for the Father is greater than I am. 29 Now I have told you before it happens so that, when it happens, you will believe. 30 I will no longer speak much with you, for the ruler of this world is coming. He has no power over me, 31 but in order that the world will know that I love the Father, I do just as the Father commanded me. Let us get up and go from here."
1 "I am the true vine, and my Father is the gardener. 2 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit, and he prunes every branch that bears fruit so that it will bear more fruit. 3 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you. 4 Remain in me, and I in you. Just as a branch cannot bear fruit by itself unless it remains in the vine, so neither can you, unless you remain in me. 5 I am the vine, you are the branches. He who remains in me and I in him, he bears much fruit, for without me you can do nothing. 6 If anyone does not remain in me, he is thrown away like a branch and dries up, and they gather the branches and throw them into the fire, and they are burned up. 7 If you remain in me, and if my words remain in you, ask whatever you wish, and it will be done for you. 8 My Father is glorified in this, that you bear much fruit and so prove that you are my disciples. 9 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you. Remain in my love. 10 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love. 11 I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you and so that your joy will be made full. 12 This is my commandment, that you love one another as I have loved you. 13 No one has greater love than this—that one lays down his life for his friends. 14 You are my friends if you do the things that I command you. 15 No longer do I call you servants, for the servant does not know what his master is doing. I have called you friends, for everything that I heard from my Father I have made known to you. 16 You did not choose me, but I chose you and appointed you so that you would go and bear fruit, and that your fruit should remain. This is so that whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you. 17 These things I command you, so that you love one another. 18 If the world hates you, know that it has hated me before it hated you. 19 If you were of the world, the world would love you as its own. But because you are not of the world and because I chose you out of the world, therefore the world hates you. 20 Remember the word that I said to you, 'A servant is not greater than his master.' If they persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they kept my word, they will also keep yours. 21 They will do all these things to you because of my name, because they do not know him who sent me. 22 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin. 23 He who hates me also hates my Father. 24 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but now they have seen and hated both me and my Father. 25 But this is in order to fulfill the word that is written in their law, 'They hated me without a cause.' 26 When the Comforter comes—whom I will send to you from the Father, that is, the Spirit of truth, who goes out from the Father—he will testify about me. 27 You also must testify, because you have been with me from the beginning.
1 "I have spoken these things to you so that you will not fall away. 2 They will throw you out of the synagogues. But the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God. 3 They will do these things because they have not known the Father nor me. 4 I have spoken these things to you so that when their hour comes, you will remember that I told you about them. I did not tell you about these things in the beginning, because I was with you. 5 But now I go to him who sent me, yet none of you asks me, 'Where are you going?' 6 But because I have said these things to you, sorrow has filled your heart. 7 But truly I tell you, it is better for you that I go away. For if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you, but if I go, I will send him to you. 8 When he comes, the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin, about righteousness, and about judgment— 9 about sin, because they do not believe in me; 10 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me; 11 and about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged. 12 I have many things to say to you, but you cannot bear them now. 13 But when he, the Spirit of truth, comes, he will guide you into all the truth, for he will not speak from himself. But he will say whatever he hears, and he will tell you things that are to come. 14 He will glorify me, because he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you. 15 Everything that the Father has is mine. Therefore, I said that the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you. 16 In a short amount of time you will no longer see me, and after another short amount of time you will see me." 17 Then some of his disciples said to one another, "What is this that he says to us, 'A short amount of time you will no longer see me and after another short amount of time you will see me,' and, 'Because I go to the Father'?" 18 Therefore they said, "What is this that he says, 'A short amount of time'? We do not know what he is talking about." 19 Jesus saw that they wanted to ask him, and he said to them, "Is this what you are asking each other, what I meant by saying, 'In a short amount of time and you will no longer see me, and again in a short amount of time and you will see me'? 20 Truly, truly, I say to you, you will weep and lament, but the world will be glad. You will be sorrowful, but your sorrow will be turned into joy. 21 When a woman gives birth she has sorrow because her hour has come, but when she has given birth to the child, she no longer remembers her tribulation because of her joy that a man has been born into the world. 22 So you have sorrow now, but I will see you again, and your heart will be glad, and no one will be able to take away your joy from you. 23 On that day you will not ask me anything. Truly, truly, I say to you, if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you. 24 Until now you have not asked anything in my name. Ask and you will receive, so that your joy will be fulfilled.
25 "I have said these things to you in figures of speech, but the hour is coming when I will no longer speak to you in figures of speech, but instead I will tell you plainly about the Father. 26 On that day you will ask in my name and I do not say to you that I will pray to the Father for you, 27 for the Father himself loves you because you have loved me and because you have believed that I came from God. 28 I came from the Father, and I have come into the world. Again, I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father." 29 His disciples said, "See, now you are speaking plainly and you are not using figures of speech. 30 Now we know that you know all things, and you do not need anyone to ask you questions. Because of this, we believe that you have come from God." 31 Jesus answered them, "Do you believe now? 32 See, the hour is coming, yes, and has indeed come, when you will be scattered, everyone to his own home, and you will leave me alone. Yet I am not alone because the Father is with me. 33 I have spoken these things to you so that you will have peace in me. In the world you have tribulation, but have courage, I have conquered the world."
1 After Jesus said these things, he lifted up his eyes to the heavens and said, "Father, the hour has come, glorify your Son so that the Son will glorify you— 2 just as you gave him authority over all flesh so that he would give eternal life to everyone whom you have given him. 3 This is eternal life: That they know you, the only true God, and him whom you sent, Jesus Christ. 4 I glorified you on the earth. I have finished the work that you have given me to do. 5 Now, Father, glorify me along with yourself with the glory that I had with you before the world was made. 6 I revealed your name to the people whom you gave me from the world. They were yours, and you gave them to me, and they have kept your word. 7 Now they know that everything that you have given me comes from you, 8 for I have given them all the words that you gave me. They received them and truly knew that I came from you, and they believed that you sent me. 9 I pray for them. I do not pray for the world but for those whom you have given me, for they are yours. 10 Everything that is mine is yours, and yours is mine, and I am glorified in them. 11 I am no longer in the world, but these people are in the world, and I am coming to you. Holy Father, keep them in your name that you have given me so that they will be one, just as we are one. 12 While I was with them, I kept them safe in your name, which you have given me. I guarded them, and not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction, so that the scriptures would be fulfilled. 13 Now I am coming to you, but I am saying these things in the world so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves. 14 I have given them your word, and the world has hated them because they are not of the world, just as I am not of the world. 15 I do not ask for you to take them away from the world, but for you to keep them safe from the evil one. 16 They are not of the world, just as I am not of the world. 17 Set them apart by the truth. Your word is truth. 18 Just as you sent me into the world, so I have sent them into the world. 19 For their sakes I have set myself apart, so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth. 20 I pray not only for these, but also for those who will believe in me through their word 21 so that they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us so that the world will believe that you have sent me. 22 The glory that you gave me, I have given to them, so that they will be one, just as we are one: 23 I in them, and you in me—that they may be brought to complete unity, so that the world will know that you sent me, and that you have loved them just as you loved me. 24 Father, I want those you have given me to be with me where I am, and to see my glory, the glory you gave me because you loved me before the foundation of the world. 25 Righteous Father, the world did not know you, but I know you; and these know that you sent me. 26 I made your name known to them, and I will make it known so that the love with which you have loved me will be in them, and I will be in them."
1 After Jesus spoke these words, he went out with his disciples to the other side of the Kidron Brook, where there was a garden into which he and his disciples entered. 2 Now Judas, who was going to betray him, also knew the place, for Jesus often met there with his disciples. 3 Then Judas, leading a company of soldiers and some officers from the chief priests and Pharisees, went there with lanterns, torches, and weapons. 4 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him, went forward and asked them, "Who are you looking for?" 5 They answered him, "Jesus of Nazareth." Jesus said to them, "I am." Judas, who betrayed him, was also standing with the soldiers. 6 So when he said to them, "I am," they went backward and fell to the ground. 7 Then again he asked them, "Who are you looking for?" Again they said, "Jesus of Nazareth." 8 Jesus answered, "I told you that I am. So if you are looking for me, let these go." 9 This was in order to fulfill the word that he said: "Of those whom you have given me, I lost no one." 10 Then Simon Peter, who had a sword, drew it and struck the servant of the high priest and cut off his right ear. Now the name of the servant was Malchus. 11 Jesus said to Peter, "Put the sword back into its sheath. Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me?"
12 So a company of soldiers and the captain, and the officers of the Jews, seized Jesus and tied him up. 13 They led him first to Annas, for he was father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was high priest that year. 14 Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people.
15 Simon Peter followed Jesus, and so did another disciple. Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus into the courtyard of the high priest; 16 but Peter was standing at the door outside. So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest, went out and spoke to the doorkeeper, and he brought Peter in. 17 Then the female servant, the doorkeeper, said to Peter, "Are you not also one of the disciples of this man?" He said, "I am not." 18 Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves. Peter was also with them, standing there and warming himself.
19 The high priest then asked Jesus about his disciples and his teaching. 20 Jesus answered him, "I have spoken openly to the world. I was always teaching in synagogues and in the temple where all the Jews come together. I said nothing in secret. 21 Why did you ask me? Ask those who have heard me about what I said. Look, these people know what I said." 22 When Jesus had said this, one of the officers standing there struck Jesus and said, "Is that how you answer the high priest?" 23 Jesus answered him, "If I spoke wrongly, testify about the wrong, but if rightly, why do you hit me?" 24 Then Annas sent him tied up to Caiaphas the high priest.
25 Now Simon Peter was standing and warming himself. The people then said to him, "Are you not also one of his disciples?" He denied it and said, "I am not." 26 One of the servants of the high priest, who was a relative of the man whose ear Peter had cut off, said, "Did I not see you in the garden with him?" 27 Then Peter denied it again; and immediately the rooster crowed.
28 Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas to the government headquarters. It was early in the morning, and they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled but would be able to eat the Passover. 29 So Pilate went out to them and said, "What accusation are you bringing against this man?" 30 They answered and said to him, "If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you." 31 Pilate therefore said to them, "Take him yourselves, and judge him according to your law." The Jews said to him, "It is not lawful for us to put any man to death." 32 They said this so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled which he had spoken to indicate by what kind of death he would die.
33 Then Pilate entered the government headquarters again and called Jesus and he said to him, "Are you the King of the Jews?" 34 Jesus answered, "Do you speak from yourself, or did others speak to you about me?" 35 Pilate answered, "I am not a Jew, am I? Your own people and the chief priests gave you over to me. What did you do?" 36 Jesus answered, "My kingdom is not of this world. If my kingdom were part of this world, then my servants would fight so that I would not be given over to the Jews. But now my kingdom is not from here." 37 Pilate then said to him, "Are you a king then?" Jesus answered, "You say that I am a king. For this purpose I have been born, and for this purpose I have come into the world, to testify to the truth. Everyone who belongs to the truth listens to my voice." 38 Pilate said to him, "What is truth?" When he had said this, he went out again to the Jews and said to them, "I find no guilt in this man. 39 But you have the custom that I release one person to you at the Passover. So do you want me to release the King of the Jews to you?" 40 Then they cried out again and said, "Not this man, but Barabbas." Now Barabbas was a revolutionary.
1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him. 2 The soldiers weaved a crown of thorns. They put it on the head of Jesus and dressed him with a purple garment. 3 They came to him and said, "Hail, King of the Jews!" and they struck him.
4 Then Pilate went outside again and said to them, "See, I am bringing him outside to you so that you will know that I find no guilt in him." 5 So Jesus came out, wearing the crown of thorns and the purple garment. Pilate said to them, "Look, here is the man!"
6 When therefore the chief priests and the officers saw Jesus, they cried out and said, "Crucify him, crucify him!"
Pilate said to them, "Take him yourselves and crucify him, for I find no guilt in him." 7 The Jews answered him, "We have a law, and according to that law he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God." 8 When Pilate heard this statement, he was even more afraid, 9 and he entered the government headquarters again and said to Jesus, "Where do you come from?" But Jesus gave him no answer. 10 Then Pilate said to him, "Are you not speaking to me? Do you not know that I have authority to release you, and authority to crucify you?" 11 Jesus answered him, "You do not have any authority over me except for what has been given to you from above. Therefore, he who gave me over to you has a greater sin." 12 At this answer, Pilate tried to release him, but the Jews cried out, saying, "If you release this man, you are not a friend of Caesar. Everyone who makes himself a king speaks against Caesar."
13 When Pilate heard these words, he brought Jesus out and sat down in the judgment seat in a place called "The Pavement," but in the Aramaic language, "Gabbatha." 14 Now it was the day of preparation for the Passover, at about the sixth hour. Pilate said to the Jews, "See, here is your king!"
15 They cried out, "Away with him, away with him; crucify him!"
Pilate said to them, "Should I crucify your King?"
The chief priests answered, "We have no king but Caesar." 16 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified.
17 Then they took Jesus, and he went out, carrying the cross for himself, to the place called "The Place of a Skull," which in the Aramaic language is called "Golgotha." 18 They crucified Jesus there, and with him two other men, one on each side, with Jesus in the middle. 19 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross. There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS. 20 Many of the Jews read this sign because the place where Jesus was crucified was near the city. The sign was written in Aramaic, in Latin, and in Greek. 21 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate, "Do not write, 'The King of the Jews,' but rather, 'This one said, "I am King of the Jews."'"
22 Pilate answered, "What I have written I have written."
23 When the soldiers crucified Jesus, they took his clothes, divided them into four shares, one for each of them; and also the tunic. Now the tunic was seamless, woven in one piece from the top. 24 Then they said to each other, "Let us not tear it, but instead let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be." This happened so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said,
"They divided my garments among themselves
and cast lots for my clothing."
This is what the soldiers did.
25 Now standing beside Jesus' cross were his mother, his mother's sister, Mary the wife of Clopas, and Mary Magdalene. 26 When Jesus saw his mother and the disciple whom he loved standing nearby, he said to his mother, "Woman, see, your son!" 27 Then he said to the disciple, "See, your mother!" From that hour the disciple took her to his own home.
28 After this, knowing that everything was now accomplished and so that the scriptures would be fulfilled, Jesus said, "I am thirsty." 29 A container full of sour wine was placed there, so they put a sponge full of the sour wine on a hyssop staff and lifted it up to his mouth. 30 When Jesus had taken the sour wine, he said, "It is finished." He bowed his head and gave up his spirit.
31 Then the Jews, because it was the day of preparation, and so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath (for that Sabbath was especially important), asked Pilate to break their legs and to remove them. 32 Then the soldiers came and broke the legs of the first man and of the second man who had been crucified with Jesus. 33 When they came to Jesus, they saw that he was already dead, so they did not break his legs. 34 However, one of the soldiers pierced his side with a spear, and immediately blood and water came out. 35 The one who saw this has testified, and his testimony is true. He knows that what he said is true so that you would also believe. 36 For these things happened in order to fulfill scripture, "Not one of his bones will be broken." 37 Again, another scripture says, "They will look at him whom they pierced."
38 After these things, Joseph of Arimathea, since he was a disciple of Jesus (but secretly for fear of the Jews), asked Pilate if he could take away the body of Jesus. Pilate gave him permission. So Joseph came and took away his body. 39 Nicodemus also came, he who at first had come to Jesus by night. He brought a mixture of myrrh and aloes, about one hundred litras. 40 So they took the body of Jesus and wrapped it in linen cloths with the spices, as was the custom of the Jews to bury bodies. 41 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden; and in the garden was a new tomb in which no person had yet been buried. 42 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews and because the tomb was close by, they laid Jesus in it.
1 Now early on the first day of the week, while it was still dark, Mary Magdalene came to the tomb and she saw the stone rolled away from the tomb. 2 So she ran and came to Simon Peter and to the other disciple whom Jesus loved, and she said to them, "They took away the Lord out from the tomb, and we do not know where they have laid him."
3 Then Peter and the other disciple went out, and they were going to the tomb. 4 They both ran together, and the other disciple quickly ran ahead of Peter and arrived at the tomb first. 5 Then stooping down, he saw the linen cloths lying there, but he did not go inside. 6 Simon Peter then arrived after him and went into the tomb. He saw the linen cloths lying there 7 and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was folded up in a place by itself. 8 Then the other disciple, the one who first arrived at the tomb, also went in, and he saw and believed. 9 For until that time they still did not know the scripture that he should rise from the dead. 10 So the disciples went back home again.
11 But Mary was standing outside the tomb weeping. As she wept, she stooped down into the tomb. 12 She saw two angels in white sitting, one at the head, and one at the foot of where the body of Jesus had lain. 13 They said to her, "Woman, why are you weeping?"
She said to them, "Because they took away my Lord, and I do not know where they have put him." 14 When she said this, she turned around and saw Jesus standing there, but she did not know that it was Jesus.
15 Jesus said to her, "Woman, why are you weeping? Whom are you looking for?"
She thought that he was the gardener, so she said to him, "Sir, if you have taken him away, tell me where you have put him, and I will take him away."
16 Jesus said to her, "Mary."
She turned and said to him in Aramaic, "Rabboni" (which is to say "Teacher").
17 Jesus said to her, "Do not touch me, for I have not yet gone up to the Father, but go to my brothers and say to them that I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God."
18 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples, "I have seen the Lord," and that he had said these things to her.
19 On the evening of that day, the first day of the week, the doors being locked where the disciples were for fear of the Jews, Jesus came and stood in the middle of them and said to them, "Peace to you." 20 After he said this, he showed them his hands and his side. The disciples rejoiced when they saw the Lord. 21 Jesus then said to them again, "Peace to you. As the Father has sent me, so I am sending you." 22 When Jesus had said this, he breathed on them and said to them, "Receive the Holy Spirit. 23 Whoever's sins you forgive, they are forgiven; whoever's sins you keep back, they are kept back."
24 Thomas, one of the twelve, called Didymus, was not with them when Jesus came. 25 The other disciples later said to him, "We have seen the Lord."
He said to them, "Unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side, I will not believe."
26 After eight days his disciples were inside again, and Thomas was with them. Jesus came while the doors were closed, and stood among them, and said, "Peace to you." 27 Then he said to Thomas, "Reach here with your finger and see my hands. Reach here with your hand and put it into my side. Do not be unbelieving, but believe."
28 Thomas answered and said to him, "My Lord and my God."
29 Jesus said to him, "Because you have seen me, you have believed. Blessed are those who have not seen, and believed."
30 Now Jesus did many other signs in the presence of the disciples, signs that have not been written in this book, 31 but these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name.
1 After these things Jesus revealed himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. This is how he revealed himself: 2 Simon Peter was together with Thomas called Didymus, Nathaniel from Cana in Galilee, the sons of Zebedee, and two other disciples of Jesus. 3 Simon Peter said to them, "I am going fishing." They said to him, "We, too, will come with you." They went and got into a boat, but they caught nothing during the whole night.
4 Now, when it was already early in the morning, Jesus stood on the beach, but the disciples did not know it was Jesus. 5 So Jesus said to them, "Young men, do you have anything to eat?"
They answered him, "No."
6 He said to them, "Throw your net on the right side of the boat, and you will find some." So they threw their net and were not able to draw it in because of the large number of fish.
7 Then the disciple whom Jesus loved said to Peter, "It is the Lord." When Simon Peter heard that it was the Lord, he tied up his outer garment (for he was undressed), and threw himself into the sea. 8 The other disciples came in the boat (for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off), and they were pulling the net full of fish. 9 When they got out upon the land, they saw a charcoal fire there and fish laid on it, with bread.
10 Jesus said to them, "Bring some of the fish that you have just caught." 11 Simon Peter then went up and drew the net to land, full of large fish, 153 of them, but even with so many, the net was not torn. 12 Jesus said to them, "Come and eat breakfast." None of the disciples dared ask him, "Who are you?" They knew it was the Lord. 13 Jesus came, took the bread, and gave it to them, and the fish also. 14 This was the third time that Jesus revealed himself to the disciples after he had risen from the dead.
15 After they ate breakfast, Jesus said to Simon Peter, "Simon son of John, do you love me more than these?"
Peter said to him, "Yes Lord, you know that I love you."
Jesus said to him, "Feed my lambs."
16 He said to him again a second time, "Simon son of John, do you love me?"
Peter said to him, "Yes Lord, you know that I love you."
Jesus said to him, "Shepherd my sheep."
17 He said to him a third time, "Simon son of John, do you love me?"
Peter was sorrowful because Jesus had said to him a third time, "Do you love me?" He said to him, "Lord, you know all things, you know that I love you."
Jesus said to him, "Feed my sheep. 18 Truly, truly, I say to you, when you were young, you used to gird yourself and walk wherever you wanted, but when you become old, you will stretch out your hands, and someone else will gird you and carry you where you will not want to go."
19 Now Jesus said this in order to indicate with what kind of death Peter would glorify God. After he had said this, he said to Peter, "Follow me."
20 Peter turned around and saw the disciple whom Jesus loved following them, the one who had also leaned back against the side of Jesus at the dinner and who had said, "Lord, who is the one who will betray you?" 21 Peter saw him and then said to Jesus, "Lord, what will this man do?"
22 Jesus said to him, "If I want him to stay until I come, what is that to you? Follow me."
23 So this statement spread among the brothers, that that disciple would not die. Yet Jesus did not say to Peter that the other disciple would not die, but, "If I want him to stay until I come, what is that to you?"
24 This is the disciple who testifies about these things, and who wrote these things, and we know that his testimony is true. 25 There are also many other things that Jesus did. If each one were written down, I suppose that even the world itself could not contain the books that would be written.
1 The former account I wrote, Theophilus, told all that Jesus began to do and to teach, 2 until the day that he was taken up, after he had given commands through the Holy Spirit to the apostles he had chosen. 3 After his suffering, he presented himself alive to them with many convincing proofs. For forty days he appeared to them, and he spoke about the kingdom of God. 4 When he was meeting together with them, he commanded them not to leave Jerusalem, but to wait for the promise of the Father, about which he said, "You heard from me 5 that John indeed baptized with water, but you will be baptized with the Holy Spirit in a few days."
6 When they were assembled together they asked him, "Lord, is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel?" 7 He said to them, "It is not for you to know the times or the seasons which the Father has determined by his own authority. 8 But you will receive power when the Holy Spirit comes upon you, and you will be my witnesses both in Jerusalem and in all Judea and Samaria, and to the ends of the earth." 9 When the Lord Jesus had said these things, as they were looking up, he was raised up, and a cloud hid him from their eyes. 10 While they were looking intensely to heaven as he went, suddenly, two men stood by them in white clothing. 11 They said, "You men of Galilee, why do you stand here looking into heaven? This Jesus who has been taken up from you into heaven, will return in the same manner as you saw him going into heaven."
12 Then they returned to Jerusalem from the mountain that is called Olives, which is near to Jerusalem, a Sabbath day's journey. 13 When they arrived, they went up into the upper chamber, where they were staying. They were Peter, John, James, Andrew, Philip, Thomas, Bartholomew, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas son of James. 14 They all were devoted with one purpose to prayer, together with the women, and Mary the mother of Jesus, and his brothers.
15 In those days Peter stood up in the midst of the brothers, about 120 names, and said, 16 "Brothers, it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled, that the Holy Spirit spoke before by the mouth of David concerning Judas, who guided the ones who arrested Jesus. 17 For he was one of us and received a share of this ministry." 18 (Now this man bought a field with the earnings he received for his wickedness, and there he fell headfirst, and his body burst open, and all his intestines poured out. 19 All those living in Jerusalem heard about this, so they called that field in their language "Akeldama," that is, "Field of Blood.") 20 "For it is written in the Book of Psalms,
'Let his field be made desolate,
and do not let even one person live there';
'Let someone else take his position of leadership.'
21 It is necessary, therefore, that one of the men who accompanied us all the time the Lord Jesus went in and out among us, 22 beginning from the baptism of John to the day that he was taken up from us, become a witness with us of his resurrection." 23 They put forward two men, Joseph called Barsabbas, who was also called Justus, and Matthias. 24 They prayed and said, "You, Lord, know the hearts of all people, so reveal which of these two is the one whom you have chosen 25 to take the place in this ministry and apostleship from which Judas turned away to go to his own place." 26 They cast lots for them, and the lot fell to Matthias, and he was numbered with the eleven apostles.
1 When the day of Pentecost came, they were all together in the same place. 2 Suddenly a sound like the rush of a violent wind came from heaven, and it filled the whole house where they were sitting. 3 There appeared to them tongues like fire that were distributed, and they sat upon each one of them. 4 They were all filled with the Holy Spirit and began to speak in other tongues, as the Spirit gave them the ability.
5 Now there were Jews who were living in Jerusalem, godly men, from every nation under heaven. 6 When this sound was heard, the multitude came together and was confused because everyone heard them speaking in his own language. 7 They were amazed and marveled; they said, "Really, are not all these who are speaking Galileans? 8 Why is it that we are hearing them, each in our own language in which we were born? 9 Parthians and Medes and Elamites, and those who live in Mesopotamia, in Judea and Cappadocia, in Pontus and Asia, 10 Phrygia and Pamphylia, in Egypt and the parts of Libya toward Cyrene, and visitors from Rome, 11 Jews and proselytes, Cretans and Arabians, we hear them telling in our languages about the mighty works of God." 12 They were all amazed and perplexed; they said to one another, "What does this mean?" 13 But others mocked and said, "They are full of new wine."
14 But Peter stood with the eleven, raised his voice, and declared to them, "Men of Judea and all of you who live at Jerusalem, let this be known to you; pay attention to my words. 15 For these people are not drunk as you assume, for it is only the third hour of the day. 16 But this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel:
17 'It will be in the last days,' God says,
'I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh.
Your sons and your daughters will prophesy,
your young men will see visions,
and your old men will dream dreams.
18 Surely on my servants
and my female servants in those days
I will pour out my Spirit, and they will prophesy.
19 I will show wonders in the sky above
and signs on the earth below,
blood, fire, and vapor of smoke.
20 The sun will be turned to darkness
and the moon to blood
before the great and remarkable
day of the Lord comes.
21 It will be that everyone who calls
on the name of the Lord will be saved.'
22 Men of Israel, hear these words: Jesus of Nazareth was a man accredited to you by God with the mighty deeds and wonders and signs which God did through him in your midst, as you yourselves know. 23 This man was handed over by God's predetermined plan and foreknowledge; and you, by the hand of lawless men, put him to death by nailing him to a cross. 24 But God raised him up, freeing him from the agonies of death, because it was impossible for him to be held by it. 25 For David says about him,
'I saw the Lord always before my face,
for he is beside my right hand
so that I should not be moved.
26 Therefore my heart was glad
and my tongue rejoiced.
Also, my flesh will live in hope.
27 For you will not abandon my soul to Hades,
neither will you allow
your Holy One to see decay.
28 You have made known to me the ways of life;
you will make me full of gladness with your face.'
29 Brothers, it is proper for me to speak to you confidently about the patriarch David, that he both died and was buried, and his tomb is with us to this day. 30 Therefore, he was a prophet and knew that God had sworn with an oath to him that he would set one of the fruit of his loins on his throne. 31 He saw what was to happen in the future and spoke about the resurrection of the Christ, that he was neither abandoned to Hades, nor did his flesh see decay.
32 This Jesus—God raised him up, of which we all are witnesses. 33 Therefore, having been exalted to the right hand of God and having received the promised Holy Spirit from the Father, he has poured out what you see and hear.
34 For David did not ascend to the heaven, but he says,
'The Lord said to my Lord,
"Sit at my right hand
35 until I make your enemies
the footstool for your feet."'
36 Therefore, let all the house of Israel certainly know that God has made him both Lord and Christ, this Jesus whom you crucified."
37 Now when they heard this, they were pierced in their hearts, and said to Peter and the rest of the apostles, "Brothers, what must we do?"
38 Then Peter said to them, "Repent and be baptized, each of you, in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins, and you will receive the gift of the Holy Spirit. 39 For the promise is to you and to your children and to all who are far off, as many people as the Lord our God will call." 40 With many other words he testified and exhorted them, saying, "Be saved from this perverse generation." 41 Then they received his word and were baptized, and there were added in that day about three thousand souls. 42 They devoted themselves to the apostles' teaching and fellowship, in the breaking of bread and in prayers.
43 Fear came upon every soul, and many wonders and signs were done through the apostles. 44 All who believed were together and had all things in common, 45 and they sold their property and possessions and distributed them to all, according to the needs anyone had. 46 So day after day they devoted themselves with one purpose in the temple. They also broke bread in homes, and they shared food together with glad and generous hearts, 47 praising God and having favor with all the people, and every day the Lord added to their number those who were being saved.
1 Now Peter and John were going up into the temple at the hour of prayer, the ninth hour. 2 Now a man who was lame from his mother's womb was being carried to the temple gate called Beautiful. They would place him there every day so he could ask those who were going into the temple for alms. 3 When he saw Peter and John about to enter the temple, he asked them for alms. 4 Peter, fastening his eyes upon him, with John, said, "Look at us." 5 The lame man looked at them, expecting to receive something from them. 6 But Peter said, "Silver and gold I do not have, but what I do have, I will give to you. In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, walk." 7 Taking him by the right hand, Peter raised him up, and immediately the man's feet and ankles were made strong. 8 Leaping up, the lame man stood and began to walk; and he entered with Peter and John into the temple, walking, leaping, and praising God. 9 All the people saw him walking and praising God. 10 They noticed that it was the man who had been asking people for alms at the Beautiful Gate of the temple; and they were filled with wonder and amazement because of what had happened to him.
11 As he was holding on to Peter and John, all the people ran together to them in the porch that is called Solomon's, greatly marveling. 12 When Peter saw this, he answered the people, "You Israelite men, why do you marvel? Why do you fix your eyes on us, as if we made him walk by our own power or godliness? 13 The God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob, the God of our fathers, has glorified his servant Jesus. He is the one whom you handed over and rejected before the face of Pilate, when he had decided to release him. 14 You rejected the Holy and Righteous One, and you asked instead for a murderer to be given to you. 15 You killed the Founder of life, whom God raised from the dead—and we are witnesses of this. 16 On the basis of faith in his name, his name made this man, whom you see and know, strong. The faith that is through Jesus has given him this perfect health in the presence of you all. 17 Now, brothers, I know that you acted in ignorance, as did also your rulers. 18 But the things which God foretold by the mouth of all the prophets, that his Christ should suffer, he has now fulfilled. 19 Repent, therefore, and turn, so that your sins may be blotted out, 20 so that times of refreshing may come from the presence of the Lord; and that he may send the Christ who has been appointed for you, Jesus. 21 He is the One heaven must receive until the time of the restoration of all things, about which God spoke from ancient times by the mouth of his holy prophets. 22 Moses indeed said, 'The Lord God will raise up a prophet like me from among your brothers. You must listen to everything he tells you. 23 It will happen that every person who does not listen to that prophet will be completely destroyed from among the people.' 24 Yes, and all the prophets from Samuel and those who came after him, they spoke out and announced these days. 25 You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant that God made with your ancestors, as he said to Abraham, 'In your seed all the families of the earth will be blessed.' 26 After God raised up his servant, he sent him to you first, in order to bless you by turning every one of you from your wickedness."
1 As Peter and John were speaking to the people, the priests and the captain of the temple and the Sadducees came upon them. 2 They were deeply troubled because Peter and John were teaching the people and proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection from the dead. 3 They laid hands on them and put them in custody until the next morning, since it was now evening. 4 But many of the people who had heard the message believed; and the number of the men who believed was about five thousand.
5 It came about on the next day that their rulers, elders, and scribes gathered together in Jerusalem. 6 Annas the high priest was there, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alexander, and all who were relatives of the high priest. 7 When they had set Peter and John in their midst, they asked them, "By what power, or in what name, have you done this?" 8 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said to them, "You rulers of the people, and elders, 9 if we are on trial today concerning a good deed done to a sick man, and by what means this man was healed, 10 let it be known to you all and to all the people of Israel that this man stands before you healthy in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom you crucified, but whom God raised from the dead. 11 Jesus Christ is the stone which you builders rejected but which has been made the cornerstone. 12 There is no salvation in any other person, for there is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved."
13 Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John and realized that they were ordinary, uneducated men, they were surprised, becoming aware that Peter and John had been with Jesus. 14 Because they saw the man who was healed standing with them, they had nothing to say against this. 15 But after they had commanded the apostles to leave the council meeting, they talked among themselves. 16 They said, "What should we do with these men? For a remarkable sign has been done through them, and this is evident to everyone who lives in Jerusalem, and we cannot deny it. 17 But in order that it spreads no further among the people, let us warn them not to speak anymore to anyone in this name." 18 Then they called them in and commanded them not to speak or teach at all in the name of Jesus. 19 But Peter and John answered and said to them, "Whether it is proper in the sight of God to obey you rather than him, you judge. 20 We are not able to stop speaking about the things we have seen and heard." 21 After further warning Peter and John, they let them go. They were unable to find any excuse to punish them, because all of the people were glorifying God for what had been done. 22 The man who had experienced this sign of healing was more than forty years old.
23 After they were set free, Peter and John came to their own people and reported all that the chief priests and the elders had said to them. 24 When they heard it, they raised their voices with one purpose to God and said, "Lord, you made the heavens and the earth and the sea, and all that is in them. 25 You spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of your servant, our father David,
'Why did the Gentile nations rage,
and the peoples imagine useless things?'
26 You said,
'The kings of the earth set themselves together,
and the rulers gathered together
against the Lord, and against his Christ.'
27 Indeed, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, together with the Gentiles and the people of Israel, gathered together in this city against your holy servant Jesus, whom you anointed. 28 They gathered together to do all that your hand and your plan had decided in advance would happen. 29 Now, Lord, look upon their warnings and grant to your servants to speak your word with all boldness. 30 Stretch out your hand to heal and to give signs and wonders through the name of your holy servant Jesus." 31 After they had prayed, the place where they were gathered together was shaken, and they were all filled with the Holy Spirit and they spoke the word of God with boldness.
32 The great number of those who believed were of one heart and soul. No one said that anything he possessed was his own, but they had everything in common. 33 With great power the apostles were proclaiming their testimony about the resurrection of the Lord Jesus, and great grace was upon them all. 34 There was no person among them who lacked anything, for all who owned title to lands or houses sold them and brought the money from the things that were sold 35 and laid it at the apostles' feet, and it was distributed to each one according to their need.
36 Joseph, whom the apostles called Barnabas (which is translated Son of Encouragement), a Levite, a man from Cyprus, 37 sold a field that belonged to him and brought the money and laid it at the apostles' feet.
1 Now a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold a piece of property, 2 and he kept back part of the sale money (his wife also knew it), and brought the other part of it and laid it at the apostles' feet. 3 But Peter said, "Ananias, why has Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part of the price of the land? 4 While it remained unsold, did it not remain your own, and after it was sold, was it not under your authority? Why did you put it in your heart to do this? You have not lied to men, but to God." 5 Hearing these words, Ananias fell down and breathed his last, and great fear came upon all who heard it. 6 The young men arose and wrapped him up, and they carried him out and buried him.
7 After about three hours, his wife came in, not knowing what had happened. 8 Peter said to her, "Tell me whether you sold the land for so much." She said, "Yes, for so much." 9 Then Peter said to her, "How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord? Look, the feet of the men who buried your husband are at the door, and they will carry you out." 10 She immediately fell down at his feet and breathed her last. When the young men came in, they found her dead, and carried her out and buried her beside her husband. 11 Great fear came upon the whole church and upon all who heard these things.
12 Many signs and wonders were taking place among the people through the hands of the apostles. They were all together in Solomon's Porch. 13 But none of the rest had the courage to join them; however, they were held in high esteem by the people. 14 Still more believers were being added to the Lord, multitudes of men and women, 15 so that they even carried the sick into the streets and laid them on beds and couches, so that as Peter came by, his shadow might fall on some of them. 16 There also came together a great number of people from the towns around Jerusalem, bringing the sick and those afflicted with unclean spirits, and they were all healed.
17 But the high priest rose up, and all those who were with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees); and they were filled with jealousy 18 and laid hands on the apostles, and held them in custody in the common prison. 19 Yet during the night an angel of the Lord opened the doors of the prison and led them out, and said, 20 "Go, stand in the temple and speak to the people all the words of this life." 21 When they heard this, they entered into the temple about daybreak and taught. But the high priest came, and those who were with him, and called the council together, all the elders of the people of Israel, and sent to the prison to have the apostles brought. 22 But the officers that went did not find them in the prison, and they returned and reported, 23 "We found the prison securely shut and the guards standing at the door, but when we had opened it, we found no one inside." 24 Now when the captain of the temple and the chief priests heard these words, they were much perplexed concerning them as to what would come of it. 25 Then someone came and told them, "The men whom you put in the prison are standing in the temple and teaching the people." 26 So the captain went with the officers and brought them back, but without violence, for they feared the people, that they might be stoned. 27 When they had brought them, they set them before the council. The high priest interrogated them, 28 saying, "We ordered you with a command not to teach in this name, and yet you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching and desire to bring this man's blood upon us." 29 But Peter and the apostles answered, "We must obey God rather than men. 30 The God of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom you killed by hanging him on a tree. 31 God exalted him to his right hand to be a Prince and a Savior, to give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins. 32 We are witnesses of these things, and so is the Holy Spirit, whom God has given to those who obey him."
33 When the council members heard this, they were furious and they wanted to kill the apostles. 34 But a Pharisee named Gamaliel, a teacher of the law who was honored by all the people, stood up in the council and gave a command to take the men outside for a little while. 35 Then he said to them, "Men of Israel, pay close attention to what you propose to do with these people. 36 For before these days, Theudas rose up claiming to be somebody, and a number of men, about four hundred, joined him. He was killed, and all who had been obeying him were scattered and came to nothing. 37 After this man, Judas of Galilee rose up in the days of the census and drew away some people after him. He also perished, and all who had been obeying him were scattered. 38 Now I say to you, keep away from these men and let them alone, for if this plan or work is of men, it will be overthrown. 39 But if it is of God, you will not be able to overthrow them; you may even find that you are fighting against God." So they were persuaded. 40 Then they called the apostles in and beat them and commanded them not to speak in the name of Jesus, and let them go. 41 They went away from before the council rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name. 42 Thereafter every day, in the temple and from house to house, they were continuously teaching and proclaiming the good news that the Christ is Jesus.
1 Now in these days, when the number of the disciples was multiplying, a complaint by the Grecian Jews began against the Hebrews, because their widows were being overlooked in the daily distribution of help. 2 The twelve called the multitude of the disciples to them and said, "It is not right for us to give up the word of God in order to serve tables. 3 You should therefore choose, brothers, seven men from among yourselves, men of good reputation, full of the Spirit and of wisdom, whom we may appoint over this business. 4 As for us, we will always continue in prayer and in the ministry of the word." 5 Their speech pleased the whole multitude. So they chose Stephen, a man full of faith and of the Holy Spirit, and Philip, Prochorus, Nicanor, Timon, Parmenas, and Nicolaus, a proselyte from Antioch. 6 The believers brought these men before the apostles, who prayed and then placed their hands upon them.
7 So the word of God continued to spread, and the number of disciples in Jerusalem increased greatly, and a large number of the priests became obedient to the faith.
8 Now Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing great wonders and signs among the people. 9 But there arose some people who belonged to the synagogue called the synagogue of the Freedmen, of the Cyrenians and Alexandrians, and some from Cilicia and Asia. These people were debating with Stephen. 10 But they were not able to stand against the wisdom and the Spirit with which Stephen spoke. 11 Then they bribed some men to say, "We have heard Stephen speak blasphemous words against Moses and against God." 12 They stirred up the people, the elders, and the scribes, and they approached Stephen and seized him and brought him before the council. 13 They brought false witnesses, who said, "This man does not stop speaking words against this holy place and the law. 14 For we have heard him say that this Jesus of Nazareth will destroy this place and change the customs that Moses handed down to us." 15 Everyone who sat in the council fixed their eyes on him and saw his face was like the face of an angel.
1 The high priest said, "Are these things true?" 2 Stephen said,
"Brothers and fathers, listen to me: The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham when he was in Mesopotamia, before he lived in Haran; 3 he said to him, 'Leave your land and your relatives, and go into the land that I will show you.'
4 "Then he left the land of the Chaldeans and lived in Haran; from there, after his father died, God brought him into this land, where you live now. 5 He gave none of it as an inheritance to him, no, not even enough to set a foot on. But he promised—even though Abraham had no child yet—that he would give the land as a possession to him and to his descendants after him. 6 God was speaking to him like this, that his descendants would live for a while in a foreign land, and that the inhabitants there would bring them into slavery and mistreat them for four hundred years. 7 'But I will judge the nation that they serve,' said God, 'and after that they will come out and worship me in this place.' 8 Then God gave Abraham the covenant of circumcision, so Abraham became the father of Isaac and circumcised him on the eighth day; Isaac became the father of Jacob, and Jacob the father of the twelve patriarchs.
9 "Because the patriarchs were jealous of Joseph, they sold him into Egypt; but God was with him 10 and rescued him from all his tribulation. He gave Joseph favor and wisdom in the presence of Pharaoh, king of Egypt, who appointed him governor over Egypt and over all his household.
11 "Now a famine and great tribulation came over all Egypt and Canaan, and our fathers could find no food. 12 But when Jacob heard that there was grain in Egypt, he sent out our fathers on their first trip. 13 On their second trip Joseph made himself known to his brothers, and Joseph's family became known to Pharaoh. 14 Joseph sent his brothers back to invite Jacob his father to come to Egypt, along with all his relatives, seventy-five persons in all. 15 So Jacob went down into Egypt, and he died, he and our fathers. 16 They were carried over to Shechem and laid in the tomb that Abraham had bought for a price in silver from the sons of Hamor in Shechem.
17 "As the time of the promise approached, the promise that God had made to Abraham, the people grew and multiplied in Egypt, 18 until there arose another king over Egypt, a king who did not know about Joseph. 19 He deceived our people and mistreated our fathers, forcing them to expose their newborn infants so they would not be kept alive.
20 "At that time Moses was born; he was very beautiful before God and was nourished for three months in his father's house. 21 When he was placed outside, Pharaoh's daughter adopted him and raised him as her own son. 22 Moses was educated in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, and he was mighty in his words and works.
23 "But when he was about forty years old, it came into his heart to visit his brothers, the descendants of Israel. 24 Seeing an Israelite being mistreated, Moses defended him and avenged him who was oppressed by striking the Egyptian: 25 he thought that his brothers would understand that God, by his hand, was giving them salvation, but they did not understand. 26 On the next day he appeared to them when they were fighting, and he tried to make peace between them, saying, 'Men, you are brothers; why are you wronging one another?'
27 "But the one who had wronged his neighbor pushed him away, and said, 'Who appointed you a ruler and a judge over us? 28 Would you like to kill me, as you killed the Egyptian yesterday?' 29 Moses ran away after hearing this statement; he became a foreigner in the land of Midian, where he became the father of two sons.
30 "When forty years were past, an angel appeared to him in the wilderness of Mount Sinai, in a flame of fire in a bush. 31 When Moses saw the fire, he marveled at the sight; and as he approached to look at it, the voice of the Lord came, saying, 32 'I am the God of your fathers, the God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob.' Moses trembled and did not dare to look.
33 "The Lord said to him, 'Take off the sandals from your feet, for the place where you are standing is holy ground. 34 I have certainly seen the oppression of my people who are in Egypt; I have heard their groaning, and I have come down to rescue them; now come, I will send you to Egypt.'
35 "This Moses whom they rejected, when they said, 'Who appointed you a ruler and a judge?'—he was the one whom God sent as both a ruler and deliverer. God sent him by the hand of the angel who appeared to Moses in the bush. 36 Moses led them out of Egypt, after doing miracles and signs in Egypt and at the Sea of Reeds, and in the wilderness during forty years.
37 "It is the same Moses who said to the people of Israel, 'God will raise up a prophet for you from among your brothers, a prophet like me.' 38 This is the man who was in the assembly in the wilderness with the angel who had spoken to him on Mount Sinai, who was with our fathers, and who received living words to give to us.
39 "But our fathers refused to obey him; they pushed him away from themselves, and in their hearts they turned back to Egypt. 40 At that time they said to Aaron, 'Make us gods who will lead us. As for this Moses, who led us out of the land of Egypt, we do not know what has happened to him.' 41 So they made a calf in those days and brought a sacrifice to the idol, and rejoiced because of the work of their hands. 42 But God turned and gave them up to worship the stars in the sky, as it is written in the book of the prophets,
'Did you bring me offerings and sacrifices
during the forty years in the wilderness, house of Israel?
43 You accepted the tabernacle of Molech
and the star of the god Rephan,
and the images that you made to worship them:
and I will carry you away beyond Babylon.'
44 "Our fathers had the tabernacle of the testimony in the wilderness, just as God commanded when he spoke to Moses, that he should make it like the pattern that he had seen. 45 Later, our fathers, under Joshua, received the tabernacle and brought it with them when they took possession of the land. God took the land from the nations and drove them out before the face of our fathers. The tabernacle remained in the land until the time of David, 46 who found favor in the sight of God, and he asked if he might find a dwelling place for the house of Jacob [1] . 47 But it was Solomon who built the house for God.
48 "However, the Most High does not live in houses made with hands, as the prophet says,
49 'Heaven is my throne,
and the earth is the footstool for my feet.
What kind of house can you build for me? says the Lord,
or what is the place for my rest?
50 Did my hand not make all these things?'
51 "You stiff-necked people, uncircumcised in heart and ears, you always resist the Holy Spirit; you act just as your fathers acted. 52 Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? They killed the prophets who appeared in advance of the coming of the Righteous One; and you have now become the betrayers and murderers of him also, 53 you people who received the law that angels had ordained, but you did not keep it."
54 Now when the council members heard these things, they were furious in their hearts and they ground their teeth at Stephen. 55 But he, being full of the Holy Spirit, looked up intently into heaven and saw the glory of God; and he saw Jesus standing at the right hand of God. 56 Stephen said, "Look, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of Man standing at the right hand of God."
57 At this the council members covered their ears, and shouting out with a loud voice, they rushed at him with one purpose. 58 They forced him out of the city and began to stone him. The witnesses laid down their outer clothing at the feet of a young man named Saul.
59 As they were stoning Stephen, he was calling out to the Lord and saying, "Lord Jesus, receive my spirit." 60 He knelt down and cried out with a loud voice, "Lord, do not hold this sin against them." When he had said this, he fell asleep.
1 Saul was in agreement with his death.
So there began on that day a great persecution against the church that was in Jerusalem; and the believers were all scattered throughout the regions of Judea and Samaria, except the apostles. 2 Devout men buried Stephen and made great lamentation over him. 3 But Saul tried to destroy the church. He would enter house after house, drag off both men and women, and put them in prison.
4 Yet the believers who had been scattered went about preaching the word. 5 Philip went down to the city of Samaria and proclaimed to them the Christ. 6 Crowds of people were giving close attention to what was being said by Philip; with one mind they heard him, and they saw the signs he did. 7 Unclean spirits came out of many who were possessed, crying out with a loud voice, and many who were paralyzed and lame were healed. 8 So there was much joy in that city.
9 But there was a certain man in the city named Simon, who had earlier been practicing sorcery; he used to astonish the people of Samaria while claiming that he was an important person. 10 All the Samaritans, from the least to the greatest, paid attention to him; they said, "This man is that power of God which is called Great." 11 They listened to him because he had astonished them for a long time with his sorceries. 12 But when they believed Philip as he proclaimed the gospel about the kingdom of God and the name of Jesus Christ, they were baptized, both men and women. 13 Even Simon himself believed, and after he was baptized he stayed with Philip constantly. When he saw signs and mighty works taking place, he was amazed.
14 Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent to them Peter and John. 15 When they had come down, they prayed for them, that they might receive the Holy Spirit. 16 For until that time, the Holy Spirit had not come upon any of them; they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus. 17 Then Peter and John placed their hands on them, and they received the Holy Spirit. 18 Now when Simon saw that the Holy Spirit was given through the laying on of the apostles' hands, he offered them money. 19 He said, "Give me this authority, too, that whoever I place my hands on might receive the Holy Spirit."
20 But Peter said to him, "May your silver perish along with you, because you thought to obtain the gift of God with money. 21 You have no part or allotted portion in this matter, because your heart is not right with God. 22 Therefore repent of this wickedness of yours, and pray to the Lord, so that he might perhaps forgive you for the intention of your heart. 23 For I see that you are in the poison of bitterness and in the bonds of unrighteousness."
24 Simon answered and said, "Pray to the Lord for me, so that nothing you have said may happen to me."
25 When they had testified and spoken the word of the Lord, Peter and John returned to Jerusalem, proclaiming the gospel to many villages of the Samaritans.
26 Now an angel of the Lord spoke to Philip and said, "Arise and go toward the south to the road that goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza." (This road is in a desert.) 27 He arose and went. Behold, there was a man from Ethiopia, a eunuch of great authority under Candace, queen of the Ethiopians. He was in charge of all her treasure. He had come to Jerusalem to worship. 28 He was returning and sitting in his chariot, and was reading the prophet Isaiah.
29 The Spirit said to Philip, "Go over and stay close to this chariot."
30 So Philip ran to him, and heard him reading Isaiah the prophet, and said, "Do you understand what you are reading?"
31 Then he said, "How can I, unless someone guides me?" He invited Philip to come up into the chariot and sit with him.
32 Now the passage of the scripture which the Ethiopian was reading was this,
"He was led like a sheep to the slaughter,
and like a lamb before his shearer is silent,
so he did not open his mouth.
33 In his humiliation
justice was taken away from him.
Who can give a full account of his descendants?
For his life was taken from the earth."
34 So the eunuch asked Philip, and said, "I beg you, tell me who is the prophet speaking about, himself, or someone else?" 35 Philip began to speak, and beginning with this scripture he proclaimed the gospel about Jesus to him. 36 As they went on the road, they came to some water and the eunuch said, "Look, there is water here. What prevents me from being baptized?" 37[1]38 So the Ethiopian commanded the chariot to stop. They went down into the water, both Philip and the eunuch, and Philip baptized him. 39 When they came up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord took Philip away, and the eunuch saw him no more, but went on his way rejoicing. 40 But Philip appeared at Azotus and he went through that region, proclaiming the gospel to all the cities until he came to Caesarea.
1 But Saul, still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples of the Lord, went to the high priest 2 and asked him for letters for the synagogues in Damascus, so that if he found any who belonged to the Way, whether men or women, he might bring them bound to Jerusalem. 3 As he was traveling, it happened that as he came near to Damascus, suddenly there shone all around him a light out of heaven; 4 and he fell upon the ground and heard a voice saying to him, "Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me?" 5 Saul replied, "Who are you, Lord?" The Lord said, "I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting; 6 but rise, enter into the city, and it will be told you what you must do." 7 The men who traveled with Saul stood speechless, hearing the voice, but seeing no one. 8 Saul arose from the ground, and when he opened his eyes, he could see nothing; so they led him by the hand and brought him into Damascus. 9 For three days he was without sight, and he neither ate nor drank.
10 Now there was a disciple at Damascus named Ananias. The Lord said to him in a vision, "Ananias!" He said, "See, I am here, Lord."
11 The Lord said to him, "Arise, and go to the street which is called Straight, and at the house of Judas ask for a man from Tarsus named Saul, for he is praying. 12 He has seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in and laying his hands on him, so that he might see again."
13 But Ananias answered, "Lord, I have heard from many about this man, how much harm he has done to your holy people in Jerusalem. 14 He has authority from the chief priests to put in bonds everyone here who calls upon your name."
15 But the Lord said to him, "Go, for he is a chosen instrument of mine, to carry my name before the Gentiles and kings and the children of Israel; 16 for I will show him how much he must suffer for the cause of my name."
17 So Ananias departed, and entered into the house. Laying his hands on him, he said, "Brother Saul, the Lord Jesus, who appeared to you on the road when you were coming, has sent me so that you might receive your sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit." 18 Immediately something like scales fell from Saul's eyes, and he received his sight; he arose and was baptized; 19 and he ate and was strengthened.
He stayed with the disciples in Damascus for several days. 20 Right away he proclaimed Jesus in the synagogues, saying that he is the Son of God. 21 All who heard him were amazed and said, "Is not this the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name? He has come here to take them bound to the chief priests." 22 But Saul became more and more powerful, and he was causing distress among the Jews who lived in Damascus by proving that Jesus is the Christ.
23 After many days, the Jews planned together to kill him. 24 But their plan became known to Saul. They watched the gates day and night in order to kill him. 25 But his disciples took him by night and let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket.
26 When he had come to Jerusalem, Saul attempted to join the disciples, but they were all afraid of him, not believing that he was a disciple. 27 But Barnabas took him and brought him to the apostles, and he told them how Saul had seen the Lord on the road and that the Lord had spoken to him, and how at Damascus Saul had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus. 28 He was with them, going in and out around Jerusalem. He spoke boldly in the name of the Lord Jesus 29 and debated with the Grecian Jews; but they kept trying to kill him. 30 When the brothers learned of this, they brought him down to Caesarea and sent him away to Tarsus.
31 So then, the church throughout all Judea, Galilee, and Samaria had peace and was built up; and, walking in the fear of the Lord and in the comfort of the Holy Spirit, the church grew in numbers. 32 Now it came about that, as Peter went throughout the whole region, he came down also to God's holy people who lived in the town of Lydda. 33 There he found a certain man named Aeneas, who had been in his bed for eight years, for he was paralyzed. 34 Peter said to him, "Aeneas, Jesus Christ heals you. Get up and make your bed," and right away he got up. 35 So everyone who lived in Lydda and in Sharon saw the man and they turned to the Lord.
36 Now there was in Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha (which is translated "Dorcas"). This woman was full of good works and merciful deeds that she did for the poor. 37 It came about in those days that she fell sick and died; when they had washed her, they laid her in an upper room. 38 Since Lydda was near Joppa, and the disciples had heard that Peter was there, they sent two men to him, pleading with him, "Come to us without delay." 39 Peter arose and went with them. When he had arrived, they brought him to the upper room, and all the widows stood by him weeping, showing him the tunics and garments that Dorcas had made while she had been with them. 40 Peter put them all out of the room, knelt down, and prayed; then, turning to the body, he said, "Tabitha, arise." Then she opened her eyes, and seeing Peter she sat up. 41 Peter then gave her his hand and raised her up; and when he called God's holy people and the widows, he presented her alive to them. 42 This matter became known throughout all Joppa, and many people believed on the Lord. 43 It happened that Peter stayed for many days in Joppa with a man named Simon, a tanner.
1 Now there was a certain man in the city of Caesarea, Cornelius by name, a centurion of what was called the Italian Company of Soldiers. 2 He was a devout man, one who feared God with all his household, gave many alms to the people, and prayed to God constantly. 3 About the ninth hour of the day, he clearly saw in a vision an angel of God coming to him. The angel said to him, "Cornelius!" 4 Cornelius stared at the angel and was very afraid and said, "What is it, sir?"
The angel said to him, "Your prayers and your alms have gone up as a memorial offering into God's presence. 5 Now send men to the city of Joppa to bring a man named Simon who is called Peter. 6 He is staying with a tanner named Simon, whose house is by the seaside."
7 When the angel who spoke to him had left, Cornelius called two of his house servants, and a devout soldier from among those who served him. 8 Cornelius told them all that had happened and sent them to Joppa.
9 Now on the next day at about the sixth hour, as they were on their journey and were approaching the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to pray. 10 He then became hungry and wanted something to eat, but while the people were cooking some food, a trance came on him, 11 and he saw the sky open and a certain container descending, something like a large sheet coming down to the earth, let down by its four corners. 12 In it were all kinds of four-footed animals and things that crawled on the earth, and birds of the sky. 13 Then a voice spoke to him: "Rise, Peter, kill and eat."
14 But Peter said, "Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that was defiled and unclean."
15 But the voice came to him again a second time: "What God has made clean, you must not call defiled." 16 This happened three times; then the container was immediately taken back up into the sky.
17 Now while Peter was very confused about what the vision that he had seen could mean, behold, the men who were sent by Cornelius stood before the gate, after they had asked their way to the house. 18 They called out and asked whether Simon, who was also called Peter, was staying there.
19 While Peter was still thinking about the vision, the Spirit said to him, "Behold, three men are looking for you. [1]20 Arise and go down and go with them. Do not hesitate to go with them, because I have sent them."
21 So Peter went down to the men and said, "I am he whom you are seeking. Why have you come?"
22 They said, "A centurion named Cornelius, a righteous man and one who fears God, and is well spoken of by all the nation of the Jews, was instructed by a holy angel to send for you to come to his house, so he could listen to a message from you." 23 So Peter invited them to come in and stay with him.
On the next morning he got up and went with them, and some of the brothers from Joppa accompanied him. 24 On the following day they came to Caesarea. Cornelius was waiting for them; he had called together his relatives and his close friends. 25 It came about that when Peter entered, Cornelius met him and fell down at his feet to worship him. 26 But Peter helped him up, saying, "Stand up! I too am a man."
27 While Peter was talking with him, he went in and found many people gathered together. 28 He said to them, "You yourselves know that it is not lawful for a Jewish man to associate with or to visit a foreigner. But God has shown me that I should not call any man defiled or unclean. 29 That is why I came without arguing, when I was sent for. So I ask you why you sent for me."
30 Cornelius said, "Four days ago at this very hour, I was praying at the ninth hour in my house; and see, a man stood before me in bright clothing. 31 He said, 'Cornelius, your prayer has been heard by God, and your alms have reminded God about you. 32 So send someone to Joppa, and call to you a man named Simon who is called Peter. He is staying in the house of a tanner named Simon, by the seaside.' [2]33 So at once I sent for you. You are kind to have come. Now then, we are all here present in the sight of God to hear everything that you have been instructed by the Lord to say." [3]
34 Then Peter opened his mouth and said, "Truly I understand that God is not partial. 35 Instead, in every nation anyone who fears him and does what is right is acceptable to him. 36 You know the message that he sent to the people of Israel, when he announced the good news about peace through Jesus Christ, who is Lord of all— 37 you yourselves know the events that took place, which occurred throughout all Judea, beginning in Galilee, after the baptism that John announced; 38 the events concerning Jesus of Nazareth, how God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power. He went about doing good and healing all who were oppressed by the devil, for God was with him. 39 We are witnesses of all the things Jesus did, both in the country of the Jews and in Jerusalem. They killed him by hanging him on a tree, 40 but God raised him up on the third day and caused him to be seen, 41 not by all the people, but to the witnesses who were chosen beforehand by God—by us who ate and drank with him after he rose from the dead. 42 He commanded us to proclaim to the people and to testify that this is the one who has been chosen by God to be the Judge of the living and the dead. 43 About him all the prophets testify, that everyone who believes in him receives forgiveness of sins through his name."
44 While Peter was still saying these things, the Holy Spirit fell on all of those who were listening to his message. 45 The people who belonged to the circumcision group of believers—all of those who came with Peter—were amazed, because the gift of the Holy Spirit was poured out also on the Gentiles. 46 For they heard these Gentiles speaking in tongues and exalting God. Then Peter answered, 47 "Can anyone keep water from these people so they should not be baptized, these people who have received the Holy Spirit as well as we?" 48 Then he commanded them to be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ. Then they asked him to stay with them for several days.
1 Now the apostles and the brothers who were in Judea heard that the Gentiles also had received the word of God. 2 When Peter had come up to Jerusalem, they who belonged to the circumcision group criticized him; 3 they said, "You associated with uncircumcised men and ate with them!" 4 But Peter started to explain the matter to them in detail, saying, 5 "I was praying in the city of Joppa, and in a trance I saw a vision of a container coming down, like a large sheet let down from heaven by its four corners. It descended to me. 6 I gazed at it and I thought about it. I saw the four-legged animals of earth, wild beasts, things that crawled, and birds of the sky. 7 Then I heard a voice say to me, 'Get up, Peter; kill and eat!'
8 I said, 'Not so, Lord; for nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered into my mouth.'
9 But the voice answered again from heaven, 'What God has made clean, you must not call defiled.' 10 This happened three times, and then everything was taken back up into heaven again.
11 "Behold, right away there were three men standing in front of the house where we were; they had been sent from Caesarea to me. 12 The Spirit commanded me to go with them, and that I should make no distinction regarding them. These six brothers went with me, and we went into the man's house. 13 He told us how he had seen the angel standing in his house and saying, ‘Send men to Joppa and bring back Simon who is called Peter. 14 He will speak to you a message by which you will be saved—you and all your household.’ 15 As I began to speak to them, the Holy Spirit came on them, just as on us in the beginning. 16 I remembered the words of the Lord, how he said, 'John indeed baptized with water; but you will be baptized with the Holy Spirit.' 17 Then if God gave to them the same gift as he gave to us when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, who was I, that I could oppose God?"
18 When they heard these things, they said nothing in response, but they glorified God and said, "Then God has given repentance for life to the Gentiles also."
19 Now those who had been scattered by the persecution that arose over Stephen spread as far as Phoenicia, Cyprus, and Antioch, speaking the word only to Jews. 20 But some of them, men from Cyprus and Cyrene, came to Antioch and spoke also to Greeks, proclaiming to them the gospel about the Lord Jesus. 21 The hand of the Lord was with them; a great number believed and turned to the Lord. 22 News about them came to the ears of the church in Jerusalem, and they sent out Barnabas as far as Antioch. 23 When he came and saw the grace of God, he was glad and he encouraged them all to remain with the Lord with purpose of heart. 24 For he was a good man and full of the Holy Spirit and of faith, and many people were added to the Lord. 25 Barnabas then went out to Tarsus to search carefully for Saul. 26 When he found him, he brought him to Antioch. It came about, that for an entire year they gathered together with the church and taught many people. The disciples were first called Christians in Antioch.
27 Now in these days some prophets came down from Jerusalem to Antioch. 28 One of them, Agabus by name, stood up and indicated by the Spirit that a great famine would occur over all the world. This happened in the days of Claudius. 29 So the disciples, as each one was able, determined to send a contribution for the relief of the brothers in Judea. 30 They did this; they sent money to the elders by the hand of Barnabas and Saul.
1 Now about that time Herod the king laid hands on some who belonged to the church so that he might mistreat them. 2 He killed James the brother of John with the sword. 3 After he saw that this pleased the Jews, he proceeded to arrest Peter also. That was during the days of unleavened bread. 4 After arresting him, he put him in prison, assigning him over to four squads of soldiers to guard him; he was intending to bring him to the people after the Passover. 5 So Peter was kept in the prison, but prayer was made earnestly to God for him by those in the church. 6 On the night before Herod was going to bring him out for trial, Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains, while guards in front of the door were keeping watch over the prison. 7 Behold, an angel of the Lord suddenly appeared by him, and a light shone in the prison cell. He struck Peter on the side and woke him and said, "Get up quickly," and his chains fell off his hands. 8 The angel said to him, "Gird yourself and put on your sandals." Peter did so. The angel said to him, "Put on your outer garment and follow me." 9 So Peter followed the angel and went out. He did not know that what was done by the angel was real. He thought he was seeing a vision. 10 After they had passed by the first guard and the second, they came to the iron gate that led into the city; it opened for them by itself. They went out and went down a street, and the angel left him right away. 11 When Peter came to himself, he said, "Now I truly know that the Lord has sent his angel and delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from everything the Jewish people were expecting." 12 When he realized this, he went to the house of Mary the mother of John, also called Mark, where many people had gathered and were praying. 13 When he knocked at the door of the gate, a servant girl named Rhoda came to answer. 14 When she recognized Peter's voice, out of joy she failed to open the gate; instead, she came running into the room; she reported that Peter was standing at the gate. 15 So they said to her, "You are insane." But she insisted that it was so. They said, "It is his angel." 16 But Peter continued knocking, and when they had opened the door, they saw him and were amazed. 17 Peter motioned to them with his hand to be silent, and he told them how the Lord had brought him out of prison. He said, "Report these things to James and the brothers." Then he left and went to another place. 18 Now when it became day, there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter. 19 After Herod had searched for him and could not find him, he questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death.
Then Herod went down from Judea to Caesarea and stayed there. 20 Now Herod was very angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. They went to him with one purpose, and after persuading Blastus, the king's assistant, to help them, they asked for peace because their country received its food from the king's country. 21 On a set day Herod dressed himself in royal clothing and sat on a throne; he made a speech to them. 22 The people shouted, "This is the voice of a god, not of a man!" 23 Immediately an angel of the Lord struck him, because he did not give God the glory; he was eaten by worms and died.
24 But the word of God increased and multiplied.
25 So when Barnabas and Saul had completed their mission, they returned from Jerusalem, [1] bringing with them John, also called Mark.
1 Now in the church in Antioch, there were some prophets and teachers. They were Barnabas, Simeon (who is called Niger), Lucius of Cyrene, Manaen (the foster brother of Herod the tetrarch), and Saul. 2 While they were worshiping the Lord and fasting, the Holy Spirit said, "Set apart for me Barnabas and Saul, to do the work to which I have called them." 3 After they had fasted, prayed, and laid their hands on these men, they sent them off.
4 So Barnabas and Saul, having been sent out by the Holy Spirit, went down to Seleucia; from there they sailed away to Cyprus. 5 While they were in the city of Salamis, they proclaimed the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews. They also had John for an assistant. 6 When they had gone through the whole island to Paphos, they found a certain magician, a Jewish false prophet, whose name was Bar-Jesus. 7 This magician associated with the proconsul, Sergius Paulus, who was an intelligent man. This man summoned Barnabas and Saul, because he sought to hear the word of God. 8 But Elymas "the magician" (that is how his name is translated) opposed them; he tried to turn the proconsul away from the faith. 9 But Saul, who is also called Paul, filled with the Holy Spirit, stared at him intensely 10 and said, "You son of the devil, you are full of all kinds of deceit and wickedness. You are an enemy of every kind of righteousness. You will never stop twisting the straight paths of the Lord, will you? 11 Now look, the hand of the Lord is upon you, and you will become blind. You will not see the sun for a while." Immediately there fell on Elymas a mist and darkness; he started going around seeking people to lead him by the hand. 12 After the proconsul saw what had happened, he believed, because he was astonished at the teaching about the Lord.
13 Now Paul and his friends set sail from Paphos and came to Perga in Pamphylia. But John left them and returned to Jerusalem. 14 Paul and his friends traveled from Perga and came to Antioch of Pisidia. There they went into the synagogue on the Sabbath day and sat down. 15 After the reading of the law and the prophets, the leaders of the synagogue sent them a message, saying, "Brothers, if you have any message of encouragement for the people here, say it." 16 So Paul stood up and motioned with his hand; he said, "Men of Israel and you who fear God, listen. 17 The God of this people Israel chose our fathers and exalted the people when they stayed in the land of Egypt, and with an uplifted arm he led them out of it. 18 For about forty years he put up with them in the wilderness. [1]19 After he had destroyed seven nations in the land of Canaan, he gave our people their land for an inheritance. 20 All these events took place over 450 years. After all these things, God gave them judges until Samuel the prophet. 21 Then the people asked for a king, and God gave them Saul son of Kish, a man from the tribe of Benjamin, to be king for forty years. 22 After God removed him from the kingship, he raised up David to be their king. It was about David that God testified, saying, 'I have found David son of Jesse to be a man after my heart, who does all I want him to do.' 23 From this man's descendants God has brought to Israel a Savior, Jesus, as he promised to do. 24 Before the arrival of Jesus, John proclaimed a baptism of repentance to all the people of Israel. 25 As John was finishing his work, he said, 'Who do you think I am? I am not the one. But listen, one is coming after me, the sandals of whose feet I am not worthy to untie.' 26 Brothers, children of the offspring of Abraham, and those among you who fear God, it is to us that the message about this salvation has been sent. 27 For they who live in Jerusalem and their rulers did not recognize him, and they fulfilled the voices of the prophets that are read every Sabbath by condemning him. 28 Even though they found no reason for the death penalty, they called on Pilate to kill him. 29 When they had completed all the things that were written about him, they took him down from the tree and laid him in a tomb. 30 But God raised him from the dead. 31 He was seen for many days by those who had come up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem. These people are now his witnesses to the people. 32 So we tell you the good news: The promise that came to our fathers 33 God has fulfilled for us, their children, by raising up Jesus. As it is written in the second Psalm:
'You are my Son,
today I have become your Father.'
34 As to his raising him from the dead, never to return to decay, he has spoken in this way:
'I will give you the holy and sure blessings
promised to David.'
35 This is why he also says in another Psalm,
'You will not allow your Holy One
to see decay.'
36 For when David had served the purpose of God in his own generation, he fell asleep; he was laid with his fathers and his body experienced decay. 37 But he whom God raised up experienced no decay. 38 So let it be known to you, brothers, that through this man forgiveness of sins is proclaimed to you. The law of Moses could not make you righteous. 39 But by this man God makes righteous everyone who believes. 40 So then be careful that the thing the prophets spoke about does not happen to you:
41 'Look, you despisers,
and be astonished and then perish;
For I am doing a work in your days,
a work that you would never believe,
even if someone announces it to you.'"
42 As Paul and Barnabas left, the people begged them that they might speak these same words again the next Sabbath. 43 When the synagogue meeting ended, many of the Jews and devout proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas, who were speaking to them and persuading them to continue in the grace of God.
44 On the next Sabbath, almost the whole city was gathered together to hear the word of the Lord. 45 When the Jews saw the crowds, they were filled with envy and spoke against the things that were said by Paul and insulted him. 46 But Paul and Barnabas spoke out boldly and said, "It was necessary that the word of God should first be spoken to you. Seeing you push it away from yourselves and consider yourselves unworthy of eternal life, see, we will turn to the Gentiles. 47 For so has the Lord commanded us, saying,
'I have appointed you as a light for the Gentiles,
that you should bring salvation
to the uttermost parts of the earth.'"
48 As the Gentiles heard this, they were glad and glorified the word of the Lord. As many as were appointed to eternal life believed. 49 The word of the Lord was spread out through the whole region. 50 But the Jews incited the devout women of high standing and the leading men of the city. They stirred up persecution against Paul and Barnabas and threw them out of their region. 51 But Paul and Barnabas shook off the dust from their feet against them. Then they went to the city of Iconium. 52 And the disciples were filled with joy and with the Holy Spirit.
1 It came about in Iconium that Paul and Barnabas entered together into the synagogue of the Jews and spoke in such a way that a great multitude both of Jews and of Greeks believed. 2 But the Jews who were disobedient stirred up the minds of the Gentiles and made them bitter against the brothers. 3 So they stayed there for a long time, speaking boldly with the Lord's power, while he gave evidence about the message of his grace. He did this by granting signs and wonders to be done by the hands of Paul and Barnabas. 4 But the people of the city were divided; some sided with the Jews, others with the apostles. 5 Both Gentiles and Jews (together with their leaders) made an attempt to mistreat them and to stone them, 6 but as soon as they learned about this, they fled to the Lycaonian cities of Lystra and Derbe and the surrounding region, 7 where they continued to proclaim the gospel.
8 At Lystra a certain man sat, powerless in his feet, a cripple from his mother's womb, who never had walked. 9 This man heard Paul speaking. Paul fixed his eyes on him and saw that he had faith to be made well. 10 So he said to him in a loud voice, "Stand up on your feet." Then the man jumped up and walked around.
11 When the multitude saw what Paul had done, they raised their voice, saying in the dialect of Lycaonia, "The gods have become like men and come down to us." 12 They called Barnabas "Zeus," and Paul "Hermes," because he was the main speaker. 13 The priest of Zeus, whose temple was just outside the city, brought oxen and wreaths to the gates; he and the multitudes wanted to offer sacrifice. 14 But when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard of it, they tore their clothing and quickly went out into the crowd, crying out, 15 "Men, why are you doing these things? We also are human beings, with the same nature as you. We are telling you good news that you should turn from these useless things to the living God, who made the heavens, the earth, the sea, and everything that is in them. 16 In the past ages, he allowed all the nations to walk in their own ways. 17 But still, he did not leave himself without witness, in that he did good and gave you the rains from heaven and fruitful seasons, filling your hearts with food and gladness." 18 Even with these words, Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes from sacrificing to them.
19 But some Jews from Antioch and Iconium came and persuaded the crowds. They stoned Paul and dragged him out of the city, thinking that he was dead. 20 Yet as the disciples were standing around him, he got up and entered the city. The next day, he went to Derbe with Barnabas. 21 After they had proclaimed the gospel in that city and made many disciples, they returned to Lystra, to Iconium, and to Antioch. 22 They kept strengthening the souls of the disciples and encouraging them to continue in the faith, saying, "We must enter into the kingdom of God through many tribulations." 23 When they had appointed for them elders in every church, and had prayed with fasting, they entrusted them to the Lord, in whom they had believed. 24 Then they passed through Pisidia and came to Pamphylia. 25 When they had spoken the word in Perga, they went down to Attalia. 26 From there they sailed to Antioch, where they had been committed to the grace of God for the work which they had now completed. 27 When they arrived in Antioch and gathered the church together, they reported all the things that God had done with them, and how he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles. 28 They stayed for a long time with the disciples.
1 Some men came down from Judea to Antioch and taught the brothers, saying, "Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved." 2 This brought Paul and Barnabas into a sharp dispute and debate with them. So Paul and Barnabas, along with some others from among them, were appointed to go up to Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders about this question. 3 They therefore, being sent by the church, passed through both Phoenicia and Samaria and announced the conversion of the Gentiles. They brought great joy to all the brothers. 4 When they came to Jerusalem, they were welcomed by the church and the apostles and the elders, and they reported all the things that God had done with them. 5 But certain men who believed, who belonged to the group of Pharisees, stood up and said, "It is necessary to circumcise them and to command them to keep the law of Moses." 6 So the apostles and the elders gathered together to consider this matter.
7 After much debate, Peter stood up and said to them, "Brothers, you know that a good while ago God made a choice among you, that by my mouth the Gentiles should hear the word of the gospel, and believe. 8 God, who knows the heart, has testified to them by giving them the Holy Spirit, just as he did to us. 9 He made no distinction between us and them, having cleansed their hearts by faith. 10 Now therefore why do you test God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? 11 But we believe that we will be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, just as they were."
12 All the multitude kept silent while they listened to Barnabas and Paul report the signs and wonders God had worked among the Gentiles through them. 13 After they stopped speaking, James answered, saying,
"Brothers, listen to me. 14 Simon has told how God first graciously helped the Gentiles in order to take from them a people for his name. 15 The words of the prophets agree with this, as it is written,
16 'After these things I will return,
and I will build again the tabernacle of David,
which has fallen down;
I will set up and restore its ruins again,
17 so that the remnant of men may seek the Lord,
including all the Gentiles called by my name.'
18 This is what the Lord says,
who has done these things
that have been known from ancient times. [1]
19 Therefore, I have decided that we should not trouble those of the Gentiles who turn to God. 20 But we will write to them that they must keep away from the pollution of idols, from sexual immorality, and from the meat of strangled animals, and from blood. 21 For Moses has been proclaimed in every city from ancient generations and he is preached in the synagogues every Sabbath."
22 Then it seemed good to the apostles and the elders, with the whole church, to choose Judas called Barsabbas, and Silas, who were leaders of the brothers, and send them to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas.
23 They wrote this with their hands,
"From the apostles and elders, your brothers,
to the Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia:
Greetings!
24 Because we have heard that certain men have gone out from us, with no orders from us, and have disturbed you with words that upset your souls, 25 it seemed good to us, who have come to one mind, to choose men and to send them to you with our beloved Barnabas and Paul, 26 men who have risked their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ. 27 Therefore we have sent Judas and Silas, who will report to you the same things in their own words. 28 For it seemed good to the Holy Spirit and to us, to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things: 29 that you abstain from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality. If you avoid these things, you will do well.
Farewell."
30 So they, when they were dismissed, came down to Antioch; after they gathered the multitude together, they delivered the letter. 31 When they had read it, they rejoiced because of the encouragement. 32 Judas and Silas, also prophets, encouraged the brothers with many words and strengthened them. 33 After they had spent some time there, they were sent away in peace from the brothers to those who had sent them. 34[2]35 But Paul and Barnabas stayed in Antioch, teaching and preaching (along with many others) the word of the Lord.
36 After some days Paul said to Barnabas, "Let us return now and visit the brothers in every city where we proclaimed the word of the Lord, and see how they are." 37 Barnabas wanted to also take with them John, who was called Mark. 38 But Paul thought it was not good to take Mark, who had left them in Pamphylia and did not go further with them in the work. 39 Then there arose a sharp disagreement, so that they separated from each other, and Barnabas took Mark with him and sailed away to Cyprus. 40 But Paul chose Silas and left, after he was entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord. 41 Then he went through Syria and Cilicia, strengthening the churches.
1 Paul also came to Derbe and to Lystra, and behold, a certain disciple named Timothy was there, the son of a Jewish woman who was a believer, but his father was a Greek. 2 He was well spoken of by the brothers who were at Lystra and Iconium. 3 Paul wanted him to travel with him, so he took him and circumcised him because of the Jews that were in those places, for they all knew that his father was a Greek. 4 As they were going along through the cities, they were passing along the decrees to obey that were decided on by the apostles and elders who were in Jerusalem. 5 So the churches were strengthened in the faith and increased in number daily.
6 Paul and his companions went through the regions of Phrygia and Galatia, since they had been forbidden by the Holy Spirit to proclaim the word in the province of Asia. 7 When they came near Mysia, they attempted to go into Bithynia, but the Spirit of Jesus prevented them. 8 So passing by Mysia, they came down to the city of Troas. 9 A vision appeared to Paul in the night: A man of Macedonia was standing there, begging him and saying, "Come over into Macedonia and help us." 10 When Paul had seen the vision, immediately we sought to go to Macedonia, concluding that God had called us to preach the gospel to them.
11 Setting sail therefore from Troas, we made a straight course to Samothrace, and the next day we came to Neapolis. 12 From there we went to Philippi, which is a city of Macedonia, the most important city in the district and a Roman colony, and we stayed in this city for several days.
13 On the Sabbath day we went outside the gate by the river, where we thought there would be a place of prayer. We sat down and spoke to the women who had come together. 14 A certain woman named Lydia, a seller of purple from the city of Thyatira, who worshiped God, listened to us. The Lord opened her heart to pay attention to what was said by Paul. 15 When she and her house were baptized, she pleaded with us, saying, "If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord, come and stay in my house." And she persuaded us.
16 It came about that, as we were going to the place of prayer, a certain slave girl who had a spirit of divination encountered us. She brought her masters much gain by fortunetelling. 17 This woman followed after Paul and us and shouted, saying, "These men are servants of the Most High God. They proclaim to you the way of salvation." 18 She did this for many days. But Paul, being greatly annoyed by her, turned and said to the spirit, "I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her." And it came out at that same hour.
19 When her masters saw that their hope of profit was now gone, they seized Paul and Silas and dragged them into the marketplace before the authorities. 20 When they had brought them to the magistrates, they said, "These men are causing trouble in our city. They are Jews. 21 They proclaim customs that are not lawful for Romans to accept or practice."
22 Then the crowd rose up together against Paul and Silas; the magistrates tore their garments off them and commanded them to be beaten with rods. 23 When they had laid many blows upon them, they threw them into prison and commanded the jailer to guard them securely. 24 After he got this command, the jailer threw them into the inner prison and fastened their feet in the stocks.
25 Around midnight Paul and Silas were praying and singing hymns to God, and the other prisoners were listening to them. 26 Suddenly there was a great earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken; and immediately all the doors were opened, and everyone's chains were unfastened. 27 The jailer was awakened from sleep and saw the open prison doors; he drew his sword and was about to kill himself, because he thought that the prisoners had escaped.
28 But Paul shouted with a loud voice, saying, "Do not harm yourself, because we are all here."
29 The jailer called for lights and rushed in and, trembling for fear, fell down before Paul and Silas, 30 and brought them out and said, "Sirs, what must I do to be saved?"
31 They said, "Believe in the Lord Jesus, and you will be saved, you and your household." 32 They spoke the word of the Lord to him, together with everyone in his house. 33 Then the jailer took them at the same hour of the night, and washed their wounds, and he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately. 34 Then as he brought Paul and Silas up into his house and he set food before them, he rejoiced greatly with those of his house, that he had believed in God.
35 Now when it was day, the magistrates sent word to the guards, saying, "Let those men go."
36 The jailer reported the words to Paul, saying, "The magistrates have sent word to me to let you go. Now therefore come out, and go in peace."
37 But Paul said to them, "They have publicly beaten us without a trial, even though we are Roman citizens—and they threw us into prison. Do they now want to send us away secretly? No! Let them come themselves and lead us out."
38 The guards reported these words to the magistrates, and when they heard that Paul and Silas were Romans, they were afraid. 39 The magistrates came and apologized to them and brought them out, asking them to go away from the city. 40 So Paul and Silas went out of the prison and came to the house of Lydia. When Paul and Silas saw the brothers, they encouraged them and then departed from the city.
1 Now when they had passed through the cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia, they came to the city of Thessalonica, where there was a synagogue of the Jews. 2 Paul, as his custom was, went to them, and for three Sabbath days reasoned with them from the scriptures. 3 He was opening the scriptures and explaining that it was necessary for the Christ to suffer and to rise again from the dead. He said, "This Jesus whom I proclaim to you is the Christ." 4 Some of the Jews were persuaded and joined Paul and Silas, including a large number of devout Greeks, and not a few of the leading women. 5 But the unbelieving Jews, being moved with jealousy, took certain wicked men from the marketplace, gathered a crowd together, and set the city in an uproar. Assaulting the house of Jason, they were seeking to bring Paul and Silas out to the people. 6 But when they did not find them, they dragged Jason and certain other brothers before the officials of the city, crying, "These men who have turned the world upside down have come here also. 7 These men whom Jason has welcomed act against the decrees of Caesar; they say that there is another king—Jesus." 8 They troubled the crowd and the officials of the city who heard these things. 9 But after they took security from Jason and the rest, they let them go.
10 That night the brothers sent Paul and Silas to Berea. When they arrived there, they went into the synagogue of the Jews. 11 Now these people were more noble than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with all readiness of mind, examining the scriptures daily to see whether these things were so. 12 Therefore many of them believed, including some influential Greek women and many men. 13 But when the Jews of Thessalonica learned that Paul was also proclaiming the word of God at Berea, they went there and stirred up and troubled the crowds. 14 Then immediately, the brothers sent Paul to go to the sea, but Silas and Timothy stayed there. 15 Those who were leading Paul took him as far as the city of Athens. As they left Paul there, they received from him instructions for Silas and Timothy to come to him as quickly as possible.
16 Now while Paul was waiting for them in Athens, his spirit was provoked within him as he saw the city full of idols. 17 So he reasoned every day in the synagogue with the Jews and others who worshiped God, as well as in the marketplace with those who happened to be there. 18 But also some of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers encountered him. Some said, "What is this babbler trying to say?" Others said, "He seems to be one who calls people to follow strange gods," because he was proclaiming the gospel about Jesus and the resurrection. 19 They took Paul and brought him to the Areopagus, saying, "May we know this new teaching which you were speaking? 20 For you bring some strange things to our ears. Therefore, we want to know what these things mean." 21 (Now all the Athenians and the strangers living there spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening about something new.)
22 So Paul stood in the middle of the Areopagus and said,
"You men of Athens, I see that you are very religious in every way. 23 For as I passed along and observed the objects of your worship, I found an altar with this inscription, "TO AN UNKNOWN GOD." What therefore you worship in ignorance, this I announce to you.
24 The God who made the world and everything in it, since he is Lord of heaven and earth, does not live in temples built with hands. 25 Neither is he served by men's hands, as though he needed anything, since he himself gives people life and breath and everything else. 26 From one man he made every nation of people to live on the surface of the earth, having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their living areas, 27 so that they should search for God and perhaps they may feel their way toward him and find him. Yet he is not far from each one of us. 28 For in him we live and move and have our being, just as one of your own poets has said, 'For we also are his offspring.'
29 "Therefore, since we are God's offspring, we ought not to think that the qualities of deity are like gold, or silver, or stone—images created by the art and imagination of man. 30 Therefore God overlooked the times of ignorance, but now he commands all men everywhere to repent. 31 This is because he has set a day when he will judge the world in righteousness by the man he has appointed. God has given proof of this man to everyone by raising him from the dead."
32 Now when the men of Athens heard of the resurrection of the dead, some mocked Paul; but others said, "We will listen to you again about this matter." 33 After that, Paul left them. 34 But certain men joined him and believed, including Dionysius the Areopagite, a woman named Damaris, and others with them.
1 After these things Paul left Athens and went to Corinth. 2 There he met a Jew named Aquila, a native of Pontus, who had recently come from Italy with his wife Priscilla, because Claudius had commanded all the Jews to leave Rome. Paul went to them, 3 and because he worked at the same trade, he stayed with them and labored, for they were tentmakers by trade. 4 So Paul reasoned in the synagogue every Sabbath, trying to persuade both Jews and Greeks. 5 Now when Silas and Timothy came down from Macedonia, Paul devoted himself to the word, testifying to the Jews that Jesus was the Christ. 6 But when the Jews opposed and insulted him, Paul shook out his garment at them and said to them, "May your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean. From now on I will go to the Gentiles." 7 Then he left from there and went to the house of a man named Titius Justus, a man who worshiped God. His house was next to the synagogue. 8 Crispus, the leader of the synagogue, believed in the Lord, together with all his household; and many of the Corinthians who heard about it believed and were baptized. 9 The Lord said to Paul in the night in a vision, "Do not be afraid, but speak and do not be silent. 10 For I am with you, and no one will try to harm you, for I have many people in this city." 11 Paul lived there for a year and six months, teaching the word of God among them.
12 But when Gallio became governor of Achaia, the Jews rose up with one mind against Paul and brought him before the judgment seat; 13 they said, "This man persuades people to worship God contrary to the law." 14 Yet when Paul was about to speak, Gallio said to the Jews, "You Jews, if indeed it were a matter of wrong or a wicked crime, it would be reasonable to put up with you. 15 But since these are questions about words and names and your own law, settle it yourselves. I do not wish to be a judge of these matters." 16 Gallio made them leave the judgment seat. 17 So they all seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat. But Gallio did not care what they did.
18 Paul, after staying there for many more days, left the brothers and sailed for Syria with Priscilla and Aquila. Before he left the seaport, Cenchreae, he had his hair cut off because of a vow he had taken. 19 When they came to Ephesus, Paul left Priscilla and Aquila there, but he himself went into the synagogue and reasoned with the Jews. 20 When they asked Paul to stay a longer time, he declined. 21 But taking his leave of them, he said, "I will return again to you if it is God's will." He then set sail from Ephesus.
22 When Paul had landed at Caesarea, he went up and greeted the Jerusalem church and then went down to Antioch. 23 After having spent some time there, Paul departed and went through the regions of Galatia and Phrygia, strengthening all the disciples.
24 Now a certain Jew named Apollos, an Alexandrian by birth, came to Ephesus. He was eloquent in speech and mighty in the scriptures. 25 Apollos had been instructed in the teachings of the Lord. Being fervent in spirit, he spoke and taught accurately the things concerning Jesus, but he knew only the baptism of John. 26 Apollos began to speak boldly in the synagogue. But when Priscilla and Aquila heard him, they took him aside and explained to him the way of God more accurately. 27 When he desired to pass over into Achaia, the brothers encouraged him and wrote to the disciples in Achaia to welcome him. When he arrived, he greatly helped those who believed by grace. 28 Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate, showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ.
1 It came about that while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul passed through the upper country and came to the city of Ephesus, and found certain disciples there. 2 Paul said to them, "Did you receive the Holy Spirit when you believed?"
They said to him, "No, we did not even hear about the Holy Spirit."
3 Paul said, "Into what then were you baptized?"
They said, "Into John's baptism."
4 So Paul replied, "John baptized with the baptism of repentance. He told the people that they should believe in the one who would come after him, that is, in Jesus." 5 When the people heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. 6 Then when Paul had laid his hands on them, the Holy Spirit came on them and they spoke in tongues and prophesied. 7 In all they were about twelve men.
8 Paul went into the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months, reasoning and persuading them about the kingdom of God. 9 But when some Jews were hardened and disobedient, they began to speak evil of the Way before the crowd. So Paul left them and took the disciples with him, reasoning with them every day in the lecture hall of Tyrannus. 10 This continued for two years, so that all who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord, both Jews and Greeks. 11 God was doing extraordinary miracles by the hands of Paul, 12 so that even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him were taken to the sick and their illnesses left them and the evil spirits came out of them.
13 But there were Jewish exorcists traveling through the area. They called on the name of the Lord Jesus so they could have power over evil spirits when they said, "By the Jesus whom Paul proclaims, I command you to come out." 14 The Jewish high priest, whose name was Sceva, had seven sons who were doing this.
15 An evil spirit answered them, "Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are you?" 16 The evil spirit in the man leaped on the exorcists and subdued them and beat them up. Then they fled out of that house naked and wounded. 17 This became known to all, both Jews and Greeks, who lived at Ephesus. They became very afraid, and the name of the Lord Jesus was honored. 18 Also, many of the believers came and confessed and gave a full account of the evil things they had done. 19 Many who practiced magic brought their books together and burned them in the sight of everyone. When they counted the value of them, it was fifty thousand pieces of silver. 20 So the word of the Lord spread very widely in powerful ways.
21 Now after these things were completed, Paul decided in the Spirit to pass through Macedonia and Achaia on his way to Jerusalem; he said, "After I have been there, I must also see Rome." 22 Paul sent to Macedonia two of those who served him, Timothy and Erastus. But he himself stayed in Asia for a while.
23 At about that time there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way. 24 A certain silversmith named Demetrius, who made silver shrines of Artemis, brought in much business for the craftsmen. 25 So he gathered together the workmen of that occupation and said, "Men, you know that in this business we make much money. 26 You see and hear that, not only at Ephesus, but almost throughout all Asia, this Paul has persuaded and turned away many people. He is saying that gods made by hands are not gods. 27 Not only is there danger that our trade will be discredited, but also that the temple of the great goddess Artemis might be regarded as worthless, and her greatness would be brought to nothing, she whom all Asia and the world worship."
28 When they heard this, they were filled with anger and cried out, saying, "Great is Artemis of the Ephesians." 29 The whole city was filled with confusion, and the people rushed with one mind into the theater. They had seized Paul's travel companions, Gaius and Aristarchus, who came from Macedonia. 30 Paul wanted to enter in among the crowd of people, but the disciples prevented him. 31 Also, some of the officials of the province of Asia who were his friends sent him a message pleading with him not to enter the theater. 32 Some people were shouting one thing, and some another, for the crowd was in confusion. Most of them did not even know why they had come together. 33 Some of the crowd advised Alexander, whom the Jews were pushing forward. So Alexander motioned with his hand, wanting to give a defense to the assembly. 34 But when they recognized that he was a Jew, they all cried out for about two hours with one voice, saying, "Great is Artemis of the Ephesians." 35 When the town clerk had quieted the crowd, he said, "You men of Ephesus, what man is there who does not know that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper of the great Artemis and of the image which fell down from heaven? 36 Seeing then that these things are undeniable, you ought to be quiet and do nothing rash. 37 For you have brought these men to this court who are neither robbers of temples nor blasphemers of our goddess. 38 Therefore, if Demetrius and the craftsmen who are with him have an accusation against anyone, the courts are open and there are proconsuls. Let them accuse one another. 39 But if you are seeking anything more, it should be resolved in the regular assembly. 40 For we are in danger of being accused of rioting today, and there is no cause we can give to justify this uproar." When he had said this, he dismissed the assembly. [1]
1 After the uproar was over, Paul sent for the disciples and after he encouraged them, he said farewell and left to go into Macedonia. 2 When he had gone through those regions and had spoken many words of encouragement to them, he came to Greece. 3 After he had spent three months there, a plot was formed against him by the Jews as he was about to sail for Syria, so he decided to return through Macedonia. 4 Accompanying him as far as Asia were Sopater son of Pyrrhus from Berea; Aristarchus and Secundus, both from the Thessalonian believers; Gaius of Derbe; Timothy; and Tychicus and Trophimus from Asia. 5 But these men had gone before us and were waiting for us at Troas. 6 We sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and in five days we came to them in Troas. There we stayed for seven days.
7 On the first day of the week, when we were gathered together to break bread, Paul spoke to the believers. He was planning to leave the next day, so he prolonged his message until midnight. 8 There were many lamps in the upper room where we had come together. 9 In the window was sitting a young man named Eutychus, who fell into a deep sleep. As Paul spoke even longer, this young man, still sleeping, fell down from the third story and was picked up dead. 10 But Paul went down, stretched himself out on him, and embraced him. Then he said, "Do not be upset any more, for he is alive." 11 Then he went upstairs again and broke bread and ate. After talking with them much longer until dawn, he left. 12 They brought back the boy alive and were greatly comforted.
13 We ourselves went ahead of Paul by ship and sailed away to Assos, where we planned to take Paul on board. This is what he himself desired to do, because he planned to go by land. 14 When he met us at Assos, we took him onto the ship and went to Mitylene. 15 Then we sailed from there and arrived the next day opposite the island of Chios. The following day we touched at the island of Samos, and the day after we came to the city of Miletus. 16 For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus, so that he would not spend any time in Asia; for he was hurrying to be in Jerusalem for the day of Pentecost, if it were at all possible for him to do so.
17 From Miletus he sent men to Ephesus and called to himself the elders of the church. 18 When they had come to him, he said to them, "You yourselves know, from the first day that I set foot in Asia, how I always spent my time with you. 19 I kept serving the Lord with all lowliness of mind and with tears, and in trials that happened to me because of the plots of the Jews. 20 You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you anything that was useful, and how I taught you in public and from house to house, 21 testifying to both Jews and Greeks about repentance toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus. 22 Now look, I am going to Jerusalem, compelled by the Spirit, not knowing what will happen to me there, 23 except that the Holy Spirit testifies to me in every city that chains and afflictions await me. 24 But I do not consider my life valuable to myself, if only I may finish the race and complete the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify to the gospel of the grace of God. 25 Now look, I know that you all, among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom, will see my face no more. 26 Therefore I testify to you this day, that I am innocent of the blood of any man. 27 For I did not hold back from declaring to you the whole will of God. 28 Therefore be careful about yourselves, and about all the flock of which the Holy Spirit has appointed you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood. [1]29 I know that after my departure, vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock. 30 Even from your own number men will arise and distort the truth to draw away the disciples after them. 31 So be on guard. Remember that for three years I never stopped warning each one of you night and day with tears. 32 Now I commit you to God and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are being sanctified. 33 I coveted no man's silver, gold, or clothing. 34 You yourselves know that these hands served my own needs and the needs of those who were with me. 35 In all things I gave you an example of how you should help the weak by laboring, and of how you should remember the words of the Lord Jesus, words that he himself said: 'It is more blessed to give than to receive.'"
36 After he had spoken in this way, he knelt down and prayed with them all. 37 There was a lot of crying and they embraced Paul and kissed him. 38 They were in anguish most of all because of what he had said, that they would never see his face again. Then they escorted him to the ship.
1 When we had gone away from them and set sail, we took a straight course to the city of Cos, and the next day to the city of Rhodes, and from there to the city of Patara. 2 When we found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia, we went aboard and set sail. 3 After sighting Cyprus, leaving it on the left side of the boat, we sailed on to Syria and landed at Tyre, where the ship was to unload its cargo. 4 After we found the disciples, we stayed there seven days. Through the Spirit they kept urging Paul not to go to Jerusalem. 5 When our days there were over, we left and went on our way, and they all, with their wives and children, accompanied us out of the city. Then we knelt down on the beach, prayed, 6 and said farewell to each other. Then we went on board the ship, and they returned home.
7 When we had finished the voyage from Tyre, we arrived at Ptolemais. There we greeted the brothers and stayed with them for one day. 8 On the next day we left and went to Caesarea. We entered the house of Philip, the evangelist, who was one of the seven, and we stayed with him. 9 Now this man had four virgin daughters who prophesied.
10 As we stayed there for some days, a certain prophet named Agabus came down from Judea. 11 He came to us and took Paul's belt. With it he tied his own feet and hands and said, "Thus says the Holy Spirit, 'This is how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up the man who owns this belt, and they will hand him over into the hands of the Gentiles.'" 12 When we heard these things, both we and the people who lived in that place pleaded with Paul not to go up to Jerusalem.
13 Then Paul answered, "What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart? For I am ready, not only to be tied up, but also to die in Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus."
14 Since Paul would not be persuaded, we remained silent and then we said, "May the will of the Lord be done."
15 After these days, we picked up our bags and went up to Jerusalem. 16 There also went with us some of the disciples from Caesarea. They brought with them a man named Mnason, a man from Cyprus, an early disciple, with whom we would stay.
17 When we had arrived in Jerusalem, the brothers welcomed us gladly. 18 The next day Paul went with us to James, and all the elders were present. 19 When he had greeted them, he reported one by one the things that God had done among the Gentiles through his ministry. 20 When they heard it, they glorified God, and they said to him, "You see, brother, how many thousands have believed among the Jews. They are all zealous to keep the law. 21 They have been told about you, that you teach all the Jews who live among the Gentiles to abandon Moses, and that you tell them not to circumcise their children, and not to walk according the traditional ways. 22 What should we do? They will certainly hear that you have come. 23 So do what we say to you. We have four men who made a vow. 24 Take these men and purify yourself with them, and pay their expenses for them, so that they may shave their heads. So everyone will know that the things they have been told about you are false. They will learn that you also live correctly, obeying the law. 25 But concerning the Gentiles who have believed, we wrote about our decision that they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols, from blood, from what is strangled, and from sexual immorality." 26 Then Paul took the men, and the next day he purified himself along with them. Then they went into the temple, giving notice when the days of purification would be fulfilled and the offering would be presented for each of them.
27 When the seven days were almost finished, some Jews from Asia, seeing Paul in the temple, stirred up the whole crowd and laid hands on him. 28 They were shouting, "Men of Israel, help us. This is the man who teaches all men everywhere things that are against the people, the law, and this place. Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple and has defiled this holy place." 29 For they had previously seen Trophimus the Ephesian with him in the city, and they thought that Paul had brought him into the temple. 30 All the city was excited, and the people ran together and laid hold of Paul. They dragged him out of the temple, and the doors were immediately shut. 31 As they were trying to kill him, news came up to the chief captain of the company of soldiers, that all Jerusalem was in an uproar. 32 Right away he took soldiers and centurions and ran down to the crowd. When the people saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they stopped beating Paul. 33 Then the chief captain approached and laid hold of Paul, and commanded him to be bound with two chains. Then he asked who he was and what he had done. 34 Some in the crowd were shouting one thing and others another. Since the captain could not learn the truth because of all the noise, he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress. 35 When he came to the steps, he was carried by the soldiers because of the crowd's violence. 36 For the crowd of people followed after and kept shouting out, "Away with him!"
37 As Paul was about to be brought into the fortress, he said to the chief captain, "Is it permitted for me to say something to you?"
The captain said, "Do you know Greek? 38 Are you not then the Egyptian who some time ago started a rebellion and led the four thousand men of the 'Assassins' out into the wilderness?"
39 Paul said, "I am a Jew, from the city of Tarsus in Cilicia. I am a citizen of no unimportant city. I beg you, allow me to speak to the people."
40 When the captain had given him permission, Paul stood on the steps and motioned with the hand to the people. When there was a deep silence, he spoke to them in the Hebrew language. He said,
1 "Brothers and fathers, listen to my defense which I will now make to you."
2 When the crowd heard Paul speak to them in the Hebrew language, they became quiet. He said,
3 "I am a Jew, born in Tarsus of Cilicia, but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel. I was instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers. I am zealous for God, just as all of you are today. 4 I persecuted this Way to the death, binding up and delivering to prison both men and women, 5 as the high priest and all the elders can testify. I received letters from them for the brothers in Damascus, and I went there to bring them back in bonds to Jerusalem to be punished. 6 It happened that when I was traveling and nearing Damascus, about noon suddenly a great light from heaven began to shine around me. 7 I fell to the ground and heard a voice say to me, 'Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me?'
8 I answered, 'Who are you, Lord?'
He said to me, 'I am Jesus of Nazareth, whom you are persecuting.'
9 Those who were with me saw the light, but they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me. 10 I said, 'What should I do, Lord?'
The Lord said to me, 'Arise and go into Damascus. There you will be told everything that has been appointed for you to do.' 11 I could not see because of that light's brightness, and being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus. 12 There I met a man named Ananias, a devout man according to the law and well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there. 13 He came to me, stood by me, and said, 'Brother Saul, receive your sight.' In that very hour I saw him. 14 Then he said, 'The God of our fathers has appointed you to know his will, to see the Righteous One, and to hear the voice coming from his own mouth. 15 For you will be a witness for him to all men about what you have seen and heard. 16 Now why are you waiting? Arise, be baptized, and wash away your sins, calling on his name.' 17 After I had returned to Jerusalem, and while I was praying in the temple, a trance came on me. 18 I saw him say to me, 'Hurry and leave Jerusalem quickly, because they will not accept your testimony about me.' 19 I said, 'Lord, they themselves know that I imprisoned and beat those who believed in you in every synagogue. 20 When the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled, I also was standing by and agreeing, and I was guarding the cloaks of those who killed him.' 21 But he said to me, 'Go, because I will send you far away to the Gentiles.'"
22 They listened to him until that statement. Then they raised their voices and said, "Away with such a fellow from the earth, for it is not right that he should live." 23 As they were shouting, throwing off their cloaks, and throwing dust into the air, 24 the chief captain commanded Paul to be brought into the fortress. He ordered that he should be questioned with scourging, so that he himself might know why they were shouting against him like that. 25 When they had tied him up with the thongs, Paul said to the centurion who was standing by, "Is it lawful for you to scourge a man who is a Roman and who has not been put on trial?"
26 When the centurion heard this, he went to the chief captain and told him, saying, "What are you about to do? For this man is a Roman citizen." 27 The chief captain came and said to him, "Tell me, are you a Roman citizen?"
Paul said, "Yes."
28 The chief captain answered, "It was only with a large amount of money that I acquired citizenship."
But Paul said, "I was born a Roman citizen." 29 Then the men who were going to question him left him immediately. The chief captain also was afraid, when he learned that Paul was a Roman citizen, because he had tied him up.
30 On the next day, the chief captain wanted to know for certain about the Jews' accusations against Paul. So he untied his bonds and ordered the chief priests and all the council to meet. Then he brought Paul down and placed him in their midst.
1 Paul looked directly at the council members and said, "Brothers, I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day." 2 The high priest Ananias commanded those who stood by him to strike him on the mouth.
3 Then Paul said to him, "God will strike you, you whitewashed wall. Are you sitting to judge me by the law, yet order me to be struck, against the law?"
4 Those who stood by said, "Is this how you insult God's high priest?"
5 Paul said, "I did not know, brothers, that he was high priest. For it is written, 'You must not speak evil of a ruler of your people.'"
6 When Paul saw that the one part of the council were Sadducees and the other Pharisees, he spoke loudly in the council, "Brothers, I am a Pharisee, a son of Pharisees. It is because I have the hope of the resurrection of the dead that I am being judged." 7 When he said this, an argument began between the Pharisees and Sadducees, and the crowd was divided. 8 For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrection, no angels, and no spirits, but the Pharisees acknowledge all of them.
9 So a large uproar occurred, and some of the scribes belonging to the Pharisees stood up and argued, saying, "We find nothing wrong with this man. What if a spirit or an angel has spoken to him?" 10 When there arose a great argument, the chief captain feared that Paul would be torn to pieces by them, so he commanded the soldiers to go down and take him by force from among the council members, and bring him into the fortress.
11 The following night the Lord stood beside him and said, "Have courage, for as you have testified about me in Jerusalem, so you must also testify in Rome."
12 When it became day, some Jews formed a conspiracy and put themselves under an oath, saying that they would not eat or drink anything until they had killed Paul. 13 There were more than forty men who formed this conspiracy. 14 They went to the chief priests and the elders and said, "We have sworn a great oath to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. 15 Now, therefore, let the council formally request the chief captain to bring him down to you, as if you would decide his case more precisely. As for us, we are ready to kill him before he comes here."
16 But Paul's sister's son heard that they were lying in wait, so he went and entered the fortress and told Paul.
17 Paul called one of the centurions and said, "Take this young man to the chief captain, for he has something to report to him."
18 So the centurion took the young man and brought him to the chief captain and said, "Paul the prisoner called me to him, and asked me to bring this young man to you. He has something to say to you."
19 The chief captain took him by the hand to a private place and asked him, "What is it that you have to report to me?"
20 The young man said, "The Jews have agreed to ask you to bring down Paul tomorrow to the council, as if they were going to ask more precisely about his case. 21 But do not be persuaded by them, because there are more than forty men who are lying in wait for him. They have put themselves under oath neither to eat nor to drink until they have killed him. Even now they are ready, waiting for your approval."
22 So the chief captain let the young man go, after instructing him, "Tell no one that you have reported these things to me."
23 Then he called to him two of the centurions and said, "Get two hundred soldiers ready to go as far as Caesarea, and seventy horsemen also, and two hundred spearmen. You will leave at the third hour of the night." 24 He also ordered them to provide animals which Paul could ride and to take him safely to Felix the governor.
25 Then he wrote a letter like this:
26 "Claudius Lysias,
To the most excellent Governor Felix,
Greetings.
27 This man was arrested by the Jews and was about to be killed by them when I came upon them with soldiers and rescued him, since I learned that he was a Roman citizen. 28 I wanted to know why they accused him, so I took him down to their council. 29 I learned that he was being accused about questions concerning their own law, but that there was no accusation against him that deserved death or imprisonment. 30 Then it was reported to me that there was a plot against the man, so I immediately sent him to you and instructed his accusers also to bring their charges against him in your presence.
Farewell."
31 So the soldiers obeyed their orders. They took Paul and brought him by night to Antipatris. 32 On the next day, most of the soldiers left the horsemen to go with him and they themselves returned to the fortress. 33 When the horsemen reached Caesarea and delivered the letter to the governor, they also presented Paul to him. 34 When the governor read the letter, he asked what province Paul was from. When he learned that he was from Cilicia, 35 he said, "I will hear you fully when your accusers come here." Then he commanded him to be kept in Herod's government headquarters.
1 After five days, Ananias the high priest, certain elders, and an orator named Tertullus went there. These men brought charges against Paul before the governor. 2 When Paul stood before the governor, Tertullus began to accuse him and said to the governor, "Because of you we have great peace, and your foresight brings good reform to our nation;
3 so with all thankfulness we welcome everything that you do, most excellent Felix. 4 So that I detain you no more, I beg you in your kindness to hear us briefly. 5 For we have found this man to be a pest and one who causes all the Jews throughout the world to rebel. He is a leader of the Nazarene sect. 6 He even tried to desecrate the temple, so we arrested him. [1]7[2]8 When you examine Paul about all these matters, you will be able to learn about all the things of which we are accusing him." 9 The Jews also joined in the accusation, affirming that these charges were true.
10 But when the governor motioned for Paul to speak, Paul answered, "I understand that for many years you have been a judge to this nation, and so I gladly explain myself to you.
11 You can learn for yourself that it has not been more than twelve days since I went up to worship in Jerusalem. 12 When they found me in the temple, I did not argue with anyone, and I did not stir up a crowd, either in the synagogues, or in the city. 13 They cannot prove to you the accusations they are now making against me. 14 But I confess this to you, that according to the Way, which they call a sect, I serve the God of our fathers, believing all things that are according to the law and that has been written in the prophets. 15 I have a hope in God, which these men also have, that there will be a resurrection of both the righteous and the wicked. 16 So I always strive to have a blameless conscience before God and human beings. 17 Now after many years I came to give alms to my nation and present sacrifices. 18 When I did this, certain Jews from Asia found me in a purification ceremony in the temple, not with a crowd or an uproar. 19 These men ought to be before you now and accuse me, if they have anything. 20 Or else, these same men should say what wrong they found in me when I stood before the Jewish council, 21 unless it is about this one thing that I shouted out when I stood among them, 'It is concerning the resurrection of the dead that I am on trial before you today.'"
22 Then Felix, who was well informed about the Way, postponed the hearing. He said, "When Lysias the commander comes down from Jerusalem, I will decide your case." 23 Then he commanded the centurion that Paul should be kept in custody, but to have some freedom so that none of his friends would be prevented from attending to his needs.
24 After some days, Felix returned with Drusilla his wife, who was Jewish, and he sent for Paul and he heard from him about faith in Christ Jesus. 25 But when Paul reasoned with him about righteousness, self-control, and the coming judgment, Felix became frightened and said, "Go away for now. But when I have time later on, I will send for you." 26 At the same time he hoped that Paul would give money to him, so he often sent for him and spoke with him. 27 But when two years passed, Porcius Festus became the governor after Felix, but Felix wanted to gain favor with the Jews, so he left Paul bound.
1 Now, Festus entered the province, and after three days, he went from Caesarea up to Jerusalem. 2 The chief priests and the prominent Jews brought their charges against Paul, and they asked Festus earnestly— 3 asking him to do them a favor against Paul—to summon him to Jerusalem, for they were preparing an ambush to kill him along the way. 4 Festus answered that Paul was being held in custody at Caesarea, and that he himself was going there soon. 5 "Therefore, those who can," he said, "should go there with us. If there is something wrong with the man, you should accuse him."
6 Festus stayed not more than eight or ten days and then he went down to Caesarea, and on the next day he sat on the judgment seat and commanded Paul to be brought to him. 7 When he arrived, the Jews from Jerusalem stood nearby, and they brought many serious charges which they could not prove.
8 Paul defended himself and said, "I have committed no sin against the law of the Jews or against the temple or against Caesar."
9 But Festus wanted to gain the favor of the Jews, and so he answered Paul and said, "Do you want to go up to Jerusalem and to be judged by me about these things there?" 10 Paul said, "I stand before the judgment seat of Caesar where I must be judged. I have wronged no Jews, just as you also very well know. 11 Though if I have done wrong and if I have done what is worthy of death, I do not refuse to die. But if their accusations are nothing, no one can hand me over to them. I appeal to Caesar." 12 After Festus talked with the council, he answered, "You have appealed to Caesar. To Caesar you will go!"
13 Now after some days, King Agrippa and Bernice arrived at Caesarea to pay an official visit to Festus. 14 After they had been there for many days, Festus presented Paul's case to the king; he said, "A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner. 15 When I was in Jerusalem, the chief priests and the elders of the Jews brought charges against this man to me, and they asked for a sentence of condemnation against him. 16 I answered them that it was not the custom of the Romans to hand over anyone before the accused had faced his accusers and received an opportunity to defend himself against the charges. 17 Therefore, when they came together here, I did not wait, but the next day I sat in the judgment seat and I ordered the man to be brought in. 18 When the accusers stood up, they charged him with nothing that I considered wickedness. 19 Instead, they had certain disputes with him about their own religion and about a certain Jesus who was dead, whom Paul claims to be alive. 20 I was perplexed about how to investigate this matter, and so I asked him if he would be willing to go to Jerusalem to stand trial there about these charges. 21 But when Paul appealed to be kept in custody while awaiting the decision of the emperor, I ordered him to be held in custody until I could send him to Caesar." 22 Agrippa spoke to Festus, "I would also like to listen to this man." "Tomorrow," Festus said, "you will hear him."
23 So on the next day, Agrippa and Bernice came with much ceremony; they came into the hall with the military officers and with the prominent men of the city. When Festus spoke the command, Paul was brought to them. 24 Festus said, "King Agrippa, and all you men who are here with us, you see this man; all the multitude of Jews appealed to me in Jerusalem and here also, and they shouted to me that he should no longer live. 25 I found he had done nothing worthy of death; but because he appealed to the emperor, I decided to send him to Rome. 26 But I do not have anything certain to write to my lord. For this reason, I have brought him to you, especially to you, King Agrippa, so that I might have something more to write about the case. 27 For it seems unreasonable for me to send a prisoner and to not also state the charges against him."
1 So Agrippa said to Paul, "You may speak for yourself." Then Paul stretched out his hand and made his defense.
2 "I consider myself happy, King Agrippa, to make my case before you today against all the accusations of the Jews, 3 especially because you are an expert in all the Jewish customs and questions. So I beg you to hear me patiently. 4 Truly, all the Jews know how I lived from my youth in my own nation and at Jerusalem. 5 They have known about me from the beginning, if they are willing to admit it, that I lived as a Pharisee, the strictest party of our religion. 6 Now I stand here to be judged because of my hope in the promise made by God to our fathers. 7 It is this promise that our twelve tribes hope to receive as they worship God earnestly night and day, and it is for this hope, king, that the Jews are accusing me. 8 Why should any of you judge it to be incredible that God raises the dead? 9 Now indeed, I myself thought that I should do many things against the name of Jesus of Nazareth. 10 I did these in Jerusalem. I locked up in prison many of God's holy people by the authority I received from the chief priests; and when they were killed, I cast my vote against them. 11 I punished them many times in all the synagogues and I tried to force them to blaspheme. I was furiously enraged against them and I persecuted them even to foreign cities. 12 While I was doing this, I went to Damascus with authority and orders from the chief priests; 13 and on the way there, in the middle of the day, king, I saw a light from heaven that was brighter than the sun, and it shone around both me and the men who were traveling with me. 14 When we all fell to the ground, I heard a voice speaking to me that said in the Hebrew language, 'Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick a goad.' 15 Then I said, 'Who are you, Lord?' The Lord replied, 'I am Jesus whom you persecute. 16 Now get up and stand on your feet; because for this purpose I appeared to you, to appoint you to be a servant and a witness concerning the things that you know about me now and the things that I will show to you later; 17 and I will rescue you from the people and from the Gentiles to whom I am sending you, 18 to open their eyes and to turn them from darkness to light and from the dominion of Satan to God, so that they may receive from God the forgiveness of sins and the inheritance that I give to them who are sanctified by faith in me.' 19 Therefore, King Agrippa, I did not disobey the heavenly vision; 20 but, to those in Damascus first, and then at Jerusalem, and throughout all the country of Judea, and also to the Gentiles, I gave them the message that that they should repent and turn to God, doing deeds worthy of repentance. 21 For this cause the Jews arrested me in the temple and tried to kill me. 22 Therefore I have received the help that comes from God until this very day, and I stand and testify to both small and great about nothing more than what the prophets and Moses said would happen— 23 that Christ must suffer, and by being the first to rise from the dead he would proclaim light to our own people and to the Gentiles."
24 As Paul completed his defense, Festus said with a loud voice, "Paul, you are insane; your great learning makes you insane." 25 But Paul said, "I am not insane, most excellent Festus, but I am declaring words of truth and sound judgment. 26 For the king knows about these things; and so I speak boldly to him, for I am persuaded that none of this is hidden from him; for this has not been done in a corner. 27 Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa? I know that you believe." 28 Agrippa said to Paul, "In a short time would you persuade me and make me a Christian?"
29 Paul said, "I pray to God, that whether in a short or long time, not you only, but also all that hear me today, would be like me, but without these prison chains."
30 Then the king stood up, and the governor, and Bernice also, and those who were sitting with them; 31 when they left the hall, they talked to one another and said, "This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds."
32 Agrippa said to Festus, "This man could have been freed if he had not appealed to Caesar."
1 When it was decided that we should sail for Italy, they committed Paul and some other prisoners to a centurion named Julius, who belonged to the Augustan company of soldiers. 2 We boarded a ship from Adramyttium which was about to sail along the coast of Asia. So we went to sea. Aristarchus from Thessalonica in Macedonia went with us. 3 The next day we landed at the city of Sidon, where Julius treated Paul kindly and allowed him to go to his friends to receive their care. 4 From there we went to sea and sailed under the lee of Cyprus, close to the island, because the winds were against us. 5 When we had sailed across the sea past Cilicia and Pamphylia, we landed at Myra, a city of Lycia. 6 There, the centurion found a ship from Alexandria that was going to sail to Italy. He put us on it. 7 When we had sailed slowly for many days and had finally arrived with difficulty near Cnidus and the wind no longer allowed us to go that way, we sailed along the sheltered side of Crete, opposite Salmone. 8 We sailed along the coast with difficulty, until we came to a certain place called Fair Havens, which is near the city of Lasea.
9 We had now taken much time, the time of the Jewish fast also had passed, and it had now become dangerous to sail. So Paul warned them, 10 and said, "Men, I see that the voyage we are about to take will be with injury and much loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives." 11 But the centurion was more persuaded by the master and by the owner of the ship than by those things that were spoken by Paul. 12 Because the harbor was not easy to spend the winter in, most of the sailors advised to sail from there, and if by any means we could reach the city of Phoenix, to spend the winter there. Phoenix is a harbor in Crete, facing both southwest and northwest. 13 When a south wind began to blow gently, the sailors thought that they had what they needed. So they weighed anchor and sailed along Crete, close to the shore. 14 But after a short time a wind of hurricane force, called the northeaster, began to beat down from the island. 15 When the ship was caught by the storm and could no longer head into the wind, we had to give way to the storm and were driven along by the wind. 16 We sailed along the lee of a small island called Cauda, and with difficulty we were able to secure the lifeboat. 17 When they had hoisted the lifeboat up, they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship. They were afraid that they should run upon the sandbars of Syrtis, so they lowered the sea anchor and were driven along. 18 We took such a violent battering by the storm that the next day they began throwing the cargo overboard. 19 On the third day the sailors threw overboard the ship's equipment with their own hands. 20 When the sun and stars did not shine on us for many days, and the great storm still beat upon us, any more hope that we should be saved was abandoned. 21 When they had gone long without food, then Paul stood up among the sailors and said, "Men, you should have listened to me, and not have set sail from Crete, so as to get this injury and loss. 22 Now I urge you to take courage, for there will be no loss of life among you, but only the loss of the ship. 23 For last night an angel of the God to whom I belong, whom also I worship—his angel stood beside me 24 and said, 'Do not be afraid, Paul. You must stand before Caesar, and see, God in his kindness has given to you all those who are sailing with you.' 25 Therefore have courage, men! For I trust God that it will happen just as it was told to me. 26 But we must run aground upon some island."
27 When the fourteenth night had come, as we were driven this way and that in the Adriatic Sea, about midnight the sailors thought that they were approaching some land. 28 They took soundings and found twenty fathoms; after a little while, they took more soundings and found fifteen fathoms. 29 They were afraid that we might crash on the rocks, so they lowered four anchors from the stern and prayed that morning would come soon. 30 The sailors were looking for a way to abandon the ship and had lowered the lifeboat into the sea, and pretended that they would throw down the anchors from the bow. 31 But Paul said to the centurion and to the soldiers, "Unless these men stay in the ship, you cannot be saved." 32 Then the soldiers cut away the ropes of the boat and let it drift away. 33 When daylight was coming on, Paul encouraged them all to take some food. He said, "This day is the fourteenth day that you have been on constant guard and have gone without food—you have not eaten anything. 34 So I urge you to share some food, for this is necessary for you to survive. For not one of you will lose a single hair from his head." 35 When he had said this, he took bread and he thanked God in the sight of everyone. Then he broke the bread and began to eat. 36 Then they were all encouraged and they also took food. 37 We were 276 souls on the ship. 38 When they had eaten enough, they made the ship lighter by throwing out the wheat into the sea. 39 When it was day, they did not recognize the land, but they saw a bay with a beach, and they discussed whether they could drive the ship onto it. 40 So they cut loose the anchors and left them in the sea. At the same time they loosed the ropes of the rudders and raised the foresail to the wind; and so they headed to the beach. 41 But the ship struck a sandbar and ran aground. The bow was stuck there and remained unmovable, and the stern was broken up by the force of the waves. 42 The soldiers' plan was to kill the prisoners so that none of them could swim away and escape. 43 But the centurion wanted to save Paul, so he stopped their plan; and he ordered those who could swim to jump overboard first and get to land. 44 Then the rest of the men should follow, some on planks, and some on other things from the ship. In this way it happened that all of us were brought safely to land.
1 When we were brought safely through, we learned that the island was called Malta. 2 The native people offered to us not just ordinary kindness, but they lit a fire and welcomed us all because of the constant rain and cold. 3 But when Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks and placed them on the fire, a viper came out because of the heat and fastened onto his hand. 4 When the native people saw the animal hanging from his hand, they said one to another, "This man certainly is a murderer who has been saved from the sea; Justice does not permit him to live." 5 But then he shook the animal into the fire and suffered no harm. 6 They were waiting for him to swell up or suddenly fall down dead. But after they watched him for a long time and saw that nothing was wrong with him, they changed their minds and said that he was a god.
7 Now in a nearby place there were lands belonging to the chief man of the island, a man named Publius. He welcomed us and kindly provided for us for three days. 8 It happened that the father of Publius was lying afflicted with a fever and dysentery. When Paul went to him, he prayed, placed his hands on him, and healed him. 9 After this happened, the rest of the people on the island who were sick also came and were healed. 10 The people also honored us with many honors. When we were preparing to sail, they gave us what we needed.
11 After three months we set sail in a ship that had spent the winter at the island, a ship of Alexandria, with "the twin gods" as its figurehead. 12 After we landed at the city of Syracuse, we stayed there three days. 13 From there we sailed and arrived at the city of Rhegium. After one day a south wind sprang up, and in two days we came to the city of Puteoli. 14 There we found some brothers and were invited to stay with them for seven days. In this way we came to Rome. 15 From there the brothers, after they heard about us, came to meet us as far as the Market of Appius and the Three Taverns. When Paul saw the brothers, he thanked God and took courage.
16 When we entered Rome, Paul was allowed to live by himself with the soldier who was guarding him.
17 Then it came about that after three days Paul called together those men who were the leaders among the Jews. When they had come together, he said to them, "Brothers, although I have done nothing wrong against the people or the customs of our fathers, I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans. 18 After they questioned me, they wished to set me free, because there was no reason for the death penalty in my case. 19 But when the Jews spoke against their desire, I was forced to appeal to Caesar, although it is not as if I were bringing any accusation against my nation. 20 For this reason, therefore, I called upon you that I might see you and speak with you, since it is because of the hope of Israel that I am now wearing this chain."
21 Then they said to him, "We neither received letters from Judea about you, nor did any of the brothers come and report or say anything bad about you. 22 But we want to hear from you what you think about this sect, because it is known by us that it is spoken against everywhere."
23 When they had appointed a day for him, more people came to him at his dwelling place. He presented the matter to them, and testified about the kingdom of God. He tried to persuade them about Jesus, both from the law of Moses and from the prophets, from morning until evening. 24 Some were convinced about the things which were said, while others did not believe. 25 When they did not agree with one another, they left after Paul had spoken this one word: "The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers.
26 He said, 'Go to this people and say,
"Hearing you will hear, but you will never understand;
seeing, you will see, but you will never know.
27 For the heart of this people has become dull,
and with their ears they hardly hear,
and they have shut their eyes.
Otherwise they might see with their eyes,
and hear with their ears,
and understand with their heart and turn again,
and I would heal them."'
28 Therefore, you should know that this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles, and they will listen." 29[1]
30 Paul lived for two whole years in his own rented house, and he welcomed all who came to him. 31 He was proclaiming the kingdom of God and was teaching the things about the Lord Jesus Christ with all boldness without being hindered.
1 Paul, a servant of Jesus Christ, called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God, 2 which he promised beforehand by his prophets in the holy scriptures, 3 concerning his Son who was a descendant of David according to the flesh. 4 Through the Spirit of holiness he was declared with power to be the Son of God by the resurrection from the dead, Jesus Christ our Lord. 5 Through him we have received grace and apostleship for obedience of faith among all the nations, for the sake of his name. 6 Among these nations, you also have been called to belong to Jesus Christ.
7 To all in Rome who are beloved of God and called to be his holy people: Grace to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.
8 First, I thank my God through Jesus Christ for all of you, because your faith is proclaimed throughout the whole world. 9 For God is my witness, whom I serve in my spirit in the gospel of his Son, of how continually I make mention of you. 10 I always request in my prayers that by any means I may at last be successful now by the will of God in coming to you. 11 For I desire to see you, that I may give you some spiritual gift, in order to strengthen you. 12 That is, I long to be mutually encouraged among you, through each other's faith, yours and mine. 13 Now I do not want you to be uninformed, brothers, that I often intended to come to you (but I was hindered until now), in order to have some fruit among you also, just as I have had among the rest of the Gentiles. 14 I am a debtor both to Greeks and to foreigners, both to the wise and to the foolish. 15 So, as for me, I am ready to proclaim the gospel also to you who are in Rome.
16 For I am not ashamed of the gospel, for it is the power of God for salvation for everyone who believes, for the Jew first and for the Greek. 17 For in it God's righteousness is revealed from faith to faith, as it has been written, "The righteous will live by faith."
18 For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people who through unrighteousness hold back the truth. 19 This is because that which is known about God is visible to them. For God has enlightened them. 20 For ever since the creation of the world, his invisible qualities, namely his eternal power and divine nature, have been clearly seen, having been discerned in the things that have been made. So they are without excuse. 21 This is because, although they knew about God, they did not glorify him as God, nor did they give him thanks. Instead, they became foolish in their thoughts, and their senseless hearts were darkened. 22 They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish. 23 They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God for the likenesses of an image of perishable man, of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things.
24 Therefore God delivered them over to the lusts of their hearts for uncleanness, for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves. 25 It is they who exchanged the truth of God for a lie, and who worshiped and served the creation instead of the Creator, who is blessed forever. Amen.
26 Because of this, God delivered them over to dishonorable lusts, for their women exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural. 27 In the same way, the men also left their natural relations with women and burned in their lust for one another. These were men who committed shameless acts with men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error.
28 And just as they did not approve of having God in their awareness, he gave them up to a corrupted mind, for them to do those things that are not proper. 29 They have been filled with all unrighteousness, wickedness, covetousness, and malice. They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions. They are gossips, 30 slanderers, haters of God, insolent, arrogant, boastful, inventing ways of doing evil; they are disobedient to parents. 31 They are senseless, faithless, heartless, and unmerciful. 32 They understand the ordinance of God, that those who practice such things are deserving of death. But not only do they do these things, they also approve of others who do them.
1 Therefore you are without excuse, you person, you who judge, for in things for which you judge the other person, you condemn yourself. For you who judge practice the same things. 2 But we know that God's judgment is according to truth when it falls on those who practice such things. 3 But consider this, you person, you who judge those who practice such things although you do the same things. Will you escape from the judgment of God? 4 Or do you think so little of the riches of his kindness, his delayed punishment, and his patience? Do you not know that his kindness is meant to lead you to repentance? 5 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart that you are storing up for yourself wrath on the day of wrath, that is, the day of the revelation of God's righteous judgment. 6 He will pay back to every person according to his actions: 7 to those who according to the perseverance of good deeds have sought glory, honor, and incorruptibility, he will give eternal life. 8 But to those who are self-seeking, who disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness, wrath and fierce anger will come. 9 God will bring tribulation and distress on every human soul that has practiced evil, to the Jew first, and also to the Greek. 10 But glory, honor, and peace will come to everyone who practices good, to the Jew first, and also to the Greek. 11 For there is no partiality with God. 12 For as many as have sinned without the law will also perish without the law, and as many as have sinned with respect to the law will be judged by the law. 13 For it is not the hearers of the law who are righteous before God, but it is the doers of the law who will be justified. 14 For when Gentiles, who do not have the law, do by nature the things of the law, they are a law to themselves, although they do not have the law. 15 By this they show that the actions required by the law are written in their hearts. Their conscience also bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them 16 on the day when God will judge the secrets of all people, according to my gospel, through Jesus Christ.
17 But if you say that you are a Jew and rest upon the law and boast in God, 18 and know his will and approve of what is excellent because you have been instructed from the law; 19 and if you are convinced that you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness, 20 an instructor of the foolish, a teacher of little children, and that you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth, then how does this affect the way you live your life? 21 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? You who preach against stealing, do you steal? 22 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? You who hate idols, do you rob temples? 23 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by transgressing the law? 24 For "the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles because of you," just as it has been written. 25 For circumcision is profitable to you if you obey the law, but if you are a transgressor of the law, your circumcision becomes uncircumcision. 26 If, then, the uncircumcised person keeps the requirements of the law, will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? 27 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you if he fulfills the law? This is because you have the written law and circumcision, yet you are a transgressor of the law! 28 For he is not a Jew who is merely one outwardly; neither is circumcision that which is merely outward in the flesh. 29 But he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart, in the Spirit, not in the letter. The praise of such a person comes not from people but from God.
1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? 2 It is great in every way. First of all, the Jews were entrusted with revelation from God.
3 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief nullify God's faithfulness? 4 May it never be. Instead, let God be found to be true, even though every man is a liar. As it has been written,
"That you might be shown to be righteous in your words,
and that you might prevail when you come into judgment."
5 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? (I am using a human argument.) 6 May it never be! For then how would God judge the world? 7 But if through my lie the truth of God increases his glory, why am I still being judged as a sinner? 8 Why not say, as we are slandered as saying, and as some affirm that we say, "Let us do evil, so that good may come"? Their condemnation is just.
9 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Not at all. For we have already accused both Jews and Greeks, all of them, of being under sin. 10 This is as it is written:
“No one is righteous, not one;
11 there is no one who understands;
there is no one who seeks God.
12 They have all turned away;
together they have become useless.
There is no one who does good, no,
not even one.”
13 "Their throat is an open grave.
Their tongues have deceived.
The poison of snakes is under their lips.”
14 "Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness.”
15 "Their feet are swift to pour out blood.
16 Destruction and suffering are in their paths.
17 These people have not known a way of peace."
18 "There is no fear of God before their eyes."
19 Now we know that whatever the law says, it speaks to the ones who are under the law, so that every mouth may be shut, and the whole world held accountable to God. 20 For no flesh will be justified by the works of the law in his sight. For through the law comes the knowledge of sin.
21 But now apart from the law the righteousness of God has been revealed, to which the Law and the Prophets bear witness— 22 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ for all those who believe. For there is no distinction, 23 for all have sinned and come short of the glory of God, 24 and they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus. 25 For God provided Christ Jesus as an atoning sacrifice through faith in his blood. He offered Christ as proof of his justice, because of his disregard of previous sins 26 in his patience. This was to show his righteousness at this present time, so he might be just and the justifier of the one who has faith in Jesus.
27 Where then is boasting? It is excluded. Through what kind of law? Of works? No, but through a law of faith. 28 We conclude then that a person is justified by faith without works of the law. 29 Or is God the God of Jews only? Is he not also the God of Gentiles? Yes, of Gentiles also. 30 If, indeed, God is one, he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith.
31 Do we then nullify the law through faith? May it never be! Instead, we uphold the law.
1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? 2 For if Abraham had been justified by works, he would have had a reason to boast, but not before God. 3 For what does the scripture say? "Abraham believed God, and it was counted to him as righteousness."
4 Now for him who labors, his wage is not counted as a gift, but as what is owed. 5 But for him who does not work but instead believes in the one who justifies the ungodly, his faith is counted as righteousness. 6 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works.
7 He says,
"Blessed are those
whose lawless deeds are forgiven,
and whose sins are covered.
8 Blessed is the man
against whom the Lord will not count sin."
9 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? For we say, "Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness." 10 How was it counted to him? Was it before or after he had been circumcised? It was not after, but before! 11 Abraham received the sign of circumcision as a seal of the righteousness that he had by faith while he was still uncircumcised. The purpose was to make him the father of all who believe but have not been circumcised, so that righteousness would be counted to them. 12 He is also the father of the circumcised who not only are circumcised but who also walk in the footsteps of the faith that our father Abraham had before he was circumcised.
13 For the promise to Abraham and to his descendants that he would be heir of the world did not come through the law but through the righteousness of faith. 14 For if those who live by the law are to be the heirs, faith is made empty, and the promise does nothing. 15 For the law brings about wrath, but where there is no law, there is no transgression. 16 For this reason it is by faith, in order that the promise may rest on grace and be guaranteed to all of Abraham's descendants—not only to those who are under the law, but also to those who share the faith of Abraham. He is the father of us all, 17 as it is written, "I have appointed you the father of many nations." Abraham was in the presence of him whom he trusted, that is, God, who gives life to the dead and calls the things that do not exist into existence. 18 In hope he believed against hope, that he would become the father of many nations, according to what he had been told, "So will your descendants be." 19 Without becoming weak in faith, he considered his own body as dead (because he was about a hundred years old), and the deadness of Sarah's womb. 20 But because of God's promise, Abraham did not hesitate in unbelief. Instead, he was strengthened in faith and gave glory to God. 21 He was fully convinced that what God had promised, he was also able to accomplish. 22 Therefore this was also "counted to him as righteousness." 23 But the words "it was counted to him" were not written for his sake alone. 24 They were written also for us, and it will be counted to us who believe in him who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead. 25 This is the one who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification.
1 Since we are justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ. 2 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand, and we boast in the hope of the glory of God. 3 Not only this, but we also boast in our tribulations. We know that tribulation brings about perseverance. 4 Perseverance produces character, and character produces hope, 5 and hope does not make ashamed because the love of God has been poured into our hearts through the Holy Spirit, who was given to us. 6 For while we were still weak, at the right time Christ died for the ungodly. 7 For one will hardly die for a righteous person, though perhaps someone would dare to die for a good person. 8 But God proves his own love toward us, because while we were still sinners, Christ died for us. 9 Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood, we will be saved by him from the wrath of God. 10 For if, while we were enemies, we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son, much more, after having been reconciled, will we be saved by his life. 11 Not only this, but we also rejoice in God through our Lord Jesus Christ, through whom we now have received this reconciliation.
12 So then, as through one man sin entered into the world, in this way death entered through sin. And death spread to all people, because all sinned. 13 For until the law, sin was in the world, but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law. 14 Nevertheless, death reigned from Adam until Moses, even over those who did not sin like Adam's disobedience, who is a pattern of him who was to come.
15 But the gift is not like the trespass. For if by the trespass of one the many died, how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many! 16 For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man's sin. The judgment followed one trespass and brought condemnation, but the gift followed many trespasses and brought justification. 17 For if, by the trespass of the one, death ruled through the one, how much more will those who receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness reign in life through the one, Jesus Christ. 18 So then, as one trespass led to condemnation for all people, so also through the one act of righteousness came justification and life for all people. 19 For as through the one man's disobedience the many were made sinners, even so through the obedience of the one will the many be made righteous. 20 But the law came in to increase the trespass. But where sin abounded, grace abounded even more. 21 This happened so that, as sin reigned in death, even so grace might reign through righteousness for everlasting life through Jesus Christ our Lord.
1 What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? 2 May it never be. We who died to sin, how can we still live in it? 3 Do you not know that as many as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into his death? 4 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death. This happened in order that just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life. 5 For if we have become united with him in the likeness of his death, we will also be united with his resurrection. 6 We know this, that our old man was crucified with him in order that the body of sin might be destroyed. This happened so that we should no longer be enslaved to sin. 7 He who has died is declared righteous with respect to sin. 8 But if we have died with Christ, we believe that we will also live together with him. 9 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead, he cannot die again; death no longer rules over him. 10 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all. However, the life that he lives, he lives for God. 11 In the same way, you also must consider yourselves to be dead to sin, but alive to God in Christ Jesus.
12 Therefore do not let sin rule in your mortal body so that you obey its lusts. 13 Do not present the members of your bodies to sin, to be tools used for unrighteousness. But present yourselves to God as those who have been brought from death to life, and present the members of your bodies to God as tools to be used for righteousness. 14 Do not allow sin to rule over you. For you are not under law, but under grace.
15 What then? Are we to sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be. 16 Do you not know that if you present yourselves as slaves, you are slaves to the one whom you obey? You are either slaves to sin, which leads to death, or slaves to obedience, which leads to righteousness. 17 But thanks be to God! For you were slaves of sin, but you have obeyed from the heart the pattern of teaching that you were given. 18 You have been made free from sin, and you have been made slaves of righteousness. 19 I speak like a man because of the weakness of your flesh. For just as you presented the members of your bodies as slaves to uncleanness and to lawlessness, resulting in more lawlessness, in the same way, now present the members of your bodies as slaves to righteousness for sanctification. 20 For when you were slaves of sin, you were free from righteousness. 21 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? For the outcome of those things is death. 22 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God, you have your fruit for sanctification. The result is eternal life. 23 For the wages of sin are death, but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord.
1 Or do you not know, brothers (for I am speaking to people who know about law), that the law rules over a person for whatever time he lives? 2 For the married woman is bound by law to the husband while he lives, but if the husband dies, she is released from the law of marriage. 3 So then, while her husband is living, if she lives with another man, she will be called an adulteress. But if the husband dies, she is free from the law, so she is not an adulteress if she lives with another man. 4 Therefore, my brothers, you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ. This is so that you could be joined to another, that is, to him who was raised from the dead, in order that we might produce fruit for God. 5 For when we were in the flesh, the sinful passions, aroused by the law, were at work in the members of our bodies to bear fruit for death. 6 But now we have been released from the law. We have died to that by which we were bound. This is so that we might serve in newness of the Spirit, and not in oldness of the letter.
7 What will we say then? Is the law itself sin? May it never be. However, I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law. For I would not have known covetousness unless the law said, "You must not covet." 8 But sin took the opportunity through the commandment and produced every kind of coveting in me. For apart from the law, sin was dead. 9 At one time I was alive without the law, but when the commandment came, sin regained life 10 and I died. The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me. 11 For sin took the opportunity through the commandment and deceived me. Through the commandment it killed me. 12 So the law is holy, and the commandment is holy, righteous, and good.
13 So did what is good become death to me? May it never be. But sin, in order that it might be shown to be sin, brought about death in me through what was good, and through the commandment sin might become sinful beyond measure. 14 For we know that the law is spiritual, but I am of the flesh. I have been sold under slavery to sin. 15 For what I do, I do not really understand. For what I want to do, I do not do, and what I hate, I do. 16 But if I do what I do not want, I agree with the law that the law is good. 17 But now it is no longer I who do it, but the sin that lives in me. 18 For I know that in me, that is in my flesh, lives no good thing. For the desire for good is with me, but I cannot do it. 19 For the good that I want, I do not do, but the evil that I do not want, that I do. 20 Now if I do what I do not want to do, then it is no longer I who am acting, but rather sin that lives in me. 21 So, I find this law: When I want to do good, evil is present with me. 22 For I rejoice in the law of God with my inner person. 23 But I see a different law in the members of my body. It fights against that new law in my mind. It takes me captive by the law of sin that is in the members of my body. 24 I am a miserable man! Who will deliver me from this body of death? 25 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord! So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the law of sin.
1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus. 2 For the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus has set you free from the law of sin and death. 3 For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did. He sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh to be an offering for sin, and he condemned sin in the flesh. 4 He did this in order that the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us, we who walk not according to the flesh, but according to the Spirit. 5 Those who live according to the flesh set their minds on the things of the flesh, but those who live according to the Spirit set their minds on the things of the Spirit. 6 For the mind set on the flesh is death, but the mind set on the Spirit is life and peace. 7 The mind set on the flesh is hostile toward God, for it does not submit to God's law, nor is it able to do so. 8 Those who are in the flesh cannot please God. 9 However, you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit, if indeed God's Spirit lives in you. But if anyone does not have the Spirit of Christ, he does not belong to him. 10 If Christ is in you, the body is dead with respect to sin, but the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness. 11 If the Spirit of him who raised Jesus from the dead lives in you, he who raised Christ from the dead will give life also to your mortal bodies through his Spirit, who lives in you.
12 So then, brothers, we are debtors, but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh. 13 For if you live according to the flesh, you are about to die, but if by the Spirit you put to death the body's actions, you will live. 14 For as many as are led by the Spirit of God, these are sons of God. 15 You did not receive a spirit of slavery so that you live in fear again; but you received the Spirit of adoption, by which we cry, "Abba, Father!" 16 The Spirit himself bears witness with our spirit that we are children of God. 17 If we are children, then we are also heirs, heirs of God. And we are joint heirs with Christ, if indeed we suffer with him so that we may also be glorified with him.
18 For I consider that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory that will be revealed to us. 19 For the eager expectation of the creation waits for the revealing of the sons of God. 20 For the creation was subjected to futility, not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it, in hope 21 that the creation itself will be delivered from slavery to decay, and that it will be brought into the freedom of the glory of the children of God. 22 For we know that the whole creation groans and labors in pain together even now. 23 Not only that, but even we ourselves, who have the firstfruits of the Spirit, groan inwardly, as we wait eagerly for our adoption, the redemption of our body. 24 For in this hope we were saved. Now hope that is seen is not hope. For who hopes for what he can see? 25 But if we hope for what we do not see, we wait for it with patience.
26 In the same way, the Spirit also helps in our weakness. For we do not know how we should pray, but the Spirit himself intercedes for us with inexpressible groans. 27 He who searches out the hearts knows the mind of the Spirit, because he intercedes on behalf of God's holy people according to the will of God. 28 We know that for those who love God, he works all things together for good, [1] for those who are called according to his purpose. 29 Because those whom he foreknew he also predestined to be conformed to the image of his Son, that he might be the firstborn among many brothers. 30 Those whom he predestined, these he also called. Those whom he called, these he also justified. Those whom he justified, these he also glorified.
31 What, therefore, can we say about these things? If God is for us, who is against us? 32 He who did not spare his own Son but delivered him up on behalf of us all, how will he not also with him freely give us all things? 33 Who will bring any accusation against God's chosen ones? God is the one who justifies. 34 Who is the one who condemns? Christ Jesus is the one who died—more than that, who was raised—who is at the right hand of God, and who also is interceding for us. 35 Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? 36 Just as it is written,
"For your benefit we are killed all day long.
We were considered as sheep for the slaughter."
37 In all these things we are more than conquerors through the one who loved us. 38 For I have been convinced that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor governments, nor things present, nor things to come, nor powers, 39 nor height, nor depth, nor any other created thing, will be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord.
1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie, and my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit 2 that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart. 3 For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, my kinsmen according to the flesh. 4 They are Israelites. They have adoption, the glory, the covenants, the gift of the law, the ministry in the temple, and the promises. 5 Theirs are the patriarchs from whom Christ has come with respect to the flesh—he who is God over all. May he be praised forever. Amen.
6 But it is not as though the word of God has failed. For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel. 7 Neither are all Abraham's descendants truly his children. But, "It is through Isaac that your descendants will be called." 8 That is, the children of the flesh are not the children of God. But the children of the promise are regarded as descendants. 9 For this is the word of promise: "At this time I will come, and a son will be given to Sarah." 10 Not only this, but after Rebekah also had conceived by one man, our father Isaac— 11 for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad, so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand, 12 not because of actions, but because of him who calls—it was said to her, "The older will serve the younger." 13 It is just as had been written: "Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated."
14 What then will we say? Is there unrighteousness with God? May it never be. 15 For he says to Moses,
"I will have mercy on whom I will have mercy,
and I will have compassion on whom I will have compassion."
16 So then, it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs, but because of God, who shows mercy. 17 For the scripture says to Pharaoh, "For this very purpose I raised you up, so that I might demonstrate my power in you, and so that my name might be proclaimed in all the earth." 18 So then, God has mercy on whom he wishes, and whom he wishes, he makes stubborn.
19 You will say then to me, "Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will?" 20 On the contrary, man, who are you who answers against God? Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it, "Why did you make me this way?" 21 Does the potter not have the right over the clay to make from the same lump a container for honorable use, and another container for dishonorable use? 22 What if God, who is willing to show his wrath and to make his power known, endured with much patience containers of wrath prepared for destruction? 23 What if he did this in order that he might make known the riches of his glory upon containers of mercy, which he had previously prepared for glory? 24 What if he did this also for us, whom he also called, not only from among the Jews, but also from among the Gentiles? 25 As he says also in Hosea:
"I will call them 'my people' who were not my people,
and her 'beloved' who was not beloved.
26 Then it will be that where it was said to them,
'You are not my people,'
there they will be called 'sons of the living God.'"
27 Isaiah cries out concerning Israel,
"Though the number of the sons of Israel were as the sand of the sea,
it will be a remnant that will be saved,
28 for the Lord will execute his word
on the earth completely and without delay."
29 As Isaiah had said previously,
"If the Lord of hosts
had not left us descendants,
we would be like Sodom,
and we would have become like Gomorrah."
30 What will we say then? That the Gentiles, who were not pursuing righteousness, laid hold of righteousness, the righteousness by faith. 31 But Israel, who did pursue a law of righteousness, did not arrive at that law. 32 Why not? Because they did not pursue it by faith, but as if by works. They stumbled over the stone of stumbling, 33 as it has been written,
"Look, I am laying in Zion a stone of stumbling
and a rock of offense.
He who believes in it will not be ashamed."
1 Brothers, my heart's desire and my plea to God is for them, for their salvation. 2 For I testify about them that they have a zeal for God, but not according to knowledge. 3 For, failing to understand the righteousness that comes from God, and seeking to establish their own righteousness, they did not submit to God’s righteousness. 4 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law for righteousness for everyone who believes. 5 For Moses writes about the righteousness that comes from the law: "The man who does these things will live by them." 6 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this: "Do not say in your heart, 'Who will ascend into heaven?' (that is, to bring Christ down); 7 and do not say, 'Who will descend into the abyss?'" (that is, to bring Christ up from the dead). 8 But what does it say? "The word is near you, in your mouth and in your heart." That is the word of faith, which we proclaim. 9 For if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord, and believe in your heart that God raised him from the dead, you will be saved. 10 For with the heart one believes and has righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses and is saved. 11 For scripture says, "Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame." 12 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek. For the same Lord is Lord of all, and he is rich to all who call upon him. 13 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved. 14 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? How can they hear without a preacher? 15 Then how can they preach, unless they are sent?—As it is written, "How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news!"
16 But not all of them obeyed the good news. For Isaiah says, "Lord, who has believed our report?" 17 So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of Christ. 18 But I say, "Did they not hear?" Yes, most certainly.
"Their sound has gone out into all the earth,
and their words to the ends of the world."
19 Moreover, I say, "Did Israel not know?" First Moses says,
"I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation.
By means of a nation without understanding, I will stir you up to anger."
20 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says,
"I was found by those who did not seek me.
I appeared to those who did not ask for me."
21 But to Israel he says,
"All the day long I reached out my hands
to a disobedient and stubborn people."
1 I say then, did God reject his people? May it never be. For I also am an Israelite, a descendant of Abraham, of the tribe of Benjamin. 2 God did not reject his people, whom he foreknew. Do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleaded with God against Israel? 3 "Lord, they have killed your prophets, they have broken down your altars. I alone am left, and they are seeking my life." 4 But what does God's answer say to him? "I have reserved for myself seven thousand men who have not bent the knee to Baal." 5 Even so then, at this present time also there is a remnant because of the choice of grace. 6 But if it is by grace, it is no longer based on works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace. [1]7 What then? The thing that Israel was seeking, it did not obtain, but the chosen obtained it, and the rest were hardened. 8 It is just as it is written:
"God has given them a spirit of dullness,
eyes so that they should not see,
and ears so that they should not hear,
to this very day."
9 Then David says,
"Let their table become a snare and a trap,
a stumbling block and a retribution for them.
10 Let their eyes be darkened so that they may not see,
and bend their backs continually."
11 I say then, "Did they stumble so as to fall?" May it never be. Instead, by their trespass, salvation has come to the Gentiles, in order to provoke them to jealousy. 12 Now if their trespass is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles, how much greater will their fulfillment be? 13 But now I am speaking to you Gentiles, and as long as I am an apostle to the Gentiles, I take pride in my ministry. 14 Perhaps I will provoke to jealousy those who are of my own flesh. Perhaps we will save some of them. 15 For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world, what will their acceptance be but life from the dead? 16 If the firstfruits are holy, so is the lump of dough. If the root is holy, so are the branches. 17 But if some of the branches were broken off, if you, a wild olive branch, were grafted in among them, and if you shared with them in the rich root of the olive tree, 18 do not boast over the branches. But if you do boast, it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you. 19 You will say then, "Branches were broken off so that I might be grafted in." 20 That is true. Because of their unbelief they were broken off, but you stand firm because of your faith. Do not be arrogant in your thoughts, but fear. 21 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you. 22 Look at, then, the kind actions and the severity of God: severity came on the Jews who fell, but God's kindness comes on you, if you continue in his kindness. Otherwise you also will be cut off. 23 And even they, if they do not continue in their unbelief, will be grafted in. For God is able to graft them in again. 24 For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these, the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree?
25 For I do not want you to be uninformed, brothers, of this mystery, so that you may not be wise in your own thinking: A partial hardening has come upon Israel until the full number of the Gentiles comes in. 26 Thus all Israel will be saved, just as it is written:
"Out of Zion will come the Deliverer.
He will remove ungodliness from Jacob,
27 and this will be my covenant with them,
when I will take away their sins."
28 As far as the gospel is concerned, they are enemies for your sake. But as far as election is concerned, they are beloved because of the patriarchs. 29 For the gifts and the call of God are irrevocable. 30 For just as you were formerly disobedient to God, now you have received mercy because of their disobedience. 31 In the same way, now these Jews have been disobedient. The result was that by the mercy shown to you they may also now receive mercy. 32 For God has shut up all into disobedience in order that he might show mercy on all.
33 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God!
How unsearchable are his judgments,
and his ways beyond discovering!
34 "For who has known the mind of the Lord
or who has become his advisor?
35 Or who has first given anything to God,
that God must repay him?"
36 For from him and through him and to him are all things.
To him be the glory forever. Amen.
1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God, to present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable to God. This is your reasonable service. 2 Do not be conformed to this world, but be transformed by the renewal of your mind. Do this so that you can test and approve what is the good, acceptable, and perfect will of God.
3 For by the grace that was given to me I say to everyone among you: Do not think of yourself more highly than you ought, but rather, think with sober judgment, each according to the measure of faith that God has given you. 4 For we have many members in one body, but not all the members have the same function. 5 In the same way, we who are many are one body in Christ, and are individually members of each other. 6 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us. If one's gift is prophecy, let it be done according to the proportion of his faith. 7 If one's gift is service, let him serve. If one has the gift of teaching, let him teach. 8 If one's gift is encouragement, let him encourage. If one's gift is giving, let him do it generously. If one's gift is leading, let it be done with diligence. If one's gift is in showing mercy, let it be done with cheerfulness.
9 Let love be without hypocrisy. Abhor what is evil; hold on to that which is good. 10 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate to one another. Concerning honor, respect one another. 11 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him. 12 Rejoice in hope, endure tribulation, be faithful in prayer. 13 Share in the needs of God's holy people. Find many ways to show hospitality. 14 Bless those who persecute you; bless and do not curse. 15 Rejoice with those who rejoice; weep with those who weep. 16 Be of the same mind toward one another. Do not think in proud ways, but accept lowly people. Do not be wise in your own thoughts. 17 Repay no one evil for evil. Do good things in the sight of all people. 18 If possible, as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people. 19 Do not avenge yourselves, beloved, but give way to the wrath of God. For it is written, "'Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay,' says the Lord."
20 But "if your enemy is hungry, feed him.
If he is thirsty, give him a drink.
For if you do this, you will heap coals of fire on his head."
21 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good.
1 Let every soul be subject to higher authorities, for there is no authority unless it comes from God. The authorities that exist have been appointed by God. 2 Therefore he who rebels against that authority opposes the command of God; and those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves. 3 For rulers are not a terror to those who do good deeds, but to those who do evil deeds. Do you desire to have no fear of the one in authority? Do what is good, and you will receive his praise. 4 For he is a servant of God to you for good. But if you do what is evil, be afraid; for he does not carry the sword for no reason. For he is a servant of God, an avenger for wrath on the one who does evil. 5 Therefore you must be subject, not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience. 6 Because of this you pay taxes also. For authorities are servants of God, who attend to this very thing continually. 7 Pay to everyone what is owed to them: tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due, fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due.
8 Owe no one anything, except to love one another. For he who loves his neighbor has fulfilled the law. 9 The commandments, "Do not commit adultery, do not murder, do not steal, do not covet," and if there is any other commandment it is summed up in this, "Love your neighbor as yourself." 10 Love does no harm to a neighbor. Therefore, love is the fulfillment of the law.
11 Because of this, you know the time, that it is already the hour for you to awake out of sleep. For now our salvation is nearer than when we first believed. 12 The night has advanced, and the day is near. Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness, and let us put on the armor of light. 13 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day, not in drunken celebrations or drunkenness; and let us not walk in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust, and not in strife or jealousy. 14 But put on the Lord Jesus Christ, and make no provision for the flesh, to gratify its lusts.
1 Receive anyone who is weak in faith, without giving judgment about arguments. 2 One person has faith to eat anything, another who is weak eats only vegetables. 3 May the one who eats everything not despise the one who does not; and may the one who does not eat everything not judge the other who eats everything. For God has accepted him. 4 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? It is before his own master that he stands or falls. But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand. 5 One person values one day above another. Another has concluded that every day is equal. Let each person be convinced in his own mind. 6 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord; and he who eats, eats for the Lord, for he gives thanks to God. He who does not eat, refrains from eating for the Lord; he also gives thanks to God. 7 For none of us lives for himself, and none dies for himself. 8 For if we live, we live for the Lord, and if we die, we die for the Lord. Then whether we live or die, we are the Lord's. 9 For to this purpose Christ died and lived again, that he might be Lord of both the dead and those who are living. 10 But you, why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God. 11 For it is written,
"As I live," says the Lord, "
to me every knee will bend,
and every tongue will confess to God."
12 So then, each one of us will give an account of himself to God.
13 Therefore, let us no longer judge one another, but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother. 14 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus that nothing is unclean by itself. Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean. 15 If because of food your brother is hurt, you are no longer walking in love. Do not destroy with your food one for whom Christ died. 16 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil. 17 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit. 18 For the one who serves Christ in this way is acceptable to God and approved by people. 19 So then, let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another. 20 Do not destroy the work of God on account of food. All things are clean, but it is wrong for a man to eat anything that causes someone to stumble. 21 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor to do anything over which your brother stumbles. 22 The faith you have, keep between yourself and God. Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves. 23 He who doubts is condemned if he eats, because it is not from faith. And whatever is not from faith is sin.
1 Now we who are strong ought to bear the weaknesses of the weak, and ought not to please ourselves. 2 Let each one of us please his neighbor for that which is good, in order to build him up. 3 For even Christ did not please himself. Instead, it was just as it is written, "The insults of those who insulted you fell on me." 4 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have hope. 5 Now may the God of patience and of encouragement grant you to be of the same mind with each other according to Christ Jesus. 6 May he do this in order that with one mind you may glorify with one mouth the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ.
7 Therefore receive one another, even as Christ also received you, to the glory of God. 8 For I say that Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision on behalf of God's truth, in order to confirm the promises given to the patriarchs, 9 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy. As it is written,
"Therefore I will give praise to you among the Gentiles
and sing praise to your name."
10 Again it says,
"Rejoice, you Gentiles, with his people."
11 And again,
"Praise the Lord, all you Gentiles;
let all the peoples praise him."
12 Again, Isaiah says,
"The root of Jesse will come,
the one who rises to rule over the Gentiles;
in him the Gentiles will have hope."
13 Now may the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, so that by the power of the Holy Spirit you may abound in hope.
14 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers. I am convinced that also you yourselves are full of goodness, filled with all knowledge. I am convinced that you are also able to instruct one another. 15 But I am writing more boldly to you about some things in order to remind you again, because of the grace given me by God. 16 This grace was that I should be a servant of Christ Jesus sent to the Gentiles, to offer as a priest the gospel of God, so that the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable, sanctified by the Holy Spirit. 17 In Christ Jesus I have reason to boast of my service for God. 18 For I will not dare to speak of anything except what Christ has accomplished through me for the obedience of the Gentiles. These are things done by word and action, 19 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God. This was so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum, I might fully carry out the gospel of Christ. 20 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name, in order that I might not build upon another man's foundation. 21 It is as it is written:
"Those to whom no report of him came will see him,
and those who have not heard will understand."
22 Therefore I was also hindered many times from coming to you. 23 But now, I no longer have any place in these regions, and I have been longing for many years to come to you. 24 I hope to see you when I pass through there on my way to Spain, and to be helped by you on my journey there, once I have enjoyed your company for a while. 25 But now I am going to Jerusalem, serving God's holy people. 26 For it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia to make a certain contribution to the poor among God's holy people who are in Jerusalem. 27 Yes, it was their good pleasure, and they owe it to them. For if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to the Jews to minister to them with their material things. 28 Therefore, when I have completed this task and have made sure that they receive all that was collected, I will go to Spain and visit you on the way. 29 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ.
30 Now I urge you, brothers, by our Lord Jesus Christ, and by the love of the Spirit, that you strive together with me in your prayers to God for me. 31 Pray that I may be rescued from those who are disobedient in Judea, and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to God's holy people. 32 Pray that I may come to you in joy through the will of God, and that I may, together with you, find rest. 33 May the God of peace be with you all. Amen.
1 I commend to you Phoebe our sister, who is a servant of the church that is in Cenchreae, 2 in order that you may receive her in the Lord. Do this in a manner worthy of God's holy people, and provide her with whatever help she may need from you, for she has been a great help to many and to myself as well.
3 Greet Priscilla and Aquila, my fellow workers in Christ Jesus, 4 who for my life risked their own lives. I give thanks to them, and not only I, but also all the churches of the Gentiles.
5 Greet the church that is in their house. Greet Epaenetus my beloved, who is the firstfruit of Asia to Christ.
6 Greet Mary, who has labored hard for you.
7 Greet Andronicus and Junia, my kinsmen and fellow prisoners. They are well known among the apostles, and they were in Christ before me.
8 Greet Ampliatus, my beloved in the Lord.
9 Greet Urbanus, our fellow worker in Christ, and Stachys, my beloved.
10 Greet Apelles, the approved in Christ. Greet those who are of the household of Aristobulus.
11 Greet Herodion, my kinsman. Greet those of the household of Narcissus who are in the Lord.
12 Greet Tryphaena and Tryphosa, laborers in the Lord. Greet Persis the beloved, who has labored much in the Lord.
13 Greet Rufus, chosen in the Lord, and his mother and mine.
14 Greet Asyncritus, Phlegon, Hermes, Patrobas, Hermas, and the brothers who are with them.
15 Greet Philologus and Julia, Nereus and his sister, and Olympas, and all God's holy people who are with them.
16 Greet one another with a holy kiss. All the churches of Christ greet you.
17 Now I urge you, brothers, to watch out for those who cause divisions and stumbling contrary to the teaching that you have learned. Turn away from them. 18 For people such as these do not serve our Lord Christ, but their own stomach. By their smooth and flattering speech they deceive the hearts of the innocent. 19 For your example of obedience reaches everyone. I rejoice, therefore, over you, but I want you to be wise as to that which is good, and innocent to that which is evil. 20 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet.
The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you.
21 Timothy, my fellow worker, greets you, and Lucius, Jason, and Sosipater, my kinsmen. 22 I, Tertius, who write this epistle down, greet you in the Lord. 23 Gaius, the host for me and for the whole church, greets you. Erastus, the treasurer of the city, greets you, with Quartus the brother. 24[1]
25 Now to him who is able to make you strong according to my gospel and the preaching of Jesus Christ,
according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages
26 but now has been revealed and made known through the prophetic writings to all nations,
by the command of the eternal God, to bring about the obedience of faith—
27 to the only wise God, through Jesus Christ, be glory forever. Amen.
1 Paul, called by Christ Jesus to be an apostle by the will of God, and Sosthenes our brother,
2 to the church of God at Corinth, those who have been sanctified in Christ Jesus and called to be holy people, together with all those in every place who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, who is their Lord and ours.
3 May grace and peace be to you from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.
4 I always give thanks to my God for you because of the grace of God that Christ Jesus gave to you. 5 He has made you rich in every way, in all speech and with all knowledge, 6 just as the testimony about Christ has been confirmed as true among you. 7 Therefore you lack no spiritual gift as you eagerly wait for the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ. 8 He will also strengthen you to the end, so that you will be blameless on the day of our Lord Jesus Christ. 9 God is faithful, who called you into the fellowship of his Son, Jesus Christ our Lord.
10 Now I urge you, brothers, through the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that you all agree, and that there be no divisions among you. I urge that you be joined together with the same mind and by the same purpose. 11 For I have been informed concerning you, my brothers, by Chloe's people that there are factions among you. 12 I mean this: Each one of you says, "I am with Paul," or "I am with Apollos," or "I am with Cephas," or "I am with Christ." 13 Is Christ divided? Was Paul crucified for you? Were you baptized into the name of Paul? 14 I thank God that I baptized none of you, except Crispus and Gaius. 15 This was so that no one would say that you were baptized into my name. 16 (I also baptized the household of Stephanas. Beyond that, I do not know if I baptized any others.) 17 For Christ did not send me to baptize but to preach the gospel—not with clever speech, in order that the cross of Christ would not be emptied of its power.
18 For the message about the cross is foolishness to those who are perishing. But among those who are being saved, it is the power of God. 19 For it is written,
"I will destroy the wisdom of the wise.
I will set aside the understanding of the intelligent."
20 Where is the wise person? Where is the scholar? Where is the debater of this world? Has not God turned the wisdom of the world into foolishness? 21 Since the world in its wisdom did not know God, God was pleased to save those who believe through the foolishness of preaching. 22 For Jews ask for miraculous signs and Greeks seek wisdom. 23 But we preach Christ crucified, a stumbling block to Jews and foolishness to Gentiles. 24 But to those whom God has called, both Jews and Greeks, we preach Christ as the power and the wisdom of God. 25 For the foolishness of God is wiser than people, and the weakness of God is stronger than people.
26 Look at your calling, brothers. Not many of you were wise according to the flesh. Not many of you were powerful. Not many of you were of noble birth. 27 But God chose the foolish things of the world to shame the wise. God chose what is weak in the world to shame what is strong. 28 God chose what is low and despised in the world. He even chose things that are regarded as nothing, to bring to nothing things that are held as valuable. 29 He did this so that no flesh would have a reason to boast before him. 30 Because of what God did, now you are in Christ Jesus, who became for us wisdom from God. He became our righteousness, holiness, and redemption. 31 As a result, as it is written, "Let the one who boasts, boast in the Lord."
1 When I came to you, brothers, I did not come with eloquence of speech or wisdom as I proclaimed hidden truths about God. [1]2 For I decided to know nothing when I was among you except Jesus Christ, and him crucified. 3 And I was with you in weakness and in fear and in much trembling. 4 And my message and my proclamation were not with persuasive words of wisdom, but with the demonstration of the Spirit and of power, 5 so that your faith might not be in the wisdom of humans, but in the power of God.
6 Now we do speak wisdom among the mature, but not the wisdom of this world, or of the rulers of this age, who are passing away. 7 Instead, we speak God's wisdom in hidden truth, the hidden wisdom that God predestined before the ages for our glory. 8 None of the rulers of this age understood it, for if they had understood it, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory. 9 But as it is written,
"No eye has seen,
no ear has heard,
no human heart has imagined
what God has prepared for those who love him"—
10 For God has revealed these things to us through the Spirit. For the Spirit searches everything out, even the deep things of God. [2]11 For who knows a person's thoughts except the spirit of the person in him? So also, no one knows the deep things of God except the Spirit of God. 12 But we did not receive the spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God, so that we might know the things freely given to us by God. 13 We speak about these things in words not taught by human wisdom but by the Spirit, interpreting spiritual things to spiritual people. 14 The unspiritual person does not receive the things that belong to the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness to him. He cannot understand them because they are spiritually discerned. 15 The one who is spiritual judges all things, but he is not judged by others.
16 "For who can know the mind of the Lord,
that he can instruct him?"
But we have the mind of Christ.
1 And I, brothers, could not speak to you as spiritual people, but instead as to fleshly people, as to little children in Christ. 2 I fed you milk, not solid food, for you were not ready for it; and even now you are not yet ready. 3 For you are still fleshly. For where jealousy and strife exist among you, are you not living according to the flesh, and are you not walking by human standards? 4 For when one says, "I follow Paul," and another says, "I follow Apollos," are you not merely human beings? 5 Who then is Apollos? Who is Paul? Servants through whom you believed, just as the Lord gave tasks to each. 6 I planted and Apollos watered, but God gave the growth. 7 So then, neither he who plants nor he who waters is anything. But it is God who gives the growth. 8 Now he who plants and he who waters are one, and each will receive his own wages according to his own labor. 9 For we are God's fellow workers. You are God's garden, God's building.
10 According to the grace of God that was given to me as a skilled master builder, I laid a foundation and another is building on it. But let each man be careful how he builds on it. 11 For no one can lay a foundation other than the one that has been laid, that is, Jesus Christ. 12 Now if anyone builds on the foundation with gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, or straw, 13 his work will be revealed, for the day will reveal it. For it will be revealed in fire. The fire will test the quality of what each one has done. 14 If anyone's work remains, he will receive a reward; 15 but if anyone's work is burned up, he will suffer loss, but he himself will be saved, as though escaping through fire.
16 Do you not know that you are God's temple and that the Spirit of God lives in you? 17 If anyone destroys God's temple, God will destroy that person. For God's temple is holy, and so are you.
18 Let no one deceive himself. If anyone among you thinks he is wise in this age, let him become a "fool" that he may become wise. 19 For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God. For it is written,
"He catches the wise in their craftiness."
20 And again,
"The Lord knows that the reasoning of the wise is futile."
21 For this reason, let no one boast in men. All things are yours, 22 whether Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas, or the world, or life, or death, or things present, or things to come. All things are yours, 23 and you are Christ's, and Christ is God's.
1 This is how a person should regard us, as servants of Christ and stewards of the hidden truths of God. 2 Now what is required of stewards is that they are found to be trustworthy. 3 But for me it is a very small thing that I should be judged by you or by any human court. For I do not even judge myself. 4 I am not aware of any charge being made against me, but that does not justify me. The one who judges me is the Lord. 5 Therefore do not pronounce judgment about anything before the time, before the Lord comes. He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the purposes of the heart. Then each one will receive his praise from God.
6 Now, brothers, I applied these principles to myself and Apollos for your sakes, so that from us you might learn the meaning of the saying,
"Do not go beyond what is written."
This is so that none of you may be puffed up in favor of one against the other. 7 For who sees any difference between you and others? What do you have that you did not receive? If you have received it, why do you boast as if you did not receive it? 8 Already you have all you could want! Already you have become rich! You began to reign—and that quite apart from us! Indeed, I wish you did reign, so that we could reign with you. 9 For I think God has put us apostles on display as the last in line, in a procession and like men sentenced to death. We have become a spectacle to the world—to angels, and to human beings. 10 We are fools for Christ's sake, but you are wise in Christ. We are weak, but you are strong. You are held in honor, but we are held in dishonor. 11 Up to this present hour we are hungry and thirsty, we are poorly clothed, we are beaten, and we are homeless. 12 We labor hard, working with our own hands. When we are slandered, we bless. When we are persecuted, we endure. 13 When we are slandered, we speak with kindness. We have become as the refuse of the world and the filthiest of all things, even till now.
14 I do not write these things to shame you, but to warn you as my beloved children. 15 For even if you have ten thousand guardians in Christ, you do not have many fathers. For I became your father in Christ Jesus through the gospel. 16 So I urge you to be imitators of me. 17 That is why I sent you Timothy, my beloved and faithful child in the Lord. He will remind you of my ways in Christ, just as I teach them everywhere and in every church. 18 Now some of you have become puffed up, acting as though I were not coming to you. 19 But I will come to you soon, if the Lord wills. Then I will know not merely the words of these who are so puffed up, but I will see their power. 20 For the kingdom of God does not consist in words but in power. 21 What do you want? Should I come to you with a rod or with love and in a spirit of gentleness?
1 We heard a report that there is sexual immorality among you, a kind of immorality that is not even permitted among the pagans: A man has his father's wife. 2 You are puffed up! Should you not mourn instead, so that the one who did this deed might be removed from among you? 3 For even though I am absent in body, I am present in spirit. I have already passed judgment on the one who did this, just as though I were there. 4 When you are assembled in the name of our Lord Jesus and I am with you in spirit, and the power of our Lord Jesus is present, 5 deliver this man over to Satan for the destruction of the flesh, so that his spirit may be saved on the day of the Lord. 6 Your boasting is not good. Do you not know that a little yeast leavens the whole loaf? 7 Cleanse yourselves of the old yeast so that you may be a new batch of dough, unleavened, just as you really are. For Christ, our Passover lamb, has been sacrificed. 8 So let us then celebrate the festival, not with the old yeast, the yeast of bad behavior and wickedness. Instead, let us celebrate with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth.
9 I wrote to you in my letter not to associate with sexually immoral people. 10 In no way did I mean the immoral people of this world, or the greedy, or swindlers, or idolaters, since to stay away from them you would need to go out of the world. 11 But now I am writing to you not to associate with anyone who is called a brother but who is living in sexual immorality, or who is greedy, or is an idolater, or is verbally abusive, or is a drunkard, or a swindler. Do not even eat a meal with such a person. 12 For how am I involved with judging those who are outside the church? Instead, are you not to judge those who are inside the church? 13 But God judges those who are on the outside.
"Remove the evil person from among you."
1 When one of you has a dispute against another, does he dare to bring a lawsuit before the unrighteous rather than before God's holy people? 2 Do you not know that God's holy people will judge the world? If then you will judge the world, are you not able to settle matters of little importance? 3 Do you not know that we will judge the angels? How much more, then, can we judge matters of this life? 4 If then you have to make judgments that pertain to daily life, why do you lay such cases as these before those who have no standing in the church? 5 I say this to your shame. Is there no one among you wise enough to settle a dispute between brothers? 6 But one brother brings a lawsuit against another brother—and this before unbelievers! 7 The fact that you have lawsuits with one another is already a defeat for you. Why not rather suffer the wrong? Why not rather allow yourselves to be cheated? 8 But you yourselves do wrong and you cheat, and you do this to your own brothers! 9 Do you not know that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? Do not be deceived: neither the sexually immoral, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor men who submit to homosexual acts, nor men who perform homosexual acts, 10 nor thieves, nor the greedy, nor drunkards, nor slanderers, nor swindlers will inherit the kingdom of God. 11 That is what some of you were like. But you have been cleansed, you have been sanctified, you have been justified in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ and by the Spirit of our God.
12 "Everything is lawful for me," but not everything is profitable. "Everything is lawful for me," but I will not be mastered by any of them. 13 "Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food," but God will do away with both of them. The body is not intended for sexual immorality. Instead, the body is for the Lord, and the Lord will provide for the body. 14 God both raised the Lord and will also raise us up by his power. 15 Do you not know that your bodies are members of Christ? Should I then take the members of Christ and join them to a prostitute? May it not be! 16 Do you not know that he who is joined to a prostitute becomes one body with her? As scripture says, "The two will become one flesh." 17 But he who is joined to the Lord becomes one spirit with him. 18 Run away from sexual immorality! Every other sin that a person commits is outside the body, but the sexually immoral person sins against his own body. 19 Do you not know that your body is a temple of the Holy Spirit, who lives within you, whom you have from God? Do you not know that you are not your own? 20 For you were bought with a price. Therefore glorify God with your body and in your spirit, which belong to God.
1 Now concerning the issues you wrote about: "It is good for a man not to touch a woman." 2 But because of temptations for many immoral acts, each man should have his own wife, and each woman should have her own husband. 3 The husband should fulfill his duty to have sexual relations with his wife, and in the same way the wife to her husband. 4 It is not the wife who has authority over her own body, it is the husband. In the same way, the husband does not have authority over his own body, but the wife does. 5 Do not deprive each other, except by mutual agreement and for a specific period of time. Do this so that you may devote yourselves to prayer. Then you should come together again, so that Satan may not tempt you because of your lack of self-control.
6 But I say these things to you as a concession and not as a command. 7 I wish that everyone were as I am. But each one has his own gift from God. One has this kind of gift, and another that kind. 8 To the unmarried and to widows I say that it is good for them if they remain unmarried, as I am. 9 But if they cannot exercise self-control, they should marry. For it is better for them to marry than to burn with passion. 10 Now to the married I give this command—not I, but the Lord—the wife should not separate from her husband 11 (but if she does separate from her husband, she should remain unmarried or else be reconciled to her husband), and the husband should not divorce his wife. 12 But to the rest I say—I, not the Lord—that if any brother has a wife who is an unbeliever, and if she is content to live with him, he should not divorce her. 13 If a woman has an unbelieving husband, and if he is content to live with her, she should not divorce him. 14 For the unbelieving husband is set apart because of his wife, and the unbelieving wife is set apart because of the brother. Otherwise your children would be unclean, but actually they are set apart. 15 But if the unbeliever departs, let him go. In such cases, the brother or sister is not bound to their vows. God has called us to live in peace. 16 For how do you know, woman, whether you will save your husband? Or how do you know, man, whether you will save your wife? 17 However, as the Lord has given each one his portion, let each one walk as God has called him. This is my rule in all the churches. 18 Was anyone circumcised when he was called to believe? He should not try to appear uncircumcised. Was anyone uncircumcised when he was called to faith? He should not be circumcised. 19 For it is neither circumcision nor uncircumcision that matters. What matters is obeying the commandments of God. 20 Each one should remain in the calling he was in when God called him to believe. 21 Were you a slave when God called you? Do not be concerned about it. But if you can become free, take advantage of it. 22 For someone who is called by the Lord as a slave is the Lord's freeman. In the same way, the one who was free when he was called to believe is Christ's slave. 23 You have been bought with a price, so do not become slaves of men. 24 Brothers, in whatever situation he was in when he was called, let each one remain with God in that.
25 Now concerning virgins, I have no commandment from the Lord. But I give my opinion as one who, by the Lord's mercy, is trustworthy. 26 Therefore, I think that because of the disaster that is coming, it is good for a man to remain as he is. 27 Are you bound to a wife? Do not seek a divorce. If you are free of a wife, do not seek a wife. 28 But if you do marry, you have not sinned, and if a virgin marries, she has not sinned. But those who do will have many kinds of fleshly trouble, and I want to spare you from this. 29 But this I say, brothers: The time is short. From now on, let those who have wives live as though they had none. 30 Those who weep should act as though they were not weeping, and those who rejoice as though they were not rejoicing, and those who buy as though they did not possess anything, 31 and those who use the world should not act as though they are using it to the full. For the world in its present form is coming to an end. 32 I would like you to be free from worries. The unmarried man is concerned about the things of the Lord, how to please him. 33 But the married man is concerned about the things of the world, how to please his wife— 34 he is divided. The unmarried woman or the virgin is concerned about the things of the Lord, how to be set apart in body and in spirit. But the married woman is concerned about the things of the world, how to please her husband. 35 I say this for your own benefit, and not to put any constraint on you. I say this for what is right, so that you may be devoted to the Lord without any distraction. 36 But if anyone thinks that he is not treating his virgin with respect—if she is beyond the age of marriage and it must be so—he should do what he wants. He is not sinning. They should marry. 37 But if he is standing firm in his heart, if he is not under pressure but can control his own will, and if he has decided in his own heart to do this, to keep his own a virgin, he will do well. 38 So the one who marries his virgin does well, and the one who chooses not to marry will do even better. 39 A woman is bound to her husband while he lives. But if her husband dies, she is free to marry anyone she wishes, but only in the Lord. 40 Yet in my judgment she would be happier if she lives as she is. And I think that I also have the Spirit of God.
1 Now concerning food sacrificed to idols: We know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffs up, but love builds up. 2 If anyone thinks he knows something, that person does not yet know as he should know. 3 But if anyone loves God, that person is known by him. 4 Therefore, concerning the eating of food sacrificed to idols: We know that an idol in this world is nothing and that there is no God but one. 5 For even if there were so-called gods, either in heaven or on earth (just as there are many "gods" and many "lords"), 6 yet for us there is only one God, the Father, from whom are all things and for whom we live, and one Lord Jesus Christ, through whom all things exist, and through whom we exist.
7 However, this knowledge is not in everyone. Instead, some previously practiced idol worship, and they eat this food as if it were something sacrificed to an idol. Their conscience is thereby defiled because it is weak. 8 But food will not present us to God. We are not worse if we do not eat, nor better if we do eat it. 9 But take care that your freedom does not become a reason for someone who is weak in faith to stumble. 10 For suppose that someone sees you, who have knowledge, eating a meal in an idol's temple. Is not his weak conscience emboldened to eat what is offered to idols? 11 So because of your understanding about the true nature of idols, the weaker one, the brother for whom Christ died, is destroyed. 12 Thus, when you sin against your brothers and wound their weak consciences, you sin against Christ. 13 Therefore, if food causes my brother to stumble, I will never eat meat again, so that I may not cause my brother to fall.
1 Am I not free? Am I not an apostle? Have I not seen Jesus our Lord? Are you not my work in the Lord? 2 If I am not an apostle to others, at least I am to you. For you are the seal of my apostleship in the Lord. 3 This is my defense to those who examine me: 4 Do we not have the right to eat and drink? 5 Do we not have the right to take along a wife who is a believer, as do the rest of the apostles, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas? 6 Or do only I and Barnabas not have the right to not work at a trade? 7 Who serves as a soldier at his own expense? Who plants a vineyard and does not eat its fruit? Or who shepherds a flock and does not drink milk from it? 8 Do I say these things based on human authority? Does not the law also say this? 9 For it is written in the law of Moses, "Do not put a muzzle on an ox when it is threshing the grain." Is it really the oxen that God cares about? 10 Is he not speaking about us? It was written for us, because the one who plows should plow in hope, and the one who threshes should thresh in the hope of sharing in the harvest. 11 If we sowed spiritual things among you, is it too much for us to reap physical things from you? 12 If others exercised this right from you, do we not have even more? But we did not claim this right. Instead we endured everything rather than be a hindrance to the gospel of Christ. 13 Do you not know that those who perform sacred duties get their food from the temple? Do you not know that those who serve at the altar share in what is offered on the altar? 14 In the same way, the Lord commanded that those who proclaim the gospel should get their living from the gospel. 15 But I have not claimed any of these rights. And I do not write this so something might be done for me. It would be better for me to die than—No one will make my boast empty! 16 For if I preach the gospel, I have no reason for boasting, because I must do this. And woe be to me if I do not preach the gospel! 17 For if I do this willingly, I have a reward. But if not willingly, I still have a stewardship that was entrusted to me. 18 What then is my reward? That when I preach, I may offer the gospel without charge and so not take full use of my right in the gospel. 19 For though I am free from all, I became a servant to all, in order that I might win more. 20 To the Jews I became like a Jew, in order to win Jews. To those under the law, I became like one under the law in order to win those under the law. I did this even though I myself was not under the law. [1]21 To those outside the law, I became like one outside the law, although I was not outside the law of God myself, but under the law of Christ. I did this so that I may win those outside the law. 22 To the weak I became weak, so that I may win the weak. I have become all things to all people, so that I may by all means save some. 23 I do all things for the gospel's sake, so that I may participate in its blessings. 24 Do you not know that in a race all the runners run the race, but that only one receives the prize? So run to win the prize. 25 Every athlete exercises self-control in all things. They do it to receive a wreath that is perishable, but we do it to receive one that is imperishable. 26 Therefore this is how I run, as not without purpose; this is how I box, not as one beating the air. 27 But I subdue my body and make it a slave, so that after I have preached to others, I myself may not be disqualified.
1 I do not want you to be uninformed, brothers, that our fathers were all under the cloud and all passed through the sea. 2 All were baptized into Moses in the cloud and in the sea, 3 and all ate the same spiritual food. 4 All drank the same spiritual drink. For they drank from a spiritual rock that followed them, and that rock was Christ. 5 But God was not well pleased with most of them, and their corpses were scattered about in the wilderness. 6 Now these things were examples for us, so we would not be those who lust for evil things as they lusted. 7 Do not be idolaters, as some of them were. This is as it is written, "The people sat down to eat and drink, and rose up to play." 8 Let us not commit sexual immorality, as many of them did. In one day, twenty-three thousand people died because of it. 9 Neither let us put Christ to the test, as many of them tested him and were destroyed by snakes. 10 Also do not grumble, as many of them did and were destroyed by an angel of death. 11 Now these things happened to them as examples for us. They were written for our instruction—for us on whom the end of the ages has come. 12 Therefore let anyone who thinks he stands be careful that he does not fall. 13 No temptation has overtaken you that is not common to all humanity. Instead, God is faithful. He will not let you be tempted beyond your ability. With the temptation he will also provide the way of escape, so that you may be able to endure it.
14 Therefore, my beloved ones, run away from idolatry. 15 I speak to you as people who have understanding, so you may judge what I say. 16 The cup of blessing that we bless, is it not a sharing in the blood of Christ? The bread that we break, is it not a sharing in the body of Christ? 17 Because there is one loaf of bread, we who are many are one body. We all take of one loaf of bread together. 18 Look at the Israel that is according to the flesh. Are not those who eat the sacrifices participants in the altar? 19 What am I saying then? That an idol is anything? Or that food sacrificed to an idol is anything? 20 But I say about the things they sacrifice, that they offer these things to demons and not to God. I do not want you to be participants with demons! 21 You cannot drink the cup of the Lord and the cup of demons. You cannot participate at the table of the Lord and the table of demons. 22 Or do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? Are we stronger than he is?
23 "Everything is lawful," but not everything is profitable. "Everything is lawful," but not everything builds people up. 24 No one should seek his own good. Instead, each one should seek the good of his neighbor. 25 Eat everything sold in the market without asking questions of conscience. 26 For "the earth is the Lord's, and the fullness of it." 27 If an unbeliever invites you to eat a meal, and you wish to go, eat whatever is set before you without asking questions of conscience. 28 But if someone says to you, "This has been offered in sacrifice," then do not eat it, both for the sake of the one who informed you, and for the sake of conscience— [1]29 the conscience of the other man, I mean, and not yours. For why should my freedom be judged by another's conscience? 30 If I partake of the meal with gratitude, why am I being insulted for that for which I gave thanks? 31 Therefore, whether you eat or drink, or whatever you do, do all to the glory of God. 32 Be blameless both to Jews and to Greeks, and to the church of God. 33 In the same way I try to please all people in all things. I do not seek my benefit, but that of the many. I do this so that they may be saved.
2 Now I praise you because you remember me in everything. I praise you because you hold firmly to the traditions just as I delivered them to you. 3 Now I want you to understand that Christ is the head of every man, that a man is the head of a woman, and that God is the head of Christ. 4 Any man who prays or prophesies with his head covered dishonors his head. 5 But any woman who prays or prophesies with her head uncovered dishonors her head. For it is the same thing as if her head were shaved. 6 For if a woman will not cover her head, she should cut her hair short. If it is disgraceful for a woman to have her hair cut off or for her to shave her head, let her cover her head. 7 For a man should not have his head covered, since he is the image and glory of God. But the woman is the glory of the man. 8 For man was not made from woman. Instead, woman was made from man. 9 For neither was man created for woman. Instead, woman was created for man. 10 This is why the woman ought to have a symbol of authority on her head, because of the angels. 11 Nevertheless, in the Lord, the woman is not independent from the man, nor is the man independent from the woman. 12 For as the woman comes from the man, so does the man come from the woman. And all things come from God. 13 Judge for yourselves: Is it proper for a woman to pray to God with her head uncovered? 14 Does not even nature itself teach you that if a man has long hair, it is a dishonor for him? 15 Does not nature teach you that if a woman has long hair, it is her glory? For her hair has been given to her as a covering. 16 But if anyone wants to argue about this, we do not have any other practice, nor do the churches of God.
17 But in the following instructions, I do not praise you. For when you come together, it is not for the better but for the worse. 18 For in the first place, I hear that when you come together in the church, there are divisions among you, and in part I believe it. 19 For there must also be factions among you, so that those who are approved may become evident among you. 20 For when you come together, it is not the Lord's Supper that you eat. 21 When you eat, each one eats his own food before the others have their meal. One is hungry, and another becomes drunk. 22 Do you not have houses to eat and to drink in? Do you despise the church of God and humiliate those who have nothing? What should I say to you? Should I praise you? I will not praise you for this! 23 For I received from the Lord what I also passed on to you, that the Lord Jesus, on the night when he was betrayed, took bread. 24 After he had given thanks, he broke it and said, "This is my body, which is for you. Do this to remember me." 25 In the same way he took the cup after supper, and he said, "This cup is the new covenant in my blood. Do this as often as you drink it, to remember me." 26 For every time you eat this bread and drink this cup, you proclaim the Lord's death until he comes. 27 Whoever, therefore, eats the bread or drinks the cup of the Lord in an unworthy manner will be guilty of the body and the blood of the Lord. 28 Let a person examine himself first, and in this way let him eat of the bread and drink of the cup. 29 For he who eats and drinks without discerning the body eats and drinks judgment to himself. 30 That is why many among you are weak and ill, and some of you have fallen asleep. 31 But if we examine ourselves, we will not be judged. 32 But when we are judged by the Lord, we are disciplined, so that we may not be condemned along with the world. 33 Therefore, my brothers, when you come together to eat, wait for one another. 34 If anyone is hungry, let him eat at home, so that when you come together it will not be for judgment. And about the other things you wrote, I will give instructions when I come.
1 About spiritual gifts, brothers, I do not want you to be uninformed. 2 You know that when you were pagans, you were led astray to idols who could not speak, in whatever ways you were led by them. 3 Therefore I want you to know that no one who speaks by the Spirit of God can say, "Jesus is accursed." No one can say, "Jesus is Lord," except by the Holy Spirit.
4 Now there are different gifts, but the same Spirit. 5 There are different ministries, but the same Lord; 6 and there are different kinds of work, but it is the same God who works all in all. 7 Now to each one is given the outward display of the Spirit for the benefit of all. 8 For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom, and to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit. 9 To another is given faith by the same Spirit, and to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit. 10 To another is given miraculous works, and to another prophecy. To another is given the ability to distinguish between spirits, to another various kinds of tongues, and to another the interpretation of tongues. 11 All these are the work of one and the same Spirit, giving the gifts to each one individually, as he chooses.
12 For as the body is one and has many members and all are members of the same body, so it is with Christ. 13 For by one Spirit we were all baptized into one body, whether Jews or Greeks, whether slave or free, and all were made to drink of one Spirit. 14 For the body is not a single member, but many. 15 If the foot says, "Since I am not the hand, I am not part of the body," it is not any less a part of the body. 16 And if the ear says, "Because I am not an eye, I am not part of the body," it is not any less a part of the body. 17 If the whole body were an eye, where would the sense of hearing be? If the whole body were an ear, where would the sense of smell be? 18 But God has appointed each member, each one of them, into the body as he has desired. 19 If they were all the same member, where would the body be? 20 So now they are many members, but only one body. 21 The eye cannot say to the hand, "I have no need of you." Nor does the head say to the feet, "I have no need of you." 22 But the members of the body that appear to be weaker are essential, 23 and the parts of the body that we think are less honorable, we give them greater honor, and our unpresentable members have more dignity. 24 Now our presentable members have no such need. Rather, God has composed the body, giving greater honor to those members that lack it. 25 He did this so there may be no division within the body, but that the members should care for one another with the same affection. 26 So when one member suffers, all the members suffer together; or when one member is honored, all the members rejoice together. 27 Now you are the body of Christ and individually members of it. 28 And God has appointed in the church first apostles, second prophets, third teachers, then those who do miracles, then gifts of healing, those who provide helps, those who do the work of administration, and those who have various kinds of tongues. 29 Are all of them apostles? Are all prophets? Are all teachers? Do all do miracles? 30 Do all of them have gifts of healing? Do all of them speak with tongues? Do all of them interpret tongues? 31 Zealously seek the greater gifts. And now I will show you a more excellent way.
1 Suppose that I speak with the tongues of men and of angels. But if I do not have love, I have become a noisy gong or a clanging cymbal. 2 Suppose that I have the gift of prophecy and understand all hidden truths and knowledge, and that I have all faith so as to remove mountains. But if I do not have love, I am nothing. 3 Suppose that I give all my possessions to feed the poor, and that I give my body to be burned. But if I do not have love, I gain nothing. [1]4 Love is patient and kind. Love is not jealous and does not boast. It is not puffed up 5 or rude. It does not seek its own. It is not provoked, nor does it keep a count of wrongs. 6 It does not rejoice in unrighteousness. Instead, it rejoices in the truth. 7 Love bears all things, believes all things, hopes all things, and endures all things. 8 Love never ends. If there are prophecies, they will pass away. If there are tongues, they will cease. If there is knowledge, it will pass away. 9 For we know in part and we prophesy in part. 10 But when the perfect comes, that which is incomplete will pass away. 11 When I was a child, I spoke like a child, I thought like a child, I reasoned like a child. When I became an adult, I put away childish things. 12 For now we see indirectly in a mirror, but then face to face. Now I know in part, but then I will know fully just as I have been fully known. 13 But now these three remain: faith, hope, and love. But the greatest of these is love.
1 Pursue love and be zealous for spiritual gifts, especially that you may prophesy. 2 For the one who speaks in a tongue does not speak to people but to God. For no one understands him because he speaks mysteries in the Spirit. 3 But the one who prophesies speaks to people to build them up, to exhort them, and to comfort them. 4 The one who speaks in a tongue builds up himself, but the one who prophesies builds up the church. 5 Now I wish that you all spoke in tongues. But even more than that, I wish that you would prophesy. The one who prophesies is greater than the one who speaks in tongues (unless someone interprets so that the church may receive edification). 6 But now, brothers, if I come to you speaking in tongues, how will I benefit you? I cannot, unless I speak to you with revelation, or knowledge, or prophecy, or teaching. 7 In the same way, when lifeless instruments are producing sounds—like the flute or the harp—if they do not produce different tones, how will anyone know what tune the flute or harp is playing? 8 For if the trumpet is played with an uncertain sound, how will anyone know when it is time to prepare for battle? 9 It is the same way for you with the tongue. If you utter speech that is not clear, how will what is said be understood? You will be speaking into the air. 10 There are doubtless many kinds of languages in the world, and none is without meaning. 11 But if I do not know the meaning of a language, I will be a foreigner to the speaker, and the speaker will be a foreigner to me. 12 So it is with you. Since you are eager for the manifestations of the Spirit, seek for the edification of the church so that you might abound. 13 So the one who speaks in a tongue should pray that he may interpret. 14 For if I pray in a tongue, my spirit prays, but my mind is unfruitful. 15 What am I to do? I will pray with my spirit, but I will also pray with my mind. I will sing with my spirit, and I will also sing with my mind. 16 Otherwise, if you bless God with the spirit, how will the outsider say "Amen" when you are giving thanks if he does not know what you are saying? 17 For you certainly give thanks well enough, but the other person is not built up. 18 I thank God that I speak in tongues more than all of you. 19 But in the church I would rather speak five words with my understanding so that I might instruct others, than ten thousand words in a tongue.
20 Brothers, do not be children in your thinking. Rather, in regard to evil, be like infants. But in your thinking be mature. 21 In the law it is written,
"By men of strange tongues
and by the lips of strangers
I will speak to this people.
Even then they will not hear me,"
says the Lord.
22 So then, tongues are a sign, not to believers, but to unbelievers. But prophecy is for a sign, not for unbelievers, but for believers. 23 If, therefore, the whole church comes together and all speak in tongues, and outsiders and unbelievers come in, would they not say that you are insane? 24 But if you all were prophesying and an unbeliever or an outsider came in, he would be convicted by all he hears. He would be judged by all that is said. 25 The secrets of his heart would be revealed. As a result, he would fall on his face and worship God. He would declare that God is really among you.
26 What is next then, brothers? When you come together, each one has a psalm, a teaching, a revelation, a tongue, or an interpretation. Do everything so that you build up the church. 27 If anyone speaks in a tongue, let there be two or at most three, and each one in turn, and then someone should interpret what is said. 28 But if there is no one to interpret, let each of them keep silent in the church. Let each one speak to himself alone and to God. 29 Let two or three prophets speak, and let the others listen with discernment to what is said. 30 But if there is a revelation to one who is sitting, let the first be silent. 31 For each of you can prophesy one by one so that each one may learn and all may be exhorted. 32 For the spirits of the prophets are subject to the prophets. 33 For God is not a God of confusion, but of peace.
This is the rule in all the churches of God's holy people. 34 The women should keep silent in the churches. For they are not permitted to speak. Instead, they should be in submission, as also the law says. 35 If there is anything they desire to learn, let them ask their husbands at home. For it is disgraceful for a woman to speak in the church. 36 Did the word of God come from you? Are you the only ones it has reached?
37 If anyone thinks himself to be a prophet or spiritual, he should acknowledge that the things I write to you are a command of the Lord. 38 But if anyone does not recognize this, let him not be recognized.
39 So then, brothers, earnestly desire to prophesy, and do not forbid anyone from speaking in tongues. 40 But let all things be done properly and in order.
1 Now I want to make known to you, brothers, the gospel I proclaimed to you, which you received and on which you stand, 2 and by which you are being saved, if you hold firmly to the word I preached to you, unless you believed in vain. 3 For I delivered to you as of first importance what I also received, that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures, 4 that he was buried, and that he was raised on the third day according to the scriptures. 5 Christ appeared to Cephas, and then to the twelve; 6 then he appeared to more than five hundred brothers at once. Most of them are still alive, but some have fallen asleep. 7 Then he appeared to James, then to all the apostles. 8 Last of all, he appeared to me, as if to one born prematurely. 9 For I am the least of the apostles. I am unworthy to be called an apostle because I persecuted the church of God. 10 But by the grace of God I am what I am, and his grace in me was not in vain. Instead, I labored harder than all of them. Yet it was not I, but the grace of God that is with me. 11 Therefore whether it is I or they, so we preach and so you believed.
12 Now if Christ is proclaimed as raised from the dead, how can some of you say there is no resurrection of the dead? 13 But if there is no resurrection of the dead, then not even Christ has been raised; 14 and if Christ has not been raised, then our preaching is in vain, and your faith also is in vain. 15 Also, we are found to be false witnesses about God, because we testified that God raised Christ from the dead. But he did not raise him, if indeed the dead are not raised. 16 For if the dead are not raised, not even Christ has been raised; 17 and if Christ has not been raised, your faith is in vain and you are still in your sins. 18 Then those who have fallen asleep in Christ have also perished. 19 If only in this life we hope in Christ, of all people we are most to be pitied.
20 But now Christ has been raised from the dead as the firstfruits of those who sleep. 21 For since death came by a man, by a man also came the resurrection of the dead. 22 For as in Adam all die, so also in Christ all will be made alive. 23 But each in his own order: Christ, who is the firstfruits, and then those who belong to Christ will be made alive at his coming. 24 Then will be the end, when he will hand over the kingdom to God the Father, when he will abolish all rule and all authority and power. 25 For he must reign until he has put all his enemies under his feet. 26 The last enemy to be destroyed is death. 27 For "he has put everything under his feet." But when it says "he has put everything," it is clear that this does not include the one who put everything in subjection under him. 28 When all things are subjected under him, then the Son himself will be subjected under the one who put all things into subjection under him, that God may be all in all.
29 Or else what will those do who are baptized for the dead? If the dead are not raised at all, why are they baptized for them? 30 Why then are we in danger every hour? 31 I die every day! This is as sure as my boasting in you, which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord. 32 What do I gain, from a human point of view, if I fought with beasts at Ephesus, if the dead are not raised?
"Let us eat and drink,
for tomorrow we die."
33 Be not deceived: "Bad company corrupts good morals." 34 Sober up! Live righteously! Do not keep sinning. For some of you have no knowledge of God. I say this to your shame.
35 But someone will say, "How are the dead raised, and with what kind of body will they come?" 36 You fool! What you sow will not come to life unless it dies. 37 What you sow is not the body that will be, but a bare grain. It may become wheat or something else. 38 But God will give it a body as he chooses, and to each seed its own body. 39 Not all flesh is the same. Instead, there is one flesh for human beings, and another flesh for animals, and another flesh for birds, and another for fish. 40 There are also heavenly bodies and earthly bodies. But the glory of the heavenly body is one kind and the glory of the earthly is another. 41 There is one glory of the sun, and another glory of the moon, and another glory of the stars. For one star differs from another star in glory. 42 So also is the resurrection of the dead. What is sown is perishable, and what is raised is imperishable. 43 It is sown in dishonor; it is raised in glory. It is sown in weakness; it is raised in power. 44 It is sown a natural body; it is raised a spiritual body. If there is a natural body, there is also a spiritual body. 45 So also it is written, "The first man Adam became a living soul." The last Adam became a life-giving spirit. 46 But the spiritual did not come first but the natural, and then the spiritual. 47 The first man is of the earth, made of dust. The second man is from heaven. 48 Just as the one made from dust is, so also are those who are made of the dust, and as the man of heaven is, so also are those who are of heaven. 49 Just as we have borne the image of the man of dust, we will also bear the image of the man of heaven.
50 Now this I say, brothers, that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither does what is perishable inherit what is imperishable. 51 Look! I tell you a mystery: We will not all sleep, but we will all be changed. 52 We will be changed in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trumpet. For the trumpet will sound, and the dead will be raised imperishable, and we will be changed. 53 For this perishable body must put on what is imperishable, and this mortal body must put on immortality. 54 But when this perishable body has put on what is imperishable, and when this mortal body has put on immortality, then will come about the saying that is written, "Death is swallowed up in victory."
55 "Death, where is your victory?
Death, where is your sting?"
56 The sting of death is sin, and the power of sin is the law. 57 But thanks be to God, who gives us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ! 58 Therefore, my dear brothers, be steadfast and immovable. Always abound in the work of the Lord, because you know that your labor in the Lord is not in vain.
1 Now concerning the collection for God's holy people: as I instructed the churches of Galatia, so you are to do. 2 On the first day of the week, each of you is to put something aside and store it up as he may prosper. Do this so that there will be no collections when I come. 3 When I arrive, to whomever you approve, I will give letters of introduction to them and will send them with your gift to Jerusalem. 4 If it is appropriate for me to go also, they will go with me. 5 But I will come to you when I pass through Macedonia. For I will pass through Macedonia. 6 Perhaps I may stay with you or even spend the winter, so that you may help me on my way, wherever I go. 7 For I do not wish to see you now for only a passing visit. For I hope to spend more time with you, if the Lord permits. 8 But I will stay in Ephesus until Pentecost, 9 for a wide door has opened for me, and there are many adversaries.
10 Now when Timothy comes, see that he is with you unafraid, for he is laboring at the work of the Lord, as I am doing. 11 Let no one despise him. Help him on his way in peace, so that he may come to me. For I am expecting him to come along with the brothers. 12 Now concerning our brother Apollos, I strongly encouraged him to visit you with the brothers. But it was not at all his will that he come now. However, he will come when the time is right.
13 Be watchful, stand fast in the faith, act like men, be strong. 14 Let all that you do be done in love.
15 You know the household of Stephanas, that they were the firstfruits of Achaia, and that they have devoted themselves to the service of God's holy people. Now I urge you, brothers, 16 to be in submission to such people and to everyone who helps in the work and labors with us. 17 I rejoice at the coming of Stephanas, Fortunatus, and Achaicus. They have made up for your absence. 18 For they have refreshed my spirit and yours. So then, acknowledge people like them.
19 The churches of Asia send greetings to you. Aquila and Priscilla greet you in the Lord, with the church that is in their home. 20 All the brothers greet you. Greet one another with a holy kiss.
21 I, Paul, write this with my own hand. 22 If anyone does not love the Lord, may he be accursed. Our Lord, come! 23 The grace of the Lord Jesus be with you. 24 My love be with you all in Christ Jesus. [1]
1 Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus by the will of God, and Timothy our brother, to the church of God that is in Corinth, and to all God's holy people in the entire region of Achaia.
2 May grace be to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.
3 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised. He is the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort. 4 God comforts us in all our tribulation, so that we can comfort those who are in any tribulation. We comfort others with the same comfort that God used to comfort us. 5 For just as the sufferings of Christ abound for our sake, so also our comfort abounds through Christ. 6 But if we are afflicted, it is for your comfort and salvation; and if we are comforted, it is for your comfort. Your comfort is working effectively in your endurance of the same sufferings that we also suffer. 7 Our hope concerning you is unshaken, for we know that as you share the sufferings, you also share our comfort. 8 For we do not want you to be uninformed, brothers, about the tribulation we had in Asia. We were utterly burdened beyond our strength, so that we despaired even of life. 9 Indeed, we had the sentence of death on us. But that was to make us not put our trust in ourselves, but instead in God, who raises the dead. 10 He rescued us from such a deadly peril, and he will rescue us. On him we have set our hope that he will rescue us. 11 He will do this as you also help us by your prayer. Then many will give thanks on our behalf for the favor given to us through the prayers of many.
12 Our boast is this: Our conscience testifies that we have conducted ourselves in the world with integrity and godly sincerity, not relying on fleshly wisdom but on the grace of God. 13 We write to you nothing that you cannot read and understand, and I hope that you will fully understand 14 as you have understood us in part, that you can boast of us on the day of our Lord Jesus, just as we will boast of you.
15 Because I was confident about this, I wanted to come to you first, so that you might receive a second favor. 16 I was planning to visit you on my way to Macedonia. Then I wanted to visit you again on my trip from Macedonia, and then for you to send me on my way to Judea. 17 When I was thinking this way, was I hesitating? Do I plan things according to the flesh, so that I say "Yes, yes" and "No, no" at the same time? 18 But just as God is faithful, our word to you is not "Yes" and "No." 19 For the Son of God, Jesus Christ, whom Silvanus, Timothy and I proclaimed among you, is not "Yes" and "No." Instead, he is always "Yes." 20 For all the promises of God are "Yes" in him. So also through him we say "Amen" to the glory of God. 21 Now it is God who confirms us with you in Christ, and he anointed us, 22 he set his seal on us and he gave us the Spirit in our hearts as a guarantee of what is to come.
23 But I call God as witness to my soul that the reason I did not come to Corinth was so that I might spare you. 24 This is not because we want to be lords over your faith. Instead, we are fellow laborers with you for your joy, as you stand firm in your faith.
1 So I decided for my own part that I would not again come to you in sorrow. 2 If I caused you sorrow, who could make me glad but the very one who was made sorrowful by me? 3 I wrote as I did in order that when I came to you I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice. I have confidence about all of you that my joy is the same joy you all have. 4 For I wrote to you from great tribulation, with anguish of heart, and with many tears. I did not write you so that you would be made sorrowful. Instead, I wanted you to know the depth of the love that I have for you.
5 If anyone has caused sorrow, he has caused sorrow not only to me, but in some measure—not to burden you—to all of you. 6 This punishment of that person by the majority is enough. 7 So now rather than punish him, you should forgive and comfort him. Do this so that he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow. 8 So I exhort you to confirm your love for him. 9 This was the reason I wrote, so that I might test you and know whether you are obedient in everything. 10 If you forgive anyone, I forgive that person as well. What I have forgiven—if I have forgiven anything—it is forgiven for your sake in the presence of Christ. 11 This is so that Satan will not trick us. For we are not ignorant of his schemes.
12 A door was opened to me by the Lord when I came to the city of Troas to preach the gospel of Christ there. 13 I had no relief in my spirit because I did not find my brother Titus there. So I left them and went on to Macedonia.
14 But may thanks be to God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph. Through us he reveals the sweet aroma of the knowledge of him everywhere. 15 For we are to God the sweet aroma of Christ, both among those who are saved and among those who are perishing. 16 To the people who are perishing, it is an aroma from death to death. To the ones being saved, it is an aroma from life to life. Who is worthy of these things? 17 For we are not like so many people who sell the word of God for profit. Instead, with purity of motives, we speak in Christ, as we are sent from God, in the sight of God.
1 Are we beginning to praise ourselves again? We do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people, do we? 2 You yourselves are our letter of recommendation, written on our hearts, known and read by all people. 3 You show that you are a letter from Christ, the result of our ministry. It was written not with ink but by the Spirit of the living God. It was not written on tablets of stone, but on tablets of human hearts. 4 And this is the confidence that we have through Christ before God. 5 We are not competent in ourselves to claim anything as coming from us. Rather, our competence is from God. 6 It is God who made us able to be servants of a new covenant. This is a covenant not of the letter but of the Spirit. For the letter kills, but the Spirit gives life. 7 Now the ministry of death—engraved in letters on stones—came in such glory that the sons of Israel could not look directly at Moses' face. This is because of the glory of his face, a glory that was fading. 8 How much more glorious will the ministry of the Spirit be? 9 For if the ministry of condemnation had glory, how much more does the ministry of righteousness abound in glory! 10 For indeed, that which was once made glorious is no longer glorious in this respect, because of the glory that exceeds it. 11 For if that which was passing away had glory, how much more will what is permanent have glory!
12 Since we have such a hope, we are very bold. 13 We are not like Moses, who put a veil over his face so that the sons of Israel were not able to look directly at the ending of a glory that was passing away. 14 But their minds were hardened. For to this day, when they read the old covenant, that same veil remains. It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away. 15 But even today, whenever Moses is read, a veil covers their hearts. 16 But when a person turns to the Lord, the veil is taken away. 17 Now the Lord is the Spirit. Where the Spirit of the Lord is, there is freedom. 18 Now all of us, with unveiled faces, see the glory of the Lord. We are being transformed into the same glorious likeness from one degree of glory into another, just as from the Lord, who is the Spirit.
1 Therefore, because we have this ministry, and just as we have received mercy, we do not become discouraged. 2 Instead, we have rejected secret and shameful ways. We do not walk in craftiness, and we do not mishandle the word of God, but by presenting the truth, we recommend ourselves to everyone's conscience in the sight of God. 3 But if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled only to those who are perishing. 4 In their case, the god of this world has blinded their unbelieving minds. As a result, they are not able to see the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ, who is the image of God. 5 For we do not proclaim ourselves, but Christ Jesus as Lord, and ourselves as your servants for Jesus' sake. 6 For God is the one who said, "Light will shine out of darkness." He has shone in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the presence of Jesus Christ.
7 But we have this treasure in jars of clay, so that it is clear that the exceedingly great power belongs to God and not to us. 8 We are afflicted in every way, but not overwhelmed. We are perplexed but not filled with despair. 9 We are persecuted but not abandoned; struck down but not destroyed; 10 always carrying around in our body the death of Jesus, so that the life of Jesus may also be revealed in our body. 11 For we who are alive are always being given over to death for Jesus' sake, so that the life of Jesus may be revealed in our mortal flesh. 12 So death is at work in us, but life is at work in you. 13 But we have the same spirit of faith according to that which was written: "I believed, and so I spoke." We also believe, and so we also speak, 14 because we know that the one who raised the Lord Jesus will also raise us with Jesus and bring us with you into his presence. 15 For everything is for your sake, so that the grace that is reaching more and more people may cause thanksgiving to increase to the glory of God.
16 So we do not become discouraged. Even though outwardly we are wasting away, inwardly we are being renewed day by day. 17 For this momentary, light affliction is producing for us an eternal burden of glory that exceeds all measurement. 18 For we are not watching for things that are seen, but for things that are unseen. The things that we can see are temporary, but the things that are unseen are eternal.
1 We know that if our earthly house—the tent—is destroyed, we have a building from God. It is a house not made by human hands, but an eternal house, in heaven. 2 For in this tent we groan, longing to be clothed with our heavenly residence. 3 We long for this because by putting it on we will not be found to be naked. 4 For indeed while we are in this tent, we groan, being burdened. We do not want to be unclothed. Instead, we want to be clothed, so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life. 5 The one who prepared us for this very thing is God, who gave us the Spirit as a guarantee of what is to come. 6 Therefore always be confident, knowing that while we are at home in the body, we are away from the Lord. 7 For we walk by faith, not by sight. 8 So we have confidence. We would prefer to be away from the body and at home with the Lord. 9 So we make it our goal, whether we are at home or away, to please him. 10 For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ, so that each one may receive what is due for the things done in the body, whether for good or for bad.
11 Therefore, knowing the fear of the Lord, we persuade people. What we are is clearly seen by God, and I hope that it is also clear to your conscience. 12 We are not commending ourselves to you again, but we are giving you a reason to be proud of us, so you may have an answer for those who boast about appearances but not about what is in the heart. 13 For if we are out of our minds, it is for God; and if we are in our right minds, it is for your sake. 14 For the love of Christ controls us, because we have concluded this: That one person died for all, and that therefore all have died. 15 He died for all, so that those who live should no longer live for themselves but for him who for their sake died and was raised. 16 For this reason, from now on we do not regard anyone according to the flesh, even though we once regarded Christ according to the flesh. But now we no longer regard him that way. 17 Therefore, if anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation. The old things have passed away. See, they have become new. 18 All these things are from God. He reconciled us to himself through Christ and has given us the ministry of reconciliation. 19 That is, in Christ God is reconciling the world to himself, not counting their trespasses against them. He is entrusting to us the message of reconciliation.
20 So we are appointed as representatives of Christ, as though God were making his appeal through us. We plead with you, for the sake of Christ: "Be reconciled to God!" 21 He made him who knew no sin to become sin for us, so that we might become the righteousness of God in him.
1 Working together with him, we also urge you not to receive the grace of God in vain. 2 For he says,
"In a favorable time I paid attention to you,
and in the day of salvation I helped you."
Look, now is the favorable time. Look, now is the day of salvation. 3 We do not place a stumbling block in front of anyone, for we do not wish our ministry to be discredited. 4 Instead, in every way we commend ourselves as God's servants in much endurance, in affliction, in distress, in hardship, 5 in beatings, in imprisonments, in riots, in hard labor, in sleepless nights, in hunger, 6 in purity, in knowledge, in patience, in kindness, in the Holy Spirit, in sincere love, 7 in the word of truth, in the power of God; with the armor of righteousness for the right hand and the left. 8 We are God's servants in glory and dishonor, in slander and praise; regarded as deceivers and yet truthful; 9 as unknown, yet well known; as dying, yet, look, we live; as being disciplined, yet not killed; 10 as sorrowful, yet rejoicing; as poor, yet many are enriched; as having nothing, yet possessing all things.
11 We have spoken the whole truth to you, Corinthians, and our heart is wide open. 12 You are not restrained by us, but you are restrained in your own hearts. 13 Now in fair exchange—I speak as to children—open yourselves wide also. 14 Do not be yoked together with unbelievers. For what association does righteousness have with lawlessness? For what fellowship does light have with darkness? 15 What agreement can Christ have with Belial? Or what share does a believer have together with an unbeliever? 16 And what agreement is there between the temple of God and idols? For we are the temple of the living God, just as God said:
"I will dwell among them
and walk among them.
I will be their God,
and they will be my people."
17 Therefore,
"Come out from among them,
and be set apart," says the Lord.
"Touch no unclean thing,
and I will welcome you.
18 I will be a Father to you,
and you will be my sons and daughters,"
says the Lord Almighty.
1 Beloved, since we have these promises, let us cleanse ourselves of all defilement of flesh and spirit. Let us perfect holiness in the fear of God.
2 Make room for us! We have not wronged anyone. We have not corrupted anyone or taken advantage of anyone. 3 It is not to condemn you that I say this. For I have already said that you are in our hearts, for us to die together and to live together. 4 I have great confidence in you, and great is my boast about you. I am filled with comfort. I overflow with joy even in all our tribulation.
5 When we came to Macedonia, our bodies had no rest. Instead, we were troubled in every way by conflicts on the outside and fears on the inside. 6 But God, who comforts the lowly, comforted us by the arrival of Titus. 7 It was not only by his arrival that God comforted us. It was also by the comfort that Titus had received from you. He told us of your great affection, your sorrow, and your zeal for me. So I rejoiced even more. 8 Even though my letter made you sorrowful, I do not regret it. But I did regret it when I saw that my letter made you sorrowful, though only for a little while. 9 Now I rejoice, not because you were sorrowful, but because your sorrow brought you to repentance. You experienced a godly sorrow, so you suffered no loss because of us. 10 For godly sorrow brings about repentance that accomplishes salvation without regret. Worldly sorrow, however, brings about death. 11 See what great diligence this godly sorrow produced in you. How great was the determination in you to prove you were innocent. How great was your indignation, your fear, your longing, your zeal, and your desire to see that justice should be done! In everything you have proved yourselves to be innocent in this matter. 12 Although I wrote to you, I did not write for the sake of the wrongdoer, nor for the one who suffered the wrong, but so that your earnestness toward us should be made known to you in the sight of God. 13 It is by this that we are encouraged.
In addition to our own comfort, we also rejoiced even more because of Titus' joy, because his spirit was refreshed by all of you. 14 For if I boasted to him about you, I was not put to shame. On the contrary, just as everything we said to you was true, our boasting about you to Titus proved to be true. 15 His affection for you is even greater as he remembers the obedience of all of you, how you welcomed him with fear and trembling. 16 I rejoice because I have complete confidence in you.
1 We want you to know, brothers, about the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia. 2 During a great test of tribulation, the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity. 3 For I testify that they gave as much as they were able, and even beyond what they were able, and of their own free will 4 they begged us with much earnestness for the privilege of sharing in this service to God's holy people. 5 This did not happen as we had hoped, but they first gave themselves to the Lord and then to us by the will of God. 6 So we urged Titus, who had already begun this task, to complete among you this act of grace. 7 But you abound in everything—in faith, in speech, in knowledge, in all diligence, and in your love for us. So also make sure that you excel in this act of grace. [1]8 I say this not as a command but to test the sincerity of your love by comparing it to the eagerness of other people. 9 For you know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ. Even though he was rich, for your sakes he became poor, so that through his poverty you might become rich. 10 In this matter I will give you advice that will help you. One year ago, you not only started to do something, but you desired to do it. 11 Now finish it. Just as there was an eagerness and desire to do it then, may you also bring it to completion, as much as you can. 12 For if you are eager to do this deed, it is a good and acceptable thing. It must be based on what a person has, not on what he does not have. 13 For this is not to cause relief for others and tribulation for you, but for fairness. 14 Your abundance at the present time will supply what they need. This is also so that their abundance may supply your need, and so that there may be fairness. 15 It is as it is written:
"The one with much did not have anything left over,
and the one who had little did not have any lack."
16 But thanks be to God, who put into Titus' heart the same earnest care that I have for you. 17 For he not only accepted our appeal, but he was also very earnest about it. He came to you of his own free will. 18 We have sent with him the brother who is praised among all of the churches for his work in proclaiming the gospel. 19 Not only this, but he also was chosen by the churches to be our traveling companion with this act of grace, which is being administered by us for the glory of the Lord himself and our good will. 20 We are avoiding the possibility that anyone should complain about this act of generosity that we are carrying out. 21 We take care to do what is good, not only before the Lord, but also before people. 22 We are also sending another brother with them. We have tested him in many ways and found him diligent for many tasks. He is even more eager now because of the great confidence he has in you. 23 As for Titus, he is my partner and fellow worker for you. As for our brothers, they are messengers from the churches. They are a glory to Christ. 24 So show them the proof of your love, and show to the churches the reason for our boasting about you.
1 Concerning the service for God's holy people, it is not necessary for me to write to you. 2 I know about your desire, which I boasted about to the people of Macedonia. I told them that Achaia has been getting ready since last year. Your eagerness has motivated most of them to action. 3 Now I have sent the brothers so that our boasting about you may not be futile, and so that you would be ready, as I said you would be. 4 Otherwise, if any Macedonians come with me and find you unprepared, we would be ashamed—I say nothing about you—for being so confident in you. 5 So I thought it was necessary to urge the brothers to come to you and to make arrangements in advance for the gift you have promised. This is so that it might be ready as a blessing, and not as something extorted.
6 The point is this: The one who sows sparingly will also reap sparingly, and the one who sows for the purpose of a blessing will also reap a blessing. 7 Let each one give as he has planned in his heart, not reluctantly or under compulsion, for God loves a cheerful giver. 8 And God is able to make all grace overflow for you, so that, always, in all things, you may have all you need. This will be so that you may multiply every good deed. 9 It is as it is written:
"He has distributed his riches and given them to the poor.
His righteousness lasts forever."
10 He who supplies seed to the farmer who sows and bread for food will also supply and multiply your seed for sowing. He will increase the harvest of your righteousness. 11 You will be enriched in every way so you can be generous. This will bring about thanksgiving to God through us. 12 For carrying out this service not only meets the needs of God's holy people, but it also is overflowing into many acts of thanksgiving to God. 13 Because of your being tested and proved by this service, you will also glorify God by obedience to your confession of the gospel of Christ. You will also glorify God by the generosity of your contribution to them and to everyone. 14 They long for you, and they are praying for you. They do this because of the very great grace of God that is on you. 15 May thanks be to God for his inexpressible gift!
1 I, Paul, myself urge you, by the humility and gentleness of Christ. I am meek when I am in your presence, but I am bold toward you when I am away. 2 I beg of you that, when I am present with you, I will not need to be bold with the confidence that I think I will need to be bold when I oppose those who think that we are walking according to the flesh. 3 For even though we walk in the flesh, we do not make war according to the flesh. 4 For the weapons we fight with are not fleshly. Rather, they have divine power to destroy strongholds. They bring misleading arguments to nothing. 5 We also destroy every high thing that rises up against the knowledge of God. We take every thought captive into obedience to Christ. 6 And we are getting ready to punish every act of disobedience, as soon as your obedience is complete. 7 Look at what is clearly in front of you. If anyone is convinced that he is Christ's, let him remind himself that just as he is Christ's, so also are we. 8 For even if I boast a little too much about our authority, which the Lord gave for us to build you up and not to destroy you, I will not be ashamed. 9 I do not want it to appear that I am terrifying you by my letters. 10 For some people say, "His letters are serious and powerful, but his bodily presence is weak. His words are not worth listening to." 11 Let such people be aware that what we are in the words of our letters when we are absent is what we will be in our actions when we are there. 12 We are not so bold as to group ourselves or compare ourselves with those who praise themselves. But when they measure themselves by one another and compare themselves with each other, they have no insight. 13 We, however, will not boast beyond limits. Instead, we will do so only within the limits of what God has assigned to us, limits that reach even as far as you. 14 For we are not overextending ourselves as though we did not reach you. We were the first to reach as far as you with the gospel of Christ. 15 We have not boasted beyond limits about the labors of others. Rather, our hope is that as your faith continues to grow, our work among you will greatly expand, 16 so that we may preach the gospel even in regions beyond you, without boasting of work already done in another's area.
17 "But let the one who boasts, boast in the Lord."
18 For it is not the one who recommends himself who is approved, but the one whom the Lord recommends.
1 I wish that you could put up with me in some foolishness. But you are indeed putting up with me! 2 For I am jealous about you. I have a godly jealousy for you, since I promised you in marriage to one husband. I promised to present you as a pure virgin to Christ. 3 But I am afraid that somehow, as the serpent deceived Eve by his craftiness, your thoughts might be led astray away from a sincere and pure devotion to Christ. 4 For suppose that someone comes and proclaims another Jesus than the one we preached. Or suppose that you receive a different spirit than what you received. Or suppose that you receive a different gospel than the one you received. You put up with these things well enough! 5 For I think that I am not in the least inferior to those so-called super-apostles. 6 But even if I am untrained in speech, I am not untrained in knowledge. In every way and in all things we have made this known to you. 7 Did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted? For I freely preached the gospel of God to you. 8 I robbed other churches by accepting support from them so that I could serve you. 9 When I was with you and I was in need, I did not burden anyone. For my needs were met by the brothers who came from Macedonia. In everything I have kept myself from being a burden to you, and I will continue to do that. 10 As the truth of Christ is in me, this boasting of mine will not be silenced in the parts of Achaia. 11 Why? Because I do not love you? God knows. 12 And what I do I will keep doing, so that I may cut off the opportunity of those who want an opportunity to be found to be like us in the things they boast about. 13 For such people are false apostles and deceitful workers. They disguise themselves as apostles of Christ. 14 And this is no surprise, for even Satan disguises himself as an angel of light. 15 It is no great surprise if his servants also disguise themselves as servants of righteousness. Their fate will be what their deeds deserve.
16 I say again: Let no one think I am a fool. But if you do, receive me as a fool so I may boast a little. 17 What I am saying with this boastful confidence—I am not talking the way the Lord would—I am saying as a fool. 18 Since many people boast according to the flesh, I will also boast. 19 For you gladly put up with fools. You are wise yourselves! 20 For you put up with someone if he enslaves you, if he devours you, if he takes advantage of you, if he exalts himself, or if he slaps you in the face. 21 I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that. Yet if anyone is bold—I am speaking like a fool—I too will be bold. 22 Are they Hebrews? So am I. Are they Israelites? So am I. Are they descendants of Abraham? So am I. 23 Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were insane.) I am more: in harder labor, in more prisons, in beatings beyond measure, in facing many deadly dangers. 24 From Jews I received five times the "forty lashes minus one." 25 Three times I was beaten with rods. Once I was stoned. Three times I was shipwrecked. I have spent a night and a day on the open sea. 26 I have been on frequent journeys, in danger from rivers, in danger from robbers, in danger from my own people, in danger from the Gentiles, in danger in the city, in danger in the wilderness, in danger at sea, in danger from false brothers. 27 I have served in labor and toil, in many sleepless nights, in hunger and thirst, often in fasting, in cold and nakedness. 28 Apart from everything else, there is the daily pressure of my concern for all the churches. 29 Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who has been caused to stumble, and I do not burn? 30 If I must boast, I will boast about what shows my weaknesses. 31 The God and Father of the Lord Jesus, the one who is blessed forever, knows that I am not lying!
32 At Damascus, the governor under King Aretas was guarding the city of Damascus to arrest me. 33 But I was lowered in a basket through a window in the wall, and I escaped from his hands.
1 I must boast, even if it is unprofitable. But I will go on to visions and revelations from the Lord. 2 I know a man in Christ who fourteen years ago who—whether in the body or out of the body, I do not know, God knows—was caught up into the third heaven. 3 And I know that this man—whether in the body, or out of the body, I do not know, God knows— 4 was caught up into paradise and heard inexpressible words that people are not permitted to speak. 5 On behalf of such a person I will boast. But on behalf of myself I will not boast, except about my weaknesses. 6 If I should choose to boast, I will not be a fool, because I would be speaking the truth. But I will keep from boasting, so that no one will think more of me than what he sees in me or hears from me. 7 To keep me from exalting myself because of the surpassing greatness of the revelations, a thorn in the flesh was given to me, a messenger from Satan to afflict me—so I would not exalt myself. 8 Three times I pleaded with the Lord about this, for him to take it away from me. 9 But he said to me, "My grace is enough for you, for power is made perfect in weakness." So I would much rather boast about my weakness, so that the power of Christ might reside on me. 10 Therefore I am content for Christ's sake in weaknesses, in insults, in troubles, in persecutions and distressing situations. For whenever I am weak, then I am strong.
11 I have become a fool! You forced me to this, for I should have been praised by you. For I was not at all inferior to the so-called super-apostles, even though I am nothing. 12 The true signs of an apostle were performed among you with all perseverance, signs and wonders and miracles. 13 For how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that I was not a burden to you? Forgive me for this wrong!
14 Look! I am ready to come to you a third time. I will not be a burden to you, for I do not seek what is yours. I want you. For children should not save up for the parents. Instead, the parents should save up for the children. 15 I will most gladly spend and be spent for your souls. If I love you more, am I to be loved less? 16 But as it is, I did not burden you. But since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit. 17 Did I take advantage of you by anyone I sent to you? 18 I urged Titus to go to you, and I sent the other brother with him. Did Titus take advantage of you? Did we not walk in the same spirit? Did we not walk in the same steps?
19 Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you? It is in the sight of God that we speak in Christ, and all for your strengthening, beloved. 20 For I fear that when I come I may not find you as I wish. I fear that you might not find me as you wish. I fear that there may be quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder. 21 I fear that when I come back, my God might humble me before you. I fear that I might be grieved by many of those who have sinned before now and who did not repent of the uncleanness and sexual immorality and lustful indulgence that they practiced.
1 This is the third time that I am coming to you. "Every matter must be established by the mouth of two or three witnesses." 2 I have already said to those who sinned before and to all the rest when I was there the second time, and I say it again: When I come again, I will not spare them. 3 I tell you this because you are looking for proof that Christ is speaking through me. He is not weak toward you. Rather, he is powerful in you. 4 For he was crucified in weakness, but he is alive by God's power. For we also are weak in him, but we will live with him by the power of God among you. 5 Examine yourselves, to see if you are in the faith. Test yourselves. Do you not realize this about yourselves, that Jesus Christ is in you?—unless, of course, you have failed the test. 6 And I hope that you will recognize that we have not failed the test. 7 Now we pray to God that you may not do any wrong. I do not pray this so that we may appear to have passed the test. Rather, I pray that you may do what is proper, although we may seem to have failed the test. 8 For we are not able to do anything against the truth, but only for the truth. 9 For we rejoice when we are weak and you are strong. We also pray that you may be made complete. 10 I write these things while I am away from you so that when I am with you I do not have to deal harshly with you in the use of my authority—which the Lord gave to me so that I may build you up, and not tear you down.
11 Finally, brothers, rejoice! Work for restoration, be encouraged, think alike, live in peace. And the God of love and peace will be with you. 12 Greet each other with a holy kiss. All God's holy people greet you. [1]
13 The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, the love of God, and the fellowship of the Holy Spirit be with all of you. [2]
1 Paul, an apostle—not an apostle from men nor by human agency, but through Jesus Christ and God the Father, who raised him from the dead— 2 and all the brothers with me, to the churches of Galatia:
3 Grace to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ, 4 who gave himself for our sins so that he might deliver us from this present evil age, according to the will of our God and Father, 5 to him be the glory forever and ever. Amen.
6 I am amazed that you are turning away so quickly from him who called you by the grace of Christ. I am amazed that you are turning to a different gospel, 7 not that there is another gospel, but there are some men who cause you trouble and want to distort the gospel of Christ. 8 But even if we or an angel from heaven should proclaim to you a gospel other than the one we proclaimed to you, let him be cursed. 9 As we have said before, so now I say again, "If someone proclaims to you a gospel other than the one you received, let him be cursed." 10 For am I now seeking the favor of men or of God? Am I seeking to please men? If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ.
11 For I want you to know, brothers, that the gospel I proclaimed is not man's gospel. 12 I did not receive it from any man, nor was I taught it. Instead, it was by revelation of Jesus Christ to me. 13 You have heard about my former life in Judaism, how I was persecuting the church of God beyond measure and that I was trying to destroy it. 14 I advanced in Judaism beyond many of those who were my own age, from out of my own people. That is how extremely zealous I was for the traditions of my fathers. 15 But when God, who had set me apart from my mother's womb, and who called me through his grace, was pleased 16 to reveal his Son in me, so that I might preach him among the Gentiles, I did not immediately consult with flesh and blood. 17 I did not go up to Jerusalem to those who had become apostles before me. Instead, I went to Arabia and then returned to Damascus.
18 Then after three years I went up to Jerusalem to get to know Cephas and I stayed with him fifteen days. 19 But I saw none of the other apostles except James, the Lord's brother. 20 In what I write to you, I assure you before God that I am not lying. 21 Then I went to the regions of Syria and Cilicia. 22 I was still not known by face to the churches of Judea that are in Christ. 23 They only heard it being said, "The man who once persecuted us is now proclaiming as good news the faith he once tried to destroy." 24 So they glorified God because of me.
1 Then after fourteen years I went up again to Jerusalem with Barnabas, taking Titus along with me. 2 I went up because of a revelation and set before them the gospel that I preach among the Gentiles. I spoke privately to those who seemed to be important, in order to make sure that I was not running—or had not run—in vain. 3 But not even Titus, who was with me and who was a Greek, was forced to be circumcised. 4 The false brothers came in secretly to spy on the liberty we have in Christ Jesus. They desired to enslave us, 5 but we did not yield in submission to them for a moment, so that the truth of the gospel would remain with you. 6 But those who seemed to be important (whatever they were does not matter to me, God shows no partiality)—those, I say, who seemed important added nothing to me. 7 On the contrary, they saw that I had been entrusted with the gospel to those who are uncircumcised, just as Peter had been entrusted with the gospel to those who are circumcised. 8 For God, who worked in Peter for the apostleship to those who are circumcised, also worked in me to the Gentiles. 9 When James, Cephas, and John, who had a reputation as pillars, recognized the grace that had been given to me, they gave the right hand of fellowship to Barnabas and me. They agreed that we should go to the Gentiles and they should go to the circumcised. 10 They requested only that we remember the poor, the very thing that I was eager to do.
11 But when Cephas came to Antioch, I opposed him to his face because he stood condemned. 12 Before certain men came from James, Cephas was eating with the Gentiles. But when these men came, he stopped and kept away from the Gentiles. He was afraid of those who were demanding circumcision. 13 Also the rest of the Jews joined in this hypocrisy. Even Barnabas was led astray with them by their hypocrisy. 14 But when I saw that their behavior was not following the truth of the gospel, I said to Cephas in front of all of them, "If you are a Jew but are living like a Gentile and not like a Jew, how can you force the Gentiles to live like Jews?" 15 We ourselves are Jews by birth and not Gentile sinners; 16 yet we know that no person is justified by the works of the law but through faith in Christ Jesus. So we also have believed in Christ Jesus so that we might be justified by faith in Christ and not by the works of the law. For by the works of the law no flesh will be justified. 17 But if, while we seek to be justified in Christ, we too were found to be sinners, is Christ then a minister of sin? Absolutely not! 18 For if I rebuild those things I once destroyed, I prove myself to be a transgressor. 19 For through the law I died to the law, so that I might live for God. I have been crucified with Christ. [1]20 It is no longer I who live, but Christ lives in me. The life I now live in the flesh I live by faith in the Son of God, who loved me and gave himself for me. 21 I do not set aside the grace of God, for if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing!
1 Foolish Galatians! Who has put a spell on you? It was before your eyes that Jesus Christ was publicly displayed as crucified. 2 This is the only thing I want to learn from you: Did you receive the Spirit by the works of the law or by the hearing of faith? 3 Are you so foolish? Having begun by the Spirit, are you now going to be perfected by the flesh? 4 Have you suffered so many things for nothing—if indeed it was for nothing? 5 Does he who gives the Spirit to you and works miracles among you do so by the works of the law or by the hearing of faith? 6 Just as Abraham "believed God and it was credited to him as righteousness," 7 in the same way, understand, then, that those of faith are the children of Abraham. 8 The scripture, foreseeing that God would justify the Gentiles by faith, preached the gospel beforehand to Abraham, saying, "In you all the nations will be blessed." 9 So then, those of faith are blessed along with Abraham, the man of faith. 10 All who rely on the works of the law are under a curse; and so it is written, "Cursed is everyone who does not abide by all the things written in the book of the law, and do them." 11 Now it is clear that no one is justified before God by the law, because "the righteous will live by faith." 12 But the law is not of faith, rather, "The person who does the works of the law must live by them." 13 Christ redeemed us from the curse of the law by becoming a curse for us—for it is written, "Cursed is everyone who hangs on a tree"— 14 so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles in Christ Jesus, so that by faith we might receive the promise of the Spirit.
15 Brothers, let me speak in human terms. Once a man-made contract is established by law, no one can set it aside or add to it. 16 Now the promises were spoken to Abraham and to his descendant. It does not say, "to descendants," referring to many, but instead to only one, "and to your descendant," who is Christ. 17 Now what I am saying is this: The law, which came 430 years afterward, does not set aside the covenant previously established by God, to nullify the promise. 18 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise. But God freely gave it to Abraham by a promise. 19 What, then, was the purpose of the law? It was added because of transgressions until the descendant of Abraham would come to whom the promise had been made. The law was ordained through angels by the hand of an intermediary. 20 Now an intermediary implies more than one person. But God is one. 21 So is the law against the promises of God? Absolutely not! For if a law had been given that could give life, then righteousness would certainly have come by the law. 22 But the scripture imprisoned everything under sin so that the promise by faith in Jesus Christ might be given to those who believe.
23 Now before faith came, we were held captive under the law, imprisoned until faith should be revealed. 24 So then the law became our guardian until Christ came, so that we might be justified by faith. 25 But now that faith has come, we are no longer under a guardian. 26 For you are all sons of God through faith in Christ Jesus. 27 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ have clothed yourselves with Christ. 28 There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free, there is neither male nor female, for you are all one in Christ Jesus. 29 Then if you are Christ's, you are Abraham's descendants, and heirs according to promise.
1 I am saying that the heir, for whatever time he is a child, is no different from a slave, though he is owner of the entire estate. 2 But he is under guardians and managers until the date set by his father. 3 So also, when we were children, we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world. 4 But when the fullness of time had come, God sent out his Son, born of a woman, born under the law 5 so that he might redeem those under the law, so that we might receive adoption as sons. 6 And because you are sons, God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who cries out, "Abba, Father." 7 So you are no longer a slave, but a son, and if a son, then you are also an heir through God.
8 But at that time, when you did not know God, you were made to be slaves to those who are, by their natural powers, not gods at all. 9 But now that you have come to know God, or rather that you are known by God, how is it that you are turning back to the weak and worthless elemental principles? Do you want to be enslaved all over again? 10 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years! 11 I am afraid for you that somehow my labor with you may have been for nothing.
12 I beg you, brothers, become like me, for I also have become like you. You did me no wrong. 13 But you know that it was because of a disease of the flesh that I proclaimed the gospel to you the first time, 14 and though my physical condition put you to the test, you did not despise or reject me. Instead you welcomed me as if I were an angel of God, as if I were Christ Jesus himself. 15 Where then is your blessing now? For I testify to you that, if it were possible, you would have torn out your own eyes and given them to me. 16 So then, have I become your enemy because I am telling you the truth? 17 They are zealous to win you over, but for no good purpose. They want to shut you out so you may be zealous for them. 18 It is always good to be zealous for a good purpose, and not only when I am present with you. 19 My little children, again I am suffering the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you. 20 I wish I could be present with you now and change my tone, because I am perplexed about you.
21 Tell me, you who desire to be under the law, do you not listen to the law? 22 For it is written that Abraham had two sons, one by the slave girl and one by the free woman. 23 One was born by the slave girl according to the flesh, but the other was born by the free woman through promise. 24 These things may be interpreted as an allegory, for these women represent two covenants. One of them is from Mount Sinai and she bears children into slavery. This is Hagar. 25 Now Hagar represents Mount Sinai in Arabia; and she represents the present Jerusalem, for she is in slavery with her children. 26 But the Jerusalem that is above is free, and she is our mother. 27 For it is written,
"Rejoice, you barren one who does not give birth;
cry out and shout for joy,
you who are not suffering the pains of childbirth;
because the children of the desolate woman are more numerous
than those of the woman who has a husband."
28 But you, brothers, like Isaac, are children of promise. 29 At that time the one who was born according to the flesh persecuted the one born according to the Spirit. It is the same now. 30 But what does the scripture say? "Send away the slave girl and her son. For the son of the slave girl will not share in the inheritance with the son of the free woman." 31 Therefore, brothers, we are not children of a slave girl, but of the free woman.
1 For freedom Christ has set us free. Stand firm, therefore, and do not again be subject to a yoke of slavery.
2 Look, I, Paul, say to you that if you let yourselves be circumcised, Christ will not benefit you in any way. 3 I testify again to every man who lets himself be circumcised that he is obligated to obey the whole law. 4 You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace. 5 For through the Spirit, by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness. 6 In Christ Jesus neither circumcision nor uncircumcision has value, but only faith working through love. 7 You were running well. Who prevented you from obeying the truth? 8 This persuasion does not come from him who calls you! 9 A little yeast leavens the whole batch of dough. 10 I have confidence in the Lord that you will think nothing different. The one who is troubling you will suffer the judgment, whoever he is. 11 Brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? In that case the stumbling block of the cross has been removed. 12 As for those who are disturbing you, I wish they would cut themselves off!
13 For you were called to freedom, brothers. But do not use your freedom as an opportunity for the flesh; rather, through love serve one another. 14 For the whole law is fulfilled in one word: "You must love your neighbor as yourself." 15 But if you bite and devour one another, watch out that you are not consumed by one another.
16 But I say, walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the desires of the flesh. 17 For the desires of the flesh are against the Spirit, and the desires of the Spirit are against the flesh. For these oppose each other, so that you cannot do the things you want. 18 But if you are led by the Spirit, you are not under the law. 19 Now the works of the flesh are evident: sexual immorality, impurity, sensuality, 20 idolatry, sorcery, hostilities, strife, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalry, dissension, divisions, 21 envy, drunkenness, drunken celebrations, and things like these. I warn you, as I warned you before, that those who practice such things will not inherit the kingdom of God. 22 But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faith, 23 gentleness, and self-control; against such things there is no law. 24 Those who belong to Christ Jesus have crucified the flesh with its passions and desires.
25 If we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit. 26 Let us not become boastful, provoking one another, envying one another.
1 Brothers, if someone is caught in any trespass, you who are spiritual should restore him in a spirit of gentleness. Be concerned about yourself, so you also may not be tempted. 2 Carry one another's burdens, and so fulfill the law of Christ. 3 For if anyone thinks he is something when he is nothing, he deceives himself. 4 Each one should examine his own work, and then his reason to boast will be in himself alone and not in someone else. 5 For each one will carry his own burden.
6 The one who is taught the word must share all good things with the one who teaches. 7 Do not be deceived. God is not mocked, for whatever a man plants, that he will also reap. 8 For he who plants seed to his own flesh, from the flesh will reap destruction. The one who plants seed to the Spirit, from the Spirit will reap eternal life. 9 Let us not become weary in doing good, for at the right time we will reap a harvest, if we do not give up. 10 So then, as we have the opportunity, let us do good to all people, especially to those who belong to the household of faith.
11 See what large letters I write to you with my own hand. 12 Those who want to make a good impression in the flesh are trying to compel you to be circumcised. They do this only to avoid being persecuted for the cross of Christ. 13 For not even those who circumcised themselves keep the law, but they want you to be circumcised so that they may boast about your flesh. 14 But may I never boast except in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, through which the world has been crucified to me, and I to the world. 15 For neither circumcision counts for anything nor uncircumcision, but what counts is a new creation. 16 To all who walk according to this standard, peace and mercy be upon them, even upon the Israel of God.
17 From now on let no one trouble me, for I carry on my body the marks of Jesus.
18 The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit, brothers. Amen.
1 Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus through the will of God, to God's holy people in Ephesus, who are faithful in Christ Jesus. [1]
2 Grace to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.
3 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised, who has blessed us with every spiritual blessing in the heavenly places in Christ. 4 God chose us in him from the foundation of the world, that we may be holy and blameless in his sight in love. 5 God predestined us [2] for adoption as sons through Jesus Christ, according to the good pleasure of his will. 6 Our adoption results in the praise of his glorious grace that he has freely given us in the One he loves. 7 In Jesus Christ we have redemption through his blood and the forgiveness of our trespasses, according to the riches of his grace. 8 He multiplied this grace to us with all wisdom and understanding. 9 God made known to us the mystery of his will, according to what pleased him, and which he demonstrated in Christ, 10 with a view to a plan for the fullness of time, to bring all things together, all things in heaven and on earth, under one head, even Christ. 11 In Christ we were given an inheritance, having been predestined according to the plan of him who works out everything according to the purpose of his will. 12 God appointed us as heirs so that we, who are the first to hope in Christ, would be for the praise of his glory. 13 In Christ, you also, when you had heard the word of truth, the gospel of your salvation, you believed in him and were sealed with the promised Holy Spirit, 14 who is the guarantee of our inheritance until the redemption of the possession, to the praise of his glory.
15 For this reason, ever since I heard about your faith in the Lord Jesus and your love for all God's holy people, 16 I have not stopped thanking God for you as I mention you in my prayers. 17 I pray that the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, will give to you a spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him. 18 I pray that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened, that you may know the hope to which he has called you and the riches of his glorious inheritance among all God's holy people. 19 In my prayers I ask that you may know the incomparable greatness of his power toward us who believe, according to the working of the strength of his might. 20 This is the same power that he worked in Christ when he raised him from the dead and seated him at his right hand in the heavenly places. 21 He seated Christ far above all rule and authority and power and dominion, and every name that is named. Christ will rule, not only in this age, but also in the age to come. 22 God subjected all things under Christ's feet and gave him to the church as head over all things. 23 The church is his body, the fullness of him who fills all in all.
1 And as for you, you were dead in your trespasses and sins, 2 in which you once walked, according to the ways of this world. You were living according to the ruler of the authorities of the air, the spirit that is working in the sons of disobedience. 3 Once we all lived among these people, fulfilling the evil desires of our flesh, and carrying out the desires of the flesh and of the mind. We were by nature children of wrath, like the rest of humanity. 4 But God is rich in mercy because of his great love with which he loved us. 5 While we were dead in trespasses, he made us alive together in Christ—by grace you have been saved. 6 God raised us up together with Christ, and God made us sit together in the heavenly places in Christ Jesus, 7 so that in the ages to come he might show to us the immeasurably great riches of his grace expressed in his kindness toward us in Christ Jesus. 8 For by grace you have been saved through faith, and this did not come from you, it is the gift of God, 9 not from works, so that no one may boast. 10 For we are God's workmanship, created in Christ Jesus to do good deeds that God planned long ago for us, so that we would walk in them.
11 Therefore remember that once you were Gentiles in the flesh. You are called "uncircumcision" by what is called the "circumcision" in the flesh made by human hands. 12 For at that time you were separated from Christ, foreigners to citizenship in Israel, strangers to the covenants of the promise, having no hope and without God in the world. 13 But now in Christ Jesus you who once were far away from God have been brought near by the blood of Christ. 14 For he himself is our peace, because he made us both one. By his flesh he broke down the dividing wall of hostility. 15 He set aside the law with its commands and ordinances so that he might create in himself one new man out of two, so making peace. 16 Christ reconciles both peoples into one body to God through the cross, putting to death the hostility. 17 Jesus came and proclaimed the good news of peace to you who were far away and peace to those who were near. 18 For through Jesus we both have access in one Spirit to the Father. 19 So then, now you Gentiles are no longer foreigners and strangers. Rather you are fellow citizens with God's holy people and members of the household of God. 20 You have been built on the foundation of the apostles and prophets, and Christ Jesus himself is the cornerstone. 21 In him the whole building fits together and grows as a holy temple in the Lord. 22 It is in him that you also are being built together as a dwelling place for God in the Spirit.
1 For this reason I, Paul, the prisoner of Christ Jesus for you Gentiles— 2 I assume that you have heard of the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you. 3 The mystery was made known to me by revelation, as I have written briefly. 4 When you read about this, you will be able to understand my insight into this mystery about Christ. 5 In other generations this mystery was not made known to the sons of men. But now it has been revealed by the Spirit to his holy apostles and prophets. 6 This hidden truth is that the Gentiles are fellow heirs, and fellow members of the body, and they share the promise in Christ Jesus through the gospel.
7 For I became a servant of this gospel by the gift of God's grace given to me through the working of his power. 8 To me—although I am the least of all God's holy people—this grace was given, to preach to the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ 9 and to bring to light for everyone the plan—the mystery hidden for ages in God, who created all things. 10 This plan was made known through the church so the rulers and authorities in the heavenly places would come to know the many-sided nature of the wisdom of God. 11 This happened according to the eternal plan that he accomplished in Christ Jesus our Lord. 12 For in Christ we have boldness and access with confidence because of our faith in him. 13 Therefore I ask you not to be discouraged because of my tribulations for you, which is your glory.
14 For this reason I bend my knees to the Father, 15 from whom every family in heaven and on earth is named. 16 I pray that he would grant you, according to the riches of his glory, to be strengthened with power through his Spirit, who is in your inner person. 17 I pray that Christ may live in your hearts through faith and that you may be rooted and founded in his love, 18 in order that you might be able to understand, along with all God's holy people, what is the width, the length, the height, and the depth, 19 and to know the love of Christ, which goes beyond knowledge, so that you may be filled with all the fullness of God.
20 Now to him who is able to do far beyond all that we ask or think, according to his power that works in us, 21 to him be glory in the church and in Christ Jesus to all generations forever and ever. Amen.
1 I, therefore, as the prisoner for the Lord, urge you to walk worthily of the calling by which you were called. 2 I urge you to live with great humility and gentleness and patience, bearing with one another in love. 3 Do your best to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace. 4 There is one body and one Spirit, just as also you were called in one hope of your calling. 5 And there is one Lord, one faith, one baptism, 6 and one God and Father of all, who is over all and through all and in all. 7 To each one of us grace has been given according to the measure of the gift of Christ. 8 It is as scripture says:
"When he ascended on high,
he led the captives into captivity,
and he gave gifts to the people."
9 What is the meaning of "he ascended," except that he also descended into the lower regions of the earth? 10 He who descended is the same person who also ascended far above all the heavens, that he might fill all things. 11 Christ gave some to be apostles, some as prophets, some as evangelists, and some as pastors and teachers 12 to equip God's holy people for the work of service, for the building up of the body of Christ, 13 until we all reach the unity of faith and knowledge of the Son of God, so that we become mature and reach the measure of the fullness of Christ. 14 Christ builds us up so that we should no longer be children who are tossed back and forth by the waves, carried away by every wind of doctrine and by the trickery of people in their deceitful schemes. 15 Instead, speaking the truth in love, we are to grow up in every way into him who is the head, that is, Christ. 16 Christ builds the whole body, and it is joined and held together by every supporting ligament, and when each part works together, that makes the body grow so that it builds itself up in love.
17 Therefore, I say and insist on this in the Lord, that you must no longer walk as the Gentiles walk, in the futility of their minds. 18 They are darkened in their understanding, alienated from the life of God because of the ignorance that is in them, because of the hardness of their hearts. 19 They have become shameless and have committed themselves to sensuality, and they practice every kind of uncleanness with greed. 20 But that is not how you learned about Christ. 21 I assume that you have heard about him, and that you were taught in him, as the truth is in Jesus. 22 You were taught to put off what belongs to your former manner of life, to put off the old man. It is the old man that is corrupt because of its deceitful desires. 23 You were taught to be renewed in the spirit of your minds, 24 and to put on the new man that is created in the image of God—in true righteousness and holiness.
25 Therefore, get rid of lies, and let each one of you speak truth with his neighbor, because we are members of one another. 26 Be angry and do not sin. Do not let the sun go down on your anger. 27 Do not give an opportunity to the devil. 28 The one who had been stealing must steal no longer. Instead, he must labor, working at what is good with his hands, so that he may have something to share with those who are in need. 29 Do not let any harmful talk come out of your mouth. Use only words that are good for the edification of those who need it, so that your words give grace to the hearers. 30 And do not grieve the Holy Spirit of God, for it is by him that you were sealed for the day of redemption. 31 Put away all bitterness, rage, anger, quarreling, and insults, along with every kind of evil. 32 Be kind to each other, tenderhearted, forgiving one another, just as God in Christ forgave you.
1 Therefore be imitators of God, as beloved children. 2 And walk in love, as also Christ loved us and gave himself up for us, a fragrant offering and sacrifice to God.
3 But sexual immorality or any kind of uncleanness or of greed must not even be named among you, for these are improper for God's holy people. 4 Let there be no filthiness, no foolish talk, and no crude jokes—all of which are improper. Instead there should be thanksgiving. 5 For you know and are certain that no sexually immoral, impure, or greedy person—that is, an idolater—has any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and God. 6 Let no one deceive you with empty words, for because of these things the wrath of God is coming upon the sons of disobedience. 7 Therefore, do not join in with them. 8 For you were once darkness, but now you are light in the Lord. Walk as children of light 9 (for the fruit of the light consists in all goodness, righteousness, and truth), 10 and test and approve what is pleasing to the Lord. 11 Do not associate with the unfruitful works of darkness, but rather expose them. 12 For it is disgraceful even to mention the things they do in secret. 13 But when anything is exposed by the light, it becomes visible. 14 For anything that becomes visible is light. Therefore it says,
"Awake, you sleeper,
and arise from the dead,
and Christ will shine on you."
15 Look carefully how you walk—not as unwise but as wise. 16 Redeem the time because the days are evil. 17 Therefore, do not be foolish, but understand what the will of the Lord is. 18 And do not get drunk with wine, for that leads to reckless behavior. Instead, be filled with the Holy Spirit, 19 speaking to each other in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing and making melody to the Lord with all your heart, 20 always giving thanks for everything, in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ to God the Father, 21 being subject to one another in reverence for Christ.
22 Wives, submit to your husbands, as to the Lord. 23 For the husband is the head of the wife as Christ also is the head of the church, himself the Savior of the body. 24 But as the church is subject to Christ, so also wives to their husbands in everything. 25 Husbands, love your wives, as Christ loved the church and gave himself up for her 26 so that he might sanctify her, having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word, 27 so that he might present the church to himself as glorious, without stain or wrinkle or any such thing, but holy and blameless. 28 In the same way husbands ought to love their own wives as their own bodies. He who loves his own wife loves himself. 29 For no one ever hated his own flesh, but nourishes and treats it with care, just as Christ nourishes and treats the church with care, 30 because we are members of his body. 31 "For this reason a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will become one flesh." 32 This hidden truth is great—but I am speaking about Christ and the church. 33 Nevertheless, each of you also must love his own wife as himself, and the wife must respect her husband.
1 Children, obey your parents in the Lord, for this is proper. 2 "Honor your father and mother" (which is the first commandment with promise), 3 "so that it may be well with you and you may live long on the earth." 4 Fathers, do not provoke your children to anger. Instead, raise them in the discipline and instruction of the Lord.
5 Slaves, be obedient to your masters according to the flesh with deep respect and trembling, in the honesty of your heart. Be obedient to them as you would be obedient to Christ. 6 Be obedient not only when your masters are watching, in order to please them. Instead, be obedient as slaves of Christ, who do the will of God from your heart. 7 Serve with all your heart, as though you were serving the Lord and not people, 8 because we know that for whatever good deed each person does, he will receive a reward from the Lord, whether he is slave or free.
9 Masters, treat your slaves in the same way. Do not threaten them. You know that he who is both their Master and yours is in heaven, and there is no partiality with him.
10 Finally, be strong in the Lord and in the strength of his might. 11 Put on the whole armor of God, so that you may be able to stand against the scheming plans of the devil. 12 For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the authorities, against the powers over this present darkness, against the spiritual forces of evil in the heavenly places. 13 Therefore put on the whole armor of God, so that you may be able to stand in the evil day, and after you have done everything, to stand firm. 14 Stand firm then, with the belt of truth buckled around your waist, and having put on the breastplate of righteousness, 15 and, with your feet fitted with the readiness that comes from the gospel of peace. 16 In all circumstances take up the shield of faith, by which you will be able to put out all the flaming arrows of the evil one. 17 And take the helmet of salvation and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God. 18 With every prayer and request, pray at all times in the Spirit. To this end, always be watching with all perseverance as you offer prayers for all God's holy people. 19 And pray for me, that a message might be given to me when I open my mouth. Pray that I might make known with boldness the hidden truth about the gospel. 20 It is for the gospel that I am an ambassador who is kept in chains, so that I may declare it boldly, as I ought to speak.
21 Tychicus, the beloved brother and faithful servant in the Lord, will make everything known to you, so that you may know how I am doing. 22 I have sent him to you for this very purpose, so that you may know how we are, and so that he may encourage your hearts.
23 Peace be to the brothers, and love with faith from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ. 24 Grace be to all those who love our Lord Jesus Christ with an incorruptible love.
1 Paul and Timothy, servants of Christ Jesus, to all God's holy people in Christ Jesus who are at Philippi, with the overseers and deacons.
2 May grace be to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.
3 I thank my God every time I remember you, 4 always, in every prayer of mine for all of you, making my prayer with joy 5 because of your partnership in the gospel from the first day until now. 6 I am confident of this very thing, that he who began a good work in you will continue to complete it until the day of Christ Jesus. 7 It is proper for me to feel this way about all of you because I have you in my heart. You all have been my partners in grace both in my imprisonment and in my defense and confirmation of the gospel. 8 For God is my witness, how I long for all of you with the compassion of Christ Jesus. 9 So this is my prayer: that your love may abound more and more in knowledge and all understanding 10 so that you may approve what is excellent, and so you may be sincere and blameless until the day of Christ, 11 filled with the fruit of righteousness that comes through Jesus Christ to the glory and praise of God.
12 Now I want you to know, brothers, that what has happened to me has really served to advance the gospel. 13 As a result, my chains in Christ came to light throughout the whole palace guard and to everyone else. 14 Most of the brothers have far more confidence in the Lord because of my chains, and they have courage to fearlessly speak the word. 15 Some indeed even proclaim Christ out of envy and strife, and also others out of good will. 16 The latter do it out of love, knowing that I am put here for the defense of the gospel. 17 But the former proclaim Christ out of selfish ambition, not sincerely. They think they will cause me distress while I am in chains. 18 What then? Only that in every way—whether from false motives or from true—Christ is proclaimed, and in this I rejoice. Yes, and I will rejoice, 19 for I know that this will result in my deliverance through your prayers and the help of the Spirit of Jesus Christ. 20 It is my eager expectation and hope that I will in no way be ashamed, but with all boldness, now as always, Christ will be exalted in my body, whether by life or by death. 21 For to me to live is Christ and to die is gain. 22 But if I am to live in the flesh, that means fruitful labor for me. Yet which to choose? I do not know. 23 For I am hard pressed between the two. My desire is to depart and be with Christ, which is far better, 24 yet to remain in the flesh is more necessary for your sake. 25 Being convinced of this, I know that I will remain and continue with you all, for your progress and joy in the faith, 26 so that in me you may have increasing reasons to boast in Christ Jesus when I come to you again. 27 Only conduct yourselves in a manner worthy of the gospel of Christ, so that whether I come to see you or am absent, I may hear about you, that you are standing firm in one spirit, with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel. 28 Do not be frightened in any respect by those who are your opponents. This is a sign to them of their destruction, but of your salvation—and this from God. 29 For it has been freely given to you for the sake of Christ not only to believe in him, but also to suffer for his sake, 30 having the same conflict which you saw in me, and now you hear in me.
1 If there is any encouragement in Christ, if there is any comfort provided by love, if there is any fellowship in the Spirit, if there are any tender mercies and compassions, 2 then make my joy full by being of the same mind, having the same love, being united in spirit, and having one purpose. 3 Do nothing out of ambition or empty conceit. Instead with humility consider others better than yourselves. 4 Let each of you look out not only for his own interests, but also for the interests of others. 5 Have this mind in yourselves which also was in Christ Jesus,
6 who, though he existed in the form of God,
did not consider his equality with God as something to hold on to.
7 Rather, he emptied himself,
taking the form of a servant,
and he was born in the likeness of men.
And being found in the form of a man,
8 he humbled himself
and became obedient to the point of death,
even death on a cross!
9 Therefore also God highly exalted him
and gave him the name that is above every name,
10 so that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow,
in heaven and on earth and under the earth,
11 and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord,
to the glory of God the Father.
12 So then, my beloved, as you always obey, not only in my presence but now much more in my absence, work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. 13 For it is God who is working in you both to will and to work for his good pleasure. 14 Do all things without complaining or arguing 15 so that you may become blameless and pure, children of God without blemish in the middle of a crooked and depraved generation, in which you shine as lights in the world. 16 Hold on to the word of life so that on the day of Christ I may boast that I did not run in vain or labor in vain. 17 But even if I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice and service of your faith, I am glad and rejoice with you all. 18 In the same manner you also should be glad and rejoice with me.
19 But I hope in the Lord Jesus to send Timothy to you soon, so that I may also be encouraged when I know the things about you. 20 For I have no one else like him, who is truly concerned for you. 21 For they all seek their own interests, not the things of Jesus Christ. 22 But you know his proven worth, because as a son with his father, so he served with me in the gospel. 23 So I hope to send him as soon as I see how things will go with me. 24 But I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon. 25 But I think it is necessary to send Epaphroditus back to you. He is my brother and fellow worker and fellow soldier, and your messenger and servant for my needs. 26 For he was very distressed, and he longed to be with you all, because you heard that he was sick. 27 For indeed he was so sick that he almost died. But God had mercy on him, and not on him only, but also on me, so that I might not have sorrow upon sorrow. 28 So it is all the more eagerly that I am sending him, so that when you see him again you may rejoice, and I can have less sorrow. 29 Therefore, welcome him in the Lord with all joy. Honor people like him. 30 For it was for the work of Christ that he came near death. He risked his life so that he could bring to completion what was lacking in your service to me.
1 Finally, my brothers, rejoice in the Lord. For me to write these same things again to you is no trouble for me, and it keeps you safe. 2 Watch out for the dogs. Watch out for those evil workers. Watch out for the mutilation. 3 For it is we who are the circumcision—the ones who worship by the Spirit of God, and take pride in Christ Jesus, and have no confidence in the flesh. 4 Even so, I myself could have confidence in the flesh. If anyone thinks he has confidence in the flesh, I could have even more. 5 I was circumcised on the eighth day, of the people of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, a Hebrew of Hebrews; with regard to the law, a Pharisee. 6 As for zeal, I persecuted the church; as for righteousness under the law, I was blameless. 7 But whatever things were a profit for me, I have considered them as loss because of Christ. 8 In fact, now I count all things to be loss because of the surpassing value of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord. For him I have given up all things—and I consider them rubbish—so that I may gain Christ 9 and be found in him, not having a righteousness of my own from the law, but that which is through faith in Christ—the righteousness from God that is by faith. 10 So now I want to know him and the power of his resurrection and the fellowship of his sufferings, becoming like him in his death, 11 so somehow I may experience the resurrection from the dead. 12 Not that I have already obtained these things, or am already perfect, but I press on to take hold of that for which I was taken hold of by Christ Jesus. 13 Brothers, I do not think that I myself have yet taken hold of it. But one thing I do: Forgetting what is behind and straining forward to what is ahead, 14 I press on toward the goal with a view to the prize of the upward call of God in Christ Jesus. 15 All of us who are mature, let us think this way; and if you think differently about anything, God will also reveal that to you. 16 Nevertheless, let us live up to what we have already attained.
17 Be imitators of me, brothers. Closely watch those who are walking by the example that you have in us. 18 Many are walking—those about whom I have often told you, and now I am telling you with tears—as enemies of the cross of Christ. 19 Their end is destruction. For their god is their stomach, and their glory is in their shame. They think about earthly things. 20 But our citizenship is in heaven, from where we also wait for a Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ. 21 He will transform our lowly bodies into bodies formed like his glorious body, formed by the might of his power to subject all things to himself.
1 Therefore, my beloved brothers whom I long for, my joy and crown, in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved friends.
2 I am pleading with Euodia, and I am pleading with Syntyche, be of the same mind in the Lord. 3 Yes, I ask you, my true companion, to help these women who labored with me in spreading the gospel, along with Clement and the rest of my fellow workers, whose names are in the Book of Life.
4 Rejoice in the Lord always. Again I will say, rejoice. 5 Let your gentleness be known to all people. The Lord is near. 6 Do not be anxious about anything. Instead, in everything by prayer and earnest appeal with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God, 7 and the peace of God, which surpasses all understanding, will guard your hearts and your thoughts in Christ Jesus.
8 Finally, brothers, whatever things are true, whatever things are honorable, whatever things are just, whatever things are pure, whatever things are lovely, whatever things are of good report, if there is anything excellent, if there is anything to be praised, think about these things. 9 The things that you have learned and received and heard and seen in me, do these things, and the God of peace will be with you.
10 I greatly rejoice in the Lord because now at last you have renewed your concern for me. You had indeed been concerned for me before, but there was no opportunity for you to help. 11 I am not saying this because I am in need. For I have learned to be content in all circumstances. 12 I know what it is to be poor, and I also know what it is to have plenty. In every way and in all things I have learned the secret of how to be well fed or to be hungry, and how to have an abundance or to be in need. 13 I can do all things through him who strengthens me. 14 However, you did well to share with me in my difficulties. 15 You Philippians know that in the beginning of the gospel, when I left Macedonia, no church supported me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone. 16 Even when I was in Thessalonica, you sent help for my needs more than once. 17 It is not that I seek the gift. Instead, I seek the fruit that increases to your credit. 18 I have received everything in full, and even more. I have been well supplied now that I have received from Epaphroditus the things you sent. They are a sweet-smelling aroma, a sacrifice acceptable and pleasing to God. 19 My God will meet all your needs according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus. 20 Now to our God and Father be the glory forever and ever. Amen.
21 Greet all God's holy people in Christ Jesus. The brothers who are with me greet you. 22 All God's holy people who are here greet you, especially those of Caesar's household.
23 The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit. [1]
1 Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus through the will of God, and Timothy our brother,
2 to God's holy people and faithful brothers in Christ who are at Colossae. May grace be to you, and peace from God our Father. [1]
3 We give thanks to God, the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, and we always pray for you. 4 We have heard of your faith in Christ Jesus and of the love that you have for all God's holy people, 5 because of the hope reserved for you in heaven, which you heard about in the word of truth, the gospel 6 which has come to you. In the same way this gospel is bearing fruit and is growing in all the world—just as it has been doing among you since the day you heard it and understood the grace of God in truth. 7 This is the gospel as you learned it from Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf. [2]8 Epaphras has made known to us your love in the Spirit.
9 Because of this love, from the day we heard this we have not stopped praying for you. We pray that you will be filled with the knowledge of his will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding, 10 so that you will walk in a manner that is worthy of the Lord and that pleases him in every way: by bearing fruit in every good work and growing in the knowledge of God, 11 by being strengthened with all power, according to his glorious might, so that you may have great endurance and patience, and by joyfully 12 giving thanks to the Father, who made you able [3] to have a share in the inheritance of God's holy people in light. 13 He has rescued us from the dominion of darkness and transferred us to the kingdom of his beloved Son, 14 in whom we have redemption, the forgiveness of sins. [4]15 He is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of all creation. 16 For in him all things were created, those in the heavens and those on the earth, the visible and the invisible things. Whether thrones or dominions or governments or authorities, all things were created through him and for him. 17 He himself is before all things, and in him all things hold together. 18 He is the head of the body, the church. He is the beginning, the firstborn from among the dead, so he has first place among all things. 19 For God was pleased to have all his fullness dwell in the Son, 20 and through the Son to reconcile all things to himself, having made peace through the blood of his cross, whether things on earth or things in heaven. 21 At one time you also were alienated and hostile in mind and in evil deeds. 22 But now he has reconciled you by his physical body through death to present you holy, blameless, and above accusation before him, 23 if indeed you continue in the faith, established and firm, not moved away from the hope of the gospel that you heard, which was proclaimed to every person created under heaven. This is the gospel of which I, Paul, became a servant.
24 Now I rejoice in my sufferings for you, and I fill up in my flesh what is lacking of the afflictions of Christ for the sake of his body, which is the church. 25 It is of this church that I am a servant, according to the stewardship from God that was given to me for you, to fulfill the word of God. 26 This is the mystery that was hidden for ages and for generations but now has been revealed to God's holy people. 27 It is to them that God wanted to make known the riches of the glory of this mystery among the Gentiles, which is Christ in you, the hope of glory. 28 We proclaim him, warning every person and teaching every person with all wisdom, so that we may present every person mature in Christ. 29 For this I labor and strive according to his energy that is at work in me in power.
1 For I want you to know how great a struggle I have had for you, for those at Laodicea, and for as many as have not seen my face in the flesh. 2 I work so that their hearts may be encouraged by being brought together in love and into all the riches of full assurance of understanding, into the knowledge of the mystery of God, that is, Christ. 3 In him all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden. 4 I say this so that no one may trick you with persuasive speech. 5 Although I am not with you in the flesh, yet I am with you in spirit. I rejoice to see your good order and the strength of your faith in Christ.
6 As you received Christ Jesus the Lord, walk in him. 7 Be rooted in him, be built on him, be established in faith just as you were taught, and abound in thanksgiving.
8 See that no one captures you through philosophy and empty deceit, according to the tradition of men, conforming to the elemental spirits of the world, and not conforming to Christ. 9 For in him all the fullness of God lives in bodily form. 10 You have been filled in him, who is the head over every ruler and authority. 11 In him you were also circumcised with a circumcision not done by humans in the removal of the body of flesh, but in the circumcision of Christ. 12 You were buried with him in baptism, and in him you were raised up through faith in the power of God, who raised him from the dead. 13 When you were dead in your trespasses and in the uncircumcision of your flesh, he made you alive together with him and forgave us all of our trespasses. [1]14 He blotted out the written record of debts that was hostile to us with its regulations. He took it away by nailing it to the cross. 15 He disarmed the rulers and authorities and made a public spectacle of them, triumphing over them by the cross.
16 So then, let no one judge you in eating or in drinking, or about a festival or a new moon, or about Sabbath days. 17 These are a shadow of the things to come, but the substance is Christ. 18 Let no one who wants humility and the worship of angels judge you out of your prize. Such a person enters into the things he has seen and becomes puffed up for no reason by his fleshly thinking. 19 He does not hold on to the head. It is from the head that the whole body throughout its joints and ligaments is supplied and held together; it grows with the growth given by God.
20 If you died together with Christ to the elemental spirits of the world, why do you live as obligated to the world: 21 "Do not handle, nor taste, nor touch"? 22 All these things will perish with use, according to the commandments and teachings of men. 23 These rules have the appearance of wisdom, with their self-made religion and humility and severe treatment of the body. But they have no value against the indulgence of the flesh.
1 If then God has raised you with Christ, seek the things above, where Christ is sitting at the right hand of God. 2 Think about the things above, not about the things on earth. 3 For you have died, and your life is hidden with Christ in God. 4 When Christ appears, who is your life, then you will also appear with him in glory. [1]
5 Put to death, then, the members that are on earth—sexual immorality, uncleanness, passion, evil desire, and greed, which is idolatry. 6 It is for these things that the wrath of God is coming on the sons of disobedience. [2]7 It is in these things that you also once walked when you lived in them. 8 But now you must get rid of all these things—wrath, anger, evil intentions, slander, and obscene speech from your mouth. 9 Do not lie to one another, since you have taken off the old man with its practices, 10 and you have put on the new man that is being made new in knowledge according to the image of the one who created it, 11 where there is no Greek or Jew, circumcision or uncircumcision, barbarian, Scythian, slave, freeman, but Christ is all, and is in all.
12 Therefore, as God's chosen ones, holy and beloved, put on a heart of mercy, kindness, humility, gentleness, and patience. 13 Bear with one another. Be gracious to each other. If someone has a complaint against someone else, forgive in the same way that the Lord has forgiven you. 14 Above all these things, have love, which is the bond of perfection. 15 Let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts. It was for this peace that you were called in one body. And be thankful. 16 Let the word of Christ live in you richly, teaching and instructing one another with all wisdom, singing psalms and hymns and spiritual songs with thankfulness in your hearts to God. 17 Whatever you do, in word or in deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus. Give thanks to God the Father through him.
18 Wives, submit to your husbands, as it is appropriate in the Lord. 19 Husbands, love your wives, and do not be bitter against them. 20 Children, obey your parents in all things, for this is pleasing in the Lord. 21 Fathers, do not provoke your children, so that they will not be discouraged. 22 Slaves, obey your masters according to the flesh in all things, not with eye-service, as people-pleasers, but with a sincere heart. Fear the Lord. 23 Whatever you do, work from the soul as to the Lord and not as to people. 24 You know that you will receive from the Lord the reward of the inheritance. It is the Lord Christ whom you serve. 25 For anyone who does unrighteousness will receive the penalty for the unrighteousness that he did, and there is no partiality.
1 Masters, give to slaves what is right and fair, knowing you also have a Master in heaven.
2 Continue steadfastly in prayer, staying alert in it in thanksgiving, 3 praying together for us also, that God would open a door to us for the word, to speak the mystery of Christ, for which also I have been in chains. 4 Pray that I may make it clear, as I ought to speak. 5 Walk in wisdom toward those outside, and redeem the time. 6 Let your words always be with grace. Let them be seasoned with salt, so that you may know how you should answer each person.
7 As for all the things concerning me, Tychicus will make them known to you. He is a beloved brother, a faithful servant, and fellow slave in the Lord. 8 I have sent him to you for this, that you might know the matters about us, and so that he may encourage your hearts. [1]9 I have sent him together with Onesimus, the faithful and beloved brother, who is one of you. They will make known to you everything that has happened here.
10 Aristarchus, my fellow prisoner, greets you, as well as Mark, the cousin of Barnabas (about whom you received orders; if he comes to you, receive him), 11 and also Jesus who is called Justus. These alone of the circumcision are my fellow workers for the kingdom of God. They have been a comfort to me. 12 Epaphras greets you. He is one of you and a slave of Christ Jesus. He always strives for you in prayer, so that you may stand complete and fully assured in all the will of God. 13 For I can testify that he works hard for you, for those in Laodicea, and for those in Hierapolis. 14 Luke the beloved physician and Demas greet you. 15 Greet the brothers in Laodicea, and Nympha, and the church that is in her house. 16 When this letter has been read among you, have it read also in the church of the Laodiceans, and see that you also read the letter from Laodicea. 17 Say to Archippus, "Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, that you should fulfill it."
18 This greeting is with my own hand—Paul. Remember my chains. May grace be with you.
1 Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy to the church of the Thessalonians in God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ. May grace and peace be to you. [1]
2 We always give thanks to God for all of you as we mention you continually in our prayers. 3 We remember before our God and Father your work of faith, labor of love, and patient endurance of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ. 4 Brothers loved by God, we know he has chosen you, 5 because our gospel came to you not in word only, but also in power, in the Holy Spirit, and in much assurance. In the same way, you also know what kind of men we were among you for your sake. 6 You became imitators of us and of the Lord when you received the word in much tribulation with joy from the Holy Spirit. 7 As a result, you became an example to all in Macedonia and Achaia who believe. 8 For from you the word of the Lord has rung out, and not only in Macedonia and Achaia, but your faith in God has gone out everywhere. Therefore we do not need to say anything about it. 9 For they themselves report concerning us what kind of reception we had among you, and how you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God, 10 and to wait for his Son from heaven, whom he raised from the dead—Jesus, who rescues us from the wrath to come.
1 For you yourselves know, brothers, that our coming to you was not useless. 2 Rather, as you know, though we previously suffered and were shamefully treated at Philippi, we were bold in our God to speak to you the gospel of God in much struggling. 3 For our exhortation was not from error, nor from uncleanness, nor from deceit. 4 Instead, just as we have been approved by God to be trusted with the gospel, so we speak, not to please men, but God. He is the one who examines our hearts. 5 For we never came with words of flattery, as you know, nor with a pretext to cover up greed—God is our witness. 6 Nor did we seek glory from people, either from you or from others. 7 We could have claimed privileges as apostles of Christ. [1] Instead, we were as gentle among you as a mother comforting her own children. [2]8 In this way we had affection for you. We were pleased to share with you not only the gospel of God but also our own lives. For you had become very dear to us. 9 For you remember, brothers, our labor and toil. Night and day we were working so that we might not be a burden to any of you as we preached to you the gospel of God. 10 You are witnesses, and God also, how holy, righteous, and blameless was our behavior toward you who believe. 11 In the same way you know how we were with each one of you, as a father with his own children, 12 exhorting you and comforting you and urging you to walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you into his own kingdom and glory.
13 For this reason we also thank God constantly, that when you received God's message that you heard from us, you accepted it not as the word of man, but just as it truly is, the word of God, which is also at work in you who believe. 14 For you, brothers, became imitators of the churches of God that are in Judea in Christ Jesus. For you also suffered the same things from your own countrymen, as they did from the Jews 15 who killed both the Lord Jesus and the prophets, and who drove us out. They do not please God. Instead, they are hostile to all people. 16 They forbid us to speak to the Gentiles for them to be saved. The result is that they always fill up their sins to the limit. But wrath will overtake them in the end.
17 But we, brothers, were separated from you for a short time, in person not in heart. We were especially eager, with great desire, to see your faces. 18 For we wished to come to you—indeed I, Paul, once and again—but Satan stopped us. 19 For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of pride in front of our Lord Jesus at his coming? Is it not you? 20 For you are our glory and joy.
1 Therefore, when we could no longer bear it, we thought it was good to be left behind at Athens alone. 2 We sent Timothy, our brother and fellow worker for God in the gospel of Christ, to strengthen and comfort you regarding your faith, [1]3 so that no one would be shaken by these tribulations. For you yourselves know that for this we have been appointed. 4 Truly, when we were with you, we told you in advance that we were about to suffer affliction, and it happened just so, as you know. 5 For this reason, when I could no longer endure it, I sent that I might know about your faith. Perhaps the tempter had somehow tempted you, and our labor was in vain. 6 But Timothy came to us from you and brought us the good news of your faith and love. He told us that you always have good memories of us, and that you long to see us just as we also long to see you. 7 Because of this, brothers, we were comforted by you because of your faith, in all our distress and affliction. 8 For now we live, if you stand firm in the Lord. 9 For what thanks can we give to God for you, for all the joy that we have before our God over you? 10 Night and day we pray very hard that we may see your face and provide what is lacking in your faith.
11 May our God and Father himself, and our Lord Jesus, direct our way to you. 12 May the Lord make you increase and abound in love one for another and toward all people, as we also do for you. 13 May he strengthen your hearts so that they will be blameless in holiness before our God and Father at the coming of our Lord Jesus with all his holy people.
1 Finally, brothers, we earnestly appeal to you and exhort you in the Lord Jesus. As you received instructions from us about how you must walk and please God, also in this way walk, so that you do so even more. 2 For you know what instructions we gave you through the Lord Jesus. 3 For this is the will of God, your sanctification, that you avoid sexual immorality, 4 that each of you knows how to possess his own vessel in holiness and honor, 5 not in the passion of lust (as the Gentiles who do not know God). 6 Let no man transgress and wrong his brother in this matter. For the Lord is an avenger in all these things, just as we forewarned you and testified. 7 For God did not call us to uncleanness, but to holiness. 8 Therefore, he who rejects this rejects not people, but God, who gives his Holy Spirit to you.
9 Regarding brotherly love, you have no need for anyone to write to you, for you yourselves are taught by God to love one another. 10 Indeed, you do this for all the brothers who are in all Macedonia. But we exhort you, brothers, to do this even more. 11 We also exhort you to aspire to live quietly, take care of your own responsibilities, and labor with your hands, just as we commanded you, 12 so that you may walk properly before outsiders and not be in any need.
13 We do not want you to be uninformed, brothers, about those who sleep, so that you do not grieve like the rest, who do not have hope. 14 For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so God will bring with Jesus those who have fallen asleep in him. 15 For this we say to you by the word of the Lord, that we who are alive, who are left at the coming of the Lord, will surely not go before those who have fallen asleep. 16 For the Lord himself will descend from heaven. He will come with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trumpet of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first. 17 Then we who are alive, who are left, will together with them be caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air. In this way we will always be with the Lord. 18 Therefore, comfort one another with these words.
1 Now concerning the times and seasons, brothers, you have no need that anything be written to you. 2 For you yourselves know perfectly well that the day of the Lord is coming like a thief in the night. 3 When they say, "Peace and safety," then sudden destruction will come on them. It will be like birth pains in a pregnant woman. They will in no way escape. 4 But you, brothers, are not in darkness so that the day would overtake you like a thief. 5 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day. We are not sons of the night or the darkness. 6 So then, let us not sleep as the rest do. Instead, let us keep watch and be sober. 7 For those who sleep do so at night, and those who get drunk do so at night. 8 But since we belong to the day, we must stay sober and put on faith and love as a breastplate, and the hope of salvation for our helmet. 9 For God did not appoint us for wrath, but to obtain salvation through our Lord Jesus Christ, 10 who died for us so that, whether we are awake or asleep, we may live together with him. 11 Therefore comfort one another and build each other up, just as you are already doing.
12 We earnestly appeal to you, brothers, to acknowledge those who labor among you and who rule over you in the Lord and who instruct you, 13 and to esteem them highly in love because of their work. Be at peace among yourselves. 14 We exhort you, brothers: Warn those who are lazy, encourage the discouraged, help the weak, and be patient toward all. 15 See that no one pays back evil for evil to anyone. Instead, pursue what is good for one another and for all. 16 Rejoice always. 17 Pray without ceasing. 18 In everything give thanks. For this is the will of God in Christ Jesus for you. 19 Do not quench the Spirit. 20 Do not despise prophecies. 21 Test all things. Hold firmly to what is good. 22 Keep away from every kind of evil.
23 May the God of peace sanctify you completely. May your whole spirit, soul, and body be preserved blameless for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ. 24 Faithful is he who calls you, the one who will also do it.
25 Brothers, pray also for us.
26 Greet all the brothers with a holy kiss. 27 I command you by the Lord to have this letter read to all the brothers.
28 The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you.
1 Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, to the church of the Thessalonians in God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.
2 Grace to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.
3 We should always give thanks to God for you, brothers, as is appropriate, because your faith is growing more and more, and the love each of you has for one another increases. 4 So we ourselves boast about you in the churches of God for your patience and faith in all your persecutions, and in the tribulations that you are enduring. 5 This is evidence of God's righteous judgment, so that you will be considered worthy of the kingdom of God, for which you are also suffering. 6 For indeed, it is righteous for God to return affliction to those who afflict you, 7 and relief to you who are afflicted and to us as well, when the Lord Jesus is revealed from heaven with his mighty angels 8 in flaming fire, inflicting vengeance on those who do not know God and on those who do not obey the gospel of our Lord Jesus. 9 They will suffer the punishment of eternal destruction away from the presence of the Lord and from the glory of his power. 10 He will do this when he comes on that day to be glorified in his holy people and to be marveled at by all those who believed, because our testimony to you was believed. 11 Because of this we also pray continually for you, that our God may consider you worthy of your calling and with his power he may fulfill every good purpose and every work of faith. 12 We pray this so that the name of our Lord Jesus may be glorified in you, and you in him, according to the grace of our God and the Lord Jesus Christ.
1 Now about the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ and our being gathered together to be with him, we earnestly appeal to you, brothers, 2 that you not be easily disturbed or troubled, either by a spirit or by a message, or by a letter that seems to be coming from us, to the effect that the day of the Lord has already come. 3 Let no one deceive you in any way. For it will not come until after the falling away comes and the man of lawlessness is revealed, the son of destruction. [1]4 This is he who opposes and exalts himself against all that is called God or that is worshiped. As a result, he sits in the temple of God and exhibits himself as God. 5 Do you not remember that when I was with you I told you these things? 6 Now you know what restrains him, so that he will be revealed only at the right time. 7 For the mystery of lawlessness is already working, only there is someone who restrains him now until he is taken out of the way. 8 Then the lawless one will be revealed, whom the Lord Jesus will kill with the breath of his mouth and bring him to nothing by the revelation of his coming. 9 The coming of the lawless one will be due to the work of Satan with all power, signs, and false wonders, 10 and with every kind of evil that deceives those who are perishing, because they refused to love the truth and so be saved. 11 For this reason God is sending them a powerful delusion so that they will believe a lie 12 and so that they all may be condemned who did not believe the truth but instead took pleasure in unrighteousness.
13 But we should always give thanks to God for you, brothers loved by the Lord, because God chose you as the firstfruits to be saved through the sanctification by the Spirit and belief in the truth. [2]14 He called you to this through our gospel, so that you might obtain the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ. 15 So then, brothers, stand firm and hold tightly to the traditions that you were taught, whether by word or by our letter.
16 Now may our Lord Jesus Christ himself and God our Father, who loved us and gave us eternal comfort and good hope through grace, 17 comfort and strengthen your hearts in every good work and word.
1 Now, brothers, pray for us, that the word of the Lord may rush and be glorified, as it also is with you, 2 and that we may be delivered from unrighteous and evil people, for not all have faith. 3 But the Lord is faithful, who will strengthen you and guard you from the evil one. 4 We have confidence in the Lord about you, that you both do and will continue to do the things that we command. 5 May the Lord direct your hearts to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ.
6 Now we command you, brothers, in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that you avoid every brother who is idle and does not live according to the traditions you received from us. 7 For you yourselves know it is proper for you to imitate us, because we were not idle when we were with you. 8 We did not eat anyone's bread without paying for it, but we worked night and day in labor and toil, so we might not be a burden to any of you. 9 We did this not because we have no authority, but we did this in order to be an example to you, so that you may imitate us. 10 For when we were with you, we commanded you, "The one who is unwilling to labor must not eat." 11 For we hear that some among you are idle, not busy at labor, but busybodies. 12 Now such ones we command and exhort in the Lord Jesus Christ, that they should labor with quietness and eat their own bread. 13 But you, brothers, do not become tired of doing well. 14 And if anyone does not obey our word in this letter, take note of him and have no association with him, so that he may be ashamed. 15 Yet do not consider him as an enemy, but warn him as a brother.
16 Now may the Lord of peace himself give you peace at all times in all ways. The Lord be with you all. 17 I, Paul, write this with my own hand, which is the mark on every letter I write. 18 The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen.
1 Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus according to the commandment of God our Savior and Christ Jesus our hope,
2 to Timothy, a true son in the faith: Grace, mercy, and peace from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Lord.
3 As I urged you to do when I was leaving for Macedonia, remain in Ephesus so that you can command certain people not to teach a different doctrine. 4 Neither should they pay attention to stories and endless genealogies. These promote arguments rather than the plan of God, which is by faith. 5 Now the goal of the commandment is love from a pure heart, from a good conscience, and from a sincere faith. 6 Some people have gone astray from these things and have turned to worthless talk. 7 They want to be teachers of the law, but they do not understand what they are saying or what they so confidently affirm. 8 But we know that the law is good if one uses it lawfully. 9 We know this, that law is not set in place for a righteous man, but for lawless and rebellious people, for ungodly people and sinners, and for those who are unholy and profane, for those who kill their fathers and mothers, for murderers, 10 for sexually immoral people, for those who practice homosexuality, for those who kidnap people for slaves, for liars, for false witnesses, and for whatever else is opposed to truthful teaching. 11 This instruction is according to the glorious gospel of the blessed God with which I have been entrusted.
12 I thank Christ Jesus our Lord. He strengthened me, for he considered me faithful, and he appointed me to service. 13 I was a blasphemer, a persecutor, and a violent man. But I received mercy because I acted ignorantly in unbelief. 14 And the grace of our Lord overflowed with the faith and the love that is in Christ Jesus. 15 This message is reliable and worthy of all acceptance, that Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners, of whom I am chief. 16 But for this reason I was given mercy, so that in me, the chief, Christ Jesus might demonstrate all patience. He did this as an example for those who would believe in him for eternal life. 17 Now to the king of the ages, the immortal, invisible, the only God, be honor and glory forever and ever. Amen.
18 I am placing this command before you, Timothy, my child, in accordance with the prophecies previously made about you, that you might fight the good fight, 19 holding faith and a good conscience. By rejecting this, some have shipwrecked their faith. 20 Such are Hymenaeus and Alexander, whom I delivered over to Satan so that they may be taught not to blaspheme.
1 Therefore, first of all, I urge that humble requests, prayers, petitions, and thanksgivings be made for all people, 2 for kings and all who are in authority, in order that we may live a peaceful and quiet life in all godliness and dignity. 3 This is good and acceptable before God our Savior. 4 He desires all people to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth. 5 For there is one God, and there is one mediator for God and man, the man Christ Jesus. 6 He gave himself as a ransom for all, as the testimony at the right time. 7 For this purpose I was appointed a herald and an apostle—I am telling the truth, I am not lying—and a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and truth.
8 Therefore, I want men in every place to pray and to lift up holy hands without anger or arguing. 9 In the same way, the women are to dress with proper clothing, with modesty and self-control, not with braided hair or gold or pearls or expensive clothing, 10 but with what is proper for women who proclaim godliness through good works. 11 A woman should learn in silence and with all submission. 12 I do not permit a woman to teach or to exercise authority over a man, but to live in quietness. 13 For Adam was formed first, then Eve. 14 Adam was not deceived, but the woman was deceived and became a transgressor. 15 However, she will be saved through bearing children, if they continue in faith and love and sanctification with self-control.
1 This saying is trustworthy: If someone desires to be an overseer, he desires a good work. 2 Therefore the overseer must have a good reputation. He must be a husband of one wife. He must be moderate, sensible, orderly, and hospitable. He must be able to teach. 3 He must not be addicted to wine, not a brawler, but instead, gentle, peaceful. He must not be a lover of money. 4 He should manage his own household well, and he should make sure his children obey and respect him in every way. 5 For if a man does not know how to manage his own household, how will he care for a church of God? 6 He should not be a new convert, so that he does not swell with pride and might fall into condemnation as the devil. 7 He must also have a good reputation with those outside, so that he does not fall into disgrace and the trap of the devil. 8 In the same way, deacons should be dignified, not double-talkers. They should not drink too much wine or be greedy. 9 They should keep the mystery of the faith with a clean conscience. 10 They should also be approved first, and then they should serve because they are blameless. 11 In the same way, their wives should be dignified, not slanderers, but sober and faithful in all things. 12 Deacons must be husbands of one wife. They must manage well their children and household. 13 For those who have served well acquire for themselves a good standing and great confidence in the faith that is in Christ Jesus.
14 As I write these things to you, I hope to come to you soon. 15 But if I delay, I am writing so that you may know how to conduct yourself in the household of God, which is the church of the living God, the pillar and support of the truth. 16 We all agree that the mystery of godliness is great:
"He was revealed in the flesh,
was vindicated by the Spirit,
was seen by angels,
was proclaimed among nations,
was believed on in the world,
and was taken up in glory."
1 Now the Spirit clearly says that in later times some people will leave the faith and pay attention to deceitful spirits and the teachings of demons 2 by the hypocrisy of liars, their own consciences having been seared. 3 They will forbid people to marry and require them to abstain from foods that God created to be received with thanksgiving by those who believe and know the truth. 4 For every creation of God is good, and nothing received with thanksgiving is to be rejected. 5 For it is sanctified by the word of God and prayer.
6 If you place these things before the brothers, you will be a good servant of Jesus Christ. For you are being nourished by the words of faith and by the good teaching that you have followed. 7 But reject profane stories loved by old women. Instead, train yourself in godliness. 8 For bodily training is a little useful, but godliness is useful for all things. It holds promise for this life now and the life to come. 9 This message is trustworthy and worthy of full acceptance. 10 For it is for this that we labor and struggle. For we hope in the living God, who is the Savior of all people, but especially of believers. 11 Instruct the people and teach these things. 12 Let no one despise your youth, but be an example for the believers in speech, conduct, love, faithfulness, and purity. 13 Until I come, attend to the reading, to the exhortation, and to the teaching. 14 Do not neglect the gift that is in you, which was given to you through prophecy, with the laying on of the hands of the elders. 15 Care for these things. Be in them, so that your progress may be evident to all people. 16 Give careful attention to yourself and to the teaching. Continue in these things. For by doing so, you will save yourself and those who listen to you.
1 Do not rebuke an older man. Instead, exhort him as if he were a father. Exhort younger men as brothers, 2 older women as mothers, and younger women as sisters, in all purity. 3 Honor widows, the real widows. 4 But if a widow has children or grandchildren, let them first learn to show honor in their own household. Let them repay their parents, because this is pleasing to God. 5 But she who is a real widow, who is left all alone, has set her hope in God and continues in offering earnest appeals and prayers night and day, 6 but the woman who lives for pleasure is dead even while she lives. 7 Instruct them in these things as well, so that they may be blameless. 8 But if someone does not provide for his own relatives, especially for those of his own household, he has denied the faith and is worse than an unbeliever. 9 Let a woman be enrolled as a widow who is not younger than sixty years old, a wife of one husband. 10 She must have a reputation for doing good deeds, whether it is that she has cared for children, or has been hospitable to strangers, or has washed the feet of God's holy people, or has relieved the afflicted, or has been devoted to every good work. 11 But as for younger widows, refuse to enroll them in the list. For when they give in to bodily desires against Christ, they want to marry. 12 In this way they incur condemnation because they set aside their first commitment. 13 At the same time, they also learn to be lazy and they go around from house to house. They not only become lazy, but they also talk nonsense and are busybodies, saying things they should not say. 14 I therefore want younger widows to marry, to bear children, to manage the household, and to give no opportunity for the enemy to slander us. 15 For some have already turned aside after Satan. 16 If any believing woman has widows, let her help them, so that the church will not be burdened, so that it might help the real widows.
17 Let the elders who rule well be considered worthy of double honor, especially those who labor with the word and in teaching. 18 For the scripture says, "You must not put a muzzle on an ox while it threshes the grain" and "The laborer is worthy of his wages." 19 Do not receive an accusation against an elder unless there are two or three witnesses. 20 Correct sinners before all so that the rest may be afraid. 21 I solemnly command you, before God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels, to keep these commands without partiality, and to do nothing out of favoritism. 22 Place hands hastily on no one. Do not share in the sins of another person. You should keep yourself pure. 23 You should no longer drink water. Instead, you should take a little wine for the stomach and your frequent sicknesses. 24 The sins of some people are openly known, and they go before them into judgment. But some sins follow later. 25 In the same way, some good works are openly known, but even the others cannot be hidden.
1 Let all who are under the yoke as slaves regard their own masters as worthy of all honor. They should do this so that the name of God and the teaching might not be blasphemed. 2 The slaves who have believing masters should not show them disrespect because they are brothers. Instead, they should serve them all the more. For those who receive the benefit are believers and beloved. Teach and declare these things.
3 If anyone teaches false doctrine and does not agree with the truthful words of our Lord Jesus Christ and with godly teaching, 4 he is proud and understands nothing. He has an unhealthy interest in controversies and arguments about words that result in envy, strife, insults, evil suspicions, 5 and constant conflict between people who have morally corrupt minds. They have lost the truth and they think that godliness is a way to get more money. [1]6 Now godliness with contentment is great gain, 7 for we brought nothing into the world, and we can take nothing out of it. 8 Instead, let us be satisfied with food and clothing. 9 Now those who desire to become wealthy fall into temptation, into a trap. They fall into many foolish and harmful desires, and into whatever else sinks people into ruin and destruction. 10 For the love of money is a root of all kinds of evil. Some people who desire it have been misled away from the faith and have pierced themselves with much grief.
11 But you, man of God, flee from these things. Pursue righteousness, godliness, faithfulness, love, endurance, and gentleness. 12 Fight the good fight of faith. Take hold of the everlasting life to which you were called, and about which you gave the good confession before many witnesses. 13 I give these orders to you before God, who gives life to all things, and before Christ Jesus, who testified before Pontius Pilate and made the good confession, 14 to keep the command without spot or blame until the appearance of our Lord Jesus Christ. 15 God will reveal Christ's appearing at the right time—God, the blessed and only Sovereign, the King who reigns and the Lord who rules. 16 Only he has immortality and dwells in inapproachable light. No man sees him or is able to view him. To him be honor and eternal dominion. Amen.
17 Instruct the rich in this world not to be proud and not to hope in riches, which are uncertain. Instead, they should hope in God. He offers to us all the true riches to enjoy. 18 Tell them to do good, to be rich in good works, and to be generous and willing to share. 19 In that way they will store up for themselves a good foundation for what is to come, so that they will take hold of real life.
20 Timothy, protect what was given to you. Avoid the profane and empty talk and the conflicting ideas of what is falsely called knowledge. 21 Some men proclaim these things and so they have gone astray from the faith. May grace be with you.
1 Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus through the will of God, according to the promise of the life that is in Christ Jesus,
2 to Timothy, beloved child: Grace, mercy, and peace from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Lord.
3 I thank God, whom I serve from my forefathers, with a clean conscience, as I constantly remember you in my prayers night and day. 4 As I remember your tears, I long to see you, that I may be filled with joy. 5 I have been reminded of your genuine faith, which lived first in your grandmother Lois and your mother Eunice, and I am convinced that it lives in you also. 6 This is the reason I am reminding you to rekindle the gift of God which is in you through the laying on of my hands. 7 For God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power and love and discipline. 8 So do not be ashamed of the testimony about our Lord, nor of me, Paul, his prisoner. Instead, share in suffering for the gospel according to the power of God, 9 who saved us and called us with a holy calling. He did this, not according to our works, but according to his own plan and grace, which he gave us in Christ Jesus before times ever began. 10 But now God's salvation has been revealed by the appearing of our Savior Christ Jesus, who put an end to death and brought life and immortality to light through the gospel. 11 Because of this, I was appointed a herald, an apostle, and a teacher. [1]12 For this cause I also suffer these things. But I am not ashamed, for I know him whom I have believed. I am convinced that he is able to keep that which I have entrusted to him until that day. 13 Keep the example of the truthful words that you heard from me, with the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus. 14 The good thing that God committed to you, guard it through the Holy Spirit, who lives in us.
15 You know this, that all who live in Asia turned away from me. In this group are Phygelus and Hermogenes. 16 May the Lord grant mercy to the household of Onesiphorus, for he often refreshed me and was not ashamed of my chain. 17 Instead, when he was in Rome, he sought me diligently, and he found me. 18 May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from him on that day. All the ways he served me in Ephesus, you know very well.
1 You therefore, my child, be strengthened in the grace that is in Christ Jesus. 2 The things you heard from me among many witnesses, entrust them to faithful people who will be able to teach others also. 3 Suffer hardship with me as a good soldier of Christ Jesus. 4 No soldier serves while entangled in the affairs of this life, so that he may please his superior officer. 5 Also, if someone competes as an athlete, he is not crowned unless he competes by the rules. 6 It is necessary that the hard-working farmer receive his share of the crops first. 7 Think about what I am saying, for the Lord will give you understanding in everything. 8 Remember Jesus Christ, a descendant of David, who was raised from the dead. This is according to my gospel message, 9 for which I am suffering to the point of being bound with chains as a criminal. But the word of God is not bound. 10 Therefore I endure all things for those who are chosen, so that they also may obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus, with eternal glory. 11 This is a trustworthy saying:
"If we have died with him, we will also live with him.
12 If we endure, we will also reign with him.
If we deny him, he also will deny us.
13 If we are unfaithful, he remains faithful,
for he cannot deny himself."
14 Keep reminding them of these things. Command them before God not to quarrel about words; it is of no value and only ruins those who listen. [1]15 Do your best to present yourself to God as one approved, a laborer who has no reason to be ashamed, who accurately teaches the word of truth. 16 Avoid profane and empty talk, which leads to more and more godlessness. 17 Their talk will spread like cancer. Among them are Hymenaeus and Philetus, 18 who have gone astray from the truth. They say that the resurrection has already happened, and they destroy the faith of some. 19 However, the firm foundation of God stands. It has this inscription: "The Lord knows those who are his" and "Everyone who names the name of the Lord must depart from unrighteousness." 20 In a wealthy home there are not only containers of gold and silver. There are also containers of wood and clay. Some of these are for honorable use, and some for dishonorable. 21 If someone cleans himself from dishonorable use, he is an honorable container. He is set apart, useful to the Master, and prepared for every good work. 22 Flee youthful lusts. Pursue righteousness, faith, love, and peace with those who call on the Lord out of a clean heart. 23 But refuse foolish and ignorant questions. You know that they give birth to quarrels. 24 The Lord's servant must not quarrel. Instead he must be gentle toward all, able to teach, and patient, 25 correcting his opponents with gentleness. Perhaps God may give them repentance for the knowledge of the truth. 26 They may become sober again and leave the devil's trap, after they have been captured by him for his will.
1 But know this: In the last days there will be difficult times. 2 For people will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, boastful, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, ungrateful, and unholy. 3 They will be without natural affection, unable to reconcile, slanderers, without self-control, violent, not lovers of good. 4 They will be betrayers, reckless, prideful, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God. 5 They will have a shape of godliness, but they will deny its power. Turn away from these people. 6 For some of them are men who enter into households and captivate foolish women. These are women who are loaded up with sins and are led away by various desires. 7 These women are always learning, but they are never able to come to the knowledge of the truth. 8 In the same way that Jannes and Jambres stood against Moses, these false teachers also stand against the truth. They are men corrupt in mind, and with regard to the faith they are rejected. 9 But they will not advance very far. For their foolishness will be obvious to all, just like that of those men. 10 But as for you, you have followed my teaching, conduct, purpose, faith, longsuffering, love, patience, 11 persecutions, sufferings, and what happened to me at Antioch, at Iconium, and at Lystra. I endured persecutions. Out of them all, the Lord rescued me. 12 All those who want to live in a godly manner in Christ Jesus will be persecuted. 13 Evil people and impostors will go from bad to worse, leading others astray and being led astray. 14 But as for you, remain in the things that you have learned and have firmly believed. You know from whom you have learned. 15 You know that from childhood you have known the sacred writings. These are able to make you wise for salvation through faith in Christ Jesus. 16 All scripture has been inspired by God. It is profitable for doctrine, for conviction, for correction, and for training in righteousness. 17 This is so that the man of God may be competent, equipped for every good work.
1 I give this solemn command before God and Christ Jesus, who will judge the living and the dead, and because of his appearing and his kingdom: 2 Preach the word; be ready when it is convenient and when it is not. Reprove, rebuke, exhort, with all patience and teaching. 3 For the time will come when people will not endure sound teaching. Instead, they will heap up for themselves teachers according to their own desires, who say what their itching ears want to hear. 4 They will turn their hearing away from the truth, and they will turn aside to myths. 5 But you, be sober-minded in all things. Suffer hardship; do the work of an evangelist; fulfill your ministry. 6 For I am already being poured out. The time of my departure has come. 7 I have fought the good fight; I have finished the race; I have kept the faith. 8 The crown of righteousness has been reserved for me, which the Lord, the righteous judge, will give to me on that day, and not to me only, but also to all those who have loved his appearing.
9 Do your best to come to me quickly. 10 For Demas has left me. He loves this present world and has gone to Thessalonica. Crescens went to Galatia, and Titus went to Dalmatia. 11 Only Luke is with me. Get Mark and bring him with you because he is useful to me in the service. 12 Tychicus I sent to Ephesus. 13 The cloak that I left at Troas with Carpus, bring it when you come, and the books, especially the parchments. 14 Alexander the coppersmith displayed many evil deeds against me. The Lord will repay him according to his deeds. 15 You also should guard yourself against him, because he greatly opposed our words. 16 At my first defense, no one stood with me. Instead, everyone left me. May it not be counted against them. 17 But the Lord stood by me and strengthened me so that, through me, the proclamation of the message might be fully accomplished, and that all the Gentiles might hear it. And I was rescued out of the lion's mouth. 18 The Lord will rescue me from every evil deed and will save me for his heavenly kingdom. To him be the glory forever and ever. Amen.
19 Greet Priscilla, Aquila, and the house of Onesiphorus. 20 Erastus remained at Corinth, but Trophimus I left sick at Miletus. 21 Do your best to come before winter. Eubulus greets you, also Pudens, Linus, Claudia, and all the brothers.
22 May the Lord be with your spirit. May grace be with you.
1 Paul, a servant of God and an apostle of Jesus Christ for the faith of God's chosen people and the knowledge of the truth that agrees with godliness, 2 with the hope of everlasting life that God, who does not lie, promised before all the ages of time. 3 At the right time he revealed his word through the preaching with which I have been entrusted according to the command of God our Savior.
4 To Titus, a true son in our common faith. Grace and peace from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Savior.
5 For this purpose I left you in Crete, that you might set in order things not yet complete and ordain elders in every city as I directed you. 6 An elder must be blameless, the husband of one wife, with faithful children not accused of being reckless or disobedient. 7 It is necessary for the overseer, as a manager of the household of God, to be blameless. He must not be arrogant, not be easily angered, not addicted to wine, not a brawler, and not a greedy man. 8 Instead, he should be hospitable, loving goodness, sensible, upright, holy, and self-controlled. 9 He should hold tightly to the trustworthy message that was taught, so that he may be able to encourage others with truthful teaching and correct those who oppose him.
10 For there are many rebellious people, empty talkers and deceivers, especially those of the circumcision. 11 It is necessary to stop them. They are upsetting whole families by teaching for disgraceful profit what they should not teach. 12 One of their own prophets has said, "Cretans are always liars, evil beasts, lazy gluttons." 13 This testimony is true. Therefore, correct them severely, so that they may be truthful in the faith, 14 not paying any attention to Jewish myths or to the commands of people who turn away from the truth. 15 To those who are pure, all things are pure. But to those who are corrupt and unbelieving, nothing is pure, but both their minds and their consciences have been corrupted. 16 They profess to know God, but they deny him by their actions. They are detestable, disobedient, and worthless for any good work.
1 But you, speak what fits with truthful instruction. 2 Teach older men to be temperate, dignified, sensible, and sound in faith, in love, and in perseverance. 3 In the same way, teach older women to be reverent in behavior, not slanderers or being slaves to much wine, but to be teachers of what is good, 4 and so train the younger women to love their husbands and to love their children, 5 to be sensible, pure, good housekeepers, and to be obedient to their own husbands, so that God's word may not be spoken of as evil. 6 In the same way, encourage the younger men to use good sense. 7 In all ways present yourself as an example of good works. In your teaching, show integrity, dignity, 8 and a truthful message that is above criticism, so that anyone who opposes you may be ashamed because they have nothing bad to say about us. 9 Slaves are to be submissive to their masters in everything, to please them and not argue with them, 10 to not steal from them, but instead to demonstrate all good faith, so that in every way they may bring credit to the teaching about God our Savior. 11 For the grace of God has appeared for the salvation of all people. 12 It trains us to reject godlessness and worldly desires, and to live self-controlled, upright, and godly lives in this age, 13 while we look forward to receiving our blessed hope, the appearance of the glory of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ. 14 Jesus gave himself for us in order to redeem us from all lawlessness and to make pure for himself a special people who are eager to do good works.
15 Speak of these things, encourage people to do them, and give correction with all authority. Let no one disregard you.
1 Remind them to submit to rulers and authorities, to obey them, to be ready for every good work, 2 to insult no one, to not be eager to fight, and to be gentle, showing all humility toward everyone. 3 For once we ourselves were thoughtless and disobedient. We were led astray and enslaved by various desires and pleasures. We lived in evil and envy. We were detestable and hated one another. 4 But when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared, 5 it was not by works of righteousness that we did, but by his mercy that he saved us, through the washing of new birth and renewal by the Holy Spirit, 6 whom God richly poured on us through our Savior Jesus Christ, 7 so that having been justified by his grace, we might become heirs having the hope of eternal life. 8 This message is trustworthy. I want you to insist on these things, so that those who have believed in God may be careful to engage themselves in good works. These things are good and useful for everyone. 9 But avoid foolish debates and genealogies and strife and conflict about the law. Those things are unprofitable and worthless. 10 Reject anyone who is causing divisions among you, after one or two warnings, 11 knowing that such a person has turned from the right way and is sinning and condemns himself.
12 When I send Artemas or Tychicus to you, hurry and come to me at Nicopolis, where I have decided to spend the winter. 13 Do everything you can to send on their way Zenas the lawyer and Apollos, so that they lack nothing. 14 Our people must learn to engage themselves in good works that provide for urgent needs, and so not be unfruitful.
15 All those who are with me greet you. Greet those who love us in faith. Grace be with all of you.
1 Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and the brother Timothy, to Philemon, our dear friend and fellow worker, 2 and to Apphia our sister, and to Archippus our fellow soldier, and to the church that meets in your home.
3 May grace be to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.
4 I always thank my God when I mention you in my prayers, 5 because I hear about the faith that you have toward the Lord Jesus and the love you have for all his holy people. 6 I pray that the sharing of your faith may be effective, so you will have a full understanding of every good thing we have in Christ. 7 For I have had much joy and comfort because of your love, because the hearts of God's holy people have been refreshed by you, brother.
8 Therefore, although I have all the boldness in Christ to command you to do what you should do, 9 yet because of love, I appeal to you instead—I, Paul, an old man, and now a prisoner for Christ Jesus. 10 I am appealing to you concerning my child Onesimus, whom I have fathered in my chains. 11 For he once was useless to you, but now he is useful both to you and to me. 12 I have sent him back to you, he who is my very heart. 13 I wish I could have kept him with me so he could serve me for you while I am in chains for the sake of the gospel. 14 But I did not want to do anything without your consent. I did not want your good deed to be from necessity but from good will. 15 Perhaps for this he was separated from you for a time, so that you might have him back forever. 16 No longer would he be a slave, but better than a slave, a beloved brother. He is beloved especially to me, and much more so to you, in both the flesh and in the Lord. 17 So if you have me as a partner, receive him as me. 18 If he has wronged you or owes you anything, charge that to me. 19 I, Paul, write this with my own hand. I myself will pay it back—not to mention that you owe me your own self! 20 Yes, brother, let me benefit from you in the Lord; refresh my heart in Christ.
21 Confident about your obedience, I am writing to you. I know that you will do even more than I ask. 22 At the same time, prepare a guest room for me, for I hope that through your prayers I will be returned to you.
23 Epaphras, my fellow prisoner in Christ Jesus, greets you. 24 So do Mark, Aristarchus, Demas, and Luke, my fellow workers.
25 The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit. Amen.
1 Long ago God spoke to our ancestors through the prophets at many times and in many ways. 2 But in these last days, he has spoken to us through a Son, whom he appointed to be the heir of all things. It is through him that God also made the universe. 3 He is the brightness of God's glory, the exact representation of his being. He even holds everything together by the word of his power. After he had made cleansing for sins, he sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high. 4 He has become just as superior to the angels as the name he has inherited is more excellent than their name. 5 For to which of the angels did God ever say,
"You are my Son,
today I have become your Father"?
Or to which of the angels did God ever say,
"I will be a Father to him,
and he will be a Son to me"?
6 But again, when God brings the firstborn into the world, he says,
"All God's angels must worship him."
7 About the angels he says,
"He is the one who makes his angels spirits,
and his servants flames of fire."
8 But to the Son he says,
"Your throne, God, is forever and ever.
The scepter of justice is the scepter of your kingdom.
9 You have loved righteousness and hated lawlessness.
Therefore God, your God, has anointed you
with the oil of joy more than your companions."
10 "In the beginning, Lord, you laid the earth's foundation.
The heavens are the work of your hands.
11 They will perish, but you will continue.
They will all wear out like a piece of clothing.
12 You will roll them up like a cloak,
and they will be changed like a piece of clothing.
But you are the same,
and your years do not end."
13 But to which of the angels has God said at any time,
"Sit at my right hand
until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet"?
14 Are not all angels spirits who serve, and who are sent to care for those who will inherit salvation?
1 Therefore we must give far more attention to what we have heard, so that we do not drift away from it. 2 For if the message that was spoken through the angels proved to be so reliable, and every transgression and disobedience receives just repayment, 3 how then can we escape if we ignore so great a salvation? This is salvation that was first announced by the Lord and confirmed to us by those who heard it. 4 At the same time God testified to it by signs, wonders, and various miracles, and by distributing the gifts of the Holy Spirit according to his will.
5 For it was not to the angels that God subjected the world to come, about which we are speaking. 6 But someone has somewhere testified, saying,
"What is man, that you are mindful of him?
Or a son of man, that you care for him?
7 You made man a little lower than the angels;
you crowned him with glory and honor. [1]
8 You put everything in subjection under his feet."
For it was to him that God has subjected all things. He did not leave anything not subjected to him. But now we do not yet see everything subjected to him. 9 But we see him who was made lower than the angels for a little while, Jesus, crowned with glory and honor because of his suffering and death, so that by God's grace he might taste death for everyone. 10 For it was proper for God, because everything exists for him and through him, to bring many sons to glory. It was proper for him to make the founder of their salvation complete through his sufferings. 11 For both the one who sanctifies and those who are sanctified have one source. So he is not ashamed to call them brothers. 12 He says,
"I will proclaim your name to my brothers,
I will sing about you from inside the assembly."
13 And again,
"I will trust in him."
And again,
"See, here am I and the children whom God has given me."
14 Therefore, since the children share in flesh and blood, he shared in those things in the same way, so that through death he might destroy the one who has the power of death, that is, the devil. 15 This was so that he would free all those who through fear of death lived all their lives subject to slavery. 16 For surely it is not the angels he helps, but Abraham's descendants. 17 So it was necessary for him to become like his brothers in all ways, so that he could be a merciful and faithful high priest in relation to the things of God, and so that he could make atonement for the sins of the people. 18 Because Jesus himself has suffered and was tempted, he is able to help those who are tempted.
1 Therefore, holy brothers, you share in a heavenly calling. Think about Jesus, the apostle and high priest of our confession. 2 He was faithful to God, who appointed him, just as Moses was also faithful in all the house of God. 3 For Jesus has been considered worthy of greater glory than Moses, because the one who builds a house has more honor than the house itself. 4 For every house is built by someone, but the one who built everything is God. 5 For Moses was faithful as a servant in God's entire house, bearing witness about the things that were to be spoken of in the future. 6 But Christ is faithful as a Son who is in charge of the house of God. We are his house if we hold firmly to our courage and the hope of which we boast. 7 Therefore, it is just as the Holy Spirit says:
"Today, if you hear his voice
8 do not harden your hearts
as in the rebellion,
in the time of testing in the wilderness.
9 This was when your ancestors rebelled by testing me,
after they had seen my deeds for forty years.
10 Therefore I was angry with that generation.
I said, 'They have always gone astray in their hearts.
They have not known my ways.'
11 It is just as I swore in my wrath:
'They will never enter my rest.'"
12 Be careful, brothers, that none of you has an evil heart of unbelief, a heart that turns away from the living God. 13 But encourage one another daily, as long as it is called "today," so that no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin. 14 For we have become partners of Christ if we firmly hold to our confidence in him from the beginning to the end. 15 About this it has been said,
"Today, if you hear his voice,
do not harden your hearts,
as in the rebellion."
16 Who was it who heard God and rebelled? Was it not all those who came out of Egypt through Moses? 17 With whom was he angry for forty years? Was it not with those who sinned, whose dead bodies fell in the wilderness? 18 To whom did he swear that they would not enter his rest, if it was not to those who disobeyed him? 19 We see that they were not able to enter his rest because of unbelief.
1 Therefore, since the promise of entering his rest is still allowed to stand, let us fear, so that none of you may seem to have fallen short of it. 2 For we were told the good news just as they were. But that message did not benefit those who did not unite in faith with those who obeyed. [1]3 For we who have believed enter that rest, just as he said,
"As I swore in my wrath,
They will never enter my rest."
Even so, his works were finished from the foundation of the world. 4 For he has somewhere spoken about the seventh day:
"And God rested on the seventh day from all his works." 5 And again in this same passage he said,
"They will never enter my rest."
6 Therefore, it remains for some to enter that rest, and those who previously had the good news proclaimed to them did not go in because of their disobedience. 7 So God again appointed a certain day, calling it "Today," when he spoke through David much later in words already quoted:
"Today if you hear his voice,
do not harden your hearts."
8 For if Joshua had given them rest, God would not have spoken about another day. 9 So there remains a Sabbath rest reserved for God's people. 10 For he who enters into God's rest has himself also rested from his deeds, just as God did from his. 11 Therefore let us be eager to enter that rest, so that no one will fall into the kind of disobedience that they did. 12 For the word of God is living and active and sharper than any two-edged sword. It pierces even to the dividing of soul and spirit, of joints and marrow, and is able to discern the thoughts and intentions of the heart. 13 No thing that has been created is hidden before God, but everything is bare and open to the eyes of the one to whom we must give an account.
14 Therefore, since we have a great high priest who has passed through the heavens, Jesus the Son of God, let us firmly hold to our confession. 15 For we do not have a high priest who cannot feel sympathy for our weaknesses. Rather, we have someone who has in all ways been tempted as we are, except that he is without sin. 16 Let us then go with confidence to the throne of grace, so that we may receive mercy and find grace to help in time of need.
1 For every high priest, chosen from among people, is appointed to act on the behalf of people in the things concerning God, so that he may offer both gifts and sacrifices for sins. 2 He can deal gently with those who are ignorant and who have been deceived, because he himself is subject to weakness. 3 Because of this, he also is required to offer sacrifices for his own sins, just as he does for the people's sins. 4 No one takes this honor for himself. Rather, he is called by God, just as Aaron was. 5 In the same way, neither did Christ glorify himself by making himself high priest. Instead, the one speaking to him said,
"You are my Son;
today I have become your Father."
6 It is just as he also says in another place,
"You are a priest forever
after the manner of Melchizedek."
7 During the days of his flesh, Christ offered up both prayers and requests with loud cries and tears to God, the one able to save him from death, and he was heard because of his godly life. 8 Even though he was a Son, he learned obedience from what he suffered. 9 He was made perfect and became, for everyone who obeys him, the cause of eternal salvation. 10 He was designated by God as high priest after the manner of Melchizedek.
11 We have much to say about Jesus, but it is hard to explain since you have become dull in hearing. 12 For though by this time you should be teachers, you still have need for someone to teach you the elementary principles of God's messages. You need milk, not solid food! 13 For anyone who only takes milk is inexperienced with the message of righteousness, because he is still a little child. 14 But solid food is for the mature. These are those who because of their maturity have their understanding trained for distinguishing good from evil.
1 So then, let us leave the beginning of the message of Christ and move forward to maturity. Let us not lay again the foundation of repentance from dead works and of faith in God, 2 nor the foundation of teaching about baptisms, laying on of hands, the resurrection of the dead, and eternal judgment. 3 We will also do this if God permits. 4 For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened, who tasted the heavenly gift, who were sharers of the Holy Spirit, 5 and who tasted God's good word and the powers of the age to come, 6 but who then fell away—it is impossible to restore them again to repentance. This is because they crucify the Son of God for themselves again, and publicly shame him. 7 For the land that drinks in the rain that often comes on it, and that gives birth to the plants useful to those for whom the land was worked—this is the land that receives a blessing from God. 8 But if it bears thorns and thistles, it is worthless and is near to a curse. Its end is in burning.
9 But we are convinced about better things concerning you, beloved ones, things that concern salvation, even though we speak like this. 10 For God is not unjust. He will not forget your work and the love you showed for his name, because you served his holy people, and you are still serving them. 11 We greatly desire that each of you may show the same diligence to the end, in order to make your hope certain. 12 This is so that you will not become lazy, but imitators of those who by faith and patience inherit the promises.
13 For when God made his promise to Abraham, he swore by himself, since he could not swear by anyone greater. 14 He said, "I will certainly bless you and give you many descendants." 15 In this way, Abraham obtained what was promised after he had patiently waited. 16 For people swear by someone greater than themselves. At the end of each of their disputes, an oath serves as confirmation. 17 When God decided to show more clearly to the heirs of the promise the unchangeable quality of his purpose, he guaranteed it with an oath. 18 He did this so that by two unchangeable things—with which it is impossible for God to lie—we, who have fled for refuge, will have a strong encouragement to hold firmly to the hope set before us. 19 We have this as a secure and reliable anchor for the soul, a hope that enters into the inner place behind the curtain, 20 where Jesus, who went before us, has entered into that place on our behalf. He has become a high priest forever after the order of Melchizedek.
1 It was this Melchizedek, king of Salem, priest of God Most High, who met Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings and blessed him. 2 It was to him that Abraham gave a tenth of everything. First, the translation of his name means, "king of righteousness"; then he is also "king of Salem," that is, "king of peace." 3 He is without father, without mother, without ancestors, with neither beginning of days nor end of life. And resembling the Son of God, he remains a priest forever.
4 See how great this man was to whom the patriarch Abraham gave a tenth of the things that he had taken in battle. 5 The descendants of Levi who receive the priestly office have a command according to the law to collect tithes from the people, that is, from their brothers, even though they, too, are descended from Abraham. 6 But Melchizedek, whose descent was not traced from them, received tithes from Abraham, and blessed him, the one who had the promises. 7 There is no denying that the lesser person is blessed by the greater person. 8 In this case, mortal men receive tithes, but in that case it is testified that he lives on. 9 And, in a manner of speaking, Levi, who received tithes, also paid tithes through Abraham, 10 because Levi was in the body of his ancestor when Melchizedek met Abraham.
11 Now if perfection were possible through the Levitical priesthood (for under it the people received the law), what further need would there have been for another priest to arise after the manner of Melchizedek, and not be considered to be after the manner of Aaron? 12 For when the priesthood is changed, the law must also be changed. 13 For the one about whom these things are said belongs to another tribe, from which no one has ever served at the altar. 14 Now clearly it is from Judah that our Lord was born, a tribe that Moses never mentioned concerning priests. 15 What we say is even clearer when another priest arises in the likeness of Melchizedek. 16 This one became a priest, not based on a law of physical requirement, but by the power of an everlasting life. 17 For scripture witnesses about him:
"You are a priest forever
according to the order of Melchizedek."
18 For not only has the former command been set aside because it is weak and useless— 19 for the law made nothing perfect—but also a better hope is introduced, through which we come near to God. 20 And it was not without an oath! Others became priests without any oath, 21 but he became a priest with an oath by the one who said to him,
"The Lord has sworn and he will not change his mind:
'You are a priest forever.'"
22 By this also Jesus has given the guarantee of a better covenant. 23 The former priests were many in number, since death prevented them from continuing in office. 24 But because Jesus continues to live forever, he has a permanent priesthood. 25 Therefore he is also able to save completely those who approach God through him, because he always lives to intercede for them. 26 For it was indeed fitting that we should have such a high priest, who is holy, innocent, pure, separated from sinners, and exalted above the heavens. 27 He does not need, unlike the high priests, to offer up daily sacrifices, first for his own sins, and then for the sins of the people. He did this once for all when he offered himself. 28 For the law appoints as high priests men who have weaknesses. But the word of the oath, which came after the law, appointed a Son, who has been made perfect forever.
1 Now the point of what we are saying is this: We have a high priest who has sat down at the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens. 2 He is a servant in the holy place, the true tabernacle that the Lord, not a man, set up. 3 For every high priest is appointed to offer both gifts and sacrifices. Therefore it is necessary to have something to offer. 4 Now if Christ were on earth, he would not be a priest at all, since there are those who offer the gifts according to the law. 5 They serve a copy and shadow of the heavenly things. It is just as Moses was warned by God when he was about to construct the tabernacle: God said, "See that you make everything according to the pattern that was shown to you on the mountain." 6 But now Christ has received a much better ministry, just as he is also the mediator of a better covenant, which is based on better promises. 7 For if that first covenant had been faultless, no occasion for a second would have been sought. 8 For when God found fault with the people, he said,
"See, the days are coming—says the Lord—
when I will make a new covenant
with the house of Israel
and with the house of Judah.
9 It will not be like the covenant
that I made with their ancestors
on the day that I took them by their hand
to lead them out of the land of Egypt.
For they did not carefully obey my covenant,
and I disregarded them—
says the Lord.
10 This is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel
after those days says the Lord.
I will put my laws into their minds,
and I will also write them on their hearts.
I will be their God,
and they will be my people.
11 They will not teach each one his fellow citizen
and each one his brother, saying, 'Know the Lord.'
For they will all know me,
from the least of them to the greatest.
12 For I will be merciful toward their evil deeds,
and their sins I will not remember any longer."
13 By calling this covenant "new," he declared the first covenant to be obsolete, and what has become obsolete and old will soon disappear.
1 Now even the first covenant had regulations for worship and an earthly sanctuary. 2 For a tabernacle was prepared. The first room, in which were the lampstand, the table, and the bread of the presence, was called the holy place. 3 Behind the second curtain was another room in the tabernacle, called the most holy place. 4 It had a golden altar for incense. It also had the ark of the covenant, which was completely overlaid with gold. Inside it was a golden jar that held the manna, Aaron's rod that budded, and the tablets of the covenant. 5 Above the ark of the covenant, glorious cherubim overshadowed the atonement lid, which we cannot now talk about in detail. 6 After these things were prepared, the priests always entered the outer room of the tabernacle to perform their services. 7 But only the high priest entered the second room, once each year, and not without blood that he offered for himself and for the people's unintentional sins. 8 The Holy Spirit showed that as long as the first tabernacle was still standing the way into the most holy place had not yet appeared. 9 This was an illustration for the present time. Both the gifts and sacrifices that are now being offered are not able to perfect the worshiper's conscience. 10 They are only concerned with food and drink and various ceremonial washings, regulations for the body until the time of the new order.
11 Christ came as a high priest of the good things that have come. He went through the greater and more perfect tabernacle that was not made by human hands, one not belonging to this created world. [1]12 It was not by the blood of goats and calves, but by his own blood that he entered into the most holy place once for all and secured our eternal redemption. 13 For if the blood of goats and bulls and the sprinkling of a heifer's ashes on those who have been defiled sanctifies them for the cleansing of their flesh, 14 how much more will the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself unblemished to God, cleanse our conscience from dead works to serve the living God? 15 For this reason, he is the mediator of a new covenant. This is so that, since a death has taken place to redeem those under the first covenant from their transgressions, those who are called will receive the promise of an eternal inheritance. 16 For where there is a will, the death of the person who made it must be proven. 17 For a will is only valid when there has been a death, because it has no force while the one who made it is still alive. 18 So not even the first covenant was established without blood. 19 For when Moses had given every command in the law to all the people, he took the blood of the calves and the goats, with water, red wool, and hyssop, and sprinkled both the scroll itself and all the people. 20 Then he said, "This is the blood of the covenant that God has commanded for you." 21 In the same manner, he sprinkled the blood on the tabernacle and all the containers used in the ministry. 22 According to the law, almost everything is cleansed with blood. Without the shedding of blood there is no forgiveness.
23 Therefore it was necessary that the copies of the things in heaven should be cleansed with these animal sacrifices. However, the heavenly things themselves had to be cleansed with much better sacrifices. 24 For Christ did not enter into the most holy place made with hands, which is only a copy of the true one. Rather he entered into heaven itself, to appear now in God's presence for us. 25 He did not go there in order to offer himself many times, as does the high priest, who enters the most holy place year by year with the blood of another. 26 If that had been the case, then he would have had to suffer many times since the foundation of the world. But now he has appeared at the end of the ages to do away with sin by the sacrifice of himself. 27 Just as man is appointed to die once, and after that comes judgment, 28 so also, Christ was offered once to take away the sins of many, and will appear a second time, not to deal with sin, but for the salvation of those who are waiting for him.
1 For the law is only a shadow of the good things to come, not the real forms of those things themselves. Those who approach God can never be made perfect by the same sacrifices that the priests continually bring year after year. 2 Otherwise, would the sacrifices not have ceased to be offered? For the worshipers would have been cleansed one time and would no longer have any consciousness of sin. 3 But with those sacrifices there is a reminder of sins year after year. 4 For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins. 5 When Christ came into the world, he said,
"Sacrifices and offerings you did not desire,
but a body you have prepared for me;
6 with burnt offerings and sin offerings
you did not take pleasure.
7 Then I said, 'See, here I am—as it is written about me in the scroll—
to do your will, God.'"
8 First he said, "It was neither sacrifices, nor offerings, nor whole burnt offerings, nor sin offerings that you desired. Nor did you take pleasure in them." These are sacrifices that are offered according to the law. 9 Then he said, "See, here I am to do your will." He takes away the first practice in order to establish the second practice. 10 By that will, we have been sanctified through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all. 11 Day after day every priest stands and ministers, offering the same sacrifices again and again—sacrifices that can never take away sins. 12 But when Christ offered for all time one sacrifice for sins, he sat down at the right hand of God. 13 He is waiting until his enemies are made a footstool for his feet. 14 For by one offering he has perfected forever those who are being sanctified. 15 The Holy Spirit also testifies to us. First he says,
16 "This is the covenant that I will make with them
after those days, says the Lord.
I will put my laws in their hearts,
and I will write them on their minds."
17 Then he adds,
"Their sins and lawlessness
I will remember no longer."
18 Now where there is forgiveness for these, there is no longer any sacrifice for sin.
19 Therefore, brothers, we have confidence to enter into the most holy place by the blood of Jesus. 20 That is the new and living way that he has established for us through the curtain, that is, by means of his flesh. 21 Because we have a great priest over the house of God, 22 let us approach with true hearts in the full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled clean from an evil conscience and having our bodies washed with pure water. 23 Let us also hold firmly to the hope we confess, for he who promised is faithful. 24 Let us think carefully about how to motivate one another to love and good deeds. 25 Let us not abandon meeting together, as some have done. Instead, encourage one another, and all the more as you see the day coming closer.
26 For if we deliberately go on sinning after we have received the knowledge of the truth, a sacrifice for sins no longer remains. 27 Instead, there is only a certain fearful expectation of judgment, and a fury of fire that will consume God's enemies. 28 Anyone who has rejected the law of Moses dies without mercy at the testimony of two or three witnesses. 29 How much worse punishment do you think one deserves who has trampled underfoot the Son of God, who regarded the blood of the covenant as unholy—the blood by which he was sanctified—and insulted the Spirit of grace? 30 For we know the one who said, "Vengeance belongs to me; I will pay back." And again, "The Lord will judge his people." 31 It is a fearful thing to fall into the hands of the living God!
32 But remember the former days, after you were enlightened, how you endured a great struggle in suffering. 33 Sometimes you were publicly exposed to insult and persecution, and other times you shared with those who were so treated. 34 For you had compassion on those who were prisoners, and you accepted with joy the seizure of your possessions. You knew that you yourselves had a better and everlasting possession. [1]35 So do not throw away your confidence, which has a great reward. 36 For you need perseverance so that when you have done the will of God, you will receive what he has promised.
37 "For in a very little while,
the one who is coming will indeed come and not delay.
38 My righteous one will live by faith.
If he shrinks back, my soul will not be pleased with him."
39 But we are not any of those who turn back to destruction, but we are among those who have faith and preserve their souls.
1 Now faith is being sure of the things hoped for and certain of things that are not seen. 2 For because of this the ancestors were approved for their faith. 3 By faith we understand that the universe was created by God's command, so that what is visible was not made out of things that were visible.
4 It was by faith that Abel offered God a better sacrifice than Cain, through which he was attested to be righteous, and God spoke well of him because of his offerings, and by faith Abel still speaks, even though he is dead.
5 It was by faith that Enoch was taken up so that he did not see death. "He was not found, because God took him away." For before he was taken up, it was testified that he had pleased God. 6 Now without faith it is impossible to please him. For it is necessary that anyone coming to God must believe that he exists and that he is a rewarder of those who seek him.
7 It was by faith that Noah, having been given a divine message about things not yet seen, with godly reverence built an ark to save his household. By doing this, he condemned the world and became an heir of the righteousness that is according to faith.
8 It was by faith that Abraham, when he was called, obeyed and went out to the place that he was to receive as an inheritance. He went out, not knowing where he was going. 9 It was by faith that he lived in the land of promise as a foreigner. He lived in tents with Isaac and Jacob, fellow heirs of the same promise. 10 For he was looking forward to the city with foundations, whose architect and builder is God. 11 It was by faith, even though Sarah herself was barren, that she received ability to conceive. This happened even though she was too old, since she considered as faithful the one who had given the promise. 12 Therefore, from this one man—and he was almost dead—were born descendants as many as the stars in the sky and as countless as sand by the seashore.
13 It was in faith that all these died without receiving the promises. Rather, they saw and greeted them from far off, and they acknowledged that they were foreigners and exiles on earth. 14 For those who say such things make it clear that they are seeking a homeland. 15 If they had been thinking of the country from which they had gone out, they would have had opportunity to return. 16 But as it is, they desire a better country, that is, a heavenly one. Therefore God is not ashamed to be called their God, since he has prepared a city for them.
17 It was by faith that Abraham, when he was tested, offered Isaac. It was his only son whom he offered, he who had received the promises. 18 It was Abraham to whom it had been said, "It is through Isaac that your descendants will be named." 19 Abraham reasoned that God was able to raise up Isaac from the dead, and figuratively speaking, it was from them that he received him back. 20 It was also by faith about things to come that Isaac blessed Jacob and Esau. 21 It was by faith that Jacob, when he was dying, blessed each of Joseph's sons. Jacob worshiped, leaning on the top of his staff. 22 It was by faith that Joseph, when his end was near, spoke of the departure of the children of Israel from Egypt and instructed them about his bones.
23 It was by faith that Moses, when he was born, was hidden for three months by his parents because they saw he was a beautiful child. They were not afraid of the king's command. 24 It was by faith that Moses, after he had grown up, refused to be called the son of Pharaoh's daughter. 25 He chose to be mistreated along with the people of God rather than to enjoy the pleasures of sin for a while. 26 He regarded disgrace for the sake of Christ as greater value than the treasures of Egypt, for he was looking ahead to his reward. 27 It was by faith that Moses left Egypt. He did not fear the king's anger, for he endured as if he were seeing the one who is invisible. 28 It was by faith that he kept the Passover and the sprinkling of the blood, so that the destroyer of the firstborn should not touch the Israelites' firstborn sons.
29 It was by faith that they passed through the Sea of Reeds as if over dry land. When the Egyptians tried to do this, they were swallowed up. 30 It was by faith that Jericho's walls fell down, after they had been circled around for seven days. 31 It was by faith that Rahab the prostitute did not die with those who were disobedient, because she had received the spies in peace.
32 What more can I say? For the time will fail me if I give a full account of Gideon, Barak, Samson, Jephthah, David, Samuel, and about the prophets. 33 It was through faith that they conquered kingdoms, committed righteousness, and received promises. They stopped the mouths of lions, 34 quenched the power of fire, escaped the edge of the sword, were made strong when they were weak, became mighty in battle, and defeated foreign armies. 35 Women received back their dead by resurrection. Others were tortured, not accepting release, so that they might experience a better resurrection. 36 Others experienced mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment. 37 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword. They went about in sheepskins and goatskins. They were destitute, oppressed, mistreated. [1]38 The world was not worthy of them. They were always wandering about in the deserts and mountains, and in caves and holes in the ground.
39 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise. 40 God planned something better for us, so that without us, they would not be made perfect.
1 Therefore, since we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses, let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin. Let us run with perseverance the race that is placed before us. 2 Let us pay attention to Jesus, the founder and perfecter of the faith. For the joy that was placed before him, he endured the cross, despised its shame, and sat down at the right hand of the throne of God. 3 So think about him, the one who has endured such opposition from sinners against himself, so that you do not become weary and lose heart.
4 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin to the point of blood; 5 and you have forgotten the encouragement that instructs you as sons:
"My son, do not think lightly of the Lord's discipline,
nor grow weary when you are corrected by him.
6 For the Lord disciplines the one he loves,
and he punishes every son he receives."
7 Endure suffering as discipline. God deals with you as with sons. For what son is there whom his father does not discipline? 8 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in, then you are illegitimate and not his sons. 9 Furthermore, we had human fathers who disciplined us and we respected them. How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! 10 Our fathers disciplined us for a short time as they thought best. But God disciplines us for our benefit, so that we can share in his holiness. 11 No discipline at the time seems to give joy, but to give sorrow. But later it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness for those who have been trained by it. 12 So strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. 13 Make straight paths for your feet, so that what is lame will not be sprained but rather be healed.
14 Pursue peace with everyone, and holiness, for without it no one will see the Lord. 15 Be careful so that no one lacks God's grace, and that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become defiled by it, 16 and that there is no one who is sexually immoral or profane, such as Esau, who for one meal sold his own birthright. 17 For you know that afterwards, when he desired to inherit the blessing, he was rejected, because he found no opportunity for repentance, even though he sought it with tears.
18 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched, a mountain of burning fire, darkness, gloom, and storm. 19 You have not come to a trumpet blast, nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them. 20 For they could not endure what was commanded: "If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned." [1]21 So fearful was this sight that Moses said, "I am terrified and am trembling." 22 Rather, you have come to Mount Zion and to the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem, and to tens of thousands of angels in joyful assembly. 23 You have come to the congregation of the firstborn, who have been registered in heaven. You have come to God, the Judge of all, and to the spirits of the righteous ones who have been made perfect. 24 And you have come to Jesus, the mediator of a new covenant, and to the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel's blood. 25 See that you do not refuse the one who is speaking. For if they did not escape when they refused the one who warned them on earth, much less will we escape if we turn away from the one who is warning from heaven. 26 At one time, his voice shook the earth. But now he has promised and said, "One more time I will shake not only the earth, but also the heavens." 27 These words, "One more time," mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things that have been created, so that the things that cannot be shaken will remain. 28 Therefore, receiving a kingdom that cannot be shaken, let us be thankful and in this manner worship God with reverence and awe. 29 For our God is a consuming fire.
1 Let brotherly love continue. 2 Do not forget hospitality for strangers. For through this, some have shown hospitality to angels without knowing it. 3 Remember prisoners as if you were bound with them. Remember those who are mistreated since you yourselves also are in the body. 4 Let marriage be held in honor by all, and let the marriage bed be kept pure, for God will judge sexually immoral people and adulterers. 5 Let your conduct be free from the love of money. Be content with the things you have, for God himself has said,
"I will never leave you,
nor will I abandon you."
6 Let us be content so that we may have courage to say,
"The Lord is my helper; I will not be afraid.
What can a man do to me?"
7 Consider your leaders, those who spoke God's word to you, and consider the result of their conduct. Imitate their faith. 8 Jesus Christ is the same yesterday, today, and forever. 9 Do not be carried away by various strange teachings. For it is good that the heart should be strengthened by grace, not by foods that do not help those who walk by them. 10 We have an altar from which those who serve in the tabernacle have no right to eat. 11 For the blood of the animals killed for sins is brought by the high priest into the holy place, while their bodies are burned outside the camp. 12 So Jesus also suffered outside the city gate, in order to sanctify the people through his own blood. 13 Let us therefore go to him outside the camp, bearing the disgrace he endured. 14 For we do not have a permanent city here. Rather, we are looking for the one that is to come. 15 Through him, then, let us always offer up sacrifices of praise to God, praise that is the fruit of lips that acknowledge his name. 16 Let us not forget doing good and sharing, for it is with such sacrifices that God is very pleased. 17 Obey and submit to your leaders, for they keep watch over your souls as those who will give account. Obey so that your leaders will do this with joy, and not with groaning, which would be useless to you.
18 Pray for us, for we are convinced that we have a good conscience and that we desire to live rightly in all things. 19 I encourage you even more to do this, so that I will be returned to you sooner.
20 Now may the God of peace, who brought back from the dead the great shepherd of the sheep, our Lord Jesus, by the blood of the eternal covenant, 21 equip you with everything good to do his will, working in us what is pleasing to him, through Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory forever and ever. Amen.
22 Now I encourage you, brothers, to bear with the word of encouragement that I have briefly written to you. 23 Know that our brother Timothy has been set free, with whom I will see you if he comes soon.
24 Greet all your leaders and all God's holy people. Those from Italy greet you.
25 May grace be with you all.
1 James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ, to the twelve tribes in the dispersion: Greetings! 2 Consider it all joy, my brothers, when you experience various troubles. 3 You know that the testing of your faith produces endurance. 4 Let endurance complete its work so that you may become fully developed and complete, not lacking anything. 5 But if any of you needs wisdom, let him ask for it from God, the one who gives generously and without rebuke to all who ask, and he will give it to him. 6 But let him ask in faith, doubting nothing. For anyone who doubts is like a wave in the sea that is driven by the wind and tossed around. 7 For that person must not think that he will receive anything from the Lord; 8 he is a double-minded man, unstable in all his ways. 9 Let the lowly brother boast of his high position, 10 but the rich man of his low position, because he will pass away as a wild flower in the grass. 11 For the sun rises with burning heat and dries up the grass. The flower falls off, and its beauty perishes. In the same way, the rich man will fade away in the middle of his journey. 12 Blessed is the man who endures testing. For after he has passed the test, he will receive the crown of life, which has been promised to those who love God. 13 Let no one say when he is tempted, "I am tempted by God," because God is not tempted by evil, nor does he himself tempt anyone. 14 But each person is tempted by his own desire, which drags him away and entices him. 15 Then after the desire conceives, it gives birth to sin, and after the sin is full grown, it gives birth to death. 16 Do not be deceived, my beloved brothers. 17 Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above. It comes down from the Father of lights. With him there is no changing or shadow because of turning. 18 God chose to give us birth by the word of truth, so that we would be a kind of firstfruits of all his creatures. 19 You know this, my beloved brothers: Let every man be quick to hear, slow to speak, and slow to anger. 20 For the anger of man does not accomplish the righteousness of God. 21 Therefore take off all sinful filth and abundant amounts of evil. In humility receive the implanted word, which is able to save your souls. 22 Be doers of the word and not only hearers, deceiving yourselves. 23 For if anyone is a hearer of the word but not a doer, he is like a man who examines his natural face in a mirror. 24 He examines himself and then goes away and immediately forgets what he was like. 25 But the person who looks carefully into the perfect law of freedom, and continues to do so, not just being a hearer who forgets, this man will be blessed in his actions. 26 If anyone thinks he is religious and does not control his tongue, he deceives his heart and his religion is worthless. 27 Religion that is pure and unspoiled before our God and Father is to help the fatherless and widows in their affliction, and to keep oneself unstained by the world.
1 My brothers, do not hold to faith in our Lord Jesus Christ, the Lord of glory, with partiality toward certain people. 2 Suppose that someone enters your meeting wearing gold rings and splendid clothes, and there also enters a poor man in dirty clothes. 3 If you look at the person wearing fine clothes and say, "You sit here in a good place," but you say to the poor man, "You stand over there" or "Sit by my footstool," 4 are you not judging among yourselves? Have you not become judges with evil thoughts? 5 Listen, my beloved brothers, did not God choose the poor of the world to be rich in faith and to be heirs of the kingdom that he promised to those who love him? 6 But you have dishonored the poor! Is it not the rich who oppress you? Are they not the ones who drag you to court? 7 Do they not insult the good name by which you have been called? 8 If, however, you fulfill the royal law according to the scripture, "Love your neighbor as yourself," you do well. 9 But if you favor certain people, you are committing sin, and you are convicted by the law as transgressors. 10 For whoever obeys the whole law, except that he stumbles in just a single way, has become guilty of breaking the whole law. 11 For the one who said, "Do not commit adultery," also said, "Do not murder." If you do not commit adultery, but if you do commit murder, you have become a transgressor of the law. 12 So speak and act as those who will be judged by means of the law of freedom. 13 For judgment comes without mercy to those who have shown no mercy. Mercy triumphs over judgment.
14 What profit is it, my brothers, if someone says he has faith, but he has no works? Can that faith save him? 15 Suppose that a brother or sister is badly clothed and lacks food for the day. 16 Suppose that one of you says to them, "Go in peace, stay warm and be filled." If you do not give them the things necessary for the body, what profit is that? 17 In the same way faith by itself, if it does not have works, is dead. 18 Yet someone may say, "You have faith, and I have works." Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith by my works. 19 You believe that there is one God; you do well. But even the demons believe that, and they tremble. 20 Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is useless? [1]21 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? 22 You see that faith worked with his works, and that by works his faith was completed. 23 The scripture was fulfilled that says, "Abraham believed God, and it was counted to him as righteousness," and he was called a friend of God. 24 You see that it is by works that a man is justified, and not only by faith. 25 In the same way also, was not Rahab the prostitute justified by works when she welcomed the messengers and sent them away by another road? 26 For as the body apart from the spirit is dead, even so faith apart from works is dead.
1 Not many of you should become teachers, my brothers, for you know that we who teach will be judged more strictly. 2 For we all stumble in many ways. If anyone does not stumble in words, he is a perfect man, able to control even his whole body. 3 Now if we put bits into horses' mouths for them to obey us, we can also direct their whole bodies. 4 Notice also that ships, although they are so large and are driven by strong winds, are steered by a very small rudder to wherever the pilot desires. 5 In this way, the tongue is a small member, yet it boasts great things. Notice also how small a fire sets on fire a large forest. 6 The tongue is also a fire, a world of evil set among our members. The tongue defiles the whole body, sets on fire the course of life, and is itself set on fire by hell. 7 For every kind of wild animal, bird, reptile, and sea creature is being tamed and has been tamed by mankind. 8 But no human being can tame the tongue. It is a restless evil, full of deadly poison. 9 With it we praise the Lord and Father, and with it we curse men, who have been made in God's likeness. 10 Out of the same mouth come blessing and cursing. My brothers, these things should not happen. 11 Does a spring pour out from its opening both sweet and bitter water? 12 Does a fig tree, my brothers, make olives? Or a grapevine, figs? Neither can salty water produce sweet water.
13 Who is wise and understanding among you? Let that person show a good life by his works in the humility of wisdom. 14 But if you have bitter jealousy and ambition in your heart, do not boast and lie against the truth. 15 This is not the wisdom that comes down from above. Rather, it is earthly, unspiritual, demonic. 16 For where there are jealousy and ambition, there is confusion and every evil practice. 17 But the wisdom from above is first pure, then peace-loving, gentle, reasonable, full of mercy and good fruits, impartial and sincere. 18 The fruit of righteousness is sown in peace among those who make peace.
1 Where do quarrels and disputes among you come from? Do they not come from your desires that fight among your members? 2 You desire, and you do not have. You murder and covet, and you are not able to obtain. You fight and quarrel. You do not possess because you do not ask. 3 You ask and do not receive because you ask wrongly, in order that you may use it for your desires. 4 You adulteresses! Do you not know that friendship with the world is hostility against God? So whoever desires to be a friend of the world makes himself an enemy of God. 5 Or do you think the scripture says in vain, "The Spirit he caused to live in us is deeply envious"? 6 But God gives more grace, so the scripture says, "God opposes the proud, but gives grace to the humble."
7 So submit to God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you. 8 Come close to God, and he will come close to you. Cleanse your hands, you sinners, and purify your hearts, you double-minded people. 9 Grieve, mourn, and cry! Let your laughter turn into mourning and your joy into gloom. 10 Humble yourselves before the Lord, and he will exalt you.
11 Do not speak evil about another, brothers. The person who speaks evil about a brother or judges his brother speaks evil about the law and judges the law. If you judge the law, you are not a doer of the law, but a judge. 12 Only one is the lawgiver and judge. He is the one who is able to save and to destroy. Who are you, you who judge your neighbor?
13 Now listen, you who say, "Today or tomorrow we will go into this city, spend a year there, trade, and make a profit." 14 Who knows what will happen tomorrow, and what is your life? For you are a mist that appears for a little while and then disappears. 15 Instead, you should say, "If the Lord wishes, we will live and do this or that." 16 But now you are boasting about your arrogant plans. All such boasting is evil. 17 So for anyone who knows to do good but does not do it, for him it is sin.
1 Come now, you who are rich, weep and wail because of the miseries coming on you. 2 Your riches have rotted, and your clothes have become moth-eaten. 3 Your gold and your silver have become tarnished and their rust will be a witness against you. It will consume your flesh like fire. You have stored up your treasure for the last days. 4 Look, the wages you kept back from the laborers who mowed your fields is crying out against you. The cries of the harvesters have reached the ears of the Lord of hosts. 5 You have lived in luxury on the earth and indulged yourselves. You have fattened your hearts for a day of slaughter. 6 You have condemned and murdered the righteous person. He does not oppose you.
7 Be patient, then, brothers, until the Lord's coming. See how the farmer waits for the precious fruit from the ground and he is patient about it, until it receives the early and late rains. 8 You, too, be patient. Strengthen your hearts because the Lord's coming is near. 9 Do not complain, brothers, against one another, so that you will not be condemned. See, the judge is standing at the door. 10 Take an example, brothers, from the suffering and patience of the prophets, those who spoke in the name of the Lord. 11 See, we regard those who endured as blessed. You have heard of the endurance of Job, and you know the purpose of the Lord, how he is very compassionate and merciful.
12 Above all, my brothers, do not swear, either by heaven or by the earth, or by any other oath. Rather, let your "Yes" mean "Yes" and your "No" mean "No," so you do not fall under judgment.
13 Is anyone among you suffering hardship? Let him pray. Is anyone cheerful? Let him sing praise. 14 Is anyone among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church, and let them pray over him. Let them anoint him with oil in the name of the Lord. 15 The prayer of faith will heal the sick person, and the Lord will raise him up. If he has committed sins, God will forgive him. 16 So confess your sins to one another and pray for each other so that you may be healed. The prayer of a righteous person is very strong in its working. 17 Elijah was a man just like us. He prayed earnestly that it would not rain, and it did not rain in the land for three years and six months. 18 Then Elijah prayed again. The heavens gave rain, and the earth produced its fruit.
19 My brothers, if anyone among you strays from the truth, and someone brings him back, 20 that person should know that whoever turns a sinner from the error of his way will save him from death and will cover over a great number of sins.
1 Peter, an apostle of Jesus Christ, to the foreigners of the dispersion, the chosen ones, throughout Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia. 2 This is according to the foreknowledge of God the Father, through the sanctifying work of the Spirit, for obedience and for the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ. May grace be to you, and may your peace increase.
3 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised! In his great mercy, he has given us new birth to a living hope through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead. 4 This is for an inheritance that will not perish, will not become stained, and will not fade away. It is reserved in heaven for you. 5 You are protected by God's power through faith for the salvation that is ready to be revealed in the last time. 6 In this you greatly rejoice, even though now, for a little while, you may have to suffer all kinds of trials. 7 This is for the proving of your faith, which is more precious than gold that perishes, even though it is tested by fire. This happens so that your faith will be found to result in praise, glory, and honor at the revealing of Jesus Christ. 8 You have not seen him, but you love him. You do not see him now, but you believe in him and rejoice with joy that is inexpressible and filled with glory. 9 You are now receiving for yourselves the result of your faith, the salvation of your souls. 10 Concerning this salvation, the prophets who prophesied about the grace that was to come to you, searched diligently and examined carefully, 11 inquiring into what person or time the Spirit of Christ in them was indicating when he testified beforehand about the sufferings of Christ and the glories that would follow. 12 It was revealed to them that they were not serving themselves, but you, when they spoke of the things that have now been told to you by those who preached the gospel to you by the Holy Spirit sent from heaven—things into which angels long to look.
13 So gird up the loins of your mind. Be sober. Put your hope fully on the grace that will be brought to you when Jesus Christ is revealed. 14 As obedient children, do not conform yourselves to the desires that you followed when you were ignorant. 15 But as the one who called you is holy, you, too, be holy in your whole behavior. 16 For it is written, "Be holy, because I am holy." 17 So if you call "Father" the one who judges impartially and according to each person's work, conduct yourselves in fear during your time here as foreigners. 18 You know that it was not with perishable silver or gold that you have been redeemed from the futile behavior that you inherited from your ancestors, 19 but by the precious blood of Christ, like that of a lamb without blemish or spot. 20 Christ was foreknown before the foundation of the world, but now he has been revealed to you in these last times. 21 Through him you believe in God, who raised him from the dead and gave him glory, so that your faith and hope are in God. 22 You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from a pure heart. [1]23 You have been born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable seed, through the living and remaining word of God. 24 For,
"All flesh is like grass,
and all its glory is like the wild flower of the grass.
The grass dries up, and the flower falls off,
25 but the word of the Lord remains forever."
This word is the gospel that was preached to you.
1 Therefore put aside all evil, all deceit, hypocrisy, envy, and all slander. 2 As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk, so that through it you may grow in salvation, 3 if you have tasted that the Lord is kind. 4 Come to him who is a living stone that has been rejected by people, but that has been chosen by God as valuable to him. 5 You also are like living stones that are being built up to be a spiritual house in order to be a holy priesthood that offers the spiritual sacrifices acceptable to God through Jesus Christ. 6 Scripture contains this:
"See, I am laying in Zion a cornerstone,
chosen and valuable.
Whoever believes in him
will not be ashamed."
7 The value, then, is to you who believe. But to those who do not believe,
"The stone that was rejected by the builders,
this has become the head of the corner,"
8 and,
"A stone of stumbling
and a rock that makes them fall."
They stumble because they disobey the word—which is what they were appointed to do. 9 But you are a chosen people, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, a people for God's possession, so that you would announce the wonderful actions of the one who called you out from darkness into his marvelous light. 10 Once you were not a people, but now you are the people of God. You did not receive mercy, but now you have received mercy.
11 Beloved, I exhort you as foreigners and exiles to abstain from fleshly desires, which fight against your soul. 12 Your conduct among the Gentiles should be honorable, so that when they slander you as evildoers, they may be eyewitnesses of your good deeds and give glory to God on the day when he appears.
13 Be subject to every human authority for the Lord's sake. Obey both the king as supreme 14 and also the governors, who are sent for the punishment of evildoers and to praise those who do good. 15 For this is God's will, that in doing good you silence the ignorant talk of foolish people. 16 As free people, do not use your freedom as a covering for wickedness, but be like servants of God. 17 Honor all people. Love the brotherhood. Fear God. Honor the king.
18 Servants, be subject to your masters with all respect. Be subject not only to the good and gentle masters, but also to the malicious ones. 19 For it is praiseworthy if, because he is conscious of God, a person endures sorrows while suffering unjustly. 20 For how much credit is there if you sin and then endure while being afflicted? But if you have done good and then you suffer while being punished, this is worthy of praise from God. 21 For it is to this that you were called, because Christ also suffered for you. He left an example for you to follow in his steps.
22 "He committed no sin,
neither was any deceit found in his mouth."
23 When he was insulted, he gave no insult in return. When he suffered, he did not threaten back, but he gave himself over to the one who judges justly. 24 He himself carried our sins in his body on the tree so that we would die to sin and live for righteousness. By his bruises you have been healed. 25 All of you had been straying like lost sheep, but now you have returned to the shepherd and overseer of your souls.
1 In the same way, you who are wives should submit to your own husbands. Do this so even if some men are disobedient to the word, they may be won without a word, through their wives' behavior, 2 having been eyewitnesses of your respectful, pure behavior. 3 Do not let your adornment be outward—the braiding of hair, and putting on of gold ornaments, or the clothing you wear. 4 Instead, let your adornment be the inner person of the heart with the lasting beauty of a gentle and quiet spirit, which is precious before God. 5 For this is how holy women long ago who hoped in God adorned themselves, by submitting to their husbands. 6 In this way Sarah obeyed Abraham and called him her lord. You are now her children if you do what is good and if you are not afraid of trouble.
7 In the same way, you husbands should live with your wives according to understanding, as with a weaker container, a woman. You should give them honor as fellow heirs of the grace of life. Do this so that your prayers will not be hindered.
8 Finally, all of you, be likeminded, compassionate, loving as brothers, tenderhearted, and humble. 9 Do not pay back evil for evil or insult for insult. On the contrary, continue to bless, because for this you were called, that you might inherit a blessing.
10 "The one who wants to love life
and see good days
should stop his tongue from evil
and his lips from speaking deceit.
11 Let him turn away from what is bad and do what is good.
Let him seek peace and pursue it.
12 The eyes of the Lord see the righteous,
and his ears hear their prayers.
But the face of the Lord is against those who do evil."
13 Who is the one who will harm you if you are eager to do what is good? 14 But even if you suffer because of righteousness, you are blessed. Do not fear their threats. Do not be troubled. 15 Instead, set apart the Lord Christ in your hearts as holy. Always be ready to give an account to anyone who asks about the hope you have— 16 however, with meekness and respect. Have a good conscience so that in whatever you are spoken of as evil the people who slander your good life in Christ may be put to shame. 17 It is better, if it should be God's will, that you suffer for doing good than for doing evil. 18 Christ also suffered once for sins. He who is righteous suffered for us, who were unrighteous, so that he would bring us to God. He was put to death in the flesh, but he was made alive by the Spirit. 19 By the Spirit, he went and preached to the spirits who are now in prison. 20 They were disobedient when the patience of God was waiting in the days of Noah, in the days of the building of an ark, and God saved a few people—eight souls—by means of the water. 21 This is a symbol of the baptism that saves you now—not as a washing away of dirt from the body, but as the appeal of a good conscience to God—through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. 22 Christ is at the right hand of God. He went into heaven. Angels, authorities, and powers must submit to him.
1 Therefore, because Christ suffered in the flesh, arm yourselves with the same intention. For whoever has suffered in the flesh has ceased from sin. 2 As a result, such a person, for the rest of his time in the flesh, no longer lives for men's desires, but for God's will. 3 For the time that has passed is enough for you to do the desire of the Gentiles, living in sensuality, lusts, drunkenness, drunken celebrations, having wild parties, and committing lawless acts of idolatry. 4 They think it is strange that you do not join with them in these floods of reckless behavior, so they speak evil about you. 5 They will give an account to the one who is ready to judge the living and the dead. 6 For this purpose the gospel was preached also to the dead, so that, although they have been judged in the flesh as humans, they may live in the spirit the way God does.
7 The end of all things is coming near. Therefore be of sound mind, and be sober in your thinking for the sake of prayers. 8 Above all things, have fervent love for one another, for love covers a multitude of sins. 9 Be hospitable to one another without complaining. 10 As each one of you has received a gift, use it to serve one another as good stewards of God's grace in its various forms. 11 If anyone speaks, let it be with God's words. If anyone serves, let it be from the strength that God supplies. Do these things so that in all ways God would be glorified through Jesus Christ. May there be to Jesus Christ glory and dominion forever and ever. Amen.
12 Beloved, do not regard as strange the testing in the fire that has come upon you, as if something strange were happening to you. 13 Instead, however much you experience the sufferings of Christ, rejoice, so that you may also rejoice and be glad when his glory is revealed. 14 If you are insulted for Christ's name, you are blessed, because the Spirit of glory and of God rests on you. 15 But let none of you suffer as a murderer, a thief, an evildoer, or a meddler. 16 Yet if anyone suffers as a Christian, let him not be ashamed; instead, let him glorify God with that name. 17 For it is time for judgment to begin with the household of God. If it begins with us, what will be the outcome for those who disobey God's gospel?
18 And
"If it is difficult for the righteous to be saved,
what will become of the ungodly and the sinner?"
19 Therefore let those who suffer because of God's will commit their souls to the faithful Creator in well-doing.
1 I am exhorting the elders among you, I, who am a fellow elder and a witness of the sufferings of Christ, and am also one who will share in the glory that will be revealed: 2 Be shepherds of God's flock that is under your care, serving as overseers—not because you must, but because you are willing, as God would have you serve—not for shameful profit but eagerly. 3 Do not act as lords over those allotted to you. Instead, be examples to the flock. 4 Then when the Chief Shepherd is revealed, you will receive an unfading crown of glory. 5 In the same way, you younger men, submit to the older men. All of you, clothe yourselves with humility and serve one another.
For God is opposed to the proud,
but he gives grace to the humble.
6 Therefore humble yourselves under God's mighty hand so that he may exalt you in due time. 7 Cast all your anxiety on him because he cares for you. 8 Be sober, be watchful. Your adversary the devil is walking around like a roaring lion, looking for someone to devour. 9 Stand against him. Be strong in your faith. You know that your brotherhood in the world is enduring the same sufferings. 10 After you suffer for a little while, the God of all grace, who called you to his eternal glory in Christ, will perfect you, confirm you, strengthen you, and establish you. 11 To him be the dominion forever and ever. Amen.
12 I regard Silvanus as a faithful brother, and I have written to you briefly through him. I am exhorting you and I am testifying to you that what I have written is the true grace of God. Stand in it. 13 The woman who is in Babylon, who is chosen together with you, greets you. Also Mark, my son, greets you. 14 Greet one another with a kiss of love.
May peace be to you all who are in Christ.
1 Simon Peter, a slave and apostle of Jesus Christ, to those who have received the same precious faith as we have received, faith in the righteousness of our God and Savior Jesus Christ.
2 May grace and peace increase in measure in the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord. 3 By his divine power, all things for life and godliness have been given to us through the knowledge of him who called us through his own glory and excellence. 4 Through these he gave us precious and great promises, so that you might be sharers in the divine nature, having escaped the corruption in the world that is caused by evil desires. 5 For this reason, do your best to add goodness to your faith, and to goodness add knowledge, 6 to knowledge add self-control, to self-control add endurance, to endurance add godliness, 7 to godliness add brotherly love, and to brotherly love add love. 8 If these things are in you and grow in you, they will keep you from being barren or unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. 9 But whoever lacks these things is so nearsighted that he is blind, having forgotten he has been cleansed from his past sins. 10 Therefore, brothers, do your best to make your calling and election sure, for if you do these things, you will not stumble. 11 In this way there will be richly provided for you an entrance into the eternal kingdom of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ.
12 Therefore I will always be ready to remind you of these things, although you know them, and although you are strong in the truth you now have. 13 I think it is proper for me, as long as I am in this tent, to stir you up by way of reminder. 14 For I know that the putting off of my tent will be soon, because our Lord Jesus Christ has revealed this to me. 15 I will make every effort to see that after my departure you may always be able to remember these things. 16 For we did not follow cleverly invented myths when we made known to you the power and the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but we were eyewitnesses of his majesty. 17 For he received honor and glory from God the Father when a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory, saying, "This is my beloved Son, with him I am well pleased." 18 We ourselves heard this voice brought from heaven when we were with him on the holy mountain. 19 For we have the prophetic word made more certain, to which you would do well to pay attention as to a lamp shining in a dark place until the day dawns and the morning star rises in your hearts. 20 Above all, you must understand that no prophecy of scripture comes from someone's own interpretation. 21 For no prophecy was ever brought by the will of man, but men spoke from God when they were carried along by the Holy Spirit.
1 False prophets came to the people, and false teachers will also come to you. They will secretly bring with them destructive heresies, and they will deny the master who bought them. They are bringing quick destruction upon themselves. 2 Many will follow their sensuality, and through them the way of truth will be slandered. 3 In their greed they will exploit you with deceptive words. Their condemnation has been coming for a long time, and their destruction is not asleep. 4 For if God did not spare the angels who sinned, but delivered them into hell to be kept in chains of darkness until the judgment, [1]5 and if he did not spare the ancient world, but preserved Noah, a herald of righteousness, along with seven others when he brought a flood on the world of the ungodly. 6 and if he reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes and condemned them to destruction as an example of what is to happen to the ungodly, 7 but delivered righteous Lot, who was oppressed by the sensual behavior of lawless people— 8 for that righteous man, who was living among them day after day, was tormented in his righteous soul by seeing and hearing their lawless deeds— 9 if the Lord did these things, then he knows how to rescue godly men out of trials and how to hold unrighteous men in custody so they can be punished on the day of judgment. 10 This is especially true for those who walk after the corrupt desires of the flesh and who despise authority. Bold and self-willed, they do not tremble when they blaspheme the glorious ones. 11 Angels have greater strength and power, but they do not bring insulting judgments against them to the Lord. 12 But these people are like unreasoning animals, born for capture and destruction. They do not know what they insult. In destruction they also will be destroyed, 13 suffering harm as a reward for doing harm. They think that luxury during the day is a pleasure. They are stains and blemishes. They enjoy their deceitful actions while they are feasting with you. [2]14 They have eyes full of adultery; they are never satisfied with sin. They entice unstable souls into wrongdoing, and they have their hearts trained in greed. They are cursed children! 15 They have abandoned the straight way and have gone astray, following the way of Balaam son of Beor, who loved to receive payment for unrighteousness. [3]16 But he obtained a rebuke for his own transgression—a mute donkey speaking in a human voice stopped the prophet's insanity. 17 These men are springs without water and mists driven by a storm. The gloom of thick darkness is reserved for them. 18 They speak with vain arrogance. Through the lusts of the flesh, through sensuality, they entice people who are trying to escape from those who live in error. 19 They promise freedom to them, but they themselves are slaves of corruption. For a man is a slave to whatever overcomes him. 20 If they have escaped the corruptions of the world through the knowledge of the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ and are again entangled in them and overcome, the last state has become worse for them than the first. 21 It would have been better for them not to have known the way of righteousness than to have known it and to turn away from the holy commandment delivered to them. 22 This proverb is true for them: "A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig returns to the mud."
1 Beloved, this is now the second letter that I have written to you, and in both of them they are reminders to stir up your sincere mind 2 so that you will recall the words spoken in the past by the holy prophets and the command of our Lord and Savior given through your apostles. 3 Know this first, that mockers will come in the last days. They will mock and proceed according to their own desires. 4 They will say, "Where is the promise of his return? From when our fathers fell asleep, all things have stayed the same, since the beginning of creation." 5 They deliberately forget that long ago by the word of God the heavens and the earth came to exist out of water and through water, 6 through which the world at that time was destroyed, being flooded with water. 7 By the same word the heavens and the earth are reserved for fire, being kept for the day of judgment and destruction of ungodly people.
8 It should not escape your notice, beloved, that one day with the Lord is like a thousand years, and a thousand years are like one day. 9 The Lord is not slow concerning his promise, as some consider slowness to be. Rather, he is patient toward you. He does not desire for any of you to perish, but for everyone to come to repentance. 10 However, the day of the Lord will come as a thief: The heavens will pass away with a loud noise. The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be laid bare. [1]11 Since all these things will be destroyed in this way, what kind of people should you be? You should live holy and godly lives. 12 You should expect and hasten the coming of the day of God. On that day, the heavens will be destroyed by fire, and the elements will be melted in great heat. 13 But according to his promise we are waiting for the new heavens and the new earth, where righteousness will dwell.
14 Therefore, beloved, since you expect these things, do your best to be found spotless and blameless before him, in peace. 15 Also, consider the patience of our Lord to be salvation, just as our beloved brother Paul wrote to you, according to the wisdom that was given to him. 16 Paul speaks of these things in all his letters, in which there are things that are difficult to understand. Ignorant and unstable men distort these things, as they also do the other scriptures, to their own destruction. 17 Therefore, beloved, since you know about these things beforehand, guard yourselves so that you are not led astray by the deceit of lawless people and you lose your own faithfulness. 18 But grow in the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ. May the glory be to him both now and to the day of eternity. Amen!
1 That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at and our hands have touched, concerning the Word of life— 2 the life was made known, and we have seen and testify and proclaim to you the eternal life, which was with the Father, and which has been made known to us. 3 That which we have seen and heard we declare also to you, so you also will have fellowship with us. Our fellowship is with the Father and with his Son, Jesus Christ. 4 Also, we are writing these things to you so that our joy will be complete. [1]
5 This is the message that we have heard from him and are proclaiming to you: God is light, and in him there is no darkness at all. 6 If we say that we have fellowship with him and walk in darkness, we are lying and are not practicing the truth. 7 But if we walk in the light as he is in the light, we have fellowship with one another, and the blood of Jesus his Son cleanses us from every sin. 8 If we say that we have no sin, we are deceiving ourselves, and the truth is not in us. 9 But if we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins and cleanse us from all unrighteousness. 10 If we say that we have not sinned, we make him out to be a liar, and his word is not in us.
1 Children, I am writing these things to you so that you will not sin. But if anyone sins, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ, the one who is righteous. 2 He is the atoning sacrifice for our sins, and not for ours only, but also for the whole world. 3 We know that we have come to know him, if we keep his commandments. 4 The one who says "I know God" but does not keep his commandments is a liar, and the truth is not in him. 5 But whoever keeps his word, in him truly the love of God has been perfected. By this we know that we are in him: 6 whoever says that he remains in God should himself also walk just as he walked.
7 Beloved, I am not writing a new commandment to you, but an old commandment that you have had from the beginning. The old commandment is the word that you heard. 8 Yet I am writing a new commandment to you, which is true in Christ and in you, because the darkness is passing away, and the true light is already shining. 9 The one who says that he is in the light and hates his brother is in the darkness until now. 10 The one who loves his brother remains in the light and there is no occasion for stumbling in him. 11 But the one who hates his brother is in the darkness and walks in the darkness; he does not know where he is going because the darkness has blinded his eyes.
12 I am writing to you, children, because your sins are forgiven because of his name. 13 I am writing to you, fathers, because you know the one who is from the beginning. I am writing to you, young men, because you have overcome the evil one. I have written to you, children, because you know the Father.
14 I have written to you, fathers, because you know the one who is from the beginning. I have written to you, young men, because you are strong, and the word of God remains in you, and you have overcome the evil one. 15 Do not love the world or the things that are in the world. If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him. 16 For everything that is in the world—the lust of the flesh, the lust of the eyes, and the arrogance of life—is not from the Father but is from the world. 17 The world and its desire are passing away. But whoever does the will of God will remain forever.
18 Children, it is the last hour. Just as you heard that the antichrist is coming, now many antichrists have come. By this we know that it is the last hour. 19 They went out from us, but they were not from us. For if they had been from us they would have remained with us. But when they went out, that showed they were not from us. 20 But you have an anointing from the Holy One, and you all know. 21 I did not write to you because you do not know the truth, but because you know it and because no lie is from the truth. 22 Who is the liar but the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ? That person is the antichrist, since he denies the Father and the Son. 23 No one who denies the Son has the Father. Whoever confesses the Son also has the Father. 24 As for you, let what you have heard from the beginning remain in you. If what you heard from the beginning remains in you, you will also remain in the Son and in the Father. 25 This is the promise he gave to us—eternal life. 26 I have written these things to you about those who would lead you astray. 27 As for you, the anointing that you received from him remains in you, and you do not need anyone to teach you. But as his anointing teaches you everything and is true and is not a lie, and just as it has taught you, remain in him.
28 Now, children, remain in him so that when he appears we will have boldness and not be ashamed before him at his coming. 29 If you know that he is righteous, you know that everyone who does what is right has been born from him.
1 See what kind of love the Father has given to us, that we should be called children of God, and this is what we are. For this reason, the world does not know us, because it did not know him. [1]2 Beloved, we are now children of God, and it has not yet been revealed what we will be. We know that when Christ appears, we will be like him, for we will see him just as he is. 3 Everyone who has this hope in him purifies himself just as he is pure. 4 Everyone who sins is committing acts of lawlessness, for sin is lawlessness. 5 You know that Christ was revealed in order to take away sins, and in him there is no sin. 6 No one who remains in him will keep on sinning. No one who continues to sin has seen him or known him. 7 Children, do not let anyone lead you astray. The one who does righteousness is righteous, just as Christ is righteous. 8 The one who commits sin is from the devil, for the devil has sinned from the beginning. For this reason the Son of God was revealed, so that he would destroy the devil's works. 9 Whoever has been born from God does not continue to sin, because God's seed remains in him. He cannot continue to sin because he has been born of God. 10 In this the children of God and children of the devil are revealed: Whoever does not do what is righteous is not from God, neither is the one who does not love his brother. 11 For this is the message that you have heard from the beginning: We should love one another. 12 We should not be like Cain, who was from the evil one and murdered his brother. Why did he kill him? Because his works were evil and his brother's righteous.
13 Do not be amazed, my brothers, if the world hates you. 14 We know that we have passed out of death into life, because we love the brothers. Anyone who does not love remains in death. 15 Anyone who hates his brother is a murderer. You know that no murderer has eternal life residing in him. 16 By this we know love, because Christ laid down his life for us. We also ought to lay down our lives for the brothers. 17 But whoever has the world's goods, sees his brother in need, and shuts up his heart of compassion from him, how does the love of God remain in him? 18 My children, let us not love in word or in tongue, but in actions and truth. 19 It is by this we know that we are from the truth, and we assure our hearts before him. 20 For if our hearts condemn us, God is greater than our hearts, and he knows all things. 21 Beloved, if our hearts do not condemn us, we have confidence toward God. 22 Whatever we ask we will receive from him, because we keep his commandments and do the things that are pleasing before him. 23 This is his commandment: that we should believe in the name of his Son Jesus Christ and love one another, just as he gave us this commandment. 24 The one who keeps God's commandments remains in him, and God remains in him. By this we know that he remains in us, by the Spirit whom he gave to us.
1 Beloved, do not believe every spirit. Instead, test the spirits to see whether they are from God, because many false prophets have gone out into the world. 2 By this you will know the Spirit of God—every spirit that confesses that Jesus Christ has come in the flesh is from God, 3 and every spirit that does not confess Jesus is not from God. This is the spirit of the antichrist, which you have heard is coming, and now is already in the world. [1]4 You are from God, children, and have overcome them, because the one who is in you is greater than the one who is in the world. 5 They are from the world; therefore what they say is from the world, and the world listens to them. 6 We are from God. Anyone who knows God listens to us. He who is not from God does not listen to us. By this we know the spirit of truth and the spirit of error.
7 Beloved, let us love one another, for love is from God, and everyone who loves is born from God and knows God. 8 The person who does not love does not know God, for God is love. 9 Because of this the love of God was revealed among us, that God has sent his only Son into the world so that we would live because of him. 10 In this is love, not that we loved God, but that he loved us, and that he sent his Son to be the atoning sacrifice for our sins. 11 Beloved, if God so loved us, we also should love one another. 12 No one has ever seen God. If we love one another, God remains in us, and his love is perfected in us. 13 By this we know that we remain in him and he in us, because he has given us some of his Spirit. 14 Also, we have seen and testify that the Father has sent the Son to be the Savior of the world. 15 Whoever confesses that Jesus is the Son of God, God remains in him and he in God. 16 Also, we have known and believed the love that God has for us. God is love, and the one who remains in this love remains in God, and God remains in him. 17 Because of this, this love has been made perfect among us, so that we will have confidence on the day of judgment, because as he is, just so are we in this world. 18 There is no fear in love. Instead, perfect love throws out fear, because fear has to do with punishment. But the one who fears has not been made perfect in love. 19 We love because God first loved us. 20 If anyone says, "I love God" but hates his brother, he is a liar. For the one who does not love his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen. 21 Also, this is the commandment we have from him: Whoever loves God must also love his own brother.
1 Whoever believes that Jesus is the Christ is born from God, and whoever loves a father also loves the child born from him. 2 This is how we know that we love the children of God: when we love God and obey his commandments. 3 For this is love for God: that we keep his commandments. And his commandments are not burdensome. 4 For everyone who is born from God overcomes the world. And this is the victory that has overcome the world, even our faith. 5 Who is the one who overcomes the world? The one who believes that Jesus is the Son of God. 6 This is the one who came by water and blood: Jesus Christ. He came not only by water, but also by water and blood. The Spirit is the one who testifies, because the Spirit is the truth. 7 For there are three that testify: 8 the Spirit, the water, and the blood. These three are in agreement. [1]9 If we receive the testimony of men, the testimony of God is greater. For this is the testimony of God that he has testified concerning his Son. 10 Anyone who believes in the Son of God has the testimony in himself. Anyone who does not believe God has made him out to be a liar, because he has not believed the testimony that God has given concerning his Son. 11 And the testimony is this: God gave us eternal life, and this life is in his Son. 12 The one who has the Son has life. The one who does not have the Son of God does not have life.
13 I have written to you these things so that you will know that you have eternal life—to you who believe in the name of the Son of God. 14 Also, this is the confidence we have before him, that if we ask anything according to his will, he hears us. 15 Also, if we know that he hears us—whatever we ask of him—we know that we have whatever we have asked of him. 16 If anyone sees his brother commit a sin that does not result in death, he must pray, and God will give him life. I refer to those whose sin does not result in death. There is a sin that results in death; I am not saying that he should pray about that. 17 All unrighteousness is sin, but there is sin that does not result in death.
18 We know that whoever has been born from God does not sin. But the one who was born from God keeps him safe, and the evil one cannot harm him. 19 We know that we are from God, and we know that the whole world lies in the power of the evil one. 20 But we know that the Son of God has come and has given us understanding so that we may know him who is true. Also, we are in him who is true, in his Son Jesus Christ. This one is the true God and eternal life. 21 Children, keep yourselves from idols.
1 From the elder to the chosen lady and her children, whom I love in truth—and not only I, but also all those who have known the truth— 2 because of the truth that remains in us and will be with us forever.
3 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us from God the Father and from Jesus Christ, the Son of the Father, in truth and love.
4 I rejoice greatly that I have found some of your children walking in truth, just as we have received this commandment from the Father. 5 Now I plead with you, lady—not as though I were writing to you a new commandment, but one that we have had from the beginning—that we should love one another. 6 This is love, that we should walk according to his commandments. This is the commandment, just as you heard from the beginning, that you should walk in it. 7 For many deceivers have gone out into the world, and they do not confess that Jesus Christ came in the flesh. This is the deceiver and the antichrist. 8 Look to yourselves, that you do not lose the things for which we have labored, but so that you may receive a full reward. 9 Whoever goes on ahead and does not remain in the teaching of Christ does not have God. The one who remains in the teaching, this one has both the Father and the Son. 10 If anyone comes to you and does not bring this teaching, do not receive him into your house and do not greet him. 11 For the one who speaks a greeting to him participates in his evil deeds.
12 I have many things to write to you, but I did not wish to write them with paper and ink. However, I hope to come to you and speak face to face, so that our joy will be complete.
13 The children of your chosen sister greet you.
1 The elder to beloved Gaius, whom I love in truth.
2 Beloved, I pray that all may go well with you and that you may be healthy, just as it is well with your soul. 3 For I rejoiced greatly when brothers came and bore witness to your truth, just as you walk in truth. 4 I have no greater joy than this, to hear that my children walk in the truth.
5 Beloved, you practice faithfulness whenever you labor for the brothers and for strangers 6 who have borne witness of your love in the presence of the church. You do well to send them off on their journey in a manner worthy of God, 7 because it was for the sake of the name that they went out, taking nothing from the Gentiles. 8 We therefore should welcome such as these so that we will be fellow workers for the truth.
9 I wrote something to the congregation, but Diotrephes, who loves to be first among them, does not receive us. 10 So if I come, I will call attention to the deeds he is doing, falsely accusing us with wicked words. Not satisfied with that, he not only refused to welcome the brothers himself, but he also stops those who want to welcome them and drives them out of the church. 11 Beloved, do not imitate what is evil but what is good. The one who does good is of God; the evildoer has not seen God. 12 Demetrius received a good testimony from everyone and by the truth itself. We also testify about him, and you know that our testimony is true.
13 I had many things to write to you, but I do not wish to write them to you with pen and ink. 14 But I hope to see you soon, and we will speak face to face. 15 May peace be with you. The friends greet you. Greet our friends there by name.
1 Jude, a servant of Jesus Christ and brother of James, to those who are called, beloved in God the Father, and kept for Jesus Christ:
2 May mercy and peace and love be multiplied to you.
3 Beloved, while I was making every effort to write to you about our common salvation, I had to write to you to exhort you to struggle earnestly for the faith that was entrusted once for all to God's holy people. 4 For certain men have slipped in secretly among you. These men were marked out for condemnation. They are ungodly men who have changed the grace of our God into sensuality, and who deny our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ.
5 Now I wish to remind you—although once you fully knew it—that the Lord saved a people out of the land of Egypt, but that afterward he destroyed those who did not believe. 6 Also, angels who did not keep to their own position of authority, but who left their proper dwelling place—God has kept them in everlasting chains, in utter darkness, for the judgment on the great day. 7 So also Sodom and Gomorrah and the cities around them gave themselves over to sexual immorality and perverse sexual acts. They serve as an example of those who suffer the punishment of eternal fire. 8 Yet in the same way, these dreamers also defile their bodies. They reject authority and they slander the glorious ones. 9 But even Michael the archangel, when he was arguing with the devil and disputing with him about the body of Moses, did not dare to bring a slanderous judgment against him, but he said, "May the Lord rebuke you!" 10 But these people insult whatever they do not understand; and what they do understand naturally, like unreasoning animals, these are the very things that destroy them. 11 Woe to them! For they have walked in the way of Cain and have plunged into Balaam's error for profit. They have perished in Korah's rebellion. 12 These people are dangerous reefs at your love feasts, feasting with you fearlessly—shepherds who only feed themselves. They are clouds without rain carried along by winds; autumn trees, without fruit—twice dead, uprooted. 13 They are violent waves in the sea, foaming up their shame; wandering stars, for whom the gloom of complete darkness has been reserved forever. 14 Enoch, the seventh from Adam, prophesied about them, saying, "Look! The Lord is coming with thousands and thousands of his holy ones. 15 He is coming to execute judgment on everyone. He is coming to convict all the ungodly of all the works they have done in an ungodly way, and of all the bitter words that ungodly sinners have spoken against him." 16 These are grumblers, complainers, following their evil desires. Their mouths speak loud boasts, flattering others for profit.
17 But you, beloved, remember the words that were spoken in the past by the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ. 18 They said to you, "In the last time there will be mockers who will follow their own ungodly desires." 19 It is these who cause divisions; they are worldly and they do not have the Spirit. 20 But you, beloved, build yourselves up in your most holy faith, and pray in the Holy Spirit. 21 Keep yourselves in God's love, and wait for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ that brings you eternal life. 22 Be merciful to those who doubt. 23 Save others by snatching them out of the fire; to others show mercy with fear, hating even the garment defiled by the flesh.
24 Now to the one who is able to keep you from stumbling and to cause you to stand before his glorious presence without blemish and with great joy, 25 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord, be glory, majesty, dominion, and authority, before all time, now, and forever. Amen.
1 Yesu Kristu mutoto wa Dauda tena mutoto wa Ibrahimu. 2 Ibrahimu arimuzala Isaka, na Isaka arimuzala Yakobo, na Yakobo arimuzala Yuda na ba ndugu yake. 3 Yuda naye arimuzalaPeresi na Zera na mama Yabo arikuya Tamari, na Tamari arimuzala Esromu na Esromu arimuzala Aramu. 4 Na Aramu arimuzala Aminadabu, na Aminadabu arimuzala Nashomi, na Nashomi arimuzala Salomoni , 5 Na Salomoni arimuzala Boazi na mama yake Rahabu, Boaze na ye arimuzala Obedi na mama yake Ruth, na Obedi arimuzala Yese. 6 Yese na ye arimuzala mufalme Daudi, na mufalme Daudi arimuzala Salomoni na bibi wa Uria. 7 Na Salomoni arimuzala Roboamu, na Roboamu arimuzala Abiya, na Abiya arimuzala Asa , 8 na Asa arimuzalaYehoshafati, na Yehoshafati arimuzala Yoramu, na Yoramu arimuzala Uzia 9 Na Uzia arimuzala Yothamu , na Yothamu arimuzala Ahazi, na Ahazi arimuzala Hezekia, 10 na Hezekia arimuzala Manase, na Manase arimuzala Amoni, na Amoni arimuzala Ysia, 11 na Yosia arimuzala Yekonia na ndugu yake wakati barikuya batumwa ya babeli. 12 Na Kisha kuhamisha babeli, Yekonia arimuzala Shatieli, na arimuzala Zerubabeli. 13 Zerubabeli na ye arimuzala Abiudi, na Abiudi arimuzala Eliakimu, na Eliakimu arimuzala Azoni, 14 na Azoni arimuzala Zadoki, na Zadoki arimuzala Akimu, Akimu arimuzala Eliudi 15 Eliudi arimuzala Elieza, na Elieza arimuzala Matani, na Matani arimuzala Yakobo . 16 Yakobo na ye arimuzala Yusufu bwana yake ya Miriamu mama yake wa Yesu Kristu ambao kwenye alizaliwa. 17 Kutoka kizazi ya Ibrahimu mupaka Daudi ilku wa kizazi kunu na ine , na wakati mufalme Daudi walikuwa mubutumwa ku mufi wa babeli kizazi ilkuwa kunu na ine mpaka wakati wa Yesu Kristo. 18 Na kuzaliwa kwa Yesu kurikuwa namuna hii; na Maria mama yake arikuya muchumba na mimbaya mwa Yusufu, basi mbele bakuye fazi moya, yeye Maria aliechukurichkuriwa na mimba ya roho mutakatifu. 19 Mume wake Yusefu arituya mutu wa kweli lakini ashkupende kupata haya munkundji ya bantu naalitaka ku amuwa buchumbu yaho. 20 Na wakati arianza kuwaza mambo hiyi na mlaika ya bwana arifika kwake mu ndoto na kumwambiya "Yusufu mototo wa Daudi, usiongo pe naukamate bibi yako Maria, arishakupata mimba kupitia roho mutakatifu. 21 Na atazala mutoto mwana ume jina yake ni Yesu ata kuya kuokola bantu kotoka ku Zambi yao. 22 Yote hiyi irifayi ifanyike kwakutangziwa kwa bwana kupitiya nabii arisema . 23 Kutakuya bikisa moja atapata mimba na atazala mutoto mwana une ataitwa Emmanueli "Mungu panoja na sisi. 24 Yusefu arishutuka arikuya mubushingishi na arishikiya ile malaika wa bwana arituniwa afwanye ju ya bibi yake. 25 Natangia pale abakujuwane sawa mume na muke mpaka kuzaliwa kwa Yesu.
1 Ksha kuzaliwa katika inchi ya Betelehemu ya yuda wa kati ya mfalme Herode, batu bakili ba kisema. 2 Eko wapi mfalme wa ba yuda mwenye anazaliwa? Tuliona nyota yake mashariki na tuna kuya ku mwabudu. 3 Wa kati mfalme Herode akasi kiya abari iyi, aka shangaa na yeruzalema yote. 4 Herode aka kusanya ya ba kubwa bote bate bamakuhani, na baandi bayi ya batu, ata ba utiza, christo ana zalika wapi. 5 Nabo ba ka mujibu, ku betelehema ya yuda, kama vile ili andi kwa na ba nabii. 6 weye betelehema auko mugini kidogo katika ba mfalme ba yuda, ndani yako njoo kutakuwa mu mfalme, ata tawala na kuchunga batu bangu ba Israrli. 7 Kisha Herode akaita tena batu ba akili kwa sili, aka bauliza ni wakati gani nyota ili onekana. 8 aka batuma batelema aka sema, mutafute muzuri mtoto ule anaza liwa, kisha mukuye munipashe. na miye niende nika mwabudu. 9 Kisha ku musikiya Herode, ba kaendeleya na safari yabo, na nyota yenye balikuwa na fwa ta kutokeya mashariki ili kuwa mbele yabo na ika sibama fasi polikuwa mtoto. 10 Wakati ba baona nyota bakafurayi sana na zaidi 11 Ba kaingiya munnyumba, ba kaona mtoto wakuza zaliwa, na mama yake Mariya , ba kapika magoti na ba ka mwabudu, baka fungula bitunga byabo na ba kotosha majewa yabeyi nguvu baka mu toleya, or, malasi na mafuta ya beyi. 12 Mungu aka baongo za katika ndoto, basirudiye tena kwa Herode, kisha baka ondoka na kurudiya kwabo kupitiya njeya ingine. 13 Kisha kwenda kwanda kwabo, malauka ya Mungu aka mutoya yusufu katika ndoto akisema, si bama, kamata megipito mtoto na mama yake mukimbiye ku egipito mwikate kule mpaka nitakwita, kwa sababu Herode eko natafuta mtoto mpaka amahuwe. 14 Na bu siku yusufu ali kamata mtoto na mama yake baka ki mbiya egipito. 15 Ba ka ikala kule tii wakati Herode alikufa, mambo iyi fanyika juu ya kutimiliza mambo Mungu alise maka na ba nabii, naita mtoto yangu mu egipito. 16 Wa kati Herode akaona kama batu ba akili bana muchezeya aki katoto bote bana ume betelehema kwa njiya ba toto ba ku zalika leo mpaka myaka mbili, kufatana na hesabu ya batu balikuwa ndani ya mugini, 17 Ni vile mambo yote yenyewe nabii Yeremiya ali tabiryaka ili timi lika. 18 Sauti ya kiliyo ili sikilika ku kama ya uruma sana kachel akiliya ba toto yake na alikatala ku nyamazishwa kwa sababu ba toto bati kufa. 19 Wakati Herode aka kufa malaika wa bwana aka mto keya Yesufu katika ndoto mu egipito na aka sema . 20 Si bama kamata mtoto na mama yake mwende mujimbo ya Israeli kwa sbabu bale balipenda ku uwa mtoto bote bana kufa. 21 Yusufu aka sibama aka beba mtoto na mama yake ba karudiya kujimbo ya Israele. 22 Na wakati bali sikiya kama arikelau ana kuwa mfalme wa yuda ana kombola baba yake Herode, ogopa kwenda kule kisha Mungu kumusemayaka tika ndoto, akatoka na akaenda ku jimbo ya galileya. 23 Na akaenda kwibala ku muji banaita nazanite, iyi ili timilika ku fatana na matabiri ya ba nabii, ya kama ata itwa kuzariti.
1 Kwa ile masiku, kukatokea yoano wakubatiza batu. Akanza kuhubiri katika jangwa ya jumbo ya Judea ekonasema. 2 Geuzeni ma mifano yenu, juu ufalme wa mbingu inakuya karibu. 3 Muone ule nabii Isaya alisemeyaka aseme: "sauti ya mutu ule eko na lalamika katika ya jangwa na kusema: " tengenezeni njia ile bwana atapiti yamo, munyyoloshe na tuma njia twa pori twake". 4 uone: yoano alikuya mwenye kuuwala nkanzo ya baridi ya manyonya ya mpunda na mukaba yangoji mu kivuno. Alianza kula kuria mpaka ba mpandjo aba banene-banene na sari mu pori. 5 Kwanza Yelusalema, jimbo ya Yudea na ile kipande ya pembeni na mutoni munene ya Yordano balianza kuya bote kule kwiko yoano. 6 Aka ba batiza yeye moya mule mu mutoni ya munene Yordani, kisha kutubu ma Nzambi yabo. 7 Wakati aliona bafalisayo naba sadukaiba mingi beko nakuya juu ababatize, aka mambiya: mwenye ba ku kizazi ya nyoka wa sumu, ni nina anemikalamu sha juu mukimbiye kishilani Mungu? 8 Mwende mbele mukazale matunda ya kueneanana kugeu za mifano. 9 Na haina vile muko munasema ndani ya ma roho yenu aseme: "tu banankana ya Abalahamu mujuwe aseme Mungu eko na uwezo ya kulamusha kizazi kya Abalahamu ata kutoka ku hii maibwe munaona. 10 Na shoka bana isha kusimamisha yulu ya mujiji ya miti hivi sasa, kila muti yenye haizale matunda muzuri ni kuikata naku itupa ku moto. 11 Miye namibatiza mu mai bale bana geuza mifano. Kuko ule ekona kuya kisha miye, eko na uwezo kuni ipita miye, na miye sienee ata kumu bebea mapapa yake. Ye ule atamibatiza mu Roho mutakatifu na mu moto. 12 Eko na saani ya pepulia ku mikono, mwenye kujitayarisha afwakiyeee muzuri fwashi yake. Lakini ata lunguza makanda yote katika moto ile haita anza kuzimika ata kiloko. 13 Kisha Yesu akafika pale kutoka ku Galilaya kumu mutoni munene ya Yordani juu yoano amubatize. 14 Lakini yoano ali anzatu kumu kataria, eko nasema: "Ni miye njo niko nataka weye unibatize, sasa weye ukuye kwangu miye?" 15 esu akamujibu na kusema: "acha tumbele yende vile; juu iko muzuri tu eneshe kilankitu kizuri". 16 Kwisha tu kabatizwa, Yesu anatoka mu maipaka hivi kwangaria hivi mbingu ikafunguka wazi yulu yake akaona Roho ya Mungu ikamushukiya kwa mufano wa jiwa, na kusimama Yesu yulu yake. 17 MAra moya, sauti ika anza kusema kutoka mule mu mbingu, inasema: uyu njo mutota yangu minapenda kupita. Ananipaka furaha sana.
1 Na roho mutakatifu alibeba Yesu mu janguafu a nu jaribu. 2 Na alisikiya nzala nuyuma ya kufunga masiku ma siku makumi ine ya mucame na busiku. 3 NA wule shetani alikuya mbele yake na kusema, "na iyi liyiwe uyibadilishe ikuwe mukate ka ma uko mtoto wa Mungu". 4 Lakini Yesu alimu jibiya, imandikwa, lakini ni kwa neno la Mungu. 5 Kisha shetani alimu beba ndani ya muji takatifu na aka mutiya mufasi ya yulu sana ya hekolu. 6 Na aka sema, " ujitupe chini kama uko mutoto wa Mungu, sababu ime a ndikwa kama, ata tu ma bamalayika bake sababu yako, na bataku beba kumikono yabo sababu usifi gonge ku lijiwe. 7 Lakini Yesu aka mujibiya, "ili ya ndikiwa" usi pime bwana Mungu wako". 8 Na shetani alimu beba tena mu fasi ya yutu sana tena alimu onesha ufalme yote wa duniya iyi na furaha yabo yote. 9 Na aka mwambiya tena, "nita kupatiya iyi bitu yote una one kama unanipigiya magoti na kunia budu". 10 Kisha Yesu akasema, "toka, shetani, ju imea ndikwa "uta abudu Bwana Mungu na uta mutumiki ya yeye pekeyake". 11 Kisha shetani alimuasha na ba malayika balikuya na baka mutumisikiya. 12 Vile Yesu alisikiya kama balifunga yahani, akataka mu mujiwa GAlilaya. 13 Na aka enda mu Nazareti na kwenda kuhishi mu KAperanaumu yenye ime pati kanaka pembeni ya mayi ya Galilaya, mu mipaka ya majimbo ya Zabuloni na Naftali. 14 Iyi yote ili fika ju tu itimize yenye ISaya alisema, 15 "Bulongo ya Zabuloni na ya Naftali, ku elekeza Bahari, ngambo ya Yorodani, Galilaya na ya mataifa. 16 Mataifa wale walikuwa ndani ya giza wali ona nuru kubwa, na bale benye balikuwa na ikala chini ya kimvuri ya mawuti, nuru ime wangaza. 17 Kwanziya wakati ile, Yesu alianza kuubiri na ku sema "mubadilike sababu ufalme wa Mungu ka ribiya". 18 Vile alikuwa anatembeya pembeni pembeni ya bathari ya Galilaya, ali ona wa ndugu mbili, Simoni ule bali ita Petro na Andrea ndugu yake. Balikuwa natupa makiya yabo ndani ya bahari, sababu balikuwa na loba samaki. 19 Na Yesu aka bambiya, "mukuye, na munifuate na munifuate na nita bananya wa kuloba sasa batu". 20 Kwa araka (mbiyo) bali acha makiya bo na kumu fuata. 21 Na vile Yesu alikuwa na fwata njiya yake, ali ona ndugu mbili, Yakobo, nutoto wa Zebedayo, na Yohane ndugu yake. Walikuwa ndani ya mutu mbu na Zebedayo baba yabo, bali kuwa na shona makiya yabo. Aka wahita. 22 Na sasa, bakatoka ndani ya mutumbu na baba yabo kisha balimu fwata. 23 Kisha Yesu alitembea Galilaya yote, na kuwubiri ndani ya ma sinagogi, kitagaza neno la Mungu na kuponya magonfwa ya kila ayina ya ku pooza ndani ya batu 24 Habari yake ilitembeya mupaka suria yote na batu benye baliteta ba gonfwa, na benye baliteseka sana mukila magonfua mbali mbali, na mawumivu na benye ma pepo ma pepo muchafukifwafwa, kuposza; na Yesu aliba ponya. 25 Na batu mingiu balimu fwata taka GHalilaya, na Dekapoli, Yerusalemu, Yudea na hata kutoka pembeni pembeni yote ya Yerodani.
1 Sa Yesu aiona iyi kiundi, a kapanda mu kilma wa katif alikala, banafunzi yaku bakakuya kwake. 2 A kafugiula kinwa na akasema . 3 Furaha ku bale benye biko ba masikini dani ya Yesu dju ufalme wa mungu ;ika sababu yabo. 4 Furaha ku bale benye biko bana liya ,dju batapata nguvu tena . 5 Furaha kwa bale benye bupole dju bata pata bulongo. 6 Furaha ku bale benye biko na njala na kiu ya mayi ya uzima, sababu bata chiba. 7 Furaha ku bale benye biko na uruma, sababu bata ba rumiya. 8 Furaha ku bale benye raho muzuri, kwa sababu bata ana mungu 9 Furaha ku bale benye bana leta amani, dju bata ba ita kwa mutoto wa mungu . 10 Furaha ku bale benye bana teseka sababu ya aki, sababu ufalme ya binguni ni dju yabo. 11 Furaha kwenu batu benye mukoma tukaniwa ma ku ba tesa ao kubasemeya bubaya dju yangu. 12 Mufurahi na mukwe na Furaha , dju malipo yeno iko ya Mungu ku mbinguni. Kwa kuwa batu balitesa ba nabi benye balikuya mbele yenu. 13 Muko tshumvi ya dunia lakini tshumvi ika poteza butamu yayo . Namunagani unaweza kuipata ainatena ya muzuri ku kitu, djutu ya kwitupa inji na kuikanianga kwenye batu . 14 Muko mwangaza ya dunkia .inchi muginki yenye bana djenga yulu ya kilima abawezi kuifitcha. 15 Ni sawa na batu benye bana wacha tala na ,kuiwe ka ndani ya kitunga? Lakini banaweza kuiwa cha na kui weka yulu ya kitu ndani ya nymba dju batu benye biko ndani baone mwangaza. 16 Dju mwangaza yako iangaze mbele ya batu dju ikuwe matendo ya muzuri yenu na musifu baba yenu wa mbinguni 17 Musi waze kama minakuya ku vuta cheriya yenye ba nabii sikuye kuivita apana , lakini ;dju ya kuitimiza. 18 Kwa ukweli na bambeya, kwamba mpaka mbinguni na dunia biote bipite hapana ata kanuni moya wa mukta moya ya sheriayenye vutiwa, na ile mpaka uti miliko ya maneno yote. 19 Na ndjo mona mwenye ata vunja sheriya kidogo na kufundisha bengine kufanya ayo ata kwa wa kidogo ku mfalme wa mbinguni. 20 Na bambia , haki yenu isipiti haki ya banye bananolikaka na wa pharisao dju ya bile biote amuta ingiya ku mfalme wa mbinguni. 21 Mulisikia balisema wakati mingi zamani: "hauta ua" na "ule mutu myenye ata na mwangine ata sambishiwa". 22 Lakini miye nabambiya kama ule mutu mwenye ata kwana bisilani kwa ndungu wake ata sambishiwa; na mwenye atambiya ndugu yake" weye uko wa bure" ata kuwa mbele ya benye bana sambishaka na ule mwenye ata sema: weye toka", atakwa na kifoya moto 23 Nanisa na mwenye ata towa sadaka yake ku maza babu na una djuwa kama ndugu yako iko na lazima ya makuta. 24 Umwachiye ile makuta yako mbele ya mazababu, wende utengeneze kwanza na ndugu yako kisha ukuye upane sadaka yako 2526 Musikilizane mbiyo na ule mwenye alikutshongeya, wakati muko kunjiya muna elekeya kusamba ; kitsha mwenyi aliku tshongeya ata ku atcha kumikono ya ndugu yake " weye uko wa bure" ata kuwa mbele ya benye bana sambishaka na ulemwenye ata sema. 27 Mulisikia banasema "musifanya bu busharati" . 28 Lakini na bambiya ivi : mutu mwenye ata angalia mwa na muke kwa kumu penda , alisha fanya busharati na ye dani ya roho ya ke 29 Nakama litsho yako inakutuma kubu shariti to chayo na tupayo mbali yako ; sababu ni muzuri kwako kipande moya ya ma mwili wungo yako ya ribiki kuliko muili yako ikufe kwa milele. 30 Na kama mukono wako wa kiume ina kutuma muku fanya zambi ( busharati) katayo na utpayo mbali na weye ; sababu ni muzuri kwako kipande moya ya muili ya iyaribi ke kuliko muili yako muzima baitupe kumoto. 31 Ilisemawake" mutu yote mwenye ata fukuza bibi yake na ata mupatiya baruwa ya kwatshanisha ndowa ". 32 Lakini na ba mbiya mutu yote mwenye ata kata lana na bibi yake lubuda tu kubusharati, una mufungulia ndjiya ya busharati na mwenye ana awa bibi mwenye bana mufuza kubu kweyi; na ye ana fanya busharati. 33 Tena mulisikia bana sema kwa ba nka mbo yetu (batatel, ba nzee betu) : musifanya malapo ya bongo lakini mubebe ye mufalme malapo yenu". 34 Lakini musilape ku mbingu sababu ni kiti ya utu kufuya Mungu. 35 ; na ata apa ku dunia dju ni kwenye Mungu anatembeleyaka; na ata yerusam dju ni mungini munene ya mfalme . 36 Usi sambishi ku kitchwa yako, sababu amuna uwezo yaku geriza nyele kukwa mweripe ao mwensi . 37 Wakati una sema masemo yako inapatsho kwa ya kufanana (sawa sawa): " ndiyo ndiyo" wala "apana apana " ile yote yenye inadiogeza ina toka kwa ba kala musi. 38 Mulisikia kiyenye balisema: "litsho pa litsho, na lino ku lino". 39 Lakini miye na bambiya, musishendane na mutu mu baya; lakini mutu aka kupita kulishafu ya kimwana ume geuka umu patiye tena lishafu ya ki mwanu muke. 40 Na kama mutu anataka ku ku tshongya dju a bebe nguo yako, umuotshe a bebe na Nzambala yako. 41 Ule mwenye ata kwambiya ukimbiye ku makazo ku elfu moya , weye ufanye elfu mbili pamoya. 42 Patiya mwenye ana kulomba na usi katale ku patiya mwenye ana kulomba deni. 43 Mulisikia balisema " utpenda jirani yaka na uta mutshukia adui yako". 44 Lakini miye na bambiya: " mupende ba adui yenu na mu ombeye benye biko na basa . Djo muna kua ba toto ya baba yenu mwenye iko ku mbinguni . 45 Dju iko na lamusha yuwa ku batu ba baya na ku batu bazuri, na ana tumia nvula ku batu benye bikona imani na benye abana inani 46 Dju kama una penda tu benye bana ku pendaka , malipo gani inye utapata ku ile ? Na ata benye bana lipishaka kodi nabo bana ifanyaka muna patshwa ku fanya muzuri kupita yabo. 47 Na kama muna salimiya tuba ndugu yenu, nini yenye muna fanya ya muzuri kuzidia begine? Ata ba pagano bana ifanya ka mingi. 48 Djo mana muna patshwa bamilifu, sa vile baba yenu wa mbinguni anakwaka mukamilifu.
1 Musifanje matimbo majuni, mbele ya batu ju bamitape, la kimi muyafanye kwa ufficho wala siri ju Baba yenu maflame auye mbiguni abalipe. 2 Na musi fanane na wanafiki .Wenye wanafuya vile kuma Hekala na ku ma nua ju ya ku sifiwa na ba tu. naba mbia kwa kweli batabata molizi. 3 Lakinu wakati unamupatia mutu kitu usijulikane kwa mutu mwengine ( usijipeke kilari). 4 Ju kipaji yako usejulikane kwa batu, nja apa baba mwonye anakuona tika fasi ya maficho atakulipi. 5 Musikuwe kama wanafiki watkati munaomba, ju ba mipenda kuomba kwa ku simama ku hekalu na ma njio ju ya kuonena kwa batu kwa sababu wana malipo yabo. 6 lakini wakati unapenda kuomba, injia ku nyumba, na fungo kisha uombi baba wako Mungu mwenye anaona ku ma ficho akulipe. 7 Usi seme mambo mingi kwa kurudilia kila maneno kama fiki wenye wana fikini kwa kuomba mingi njo Mungu ata basikia. 8 Kwa hiyo, musifanane bale, ju baba yenu alishajua yote enye muko noyo la zima mbele ya ku muomba. 9 Muombe hivi« Baba yatu wa mbinguni, ulitukuze jina yako. 10 Upendo yako ifanyike apa ku donia nle inafanyikama kule yulu. 11 Utupatie chakula yetu ya siku yote. 12 Utu samee dahambi yetu kama vile siye tu na sameaka bali benye banatu fanya mubaya. 13 usetubebe ku majaribu, lakinu utu-toshe ku mabaya ya shetani». 14 Kwa sababu mukisameya dhambi ya batu, ba yemu wa mbingumi atabasamea vile vile. 15 Lakini kama munakatala ku basameye, baba wenu na vile hatabasamea makosa yenu. 16 Ikiwa mumafanga, Musionye she sura ya huzini. kama wanafiki benye banabaderisha masure yabo, ju batu bajuwe kama banafunga. kwa kwele bale batu biko na malipizi yabo. 17 Kakini wakati munafunga, mujitengeneze muzuli na kupakala mafuta, bichwa na buso yenu. 18 Hiviyo, ju musionyesh kwa batu kama munafunga, lakimu baba yenu yenye peke mwenye iko dani ya uficho, na amabaona ku muficho, atabalipa. 19 Musijiaze na mali apa ku dunia ya uficho, kwenye biluluna kutu etayaribisha, bizi banaweza kuingia na kuiba. 20 Kuliko ele, muyaze mali yenu mbinguni kwenge ata bilulu wata kutu haitaya ribisha, wala kwenge bizi banawiza kuingia na kuyiba. 21 Kawa sababa kwenye mali yaki ikonjo kwenye mali yaki iko njo kwenye noho (wala akili) yako vile ilakuwa. 22 Licho ni tata ( mwinda) ya mwile, kwa kama licho yako iko muzuri, mwili yako vile inayazwa na mwangaz. 23 Lakini kama licho yako inakufa, mwili yako yote inayazwa na giza! kwa kama mwangozi enye iko mwako iko ya giza, giza, giza enyewe itakwa ya bunene gani? 24 Mutu moja hawezi kutumikia babiozi bawle kwa mana moyo, kwa sababu atapenda moja, na atakatala mwengine, wala atajipatia kwa umoja atamutupa yale mwengine. Hamuwezitumikia Mungu na mali mu wakati moja. 25 Njo maama na mali na na bambia, mausikwe na shaka ju ya maisha yenu, kuwa mutakula nini, mutavala nin, kwa sa bubu maisha (uzima haina maana kushinda chakula, na mwili kushinda manguo. 26 Angalieni mandege yulu, habandi na habavuni na habakusonyi na kutunza ghalani, laki baba wenu wa mbinguni anaba kulisha. Hevi mingi hamuko thamani. kuwashinda. 27 Nani ndani yenu kwa kujihangoisha anaeza ongeza ata siku moja ku maisha ya ke?. 28 Ju ya munajiuzi ju ya manguo ya kuvala? Mufikirie ju ya mauwa ku mashamba, mudele inakwaka, habitumake wala habashoneshake manguo. 29 Lakini nabimbia kama sulemani ndani ya utukufu yake yote hakuvala ota kama umoja ya abo. 30 Kama Mungu anavilisha mayani ndani ya mashamba , enye nashinda leo ne kesho ba naitupaku moto, basi kwa nini ashinde ku bavalisha nuye batu ya imani kidogo. 31 kwa hujo masijisumbue;« kwa kuwa mutakula nini?» wata; Mutu kunywa nini».ao« mutavala nini». 32 Mambo kama haya inatafutwa na wapagamu; baba yenu alie mbinguni anayuwa maitaji yenu. 33 Lakini mutafute kwanza ufalme wake na haki yake; na mutapewa bitu byote benye inaabakia. 34 Musiji sumbue ju ya kesho kwa sababu kesho itaji shughulikia ye mwenyewe kwani kila siku inaenae na mambo yake.
1 Usihukumu, kwani nawe wihukumiwe. Kwa hukumu unahukumu , na weye utahukumiwa. 2 Na kwa kipimo unapima na weye pia utapimwa vile vile. 3 Juu ya nani ukonaona kipande na mutikpo licho na ndugu yako , lakini unakosa kutambuwa kipande ya kubwa katika licho yako? 4 Kwa nini unaweza kusema kwa ndugu yako, ngoya nikutoshee kipande ya majini kolicho yako, wakati kipande kubwa ikondani ya licho yako? 5 Mnafiki weye, tosha mbele mayani kubwa kwenye iko kolicho yako na utaweza kuona muzuri na kutosha muti kwenye iko ndani ya licho na ndugu yako 6 muchiwape vitu vitakatifuna na waimbwa, walawa nguruwe, kwani wata ikanyanga na watakugeukia na kupasula vipande vipande 7 Omba , nawe utapewa , tafuta, nawe atapata. Piga hodi na weye batakufungulia. 8 kwa yote anaomba atapokea. Na kwa yote anatafuta atapata. Na kwa mutu anapiga hodi, atafunguliwa. 9 Iko mutu miongni wenu akiwa na na mtoto wake aki mwomba kipande ya mkate atamupa lijiwe. 10 Au akimwomba samaki , na ye atamupa nyoka ? 11 Kwa hiyo, ikawa nyinyi watu wabaya, munajua kuwapa wa toto wenu zawadi muzuri? Je ! Nikiasi ganizaidi baba aliye mbinguni atawapa vituvizuri wale wanamuomba yeye? 12 Kwa sababu hiyo ukitaka watu wakufanyia kitu yote na watu wengeni, na we pia unapesa kuwafanyia hivyovyo wao. Hiyo ni sheria na manabii. 13 Ingieni kwa mulango ya muembamba, juu ile ya munene, ni njia ina yoongoza kwenye uharibifu, na ikona watu wengi wanapita njia hiyo. 14 Mulangu muembaka, ni njia inayongooza katika uzima na ni wachache wanaweza koiona 15 Mukuwena akili na manabii wa uongo wanakuya wamevala ngozi ya kondoo, lakinki kweli ni mbwcha wakali . 16 Basi mutawatambu wa ku matendo yao ambaye zi kutosha ntumba ya mangaku muti wa gazi, wala ntunda ya avocat ko mutiya ndimo? 17 Ni vile vile muti muzuri ita tosha ntunda, mutimubaya na yo itatosha ntunda mubaya. 18 Muti muzuri hauwezi kuzaa matunda mabaya walamuti mubaya hauwezi kuzaa matunda muzuri. 19 Kila muti ambao haikuzaa matunda mabiya wala muti mubaya hauwezi kuzaa matunda muzuri itakatiwa na kutupa katika moto. 20 Hivyo basi utawatambua kutokana na matanda yao 21 Haiko kila mutu ataniambia miye bwana ataingia katika ufalme wa mbinguni, ni yule peke atatenda mapenzi ya baba hyangu aliye mbinguni. 22 Watu wengi wataniambia siku hiyo, bwana , bwana hatukutoa unabii kwa jina yako hatukutoa mapepo kwa jina yako, kwa jina yako tulifanya matendo mengi makuu? 23 Hivyo ntawa ambia wazi, sikuwatambua nyinyi ! Ondokeni kwangu nyinyi watu wa matendo mabaya 24 Kwa hiyo, kila moya asikiye maneno yangu na kutumikia hayo atafananana mutu mwenye hekima ali jenga nyumba yake juu ya lijiwe . 25 Muula ikanyesha mafuriko yakaja , na upepo ukaja ukaipiga nyumba hiyo lakini haikuweza kuanguka chini sababu ilikuwa juu ya lijiwe 26 Lakini kila mutu anaskiya nendyangu, na asitumikia hayo atafanana na mutu mpumbafu alijenga nyunga nyumba yake juu ya mchanga . 27 Mvula ikaza mafuriko yakaja na upepo ukaja na kuipiga nyumba hiyo na ikaanguka , na uhabifu wake ukakamilika . 28 Ilifika wakati ambao Yesu Kristo alimaliza kuogeya maneno haya makutano walishngazwa na mafundisho yake . 29 Kwa maana, aliwafundisha na uwenzo na kupitawaandishi wao
1 Wakati Yesu alishuka kukilima, watu wengi walimfuata. 2 Na ongalia mtu moya wa ukoma alitokea na kupiga magoti mbele ya Yesu akimwambia bwana, ikikupendeza unitakase. 3 Yesu akanyolosho mkono na akamgusa, na akasema naye: Nataka utakasike. Mara moja ukoma wake ukaisha. 4 Yesu akamwambia: usimwembia mtu manone hii. Lakini wende zako, na kuzionesha kwa kuhuni na utwe sadaka, kwa kufatana na gisi Musa anamuru. Kwa sababu ya ushuuda. 5 Yesu alifika Karanaumu, mkuu wa jeshi akakuya akamliza Yesu. 6 Akasema: Bwana, mtu wangu wakazi ni mgoja na analala ku nyumba akomgojwa wa kilema na maumivu ju nguvu saana. 7 Yesu akamujibu kama atafike kwake kwa kumponyesha. 8 kamanda mkuu akajibu, akisema: Bwana, miye sina uwezo ya kukuleta kwangu, sema neno moja tu mtu wangu atapona. 9 Sababu nami niko na uwezo na askari wenye kuwa chini ya uwezo wangu. Nikimpa oda ya kwena na anaenda, pia mwengine mikisema kuya na nakuya. Na kwa mtu wangu wa kazi: fanya iv na anafanya. 10 Yesu akamusikie na akashangaa kwa ona neno yake, na Yesu akawambia wato walikuwa pamoja naye, Yesu akasema, hakika sijaona mtu mwenye imana sawa yeye katika Israeli. 11 Nawalisha kama wengi watatoka mashariki na magharibi wtaikola meza moja na Abrahimu, Isaka na Yakobo, katika ufame wa mbingu. 12 Mara ingine watoto wa ufalme watupwa katika giza la inje kwenye kutakiwa kiliyo na kiliyo na kusaga meno. 13 Yesu akasema na kamanda, kwenda kama vile umekwisha amini, na ifanyike vile kwako. Na pale pale mtu wa kazi alipona kwa saa ile. 14 Yesu akafika kwa nyumba ya Petro na alikuta mama mkwe na Petro ni mgonjwa wa homa. 15 Yesu akamgusa, na homa ikaisha na akaamka na kwanza kumikutukia. 16 Ilipo fika saa za magaribi, watu wakuya na wagonjwa wa pepo mchufu; Akawatosa pepo na wagonjwa wengi aliwaponyesha. 17 Kwa haya, ikatimia ile nabi Isaya amekwisha sema: Yeye peke alibeba magonjwa yetu. 18 Kisha, yesu alipoona watu wengi wenye kumunguluka, apana oda ya kuvuka ngambo ya pili ya bahari ya Galileya. 19 Kisha mandikaji akakuya kwa Yesu na akambia, mwalimo, tutaenda pamoja nawewe fasi yote utaenda. 20 Yesu akamwambia mbwa mwitu ako na mashimo, na ndeke wa anga wanayo chicha, lakini mtoto wa mwana damu hana fasi ya kutia kichwa yake. 21 Tena mwanafunzi mwengine aka mwambia Bwana, unipa ruhusa nende kuzika baba yangu. 22 Lakini Yesu alimujibu unifaute, na uwaache wafu wazika wafu wao. 23 Wakaki Yesu alipanda katika mtumbu, na wanafunzi wake walimfata. 24 Tazama mpepeo mkwi ukawa juu ya bahali, karibu mtumbu kutaka kufumikwa na mayi lakini kwa saa ile Yesu alikuwa, wanafunzi walipo ona mambo ile. 25 Wanafunzi walipo ona kama kuko hatari: wakaenda kumbamusha Yesu sababu alikwa wa kulala wakasema Bwana, tuponuesha, tunataka kufa! 26 Yesu alipo amuka, akamwmbia, sababu ya nini mnaogopa, wenye imani kidogo? Ndio akaamka na alokataza upepe na bahari. Kisha kulikuwa kimia kabambi. 27 Watu walibaki kwa kushangaa kabambi saana na walisema, nimtu gani ata pepo na bahari vinamtii? 28 Wakali Yesu alipovuka ngabo ya bahari katika nchi ya Magadala watu wawili waliku wakitesua na pepo chavi katika maisha yao na wakutana na Yesu, watu wale walikua wanatokea ku maburi poali wakiishi na walikuwa makifa fujo kwa wapita njia. 29 Walipo kutanana Yesu, wakalalamika nguvu na kusema. Tuna nin la kufanya kwako, mwana wa Mungu? unakuya hapa kutunganiza na bado wakati kutimia. 30 Pale kulikwa nguruwe mingi wenye walikuwa mpembeni yao. 31 Na wutu wa pepo walikuwa wakilalamika kwa Yesu, na kukumwmba kama napenda kuwatosha penye wako, ni hiziru ututume kwa kundi la nguruwe! 32 Yesu akatowa oda kwa pepo kwendea kwingia katika ile kundi la nguruwe akisema mwende katika ile kikudi ya wanguruwa. Pepo wakatoka na kwende kwa nguruwe. Nakuni lote likashuka kuteka lokashuka kutoka kukilima kushuka ndani ya bahari lote na walikufa wate. 33 Wachungaji wa nguruwe walikimbia na kwena ku mjini kuelezea watu kitu moja, zaidi kiliyo wafika kwa wanaume wenye kuwa na mapepo. 34 Tazama watu wa mjini wote wakuja kukutana na Yesu wakimuomba atoke lakini katika mugini yao.
1 Yesu akayingiya katika mutumbu juu ya kwenda ngambo ya pili kumugi ni ali kuwa ana ikala. 2 Akaona bana muleteya mutu moya mgonjwa wa kulekeya mikulu wa kulala pa kitanda, akaona imani yabo aka sema na mugonjwa, mutoto yangu, kuwa na furaha, Zambi ya ko ina kurunuuwa. 3 Angaliya ba handikayi ya mikanda bana anza kusema sema bopeke huyu mutu ana zarahu Mungu, 4 Yesu aka fahamu mazwazo yabo na aka sema, juu ya nini mukona mawazo mubaya ndani ya maroho yenu? 5 Kitu gani kiko nguvu kama na mutu Zambi yako ina urumina, ao kusema sibama na utembeye? 6 Lakini juu mutambuwe kama mutoto wa mutu eko na uwezo wa kuhurumi ya zambi, na akasema na mu gonjwa sibama, beba kitanda chako na urudiye kunyumba yako. 7 Mara moya mugongwa wa kuleke ya mikuni aka sibama na kurudiya kwabe, 8 Wakati batu bote bakaona ivi ba kashangaa sani, na ba katuza Mungu, kwa sababu yeye njoo mwenye kupatiya batu uwezo. 9 Yesu akaza kupita, aka ona mutumoya jina yake kwikala ku bureau ya batu ba kupisha kodi, Yesu aka mwambiya unifwate, naye aka mufwata. 10 Wakati Yesu aka ingiya ndani ya nyumba juu ya kula chakula, batu ya ku lipisha kodi, na ba pagano ba mingi, baka anza kula na Yesu pamoya na bana funzi bake. 11 Wakati ba fanisa yo baka ona ivi, ba kasemana ba na funzi yake, kwa ini mwalimu wenu ana kula chakula na ba kulipisha kodi piya na ba pagano? 12 Wa kati Yesu aka sikiya,,aka szma, batu benye kwabila magonjwa bata weza kutafuta munganga? mupaka mtu ule eko mungijwa njoo ata tafuta munganga. 13 Mufanye nguvu muka jifunze maana ya mambo iyi, nina penda zaidi kurumiya kupita sadaka si kuya kutubu, la kini bapagago ba tubu zambi yabo. 14 Bana funzi ba Yohana baka muliza, juu ya nini siyeena ba farisaya tuna funga chakula la kini bana funzi bako haba funge? 15 Yesu aka bakibu batu kwalikwa ku feti ya ndowa bata weza weza ku katala kula chakula na wakati bwqana mwenye ndowa ana toka kati yabo ngo nabo bata funga chakula 16 Hakuna mutu ata weza kubeba kilaka kipya ala mike ku nguwo ya zamani, kilaka kipya kita pasula tena ngo ya zamani nguvu sana, 17 Hakuna mutu ana weza kuka mata pombe ya mupya na ku weka ayo mukibuyu kya zamani lakini ba ta weka pombe mupya mu kibuyu ya mupya, na pale pombe na kibuyu ita kuwa muzuri. 18 Wakati Yesu alikuwa aka sema nabo mambo iyi, mukubwa mayo waba askari aka fika na aka piga magoti mbele ya Yesu, aka sema, mtoto yangu mwana muke ana kufa sasa ivi, na kuomba ukuye umu wekeye mikono yako yulu yake naye ata pona. 19 Na Yesu aka sibama na akamu fwata na bana funzi bake, 20 Na kuona, mwana muke moya mgonjwa ya kutoka damu nyaka kumi na mbili, aka fika nyuma Yesu na aka gusa nguwo yake. 21 Kwa sababu "ali ji semeya ye peke, kama nika gusa ata nguwo ya Yesu nita weza kupona". 22 Yesu aka geuka na aka mwa ngaliya, akisema mtoto ya ngu mwana muke, kuwa na nguvu, imani yako ina ku ponesha, na mara moya mwana muke ule aka pona. 23 Wa kati Yesu aka fika kunyumba ya mukubwa ya ba askari aka kuta ba imbayi na batu bamingi beko na tiya makelele. 24 Naye aka sema, mutoke bote inje, kwa sababu mutoto uyu mwana muke eko muzima na ana lala busingizi, batu bote baka mucheka na baka muzarau. 25 Kisha bate baka toka inje na Yesu aka ingiya ndani ya chumba aka mukamata mutoto ule ku mukona naye aka sibama. 26 Baka tangaza habari hini mujimbo muzima. 27 Wakati Yesu akatoka pale, batu mbili ya magonjwa ya upofu ba ka mfuata, na baka anza ku lala mika, utu samehe mtoto wa Dawudi. 28 Wa kati Yesu aka fika kunyumba na babi pofu bawili bakafika pale, Yesu aka bauliza muna amini kama nitaweza kubaponesha bano baka jibu ndiyo bwana, 29 Naye Yesu akagusa macho yabo aka sema, itendeke kwenu kama vile imani yenu ina omba. 30 Na mara moya macho yabo ikafunguka, na Yesu aka bambiya kusema, ata mutu moya asijuwe mambo iyi. 31 Lakini bipofu mbili aba, ba kaenda na ku tangaza habari iyi jimbo yabo muzima. 32 Wa kati babipofi mbili bana toka, analiya baka muleteya Yesu mutu mmoya bubu waku ja zwa na mapepo muchafu, wakati. 33 Mapepo ika mutoka na bubu aka anza kusema, batu bote baka shangaa sana, na kusema mambo ya ivi babo aiya ba nyika mu Israel. 34 Na ba farisayo ya mukubwa wa mapepo njoo ana fukuza nayo mapepo? 35 Yesu aka tembeya majimbo na migini yote mbali, aliendeleya kuhubiri kwenye makanisa yote kidigo kidogo na kuponya batu ya magonjwa ya kila aina na bilema bya kila haina, 36 Wakati akaona bwingi ya batu, Yesu aka basikiliya uruma kwa sababu balikuwa ba kucho ka sana katika maroho yabo balikuwa kama kondolo aina muchungaji. 37 Naye akasema na bana funzi bake, mavuno iko mingi lakini ba fanya kazi nikidogo. 38 Na ivi kwa haraka mumuombe bwana wamavuno, kama atume ba fanya kazi katika mavuno yake.
1 Yesu aka ku sonya bana funzi bake kumi na mbili na aka batiya uwezo ju ya wapepo muchafu kwa sababu ku fukuza na ku ponya magonjwa ya kila ayina tene ku ponya magonjwa ya kupeoza. 2 Mu hone ma jina ya bana funzi kumi na mbili. Wakwanza, Simoni (ule bali muhita Petro), na Andrea ndungu yake, Yakobo, mtoto wa Zebedayo na Yoane tena ndugu yake. 3 Filipo, na Bartelemayo, Tomasi, na Matayo mwenye ali kuwa mu kazi ya serikali, Yakobo mtoto wa Alfayo, na Tadeo, 4 Simoni wa helote na Yuda Iskariote, ule alimusatiti Yesu. 5 Yesu alituma ba kumi na mbili. Aka bambia maneno aya, "mu si ende ata fasi moya kwenye wa pagoni wa na ishi na mu si ingiye ata ku mugini moya ya benye Samaliya. 6 Lakini, mwende njo ku na kondoo zilipotea katika nyumba ya Israeli. 7 Tena wakati muko na enda, muu biri na ku sema " ufalme wa mbunguni ime karibiya". 8 Muponye magonjua, mu fufuwe bafu, muta kose benye magonjua ya ukoma na kufukuza ma pepo. Mulipokeya ya bure, mu ba patie na bo ya bure. 9 Mu si ka mate ata za habu, ata pesa wala shaba ju ya mifuku yenu. 10 Kwa sababu mutu mishi anastakili na kuli pwa mushara. 11 Hata mugini ao ku ifi yenye muta ingiya, muta fute mwenye anasthili ka ba pokeya na mu bakiye kuake mupaka muta toka wa kwenda. 12 Wakati mu na ingiya mu nyumba, mu ba sali miye. 13 Na ka ma nyumba inastahili, amani yenu ibakiye kwa bo. Lakini kama ile nyumba aastahili, amani yenu ibarudiliye. 14 Na bale banakatala ku ba pokeya na kukatala kusi kiya maneno yenu, wakati mu ta toka mu ile nyumaba ao mu ile mugine, mupumpute vumbi ya migula yenu. 15 Kwa kweli, na bambiya, mugini wa Sodoma ne Gomorah ita pata kidogo kuliko ile mugine siku ya hukumu. 16 muone, na ba tuma kama kondoo ndani ya mbwamwitu, mukuwe na fanya angalisho kama nyoka na wapole tena kama njiwa. 17 Mufanye angalisho na batu, ju bata bapeleka ju baba fung tena bata bapiga fimbo ndani ya ma sinagigi yabo. 18 Na bata ba peleka mbele ya wakua na ba falme kwa ajili yangu, ju ikuwe ushuhuda kwabo na kwa mataifa. 19 Na wakati bata bapeleka, nu si ogopi ata vile muta sema, ju yenye muta sema muta ipata pale pale na kwa ile saa. 20 Kwa sababu ayiko niye njo muta sema lakini roho ya baba yenu ata sema ndani yenu. 21 Ndugu ata wuwa ndugu yake na baba ku mtoto wake. Na batoto bata tombokeya bazazi juya ile kifo (ma wuwaji). 22 Bote bata bachukiya kwa sababu yangu. Lakini ule ata kaza nakuvu miliya mpaka mwisho ule ata ponga. 23 Na wakati nata batesa ku iyi mugini, mukimbiye mukimbiliye ku mugine ingine. kwa sababu na bambia ukueli, "Amuta kuwa mu me malizaka tembeya mi fi yote ya Isreali bila mtoto wa Mungu a kuye. 24 Ju mwana funzi ayika zalidi ya mwalimu wake, ata mutunishi akuwe ju ya Bwana wake. 25 Kwa sababu inalombatu kama mwana funzi akuwe kama mwalimu yake, na natumishi vile vile akuwe kama bwa wake. Ju kama bana hita mwenye nyumba Belzabuli, mar ngopi sasa itakuwa mu baya sana ma fi na ya batu ya nymba yake. 26 Na njo ma na mu si agope, sababu akuna kitu ya siri yenye ayita kuwa ine fumuliwa batu bote na ile imefinikwa ita julikana na batu bote. 27 Na ile yenye nabambiya busiku, mu yisema mu juwa kati na benye bali kuwa na bambiya mu masikiyo, mu ijitoshe inje ya nyumba. 28 tena mu si ogopi bale bana wuwa mwili lakini a bawezi ku wuwa roho. njo mana, mu ogopi ule ana weza ku wuwa mwilina roho ndani ya jeya namu. 29 Mbo na ayiko ka suku mbili njo ina wujisiwa na pesa kidogo? na njo mana mu juwe, kama akuna ata mumoya ya bo mwenye ata enguka chini bila baba ku yuwa. 30 Na vile vile, nywele za kicha yenu ime hesabiliwa. 31 Njo mana mu si ogopi. Ju muko ba maana sana kuliko ma ka suku bengi. 32 Njo, kila mutu ata ni kiri mbele ya batu, na miye nita mu kiri mbele ya baba yangu aliye ju mbi nguni. 33 Na wule ata ni ka na mbele ya batu, na miye pia nita mukana mbele ya Baba ye ngu aliye ju mbingni. 34 Lakini musi waze kama nilikuya kuleta kimia (amani) mu dunia. Siku kuya kuleta kimia (amani) lakini ni mupanga. 35 Sababu nili kuya kwachanisha mtoto na baba ya ke, na binti na mama yake, na bibi ya mtoto wake na mama mukwe yake. 36 Na mtu ata kuwa na ba aduwi batu ya nyumba yake. 37 Ye ule ana penda ba bayake ao mama yake kulike miye ahastaili kwa ngu na ule ana penda mtoto binti wala mwana wume kuliko miye ahastaili na na miye. 38 Mwe nye aata beba mu salaba na kuni fuata anipendi. 39 Mwenye ata ku tana na mayisha yake ata ipoteza, lakini mwenye ata poteza mayisha yake kwa ka jili ya ngu ata yi pokeya tena. 40 Mwe nye ata bapokeya ata kuwa ameni pokeya nayeye amani pokeya, ata kuwa ame poke ya ule ali nituma. 41 Na wale ata pokeya nabii kwa sababu yeye ni nabie, ata pata mailipo ya nabii. Na ule ata pokeya mtu wa kweli ju ni wa kweli ata pokeya malipo ya ukweli. 42 Na ule wote ata patiya kopo ya mayi ku muya ya ba toto ya ke kwa sababu na bana funzi bangu, kwa ukueli na bambiya, ata poteza ka malipo yake.
1 Ilukuyaka tu Yesu ana Isaka kubatia banafunziba ke kumi na mbili mafundisho fulani, aka enda toka palende akafundishe na k u hubiri muma migini yabo miji minene. 2 Pale njo yaona wa kubatiza batu (ao mubatizaji), pale yeye eko mu buloko, akasikiya kavunu ya makazi Kristo alianza kufanya, akatma mjumbe na mwa nafunzi wake moya na kumwambiya 3 Weye njo ule atakuya ongleko mwingini? 4 Yesu akajibu asema " mwene na mupatie habariya mambo ile munaona ile munasikia . 5 Bipofu bana anza kouna , ba bilema binatembeya, bama bukoma papona, bale basikiyo ya kufwa baoba bana anza kusikiya , bafu banafuka, na habari njema iko ina hubiriwa ku batu bama itaji. 6 Waheri ni ule mutu asipate ki kwazo kya ku mwangusha kupita miye. 7 Pale wale waku wali anza kuridiya Yesu akanza ku ba ambili bikundi bikuya pale mambo ina angaria ni matete ikona tenda juu ya pepo . 8 Sasa mulitoka kwenda ku ona nini ? Mutu mwenye kuvwala ma nguo ya bupanda mwekundu? Bya kweri tu bale bana vwala ma nguo bapamba mwekundu beko naikala mu ma nyumba bafalme. 9 Sasa mulitoka mukaona nini, nabii, ao? kweli naba ambia, na ule anapita nabu nabii . 10 Mu one bali andika juu yake: " ona , natumba mbele njumbe wangu ule ata kutengenenzea njia yako mbele yako. 11 Na miambiya kweli aktikati ya bale bote benye kuzaliwa na banamuke ata mutu moya amupitabukubwa. Lakini ule mutu wa chini sana mu falme wa mbigu ana mupita bukubwa. 12 Tangiya masiku ya yaono ule wa kubatiza watu kufika leo ufalme wa mbigu niyaku komba nia tena ni watu wana nguvu na makari njo bata ingiyaku nguvu. 13 Juu ba nabii bote nayenye sheria, bile balitabiri na ishiya peko yaono. 14 Na kama muna mwichika ye njo eliya, ule bali semaka atarudiya . 15 ule wa masikiyo ile ina isikiyaka, asikiye. 16 Mitafananisha iki kizazi na kitu kani? iko saa batoto bale bekona cheza pa nsoko, kisha banaikala chini , bana anza ku uliza uyu kwa uyu aseme . 17 Tu libapikia aba ba mindule, batu hamu cheze. Tuna baimbia nyimbo yakilio, na mweye hamulie. 18 Yu yoano ali kuyaka, asikule chakula ya batu bote , a si kunywe pombe na bali sema: " ule eko na pepo mubaya". 19 Mtototo wa mutu anakuya ekonakula na kunwa, apa batu banasema: " ni mutu ekonakula mubaya tena mulevi rafiki wa batu ba nzambi na balpishana malipo ya sheria ya inchi". Lakini benye akiri banaba juwaka kupitia makazi yabo. 20 Kwanza pale Yesu aka anza kufokea ile migini mine ne ile alipitano mi ujiza ya munene ili fanyika juu batu bamu. Ile migini ya minene ile habaku mwamini. Laana kwako korazini ! 21 Laana kwako Betesaida kama hii miujiza minene ile ili fanika mutilo ao musidoni kama ile migini ikoako na leo, balitafuka kutubu mu kirizo,ya kupasla ma nguo kurimwangya maivu. 22 Siku ya kukata mambo ya mwisho, batashushako roho juu ya migini kupitaa mwenye. 23 Na weye kapalanaume, uneriwaziaka aseme bata kupandishaka mpaka mu mbigu? Apana bataku shushana kufika mu kaburi. Juu kama ile miujiza ile ilifanika mule, kama ili fanikaka mu Sodomo, kama ikoaka na leo hii. 24 Sasa nami ambiya aseme ile ili fikaka mu Sodoma itakuwa kiloko kupita yoko 25 Ile wakafi ile Yesu akasema. "nakusifu baba mwenye heshima yote mu mbingu na pa dunia, juu uli fuchika hii maneno kwa bale batu benye mawazo murefi na kwa batu ba akari, na ku ionesha wazi kubatu ba shokufunda naku batoto kuloko. 26 Ni vile baba njo vile weye ulipenda. 27 Ibi bitu byote babayangu ani achia byo chini ya bu ongozaji bwangu. Hakuna ata mutu moya ana mu juwa mutoto muzuri, paka babi tena hakuna mutu awa mu juwa tu baba muzuri, paka to mutoto ye peke na ule mutu mtoto ata anesha ye wazi. 28 Mukuyeni kwango mwe bote muko nama kazi inemi chkesha miziko ya buzito inemi kunjamisha mikongo. Mitemipatia kupumuzika . 29 Muvwale kyuma kya batumwa kya mushingo kile miye mina leta na mufwate mafundisho ile minaleta, juu niko na bileta na roho ya kurishusha na akiriya teketeke njo maroyo yenu nayo itapumuzika. 30 Kya mushingo kyangu akina nguvu na kya kubeba kyangu akinabuzito"
1 Siku ya sabata Yesu alionda kupitia mashamba . Wanafunzi wake balikuwa na njala na bakaanza kukati masuke na kuya kula . 2 Bafarisayo banabaona na bana mwambia Yesu: " wana funzi wako banafanya enye sheria inakataza siku ya sabata. 3 Yesu a mabambia: "bado hamujiasona enye Daudi alifanya wakati alikuya na njala yeye na batu benye alikuwa nabo? 4 Namuna jinsi aliingia ndani ya nyama ya Mungu na kula mekate ya wanyesho, enye, kitu yenye sheria ilimukatalia yeye na watu wenye wa likuwa na ye lakini ilikubaliwa kwa makuhami. 5 Na hamuyaisona ndani ya sheria kama siku ya sabato makuhani ndani ya hekua huinajisi sabato lakini habana hatia ? 6 Lakini bambia mwenye iko mukubwa zaidi ya iko mukubwa zaidi ya ikolu iko apa 7 Mungejua maanaa ya iki ningipenda uruma lakini na katala alhabibu hamungeangsha bale beyne habana atia . 8 Kwa sababu mutoto wa mutu njo bwana wa sabata. nyuma yapa Yesu akatoka pale na akoingia ndani ya simagagi yabo 9 Nyama yapa Yesu akatoka pale na akoingia ndani ya sinagogi yabo. 10 Apo kulikuwa mutu moja mwenye alioza mukono. Mofarisayo banamuliza Yesu banasema: " sheria inanuusu kupanye sha mutu siku yan sabata ?" Ju bamustaki kama anafanya alhomba . 11 Yesu akabambia " nani ndani mwenu mwenye ananguka ku shimu siku ya sabato ! 12 Mara ngapi mutu iko na maana kumshinda koondo kwani iko muzuri ;kufanya muzuri siku ya sabato 13 Kisha yesu ana mwambia ule mutu "nydosha mukono wake aminyoosha, na aka pana kwa liomoya . 14 Bafarisayo bakatona na kapanga jinse ya kumufanya mubaya. 15 Yesu alie lewa oya mipango, akatoka pale . watu wingi walimufuata na walipona wote. 16 Aka bambia basiambie batu gegine. 17 Ju itimike ile enye ilisema na nabi . Isaya, akasema. 18 Uzu njo mutu misha wangu wangu yule mwake nafasi yangu nilimuchagua, mpendwa wangu yulu mwake na fasi yangu inapendeza. Nitatia roho yango yule yake na atatangaza (wali ataubiri) hukumu kwa mataifa (wa pagano) 19 Halatomboka walea kulia kwa nguvu , na hakuna ata mutu moya mwenye ata sikiya sauti yake mitaoni (mu manjia) . 20 Havunja ata tete moyo enye enye inatosha moshi mpaka ataleta hukumu ikashinda. 21 Na mataifa batakuya na ujasiri ndani ya jina yake . 22 Balimuleta Yesu mutu moya wa kipofu na bu mwe mwenye alikuwa na basimu. Anamuponyesha pamoja na matekeo ya kama mutu bubu anasema na kuona. 23 Kikundi yote banashangola na banasema " inawezekana uyu mutu akuwe mwana wa Daudi . 24 Walifalisayo walisikiya kuusu aya muujiza wakasema uyu mutu ana futukuza mapepo kwa nguvu yake mwenyewe Belzebuli, mukubwa wa mapepo. 25 Lakini Yesu alijuwa mawazo yabo na akambia " ufalme yote enye inangawanyika peke yake inaomba baiyovunje na kila muji au nyumba enye enagawanyika pekeye houtasimama . 26 Ikawa shetani atafukuza shetani, basi anajipinga katika nafsi yake mwenyewe kwani ufalme wake uta simama je ? 27 Na kama mafuta mapepo kwa nguri ya Belzebuli, na kwa nji ya nani bafuasi yenu batabafukuza? Ju ya ile, bata sambishwa . 28 Kama nafukuza mapepo kwa nguri ya roho wa mungu basi mufalme wa Mungu anakuya kwenu . 29 Na itafanyikana je mutu majo aingie ku nyumba ya mutu wa nguri na kuiba bitu biake kama bado akumufunga mbele? Njo atajiba bitu biake yote. 30 Mutu yote mwenye haiko pamoja na miye iko kinyune yangu na yeye pia hatakusanya na miye pa moja. 31 Kina hiyo nabambia dhambi yote na kufunu batu batasamehewa, lakinki ku furu wa roho mtakatifu hatasamehewa. 32 Na mutu yote atasema kinyume cha mwana wa Adamu atasemekwa. Lakine ule mwenye atasema kinyume na roho mtakatifu , yule hatasomewa ikuwe katika iyi dunia na katika dunia enye itakuya. 33 Mukifanya muti nzula na matunda nzuli pîa, na kama mukifanya muti mubaya na matuunda yake vile itakuwa mubaya kwa sababu banajuwaka muti na matunda . 34 Kizazi kya nyoka nyi, batu babaya, mwanagani mutasema mambo muzuri kwa sababu kiniwa insema kwa kuyuza kwa roho. 35 Mutu mwena anatosha mazuri zanye ziko ndani ya roho yake ;, na mutu mubaya anatoshabia mubaya zenye ziko ndani yake. 36 Na bambia sku ya lukumu, batu mingi batambua masemo yote enye haina maana enye balikwasema. 37 Kwa kuwa kwa masemo yenu itahesabiwa haki na kwa maneno yenu ita samehewa. 38 Kisha ba noya wa baandishi na bafarisayo banamujibia Yesu na bakasema: " Mwalino tuna penda utuonyeshe ishara " . 39 Lakini anajibia na kubaambia, kizaki kibaya na kya zimaa banafuta ishara. Lakini hakuna ishara yenye itapewa tena kuacha ishara ya yema nabii . 40 Kama vile yona alifanya siku tatu mu tumbu ya samaki, njo vile mutoto wa nchi keva siku tatu muchana na busiku 41 Batu ya Ninive batasimama siku ya hukumu na hiki kizazi na atabahukumu. Kwa sababu balitubu kwa huburi ya Yona na angalia , mutu moyo mukubwa kumushinda Yona iko apa. 42 Matia wa kusini atasimama siku ya hukumuna watu wa kizazi hiki na atabahumu. Alitoka ku mwisho wa dunia zuya kusikia hekima ya sulemani, na angalia kuna mutu mja hapa kumishinda kwa mbali sulemani. 43 Wakati mapepo muchafu anatoka ndani ya mutu itapita kwenye hakuna mayi ju ya kutafuta fasi ya kupumuzika, hakini haune . 44 Kisha atasema nitarudie nyumbanu ni mwangu kwenye nimetoka " na wakati 45 aturudia anakuta nyumba imesafishwa na iko tayari . Kisha atarudia na kukamata mapepo saba nyingine kumushinda yeye, na bote batakuya kuikala mu nyumba, njo maishaya uyu mutu itakwa tena mubaya kushinda maisha yake ya kwanza . Njo vile itakuwa na kizazi hiki kibaya 46 Wakati alikuwa anaongea na umati ( kindikwa batu), mama yake na wa ndugu wake waliza mama inje wakafuta kuona na ye . 47 Mutu moya akamwambia, angalia mama na wanduku wako wapo inje, wana kiyo kuongeo na weye 48 Lakini Yesu onamujibia na aka mwambia : " ni nani mama yangu na wa ndungu zangu ni wa nani ? . 49 Kisha akanyosha makona wake kwa wanfunzi wake na akasema :" angalia aba njo mama na bandungu wangu. 50 Kwa mutu yote mbinguni huyo matu njo ndugu yangu dada na mama yangu.
1 Kwa ile siku, Yesu alitoka mu nyumba ile arianza kufundisha pebeni ya bahari. 2 Batu mingi barimujungu laka na aringia mu mutumburi na anaikala. Na kundji ya batu barikuya baikuya tu ku kavu ya bahari. 3 Kisha Yesu aribambiya maneno mingi mu mifano: «Angariyeni mupandaji ana ende kupanda mbegu.» 4 Wakati alianza kupanda mbegu, na yingine ile angukiya kumpembeni ya njia. Kisha ba ndege bakaikula. 5 Ingine mu mayibwe na bulongo ilikuya kiloko. Na alichofa tena sababu bulongo iriku ya murefu. 6 Na wakati jua ili toka, nabile baripanda birika uka baribichoma sababu mijiji ili kauka. 7 Ingine iriangukia mu nuba, na miba wakati ili ko meya ilijifunga. 8 Na ingine mbegu iliangukia pa bulongo muzuri na irizala matunda, ingine miya moja kupita, yingine mumi na shita, na ingine kumi na tatu. 9 Wa mashikiyo ashikiye. 10 Banafunzi bana kuja kwa Yesu na ku mwambia: «Kwa nini unasema paka mifano ku kintunju?» 11 Na aribajibu na kuwaombiya : « mweye munapewa upendeleo ya ku jwa (siri) uficho ya bu falume wa mbingu. Sabu bo habakuyi pokeya.» 12 Kwa ule eko nayo batamu ongezea tena, lakini kwa ule hana nayo, na bata mutosha tena ile eko nayo. 13 Alianza tu kuba ambiya mumifano. Kama bo bana ona, banaona lakini haboone, bana shikiye lakine habashikiye tena. 14 Naifayiunabii wa nabii Isaya: mutashikia lakini hamutayi pokeya. 15 Na ma roho yabo ili ku ya bila uzima, sababu mashikiyo yabo ilikuya nguvu kushikiya na macho yabo irifungiwa, na ma roho yabo ilikosa kufuata, sababu barudiye na ba tunze. 16 Ibarikiwe macho yenu na ione, na mashikiyo yenu ishikiye. 17 Kwa ukweli nibambiya, ma nabii wengi na benye ukweli baripenda baone mambo hiyi na ba kuyione, nabali penda kuyisikiya na bakuyisikiya. Abakuyi sikia ata kiloko 18 Musikiye mufano wa mupandaji mbego. 19 Kama mutu anasikiya sauti sababu ya ufalme, nahayi sikiye, na shetani ni mukalamushu ata tuya kuyiba ile inaisha kupandiwa ndani ya ma roho yao. Ni sawa mbegu ili anguka pembeni ya injia. 20 Na mbegu ile irianguka mu mayibwe, ni ule ana sikiya sauti na kuyipakeya wepesi kwa furaha munene. 21 Na pasipo mijiji na kuvumilia kwa wakati kidogo. Kama mateso na kusumbuwa inafika kwa sababu ya sauti la Mungu, na wana jikwala wepesi. 22 Ingine ilianguka mumiba, ni ule auaisikia sauti lakini mashaka na udanganifu ya dunia na mali ina songewa kwa sauti la Mungu na hayizale tena matunda. 23 Na mbegu ingine ilianguka mu bulongo muzuri, nikwa ule auasikiya sauti ya Mungu, kwa uhaki ni ule auazala matunda nzuri. Na auailima te; ingine mara mia moja kupita, ingine makumi sita na ingine makumi tatu ya kuyi tengeuza. 24 Yesu aliwaletea mfano na anasema : « Kwa ni ufalme wa mbingu unafanona na mutu yule alipanda mbegu muzuri katika mashamba yake. 25 Na wa kati watu wali lala, na adui yake na ye alikuya kupenda mbegu mubaya na akaenda lwake. 26 Wakati mbegu ili kumeya na ili zala matunda yake, majani mu baya ili one kana tena. 27 Ba tu mishi ya mwenye shamba barikuya na ku mwa mbia: Mwalimu, haukitima matunda muzuri mushamba yako? Kwa nini unapata majani mubaya? 28 Na aka wambiya :«Ni kazi ya adui.» Na watumushi walifibu: "Unapenda twende tubi toshe?" 29 Mwalimu akajibu " Apana, musitoshe magugu Aababu mutaweza kutosha ngano." 30 Muache magugu na ngano iko meye pamoja mpaka waka wa mavuno. Na wakati ni ta sema na muvunaji : «Muitoshe kwanja magugu, » muyi weke fazi moja na mu yi funga pamoja ju ya kuichoma, na kisha muchanga ngano pamoja na ku yi weka mu gala. 31 Kisha aribambiya mufano ingine na ku sema : « Ufalme wa mbingu umefanana na mbegu ya mutarde (haradali) kama mutu aribeba na kuyipanda mu mashamba yake.» 32 Mbego hiye keko kaloko kupita ma mbego yote. Makisha kukomeya kwayo, ilikuya muti munene ndani ya ma shamba. Na mandeke barianza kuya na kuweka bisangala biaba kutu miti kiloko. 33 Yesu aribambiya mufano ingine tena : « Ufalme wa mbingu unafanana na chachu ile mwana moja aribeba na auaichanga mubipimo bitatu biabunga ivimbe. 34 Yesu arifundisha tena kinkuandji na arisemeya tena paka mumifana. 35 Na irikuya tu ju yeneshewe mubile na bii aribitangazaka : « Mita fungula kinua changu na mitasema mu mifano mubitu bile bia kufichama tangu mwanzo wa dunia. » 36 Na kisha Yesu kutuma kinkundji ya batu, na arieuda munyumba, ba tumishi bari muchofeya na bari anza kumwambia: «Utwelezeye mufono huji ya magugu ya mu mashamba.» 37 Yesu aribajibu : « Ulearipanda mbegu ni mwana wa mutu. 38 Na mashamba ni dunia. Na mbegu muzuri ni batoto yo ufalme wa mbingu. Na magugu ni batoto ya shetani. 39 Na adui aripanda magugu ni shetani. Na mavino ni mwisho wa dunia. Na bavinaji ni ba malaika. 40 Na mo jani mubaya batayi funga fazi moja na kuyi choma, ita kuya mwisho wa dunia. 41 Na mutoto wa mutu ata tu ma wa malaika, kwa kumata ufalme yake kwa maneno yote ya zambi, na bale benye kutenda ma kosa. 42 Na atabatupa mu chungu yaa moto ya nguvu, kule kuta kuya kuria na kusaga kumeno. 43 Na benye kweli bata angala sawa jua mu ufalme wa Baba yao. Na ule eko na mashikiyo ashikiye. 44 «Ufalme wa mbingu unafanana tena sawa mali ya ku fichika ndani ya ma shamba.» 45 Tena ufalme wa mbingu ni sawa mwenye kufanya biashara ya beyi. 46 Na wakati ana ivumbula ile mali ya beyi mingi na awa yi zusha 47 Ufalme wa mbingu una fana nisha tena na makila ile bantupa mu maji ya bahari, na inabamba kila semeki yote ya kuachana. 48 Kisha bana anaiweka mu bitunga bizuri, na samaki ya yote ile ya mubaya bariitupa. 49 Njo vile itakuya siku ya mwishe. Na ba malaika batakuya pale Mungu ata hukunu batu na kuba ka bula na benye kuya na uwaki. 50 Na bata bata tupa uki jibo ya moto ya nguvu, mule mutakuya kuria na kusaga meno. 51 «Namuna bisikiya muzuri?» Na ba tu mishi ba kamujibu: 52 «Ndiyo, tu na bishi ki ya.» Na Yesu akawambia: « kila mwanjikaji ata mufwanya mwana funzi wa ufalme wa mbingu na mutu yule anafanana na nyumba inakuya na bitu bia zamani na bitu bia sasa kama mari yake. 53 Kisha Yesu alimaliza ju ya mifano yote, na aka ondaka pa ile fazi. 54 Na kisha Yesu aringiya mu mugini na akaanza ku wa fundisha mu sinagogi yao. Bale bariishiya barikaanza kushanga na kusema: « Wapi ku na tokea hekima ya huyu mutu na muijiza?» 55 Huyu mutu ana mutoto wa mufwanya ma mbao? Na mari ashikukuye mama yake? Yakobon Yusufu, Simeoni na Yuda abakukuya banduku yake? 56 Na ba dada tena haba kukuya katikati yetu? Sasa huyu mutu anatosha wapi hiyi maneno? 57 Baliona kama vile auaba songeya, lakini Yesu aka wambiya: « Mutu haba muitika kwabo wa mu inchi yeke». 58 Na haku fwanye miujiza mingi pale sababu ya mioyo migumu yao.
1 Kwa ile wa kati, Herodia alisikia habari ya Yesu. 2 Aka ambia batu mbishe: «ni yoha ne mu ba tizai djo anafufuka ku ba fwe. djo mana nguku ina tumika ndani yake». 3 Kwa kuwa, Herode ali mufunga yohane na ku mutu ma ku gerza kwa dju ya Herodia, bibi wa ndugu ya Filipo. 4 Dju yohane ali mwambiya: « ai kurusi wa ku sheriya ku beba uyu mwana muke kama bibi yake. » 5 Herode alipenda ku muwa, lakini ali kua na ogopa batu, kwa sababu bali muona yohani ka ma vile mu nabii. 6 Lakini wa kati siku ya kuzaliwa ya Herode ilifika, binti wa Herodia ali cheza ndani ya batu na ku mu pe ndeza Herode. 7 Katika, wa kati ya ku mujibiya aka mu laga kitu kwa ku mu la piya dju ya tu mu patiya yote yenye ata mulomba? 8 Baada ya kupata shauri kwa ma ma yoke, akasema: « uipatiye miye apa, dani ya sahani kitshwa ya Yoane mu batizaji.» 9 Mufalme aka tshangani kwa dju ya kulamba ya binti, lakini dju ya ku lapa ya ke, na dju ya bote benye bali kwa na ku tchakula ya mu tchana, aka rusu ile ifanyike. 10 Aka tu ma baende kata kitcha ya Yoane ku gereza . 11 Na kitcha yake bakaileta ndani ya sahani na ba ka mu patiya uyu binti, aka ibebeya ma ma ya ke. 12 Kitcha, banafunzi ya ke ba kafika ma kuanza ku liya muili ma ba ka muzika. nyama ya iyi, ba kaenda na baka mwambiya Yesu. 13 Wa kati Yesu aka sikiya ile, ata ditacha kule, ndani ya mutumbu, dju ya kuenda fasiyake peke wakati ki kundi ili yuwa fasi ilikwa, batu bali kwa na toka ku midini dju ya ku mufuta ku migulu. 14 Na Yesu aka simama mbele yabo na kaona kikundi ya batu. Aka basikilia huruma na ku ponesha benye ba gondja yabo. 15 Wa kati ya magaribi, ba nafunzi ba ka kuya kwake na baka mwambiya: « iyi fasi ni ku pori, na wa kati ina pita Rudisa kikundi dju baende ku mungini ku diuziya tshakula.» 16 Lakini Yesu aka ba mbiya: «Abana hamu ya kuenda. Mu bapatiye mweye peke kitu ya ku kula. » 17 Ba ka muambiya: « Tu ko apa tu na mikate tano na samaki mbili. » 18 Yesu aka sema :« Muni leteya ayo. » 19 Yesu aka mbiya ki kundi bai kale ku mayani. Aka beba mikate tano na samaki mbili. Aka ngalia ku mbingu ni, aka bariki mikate na kui kata na ku patiya banafunzi ya ke, ba ka gabuliya ki kundi. 20 Ba ka kula bote na kishiba. Kisha baka beba mikate yenye ili ba kiya, bitunga kumi na mbili ya ku yala. 21 Benye balikula bali kwa karibu batu milioni tano, kutosha banamke na manaume. 22 Ku limoya kish, akaba pandisha banafunzi yake ku mutumbu dju baende mbele ku ngambo ingine, wa kati ye ke ikona rudisha kikundi. 23 Baanda yake ku rudisha kikundi, ata panda ye peke ku mulima dju ya ku lomba. Wa kati magaribu ili fika, alikwa pale yepeke. 24 Lakini mutubu, pa kati kati ya mayi, ikakwa na yumba yumba kwa sababu ya ma wimbi, dju pepo ile kwa na kuya ngambo moya. 252627 Katika busa buyi ya zami ya mara in ne, Yesu aka ba zogeleya, muku tembeya dani ya mayi. Wa kati ba nafunzi yake baka muona mukutembeya yulu ya mayi, ba kasi kiya baka na ba ka sema: « Uyu ni muzimu», na baka lala mika dju ya boga. Lakini Yesu aka ba semeya mara moya na aka ba mbiya: « Muji patiye moyo! mu siogope. » 28 Petro aka mujibiya na ku sema: «Bwana, kama ni weye, unya mbiye ni kuye karibu ya mu ku te mbeya ku mayi. » 29 Yesu aka sema : «Kuya»! kisha, Petro aka toka ndani ya mutumbu na aka tembeya yulu yami dju ya kwenda karibu ya Yesu. 30 Lakini waka ti Petro aka ona mupepeyo, aka ogopa. Na akanza kuzama chini ya mayi, aka lala mika: «Bwana, ni poneshe! » 31 Kwa mbiyo Yesu aka nyorisha mukono yake na kumu bamba kumu kamata Petro, na aka sema: « Mutu wa imani kidogo, dju ya nini ukona pinga? » 32 Na wa kati Yesu na Petro bali banda ku mutumbu, mu pepe yo ika si ma ma. 33 Kisha banafunzi benye bali kwa ndani ya mutumbu baka muabudu Yesu na kusema: «Kwa ukweli; uko mtoto wa Mungu ! » 34 Wakati balienda ku vuka ku ngambo ya mayi, baka sima ma ku Genesareti. 35 Wakati batu ba ile fasi ba ka mu yuwa Yesu, baka tu mana mi dju mbe fasi yote ku migini ya pembeni, pembeni « kando, kando», na ba ka mu leteya wote mwenye ali kua na ma godjua. 36 Baka mu bembeleza dju baguse maguo yake ma bote menye bali mugusa bali pona.
1 Bafarizayo na waadishi balitaka yerusalema, bakafika pemneni na yesu . 2 Bakamuhuliza , juu ya nini banafunzi bako habaeshimie sheria ya bazee kwa sababu biko na kula kunawa mikono. 3 Yesu akabajibu, na mweye juu ya nini amueshimie sheria ya Mungu juu ya sheria yenu . 4 Lakini Mungu alisema, eshimie baba yako na mama yako, na ule wote ata uovu baba yake ao mama yake kweli atakufa. 5 Mweye munasemaka na baba ao mama, musaada nilipenda kusaidia moliwate ayo juu ya kutolea Mungu. 6 Mutu huyo akisha hivi hawezi tena kusaidia baba wa ba mama yake. na hivi nzo munahari bu maandiko ya Mungu juu ya sheria yenu. 7 Mweye bato ya bongo, nabii isaya alitabiriaka kweli juu yenu . 8 Mungu akasema batu haba bananihe shimu kwa kinywa, lakini roho yabo iko mbali na miye. 9 Maombi yabo niya bure, sababu bana fwatatu mahubiri ya banadamu. 10 Kisha akaita batu bote akabaambia, musikie na mutamue. 11 Hakuna kitu nkuingia, kukinywa ya mutu na kumuaribisha roho, laki nini ile Enye kutokako kinywa, nzo inaharibishaka roho ya mutu. 12 kisha banafunzi balienda kusema na Yesu, unajua kama maseme yako unafaza isha sana barizao ndani na maroho yabo?. 13 Yesu akabajibu asema , mutiyote, yenyewe baba yangu azikupanda ita ngolewa?. 14 Ubaache, biko baongazi vipofu, kama mutu kipofu anaongoza mwenze yake kipofu, bote mbili batahanguka ndani ya shilu. 15 petro akajibu na kumwambia Yesu. Utuambia mfano hi unatoka kusena. 16 Yesu akazibu, na mweye amuyakua bado na kuttambua?. 17 Hamuoni kama kila kitu ikaenda ko kinywa kupitia kutumbu na kwenda choo? . 18 Kakini bituyote kotoka kukinywa kutoka na roho, niyo inaharibisha ka roho ya mutu. 19 Juu, ndani na roho, inatokaka mawazo mabaya, uuaji, usharati wizi usuuhuda wa uongo, na matusi. 20 Huyu nzo mambo inaharibisha roho ya mutu. 21 Yesu akatoka, mule, akatoka, akaenda kumunginiya mronasidoni. Akakutana mwana muke mkanani kutoka upande hiyo. 22 akapandisha sauti akisema "nihurumie, bwana wa daudi: mtoto yangu anagonza malali ya pepo. 23 Yesu akujibu neno, bana funzi yake, bakaenda kumuomba, ahache arudi kwake juu ya kelele. 24 Yesu akajibu, sikutumiwa kwa mutu yote, ni juu ya kondoo walipotea wa nyomba ya israeli . 25 Lakini alikuya na kuinana mbele yake, akisema, bwana nisaidie. 26 Alimujibu na kusema, " hauzikana, kubeba chakula ya batoto na kuwatupia imba" 27 Akasema, ndiyo bwana, hata hivi, imbwa wa dogo banakulaka kinangukia ku meza wa bwana yao. 28 Yesu akajibu naakisema" imani yako nikubwa. na ifanyike kwako kama unapenda, nya mutoto yake alipona ile wakati. 29 Yesu akaondoka pale na kwenda karibu na bahari ya galilaya, kisha alienda juu ya milimana kuikalia kule. 30 Kundi kubwa balikuya kwale na kumletea viwete, vipofu, mabubu, vilema na wengine, balikuwabagonzwa, baliba weka katika miguu ya Yesu na akabaponesha. 31 Na hiyo umafi bakashangaa baliona mabubu baligea, na bilena banakua bazima, viwete balitembea na vipfu wakiona. balimsifu Mungu wa Israeli. 32 Yesu akaita bana funzi wake, akasema "minawaonea hurumaunati, kwa sababu bamekuwa na miye kwasiku tatu bila kukula chakula, sitabarudisha kwao bila kukula, kwa sababu bakazimia kuzia. 33 Bana funzi yake baka mwambia, niwapi tutaweza kupata mkate ya kutosha nyikani ya kushibisha umatikubwahivi?. 34 Yesu akawaambia,«mukonamikatengapi? bakasema , saba, nasamaki wadogo wachache. 35 Yesu akawambia na umati kuikaa, chini. 36 Alikamatayule mikate saba na samaki, na baada ya kushukuru, akaaigawanya na banafunzi. banafunzi bakawapa umati. 37 Watu wote walikula nakutosha, na baka kusanyika mabaki ya vipande ya chakula wa vipande vipande, iliyala vikapusaba. 38 Wote walikula walikuwa banaume elfu ine bila wanamuke na batoto. 39 Kisha Yesu akarudisha makutano baende kwao na akaingia ndani ya mashua na kusafiri sehemu ya magadani.
1 Wafalisayo na wasadukayo walikuya kwa Yesu kumijiribu muhiyiza inayo toka mbingani. 2 Yesu aliwajibu na kuwaambia kama " ikiwa magaribi mnasema hali ya hewa ni mzuri, ababu julu ni nyekundu. 3 Na asubuyi mnasema " hali ya hewa leo si mzuri kwa sababu julu ni nyekunda na mawingu inayafunika yulu lote mnajiwa kutafisili kuonekana kwa juu, lakini amuwezi kutafisili miuziza ya wakaki. 4 Kizazi kibaya na cha usharati kinatafuta miuziza lakini hakuna miuziza isipo kuwa ile ya Yona. Kiishja Yesu akotaka na akaenda zake 5 Wanafunzi wakamba ngambo ya pili, lakini walisahau kukamata mikate. 6 Yesu akawaambia " angalisho na vinyo na shachu ya wafalisayo na wasadukayo". 7 Wanafunzi wakaanza, kuwaza wenyewe: " Ni sababu hatukeleta mikate". 8 Yesu alijiwa maneno wanafunzi walikuwa wakiwaza , akasema "niye wenye amani kidogo, kwa nini juu hamukubela mikate? 9 Ndio kusema hamukumbuki ile mikate tano kwa watu elfu tano na bitunga bingapi ile mulikusanya kishu kula? 10 Au mikate saba kwa watu elfu ine bitunga bingapi mulipo kusanya kisha kula ? 11 Namna gani hamukuweza kama nilikwa ni kisema juu ya mikate hangaisho na chachu ya wafasiyo na wasadukayo. 12 Kiisha wakajuwa kama alikuwa akasema muwe hange na mikate iliyo na chachu lakini muwe na angaisho kwa mafundisho ya wafalisayona wasadukayo 13 Wakati Yesu alifika mtaa wa Kaisaria ya filipo akawauliza wanafunzo wake kama watu wako wanasema mtoto wa mtuni nani. 14 wanafuzi wakamyibu watu wanasema uko Yohana mbatizazi, wengine Eliya na Yeremia, au ni mmoya ya wanabii. 15 Yesu akawauliza , sasa niye munasema nini juu jangu? 16 Simoni Petro akajibu wewe ni kristo mtoto wa Mungu wa huzima . 17 Yesu akamwambia: unaburikiwa Simona mtoto wa Yona, sababu si kwa damu ao kwa mwili haiku kupatia ile jibu lakini ni bababa yangu aliye mbinguni. 18 Na mimi pia na kuambia kama wewe ni Petro na jiu ya mwambahii ndio mitajenga kanisa langu. Milangu ya kuzimu hatalishinda. 19 Nitakupatia fungola za mufalme wa mbingu yote utakapo ifunga hapa duniani kitafunguliwa mbinguni. 20 Kiisha Yesu akawapatia wanafunzi oda hii: wasiseme na mtu yeyote kama jeye ni Kristo 21 Basi, Yesu akanza ku waambia wanafunzi wake kama inampasa kwenda Jerusalemu kuteswa kwa mambo katika mikono ya waju wa makuhani na wandishi, atauwawa na kufufuka siku ya tatu . 22 Kiisha Petro akamukamatia Yesu akaenda naye pembeni kwa kumukataza kwa kusema " neno hili likwe mbali nawe bwana isikutoe. 23 Lakini Yesu akamwangali Petro akasema " rudi nyuma jangu shetani ! weye ni kizuizo kwangu, kwa maana hawangaikie maneno ya Mungu , lakini maneno ya watu. 24 Kiisha Yesu akawambia wanafunzi wake kama mutu yote akitaka kunifuata mimi ni mzuri ajikatale ye peke na abebe masalaba yake na anifuate. 25 Kwa kuwa mtu ule anayetaka kuokowa maisha jake ataipoteza na ule yote anaye poteza maisha yake kwa ajili yangu ataiokowa . 26 Je ! Ni kitu mtu anaweza towa katika kubadilishama na maisha yake 27 Kwa kuwa mtoto wa mtu atakuya katika utukufu wa nbaba jake na wamalaika wake , na ye atamulipa kila mtu kufuatana na kazi jake . 28 Kweli ninawambia kuko wenye kati yenu hapa ambao hawatoona kufa mpaka watamuona mtoto akikuya kati ufalme wake.
1 Masiku sita kupita, Yesu aka beba Petro, Yakoba na Yohana ndugu yake, na kuenda nabo yulu ya mulima. 2 Aka badilika yabo. Suna yake ika geuka kama djuwa, na manguo yake inangara kama vile nuru. 3 Na muone Musa na Eliya bana ongeya naye. 4 Petro akamujibiya na ku mwambiya Yesu: "Bwana, ni muzuri kwetu tu kwe apa. Ukapenda, Mita jenga aapa ma nyumba tatu, moya yako, moya ya Musa, na moya dju ya Elia". 5 Gisi alikwa na sema tena, angalia wingu ya kwangara ika bafinika ika ba finika, sauti moya ili toka wingu na kusema: " huyu ni mutoto wangu mupendwa, mwenye nina penda mumu sikiye". 6 Wakati bana funzi bakasikia ile, bakanguka mbele yabo na baka ogo pasama. 7 Kitcha Yesu aka kuya ku bagusa na kusema: "simama na usiogope". 8 Nabo baka lamucha macho yabo yulu nakini abakuona mutu kama aiko Yesu ye peke. 9 Wakati bali kwa na chuka ku kilima, Yesu aka bambiya kusema: " Musiseme iyi abariata kua mutu moya mpaka siku mutoto wa mutu ata fufuka ku bafwa". 10 Bana funguzi yake baka muliza bana sma: "dju nini bahandishi bana sema Elia ata kuya wa kwanza?. 11 Yesu aba jibuya aka sema: "kwa ukweli, Elia ata kuya na ata rudisha mambo yote". 12 lakini na bambiya: Elia alisha kuya, lakini mumu famiye. Bahati yake baka mufanya yenye balipenda. Na muna moya na mutoto wa mutu bali teseka ku mikono yabo. 13 Lakini bana funzi banasikia ana bambiya dju ya Yohani mubatisayi. 14 Wa kati balirudia kukikundi ya batu, mutu moya aka kuya mbele ya yasu, na kupiga magoti mbele yake. 15 Na akasema:" Bwana, umurumie mutoto wangu sababu ana kwaka na kifafa na ana teseka sana. Kwakuwa, ana angukaka mingi ku moto na ku mayi. 16 Mina mubeba kwa banafunzi yako lakini abakuweza kumu ponesha". 17 Yesu akajibiya: "Kizazi yenye ai amini na yakuaribika, mita ikala na mweye mpaka siku gani? mpaka siku gani mita ba vumilia? mumu lete apa". 18 Yesu aka mukemeya pepo mubaya na akatocha ndani yake kiyana aka pona ku ile wakati. 19 Kisha bana funzi baka zo geya mbele ya Yesu kusini na baka sema: " djuya nini atuku ba fukuza". 20 Yesu na bambiya kwa ukuli, kama muko na imani tu kidogo sa vile punje ya mbego, muna weza kwambiya ku ile kilima, "udji bebe kutoka apa na wende kule", akaji beba na akuna kitu kenye kita bashinda". 21 [Zingatia mambo ya mustari ya makumi mbili na moya " lakini, mapepo kama iyi ina toka tu ku moambi na kufunga]. 22 Kisha balikua ku Galilaya, Yesu ana ambiya bana funzi ivi: " bata pana mutoto ya mutu ku mikono ya batu, 23 Ma bata mu ua, na kusi ku ya tatu aka fufuka". Bana funzi baka kuwa na uzuni. 24 Wakati balifika Kapenaumu, batu benye bana lipishaka kodiya ya nusu shekeli dju ya kanisa, baka enda kwa Petro na kusema: "Je mwalimu wenu ana katala ku lipa kodi nusushekeli?". 25 Akasema: "diyo" wa kati Petro ali ingiya ku nyumba. Yesu amlisema wa kwanza na Petro akasema ivi: "nini una waza Simona, mufalme wa dunia, kwa na ni una pataka kodi ao ushuru? Kwa bo peke wala ku begeni?" 26 Wakati Petro ana jibiya: " kwa bengine" Yesu aka mambiya: "ivi bata waliwa bana toka katika kulipa. 27 Lakini dju ya ku tatala ku fanya mokosa (zambi), ku balipishi ya kodi, wende ku mayi, tupandobo ndani na utoshe sanati yenye ina kwa yakwa ku ndobo; wakati uta fungula kinua yake, uta ona shekeli moya. Kama tayo na uyi patiyi ba lipishi kodi sababu yako na miye".
1 na mu yile wa kati tu, bana funzi balikuya kwa Yesu na baka sema "Nani iko mukubwa zayidi kwa ufalme wa Mungu?". 2 Yesu alihita mbele ya bo mtoto mudogo na aka musi ma misha kati kati yabo. 3 Na aka sema, kwa ukweli na bambiya kama amu badilike, na kukuwa kana batoto badogo, amuta ingia kwa ufalme wa mbinguni. 4 Ju ya ile, mtu mwenye ata jishusha kama mtoto ule njo mukubwa zayidi kwa ufalme wa mbinguni. 5 Na wule wote ata pokea uyu mtoto mudogo kwa jina la ngu, a me nipokeya. 6 Lakini bale bote bato sukuma aba batoto kidogo benye bana nila mini ba na fanya zambi, na inge kuwa muzuri kwake bamu funge lijiwe kubwa na ba mutupe ku baali. 7 ole kwa duniya sababu ya wakati wa nguvu! kwa sababu niye mala na sana iyi bitu bifike lakini ole kua wule mtu ii bitu bitatokele ya! 8 Na kama mukono wako ao mugulu wako iko kwako nfiya ya ku anguka, uyi kate na ku itupa mbali na weye. Ni mu zuri kwaka ku hi ngiya ndani ya ufalme wa mbingu ni bila macho wala bila mu gulu, kuliko baku tupe ndani ya moto ya milele na mikono yote na mugulu yote mbili. 9 Kama licho yako iko kwako nfiya ya kua nguka, ugitoshe na kuitupa mbali na weye. Ju ni mu zari kwa ko kuingiya mu ufalme wa mbingu na licho moya kuliko kutupa ku moto wa milele na macho yote mbili. 10 Fa nye angalisho, Ju musi one aba batoto bure. Ju na bambia, kule mbinguni, ba malayika yabo ba na ona sura ya baba yangu aliye mbinguni. 11 Kwa sababu mtoto wa mtu alikuaya ju ya ku ta futa bale benye bali poteya. 12 Mu na waza nini? Kama mtu eko na ko ndoo niya moya kisha moya ina poteya, a ye awazi acha makunitisa na tisa bingine yulu ya mulima fu ya kwenda tafutana na ile ina peya? 13 Na kama nayipata, kwa kueli na ba mbiya, ata furahi tena sana ju ya ile kuliko makumitisa na tila yenye ayiku poteya. 14 Na ivi, ayiko mapenzi ya Mungu baba yenu mwenyu iko mbinguni ju moya kubatoto yeke apoteya. 1516 kama ndugu yako an kukoseya, wende, na umaweneshe makosa yake na mu kuwe niye mbili weye na yeye. Na kama ana sikuya, una weza. Na kama akusikiya, ukamate ndugu mbili tena ju kupitiya ma kinya mbili ao tatu ya ushuda, ukweli ita patikana. 17 Na kama an katala tena ku ba sikiya, ka mata meneno ile iyi bebe mu kanisa. Na aki katala pia ku sikiya kanisa, mu mu kamate kama mupagani na mwenye an lipishaka koodi 18 Kwa ukweli, na bambiya, ile yote mu ta funga a pa mu duniya na kule mbinguni ita fungiya na ile yote muta fungula apa muduniya nakule mbunguni ita fungiliwa. 19 Tena na bambiya, ka ma batu mbili ba na kubaliyana apa mu duniya ju ya kitu moja na kuilo mba, na bata ipata kwa baba yangu iko mbinguni. 20 Kwa sababu kwenye batu mbili ao tatu bana ku sanya kwa jina la ngu, niko kati kati ya bo. 21 Kisha, Petro aka kuya kwa Yesu na ku sema, "Bwana, mbala ngapi ni ta samee ndugu wagu kama anani fa ni ziya mabaya? Mupaka mbala saba? 22 Yesu aka mwambia," siku bambiya kama mbala saba, lakini paka ma kumi saba na saba kwa saba. 23 Kisha, ufalme wa mbinguni iko ka ma mfalme moya alipenda ku juwa vile batu mishi bake biko na tu mika. 24 Wakati alianza e sabiya bake mu leteya mtumishi moya mwenye alikuwa na nulomba talata elfu kumi. 25 Lakini vile vile akukuwa na kitu ya ku lipa, mfalme alisema ba muwujishe pamoya na bibi yake, pia na batoto yake na bitu yote alikuwa nayo ju alipe deni 26 Mtumishi alianguka, na kupiga magoti mbele yake na kusema, "Rabi uni siki liye uruma uvumi liye nita lipa yote." 27 Kisha mfalme wa wule mu tu mishi, ali mu sikiya uruma, aka mua shilia na deni yake yote. 28 Lakini ule mtu mishi alitaka na aka kutana na mwenzake moya mtumishi alikuwa deni yake ya denari mia. Aka mufunga, na ku shika ku shingo kisha ku singo kisha akasema " Unilipa deni yangu." 29 Lakini mwenzake mutu shi aka anguka chini na kumulomba akasema, " nisikiliye uruma na uni vuliliye ni ta kulipa." 30 Lakini mtu mishi wa kwanza alikatala, na ali mutia mu gereza, mu paka siku ata lipa ka deni yake. 31 Na wakati benzeke ba mukazi batu mishi baliona yenye ilipitikana, bali sikiya mubaya sana mu ma roho, na bali kuya na baka ba mbiya mfalme yote ilipitikana. 32 Kisha mfalme wa ule mtu mishi aka muyita na aka sema "Weye, mutushi mubaye, nili ku rumiya ma deni yangu yote ile ju uli milomba. 33 Nawe ye a wange sikiliya mwe nzako mtu mishi uruma vile miye nilikusikiliya uruma?" 34 Mfalme alisirika, na aka tupa ku mikono ya bali benye kutesa mu paka atalipa deni yote ye nye iko nayo. 35 Na ivi njo baba ya ngu wa mbuni ata ba fanizia kama ndo ni ye nu anusame yane na ba ndugu na roho moya."
1 Wakati Yesu alimaliza kusema maneno ile, akatoka Galilaya, na akaenda Yudea kupita mutoni ya Jordani. 2 Kikundi ya batu balimufuata na anaba ponyesha. 3 Bafarisayo balimufuata, bakamujaribu, na bakamuliza: "inarusiwa kufuatena na sheria kwa mutu kukatala bibi yake kwa sababu yote". 4 Yesu akabakibia na aka sema, hamu kusoma, kama mutu mwenye alibaumba kuanzia mwanzo, alibaumba mwanaume na mwana muke? 5 Na akasema tena: "njo maana, mwanaume ataacha baba yake na mama yake na ataungana na mwana muke wake, na bote bawili bata kwa mwili moja?. 6 Nyokwa maona habiko tena batu bawili, lakini bana kwa mwili mojao kwa hiyo, enye Mungu anaunganisha, mutu ata moja asiachanishe". 7 Bakamwambia: " ju ya nini basi Musa alituamuru (alituruhusu) kutosha barua ya kuwa bunyumba na kumufukusa"?. 8 Akabambia, kwa ugumu wenu wa roho, Musa aliba ruhusu kubapa ba bibi wenu barua ya kuvunya bunyumba, lakini ku mwanzo, haikukuwa vile". 9 Na bambia: "kama mutu yote ataacha na bibi yake kama haiko ju ya uzini, na anaoa mwingini, amezani. Bwana mwenye atamoa wa bibi uyu amezani". 10 Bana funzi bakamwambiya Yesu, kama muzuri kuoa. 11 Lakini akabambia, "haiko mutu yote njo ana weza kupokea mafundishi iyi, lakini bale benye bana rusiwa kuiyapokea. 12 Kwa vile njo bako batowashi benye balizalika kutoka mu tumbu ya bamama yabo. Na vile vile kuna batowashi benye balifanya na batu. a kuna batowashi benye balifanya matowashi ju ya ufalme wa mbinguni. Acha mutu yote mwenyte ana uwezo ya kupokea mafundisho hiyi na upokee. 13 Kisha wakamuleta watoto kidogo ju abatilie mikono na ku baombea, lakini wana funzi baka bafukuza. 14 Bali Yesu akasemea: " acha batoto ba dogo na musibakaze bakuye kwangu, kwa kuwa ufalme wa mbinguni ni ya kama bao. 15 NA akaweka mikomo yake yulu yabo, na kisha akatoka pale. 16 Angali, mutu moya alikuya kwa Yesu na akasema: "mwilimu, ni fanye nuni ju nipate uzima ya milele" 17 Yesu aka mwambia, "Ju ya nini unaniulisa hivi?juna mutu moya mwenye anastaili, lakini kama unapenda kupata uzima, kamata sheria ya Mungu. 18 Ule mutu akamuliza, "ni sheria ganria?" Yesu akasema, "usiwe, uzini, usiibe, usishu hudie uongo, 19 Uheshimu baba yake na mama yako, na upendi jina ni yako kama unajipende mwenyewe". 20 Yule mutu aka mwambia: "mambo ya yote nimeyatii. Inanibakilia tena nini?" 21 Yesu akamwambia, "kama unapenda ukuwe mukamilifu, wende uuzishe bitu yako yote, upatie bamasikini, na utakuwa na hazani mbinguni, na utakuwa na hazani mbinguni. Kisha kuya unifuate". 22 Lakini wakati yule kijana alisikia ile enye Yesu alimwambia, akatoka kwa huzuni, kwa sababu alikuwa na mali mingi. 23 Yesu aka bambia, ni magumu ku mutajiri kwingia katika wa mbingini. 24 Tena na baambia, ni rahisi kwa ngamia kupita ndani yu tundu la simdano, kuliko kwa mutajiri kuingia katika ufalme wa mungu. 25 Wakati bana funzi balisikia hiyi neno, baka shangala sana na bana sema; "nani basi mwenye atapona?" 26 Yesu aka baangalia na kusem, "kwa banadamu hile hai wezekana". 27 Kisha Petro aka mujibu na akamwambia, " tunaocha yote na tunakuata wewe. Tutapata nini?" 28 Yesu akamwambia, "ju kweli na maambia, niye benye bulinifuata, katika uzao mupya wakati mwana wa Adam ataikala mu kiti ya enzi ya utukufu yake, niny vite mutaketi julu beti kumi na mbili ya enzi, kubahukumu makabili kumi na mbili ya Israeli. 29 Kila mutu ndani yenu mwenye ataacha bitu yake yote ju jina yangu, atapata mala mia na ku urith uzima wa milele. 30 Lakini mingi batikuwa ba kwanza sasa, batukuwa bamwisho, na bawisho bata kuwa bakwanza.
1 Mana ake ufalme wa mbingu inafanana na mwenye shamba, alilamuka asubuhi sana kutafuta bafanyakazi katika shamba yake ya vinyo. 2 Kisha naye kubaliana na bafanyakazi dinari moya kwa siku moya. Alibatuma kwenda katika shamba yake ya vinyo. 3 Alienda tena katika saa tatu hivi na aliona bafanyakazi wengine balikuwa na simama sehemu ya soko bila kazi. 4 Aka baambia, na nyiye pia, muende katika shamba ya vinyo, na ile yote ya muzuri nitapatia. Hivi bakaenda kufanya kazi. 5 Aka toka tena na saa sita na tena saa kenda, na alifanya namuna moya. 6 Mara ingine tena katika saa kumi na moya, alienda kukutana na batu bengine bana shimama bila kazi ali wahuliza: Ni juu ya nini munashimama hapa bila kazi kwa siku mzima? 7 Baka mwmbia, ni kwasababu, hakuna mutu na kutupatia kazi. akabaambia, na nyi pia muende katika shamba ya vinyo. 8 Kufika mangarimbi, mwenye shamba ya vinyo aliambia musimamizi yake, "aite bafanyakazi na kubalipa malipo yao kwa mwisho na wa kwanza." 9 Wakati bali kuya bale wa saa kumi na moya, kila yao alipokeadenari moya. 10 Balikuya bafanyakazi wa kwanza, walizania kama batapokea mingi. Lakini balipokea pia dinari moya kila mutu. 11 kisha kupokea malipoyao, balilalamikia na mwenye shamba. 12 Bakisema, haba bafanyakazi wa mwisho balitumika saa moya tu katika kufanya kazi, lakini una ba wunganisha na siye siye tunabeba miziku kwa siku mzima na kuungua na kifukutu. 13 Lakini mwenye shamba akajibu na kusema kwa moya yao,« rafiki sikufanya mambo mubaya, kwa ninin, hatukubalianana miye kwa dinari moya?» 14 Pokea malipo ya ko na wendekwako. Na furahi kumpa haba bafanyakazi ba litumika mwisho sawa na weye. 15 Ni shida kwango kufanya ile minataka na mali yangu? Ao kwenu ni wivu kwa sababu miye niko mwema? 16 Hivi wa mwisho a takuwa wa kwanza na wa kwanza wa mwisho" 17 Yesu ali kuwa napanda kwenda Yerusalemu ali bachukuwa bana funzi yake, kumi na mbili pembeni, na njia aka baambia. 18 Muone tuna panda Yerusalemu, na mwana wa adamu ati tiwa katika mikono ya wakuu wa makuhani na waandishi. 19 Batamhu ku mu kufa. Bata mutoa kwa watu wa mataifa wenye batamusumbua, na kumpiga fimbo na kumuuwa kwa musalaba. Lakini katika siku ya tatu atafufuka. 20 Kisha mam wa batoto wa Zebedayo alikuya kwa Yesu na batoto yake. alipiga magoti mbele yake na kumuomba kitu kutoka kwake. 21 Yesu aka mwambia, unataka niani? Aka mwambia, hitika kwa haba batoto yangu bawili baikale, moya mukono yako wa kulia na moya mukono wa kushoto katika ufalme wako. 22 Lakini Yesu aka jibu na kusema, "Haujui ile unaomba. Na unaweza kukunywa kikombe ambao nitakunywa?" Baka mwambia, tunaweza". 23 Aka baambia, "Kikombe yangu kweli mutaikunywa, lakini kuikaa mukonao tangu wa kulia na mukono yangu wa kushoto, si ukumu yangu kuba pa. Lakini ni kwa bale ambao bali tayarishwa na baba yangu. 24 Wakati ban funzi bengine kumi balisikia hivi bakahuzunika sana na bale bandugu bawili. 25 Lakini Yesu ali baita mwenyewe na kubaambia, " muna fahumu" kama, watawala wamataifa. 26 Lakini isikuwe hivi kwenu. Lakini mwenye yote ana taka kuwa mukubwa piongoni, yenu, lazima akuwe mtumishi yenu. 27 Na huyu anataka kuwa wa kwanza miongoni yenu lazima akuwe mtumishi yenu. 28 Kama vile mwana wa adamu hakukuya kutumikiwa, lakini ni juu ya kutumika na kutoa maisha yake kuwa mukombozi kwa mingi. 29 Wakati balitoka yeriko umati kubwa ilimu fwata. 30 Na baliona vipofu bawili bana ikaa pembeni ya barabara. balisikia. balisikia. balisikia kuawa Yesu alikuwa anapita, balipiga sauti na kusema " Bwana, mwana wa Daudi, utuhurumie." 31 Lakini umati akabakemea, na kubaambia munyamaze hata hivi bao bakapiga sauti mingi na kusema, " Bwana, mwana wa Daudi, utuhurumie". 32 Kisha Yesu alisimama na ali baita na kubauliza, "Munataka nibafanyie nini? 33 Baka mwambia, " Bwana kwamba macho yetu ifunguliwe." 34 Basi Yesu aliyala na hukuma, aka gusa macho yao, waka ona na waka mufwata.
1 Gisi Yesu na bana funzi yake bali zogeya ku Yerusalemu na ba kaenda ku migini ya Betifage, 2 kisha ku mulima wa Mizeituni. Kisha, Yesu aka tuma bana funzi ya ba wili na ku bambiya : « mwende ku mingini ya karibu, na mu ta ona limoya punda ba na mufunga pale, na mutoto wa punda nafungi wa pamoya, mu ba fungule na mu ni leteye a bo. 3 Kama mutu an kwambi kitu dju ya bo, mu mwambiye: " Bwana iko wayo lazima, na ule mutu ata ba atcha mara moya mwende nayo." 4 Kisha , kufika na yenye balisema ku ba na bii inanza kufanika aka sema: 5 « ombiya binti wa Siona: una mufalme wa ko ana kuja kwako, mu ku di shusha na ana panda ku punda, na mutoto wa mwaka moya. » 6 Kisha, ban funzi yake baka enda na kufanya gisi yeni ali bambiya. 7 Baka leta mutoto wa punda na punda, ba ka tandika manguo yabo na Yesu aka ikala ku manguo ya bo. 8 Bi kundi ya mingi bali ta ndika manguo ya bo ku ujiya na bengine bali kwa na kata bipande ya mi ti na bali kwa ku njiya. 9 Bi kundi yenye ili enda mbele ya Yesu na benye bali la la mika: «Hosana ku mutoto wa Daudi ! abarikiwe mwenye ana kuya ku ji na ya Bwana ! Hosana Yerusalema ! 10 Wa kati Yesu alingiya ku Yerusalema, mugini muzima ili nyamaza na ku sema : « uyu ni nani? » 11 Bikundi a ka ji biya : « uyu ni Yesu, na biitiwa nazareti ku Galilaya» 12 Fisha Yesu akai ngiya dani ya kanisa. Aka ba fukuza bote benye bali kwa uza na kuuzisha dani ya kanisa na kuvu nja ma meza yote ya ba badilisha ba ma kuta na mafasi ya benye ba li kwa na uzisha ma ndiwa. 13 Aka bambiya: « a kandika : "nymba yangu ba ta ita nyumba ya maombi" lakini mu na ifanya fasi ya bo muizi:» 14 Kisha ba pofu na bilema ba ka kuya kwa ke ndani ya kanisa na aka ba po nesha. 15 Lakini sa mukubwa wa ba ku hani ma ba andisha ba ka fika bali fanya bitu bizuri na wa kati bali sikiya batoto ku la la mi ka doni ya kanisa na ba ka sema: « hosana ku mutoto Daudi» ba ka kwa na hasira sana. 16 Ba ka mwa mbiya : « ulisikiya kile kenye ban sema aba batu?» Yesu aka ba mbiya : «ndiyo, lakini a muya soma ku kinwa ya batoto na bale benye biko bana nyonya, muko na furaha mingi?» 17 Kisha Yesu, aka batoto na kutoka ndani ya mugini ju ya kuenda Betania na ku lala kule. 18 Kisha, busu buyi, wakati alirudiya ndani ya munguni aka si kiya nzala. 19 Akaona muti kando kando ya njiya, akaende na kukuta tu mayini akambiya muti « Kwa sasa akuna tena matunda yenye itatoka kwako.» na pale pale muti ika kauka. 20 Wakati bana funzi bali ona ile, bakaifuraiya na ku sema: « Ina kua aye muti ina kauka mara moya?» 21 Yesu aka baji biya: « Kwa ukweli, na ba mbiya, kama muko na imani na amuko naa pinga, amuta fanya tu yenye minafanya ku ili muti lakini mutafayna ya mingi (zaidi) na muta mbiya kilima toka pale na uji tupe ku mayi na ile itafaniwa. 22 Yote yenye muta omba ku maombi muitike, muta pata. » 23 Wakati Yesu alingiya dani ya kanisa, mukubwa wa ba kihani na bazee ba ma taifa bali kuya kwake wakati ali kwa nafundisha na kusema: « kwa uwezo gani una fanya iyi mambo na nani an kupatiya ile uwezo?» 24 Yesu akaba dibiya: « nda bauliza nua li moya. Kama muna nyambiya, nda ba mbiya kwa uwezo gani minafanya kwa uwezo gani minafanya iyi bitu. 25 Ubatizo ya yohani (ili toka wapi?) mbinguni wala kwa batu ? Baka ji uliza ndani yabo aisema : « ju ya nini a mu ku mwa mini?» 26 Lakini tu ki sema : "bana ume " tu na hogopa kikundi ju kikundi bi ko na ka ma ta Yohane kama vile mu na bii. 27 Kisha, baka ji biya Yesu na kusema: « Atu yuwa» aka bambiya naye:» sita ba mbiya kwa uwezo gani nu na fanya iyi bitu. 28 Lakini muna waza nini ? mutu moya ali kwa na batoto bawili ba naume : « akaenda kwa mtoto wa kwanza» na ka mwambiya: « mtoto, wende kutumika mu shamba ya mizabibu lewo. 29 Mtoto aka mujibiya ana sema: "sita ifanya" kisha, aka badilisha mawazo na akaenda". 30 Na mwanaume akaenda tena ku mttoto wa pili na kasema ile kifu kimoya kile mtoto aka sema naendanbwana lakini akwena. 31 Nani kati ya aba batoto anafanya mepenzi ya baba yake? baka sema wa kwanza Yesu aka bambiya ivi kwa u kweli, na bambiya, ba kulipisha kodi na ba sharati baka ingiya dani ufalme ya Mungu mbele yenu. 32 Ju, Yoane alikuya mbele yenu kunjiya ukweli, lakini amuku muitaka, lakini balipisha ma kodi na ba sharati bali muitika. na mweye, wakati muliwona ile kufika, amuku tubu, amutubu ata nyuma ju ya ku muitaka. 33 Musikiaye mufalme muingine: ku li kua mutu, mwenye lupangu munene. Alipanda muti wa miza bibu, ata jengea lupango aka chimbala shimu, akajenga lupangao ya balinzi na ku pana muke panga ku batunga zabibu. Kisha akaenda ku inchi ingine. 34 Sa wa kati yaku chuma mbego aka fika, aka tuma batu mishi nusunku batunza zabibu ju yaku beba mbego. 35 Basi ba tunza bakulima mashamba zabibu baka funga batumishi, na kuba pika moya na ku ua mwengine mu moya na kupika mwengine moya majiwe. 36 Mwenye kiwanja a ka tuma tena bengine ba tumishi ba mingi kubita bale bakwa nza, lakini ba tunza za bibubaka bapika tu sa bale bengine. 37 Kisha ile, mwenye kiwanja aka ba tumiya mtoto wake na kusema "bata heshimiya mtoto yangu". 38 Lakini bakulima ma shamba baka ona mtoto wa mwenye ma shamba, baka ambiyana, uyu ni muriti jo anakuya, tu muuwe na tu bele iyi mali. 39 Kisha baka mubeba, naku mutupa inje ya shamba, na ku muwa. 40 Lakini wa kati mwenye shamba aka kuya, atafanya nini ku ba chunga shamba iyi? 41 Baka mwona: bata aribisha iyi shamba na kisirani sana na kisha bata pangisha shamba ku batu bengine bachunga ma shamba, batu benye baka mu patiya kipande yake ya matunda wakati waku chuma. 42 Yesu aka mbiya: « Hamusoma ndani ya ma ndiko» lijiwe yenye ba jengayi bali tupa ili fanyiwa lijewe ya mahana. Iyi ili toka kwa bwana na muzuri ku macho yetu? 43 Jo mana mi na bambiya, bata batosha ufalme wa Mungu na ita paniwa ku inshi ingine yenye ita tosha matunda. 44 Kila mutu yote mwenye ita tosha matunda. Kila mutu yote mwenye ata anguka kwa iyi lijiwe ata katiwa ku bipande, bipande. Lakini, kwa uyu itangu kia ata ponde kana."» 45 Wakati bakubwa wa bakuhani na ba farisayo ak sikiya iyi mifano yake, bakasema alikwa na sema ju yabo mbili. 46 Balipenda ku mufunga, baliogopa kikundi ya batu ju batu balikwa na muona sa vile na bii
1 Yesu ali bambiya tena kwa mifano. 2 «Ufalme wa mbnguni inafanan an mufalme mwe ngine a lita ya risho kusharekeya wa ndawa ya mtoto wake. 3 Alituma batunishi bake ju bahite bale benye bali bayita ku ndowa, lakini a ba kupenda ku kuya. 4 Mufalme akatuma tena batumishoi bengine ka kusema, "Mu bambiye bale bali alikwa," «Muone, nilitayarisha chakula, ma ngombe na ngombe dume ina chijwa na bitu yote imetengenezwa tayari. Mukuye kusherekeya ndowa. 5 Lakini ili bitu abakayi kamata na maana. Na ba kaenda mu shamba ya bo, bengine mu makazi ya bo. 6 Bale balibakiya bak ban batumishi ba mufalme, na kubapika na ku ba wawa. 7 Na mfalme akapata bisirani san, na alituma ba askari ba kaba wuwe bale bawuwaji na ku lunguza mingini yabo. 8 kisha aka bambiya batumishi yake. "Chereye ndowa iko tayari, lakini bale bali bayita abakustahili. 9 Njo mana mwende ku mikutano kwenye na njiya irakutana niyite batu mingi benye muta ba ona kusherekeye ndowa. 10 "Na batumishe balienda kuma njiya na baka kusema batu ya kila ayina ba zuri na ba baya. Kisha numba ya kusherekeya ili jaa sana na batu. 11 Lakini wakati mufalme ali ingiya ju ya ku ona benye balialikwa, aliona mtu moya aku vala maguwa ya (karamu) ku sherekeya. 12 Na mfalme ali mu waliza, "Ndugu, na muna gani una hingiya apa bili nguo ya kusherekeya?" Na mtu alinyamaza kimia bila kusema neno. 13 Kisha, mufalme aka bambiya batumishi, "Mu ma funge mikono na migulu ya uyu mtu na mu mutupe inje ndani ya giza, kwenye kuta kawa kulia ra kusaga meno." Kwa sababu wengi bame alikwa, lakini kidogo njo bame chaguliwa. 14 Kwa sababu wengine bame alikwa, lakini kidogo njo bamechaguliwa. 15 Kisha, ba falisayo baka enda kutagarisho gisi bata nutiliya Yesu mutego ku pitiliya ma semi yake tu. 16 Na baka mtumiya bana funzi babo, pamoya na ba herodia. Baka sema na Yesu, «Mwalimo tu na juwa kama una sema kweli na tena una fundisha njiya ya Mungu na kweli. Na awuka mata ata masemi ya mtu na awa fanya kupendaleya na batu. 17 Sasa utua mbia, una waza nini? ni ya maana kulipa ya Kaisaria wala apana?» 18 Lakini Yesu ali juwa mabaya yabo aka sema «Banfiki ! kwa nini muko na nipima? 19 Muni patie pesa moya ya kodi» njo mana bali mupati dinari. 20 Yesu aka bambiya, ii sura ya nani na iijina? 21 Baka mwambiaya, "Ni ya Kaisari" kisha, Yesu aka bambiya, "Mupatie Kaisari yote yenye iko ya Kasairi na ya Mungu ile yote yenye iko ya Mungu. 22 Wakati balisikiya vile, batu balisha nga sona. Kisha bali mwasha na akaenda. 23 Na ile siku, wa sadukaye ambae balikuawa na sema kama ufufuko ayiko bali kuya mbele yake. Na bali mu lomba. 24 "Mwalimu, Musa alisema," kama mtu anakufa bila kwacha mtoto, ndugu yake ata wowa bibi yake ju ya kuzala na ye batoto. 25 Kuli kuwa wa ndugu Saba. Wa kwanza ali wowa na aka kuhu bila kuzala ata mtoto. Aka acha bibi kwa ndugu yake. 26 Kisha ndugu mwe ngeni naye alifanya vile vile tu, kisha watatu, mu paka ndugu wa saba. 27 Nyuma ya ba, na mwa muke pia alikufa. 28 Sasa utwa mbiye siye, kwa ufufuko, nani njo ata kuwa bwana wa ule bibi ndani ya aba bo te saba, ju bote bali mupelekeya mali.» 29 Lakini Yesu aka bafibiya na akasema "Muko na ma kosa, ju amu elewi maandiko, na ata nguvu ya Mungu. 30 Sababu kwa ufufuko, atuta wowa na atuta tuma ku wowasha, lakini, tu takuwa kama ba malaika kule mbinguni. 31 Lakini kuusu ufufuko wa bafu, a muku soma yenye Mungu alibambiya. 32 "Niko Mungu wa Abrahamu, Mungu wa Isaka, na Mungu wa Yakobo? Mungu ayiko Mungu ya bafu, lakini Mungu ya bale benye biko na uhai". 33 Wakati kundi ilisikiya musemi aya, balishangaa sana na ma fundisho yake. 34 Wakatika bafalisayo balisikiya kama Yesu ana banya mazisha ba sedukayo, baka kula nika. 35 Mumoya wao, akiwa mwana sheria, aka muhuliza swali ju ya kumupika. 36 "Mwalimu, sheria gani iko kubwa kuliko na sheria yote?" 37 Yesu aka mu jibiya " Upendo Bwana Mungu wako na roho yako yako, na akili yako yote na mawazo yako yote". 38 Na njo sheria kubwa na tena ya kwanza. 39 Na sheria ingine ina fuata na nayo ni iyi, "Upende mwenzako kama weye peke una ji penda" 40 Na iyi sheria mbili njo ma na inan pita ma sheria na unabi yote". 41 Na vile bafalisayo bali kuwa bana kwnya , Yesu alibawaliza. 42 Aka sema, "Mu nawaza nini ju ya Kristo? Ni mtoto wanani? Waka jibiya, mtoto wa Daudi". 43 Yesu akasema, mbona Daudi, ali sukumwa na roho, ana ita Bwana, wa kati ana sema. 44 "Bwana ali sema na Bwana wangu," ikala ku mukono wangu wa kue me, mu paka nita fanye baa duwi yako chini ya migii yako?" 45 Ka ma ssas Daudi ana muhita Kristo " Bwana " je tena ana kuwa mtoto wa Daudi? 46 Akuna mtu alikuwa na uwezo ya ku mwambia kitu.
1 Kisha, aliongea na kikundi ya watu fa moja hapa moja na wanafinzi. 2 Wanohishi na wafalisayo wanaikala ku kiti ja musa. 3 Basi, kila wanawamba mfaye, mhifafanye na mkiwachunguza, lakini matendo jao, kwa sabubu wakonasema meneno nyenye hawafanye. 4 kweli, wao wanafunga mizigo ya mizito ni vigumu kwalo kuibeba, nakiisha kuibebesha watu wengine kumabega ayo lakini, wenyewe hawapime ata na kidole kubeba ile mizigo. 5 Yle matendo yote wako wanafanya ili waonekane, mbele ja watu kwa sababu wao wananenapesha yao na kupanua ukubwa wa mapindo ja manguo jao. 6 Wao wanapendaka kukaa fasi yenye kuonekana penye feti, na kukaa ku vitii ja heshina ndami ja makanisa. 7 Nakuasalimia na heshima popote na kuikwa wa walimu. 8 Lakini hamupaswa" kuitiwa "sababu moko na mwalimu moya tu na niye wate ni wandugu. 9 Hape dunimi hakuna mwenye anaweza kuitiwa baba, sababu tunaye baba mumoya tu, ule anaishi mbinguni. 10 Wala msiitwe«walimu» sababu mkana mwalimu mimoya tu, ndiye kristo. 11 Lakini ule anamekana kuwa mkubwa, atakuwa mtumishe wenu. 12 Na ule wote atajipandisha atashushwa, na ule majeshusha atapandishwa. 13 Waandishi na mafarisayo, lakini ni ole kwenu, waunafiki, mnazuia watu ufalwa wa mbingu, nanji pia hamwezi ni ole kwenu, waunafiki, mnazuia watu ufalme wa mbingu, nanyi pia hamwezi kuuingia na hamukubali, na mhurusu wenye kuwa tayori kwa kuuigia kufanya ayo. 14 ole wenu wandishi na wandishi na wafalisayo waunafiki sababu mko munanyayasa wajane. 15 Ole wenu waandishi na wafarisayo waunafiki mwavuka ngambo ja bahari na kufika kumwegeuza mtu mmayo kuwa mwaminifu ile mnayo fundisha, na wakati alipo kuwa sawe niye, mnamfanya kuwa mara pili mwana wa jenama kamavile niye muk. 16 Ole wenu viongozi vipofu na mnasema, Mwenye analapa kwa hekalu si kitu, lakini ule na lapa kwa or ja hekalu anafungwa na kiapo jake. 17 Niye vipofu, wapumbafu, kitu gani kiliko kikubwa kuliko, ingine, dhahabu au hekalu yenye ilitakasa dhahabu kwa Mungu 18 Na kwa wate, anaye lapa kwamazabahu si kitu, bali anaye lapa kwa sadaka yenye kwa juu jake, anafungwa na kiapo jake. 19 Niye watu vipofu, kitu gani ni kikubwa kuliko inegiko, sadaka au madhababu inaya takasa sadaka zinazo tolewa kwa Mungu. 20 Kwa hiyo, analapa kwa madhabahu, anapa kwa hiyo na kwa vitu yote juu yayo. 21 Naye analapa kwa hekalu, aapa kwa hiyo na kwa ule mwenye kukaa noni yote juu yayo. Naye analapa kwa hekalu, kwa hiyo na kwa ule mwenye kukaa ndomi jake. 22 Na yeye analapa kwa mbingu, uapa kwa kiti ja ufalme wa Mungu na kwa yeye aketiye juu jeyo. 23 Ole wenu, waandishi na mafulisayo waunofiki sababu mutowa sadaka kwa nanukato muzuri lakini mazarahu mambo makubwa, ja sheria-haki- rehema -na imani, lakini huyo ndio mmapashwa ku ifanga, na pasipo kuacha ingine bila kuacha ingene. 24 Niye viongozi vipofu niye ambio machuya kidudu kidogo lakini hamumeze ngamia. 25 Ole wenu, wandishina mafalisayo wanafiki, sababu niye mnasafisha ichi ja kopo na ichi ja sahani, lakini ndoni mmeyaa uchafu na kutukuwa na kiosi. 26 Niye mafalisayo vipofu, musukule kwanza ndani ja kopo na ndani ja sahani ili upanda wa ije nayo ile uwe safi. 27 Ole wenu, waandishi ma mafarisayo, wanafiki sababu munafanana sawa ma makaburi jenye inapaliwa langi kwa nje na inaonekana mazuri, lakini kwa ndani yameyaa mifupa ja watu waliyo kufana kila kitu kiliyo kichofu. 28 Hata vile niye kwa nje munaonekana watu wenye haki mbele ja wengine, lakini ndani jenu mmayala unafikina na zambi. 29 Ole wenu, waadishi na mafarisayo, wanafiki kwa kuwa mnajenga makaburi ya wanabii na kuyapamba makaburi ya wenye haki. 30 Niyen mnasema kama tungeishi wakati wa baba zetu, hatumunga damu ja wanabui pamoja nao. 31 Kwa hiyo mnajishudia niye peke kama ni watoto ya wale waliyo uwa wanahi. 32 Tena niye mnakikisha kujaza kipande inayo sitahili dhambi za baba zenu. 33 Niye wa nyoka, watoto wa vipiribao, namna gani mtakimbiya ukumu ya jenama?. 34 Kwa sababu ja hii, natuma manabii kwem, watu wenye akili na waandishi, wa kufa, wengine kuwatia mselabami muta uwa wegine, ndani ja kanisa zenu kuwatowa inje . 35 Hii jote ni juu yenu kutaka damu ja wenye ukweli iliyo mwangika dunini, mbele ni damu ya habeli mwenye keli mfake damu ya zakaria, mtoto wa barakia muliye muwa katikati fasi pakatifu na madhabahui. 36 Kweli masema maneno hii yate itopita kizazi iki. 37 Yerusalemu, yerusalemu, uko unauya manabii na kuwapiga majiwe wale waliyo kumwa kwako ni mora ngapi watia pamoja watoto wako kama vile kuku awakusanya watoto yake chi ya mabawa lakini akuitika. 38 Angaliya nyumba yako inabaki na uruma. 39 Ndjo maana, mina kwambiya eko hamutanyonaka tena kamwe mpaka mutasema«Abarikuwe ule ko nakuya katika jina ya burana»
1 Yesu alitoka kuhekalu anarudia kwake. Banafunzi wake baka musungelea na banomoonyesha majengo ya hekalu. 2 Lakini alibajibia,«Hamuyaona bado mamboile yote ? Kweli nabaambia, hakuma lijewa hata moja enye itabakia yulu ya lijewa ingine bila kuanguka.» 3 Alikuwa anaikala yulu ya mulima ya olivia, banafunzi bake bana mufuata na bakamuliza «Utuambie ile mambo yote itafanyika wakati gani ? nini itaonyesha alama ya ku kuya yako mwisho wa dunia?» 4 Yesu alibajibia na akabaambia: «Mujichunge na mutu asibaola nganye. 5 Kwa sababu batu mingi batakuya mu jina yangu na batasema: « Miye njo Kristo», na batu mingi batapotea. 6 Mutasikia vita na malalamiko ya vita. Musichanganike bichwa, ju inaomba mambo iyi ifanyikike; lakini, haiko bado mwisho. 7 Kwa sababu taifa moja ita simamia taifa ingine; na ufalme ita simamia ufalme ingine. Kutakuwa na njala na matetemeko ya udongo ma fasi mbali. 8 Lakini ile yote iko mwanzo ya maumivu tu ya buchungu ya kujifungua. (Uchungu ya kuza yu mwanamuke). 9 Nji vile batapana ju ya mateso na ku bauwa. taifa yote itabachukia ju ya jina yagu. 10 Bamingi kawa nakusalitiana na batachiana bao benyewe. 11 Banabii mingi ba bongo batakuya na batala nganya batu mingi. 12 Njo maana uovu itaonzeka, mapendo ya bamingi itapota. 13 Lakini ule mwenye atarumilia mpaka ku mwisho, atapona. 14 Hiyi nemo mzuri ya ufalme wa mbinguni itaubiriwa dunia mzima kama ushuhuda kwa mataifa yote. Kisha ile mwisho wa dunia itafika. 15 Njo maana, wakati maona mambo mabaya enye alisema nabili Daniele inamama fasimutakatifu (mwenye anasema aelewe), 16 bale benye bako Yudea bakimbie ku milima, 17 yule mwenye iko yulu ya nyumba asishuke chini kukamata kitu ndani ya nyumba yake, 18 na yule mwenye iko ku mashamba asirudie ju ya kukamata manguo yake. 19 Ole yabo benye biko na mimba pia na benye bananyingesha mu ile siku. 20 Muombe sana ju kumbia yenu isikuwe wakati ya balidi, wala siku ya sabato. 21 Kwa kuwa mateso kabambi enye haiyafanyiwaka kuanzia mwanzia mwazo wa dunia mpaka leo iyi na enye haita kuwaka tena. 22 Kama siku haingukuwa mufipi, hakungi kuwa ata na mutu moya mwenye ange pona. Lakinijuya bataule bamoufupisha. 23 Kwa hiyo kama mutu yote anakwambia: « Angalia, Kristo iko apa! au Kristo iko kule musi mu amini. 24 Kwa sababu kutakuya ba Kristo babongo na banabii babongo na bataonyesha ishashara (malama) kabambi na majabu ju ya kupoteza, kama inawezekana ata na bateule. 25 Angaliya nabaambia mbele iyo mambo ifeke. 26 Kwa hiyo kama banamiambia:«Kristo iko ku majangwa, musiende kule.» Au angalieni, iko ndani ya nyumba musitika ile maneno. 27 Kama vile radi anamulika na kuagaza ngambo yote, njo vile itakuwa ku kuya wa mutoto wa mutu. 28 Kwenye kuko nyama, njo kwenye taiwanaku sanya. 29 Kisha ile siku ya mateso kubwa, jua itageuka giza, mwezi haitatosha mwangaza wake, manyota itaanguka kutotayulu, na nguvu ya mbinguni itatikisika. 30 Kisha muzija wa mutoto wa Mungu itaeanekana na yulu, na bakabila yote ya dunia bataumboleza. Bataona mutoto wa mutu atakuya ndani ya mawingu ya angani kwa nguvu na utufuku. 31 Atatuma malaika bake kwa sauti kabambi ya tarumbeta, nabo batakusonya pamoja bateule bake kutoka upande ina ya dunia, kutoka mwisho umoja wa mbingu adi mwingine. 32 Muzifunze masomo la muti mtini. wakati matawi inaota na kutosha mayani, mujuwe mambo ile yote, mujuwe anakwa kama kipwa ina karibia. 33 Njo vile mukiona mambvo ile yote, mujuwe anakwa kubu na malanga. 34 Namiambia kweli kizazi haitapita bila mambo ile yote ifike. 35 Mbinguni na nchi itapita, lakini neno yangu haitapita ata siku moja. 36 Lakini mambo ya siku ile na hakuna mwenye anajua, hata bamalaika wa mbinguni, wala Mutoto, lakini baba yeye peke. 37 Kama vile ilikuwwa wakati ya nulu, ndiye itakuwu kukuja wa Mutoto wa Mutu. 38 Kwa kuwa katika siku ile mbele gharika batu balikwa banakwa, lanakutunywa, koa na kuolewa mpaka siku nuhu aliingia ndani ya masuwa, 39 nabakujua hata kitu kimoja mpaka nvula ilinysha na inasomba batu bote, Njo ginsi itakuwa kukuya wa mutoto wa mutu. 40 Kuwa hiyo ndani batu bawili banye batakuwa ku shamba-bakamata moja, na moja atabakia. 41 Banamuke ba wili bakuwa banasanga pamoja umoja atakamatuwa na moja atabakia. 42 Kwa hiyo mujichunge kwa sababu hameyuwe siku gani enye bwana wenu atakuya. 43 Mujiwe kama, mwenye nyumba engejua saa gani enye mwizi atakuya angekesha hangaesha mwizi uingie ku nyumba. 44 Njo maana mukuwe tayari ju mutoto atakuya mu saa habawaze. 45 Ni nani mutushi mwaminifu, na mutumwa wa akili, mwenye bwana wake anamupa mabaraka ku batu benye biko ku nyumba yake, ju abapatie chakula kwa wakati enye inastaili? 46 Huyu mutumishi anabarikiwa, mwenye bwana wake ata mukuta anafuanya hivyo wakati atafika. 47 Ni kweli nabambia kamabwana atamutia mamadaraka yulu ya bitu yake yote. 48 Lakini kama mutumishi mubaya anasema mu roho yake: «Bwana wangu haifika sasa hivi», 49 na anaanza kupika bale batumishi bengine, kukula na kukunywa na walevi. 50 Mfalme wa ule mutumishi ata siku enye mutumishi hakuwaza, na kuwakati anye hajui. 51 Mfalme yake ata atamukata bipande mbili na kumu weka ndani, fasi moja na banafiki, benye bata kuwa nakulia na kusaga meno.
1 Na ufalme wa mbingu uta fanana na bale banamuke kumi bakuji chunga benye bali beba matala yabonakwe nda, kupokeya bwana wandowa. 2 La kini banamuke tano, katiyabo bali kuwa bapumbafu na batano, bengine bali kuwa ba kalamusi. 3 bale bapumbafu. 4 wakati balibeba matala yabo aba kuweka mafuta balamusi balibeba matala yabo na mafuta ndani ya machupa . 5 Na wakati bwana wandowa ali kawiya kufika, bote baka chaka na kisha ba kalala bu singizi. 6 Na kufika batikati ya busiku, ba kahanza kulala mika mulamuke , bwana wando wa anafika, mutoke inje muka mupokeye. 7 Na bana muke bote ba kalamuka, na kuwasha matala yabo. 8 Bale bapumbafu ba kahambiya bale tano ya mayele, mutu sahidiye na mafuta kidogo kwa sababu yetu matala inazimika. 9 La kini bale bale tano bakuji chunga tena ba hakili bakajibu, na kubahambiya, mafuta yetu ni kilogo aita weze kana kukabula mweye na siye, la kini mwende kusoko mukauze yenu mafuta . 10 Na wakati bakaenda kuuza mafuta, na bwana wandowa akafika, na bale tano balikuwa tayari bakaenda naye kufeti yandowa, na kisha bakafunga mulango. 11 Na kisha bale banamuke tano bapumbafu ba kafika, bakisema, bwana, kwana utufunguliye. 12 Na akabajibu, kwakweli nina bambiya, miye simjuwe. 13 La kini malamuke na mukuwe macho saha yote, kwasababu amujuwe siku wala saha. 14 Kwa sababu, inafanana na mutu mwenye kuwenda safari kumugini ingine, ali baita ba fanya kaziyake, aka bakabu liya bote feza yake. 15 mutu wa kwanja alimupa makuta tano, mwengine makuta mbili na watatu likuta moya kila mutu alipata faza kufatana na nguvu yake, ule mwenye faza akatoka na kwenda lwake. 16 Na ule alipata makuta tano aka itumikisha na ikajala tena feza ingine tano. 17 Na muma moya na ule alipata fezambili akazalisha ingine faja mbili. 18 La kini mufangya kazi ule alipe wa faza moya, akaenda kuchi mba shimu na akazika feza moya ile. 19 Kisha wakati murefu kupita, mwenye faza akarudiya, na aka anja kubahu liza kila mutu. 20 Ule mufanya kazi alipata makuta tano akakuya na akaongeja ingine feza tano akasema, uli nyachiya feza tano, lakine na ongeza tena ingine feza tano. 21 Mwenye feja akasema, iko, muzuri sana mutu mishi munguri na mwenye kuwa na imani, kwaku wa uko mwaminifu kubitu kidogo, nita kupa cheo ya bitu binene na ingeya ndani ya nyumba wako. 22 Mufanya kazi ule alipewa feza mbili naye aka sema, bwana uli nipa feza mbili lakini nazalisha ingine faza mbili. 23 Mwalimu akasema, muzuri sana, mwenye kuwa naimona, kwa kuwa uko na imoni mubi tu kidogo, nitakupa cheoya ya bitu bikubwa, na ingeya ndani yanyumba ya feti paemoya na mwalimu wako. 24 Na kisha mutu mishi mwenye alipewa feza moya naye akasema, mwalimumiye na yuwa kama uko mutu miye nayuwa uko mutu wakasi rani sana, una vunaka ata fasi yenewe aukupanda na unabebaka ata kitu akina kyako. 25 Miye nili ogopa nani kaenda kuficha fiza yako ndoni ya bulongo, ni ivi nina, kurudishi ya feza yako. 2627 Na kisha mwalimu aka mujibu na kusema, mwalimu aka mujibu na kusema, weye ni mutumishi mubaya na muchafu, uli yuwa kama miye, na vunaka fasi, yenye shikupanda na kubeba ata kitu akina kyangu. Uli pasha kwenda kuficha feza yangu ku banki nilipasha kubeba ayo na nyongezo. 28 Mumu nyangonye ile feza na mupatiye ayo ule mwenye kuwa na talanta kumi. 29 Muyuwe kama ule wote mwenye kwa na kitu, bata mongeze ya ingine loe kini ule asiye kuwa na kitu bata munya nganya ata kile eko na wekeya roho. 30 Mume tupe inje kugiza mutu mushi mubaya asiye kuwa na fauda kule kwenye kuta kuwa kiliyo na kusaka meno. 31 Wakati mutoto wa mutu atakuya na ba malaika bote pamoya naye, na ata kuwa wa kwikala kukiti kyake kya utukufu. 32 Na mataifa yate bata kusanyika mbele ya yote bata kusanyika mbele yake na yeye ata kabula batu kama vile muchungaji ana kabula ka mbuzi na kondolo. 33 Ata weka kondolo kumuno wa kuhume na mbuji ku mukono wakushoto. 34 Na kisha mfalme ata ambiya bale beko kumukono wake wa kumu, mukuye kwasa babu mweye muna barikiwa na baba yangu na muriti ufalme wa mbinguni kama vile ilitiya rishiwa juu toka mwanzo wa duniya. 35 Kwa kuwanili kuwa na njala na mulinipa chakula, nilikuwa mugeni na mweye muli nipokeya. 36 Nilikuwa bila nguo na mweye mulinivika , nili kuwa mugonjwa na muka ni tunza, nilikuwa kwenye buloko na mweye mulikuya kunihongaliya. 37 Na batenda maziri bata mujibu na kumuliza wakatigani ulikuwa na njala nasiye tuka kulisha? ao ulikuwa na kioya mayi na tuka kupa mayi? . 38 Wa kati gani ule kuwa mgeni nasiye tu kakupokeya? wakati gani ule kuwa bunchi na siye tuka kuvika nguo? . 39 Wakati gani ulekuwa mugonjwa ao kati ka buloko na siye tukaya kuku tazama?. 40 Na mufalme ata wa jibu myambiya, wakati wote mule tenda kitendo kama iki kwa mutumishi wangu ata mudogo muli niteya miye. 41 Na kisha ata ba ambiya bate bata kuwa kumakino wake wa kushoto, mutoke mbele yangu, muko ba kulainiwa, na mwende katika moto wa milele wenyewa katika moto wa kwa ajili ya shetani na ba malaika bake. 42 kwa sababunili kuwa na njala la kini hamu kunipa chakula, nili kuwa na kiu ya mayi la kini amukunipa mayi. Nilikuwa mgenila kini hamu kuni karibisha, nili kuwa 43 bunchi, lakini amu kunipa mavazi, nilikuwa mgonjwa na katika buloko, la kini hamu kuni angaliya. 44 Nabo piya bata mujibu na kusema, mwalimu, wakati ganitulekuona na njala ao na kio, ao mgeni, ao ukiwa bunchi, ao ukiwa mgonjwa ao ukiwa mfungwa na siye hatu kuku saidiya?. 45 Kisha ata wajibu, nakusema, kweli nina bahambiya, ileyote amuku tendeya ata mutu moya kati ya batumishi yangu ata ba kidogo, nimiye njoo ha mukuni tendeya. Na haba bote bataenda ka tika moto wa milele, lakini 46 batu ya haki bataenda batika uzima wamilele.
1 Wakati Yesu alimaliza kusema mambo iya , aka bambiliya bana funji bake . 2 Muna juwa kama kisha siku mbili kuta kuwa feti ya pasaka, na mutoto wa mutu ata tolewa juu asulukiwe. 3 Kisha ba kubwa balikutana pamoya ku nyumba ya kuhani mukubwa kayafa . 4 Bote pamoya balipanga ya kumukamata Yesu kwa sili juu ba muhuwe. 5 Bote baka sikiliza kama tu si muka mate siku ya feti ya pasaka apana, kwa sababu bati bamingi batatomboka 6 Wakati Yesu alikuwa Betani ndani ya nyumba ya Simon wa magonjwa ya bukoma . 7 Wakati alikuwa kumeza mwana muke moya alikuya kwake akiwa na chupa ya mafuta ya beyi kali na akamu mwangiya Yesu kuki chawa kyake. 8 Wakati bana funzi bake bakaona ivi bote baki kasirika sana, na kusema juu ya nini ana habaribisha mafuta ya beyi kali ivi ? 9 Mfuta iyi tulipasha ayo kubeyi kali na kupatisha ya ba masikini makuta iyi. 10 Lakini Yesu akajuwa mawazo yabo yote aka bahambiya , juu ya nini muna mutombokeya mwana muke uyu? Ana fanya mambo moya mujuri juu yangu . 11 Siko yote muta kuwa pa moya na ba masikini, lakini miye siwezi kuwa na mweye siku yote 12 Kama ana mwanga mafuta yulu ya mwili wangu, ana fanya ivi, sababu ya kuzi kwa kwangu. 13 Na miambiya kweli fasi yote bata hubiri habari nyema hiyi muduni ya muzima kitendo iki mwana muke uyu ana tenda kkita semewa siku yote juu ya kumu kumbuka . 14 Mutu moya kati ya banafunzi ya Yesu anaye itwa Yuda Iskariote, akaenda kwa bakubwa ba ma kuhani. 15 Na akisema mutanipa nini ! Kama na mitoleya Yesu, baka mupatisha ya Yuda bipande akumi tatu bya feza . 16 Kwanza siku ile Yuda aka anza kutafuta fasi gani ya kumukamata Yesu . 17 Siku ya kwanza ya mikate ya bila dawa, bana funzi yake baka mufukiya Yesu na kusema pasi gani una penda twende tuka kutarishiye chakula ya pasaka? . 18 Aka bajibu, mwende ku mugini kunyumba ya mutu moya , na mumwam biye kama , mwalimu anasema wakati yangu ina eneya nanita kula chakula ya pasaka ku nyumba yako pamoya na bana funzi bangu. 19 Bana funzi yake baka fanya vile Yesu ali batuma , na baka tayarisha chakula ya pasaka. 20 Wakati mangaribi ilifika Yesu aka ikala aka anza kula chakula pamoya na bana funzi bake kumi na mbkili. 21 Wakati bali kuwa na kula chakula naye aka sema , kweli na myambiya koma, mutu moya kati yenu ata nitoya . 22 Bote baka uziki sana, na kila mutu aka anza kumuliza bwana nimiye? 23 Aka bajibu, ule atatiya mkono wake pamoya namiye ndani ya sahani njoo ule ata nitowa . 24 Mototo wa mutu wote ule ata mutu wa mutoto wa mutu ni heri asingelizaliwe muduniya . 25 Yadu, mwenyewe ata mutowa Yesu akasema , mwalimu, nimiye Yesu aka mujibu wemwenyewe una sema . 26 Wakti balikuwa chakula , Yesu akabeba mukate na aka ubariki, na aka bakabuliya bana funzi bake aki sema , mubebe mukule iyi ndiyo mwili wangu. 27 Akabeda kikombe na kushukuru, aka bapa kishin akasema , mukungwe mwebote. 28 Kwa sababu iyi ni damu yangu ya agango ambayo ita mwangika juu ya ehema ya Zambi ya batu bote. 29 Lakini nili myambiya kama sita kunywa tena matunda muti uyu mpaka sika ile tuta kunywa ya munpya pa moya na mweye katika ufalme ya baba na mweye katika ufalma ya baba yangu. 30 Wa kati balimaliza kwimba mwimbo, baka panda kumulima wa mizehituni. 31 Kisha aka bahambiya, busiku yaleo mwe bote muta ni kimbiya , kwasa babu ili andikwa, ni tapika muchungaji na kondolo yote ita zambala. 32 Lakini kisha kufufuka kwanga, nita mita nguliya Galilaya 33 Na kisha Petro akamwambiya ata kama batu bote bata ku tatala kwa sababu ya mateso ita kufikiya, la kini miye siwezi ku ku katala. 34 Yesu aka mujibu , kweli na kwambiya koma busiku ya leo uta nikana mara tata kabla ya kuku kuwika. nikufa nita weza kufa, lakini siwezi ku kukana, na bana funzi bake bengine baka sema namuna. 35 Petro aka mujibu, kama nikufa nita weza kufa, lakini siwezi ku kukana kukukama na bana funzi bake bengine bakasema namuna 36 Kisha Yesu akahenda na bana funji bake fasi moya ina itwa Gethsemane na aka ambiya bana funzi bake, mwikale apa lakini miye maenda kule kuomba. 37 Aka beta Petro na bana funzi mbili batoto ya zebedayo, na aka anza ku uzunika na ku zorotika. 38 Kisha aka ba bambiya roho yangu ina uzuni mukubwa sana karibu ya kufa, mubakiye apa na muomba pa moya na miye. 39 Aka chofa mbele kidogo , kisha aka anguka kifulifuli na kuomba akisema baba yangu kama ina we zekana kikombe kiki kini pitiye mbali , lakini isikuwe kama vile miye na penda, lakini ikuweka ma vile we ye una penda. 40 Kisha akarudiya kuangaliya banafunzi bake na aka bakuta bote bana lala busingisi na aka mwambiya Petro, juu ya nini muna shindwa kuomba pamoya na miye ata saa moya. 41 Mukeshe na kuomba kwa sababu musiya ribiwe na shetani, roho iko na ngufu lakini mwili ni ya kulekeya 42 Yesu akarudiya tena kuomba na akisema baba yangu kama mambo iyi aiwezikane kuepuka ni kunywe tu kikomba iki, mapenzi yako ifanyike. 43 Akarudi tena, na aka kutu ba na funzi bake bana lala busingizi kwa sababu macho yabo ili kuwa yakuchoka. 44 Kisha aka ba lacha na akarudiya lwake kwenda kuomba mara ya tatu na akisema kama vile aliosema tena mbele. 45 Na kisha Yesu aka barudiliya bana funji bake na akambiya muna lala na muna enndeleya kupumuzika? Angaliya wakati ina eneya mutoto wa mutu atepewa katika mikono ya bapagano. 46 Mulamuke twende kwasababu ule ata nitowa eko karibu na kufika. 47 Na wakati alikuwa akingali nasema, moya wabanafunzi bake kumi na mbili Yuda akafika na kikundi kikubwa kya batu pa moya na bakubwa ya makuhani na bazee ya batu balikuwa na mipanga piya namikuki . 48 Na ule mutu ali mutowa Yesu alibapatiya ala ma akisema ule miye nita muso geleya na kumubusu joo Yesu mumu kamate. 49 Mara moya ali mosogeleya Yesu na akisema jambo mwalimu na aka mkumbatiya. 50 Yesu aka mwambiya rafiki fanya kazi yako uliendeya kufanya mara moya ba kamu kamata Yesu 51 Angaliya mutu moya aliyekuwa pamoya na Yesu, akanyolosha mukkono wake na ku chukuwa mpanga na aka mupika mutumishi wa kuhani mukubwa na aka mukamata lisikiyo . 52 Kisha Yesu aka mwambiya rudisha mupanga wako fasi uli itosa, kwasababu mutu wote mwenye ku uwa na mupanga na ata kufa kwa mupanga. 53 Muna wajiya kama siwezi kumu ita baba yangu na yeye atashindwa kuni tuniya zaidi ya na batalyani kumi na mbili ya baba askari ya bamalaika?. 54 Lakini mambo yote iyi ina tendaka juu yaku timi liza ma andiko na ilipasha ku fanyika ivi ? 55 Na wa kati ule Yesu aka bambiya bantu bote bale juu ya nini muna kuyan na mipanga na mikuki, kuni kamata kama vile mwizi? Masiku yote nllikuwa ndani ya kanisa ni ka hubirta . 56 Lakini yote iyi inatendeka kwasababu ma tabini ya bana bii itimilike, na pale pale bana funzi bake baka mwacha naku mukimbiya. 57 Ba kamukamata Yesu na ba ka mupeleka kwa Kayafa mukubwa wa makushani wa fasi ya bahundi shi na bazee ya batu bali kuwa ba kikusanyika pamoya . 58 Lakini Petro ali mufwata nyuma kwa mbali mpaka kutribunale ya mukubwa wa mukuhani aka ingiya pamoya na bo kwa sababu ya kuona na muna kanibatamuteswa Yesu 59 Kwa lakini bakubwa ya makuhani na batu yote ya baraza, bakanza ku tafuta neno moya ya bongo yaku mudanganyiya Yesu kwa sababu ba mukuwe. 60 Aba kupata ata neno moya ya mubaya ingawa kulikuwa batu mingi ya ku mudanganyiya kisha batu mbili baka fika. 61 Na kusema mutu uyu alisema, ata weza kuvunja kanisa kwa siku moya na kuijenga tena kwasiku tatu. 62 K uhani mukubwa akasibama na kumuliza hauwezi kujibu ? Kwamambo yote bana kusemeya. 63 Laki Yesu asikumujibu ata neno moya mukubwa wanakuhani akamwambiya katika jina la Mungu, na kuomba utwambiye kama weye ni Kristo mtoto wa Mungu. 64 Yesu aka mujibu, weye mwenyewe undisha kusema yote , lakini na kwambiya , kwanza sasa na kwendeleya utamuona mtoto wa mtoto wa mutu mwenye kwikala kumkono 65 Mara muya mukubwa wa makahani akapusula manguo yake na akasema , ana zarawu Mungu, juu ya nini mukona chunga tena ushada wengine? Angaliya siye bote tuna musikiya ana muzarawa Mungu. 66 Aka bahuliya sasa muna sema nini ? Bakajibu bote , anastahili kufa . 67 Na kisha bakamute mey a mate kubuso na kumupika ngume na kumupika makofi na mikono ; yabo. 68 Na ka mwambiya utu tabiriye weye ni Kristo, nani ana kupika ? 69 Na wa kati ule Petro alikuwa mwenye kwikila inje pembeni ya tribunale , na mutunishi moya mwana muke alifika pembeni yake aka muliza , na weye uli kuwa pa moya na Yesu wa Galilaya. 70 Lakini aka kana mbele yabo bote akasema sijuwe ata neno moya yenye ukpo nasema. 71 Wa kati akatoka inje ya lupangu mutumishi mwengine mwana muke aka sema , mutu uyu alikuwa pa moya na Yesu wa Nazareti . 72 Petro aka kana tena nakilapo akisema miye simujuwe uyu mutu 73 Kisha muda kidogo batu moya balikuya , bakusiba ma pale inji bakamwedeya bakisema na Petro kwa hakika weye ni mumoya wa mutuuyu kwa sababu ata kusema yako ina onekana. 74 Petro akanza kulahani na kulapa na kusema miye simufahumu uyu mutu na mara moya jogoo aka wika. 75 Petro akakumboka maneno Yesu ali mwambilyaka wakati jogoo ata wika uta nikana mara tatu.
1 Saa ya asui kukatika, ba kubwaba ba kuhani bote na bazee ba pa mugini bakamufungiya Yesu kanuni mubaya ya kumu uwa. 2 Bakamu funga nkamba baka enda naye na kumuka bula kwa liwali Pilato. 3 Na ile wakati Yuda ule ali mukabula ku bakubwa, pale ali ona aseme Yesu banamukatia kufa, aka anza kutu bu na akarudisha ile feza bipande makumi tatu ku bakubwa ba bakuhanina ku bazee, 4 Na kusema: "na fanya Nzambi pa kumikaburia mutu washo nkosa". Na baka mwambia: "ile inatwangaria shie ku nini? Ile ni mambo yako". 5 Naye aitupa ile feza yote ndani ya hekalu, kutoka pale akaenda kuritundika. 6 Bakubwa ba bakuhani bakalokotesha bile bipande bya feza, bakasema: "a ina sheria muzuri kuweka hii feza mu mu fasi tunachungiyaka yote juu hii ni fezaya damu". 7 Bakaanza ku bishana pale bote kisha na ile feza, bakauza nayo mashamba ili kuya ya mutu wa kufanya mitungibanze ku zika mo bageni. 8 Juu ya ile mawazo mashamba ile bana anza kuita : ma shamba ya damu" kufika na leso. 9 Njo pale bile Yeliya ali tabiriaka bilifika, aseme. "Baka beba bipande makumi tatu bya feza, ndo bei batoto ya Isaia ele bata mu uzisha nayo. 9 Njo pale bile Yelemiya ali tabiriaka bilifika, aseme. " BAka beba bipande makumi tatu bya njo bei batoto ya Isalaele bata mu uzisha nayabo. 10 Na wakalipa ayo ku uza mashamba ya ule wakufanya mitungi, mpaka vile bwana olileta mipango. 10 Na wakalipa ayo ku uza mashamba ya ule wakufanya mitungi, mpaka vile bwana oli leta mipango. 11 Ile wakati bakamuleta Yesu mbele ya liwali, na yeye aka mu uliza: "we njo mufalme wa Bayuda?" Yesu akamu jibu:"PAka vile una sema". 11 Ile wakati bakamuleta Yesu mbele ya liwali, na yeye aka mu uliza: "Wenjo mufalme wa bayuda? Yesu akamu jibu" "paka vile unasema". 12 Lakini, pale bakubwa baba kuhani na bazee ba mugini bali leta na masitaki yabo, Yesu alikuya kimia, pasipo kujibu 13 Kisha, Piulato akasema naye: "Hausikie bile byote beko naku staki?". 14 Pale tena hakusema ata neno moya na liwali akashangalasana. 12 Lakini, pale bakubwa ba bakuhani na bazee ba mugini bali leta na masitaki yabo Yesu alikuya kimia, pasipo kujibu. 13 Kisha, Pilato akasema naye: "Hausikie bile byote beko naku staki?" 15 Mujuwe kama, kwa kila siku ya furaha mukubwa, kulikuya Zoe Zoezi ya wafungulako mutu mayo wa buloko ule batu bata lomba. 16 Na kwa ile wakati, ku buloko kukuya mutu moya ule alijuli kana sana bana mwita balabasa. 17 Hivi batu bali yala ba mingi mbele ya nyumba yake, Pilato aka uliza: " katikati ya Yesu anaitwa Kristo na balabasa, ni nani muna pendani mwa chiliye ende?" 18 Alijuwa tu yakusema ni kwa bwivu tunjo balimu bamba Yesu. 19 Ile saa ile Pilato ali ikala pa kiti ile ana sambishiyaka batu, bibi yake akamutumia mjumbe aseme: "Usifanye ata kitu moya kwa ule mutu washo makosa, juu yake nalota ndoto ina ni hanganisha sana. 20 Pale, kiongozi wa batumishi bamu nhyumba ya Mungu na bazee bote baka chonganisha kundi ya batu balombe ba achiliye BAlabasa na ba uwe Yesu. 21 Liwali aka ba uliza tena: "Acha Bawili, muna penda ni achiliye nani? " bote bakasema: "acha Balabasa". 22 Pilato akaba ulizatena: "sasa uyu Yesu bana ita Kristo, nifanye naye jee?" kwa pamoja baka jibu:"akufe ku musalaba". 23 Naye akasema: "juu ya nini, kibaya ali fanya ni kinini?" Bo bakalamika nguvu kupita " akufe ku musalaba". 24 Pale Pilato akaona aseme hakuna tena namuna ya kumu ponesha, na akaonani batu bana anza butomboji, akabeba mayi, aka nawa mikono ku masho ya batu bale bote na kusema: "sina mo kosa mu kosa Damuya uyu mutu washo makosa ina miangalia mwe benyewe. 25 Batu bote baka sema: "Ndiyo, Damu yake ikuye paa bichiwa yetu na ya ba toto yetu". 26 Na, akabaachi liya Balabasa lakini akamupikisha Yesu fimbo na kumukabula ku batu bende banu uwe kumusalaba. 27 Kisha ba soda bale liwali ali leta baka enda naye mu ile chumba mule bana sambishiyaka batu. Na ba soda bote bali kuya mu kazi ile siku bakamuchangi ya pale. 28 Bakamu vula ma nguo yake na kumu vwika nkanzo kya moya mwekundu sawa Damu. 29 Baka suka kitaaji kya mi iba, bakamu vwika kyo pakichwa yake bakamupa na muti wa bakubwa mu mukono wake wa ku ume. Wamupikia magoti, na kumu zarau vile baitenda na kusema naye, "heshima kwako mufalme wa Bayuda. 30 Bakamu temea mate, ba kamupika mfimbo na matete na makoofi ku kichwa. 31 Kisha kumu zarau vile balipenda, bakamutosha nkochi ile na kumurudisha ma nguo yake, na bakaenda naye ku fasi yakumu uwiya. 32 Baka toka naye inje, pale bakakutana na Simoni mutu wa mu kulene (Libia), wakamubamba ku nguvu ende nabo amubebeye Yesu musalaba. 33 Baka fika pafasi bana ita Goligota, maana yake "fasi pa mifupa ya kichwa". 34 Baka penda ba munwishe pombe ya kuchanga na mai ya buchacho. Akapita tu ku milomo, na aka katala ku bikunwa. 35 Baka isha tu kumu pikia misumari ku musalaba, baka kabulana manguo yake mu kupika kura. 36 Nabakaikala pale bachunge vile atakufa. 37 Baka andika mbao kamoya baka kapopolea yulu ya kichwa yake ile masitaki yenye bali mu uwiya. Bali andika asema "uyu ni Yesu mufalme wa bayuda". 38 Pali kuwa na bamwizi bawili ku misalaba yabo, muyaku ume, mwingine ku shoto. 39 Bapita njia bote baliwa beko na muchambula sana na kutenkesha kichwa. 40 Nakusema: "we ye ulianza kusema utaweza kuvunja hekalu na kujenga ya mupya mu masiku tatu, uji okowe sasa! kama uko mutoto wa Mungu, shuka ku musalabu. 41 Vile vile, bakubwa ba bakuhani bali mu chekelea, pamoya na ba andishi na bazee na kusema: " 42 Ali poneshako bengine, anashindwa kujiponesha ye mwenyewe. Yeye mwenye mufalme wa Isalalele, shi ashuke ku musalaba njo tu mwamini. 43 Hivi ana tuma inia Mungu, sasa Mungu ule amukomole mokama Mungu ana mu eshimia, juu anasemaka" niko mutoto wa Mungu". 44 Na ba mwiji bale bali kuyaka naye ku misalaba, nabo vile vile baka anza kumu chambula. 4745 Sasa, kwanza midi (saa sita) kufika saa kumi na tano (saa kenda) giza ya nguvu akafinika inchi yote. 46 Karibu na saa tatu ya magaribu, Yesu akalalamika na kusema: "Eli, Eli, Lama Sabakatani?" Maana ya ile ni:"Mungu wangu, Mungu wangu, juu ya nini una niachilia?". Batu bengine pale balisikia ile, bakasema "ye une ana anza kwita Elia". 48 Pale pale, mutu moya kati yao akaenda mbiyo na kubeba kifongo akati tanta mu binywaji bya bu chacho, aki chomeka ku litete aka mutia kyoku kinwa juu akunwe. 49 Benye kaza rau baka sema: " Mu muache, tu one kama Eliya atamu okea". 50 Ena Yesu akalalamika kwa sauti ya nguvu na kukata roho. 51 Kwangaria tu hivi, ile pazia ya mu hekalu, ikapasuka kati kati chini na yulu, pipande mbili. Inchi ikatetemeka na maibwe ya minene ikapasuka. 52 Makaburi ikapasuka na ma mwili ya mingi ya mingi ya batakatifu wale kabisa wali zikwaka, wakaffufuka. 53 PAle walitoka mu tuburi kisha kufufuka kwa Yesu, wali ingiyaka mu Yelusaleme na wakaji onesha ku watu wengi. 54 Na ule kamanda (ki ongozi) wa ba soda na bale bote balikuya beko na chunga, na kwangaliliya Yesu, pale bali ona inchi kutetemeka, na bile byote bilifanyika pale balisikiya boka sana na kusema: " Byakweri tu, uyu mutu alikuya mutoto wa Mungu". 55 Bana muke bale balianza kumufwata tangia Galilaya, bali anza kumu pikia na kumu tumikia makazi ya mikono, bali kuya paka pale, beko na angalilia. 56 Pa moja nabo sawa MAlia wuku Magadala Malia mama yake na Yakobo na Josefi, na mama wa ba toto ya Zebedayo vile vile. 57 Ku magaribu, mutajiri moya waku alimatea, jina lake Yosefi akafika pale. 58 Naye alikuyaka mwanafunzi wa Yesu kwa uficho. Ali fikaka kwa Pilato ku mulomba mwili wa Yesu. Naye Pilato ali leta oda bamupe ayo. 59 Josefi akatosha mwili wa Yesu, kuitengeneza, ikaifunga mu ma nguo ya kuzikia batu ya mupya. 60 Na kuijika mukarburi yake ali chimburishaka katikati ya maibwe. Kisha akanga mulango ya kaburi na lijiwe ya munene sana. Kisha akanga mulangoya kaburi na lijiwe ya munene sana aka rudia kwake. 61 Lakini Malia waku Magadala naule Malia mwingine, bo balibakiyaka paka pale mbele lya kaburi. 62 Siku ya kufwata, hivi ilikuyaka siku ya kutengeneza chakula ya pasaka. Bakubwa babakuhani na ba Falisayo bali kuanika bote kwa Pilato. 63 BAkasema: "Mu heshimiwa, tuna kumbuka masemo ya uyu mujanja uyu pale asiya kufa, ali sema:"kisha siku tatu, mita fufuka". 64 Sasa leta oda juu Ishikuye banafunzi bakuye bamu toshemo na ba ambiye batu asema batu seme "ana fufuka mu bafu", hii bujanja ita leta fujo kupita ile ya milele". 65 Pilato akawambia: "ni muzuri, mu beba bakufanyabu jamu mwende mupange ba jamu muzuri vile munasema". 66 BAka enda ku panga ba jamu, baka ifunga ile jiwe na minyololo bajamu beko naona.
1 Busubuyi sana, kwishakwa ilesiku yamana njo siku ya kwanza ya jumapuziko njosikuya kwanza ya juma, ule Malia waku Magadala na ule Malia mwingine wakalifika kule bangarie kaburi. 2 Mara moja, inchi ika tetemeka nguvu sana ni malaika wa bwana alishuka pale na kwikale yulu yayo. 3 Sura yake ilianza kwangala sawa moto yaradi, na manguo alivwala bye upe sana sawa mayi makas. 4 Ba jamubakasikiya boka sana na bakaanguka kama bakufwa. 5 Ule malaika aka ambiya bale banamuke akasema: «musi tetemeke vile, naisha kujuwa muko natafuta uyu Jesu bali uwiya ku musalaba. 6 Hana tena mukaburi, lakini ana isha kufufuka sawa vile alisema. Mukuye tu muone na penye Bwana alilalia. 7 Musikawiye, mwende muka baambiye banafunzi yake: «Ana isha kufufuka toka bafu, mu one, anamitanguria pale Galilea. Kule njo muta mu ona.» miye uyumi na miambia. 8 Mbiyo mbiyo, bale banamuke bakatoka pa kabuzi na boka uku tena na furaha bende baka oneshe banafunzi yake. 9 Mukurudia, Yessu akabatokelea na kusema nabo « Jambo yenu.» Pale tu bali muona bapika magoti ku mikulu yake na kumu abudu. 10 Njo Yesu naye aka babmbia:«Mutoshe boka. Mwende muka bambiye bandugu yangu bende ku Galilea, kule njo batanionea. 11 Ile wakati banamuke beko naenda, ba jamubakukaburi ya Yesu bakaingiya mu mugini na kusema nabakubwa bote mambo yote vile ili bafikiya kule . 12 Wakati batumishi ba mu nyumba ya Mungu balisikiya, nabo baambiya bazee, kisha kubishana juu ya ile maneno, wata milomo yaba soda nafeza ya mingi sana . 13 Na kubapatia hii akiri: « mwambiye batu aseme banafunzi ya Yesu bali kuya bushiku pale sheye turilala, bana iba mwili wa Yesu. 14 Kama ata liwali anebishiya, tutamulandalanda juu mweyemu sipate mambo mukazi yenu. 15 Kwanza pale basoda balipakata feza, kafwata paka ile wawazo bazee bali bapatiya.Ile habari ya bongo ika tembeya paka pale. 16 Bale banafunzi bote kumi na moya bakaenda pale Galilea, pa ile mulima Yesu aliba oneshaka. 17 Pale tu balimuona, bamuabudu benye kupika magoti, lakini bengine nabo hanza kwichika aseme ni yeye. 18 Yesu aka chofea kule beko, akabambiya hivi:«Uwezo wote ba nani kaburia mumbingu mote napa dunia yote. 19 Mwende sasa mukaeuze batu bama kabila yote bakuye banafunzi yangu mwi ba batize kwa jina ya Baba na ya Mwana na Roho Mutakatifu. 20 Mubafundisha ba eshimiye ile mambo yote nili bafundisha. Na miye niko na mweye kila siku kufika ku mwisho wa dunia.
1 Busubuyi sana, kwishakwa ilesiku yamana njo siku ya kwanza ya jumapuziko njosikuya kwanza ya juma, ule Malia waku Magadala na ule Malia mwingine wakalifika kule bangarie kaburi. 2 Mara moja, inchi ika tetemeka nguvu sana ni malaika wa bwana alishuka pale na kwikale yulu yayo. 3 Sura yake ilianza kwangala sawa moto yaradi, na manguo alivwala bye upe sana sawa mayi makas. 4 Ba jamubakasikiya boka sana na bakaanguka kama bakufwa. 5 Ule malaika aka ambiya bale banamuke akasema: «musi tetemeke vile, naisha kujuwa muko natafuta uyu Jesu bali uwiya ku musalaba. 6 Hana tena mukaburi, lakini ana isha kufufuka sawa vile alisema. Mukuye tu muone na penye Bwana alilalia. 7 Musikawiye, mwende muka baambiye banafunzi yake: «Ana isha kufufuka toka bafu, mu one, anamitanguria pale Galilea. Kule njo muta mu ona.» miye uyumi na miambia. 8 Mbiyo mbiyo, bale banamuke bakatoka pa kabuzi na boka uku tena na furaha bende baka oneshe banafunzi yake. 9 Mukurudia, Yessu akabatokelea na kusema nabo « Jambo yenu.» Pale tu bali muona bapika magoti ku mikulu yake na kumu abudu. 10 Njo Yesu naye aka babmbia:«Mutoshe boka. Mwende muka bambiye bandugu yangu bende ku Galilea, kule njo batanionea. 11 Ile wakati banamuke beko naenda, ba jamubakukaburi ya Yesu bakaingiya mu mugini na kusema nabakubwa bote mambo yote vile ili bafikiya kule . 12 Wakati batumishi ba mu nyumba ya Mungu balisikiya, nabo baambiya bazee, kisha kubishana juu ya ile maneno, wata milomo yaba soda nafeza ya mingi sana . 13 Na kubapatia hii akiri: « mwambiye batu aseme banafunzi ya Yesu bali kuya bushiku pale sheye turilala, bana iba mwili wa Yesu. 14 Kama ata liwali anebishiya, tutamulandalanda juu mweyemu sipate mambo mukazi yenu. 15 Kwanza pale basoda balipakata feza, kafwata paka ile wawazo bazee bali bapatiya.Ile habari ya bongo ika tembeya paka pale. 16 Bale banafunzi bote kumi na moya bakaenda pale Galilea, pa ile mulima Yesu aliba oneshaka. 17 Pale tu balimuona, bamuabudu benye kupika magoti, lakini bengine nabo hanza kwichika aseme ni yeye. 18 Yesu aka chofea kule beko, akabambiya hivi:«Uwezo wote ba nani kaburia mumbingu mote napa dunia yote. 19 Mwende sasa mukaeuze batu bama kabila yote bakuye banafunzi yangu mwi ba batize kwa jina ya Baba na ya Mwana na Roho Mutakatifu. 20 Mubafundisha ba eshimiye ile mambo yote nili bafundisha. Na miye niko na mweye kila siku kufika ku mwisho wa dunia.
1 Hiyi ni nwanzo wa injili ya Yesu-Kristu, mutoto wa Mungu. 2 Kufwatana na kitabu iliandeka nabii Isaya: « Angaliria, mina matuma mupasha habari kwako sababu ya ku watengenezea njia zao. 3 Nakulikuya saute ya mutu moya mu pori ilianza kulalamika:"mutengeze njia ya mafalme; na muyi nyoloshe ma njia.» 4 Yohane aliubiri katika pori aliba batisa ku ubatizo ya kutubu zambi na kuomba usama. 5 Na iuchi ya ba yuda na majama ya yerusalema walikuya mbele yake. Na bari ba batisa kwake ye ye mumutone ya yondani, kwa kutubu makosa zao. 6 Yohane alivala nkochi ilikuya na manyonya ya mpunda na arwala mushipi ya ngoyi mukifuno yake na arianza kuria ba mpanyo na kunua ya mu pori. 7 Ariwa hubirina kusema: « ule eko nakuya ku mukongo yangu, ekona nguvu ya kunishindiya, na mimi sistahili kwa kukujama ju yakufungula nkamba ya bilato yake. 8 Namina mibatisa kwa maji, lakini yeye ata mi batisa batisa kwa roho mutakatifu. 9 Na kwa masitu ile Yesu arikuya ku nazareti na ku golilaya, aribatizwa kupitiya yahone ndani ya mutoni wa yordani. 10 Sawa vile Yesu alikoto mu mutoni na ariona mbungu kufunguliwa na roho mutakatifu vinushukiya jiwa. 11 Na sauti ya nguvu ikatoka kumbingu na kusema:« Huya ni mwana wangu mupenda na anani furakiya». 12 Kisha roho mutakitifu vi musukuma kumupe leka mupori. 13 Na alikuya mupori masiku makumi ine, na kujaribiwa. Na arikuya pamoja na wa nyama wa mupori, na wa malaika wa ku muchunga. 14 Kisha yohane barimufunga, na yesu aringiya mu golilaya na kutangaza habari ya injili ya Mungi. 15 Na arisena:« wakati inaeneya na ufalme wa Mungu iko karibu Mutubu na mu amini injile ». 16 Na aripata pembeni ya bahari ya galilaye, na armaona simoni na Andrea nduku yake ya simoni, wa katuya makila ndani ya bahari, nabarikuya batu ya kuloba samaki. 17 Yesu akawambiya:« kuyeni muni fwate na mita mifwanya kuwa walobaji wa watu». 18 Na wakati ile, wariacha makila na kumufwata. 19 Wakati Yesu alipita kiloko kwa mbori, na arimu ana yakobo Yakobo mwana wa zebedayo nakisha yake alimuona Yohane nduku yake. 20 Kisha aribayita na bari mwacha baba yabo zebedayo ndani ya muntumbu na ba fwanya yake. kisha babarimufwata. 21 Na walifika muji wa kapernaumu wakati ya sabato, Yesu arienda kwingiya mu sinagogi na arianza kufundasha. 22 Barianza kumushnga kwa mafundisho, na aribafundisha sawa mumoja ule arikuya na mamlaka apana sawa benye bananjikaka. 23 Nawakati ile kurikuya mutu moja mu sinagogi arikuya mapepo mubaya, alianza kulalamika. 24 Naku sema « t uko uka namambo kaninaweye, Yesu wa nazareti? naunaluya kutu haribu? Na juwa vile uko. roho mutakatifu wa Mungu!» 25 Yesu auamu tosha ma mpepo muchafu nakusema«munya maze kima na mutoke!». 26 Na mampepo mubaya irimutupa chini na iritoka yote na kulalamika kwa saute ya yulu. 27 Na batu bari shanga na bariulizana mu moja kwa mumoja«Hiyi ni nin? mafundisho ya sasa na mamulaka? na ana amurisha ma mpepo muchafu na ika mutii!». 28 Na habari ike sambelala jimbo yote ya galilaya. 29 Na kisha kutoka kusinagogi, waliingi ya munyunta ya simoni na Andrea, barichangana tena na yakibo na yohone. 30 Sasa mukowa simoni arilala, arikuwa mugonjwa wa homa, bakisema ju yake na kumwambiya Yesu. 31 Kisha arikuya, na magonjua ya maungu moto arisha na aka wa saidiya chakula. 32 Kisha mangaribi jua iriingia, baka mubetea bale bote barikuya na magonjua mbarimbari na benje kushikwa na mapepo muchafu. 33 Migini yote ilichangana pa mulango. 34 Aripoponyesha bate barikuya na mago ujua mingi na kufukuza mapepo muchafu. 35 Aulamuka busubuyi sana wakati ya ka bushiku kidogo; atitokama na arienda fazi ya ye moya ku omba. 36 Simoni na bate arikuyanabo walimutafuta. 37 Barimukuta na bari mwambiya:«watu wote wanakutatu» 38 Na anasema:«Tewendeni fazi ingine, inje ya vijiji inakuya ya kanda kanda kusudi nipate kuhubiri huko nako Njo kwama nakuya apa » 39 rienda kuhubiri kwa galilaya muzima, kuhubiri tena mu masinagogi yao, nakutosha mapepo muchafu 40 Na mugonja wa utama moja arikuya kwake. kumuomba ;Na kumupikia makumwambiya:«Kama utaya penda utaweza kunitunza niwe safi» . 41 Arimusikiriya huruma, Yesu arinyolosha mukono wake na arimugusa, na kusema:«nanitaka uwe safi». 42 Na pale pale ugonjwa wa ukoma ulitoka na aka kuya safi. 43 Yesu ana musopesha na kumuondowa. 44 Ana muonesha: Angoria usimwambiye mutu ata neno yoyote, lakini ukajioneka nishe mbele ya kuhani, na ulete sadaka ya utakasa kama vile musa aliongoza, sawa ushuhuda yabo». 45 Lakini aritoka na akaanga kubambiya kwakila mu majo nakupaza saute ya neno la Mungu sawa vile Yesu hakupasha kuingiya kwa wepesi kwa kila mjini. kisha akabakiya inje kukipande ye yeye peke na watu walikuya kwa vipande vyote.
1 Kuka pita masiku kidogo, Yesu akarudiya Kapernaumu, batu bote baka juwa kama eko ndani ya nyumba. 2 Batu mingi sana bali kuwa ba ki kusa nyika pale, aku kuwa tena fasi, tii na mbele ya mulango, na Yesu a ka anja hubiri. 3 Na kuka kuya ki kundi kya batu na mugonjwa wakulekeya mikulu; batu ine balikuwa ba ki mubeba. 4 Ba kakuta batu ba likuwa bamingi sana, na aku kuwa njiya ya kuingiya na mogonjwa, wala kumusogeleya, Yesu, wa ka tosha linjanja yulu ya nyumba, na ba ka mushusha mugonjwa na kitanda kyake pale Yesu a li kuwa wa ku sibama ndani, kati kati ya batu. 5 Wa kati Yesu ali ona bukubusa ya imani yabo, aka mwambi ya mugonjwa mwenye kulala pa kitanda , "mu toto yangu, jambi ya ko ina samehewe". 6 Lakini ba handikaji ba ka shangala sana ndani ya ma roho yabo. 7 Ba ka anja kusema, mutu ana weja kutosha mutu mwingine jambi? uyu ana ona jarawu Mungu, bila Mungu kuko tena mutu ata weja kuhurumiya batu jambi? 8 Yesu aka juwa mawajo iliku wa ndani ya maroho yabo, aka sema, "juu ya nini muna waja ivi ndani ya maroho yenu? 9 Mambo ya nguvu iko wapi? kama ni ka sema na mutu, jambi yako ina malijika, na kusema na mutu si bama! kamata kitanda kyako kwenda? 10 juu bajuwe kama mutoto wa mutu eko na uwejo yaku samehe batu jambi katika Duniya akasema na mugonjwa wa kulekeya mikulu. 11 Na sema na weye: simama, beba kitanda kyako, rudiya ku nyumba yako; 12 Mara moja mugonjwa aka sibama na aka kamata kitanda kyake akatoka inje ya nyumba mbele ya batu bote, na batu ba kashangala sana, na kisha batu bote baka shukuru Mungu, na ba kasema, bado atuyaonaka mambo kama iyi. 13 Yesu aka kwenda tena kutembeya pembeni ya kijiba ya mayi, na batu bamingi bali mufwata, aka anja kuwa hubiri. 14 Wakati wa kupita kwake aka muona levi mutoto wa Alfayo wa kwikala pa bureau ya ba tu ba kulipisha kodi na aka mwambiye "unifwate", aka si bama na aka mufwata. 15 Wakati Yesu ba ka anja kula chakula munyumba ya Levi, batu ya kulipisha kodi, na ba pagano ba mingi balikuwa na kula pa moja na Yesu na bana funji bake, batu balikuwa ba mingi ba kumu fwata. 16 Wa kati ba andi kayi bale bali kwisa bafarisayo, baka ona kama Yesu eko na kula pamoja na ba pagano piye na batu ya kulipisha kodi, baka sema na bana funji bake, juu ya nini Yesu eko na kula pa moja na ba kulipisha kodi tena na ba pagano? 17 Wa kati Yesu aka basiya na aka ba ambiya, kama mutu ana mugonjwa, ata weja ku tafuta munganga, mupaka mugonjwa njoo ata ita munganga, mujuwe kama mimi sikuya kutafuta batu bajuri, kwa la kini nilikuya ku tafuta batu babaya. 18 Batu baka mulija Yesu kwa sababu kani banafunji ya Yohane na bafarisayo ba likuwa ba kifunga chakula, la kini banafunji bako haba fungake? 19 Yesu aka bajibu, kama bwana mwenye ndowa, ana ita batu ku feti ya ndowa, bale batu bana weja kukatala kula chakula? na wakati bwana mwenye ndowa eko pamoja nabo? mujuwe kama wakati bwana mwenye ndowa eko pale, batu ya feti abaweji kulala na njala. 20 Laki masiku ya mbele kama bwana mwenye feti ya ndowa ana kwenda mbali nabo, nabo ba tafunga chakula, 21 Hakuna mutu ata weja kubeba kila ka yanguo ya mupya na aba ndike kunguwo ya jamani, kila ka ya nguo ya jamani na kilaka kipya kitabanduka. 22 Hakuna mutu ata moja ata weja kubeba pombe ya butamu na kutiya ayo muma chupa ya jamani, pombe ya makali ita pasula chupa ya jamani na uta poteja chupa na pombe, weka pombe mupya ya butamu muma chupa ya mupya. 23 siku ya Mungu, Yesu aka pita na bana funji yake ku ma shamba ya ngano, bana funji bake ba ka anja kuchu ma ngano. 24 Na bafarisayo ba ka mwambiya, angaliya, bambo mubaya bana funji bako beko na tenda leo siku ya Mungu, bana vunja sheriya ya siku ya Mungu? 25 Yesu aka anja kubajibu, hamu kusoma mambo mfalme Davida ali tenda wakati ali kamatiwa na njala, yeye na batu bake bote? 26 Na muna alingiya kateka nyumba ya Mungu, wa kati Abyatari alikuwa mu kubwa wa kanisa, Davida ali beba chakula ndani ya kanisa na sheriya ya Mungu ili kataja kabisa, mutu wote aweji kula chakula ya kutole wa ndani ya kanisa, mpaka bachungaji ya kanisa, lakini Davida ali kula na akapatia batu bake bote? 27 Yesu aka sema, siku ya Mungu ili fanyijiwa juu ya mutu, la kini mutu aku fanyijiwa juu ya siku ya Mungu. 28 Muja we kama mutoto wa mutu ni mu kubwa kupita siku ya Mungu.
1 Ali ingiyatena ku synagoga na kule kuli kwa mutu wa mikono ya kukauka. 2 Batu bengine balikuwa na kumwagalia kwa akili dju ya kwana kama anaweza ku baponesha siku ya sabbatu. Dju yaku mutshonge 3 yesu akamwambiye mutu wa mikonoya ku kauka ivi: " lamuka na simama apa kati kati". 4 Kicha, Yesu akambiya batu: " ina rusiwa ku fanya mujuri wala ma baya siku ya sababu ku poneshe maisha wala kuua?". lakini baka bakiya kinua 5 akabangalia kwa kisilani; ma kuhuzunika kwa sababu ya roho yabo na aka mbiya mutu: " nyorasha mu komo yako" aka nyorasha na yesu akamuponesha. 6 Mara moya , Bafarisayo bakatoka inye baka pana shauri na Herodia baka fanya mapatano mu baya kwa sababu bamuua 7 Kisha Yesuna bana funzi yake baka enda ku mayi na batu ba mingi ku to keya galilaya na ku yuda , 8 na ku Yerusalemu, na kutoka idu ma ya na mbele ya Yorodani na kuba jirani ya Tiro na Sidoni; batu ba mingi, sabali yuwa benye ilikuwa na fanya baka ku ya kwake . 9 Aka ambiya banafunzi yake ba jenge mutu mbu dju yake , dju ya batu mingi, dju isi katike. 10 Dju alikwa na ponasha batu nba bamingi, mpaka gisi bote benye balikwa na malasi baka penda ku mu sogeleya dju ba mu guse. 11 Wa kati mapepo mubaya ili baona, balianguka chini pempeni yake nakulala mika, " uko mutoto wa Mungu". 12 Aka bambiya basi mufamilishe 13 Aka ponda yulu ya mulima ,na aka baita benye ali penda , na ba kuye karibu yake . 14 Ata tshaguwa kumu na mbili ( benye alikwa na ita mutanu) dju ba ku we na ye na abatu me kubiri. 15 Na uwezo ya kufuza pepo mubaya. 16 Ata tshagu kumi na mbili: Simoni, muenye alipatiya jina ya Petro; 17 Yakobo mutoto wa zebedayo na Yowane ndugu wa Yakobo muenye alimupatiya jina ya bonagesi, yenye ina manicha mutoto wa radi. 18 Na Andrea, Filipo, Barholomayo, Mathayo, Tomaso, Yakobo mutoto wa Alfayo, Thadyo Simoni mutu wa Kanaana. 19 Na Yuda Iskarisote mwenye ali mupana (ku mujicha) 20 Kisha akaenda ku nyumba, na kikundi kia batu ( batu mingi) bali kutuna na bakaenda pa moya tena . mpaka aba ku weza na kukula tshakula. 21 Wa kati familia ya ke ili na sikiya iyi habari, bakaenda ku mukamata, dju alisema : "Ana akili" . 22 Benye banandi kaka ( waandishi) benye balibalitoka Yerusalemu baka sema : " bana mu pakala ma pepo kwa beelze buli na ni kwa mtawala wa mapepo mubaya 23 Yesu akaba ita karibu yake na akaba mbiya ku mifano : " na munagani shetani anaweza ana weza kufukuza shetani? 24 Kama ufalme moya ina jigabula ayo peke, ufalme moya ina jigabula ayo peke ufalme iyi aiwezi kusima matena. 25 Kama inagabuliwa yenyewe aiwezi kusima ma matena 26 Kama shetani ana jisima mia ye mue nye we, ata jigabula , ata simmama na ata malizika(ataisha). 27 Lakini akuna ata mutu moya mwenye ana weza kuingiya ku nyumba ya mutu wa nguvu kwanza 28 Niko na bahambiya bya kuli sasa : " Zambi yote ya batu bata isameya pamoya na masemo mabaya. 29 Lakini maseno mubaya dju ya roho muta katifu abata isa meya na ule mutu ata kwa na Zambi ya milele . 30 Yesu aka ba mbiya dju balikwa na sema: " iko na pepo mubaya " 31 Kisha maman na ba ndugu ya bali kuya na bali simama inje ,baka tuma mutu dju aende kumu muita. 32 Kikundi ya batu balikala karibu yeka na baka mwa mbiya: " maman yako na ba ndugu ya biko inje na bana kutafuta". 33 Yesu akabaka ji biya : " nani maman yangu na ba ndungu ya ngu" ? 34 Sa alimaliza kwanga liya benye balikwa na muzunguluka, aka sema: " muo ngaliye ! muone maman yangu na bandugu ya ngu . 35 Ulewote mwenye ata fanya mopenzi ya Mungu, ule mutu ndjo ndugu yangu ndjo dada yango na ndjo maman ya ngu"
1 Arianza kuwa fundisha tena kupembeai ya ba hari. Namakutano mingi bali muljunguluka pembeni yake; nayeye arikuya ndani ya butumbu kati ya bahari mwenye kuikala. nakikundi kia batu kilikuya pembeni ya bahari. 2 Arianza ku bafundisha mafundisho mingi kwa mifano, na arisema hivi mu mafundisho yake. 3 Sikiyeni, mipendaji aritoka na kwanza kupanda mbegu. 4 Na wakati ariakupanda mbegu. Mambego ingine, iri auguka ku pembeni ya njia, na ba ndeke bakayaribisha. 5 Na mbego ingine muma yibwe mule hamukukuwa bulongo mingi. Ilitoka pale lakini hayikukuwa na udongo muzuri. 6 Nawakati jua iretoka, ikakauka na kulunguwa sabata ya kukosewa mizizi. 7 Na mbego ingine ilianguka fazi yamiba. Nakupandishwa kwa miiba na hayikuzala matunda yayote. 8 Na mbeko ingine ilianguka pa bulongo muzuri na inazala matunda na inaongezeka makumi ine kupita ingine makumi sita na ingine mia. 9 Na akisema, «ule anakuya na mashikio, ashikiye». 10 Wa kati arikuya peke yake, na bale barikuya karibu na yeye, pa moja tena na watumishi wake waka muuliza sababu ya mifano. 11 Kisha ariwambiya; «Kwenu mweye munapewa uficho ya ufalme wa Mungu. Na bale ba inje bata semewa kwa mifano. 12 Bana ona, lakini abaone, bana shikiya lakini aba shikiye. Na kama ba narudia kwa Mungu na ata ba hurumia. 13 Na anawambiya: «ju nini hamuelewe hiyi mfano? na muta wez kuelewa mifano ingine?» 14 Mupandaji eko na panda neno. 15 Na ingine ninile irianguka ku pembeni ya njia kule neno bariipanda, hata shetani alikuya ku yitosha neno iripandiwa. 16 Na ingine bari ipanda mu mayibwe, nibale bana shikiya neno kwa wepesi na furaha. 17 Na abana ata na mizizi ndani yao, lakini bana ivumiriya kwa mashiku mfupi. Wakati yamateso ya nguvu sana na kuteseka kwa sababu ya neno ya Mungu abata shimama. 18 Na ingine baripanda katika niiba, barishikiya neno. 19 Lakini masumbufu ya dunia, kudanganiwa kwa makuta, na tamaa ya mamboyabo inawasonga kwa neno ya Mungu, na inashinda kuzala matunda. 20 Na wale bana yipanda pabu longo muzuri. Bana ishikiya neno la Mungu, nabana ipokeya na ina zala matenda ma zuri; wengine makumi tatu, wengine makumi sita nanwengine mia moja. 21 Yesu akabambia: «Unaweza kukoma tala ndani ya nyumba na kuyiweka chini ya kitunga, ao chini ya kitanda, naulite kwa ndani, nakuiweka juu ya meza». 22 Hakuna kitu kyote kya kufichama ambacho akita weza kujulikana geupe, na hakuna mabo ya kufichama hayitaweza kutokeya wazi? 23 Na mwenye kuya nasikiyo asikiye. 24 Akabambia «Mukalamuke, kwa kipimo kile muko na pimana noyo njo ile ata mipimiya. 25 Ule eko nayo ata pokea kupita, naule hana na yo batamutosha yote ile ekonayo. 26 Ako bambia: «Ufalme wa Mungu unafwanana na mutu mwenye kupanda mbeyo ku bulongo». 27 Usiku analala, na muchana analamuka, na mbego ika toka na kunea muzuri. 28 Na dunia iritosha matunda peke yayo: kisha ina tosha miti, kisha maua na miba. 29 Wakati mbego inaivya inatosha na kuteneza ju kuvuna inakuya karibu. 30 Akabaambiya : « Tulinganishe ufalume wa Mungu na kitu kani? kubambiya?» 31 Nikama mbego ya mutarde, bariipanda ya kiloko sana kuliko mbego ya dunia yote. 32 Kisha kuyipanda ili komeya kupita kwa kuya mukubwa kushinda miiti ya shamba kwa sababu wa ndege baweke bisangala kwa ile muti 33 Na mingi ya mifano aribafundisha, ariwasemea neno sababu bakuye benye kusikiya. 34 Na aribambia pasipo mifano, wakati alikuya ye moya, aribaelezea ba nafunzi bake. 35 Ile siku mangaribi inafika, akabambia hivi: «tuirike ngambo ingine». 36 Kisha kinkundji ya wana funzi barienda na Bwana Yesu kwa sababu barikuya tayari ndani ya butumbu. Butumbu mingi ilikuya pale. 37 Na wakati pepo mukubwa irishimama na mayi ikaa tomboka. 38 Lakini Yesu arikuwa wa kulala kisha bakamu sha, bakisema, mwalimu tuna kuya muhatari. 39 Na akalamuka, akanyamazisha pepo, akasema na bahari ikuye kimia na pepo ika nyamaza nakukakuya amani kabisa. 40 Akasema nabo kwanini muko naogopa? Kwa nini muna imani kidogo? 41 Baka ogopa sana na bakasema babenyewe huyu ni mutu wana muna gani? Ata pepo ya bahari ina mutii?
1 BIlifaka upanda mxengine wa bahari, ndani ya muji wa Gerasi. 2 Kwa nala malamoya Yesu alitoka ndani ya mtubu, na mtu ya mapepo mingi alikuya mbele yake kisha kutoka ku makaburi. 3 Uyu mtu alikuwa na bakiya ku makaburi. A kukuwa ata mtu mumoya waku muweza, hata ku mufunga na makamba ao minyororo. 4 Uyu mahisha yake alikuwa nama kamba ao minyororo na machuma ku migulu yake. Lakini alikuwa nayi kata sana na kuvunja ile machuma. a kupatikana ata mtu wa kumu weza. 5 Usiku na muchana, alikuwa mu makabwi na ku milima. Alikuwa na lalamika sana na kujika ta kataka bilonda na ma fiwe. 6 Waka ali ona Yesu kumbali, aka kimbiya mbiyo sana nna kupiga magoti mbele yake. 7 Aakalala mika tena sana na sawuti ya nguvu: "Nini yenye weye na miye, Yesu mwana wa Mungu aliye ju sana? "Nime kulomba kwa jina la Mungu, usini sumbwe". 8 Sababu alikuwa na mwambiya, " mtake ndani yake mapepo buchafu". 9 Na Yesu muwuliza: Jina na yako ni nani?" Aka mujubiya, " jina yangu ni legioni, sababu tuka ba mingi". 10 Tena wali mu lomba asibatume kufasiya ku kawuka. 11 Hile hile wakati kikundi kubwa ya ma ngulube ili kuwa na kuliswa ju ya mulima, 12 Waka mulomba abatume ku ma ngulube, tu ingie ndani yao. 13 Na Yesu aka ba ruusu, mapepo ika mutoka uyu mtu na kuingiya kwa ngurube. Na ma mangurube ika kimbiya taka chini ya mulima mupaka bahati na balikuliwa ngurube karibuni elfumbili ilizama ndani ya balali. 14 Ba chunga nguruwe baka peleka abari ndani ya mungini na mihani karibu karibu yote ilipikana na batu mingi balikuya ju baone bienye bilipitana pale. 15 Wlaikuya kwa Yesu, na wakati baliona mtu mwenye alikuwa na mapepo mbele (jina legioni) ana ikala, tena ana vala na akili yake, wali shanga sanga. 16 Benye baliona yenye ilifanikana na mtu wa papepo baka ambiya bale benye balikuya yote ilifanyikane na maneno ya ngutrube. 17 Tena waka mulomba Yesu sana atoke mu mugine yabo. 18 Vile ni Yesu alikuwa na ingiya ndani ya mutumbu, mtu wule alikuwa na mapepo, ali mulonma aende naye pia. 19 Lakini Yesu aaku mu itikiya, me aka mwambiya wende ku nyuma yako karibu ya batu yako na ubambambiye yote yenye Mungu ana kufaniziya na uruma yenye akaku onesha. 20 Kisha akaenda na akatangaza makubwa yote yenye Yesu alifanya ju yake ndani ya Dekapoli, na kila mtu ali shangaa sana. 21 Wakkati Yesu alikuya ngambo ya mayi kwa mutumka batu ba mingi bali shangana pembeni yake na bali kuwa bana simama pembeni ya mayi. 22 Mumoja wa ba ongozi ba sinagogi, jinalake Yairo, alifika pale na wakati aliona Yesu, ali jitupa chini ya migulu yake. 23 Na akamuomba sana , na kusema " mutoto wangu ana taka kufa" samani kuya na umutiliye mikone, apate kusikiya muzuri na kuponya. 24 Kisha Yesu alienda naye na batu mingi sana baka mufuata te na baka kuya mbele yake. 25 Kumbe, kulikuwa mwana muke alikuwa na gojwa damu kutoka miaka kumi na mbili. 26 Aliteseka sana kumikono ya baminga nya mingisa sana. Na alipoteya yote alikuwa nayo lakini ayi kubalika, na ilikuwa tena nguvu sana. 27 NA aka sikiya biko na oneya ju ya Yesu kisha, ali muzogeleya Yesu kinyume wakati alikuwa natembeya na kundiyaa ya batu mingi na aka gusa nguwo yake. 28 Ju alikuwa na jisemeya, "niki gusatu ma nguo yake, nita ponya". 29 Sa aligusa tu na damu ika isha kutoka, na aka sikiya ndani ana ponya kwa ugojwa. 30 Kwa mbiyo Yesu alisikiya nguvu moya ina mutoka mu mwili, na aka gewuka mbele ya mukutano na aka wuliza, " nani ana gusa nguwa yanfu?" 31 Na mitume bake mujubiya, "Una ona kundi kubwa ambaye inaku songa, kisha una sema bana ni gusa?" 32 Lakini Yesu ali angaliye pembeni yake ju ajuwe kama na ninjo alifanya vile. 33 Mwana muke alijuwa yote ili mufikiya, alikuya na boga sana na kuteteneka mbele yake. Na kujitupa chini mbele yake Yesu na aka sema ukweli yote kabisa. 34 A ka mwambiya " Binti wangu, imani yako inaku ponya. Wende na amani na uponye na magonfwa oyako yete". 35 Wakati alikuwa na sema naye, batu balifika toka ku nyumba ya mkubwa wa sinagogi na kusema: binti wake amekufa. Kwa nini una endelesha ku sumbuwa mwalimu?" 36 Usi ogopi asema Yesu kwa mukubwa wa sinagogi. Kuwa tu na imani. 37 Ali kataliya bote basimu fwate, kutosha Petro, Yakobo na Yowani, na ndugu yake na Yakobo. 38 Balifika ndani ya nyumba ya mukuu wa sinagogi. Yesu aka ona batu balikuwa makelele mingi sana, bali kuwa na lia na. 39 Kisha kuingiya nyumbani, aka bambiya, "nini yenye mu na changanikiwa na kuliya ivi? Mtoto anala akukufa". 40 Bote bali mucheka. Lakini alibatosha bote inje. Ako kamata tu baba yake na mam wa mtotom, na bale balikuwa naye, na baka ingiya kwenye kuli kuwa mototo. 41 Aka kamata mkona wa mtoto na akasema: "Talitha koum" ambae ina sema, binti (ntoto mwana muke) na sema shimama. 42 Kwa mara moya mtoto akashimama na aka tembeya, ( mahana alikuwa na niaka kumi na mbili). Na bote baka changala sana tena. 43 Na aka bambiya kama ba sipime kwa mbiya mtu mambo aya. Kisha aka mambiya ba mupe chakule akule.
1 Ina sema ivi: na alitoka kule akaenda ku mungini yake na banafinzi yake baka mufata. 2 Wakata sabbata ili fika , akafundisha ndané ya synagogi . Batu ba mingi balimusikiya nafurasana. Balikamwa na sema: " wapi djo iyi mafundisho?" 3 "Hakiligani bali mupatiya ?" "mhudiza gani iko nafania na mikoma yake. Hauyuwe mfandi mototo wa Maria ndungu ya Yakobo, wa Yosua, Jude na Simona? Ba dada ya abiko apa na shiya ? na aba kuffurahi na Yesu. 4 Na Yesu aka bambiya: " mu mabuawezi kokosa heshima isipokwa ndani ya mugini yake na ndani ya roho ya ndungu yake na ndani ya nyumba yake. 5 Akukuwa na uwezo ya kufanya miujiza hapa , lakini alikuwa na tiya mikono ku kitsha ya bato benye biko banagonjua na ku bapoesha. 6 Kwa miniya yabo ili mu shangaza. Na akaenda ndani ya migini ya pembeni fundisha. 7 Na akaita banafunzi yake kuni na mbili akabatuma mbili ma kuba patiya ma uwezo yulu ya ma pepo. 8 Na akabambiya basi bebe kitu djuya safari yabo, isipokwa mutu moyatu baatshe mi kate, ba atshe mizigo na basi bebe makuta kumifuko ya bo. 9 Ha kini ba kuwe na bilato , na kanzu mbili. 10 Na akabambiya : kila nyumba yenye mutu ingiya ,mu bakiye ndani mpake siku mutu toka ile mugini. 11 Na kama mugini moya bana katala kupokeya wale banakotala kubasikiya, muke ku ile mugini, mu panguze migulu yemu na mutoke ibakiye ushuda kwabo 12 Balitoka naku ubiri kama batu ba atshe Zambi. 13 Bakafukuza ma pepo mingi, na balipakala batu ba mingi benye balegonya mafuta na ba kapona . 14 Mfalme Heroda aka beba ile, kwadju jina ya Yesu ika ina djulikana sana. 15 Bengine balikwa na sema: " Yowane mubatizayi ana fufuka kubafu ma kwasababu ya ile ,ngufu ya midiza iko mu kazi yake." Bengine balisema : "iko Elia " bengine balisema tena : iko mu mubii, sa mu moya waba mabii wa zamani 16 Lakina wa kati Herode aliskiya na kosema "Yowane mwe nye mili kata kitsha a na fufuka " 17 Sababu Herode alifungisha Yowane na baka muinza gereza sababu mwana muke Herodias ( bibi wa mulokoyake Filipo kwa sababu alimuwaa.) 18 Sababu Yowane aliambiya Herode: " hairusheriya kuwowa bibi wa ndungu wako". 19 Lakiru Herode alikwa na bisila ni yake na aka penda ku muuwa likiki akukuwa na uruezo. 20 Dju Herode alikwa na agopa Yowane, alidjuwa kama ni mutu mwema ma mutakatifu, na aka mutshanga salama. Na akasendeleya na kumunikia, na aka sikiya mubaya sana wa kati ile alikuwa na musikiya na furaha 21 Kisha wa kati ili pati kama siku ya kuzalikiwa kwa Herode na akatengeneza tshakula kwa dju ya bakubwa ba mungini yake, baongozi na ba kubwa ba Galilaya. 22 Binti wa Herodias ye mwe nyewe ili ingiya na akatsheza mbele yabo, na aka mufuraisha Herode na bageni bake benye balikuya dju ya tshakula le mufalme anarumbiya binti: "unilomba biote bienye una penda utapata" 23 Na aka mulapiya anasema: yote nyenye uta milomba nita kupitiya, mpaka pa kati kati ya mufulme wa ngu". 24 Akatoka aka mbiya ma man yake : " ni mulombe nini?" na mama aka mujibiya asema : " lomba kitsha ya Yowane mubatizo. 25 Na kwa mbiyyo, aka ingiya kwa mufulme na naku mulomba ivi: " na penda unpatiye apa sasa , ndani ya sahani kitsha ya Yowane mubatizo. 26 Na mufalme aka uzunika lakkini dju alilapa na bageni age pacha ku katala kulomba kwake. 27 Sasa mufulme akatuna askari moya ndani ya benye bana mutshugaka na muongozi dju yaku muleteya kitchwa ya Yowane na askari akalende na kukata kitchwa ndani ya gereza. 28 Aka leta kitchwa yake ndani yasani na kuyi patiya mama yake. 29 Na banafunzi yake bakasikiya habari, balikuya na baka beba muli yake 30 Na wa mutume ba kakatshangana pembeni ya Yesu baka mwa mbiya yote yenye ili pitikana na nakofundusha. 31 Na akabambiya ivi : "mutoke mulende muporikavu na mupumuzike munda kidogo". Dju batubamingi balikawa na kuya na ku rudiya , na akukuwa na pata wakati ya kukula. 32 Kisha na akaenda ku benki moya pembeni ya djangwa 33 Lakini alibaona wa kati balikwa na toka na mingi bali bafaneya dju balikwa pa moya na balikimiya pale bote na mugulu, ku migini yote na bakafika mbele yabo. 34 wa kati balikwana shu ka pembeni ya bari, baka wona batu ba mingi na akabasikilia urama ndju balikwa kama vile bakondoo bila mutshungadi: na aka anza kuba fundisha bitu biamingi. 35 Na kati ilesogeya banafunzi yake baka musogeleya na kumwambiya ivi : apa ni djangwa na ina kwa nyuma sana. 36 Ubarudishe ku mugini baende bakatafute tshakula 37 Aka bajiya ana sema ivi: mye peke mubapatiye tshakula. Baka mwambiya: tu na weza enda kuta futa mikate djuya batu elfumbili na kuba patiya bakule? 38 Aka bambiya ivi: " bipande ngapi yenye mukonayo? mwende na muone. Wa kati baliyenda, bakasema bipande tano na samaki mbili. 39 Aka bambiya batu baikale ndani ya bikundi ku mayani mubiche. 40 Ba kaikala kubikundi ya makumi tano na ya mia moya. 41 Aka kamata bipande ya mikate tano na samaki mbili na akangalia mbinguni, akaibariki nakuyikata kupipande na kwambiya bana funzi yake bagabuliye kikundi ya bato. Nabakagabumlia bote il samaki mbili. 42 Baka kula bote nagisi balishiba. 43 Baka lokota bipande ya mikate, bakagabulayo ndani ya bikapo kumi na mbili inayala na bipande ya samaki. 44 Na balikwa elftano ya batu benye bali kula ile bipande ya samaki na mikate . 45 Kwaraka akambiya banafunzi ya bapande ndaniya mashua dju baende fasi ingine, ku Bethsaida , wakati aliwa na sambaisha makutano. 46 Wakati balienda, akaenda ku mulima djuya kuomba . 47 Magaribi ikafika na mashwa ilikwa kati kati ya mayi na alikwa shini ye peke 48 Na aliba ana kama balikwa na matatizo ya ku simama dju mbele yabo kuli kwa mpepeyo munene. Karibu na asubuyi baka muona iko natembeya yulu ya mayi, na akapenda ku pita karibu yabo. 49 Lakini sa bali muona iko motembeya yulu ya mayi, baliwaza kama muzimu na baka lala mika . 50 Kwa sababu bali muona baka yala na gonga Moramoya akasema mabo na akabambiya: mukwe na bidi ni miye musiogope. 51 Aka rudiya ndani ya mashwa na bo na mupepeya ika katika . Akashagala sona . 52 Kwa iya aba kuyua bipande tano ina manisha nini; kwa balikwa na akili kidogo 53 Sa balivuka ngambo, bakaenda ku mugini genesareti na baka sima misha mashwa. 54 Wakati balitoka ndani ya mashwa, kwa mbiyo baka muyuwa. 55 Bali kimbiya kuenda ku muleteya bagondja bote benye balikwa ku nyumba, kubitanda, fasi yote yenye balikia kama iko na kuya. 56 Fasi yote yenye alingia ku mugini ku mingini, wala kuma inshi alikwa na weka bagonja bote kuma soko na alikwa na batsha ba guse ku manguo yake na batu ba mingi nbenye bali munguo, bali pona.
1 Siku moya bafarisayi na bahandikayi balitoka Yerusalema bakakuya kumuhona yesu 2 Bakakuta banafunzi ya Yesu beko na kuta chakula bila kunawa mikono. 3 Na sheriya ya bayahuda na ya ba farisayo ina kataza sana kula bilakunawa mikono. 4 Kisha kutoka kusoko aba wezi kula chakula bila kunawa mikono bana eshinuya sana masheriya yabo kama kusukula makopo kusukula ma byungu ya byuma na ba kiti fete. 5 bafarisayo na ba handikayio ba ka muliza Yesu juu ya nini bana funzi bako aba esheniye sheriya ya bayahuda, kwa sababu beko na kula bila kusukula mikono yabo? 6 Lakini Yesu aka bajibu mutumishi wa Mungu Isaya alitabishi muzuri juu yenu mweye batu ba bongo ali andika, na kusema kama batu aba bana eshimiya Mungu ku kinywa bure, kwala kini ma roho iko mbali na Munga . 7 Ba na ni tukuza kwa bongo na bana fundisha sheriya yabo yaba kambo. 8 Bana acha sheriya ya Mungu na kufuta mashimiya sheriya yabo. 9 Bana asha sheriya ya Mungu na kufuta masheriya yabo 10 Na Musa alisema heshimu baba yako na mama yako na ule ata chambula baba yake wala mama yake kwa kweli ata kufa 11 Lakini mweye muko na sema kama mutu eko na pesa ana penda ku saidiya baba yake ao mama yake ana sema pesa nilipenda ku ba saidiya nayo ni ya kanisa (Nikusema pesa yote natowa kwa Mungu) . 12 Na awezi tena kusaidiya baba yake ao mama yake 13 . Muna haribisha sheriya (Amri) ya Mungu juu ya sheriya( Amri) yenu ya bankambo, na mambo mingi, ya mubaya muko na tenda . 14 Akaita tena batu na akasema muni sikiye ! mweye bote , na muni sikilise mujuri. 15 Akuna ata kitu kimoya kyenye ku ingiya ndani ya kinywa ya mutu na kimu haribishe lakinki kile kyenye kutoka ndani ya kinjwa njoo kita musharibu. 16 Tiya akili kuma andiko iyi mwenye kuwa na masikiyo asikiye. 17 Waka Yesu ali toka kati ya batu funzi yake baka mufwata kisha baka muliza aba fasiri ye mahana ya masemo aliye sema . 18 Yesu aka bajibu kwa nini amuna akeli ? Humujuwe kama kitu kiyote kyenye ku kingiya ndani ya tumbo ya mutu akiwezi kumharibu. 19 Kwa sababu aki taingiya ndani ya roho ya mutu, lakini kita ingiya mutumbo na kisha tafsiri iyi Yesu alifanya chakula yote kuwa muzuri . 20 Aka ba ambiya kile kinatokaka ndani ya tumbo njoo kina haribishaka mutu. 21 Ni kati ya roho ya mutu njoo kuko na mawazo mubaya, kuzini, bwizi, kuhuwa. 22 Busharati, tanaa mubaya , roho mubaya bongo kujisikiya bwivu , kujiona kutomboka bu pumbafu. 23 Mambo yote iyi ina toka ndani ya roho ya mutu , na njoo yenye ku haribu mutu. 24 Aka toka pale na akaendaku jimboya tina naSidoni akaingiya ndani , na hakupenda ata mutu moya ajuwe kama eko ndani ya mugini ule lakini habakuweza kumuficha. 25 Ya kushanga mwana muke moya alikuya na mototo mugojwa sana ya mapepo mbaya, aka sik;iya abari ya Yesu aka kuya na aka pika magoti mbele ya Yesu . 26 Na mwana muke uyu alikuwa muyunani ( Grecque ou helema) wa kabila ya kifoeniki ( phenicienne) aka muomba Yesu afukuwe pepo mubaya ndani ya mwili ya mtoto wake 27 Yesu aka mwambiya mwana muke, acha mbele bato to ba kule mbele kwa sababu ahiko muzuri kukamata chakula ya batoto na kutu piya imbwa . 28 Lakini mwana muke aka mujibu na kusema ndiyo bwana, chakula ya batoto yenye kwanguka ku meza 29 Yesu akamwambiya , kufatana na imani yako kwende na amani, pepo chafu inaisha kutoka ndani ya mutoto yako mwana muke. 30 Mwana muke akarudiya kunyumba yake na aka kuta mtoto wake mwana muke wakulala bila nagonjwa na pepo mubaya ina isha ku mutoto. 31 Yesu aka toka mumu gini tino akapitiya mu muigini ya Sidoni njiya ya kwenda kubahari ya Galilaya ,a akafika ku jimbo ya dikapolisi ( decapole). 32 Na baka muleteya mutu asi semake wala asikiyake (bubu), baka muomba Yesu aweke mikano yake mik;ono yake juu yake. 33 Aka mutosha mutu uyu inje ya mugini mbali na batu akaweka bidole yake ndani ya masikiyo yake kiosha aka tema mate akagusa lulimi lwake. 34 Aka angaliya yulu mbinguni, akasema na ku mwambiye "EFATA" ambayo ina . 35 Mana moja babu aka anza tusema na kusikiya mujuri. 36 Aka ba hambiya ba funge siri wala basiseme na mutu mambo iyi, lakini habakuwaza kufunga siri mpaka vile ali bakataza , joo mpaka vile abari ilei tawala kwa batu bote. 37 Batu bote baka shangaa sana bakasema anafanya mambo yote muzuri basipo sikiya bana sikiya na bubu bana sema .
1 Mu ile siku, kulikuwa kikundi kabambiya batu, na balikosa biakula. Yesu akaita banafunzi yake na anabambia. 2 «Nasikia uruma ya uji ki kundi ya batu, ju balikala wakati mulefu masiku tatu, habana biakukula. 3 Nikaba ruolisha kwabo bila kukula ba naweza kuanguka ku njia na bengine ndani yabo ba natoka mbali sana.» 4 Banafunzi yake bana muliza: «Mikate enyewe itapatikana wa mu iyi fasi ju ya kubakulisha batu aba? » 5 Anabauliza : «Mikate ngapi muko nayo,?» Baka mujibia «saba». 6 Akoambia kikundi ikale chini ku bulongo nyuma ya kumushakuru Mungu na akavunja mikate na anabapatia banafinzi yake ju ya kutia oyo mbele ye kikundi kya batu na bakaitia mbele yabo. 7 Balekwa nabo na nusu ya ndakala, na nyuma anakamaka mikate na ndakala akamushukuru, na abambia banafunzi bakabule na kikundi. 8 Balikula na bana shiba. Na bakalokota bipande enye ilibakia na banaya vitunga saba kalambi. 9 Batu balikuwa karibu elfu ine. Na Yesu akaba barudisha. 10 Wakati alirudia ku masuwa na banafunzi wake, bakaenda ku jimbo la Dalmamuta. 11 Kiisha bafakisayo balimu fwata ma bakaanza kuongea na ye. Banamuliza abapatie alama moyo kutoka mbinguni ju ya ku mupima. 12 Akawaza sana ndani ya roho yake na anasema, "kwa nini iyi kizazi intafuta alama? Kwa kweli, nabambia, hakuna alama enye batapatia mu iyi kizazi". 13 Kisha ana baacha na anaïngia tena ndani ya mutumbu na akaende ngambo ya pili ya baali. 14 Banafunzi balisabu kukamata mikale. Ilibakia kipande moya tu ya mukate dani ya masuwa. 15 Akabapatia angalisho na kubambia: «Fanyeni angalisho na ujanja» (Bukalamusi, Mafanisiyo) ya bafalisayo na ya Herode. 16 Banafunzi bakaji semeleya bao benyewe: «kwa sababu hatuna mukate.» 17 Yesu akatambua na akabambia «Ju ya nini muna sema sema ndani yenu ju munakosa mikate»? Ha muyayuwa? hamuelewe? Roho yenu inakuwa teke teke? 18 Muko na macho, ha muone? muko na masikiyo ha musikie? ha mukumbuki? 19 Wakati milibakabula mikate tena kwa batu elfu tano, meililokota kitunga ngapi ya bipande ya mikate? Waka mujibia: «kumi na mbili». 20 Na wakati mulikabulana mikate saba kwa batu elfe na ine mulilokokate kitungapi. 21 Bakasema «saba». Akabambia "bado" ha muelewe? 22 Bamafika Bethsaida. Batu ya pale ban muletea mutu moja kipofu na bakamulomba Yesu amuguse. 23 Yesu ana kamata yule kipofu na akamubeba inje ya kijiji. Anatema mate ku macho yake na anamutilia mikono, akamuliza: «una ona ka kitu?» 24 Akalamusha macho na akasema: « naona batu banaonekana sa miti enye inatembea». 25 Kisha akanyolosha mikokono ku macho yake, mulu akafungula macho yake na macho yake ika tengemana (macho inaona), na anaona bito yote wazi. 26 Yesu anamurudisha kwake na akamwambia «usiyingie mugini». 27 Yesu alitoka na banafunzi yake na wanaenda ku jiji vya kaiseria ya filipi. Ku njia, akauliza banafunzi bake : «batu banasema niko nani?» 28 Bakamu jibia: Yoani mubatizayi. Bengine banasema, Eliya na bengine umoja Manabii. 29 Akabouliza lakiani nyinyi munasema niko nani? Petro akamujibu: «uko Kristo». 30 Yesu akabambia basi mwambie at mutu moja ju yake . 31 Na anaanza kufundisha ya kakama inabidi mtoto wa mutu ateseke sana kwa mane no mingi, na baongonzi na bakubwa ya makuhani, na batu benye bana ndikako Mandishi, na atakufa na nyuma ya siku tatu atafufuka. 32 Anasema wazi. Basi Petro akamukamata na anaonza kumutombokea. 33 Lakini Yesu aligeuka na kuangalia banafunzi yake na akamutomokea Petro na ku mwambia, Pita nyuma yangu shetani! Haupende maneno ya Mungu, lakini maneno ya batu. 34 Kisha akakutani sha kikundi ya batu na banafunzi wake fasi moja, na anbambia kama kuko mutu an penda kunifata, ajikatale ye mwenyewe, abebe musalaba yake, na anifuate. 35 Kwa sbabu mutu yote mwenye anapenda kuponesha maisha yake ataipoteza, na ule mwenye atapoteza maisha yake ju yangu na ju ya neno la mungu ataiponesha. 36 Mutu atapata faida gani mukupoteza uzima ya maisha yake ju apate yote ya dunia? 37 Nini mutu anawe kupana ju ya ku badinisha na maisha yake? 38 Mutu yote mwenye atenisilikia haya, mu kizazi iki kibaya tena kia ahambi, mutoto wa mutu atamusikia haya wakati atakuya na uwezo pamoya na bamalaika.
1 Na akawambia kama: kweli watu wengine wapo pamoja na niye, hawatakufa kama hajaona ufalme wa Mungu. 2 Kusha siku sita, Yesu akamata: Petro, yakobo na Yoana, wakaenda wote ku kilima, walipo fika, Yesu kwa maombi yake alibadilika mbelz yao. 3 Manguo yake ikawa mweupe saana kushinda yote hapa ku dunia. 4 Walipo kuwa pale kumulima wakaona Elya na Musa wako wunaongeya na Bwana Yesu. 5 Petro alipo ona Eliya na Musa kuongea na Yesu, akaomba kwa Yesu kama ni vizuri wabaki pale na kuyenga hema tatu, mayo ya Yesu, ingine ya Musa na ngine ya Eliya. 6 Kwa kushangaa, kuogiopa kwa alikosa neno la kusema. 7 Mola walikua pale kikilima, mawingu nkashuka na kuwafinika, pale pale sauti ikasilikama kutoka yuu mbinguni kusema: Huu ni mtoto wangu ninaye mupenda. Musikie. 8 Kiisha ile, mara moya hawakuona tena mtu, Yesu peke yake ndjo alibaki pembeni yao. 9 Wakati wapo wanarudi, Yesu akawapa oola wasiseme na watu maneno waliona kule, mpaka wakati mwana Adam atafufuka. 10 Petro, Yakoba na Yoana watii ile Oda ya Yesu kutokusema maneno waliona, lakini walikwa wakisumulia juu ya kufufuka Yesu alisema. 11 Walimuriliza Yesu: wenge kuandika kama: Eliya akuye mtu wa kwanza? 12 Yesu akawayihi, kweli atakuya wa kwanza, sasa kwa sababu gani inaandikwa mwana wa inafaa upate matso mingi na wanuchukie? 13 Yesu akawaongosha kweli Eliya alishaka kuya na walinufanga gisi walipenda kafatana na maandiko. 14 Wakati walirudi kwenye wengina walibaki, waliona kwa mbali, waliona waytu wengi wako pamoya na wanafuzi pia Masudukayo walikuwa wana bishana nao. 15 NA mara moya, kundi lete lilishanga wakati waliona Yesu, na wote wakaenda kungokea kwa furaha. 16 Pale Yesu alipowasikia, akawauliza kwa nini unabisha? 17 Mtu moya katika kundi akayihu "Mwalimu", naleta mtoto wangu kwako, anayo pepo chafu saana inamkataza kusema, 18 na kimushika na kutetemeka na kumwangusha na kumwangusha chini na kutosha pofu ku midomo yake na kusanga meno. Nilimuleta kwa wanafungi wako hawakuweza kutosha ile pepo. 19 Yesu aliwajihu akisema, " kizazi isipo imani, nitokea nanyi kwa waki gani? wakati gani mtaweza? na akasema bamuletee mtoto kwa Yesu. 20 Walipo meta mtoto kwa Yesu, Roho mchafu wakati iliona Yesu, mara moja ikotia mtoto kutetemeka na akanguka chini na kutosha povu kukimwa yake. 21 Mara moya Yesu akamwaliza babaya mtoto: hui magonjwa ilifanya siku ngapi? baba moto akajibu akasema Tangu utoto wake. 22 Kuna wakati inamwangusha katika moto au pahali ya maji na na wakati ingine karibu kumuwewa, baba mtoto akamwambia Yesu: kama unaweza kufanya chochote utusamehe na utusaidie. 23 Yesu akajibu, akamwambia: kama ukotayari? kila kitu kiko inawezekama kwa wote anayo amini. 24 Mara moya, mgazi wa mtoto alilia na kusema: Naamini, nisaidi kutokwamini kwangu. 25 Sasa, wakati Yesu aliona kundi linakuya kwao, pole pole akakemea roho cafu wewe roho bubu na kiziwi, nakuya oda kwacha mtoto na usirudie tena kwake. 26 Wakati Yesu oda kwa roho chafu kutoka ndani ya mtoto, roho ile ikalalamika kwa sauti kubwa na kumwangaisha mtoto mbele yake kutoka ndani ya mtoto. Wakati roho unaacha mtoto, akanguka na akowa sawa vile anakiuya na watu walisema " Amekufa", 27 Yesu alimkamata kwa mkono na kusimanisha, naye alimama. 28 Wakati Yesu alingina ndani ya nyumba, wanafunzi wakamwendea kwa siri na kumuliza sababu ngani sisi hatukutosha roho chafu? 29 HYesu akajihu akasema: kikwa maombi ndio inaweza kutoko. 30 Wakaenda Galilaya hakupenda watu wajue pahali iko. 31 Kwa ile wakati Yesu alikuwa anafundisha wanafunzi wake aliwambia mwana wa Adamu atatolewa kwa mikono ya watu na kunuua. Wakati atakufa, kisha siku tatu atafufuka. 32 Wanafungi hanajua maana ya ile maneno, na waliogopa kumuriliza. 33 Wakati walipo Kaperinaumu, walikuwa nalani ya nyumba, umo akauliza wanafungi wake: mikuwa mnabishana juu ya nini ngiani? 34 Lakini hawayihi neno. Wanabishana njiani aliye mkubura zaidi. 35 Yesu alikkaa chini akawaita mitume yake kumina wawili panoja na kawaambia "kama utaka kwa wa kwanza ni mzuri uwe wa mwisho na mtumishi wa wote". 36 Pale Yesu akokamata mtoto mdogo na ku muweka kati kati yao akamkanata katika mikona yake, akasema, 37 Mtu yote atakaribisha mtoto huyu kwa jina yangu, higo anamipokea mimi na ikiwa mtu amemipokea, hanipokei mimitu lakani pia aliye nituma. 38 Yohana alimwambia Yesu: Mwalimu, tulimwona mtu anatosha roho chafu kwa jina lako, lakini tulinukataya, kwa sababu hatufwati. 39 Lakini Yesu akajihu akiseme: Msimkataze kwa sababu hakuna atakaye fanga kizi kubwa juu yangu na tena kiisha aseme mameno mbaya juu yango. 40 Mtu yeyote hama neno nasi, iko ngambo yetu. 41 Ule atakupokea na kopo ya mayi pa kunywa kwa sababu uko mwaminifu hatapoteya zawadi yake. 42 Tena ule wote ataangusha hawa wadogo wenye kuniani, ingekuwa hari kukama kumufungia ku jiwe kushingo na kutupwa chiyu mayi. 43 Kama mukono wako iki kwangusha katika Nzambi uhikate. Ni vizuri kuingia ufalme wa mbingu mkono moya kuliko kwena Jenama na mikono yote mbili: katika moto wa milele na milele. 44 Mahali ambayo funza hawakufina moto usio zimika. 45 Kama mukala yako iko inakutuma kwa maboya uyikate ni heri kwako kuingia mbinguni na mguu, moya, kuliko kwenda ienana na miguu mbili. 46 Katika moto isiyo zimika. 47 Kama yicho lako likikukosha tosha oyo. Ni kuingia mfalme wa Mungu ukiwa na yicho moya, kuliko kuwa na macho mbili na kutupwa yenama. 48 Mahali palipo na funza wasiokufa, na moto usiogimika. 49 Kwa kuwa kila moya ateketezwa na moto. 50 Chumvi ni mzuri, kama chumvi ikipoza utamu yake, utafanya nini kusudi iwe na utamu wake tena? Muwe na chumvi miongani mwenu wengewa na muwe na salama kwa kila monoja.
1 Makutano walimfuata tena Yesu Baada yake kuondaka na kwenda kwenye kulikuwa wayahudi pembi ya Baari ya Yarodani, vile ili kuwa kazi yake aliwafundisha tena, kama mbele. 2 Jambo kubwa wafalisayo walikuya mbele yake na kumu wuliza, "Ni mubaya bwana a fukuze bibi yake?" 3 Yesu akabalibiya, " Musa alibambiya nini?" 4 Balisema " Kama Musa alitu patiya njiya ya ku fukuza Bibi". 5 "Yesu naye akawa jibiya kusema kama ili kuwa ju ya roho mubaya yenu nje ali baandikiya vile". 6 Lakini kutokeya muanzo wa duniya, Mungu aliwawumba Bwana na bibi. 7 Njo mana mwanawume ata mwasha baba yako na mama yake, 8 na bote mbile bata kuwa mwili moya; ju abi kotena mbili lakini mwili moya. 9 Ju yenye Mungu ana kifanya mwili kimoya na ku ku ibaridi mwana damu awezi kui achanisha. 10 Ku nyumba kuenye balikuwa, bana funzi bake baka muwuliza ju ya ihi. 11 Aka bambiya kama "Aka bambiya bote benye biko na acha ba bibi yabo na ku wowa ba bibi bengeni, ana fanya ucharati naye. 12 Bibi naye aki acha bwana wake na ku olewa na bwana mwengine, ana fanya ucharati". 13 Na bote bali muletaya ba toto yabo ju abatiliye mikono, lakini bana funzi yake balikatala. 14 Kisha Yesu alipo ona vile, haku furahi naye kabisa aka bambiya, "Bahache ba toto badogo ku kuya kwangu, musi ba fukuze, kwa sababu bale baliya kama ba toto ufalme wa Mungu ni yabo. 15 Ya kweli na ba mbiya, kama amupoyi ufalme wa Mungu sa mtoto kidogo kweli amuta ingia katika ufalme wa Mungu. 16 Kisha kusema akaka mata ba toto ku mikono yake na aka ba bariki na kuba wekeya mikono juu yabo. 17 Na alipotoka kwee nda mtu mmuoya akakuya mbi kweke na kupiga magoti mbele yake, akamwuliza, "Mwalimu mwema, ni fanye nini ju nipate uzima wa mille?" 18 Kisha Yesu akasema, " ju ya nini unani ita mwema? Ha kuna aliye mwema, isi pokuwa Mungu wetu peke yake tu. 19 Una puwa sheriya yote ya Mungu "Usi wele, usi fanye usharati, usiibe, usishuchi die bongo, usidanganye, ueshimu baba na mama yako". 20 Mtu wule akasema, " Mwalimu, ma neno yote ii nahifanya tango noko mtoto". 21 Yesu alimwangalia na ku mpenda. Aka mwambiya, " lakini una kosa kitu moya. Una pasha kunza biako biote na ku saidiya ukuye unifuate". 22 Lakini nguvu ilimuishiya kusikiya masemi ya Yesu; alitoka mbele ya Yesu na huzuni, kubwa ju alikuwa na mali mingi". 23 Yesu akaa ngaliya ngambo yote na aka bambisha bana funzi bake, " ni magumu sana kwa mwenye pesa (tayiri) kuingia katika ufalme wa Mungu! 24 Ba na funzi baka shongaa sana kusikiya vile. Lakini Yesu aka bambiya tena, "Batoto, ni na mua gani iko nguvu kuingia katika ufalme wa Mungu! 25 Ni mwepesi kwa ngamia kupita kwenye tundu la shindano, kuliko mtu mali (tajiri) kuingia katika ufalme wa Mungu". 26 Baka shangaa sana tena baka semeshana, " sasa nani ata okoka na kuingiya". 27 Yesu aka baangaliya na aka sema " kwa wana damu haiwezekani, lakini kwa Mungu a pana. Ju kwa Mungu yote ina wezekana". 28 " Petro akaanza sema shana naye, Angalia tu meacha bieti u biote tu nq ku fuata". 29 Yesu akasema, "Nikweli na bambiya niye yote, akuna mwe ana acha nyamba, au kaka, au kwa afili ya injilli . 30 Hata pokea mara mia zaidi kwa wakati wa sasa mudunia, nyumba, kaka, dada, mama, watoto, kwa mateso, na uli mwengu ita kuya ata pata uzima wa milele. 31 Lakini bengi balia ba kwanza bata kuwa ba mwisho na ba ku mwisho bata kuwa ba kwanza. 32 Katika njiani, ya ku kuenda Yerusalema, Yesu alikuwa ame kuisha enda mbele yabo. Bana funzi bali shangaa na bale benye balikuwa na bafuta nyuma tena baliongopa. Na njo Yesu alibatosha pembeni tena bale kumina mbile na akaanza ku ba julisha kienye kiko kina mbele: 33 "Musikiye, tu kotu na panda Yerusalemu, na mtoto wa mtu tu ta mutowa ku mukono ya makohani wa kuuna waandishi. Na bata mhukumu akufe na kumu pa mapatiya Mataifa.. 34 Tena bata mucheka, na ku mutemeya mate, ku mupika fimbo, lena ku mwuwa. Likini ya siku tatu a ta fufuka tena". 35 Yakobo wa Yohani, ba toto wa Zebedée, balikuta kwa kena ba na sema: "Mwalimu, tu na penda utu fanyize ye kama vile tu na kulo mba". 36 Akajibiya: "Mu na penda ni ba fanyiziye nini". 37 Na baka sema, "utu rusu tu pate fasi ndani ya utukufu yako, mmoya katika mkono wako ya kuume na mwengine ku mukono wa ko ya kushota". 38 Lakini Yesu akawa jibiya, "Hamujuu kwenye muko na nilomba. Muta weza ku kunya ile kikombe ambaye mimi nita kunya au kunhitika ubatizo ambae miye nita batizwa?". 39 Nao baka jibiya kama 'tuta weza?" Yesu aka bambiya, "kikombez yenye nita kunywa na niye muta ku nywa. na ubatizo amnbaye nita ba batizwa na niye muta batizwa. 40 Lakini kwaajili ya ku kaa ku mukono wangu wa kuume au mkono wangu wa ku shoto, ayiko mimi njo nita ya pana, lakini ni ju ya bale benye ilitaya rishiwa. 41 Na wakati bana funzi kumi ba lisikiya, maneno aya wa lisikiya Yakobo na Yohani. 42 Lakini Yesu ali bahita naku ba mbiya kama: "muna juwa kama, bale benye bana one kana ni bata wala (ba ongozi) wa pagani bana bapita, tena wakubwa ndani ya bo wana onesha mamlaka juu ya bo". 43 Sikilizeni kweniye i sikkwe iki, ule wote ana penda a kuwe mukunwa ndani yenu lazima akuwe mudogo. 44 Tena kila mwenye ana penda kuwa wakwanza ndani yenu lazima akuwe mtumwa wa bote. 45 Kwa mahana "mtoto wa Mungu aakuya uju ba mutumikiye, lakine ju ya kututumikiya, na kutowa maisha yake kama sadaka kwaha jili ya duniya nzima". 46 Bali fika Yeriko. Na vile alikwa natoka Yeriko na bana fungi yake naku kubwa watu, mwana wa Timayo, Batimayo, mwenye macho ya kukufa, mu ombiya, alikkwa na ikala kubarabara. 47 Watati alisikia kama Yesu wa Mwazereti iko na pita akaanza ku lala mika, "Yesu, Mwana wa Daudi, unirumie!". 48 Bengine baka mukemeya uyu kipofu, na ku mwambiya kama anya maze, ahache makelele. Chaku shangaza sana alilala mikatena nguvu sana na sawuti kubwa tena, "Mwana wa Daudi, unirumie!". 49 Bwana Yesu aka sikiya, tena aka simama na aka sema kama ba muyite. BAka muyita kipofu, na ku mwambiya, "pata nguvu na ukuwe mushujaa! simama ju bwana Yesu anakuita". 50 Pale pale akatupa koti lake na kwanza mbiyo sana, kunda kwenda kwe Yesu. 51 Bwana Yesu akamujibiya na kuse sema, "Mwalimu, na taka nione". 52 Yesu aka mwambiya, wende. Kwa sababu imaniyako ina kuponya.Pale pale macho ika fungilika na oka hona tena na tena aka fuata nwana Yesu njiyani.
1 Wakati walifika karibu na Yerusalema na walipo karibiya Bethfage na Bethania katika mlima wa mizetuni , Yesu akauatuna wanafunzi wake wawili; 2 akiuapa odo ja kwenda katika mjini olijo mbele jao wakati mtafika kwa ile mjini mtamoona mtoto wa punda mwenye kufungiwa kwa kamba mtu hajaipandia. mmufungule na mkuye na yo kwangu. 3 Na kama mtu akiuuliza na yo wapi mtamujibu bwana iko na yo lazima 4 Wale wanafunzi wakatiu oda ya Yesu na walikuta kama vile Yesu aliwaambia juu ja mtoto wa punda alije funga wa ka mufungua. 5 Watu walikuwa wanasimmama pale walikuwa , waliwauliza ,sababu gani mnafunga mtoto wa punda. 6 Wakajibu kama Yesu ako nayo lazima na wakaende na jule punda. 7 Wale wanafunzi wote wawile wakabeba ule mtoto wa punda mbele ja Yesu-Kristo wakaweka maguo yao juu ja punda , ile Yesu apande juu ja jo. 8 Watu wengeni wengi wakatandika nao navazi jao kati kati ya njia wengine wakayandika mangalala ile walikata kumashamba 9 yabo.Watu walitembea mbele yake na walio mfuata walifanya makelele" hozana! anabarikiwa aneyekuya ku jina la bwana . 10 Ubarikiwe ufalme utakaokiya wa bala jetu Dauda! Hosana kwa ule aliye juu 11 Pale Yesu aliingizana Jerusalemu na kueleka kukanisa na akaangulmia kila kitu sasa , wakati wa kurudi umepita, akaenda Bethania, pamoja na wanafunzi wake kumi na mbili . 12 Siku inayofuata wakati walikwa wa kirudia kotka Bethania,Yesu akasikia njaa. 13 Kwa mbali akoona mti iliyo kuwa na majani Yesu akasogea kwangalia kama anaweza pata tunda kwa ile mti: na wakati alipofike pembeni ya mti hakuona hata tunda isipokua mojuri peke. Jake kwa sababu wakati wa kutowa matunda bado kweneya. 14 Akasema: " hakuna mtu atakaye kula tunda kutoka kwako tena wanafuzi wakasikia neno ile anasema juu ya mtki 15 walirudi tena mjini jerusalemu na akaingia ku kanisa na akaza kufukuza nje wote ureliku wakinzisha na wale wa kununua ndani ya kanisa. Aliangusha bameza wenye kubarisha feza na vite ya wenye kuuzisha njiwa . 16 Hakupatia hata mtu moja ruhusa kubeba kitu ya kunzisha ku kanisa . 17 Yesu akanza kuwafundisha akisema : imandikiwa nyumba yangu itaitua nyumba ja maombi kwa watu wote ? Lakini mnaingenza kuwa pahali pa wanyanganyi. 18 Makuharu wakuu na wandikayi walikuwa wakifata maseno je Yesu, nao walitafuta mna gani ya kumuwu sta vile walimuogopa kwa sababu kundi ilishangazwa na mahubiri yake . 19 Na wakati yote ya magaribi ikienea alikuwa anatoka njini 20 Asubuyi walipo kutembea, waliona mti wa umekauka mpaka kwenge mizizi yake . 21 Petro akakumbuka na akasema : Mwalimu ! Ona, mti yenye ulilaani inakauka 22 Yesu aliwajibu mmwani Mungu. 23 Naurambia, amini kwamba kila mtu yeyote atasema mlima hu ondoka ujitupe katika bahari na kama ana mashaka ndani ja roho wake, lakini anaomini kama yenye alisema kitatimia na hivi ndio Mungu atafanya. 24 Yesu akasema kwa hiyo ninawaambia: yote mtaomba na kuuliza kwa ajili yake sadiki kama mneipata nayo itakuwa yenu. 25 Wakati mnasimama kwa kuombo, mnapashwa kuhurumia wote unaye neno ile baba yetu wa mbinguni awahurumie ninyi vile vile makosa yenu. 26 Lakini kama hamusamehu Baba wenu aliye mbinguni hatasamu dhambi yenu haumo kwenye nakala za kale 27 Tena walikuya Yerusalemu, na yesu alikuwa onatembea mu kanisa mukuhani wakuu , wandishi na wazu na wazee walikuya kwa Yesu. 28 wakamwambia : ni kwa uwezo gani unafanya matendo hii ? Na ni nanki alie kupatia uwezo kuifanya hii ? 29 Yesu akawajibu: nitawauliya ulizomoja : muniambie na mimi, nitawaambia kwa uwezo gani ninafanya maneno hii. 30 Namna gani ubatizo wa Yowane ulitoka mbinguni au kwa watu? mnijibu 31 Wakanza kujiulizauliza katika roho jao: kama tukisema ili toka mbinguni atasema sababu gani hauku mwani ? 32 Lakina tukisema ilitoka kwa watu, waliogopa watu, kwa sababu wote walijua kwamba yahona ni nabii. 33 Ndiopale walimjibu Yesu na wakisema hatujuwe . Na Yesu akawaombia " na mimi sitawambia ni kwa uwezo gani nayafanya maneno hii.
1 Basi Yesu alionza kulata mafunsa kwa fumbo na analeta fombo ya mulima mashamba moya mwenye alifanyia mashamba yake lupangu, na anatengeneza shimo ya kusindika nvinyo. Na aka tengeneza muzunguluka na aka safiri anaachia ba fanya mashamba. 2 Saa alinudia anatuma mutumishi kwa wafanya mashamba juya kutuala matunda ya vingo. 3 Lakini bafanya mashamba banamupika mutumishina akarudia bila kitu ku mikono. 4 Na akatuma tena mutu mwengeni na banamupika mutumishi na bamumiza ku kichwa na banamutendea bitu bia haya. 5 Anatuma mwengine na baka mupika na kumuwa, na bana fanya vile vile na bamingi mpaka kuwa bengine. 6 Uyu mutu alibaka na mutu moya wa ku mutuma, mutoto wako mupendwa. 7 Lakini walima mashamba wakasema ndani yabo: Angalia uyu njo mtoto wake, tumuwe ju shamba itabakia yetu. 8 Bakamukamukamata na bakamuwa. 9 Saa ivi mwenyi mashamba atfanya nini? Atakuya kuba fukuza na kubapita batumishi bengine. 10 Hamukusuma iyo mandiko? Lijiwa enye bajengayi wanatupa njo inageuka lijuwa ya maana. 11 «"Bitu iyi yote inatoka kwa bwana na ika muzuri ku macho yetu."» 12 Apo balitafuta kumuwa Yesu lakini banaogopa kundi la labatu mingi ju balijuwa kama alisema ile fumbo yu yabo, bakatamaasha na baenda . 13 Kiskia abo kwenda, banamutamiya Yesu nusu nusu ya ba farisaya na ba yerodia jaya kumutega Yesuna mauliza iyi. 14 Wakati banafika, baka sema: «Mwalimu, tunajuwa kama hautikake manen aya batu bengine na hauchuguwe mutu mwenye unapenda ndani ya batu. Kwakweli unafundeisha njia ya Mungu. Sheria inaruusu kulipa codi ya Cesria? Tunaweza kulipata ao bado?» 15 Lakini Yesu alijuwa unafiki yabo na anabajibia: « Juya nini munanipima? Munilete makuta niangaliye.» 16 Bakamupatia Yesu moja: «Yesu anabakauliza iyi sula na mandiko ni ya nani?» bakamujibu : «Ni ya Cezari». 17 Yesu akusema : «bumupatie Cezari bitu biake na bumupe Mungu biake.» Bakashongola mbele yake. 18 Kisha basadukayo benye balihakikusha ya kama hakuna ufuko, banakuya kwa Yesu, banamuliza: 19 Mwalimu muba alituandika "kama ndugu ya mutu anakufa anaacha bibi wake lakini ule bibi hakuzala ata mtoto moja, ule mutu anaweza kuowa bibi wa ndugu yake na kuzala na yee batoto iuya ndugu wake." 20 Bandugu sabva ya banaume; wakwanza anaowa bibi, akakufa bila kuacha naye mutoto. 21 Wa pili, wa tatu, wa ine ma ... 22 Wa saba naye vile anaowa bibi wa marehemu ndugu yaba bila kuzala naye ata mutoto moja. 23 Bakamaliza Yesu swali kama siku ya ufufuko yule atakuwa bib wa nani? «Kwa sababu bandugu banaume ba saba balimukata koma bibi yabo.» 24 Yesu aka sema: «Na njo maana muko ndani ya kosa, ju hamuyuwe mandiko, walanguvu ya Mungu? » 25 Ju batafukuka ndani batu benye balikufa, na habatakuwa batu benye balioma, na benye banaposha kuona, kakini batakuwa bamalika mbingini. 26 Lakini juya batubenye balikufa na ba fufuka, hamukosoma ndaniya kitabu ya Musa, ndni ya kishaka ginsi Mungu alimwambia na akasema: "Niko Mungu wa Abramu, Mungu wa Izaka na Mungu wa Yakobo? 27 Haïko Mungu wa batu banye banakufa, lakini wa batu ba uzima. Mujidanganya sana.» 28 Pamoja ya benye banandikakaalikuya na anasikia maongesi yabo; anawona Yesu alibapatia jibu muzuli. Akamaliza : «Amni gani ya enye iko ya maana sana ya amni yote ?» 29 Yesu anamujibia: Musikiye Isalayeli, ya maana ni bwana Mungu wetu, ni, bwana moja. 30 Inapashwa upende Bwana Mungu wako ndani roho yako, kwa akili yako yote na kwa unezo yako yote. 31 Amni ya pili nu iyi : Ni muzuri upende jinani yako savile unajipende weye peke. 32 Mwenge anandikaka anasema : Mwalimu! unasema kweli kama Mungu moya ti,lakuna mwengine kumushinda yeye. 33 Kumupenda ku Roho muzima, kusikiya yote enye inakoka kwake, na kwa uwezo wake yote, na kupenda jinani kama vile unajipenda weye peke, ile iko na maana kupita matoleo wa sadaka. 34 Wakati Yesu aliona kama anamujibia na elimu, akamwambia :«Hauko mbali na ufalme wamungu.» Kisha pale hakuna ata mutu moyo mwenye alipima kulimuza Yesu moswala mengin. 35 Wakati alikwafundisha ku hekalu;Yesu akajibu na akasema : « Juya nini batu benye kuandika wanasema Kristo ni mwana wa Daudi ?» 36 Daudi yeye peke dani ya Roho Mutakatifu akasema: «Bwana akamwambia bwana wangu, ikale ku mukono yangu ya kiume mpaka nifanye ba adui yako bakawe chini mikula yako». 37 Daudi yeye peke anamwita «Bwana» mamuna gani Masiya anaweza kuwa mwana wa Daudi? Batu mingi balikuwa bana musikya na furaha sana. 38 Ndani ya mafundisho yake, Yesu alisema: «Majichuge na batu benyekuandika benye banapenda kutembeya na makanzu milefu na kusalimiwa ku ma fasi ya wetu mingi. 39 Na kuikala ku makiti ya kwanza ku ma sinagogi na ku ma feti . 40 Na banakula nyumba ya benye balikufisha ba bwana na banaomba mingi ju baunekane kwa batu. Bale batu batapata ukumu kabambi. » 41 Wakati Yesu alikala chini karibu na sanduku ya sadaka ndani ya hekalu; na pale alikuwa anangalia batu wakati balikuwa banatia makuta yabo. Batu mingi batajiri balitia makutu mingi. 42 Mu ile wakati, mwanamuke mjane mpasikini alikuya kutia bipande mbili yote enye ilikuwa wa mali yake. 43 Njo Yesu anaita banafunzi wake na anabambia: «Kwa kweli nabambia, ule mwanamuke mjane masikini anatela makuta mingi kupita bote benye blitote sadaka. 44 kwa sababu bote balileta kufutama na umingi ya makuta enye balikuwa nayo, lakini uyu mwanamuke alitolea kidogo ya makuta yake ya kuishi nayo enye alibakia mayo mikononi.
1 Hivi Yesu alianza kutoka mu ,hekalu, moya kati ya banafunzi akamuzima:«Mwalimu,angalia maibwe muzurihivi, na mujengeyo uyu!» 2 Uko una ona hii majego munene hivi ? Hakutabakia ata jiwe moya yulu ya jiwe ingine pasipo kwangushiwa chini 3 Wakati ali ikala pa kirima ya miti ya mpafu, ekoana angalia kwenye ku nyumba y Mungu ile, Petro, Yakobo, Yohane na Andrea baka muuliza pembeni: 4 «Utwa mbiye, wati kani hii bitu bitafika? Maalama kani pale ibi bitu bitakuya karibu na kufika?.» 5 Na Yesu aka anza kuba ambiya: «Mwanamuke sana mutu asikuye kumipotesha. 6 Ba mingi bakakuya mu jina yangu nakusema : "Miye njo Kristo." Na bapoteza batumingi. 7 Pale mutasikia mavita nakusikiya habari ya vita musihangaike. Ibi bitu mpaka bifike tu, lakini haiyakuya mwisho. 8 Juu kabila moya itasima kukombanisha ingine ufalme kwa ufalme ingine. Kutakuwa kutetemeka kwa bulongo ku mafasi ya mingi, na ma njala itapeswa batu nimwanzo ya maumivu ya kuzala. 9 Mujikalamushe sana. Bata mikabula ku babiongozi na bata mpika ndani ya mikushaniko ya sinagogi. Mutasambishwa mbele baliwali na bafakme juu yangu, hii ikuwe ushuuda kwabo. 10 Lakini inpashiwa habari njema iubiriwe mbele katika makabila yote. 11 Wakati bana mibamba nakumikabula kuba adui, musi hangaike kwa bile mutasema. Juu pa ile saa ile, batemipa bya kusema; ha ina mweye mutasema, Lakini Roho Mutakatifu. 12 Ndugu atapeleka ndugu yaku ku lufu na baba kupeleka ndugu yake kulufu. Batoto batatombokea wazazi na kumwapele kulufu. 13 Batemi chukia kwa batu bote juu yangu, lakini kila mutu akankamana na ku mwisho, ule mutu ata okoka. 14 Wakati mutaona kichafu kyakuleta chuki, kinasimama pale kinakawiza kusimama (akusoma asikilize), 15 bale beko mu Yudea bakimbiliye mibirima, ulenaye eko yulu ya nyumba asishuke ndani ya nymba na nakubeba kitu kiya kwenda nakyo, 16 na ule eko kumashamba asirudie kubeba nguo yabaridi. 17 Ile wakati, banamuke bale bata kuya na mimba na bale batakuya beko bana nyonyesha batoto bata kuya na magumu sana. 18 Mu ombe juu isikuye wakati wabaridi ile yakupita. 19 Juu kutaku mateso yakupita yote, ile haiyakuyakako tangu mwanzo, pale Mungu aliumbaka dunia, paka sasa, hapana, haku takuyaka tena ya vile. 20 Kama Mungu asikufupishako masiku ile, hakuna mutu moya aliweza kuokoka, lakini juu ya bale bali isha kuchakuliwa, benye yeye anaweka pembeni, akashusha ko bwingi ya masiku. 21 Sasa, kama mutu moya anasema: «mwangarie, Kristo ye uyu» ao «mwangarie, ye ule pale!» musiitike. 22 Juu ba kristo babongo na ba nabii babongo betaonekana na bata kanya miuzida, nabyaku shangaisha wapate kulanda, kama iliwezekana kwabo, atabachakuliwa. 23 Mukalamuke sana! Na miambia hii mambo yote mbele ya wakati. 24 Lakini, kisha ile mateso ya kupita yote ya ile masiku juwa ita kuwagiza, mwezi haita leta mwangaza wake. 25 Nyota itatoka mbingu na kwanguka na ma uwezo ile iko mu mbingu itatatemea. 26 Njo pale sasa bata ona Mutoto wa Mutu kutoka mu mawingu na uwezo mukubwa na utukufu. 27 Pale ata tuma ba malaika bake naita changa bachakuliwa bake bote kutoka ngambo ine, baku mwisho ya dunia pâka na mwisho wa mbingu. 28 Mupate mafundisho kutoka ku muzabibu. kama tukonaona matawi yake ina anza kulekea nakutosha mayani ya sasa, munayuwaka aseme wakati wakivukutu unakuwa karibu. 29 vili vile, pale mutaona mambo yote hii kufika, munajuwa kama anakuwa karibu, pa milango. 30 Kweli, mina miambia, hii kizazi hakatipata paka maneno hii itafika. 31 Mbingu na hii dunia bitapita, lakini maneno yangu haiwezi kupita. 32 Lakini, ile mambo ya siku na saa ile, hakuna mutu anejua, ata ba malaika ba mu mbingu, hata Mutoto, lakini Babatu. 33 Mukuwe na kwangalia sana. Mukeshe, ju hamujume kama tukowakatikati twiko. 34 Inafwanana na mutu moya alienda musafiri(aka toka ndani ya nymba yake na akeyaiya batu ya kazi, na kwa kila mutu na kazi yake akaonesha wa ku kesha abaki macho wazi.) 35 Na mwenye sasa, mukeshe. Juu hamu juwe wakati kani mwenye nyumba atarudia, pengine busiku, katikati ya busiku, wakati jogo analia, ao busubu. 36 Kama anarudia pasho kukala, asimi kute benye kulala. 37 Ile miambia, na sema nakila moja wenu: Kesheni!»
1 Kuli bakia tu masiku mbili tufike siku ya kufuraia pasaka na juma ya kula tu mpaka mikate yagipo ku tia dawa yaku vimbisha mikate. Pale biongozi bya ba kutshoma matoleo na wale wenye kazi ya kwandika bitabu takatifu wali anza kutafuta namna yakumubamba Yesu na kumu. 2 Bali sumburia bana sematusi mubambe hii wakati ya furaha juu batu basitomboke na kuleta fudjo. 3 Hivi Yesu ali kuwa pale Bethania, ule ali lukulaka bukoma pale ali anza kula, mwanamuke moya akaingia, ana bamba ku mukono chupa yenye kuyala mafuta ya arufu ya nguvu sana, ya muzuri sana tena ya bei sana . Aka ivunja na anamu mwangiya yote Yesu pa kichwa. 4 Batu beinginebali uzunika. Baka anza kusema kati kati yao aseme: Juu ya nini kuabaribisha kitu ivin. 5 Mafuta ya ivi, baliweza ku i uzicha bei ya nguvu, ata elfu tatu ya feza ya dinari, na ile feza baweza kusaidia ba masikini. Baka anza kumu fokea. 6 Lakini Yesu akasema: « Mu mwache kimia . Juu ya nini muna mu uzinisha hivi. Ana nifanishia miye kitendo kizuri kupita. 7 Ba masikini, muko nabo kilasiku na wakati ote munapenda, munaweza, kuba fanishia bizuri, lakini miye, hamutakuya namiye masiku yote kati kati yenu. 8 Ye uyu anafanya ile yeye anaweza. Anapakala maungo yangu juu ya maziko. 9 Kweli mina miambia hivi: Kule kote bata ubiri habari njena katika dunia mzima, kile uyu mwanamuke anafanya betekikumbu kaka naku kisezea. 10 Pale ule Yuda wa mungini isikali moja katikabamitume na mbili, akaenda ku onana biongozi bya bale zana chomaka matoleo ya mungu juu ye alipenda abakaburie Yesu. 11 Pale biongozi bana sikiya vile, bakafurahi sana na kumulaka aseme bata mulipa. Kwanza pale, Yuda aka anza kuta futa njia yakubakabukiria Yesu. 12 Ile siku ya kwanza kula mikate ya sipo kutia dawa ya kuvimbisha, ile saa bana anzatu kuchoma batoto ba bakondolo juu banze kula yenye pasaka, banafunzi bake bakamu uliza, «Unapenda twende fasi kani tukakengeneze pale utakula Pasaka?» 13 Aka tuma banafunzi bake mbili, aka ba ambia: «Mwendetu ku mungini iko mbele, pale mutaona mwanaume anabeba mutungi ya mai, mumu fwate. 14 Pa ile nyumba ata ingia mu mufwame na museme namwenye nyumba aseme: mwalimu ana uliza aseme: Ni wapi ile Chumba kwenye mitakulia chakula ya pasaka pamoja na banafunzi bangu ? 15 Ata mionesha yulu ya nyumba, chumba ya munene baisha kupanga meza na biti na kila kitu pale. Pale, mu tengengenezee pale. 16 Bale banafunzi baka toka ba kaingia mu mugini. Baka kuta kila kitu vile vile alibaambiya na bakatengeneza chakula ya Pasaka pale. 17 Kumagaribi sana, Yesu akafika pale na banafunzi bake bote kumi na mbili. 18 Wakati wali anza kula Yesu akasema: «Kweli mina wa ambia, mumoya we nu ule tuko nakula naye apa atani kabula». 19 Bote baka uzunika, na moya moya baka anza kumu uliza «Haina miye eh?» 20 Yesu akasem: « Ni Moja wenu kati yenu batu kumi na mbili, ule eko na tanta mukate yake pamoja na miye mu kibakuli. 21 Juu , mwana wa mutu eko ana enda kutoza padunia vile ina andika juu yake ndani ya mandiko. Lakini ni laanakwa mutuule ata mukabula Mwana wa Mutu. Inge kuwa muzuri kwake kukosa kuzaliwa.» 22 Wakati beko na kula, Yesu akabeba mukate, aka ibariki, akaivunja. Aka wakaburia akisema: «Mupokee hii ni maungu yangu.» 23 Akabeba kopo, akashukuru na akabatia , na bote baikunwa. 24 Akasema: «Hii nidamu yangu ya upatanisho, ina mwandika juu ya batu mingi. 25 Kweli minaiambia hivi sita kunwa tena pamoja na mwenye hii matunda ya mizabu paka ile siku mitakunwa ya mupya mu ufalme wa Mungu. 26 Kisha kuimbia mwimbo moya pale, wakatoka mumugini na kxenda ku mulimaya ya kati miti ya mpafu. 27 Yesu akawambia ya : «Mwe bote mutanikimbia, juu ina andika : Mita pika muchungaji, naba kondoo batazambalana. 28 Kisha miye kufuka, mita watangilia pale Galilaya». 29 Petro akasema:«Ata bote banakimbia, miye siwezi ku kimbia» 30 Yesu aka mwamwambia :«Kwzli mina kwambia, bushiku hii tumbele ya jogokulia mara mbili, utanikana mara tatu.» 31 Lakini Petro akasema naye: «Ataita ni Pasha kufa pamoja naweye, siwezi kufanya kitu kya vile.» Nabote baka anza kulapa paka vile. 32 Toka pale, bakafika pafinashi banaita Gestesemane na Yesu akaambiya banafunzi bake:« Ikaleni apa wakati mta omba.» 33 Akabeba pamoja naye Petro , Yakobo na Yoana, Kisha akaingiya mu mawazo ya uzuni munene na roho yake ika anza kuhangaika . 34 Akawambiya « Roho yangu ina uzini katusana tubyakufwa. Mubakie apa mu keshe.» 35 Yesu akaenda mbele kiloko, aka anguka chini na aka anza kuomba aseme kama itawezekana, saa ile yende mbele mbari naye. 36 Akisema :«Wangu Baba bitubyote bina wenzikana kwako. Sukuma mbari mami poko hii. Lakini isikuye mapendo ya roho yangu Lakini yako.» 37 Anarudia akawakuta wanalala na akasema na Petro: «Simoni, unalala? Ha uwezi kukesha ata saa moya? 38 Kesha na ku omba juu usianguke pale uta jaribiwa . Roho ina yala na kutaka lakini maungu iko na buzaifu.» 39 Akaenda tena ku omba eko anaru dira masemo ile ile. 40 Akarudia tena ana bakuta bakulala, juu macho yabo ili kuwa buzito sana na ha bakujuwa atakya kusema na Yesu. 41 Akarudia kwabo mara tatu, Akasema nabo:«Munalala tu na muna endelea tu na kupumuzika. Ina tosha. Saa ina enea Mwana wa Mutu beko banamukabula ku mikono ya watenda zambi. 42 Simameni, twendeni. Muone, wakunikabula mwenyewe anafalika kazibu. 43 Pale alikuya angali kusema, Juda ye uyu, mumoja wa bale kumi na mbili, akafanika na kikundi kya watu mingi sana benye kuwa na mipanga, bengine miti vile bali batuma kuko bakubwua ba batumishi ya Mungu, nabale ba andika amri ya musa na wazee. 44 Ule alimukabula Yesu alipata bale alikya nabo kanuni moya, aseme: «tumitakumbatia na kumu salima kwa kinwa njo yeye. Mumu bambe muzuri na mutembeye naye benye kumuchuga muzuri. 45 Pale tu Yuda anafikia, akaenda mara moja kule kuko Yesu, nakusema:«Mwalimu.» na akapatia yambo kinya kwa kinwa. 46 Bakatia mikono yabo yulu yake na kumubamba. 47 Pale pale, mumoja wabo akatisha mupanga na akapika Mutumishi wa kiongozi wa bale Batumishi bakuchoma ma toleo mu nyumba ya Mungu na akatamuka lisikiyo. 48 Yesu akawambiya:«munaniku iya sawa kwamwiji, na mipanga na miti juu ya kunifunga ? 49 Wakati nilikuya kati Yenu, niko banafudisha masiku yote katika hekalu, hamu kunibambe. Lakini hii yote ilifikaka juu maandiko yenane. 50 Nabo bote balikuyaka pamoja na Yesu bakamukimbia na kumwacha. 51 Mutoto mwanaume alianza kumufwata, na aliwala bule nguo yakuf inika pakitanda. Bale bale batu banamubamba, akakimbia bundi tu, 52 aka acha nguo ile. 53 Wakaenda na Yesu kwa kule kiongozi wa batumishi bale bana chomaka matoleo muhekalu, njo kule bakubwa bote na batumishi baku meza ya nyumba ya Mungu walikusanika, na wazee wote, na wale wana andika sheria ya Mungu. 54 Petro alimufata nyuma kiloko naakangia ndani ya lupango ya ule mukubwa kub natumishi bote na aka ikala pamoja na bajamu kuota moto. 55 Ule kiongozi wa batumishi bakuma meza ya ndani ya nyumba ya Mungu, na kinkundi kyote kya bakubwa ba kakatafuta ma ushuda yakumuangusha nayo Yesu juu ya banaume. Lakini habkupata. 56 Juu bamingi balileta ushuda wa bongo juu yake, na yote haikwanze kupatana. 57 Mwengine walimama na kuleta ma ushuuda ya bongo juu yake bakasema: « 58 Tuli musikiya kusema : "Ntavunja hii hekalu yenge kujengwa na mikono ya watu na kisha siku tatu, mita jenga ingine pasipo mikono?» 59 Ata kwa ile yote, paka habakupatana tu. 60 Ule mukubwa wa bale banachomaka matoleo ndani ya nyumba ya Mungu akasimama katika yaona kumu uliza Yesu: «Hakuna jibu? Ni nini watu wote wana shu udia juu yako?» 61 Lakini yeye alibakia kimia bila kujibu. Mara tena, ule mukubwa wa banye bana chomaka matoleo ndani ya nyumba ya Mungu aka mu uliza na kusema : «Jee, weye njo Kristo, mutoto wa ule mubarikiwa?» 62 Yesu akajibu: «Njio ni miye na utaona Mwana wa Mutu, wakati ataikala ku mukono wa ku ume ya ile uweza na eko nashuka toka mbingu.» 63 Ule mkuwa akapasula ma nguwo nakusema:«hakuna tena faida na baku shuudia?» 64 Munejisikilia mwe benye matusi yake. Sasa muna bamba kanuni kani?» Nabote bakamambo yake aseme anstahili kufe. 65 Wengine waka anza kumutemea mate, bakamufunguwa kumacho, nakupika makofi na kumwambia:«Tabiri sasa.» Ba soda bakamubulula na kumu pika. 66 Hivi Petro aliwa tupale ndani ya lupango, mutoto mwanamuke moya mutu wa kazi munyumba ya ule kiongozi wa bale bana chomaka matoleo mu nyomba ya mungu akafika kwake. 67 Aka muona Petro vile alisimama karibu na moto juu ya kuota. Akamwaria muzuri kisha akasema naye: «Naweye ulikuya naye uyu waku Nazareti, Yesu.» 68 Lakini yeye aka kana, nakusema:« Si juwa sisikie unasema.» Kisha tena, akatoka inje ya mpango. Na jogo akalia. 69 Lakini ,pale, ule mutoto mwanamuke mutu wa kazi akamuona tena, aka anza ku onesha batu basimama pale aseme: « Uyu mutu ni mumoja wabo.» 70 Lakini akakana tena. Kisha saa, wala walishimama pale wakasema na Petro:«Kweli tu uko mumoja wabo, juu na weye uko mutu wa Galilaya.» 71 Sasa pale, akaanza kujitakia malaana nakulapa:«Simuyume ule mutu ule munasemea.» Pale, 72 Jogo akalia mara pili. Na Petro akakumbuka ilemaneno Yesu ali mwambia kaseme: «Mbele ya jogo aliye mara mbili, utanikana mara tatu.»Akaliya na machozi mingi sana.
1 Asubuhi sana wakuu wa makuhani bali kutuna pa moya na bazee na baandishe na na baraza nzima ya bazee. kisha bakafunga Yesu, bakamupeleka kwa Pilato; Pilato akamwaliza, uko mufalme wa bayahudi? 2 Akakjibu, unaishasema. 3 Wakuu wa makuhani baka eleza mashitake mengi ju ya Yesu. 5 Pilato akamwuliza tena haokuletajibu: huona na mna banakushitaki na mambo mengi. 4 Lakini Yesu hakumjibia Pilato, na hiyo ilimshngaza . 6 Wakati wa sikkuu, kwa kawaida kumfungulia mfungwa moya , mfungwa balimwomba. 7 Kwa kawaida wakati yasikukuu kumfungulia mfugwa moya , mfungwa bali mwomba katika Gerezani pamoja na wahalifum miogonni wa wauaji na waliosi balitumikia makosa yao. kulikuwa mtu moya na jina Baraba. 8 Umati balikuya kwa Pilato, na kumwomba afanyekama alifanyaka huko nyuma 9 Pilato akawajibu na kusema " munataka ni bafungulie mfalme wa bayhuda ? 10 Juu aliyuwqa ni sababu ya wivu wakuu wa mukuhani balikamata Yesu na kumpeleka kwake. 11 Lakini wakuu wa makuhani walituna umati kupiga kelele kwa sauti ya nguvu umuatshe Barabas . 12 Pilato akajibu tena na kusema nifanye nini na mfalme wa bayahudi? 13 Bakapiga kelele tena akufeku ku msalaba 14 Pilato akasema" anafanya mambo gani mubaya? Lakini baka endeleya kupga kelele zaidi wa zaidi: akufe ko musalaba. 15 Pilato akitaka kufuraisha umati, akabafungulia . Akampiga Yesu fimbo kisha akamuleta baende komuuwa ko musalaba 16 Ma askari wa limuingisha Yesu ndani ya kambi na wali ita kilosi yote. 17 Bakamuvalisa Yesu kanzu ya rangi ya muekunda, na baka soKota taji ya miiba bakamweka. 18 Bakanza kumusalkimia na kusema : salam mfalme wa bayahudi. 19 Bakampiga ko kicho kwa riani na kumtupia mate. Bakapiga magoti mbele yake 20 kisha kumsumbua bakamtosha kile kanzu ya mwekunda na bakamuvalisha nguho yake . Na bakamtoa na kwenda kumuuwa ko msalaba . 21 Bakalazimisha mumpitanjia kumsaidia, alikuwa na ingiya mongini kotoka shamba Anaitwa Simoni mkirene ( baba yake iskanda na rufo): bakamlazimisha kubeba msalaba wa Yesu 22 Askari bakampelaka Yesu fasi inayitwa Goligotha (ilebanaita sehenmu yafuvu la kichwa ). 23 Bakamupa pa mvinyo ile inachanganyika na manemane, lakini hakukunywa. 24 Bakamutiya komsalaba na batagawanya nguhoyake. Bayipigia kura kwa kuyuba kipande atapatakila askari. 25 Ilikwa saa tatu asuuhi balimu tiya ko msalaba. 26 Bakaweka juu yake kumbao, baliandika: " mfalme wa bayahudi" . 27 Balimutiya ko msalaba pa moya na bamwizi wawili. moya upende wake wakulia na ingine kushoto yake . 28 njo voile mandiko ilitimizwa ya kusema walimuwa fasi moja na watenda mabaya. 29 Nao balikuwa banapita balintukana, bakitikisa kichwa yao bakisema " aha!" we ulitaka kouunja kanisa na kuijenga kwasikutatu. 30 Uzi okoe we mwenyewe na ushuke chini kutoka msalaba 31 Kwa namna ile ile wakuu wa makuhani bali mutukana bakisemeza na pamoya na waandishina kusema, aliwaokao wengine lakini hawezi kujiokao mwenyewe. 32 Kristo mfalme wa Israel, shkachinisasa kutoka msalabani, ili tuwezekuona na kwamini na wale balikuwa na kumsalaba pamoyanayepia balimucheka 33 Ali fika saa sita, giza ilikaja juu ya inchi yote hadisaa tisa . 34 Wakati wa saa tisa Yesu alipiga kelele kwa sautikubwa:" Eloi, Eloi lama sabatani" iki wa na maana "mungu wangu, mungu wangu kwa nini unaniacha? 35 Bengine balisimama pale , balisikiya bakasema muone anamwita Eliya 36 Mutukoya akakimbia mbiyo, akabeba sponji na kuiweka juu ya muti wa mwanzi akampatia akunye, mutu moya akasema ngoya toone kama Eliyaa atkuya kumshusha chini. 37 Kisha Yesu akalia kwa sauti kubwa na kukata roho. 38 Nguo ya hekalu ikapasuka kipande mbili kutoka yulu mpaka chini . 39 Ofisa moya alikuya kusimama mbele na Yesu, aliona kama , akasema" kweli huyu mutu alikuwa mutoto wa Mungu. 40 Pale pia bana muke balikuwa na angalia kwa mbali kati yao ilikuwa, Mariamu Magdalena, mariamu mama yake ya Jake na Yakobo moloko yakenayose na Salomé. 41 Wakati ali kuya Galiya balimufata na kumtumikia, na bana muke bengine mengi pia balipanda na ye ko Yerusalemu. 42 Katika busiku ilikuwa siku ya kutegeneza sabato. 43 Yusufu wa Arimathaya alikuya pale. Alikuwa moya katika baraza wa eshima ule alikuwa na ongolea ufalme wa Mungu. akayenda na nguvu yote kwa Pilato na kuomba mwili wa Yesu. 44 Pilato akashangaa kama namna Yesu alikufa akayita yule ofisa aka mwuliza kama Yesu alikufa. 45 Wakati alisikiya na ofisa kama alikufa akamparusa na Yusefu kubeba mwili. 46 Yusefa ananunua nguo ya sanda. Akamutosfa msalabani akamfinika na nguo bakamzika ndani ya kaburi balichimba mulijiwe. Kisha akafunga mulangu ya kaburi na lijiwe. 47 Mariamu Magdalena na Miriamu mama yake na Jose baliona namna Yesu alizikwa.
1 Wakati siku ya Mungu ilipita Maria Magdalena na Maria mama yake na Yakobo , na Salomé, balinunua malasi muzuri, yakuweza ku pakaa mwiliwa Yesu ajilli ya maziko. 2 Asubuhi sanasiku ya kwanza ya juma balienda kwenye kaburi, wakati jua ilitoka. 3 Wakisemezana kati yao, nani atatosha jiwe mbele ya kaburi ajili yetu . 4 Wakati balikuwa na zumuza baliona mtu anaisha kotosha jiwe ambayo ilikuwa kubwa sana. 5 Bakaingia kwenye kaburi, na baka mwona kiyana anavaa kanzu meupe ana ikaa upande wa kulia, na wakashangaa. 6 Akabaambia, msiogope mnamtafuta Yesu wa Nazareti, uyu balitungika. 7 Mwende mkawaambe banafunzi wake na petro ya kuwa,anabatangulia ku Galilaya, kule ntamwona kama alikuwa na baambia 8 Bakaondoka na kukimbiya kutoka kwenye kaburi , balitetemeka na balishangazua . habakusema hata kitu na mtu yote sababu baliogopa sana. 9 Asubuhi sana katika sikuya kwanza ya juma kiisha ya kufufuka alimto kea kwanza Maria Magdalena ambayo kutoka kwake alimtosha mapepo saba. 10 Alionadoka na kuwaambia wale balikuwa pa moja naye wakati balikuwa na huzunika na kutosha machozi. 11 Balisikia kwamba iko mzima, na alkiomekana na ye. Lakini habakumwamini 12 Kiisha hayo, alitokelea katika namna tofauti kwa batu bengine bawili wakeati balikuwa na tembeya kotoka katika mongini. 13 Balienda na kuawaambia banafunzi bengine baliobaki lakimi habakwa amini. 14 Kiisha hayo Yesu akatokea kwa bale kumi na moya balikuwa ku meza na akawaambia tena sababu na kukosa kuamini kwao na ugumu wamioyo , kwa sababu habakuwaamini bale balmwona nyuna yake kufufuka koka kwa wafu. 15 Akabaambia, mwendeni dunia wote na kuhubia injili kwa viumbe yote . 16 Yule ataamini na akabatizwa,ataokelewa , na yule asiyeamini,tahukumiwa. 17 Angalia ishara hizi zitaambatana na wote waamini. Kwa jina yangu batafukuza chitane, batasema kwa lughamppya. 18 Batabamba nyoka kwa mikono yao na hata bakikunywa kitu yote ya kifo. Wataweka mikono kwa bagonjwa nao batakuwa bazima. 19 Kiisha ya bwana kusema nao, akachukuliwa juu mbinguni na anakaa komkono wa kiume wa Mungu. 20 Wanafunzi walienda na kuhubikila fasi, na bwana ali kisha mwito wao na miudiza
1 Batu mingi barikuya mukazi ju ya kwanjika maulizo kwa mambo iliti mizika kwetu. 2 Kisha mambo yote baritutumia taugia mwanzo, batu benye bali ona na bari kuya batumisha ba neno. 3 Ni kwaile, mimi tena, mimeona mueuri kuji tambuza vile kwanza mwanzo na kwandika kwako, kaki tabu ju ya leta oda ya muzuri sana kwa Teofilo. 4 Ninataka kwa ufahomu wa kweli kwa mafundisho bari baripata. 5 Na wakatiwa Herodi mufalme wa Wayuda, kulikuya mukuhani mukubwa kwa jina ya Zakaria, wa arikumu nkunji ya ba padri ba mu abiya. Na nuke wakizazi ya Aroni jina yake Elisabeti. 6 Na bote bawiri barikuya benye kweli mbele ya Mungu, bari heshimiya makanuni na mafundisho ya Bwana. 7 Na bakukuye na mtoto, sababu Elisabeti hakukuya mwenye kuzala, na bote miaka yao ilikuya kupita kwa ile wa kati. 8 Siku nioja Zakaria alinza kufwanya kazi ya upadri mbele ya Mungu, na ilikuya wakati ya kinkunji yake ju ya kutumika. 9 Kufwatana desturiya ku pika kwa baritafuta kuhani ule ata saidia kazi na bari beba na ku muingiza ndani ya tempelo ya Bwana ju ya kuchoma ubani. 10 Na kinkunji ya batu kiri kuya mu maombi inje ya wakati ya matoleo ya ubani. 11 Na malaika ya Bwana alimutoke kwo mukono wa kuume kusimama kumazabau ya ubani. 12 Na kionyesho ya malaika, Zakaria anachanganyikwa na ku ogopa. 13 Na malaika akamwambia: «Usiongope Zakaria sababu maombi yako bana ishikiya. Na bibi yako Elizabeti atazala mtoto mwana une na bata mupanga jina lake Yoane. 14 Na ataku ya alamaya furaha na shangwe batu bamingi ba rifiraha kuzarika kwake. 15 Na atakuya mukubwa mbele ya Bwana, na hata kunwa mwinyo wala pombe ya makari sana. Na ata jazwa na roho mutakatifu kutokeya muntumba ya mama yake. 16 Na Israeli mingi batagenza uso waokwa Bwana. 17 Batatembeya mbele ya Mungu, na roho muta katifu na nguvu ya Elia, kugenza mioya ya wa baba kwa watoto babo, na kuwagenza mu ujambazi wao kwa kutembea kwa akili ya benye heki, wala kutengene za kwa Bwana kikunji kilio tengenzwa. 18 Zakaria akamwambiya malaika: «Mimi tayi fahamu maneno hii mufano kani, kwa sababu minesha kuya mzee?». 19 Malaika akamijibu: « Niko Gabriele, ule anashimama mbele ya Mungu. Na minu barinituma ju nikuone na nikupashe habari njema. 20 Tazama, hautasema tena, utakuya bubu paka siku ile maneno hiyi itafanyika, kwa sababu hau kuamini sauti ya ma sauti yangu, nayo ya talimiza kwa wa kati yake. 21 Nabale batu barimu chunga Zakaria na barianza kushanga wakati aribakia saa mulefu ndani ya nyumba takatifu. 22 Na wakati aritoka, asikusema tena, nabaritambua kusema aripata maonyo ndani ya nyumba takatifu. Na arianza kusumburia nabo paka kubilole tu. 23 Na wakati irieneya ya kazi ku malizika aritaka na arienda kwake. 24 Nakisha wakati bibi yake Elizabeti arikuya na mimba, kisha miezi tano arianza kufichama, nakurisemeya yeye moya. 25 Tazama hivi Bwana ananite ndeya; aritazam macho yake kwangu na kunitosha haya mbele ya watu. 26 Na mwezi wa sita wakati ya mimba, malaika Gabrieli bari mutuma na Mungu ku muji wa Galilaya kwa jina ya Nazareti. 27 Kwa kijana mwana muke arikuya bekira muchumba wa wa Yusufu, wa mu kizazi ya Daudi. Bikira huyu njina yake ilikuya Maria. 28 Malaika arikuya kwake ku mwambia: «Salamu, kwako kwa weye Mungu arikupa neema nukubua, Bwana eko pamoja naweye.» 29 Sababu ya neno hiyi arisikitika sana na akaji uliza ju ya meneno hiyi. 30 Na malaika akamwambia: « Ushiongope, Maria sababu unapata neema mbele ya Mungu. 31 Tazama utapata mimba na utazala mtoto mwana ume bata muyita Yesu. 32 Na atakuya mukubwa, bata muita mwana wa Mungu wa juu mbinguni. Na Bwana Mungu ata mupa kiti kambo yake Daudi. 33 Na atwala mashiku kwa mashiku mu nyumba ya Yakobo na hamuta kuya tena mwisho ya ufalme wake». 34 Na Maria aka sema na malaika: « Maneno hiyi ita namuna kani? kwa sababu sijuwe mwana ume?» 35 Na malaika arimujibu: « Roho mutakatifu itashuka yulu yako na nguvu ya juu ita kufunika kwa kiuvuri. nikule mtoto atazalikwa mutakatifu, na bata muita mwana wa Mungu. 36 Nautazame Elizabeti na ye alipata mimba ya mtoto mwana ume mubuze bwake, na eko na mimba ya miezi sita; yeye barianza kucheka kama ashi zalake (tasa). 37 «Hakuna kile kiko nguvu kwa Mungu». 38 Maria akasema : Tazama mimi ni mutumishi mwana muke wa Bwana. «Na ifwanike kwangu sawa vile bana isema !» Na malaika arimwacha. 39 Na wakati ile Maria arienda kuingiya mu muji wa mulima wa Yudea. 40 Aringiya kunyumba ya Zakaria na arimulamukiya Elizabeti. 41 Kisha Elizabeti kushikia jambo ya Maria, na mtoto aritingizika ndani ya mimba. Na Elizabeti arijazwa na roho mutakatifu. 42 Na akasema kwa sauti ya nguvu: « Umebarikiwa katika bana muke bote, na ibarikiwe tunda la tumbo yako. 43 Ma neno hiyi watokea wapi, mama wa Bwana wangu anaku ja kwangu. 44 Na kisha ku masalimiya na kushikiya sauti ilifika kwa Maria na mtoto alitenga ndani ya ntumbo yake. 45 Heri kwa yule ona amini, kwa kupokeya ile Bwana arisha kusema. 46 Kisha Maria akasema: « moyo wangu unamusifu Bwana. 47 Na roho yangu ina furahi ndani ya Mungu. yeye Bwana na mukombozi wangu. 48 Aritazonia macho yake ju ya kija kazi wake na bizazi bitaniita heri. 49 Maana mwenye nguvu ana fwanya matendo ma kubwa kwngu na jina lake ni mutakatifu. 50 Na rehema yake niyulu ya bizazi na bizazi, bina mu ogopa. 51 Aritenda nguvu kwa mukono wake; Na ariza mbarisha mawazo yao ya kiburi. 52 Ana angusha bakubwa mubichi biabo. Na anapandisha bale ba kurishusha. 53 Na bale bari kuya na yala anabajibisha na bintu bizuri, lakini benye mari, anaba fukusha kwa mikono yabo ya wazi. 54 Arikuya kuba saidiya wa Israeli kma mutimishi wake, na ju ya kuonesha buluma yake. 55 (Kama aribaombiya wa baba yabo). Abrahalmu na kizazi yake hata milele. 56 Maria ariikala na Elizabeti kuribu miezi tatu, kisha yake ariluria kwake. 57 Sasa kuzala kwa Elizabeti ku na kuya, na arizala mtoto mwana ume. 58 Ba jirani yake na jamaa yake wakati barishikiya neno hiyi. Kama Bwana arimushikiria buluma, na arifurahi ndani yake. 59 Na shiku ya munane barikuya na mtoto ju ya kumu peleka kumukanda. Na barimuita «Zakaria» kwa jina ya baba yake. 60 Mama yake akajibu akisema: « Jina yake ni Yaone». 61 Waka mwambia : « Mu jamaa hamuna ule anaitaiwa njina ile». 62 Bari muelezea baba yake kwa na alama yabilole ju babape njina ya mtoto. 63 Bari muleteya ka lubao ju anjike jina ya mtoto: «njina lake ni Yaone» Na bote barishanga. 64 Na mara moja kinua chake kilisema akaleta njila na aka msifu Mungu. 65 Na boka iri bakamata bote barijungulukiwa na muji ule. Na munulima ya Yudea. 66 Na bote barishikiya maneno haya, balipasha na kusema: Huyu ni mtoto wa mufano gani? Na mu mukono wa Bwana ulikuya pamoja na yeye. 67 Na Zakaria alijazwa na roho mtakatifu, na ari taburi na kusema: 68 «Abari kiwe Bwana na Mungu wa Israeli sababu aribatembeya watu wake, naku wa ombea tena» 69 Ametunya nyilu nguvu na woko mu jamaa wa Daudi, mutumishi wake. 70 Ni ile aritabiri kukinua chake na ba takatifu bote tangiya zamani. 71 Na wokovu wetu kwakutu komboa kwa mikono ya adui zetu bale baritu chukiya. 72 Arionesha uruma wake wake kwa baba yetu, nakuku mbuka agano ta katifu. 73 Kufuatana na kiyapo kile ari mulaka baba yetu abahamu na anatutimizia. 74 Kisha kututosha mu mikono ya ba dui zetu, inapashwa ku mogopa na kumuomba. 75 Ndani ya utakatifu na uhaki wa maisha yetu yote kuwatazanua siku yote ya maisha yao. 76 Na weye mtoto yangu utaitwa nabii wa aliye ju kwani utatembeya mbele ya Bwana ja ya kumu te ngenezea nja. 77 Na kuleta kwa watu wake akili na wokovu kupitiya ku usema ya zambi yao. 78 Na Mungu wetu atatu hurumia kupitia ku rehema yake. Na ile rehema itafa nanishwa na jua ya asubuyi ju ya kuangaza toka ju mbinguni. 79 Na ataangaziya bale bote beko katika ngiza na mu kinvuri ya mauti. Na ju ya kuongoza mi guu yetu kwa njia ya salama. 80 Kisha mtoto alianza kukomeya kwa roho mutakatifu. Alikuwa anekaa mu jangwa mpaka siku alianza kutoka mbele ya watoto wa Isreali.
1 Muile masiku, mufalme kubwa Waroma, yeye Kaisala Agusito aka andika mupango moyaku kibarua na kusema watu wote wa mu engo yake be ba balule na kuba andika kufwatana na bizazi na migine. 2 Ile kazi ya kuji andikisha ku bizazi njo ilikuyaka ya kwanza, ni ile wakati kileniusa ali anza kuongoza inchi ya salia kama liwali. 3 Batu bote ba anza kwa kuji andikisha kila mutu ku mugini ya kizazi. 4 Njo pale Yosefu naye akatoka Nazaleti jimbo la galilea, juu akafike kwabo kujimbola Yudea, mu mugini ya Daudi, jina Befelehema, juu ali kuwa mutu wa kizazi kya Daudi. 5 Ili pasha ende aka andikishe yeye na Maria, mtoto mwanamke ule alichala amu owe, pale eko na mimba. 6 Wakati bangari pale, ika enea wakati wake wakuzala. 7 Akazala mtoto mwana ume, kuzala kwake kwa kwanza, aka mu vwika na kumufunika bya baridi na kumu larisha mu kimbao mwa kurisha ba nyama, juu hakupata chumba ya kuripia mu nyumba kuna fikiaka bageni. 8 Karibu na mugini kuli kuya bachungaji bali anza kulisha ma nyama yao busiku na juwa beko mupori. 9 Kushituka hivi, malaika wa Bwana aka ba tokelea, na utukufu wa Bwana ika wa angazi fasi yote bali ikala, baka ogopa sana. 10 Ule malaika aka ba ambiya « Musi ogope juu mina mile tea habari ya muzari, yenye italeta furaha kwa kila mutu. 11 Kuna zalikwa juu yenu, siku ya leo, mu mogini ya Daudi mukombozi yeye njo Kristo, ye Bwana. 12 Hii njo alama ya kuyuwa mtoto: Mu taku ta mtoto wa kuzaliwa leo, bana mu vwika na kumufunika bya baridi, ban mu larisha mukibao kya kulisha banyama. 13 bashituke tena kinkindi kinene kya ba soda bamu mbingu, baka kuya kuchangana na ule malaika, baka imba na kutukuza Mungu aseme: 14 « Utukufuni yako Mungu mule mu ma mbingu ya yulu kupita, na apa padunia, kimia iwe kati kati ya batu bale bana mufuraishaka. 15 Pale bamalaika banarudia ku mbingu, bale bachungaji wa one shana aseme: « Twendeni sasa paka ku Beteleheme tukaone hii mambo ina tokea mo, ile Bwana an tu onesha. 16 Baka enda mbiyo kule, bakakuta Maria na Yosefu na mtoto analala mukibao kya kulisha nyama. 17 Wakati wali ona bileryote, raka anza ku onesha batu bote ile mambo yote ila bafikaya yulu ya mtoto uie. 18 Bale bote bali anza kusikiya habari ya mtoto bali shangala san bile ba chungaji. 19 Pale Maria, alianza kuwazawaza yulu ya hii maneno yote alisikia, ali ichunga sana mu roho yake. 20 Kisha bachungaji bakarudiya beko na tukuza na kusifo Mungu kwa ile yote bali ona na kusikiya, kufwatana naile yote bali bambiyaka. 21 Pale siku ya munane, njo siku yakumu tengeneza bwanaume baka mupa jina la Yesu, jina ile malaika ali letaka mbele mama apate mimba. 22 Bwingi bwa masiku ya kutakasa wa kuzala ili enea, kufwa tana na sheria ya Musa, Yosefi na Maria bakamupeleka ku hekalu ku Yelusalema juu bamu oneshe mbele ya Bwana. 23 Ina andikwa mu sheria ya Bwana: « Kila mtoto mwana ume wa kwanza, bata mupa ye Mungu. 24 Bakafika batoe na sadaka juu ya mtoto vile ina andikwa mu sheria ya Bwana: « ba njiwa ba pori bawili wa kiume na wa kike ao bitoto bya njiwa ya mugini mbili. 25 Kumbe kuli kuyaka mze moya anaitwa Simeoni. Mutu uyu ali kuyaka wahaki na ku ogopa mungu sana ali kuya eko na ongolea pale Israeli ata faridiwa na roho mutakatifu ali kuya yulu yake. 26 Bali mufuliaka maonyo kwa njia ya roho muta katifu ya kusema hawezi kufa asiya ona masia wa Bwana. 27 Siku ile, Simeoni aka sukumiwa na roho mutatifu a kuye mu hekalu. Na njo saa bazazi beko naleta mtoto Yesu juu ba enesheye kila kitu sheria inalomba. 28 Aka mubeba mtoto mu mikon yake, aka mwabudu Mungu na kusema . 29 «Bwana sasa acha mutumishi wako ende na kimkia kufwatana na kusema kwako. 30 Juu macho yangu ina ona wokovu wako. 31 Ile ulitenge nezea bizazi byote: 32 Ni mwangaza juu ya ku onesha wazi masiri ku ma bizazi bingine tena utukufu ya watu wako wa Israeli. 33 baba yake na mama yake bali kuya bali kuya beko na shangala tu ku bile byote bali anza kusema yulu ya mtoto. 34 Simeoni a li ba barikina kusema na malia mama yake: « Uyu mtoto anawekwa ju ya kwangusha aba na kulamusha batu mingi kati na Isreali na atakuya kama mwenye ata lamusha bubishi. 35 Na kisu ta kutobolaka roho yako juu mawazo ya batu mingi itokeepeupe 36 Kuli kuyaka na mwanamke nabii jina lake ana, mtoto wa fanueli, mu kizazi cha aseri ali zeeka sana. kwanza buyana bwake, ali olewaka, ana fanya tu nyaka saba, Bwana akakufa. 37 Ali bakiya mujane myaka makumi munane na ine, asi anze kwacha nyumba ya Mungu na ku itengeneza na kufunga chakula juu ya maombi busiku na mu juwa. 38 Ile saa ile, naye akafika pale beko na aka anza kushukuru Mungu tena aka anza ku ambiya maneno ya mtoto ku batu bote bale bali anza ku ongolea kukombolewa kwa Yelusalemu. 39 Wakati bazazi ya Yesu bali isha kufanya kila kitu sheria ya Bwana inaomba, bakarudiya ka ku Nazareti, mgini yabo ku Galilaya. 40 Mtoto aka komeya na kukuya nguvu, ali ongezeka muhekima na neema ya Bwana ili kuwa yulu yake 41 Bazazi yake bali anzaka kwenda kila mwaka ku Yelusalama juu ya furaha Pasaka. 42 Pale ali enesha miaka kumina mbili, akapanda pamoya na bosawa zoezi ku ile furaha. 43 Kisha masiki ya furaha kuisha, barudia kwabo, kumbi mtoto Yesu ali bakiya mu Yelusalema, lakini bazazi haba angarishisha muzuri. 44 Muku waza aseme eko tu mu katikati ya batu bali anza kurudaia nabo baka tembea siku muzima njo bakashituka njo ba anze kumu tafuta ku ba nduku na ku ba rafiki. 45 Hivi haba ku muone, bakarudia paka Yelusalema kumu tafuta. 46 Kisha siku tatu ba ende kumu pata ndani ya hekalu anaikala katikati ya balimu, eko nabasikiliza naku ba uliza. 47 Bote balishangaa sana ku ona akiriyake na majibu yake. 48 Pale bali mu ona, na bo vilevile bu i shangala sana na mama yake akasema naye: « Mtoto yangu, juu ya nini unetufanya hivi? sikiya, baba yako na miye tuko tuna kutafuta na boka sana.» 49 Aka baambiya: « Muna nitafuta juu yanini, hamujuwe kama mina pashwa kwikala mu nyumba ya Baba yangu.» 50 Lakini bo habasikia ma ana ya ile alisema. 51 Kisha aka enda na bo kurudia ku Nazareti, ali kuya tu wakuba eshimiya sana. Na katika ile ile maneno yote, mama yake alikuya eko na ichanga muzuri ndani ya roho yake. 52 Lakini Yesu aka endelea kukomea muhekima na maungu, na kufura isha Mungu nabatu.
1 Tangu mwika kumi na tano ya utawala wa Tiberio a Kaisari,na ile wakati Pontio Pilato alikuwa liwa liwa Yedea, Herode alikuwa mukuu wa Galilaya, Filipo, ndungu yake naye aliku liwali mukuu inchi ya itu rea na Trakonite, na lisania alikuwa mukuu mu Abilene. 2 Na wakati wa kahani mukuu Anasi na kayafa, neno la Mungu ilikuya kwa Yoane mtoto wa Zakaria, ndani ya Jangwa. 3 Ali kuwa na tombeya mu ma mi ngini ya kari buni na baari ya Yeroni, na ku wubiri ubatizo na kutubu ju ya mu sama wa zambi. 4 Vile imea ndikwa ndani ya kitabu wa nabii Isaya, «sawiti ya mwenye iko na lalamika mu ja ngwa». Tengeneza njiya ya bwa nya, na nui nyoroshe njiya yake. 5 Bonde yote ita ya zwa, na bilima yote na kilima ita kwa a imelalisha chini, na ma njiya mu baya ita kuwa ime nyorosha kabisa, na njiya mubaya ita palu liya! 6 Na batu bote bata ona okovu wa Mungu. 7 Njo mana Yoane alikuwa na sema na makutano bali kuwa natoka ju ba batizawe na yeye, « Niye kizazi ya nyoka! nani ana ba fundisha ku kimbiya bisirani ina kuya? 8 Mu zale matu nda muzuri ya kutubu na musiende kusema ndani yenu, "Tuko na baba yetu Ibrahamu," Ju na ba mbiya kama Mungu iko na uweza ya kutowa kizazi ingine na batoto ku a Ibrahamu. 9 Shoka, ikotayari ju ya kukata mzizi ya muti njo mana kila muti ambae ayi toshe matunda ma zuri ita katiwa na kuitupa ku moto. 10 Kisha, batu wuliza Yoane, tu fanye nini? 11 Na aka ba jibiya na kusema, ule yote iko na nguo mbili atoshe moya na apatiye ule aana nguo, na ule iko na chakula afanye namuna. 12 Na baodhi ya kadi balikuya ju ba batiziwe, "Mwalimo" tu fanye nini? 13 Aka ba jibiya «Musikamate tena pesa mingi zahidi ya ile bana bambiya ju ya kopata». 14 Na baihari bengine bali muwaliza Bali muwuliza, « Na sisi, tu fnye nini?» Aka ba jibia musinyanga nye pesa kwa mtu, na nguvu, no te na mu si « Danganiye mtu na neno ya bongo. Mufurahi na malipo yenu». 15 Vile batu balikuwa na chunga kukula ya Kristo na bugonjwa, bote bali kuwa na jiwuliza ndani ya ma roho kwa aji ya Yoane yeye niKristo. 16 Yoane aliba jubiya na kusema, «Miye nina ba batiza na maji lakini kuko mtu anakuya, iko na nguvu zahidi na miye na miye si na ata uwezo ya ku fungula kamba ya bilao yake, ata ba batiza na roho mulaka tifu na moto. 17 Na ku mikono yake iko na pepeto ju ya kutasha bu chafu yote na kupepeteya ngono na kui kusa nya ngono fasi moya gala yake. Lakini na jani yote ata yitia mote na kuhiluanguza na ile moto ayiku fake. 18 Tena na maonyo mingi, Yaone ali ubiri neno la Mungu Habari njema. 19 Wakati Herode ali kemewa kwa Yoane ju ya ku wawa Herodia, bibi wa ndugu yake, na ma baya ingine pia Herode alikuwa na fanya. 20 Na aliongeza ibi mu ma baya yake, ali funga Yoane mu gereza. 21 Kisha ikafika, wakati batu balibatiziwa, na Yesu pia alibatiziwa. Na wakati aliomba, mbinguni ikafulika. Na roho mutakatifu alishuka yulu yake kama njiwa. 22 Na sawiti ilikuya toka mbinguni, «Weye ni mtoto wangu mupenwa, ndani yako niko na furaha» 23 Wakati Yesu alianza kazi yake, alikuwa na mwako karibuni tatu. Alikuwa (vile balikuwa bana waziya) mtoto wa Yusufu, mtoto wa Eli; 24 Mtoto wa Matatia, mtoto wa Lawi, mtoto wa Melki, mtoto wa Yana, mtoto wa Yusufu. 25 Mtoto wa Matatia, mtoto wa Amosi, mtoto wa Nahumu, mtoto wa Esli, mtoto wa Nagai. 26 Mtoto wa Maati, mtoto wa Semeini, mtoto wa Yusufu, mtoto wa Yuda. 27 Mtoto wa Yoanani, mtoto wa Resa, mtoto wa Serubali, mtoto wa Shealteli, mtoto wa Neri. 28 Mtoto wa Melki, mtoto wa Adi, mtoto wa Kosamu, mtoto wa Elmadamu, mtoto wa Eri. 29 Mtoto wa Yose, mwana wa Eliezeri, mtoto wa Yarimu, mtoto wa Matathi, mtoto wa Lawi, 30 Mtoto wa Simeoni, mtoto wa Yada, mtoto wa Yusufu, mtoto wa Yonamu, mtoto wa Eliyakim. 31 Mtoto wa Melea, mtoto wa Mena, mtoto wa Matha, mtoto wa Nathani, mtoto wa Daudi. 32 Mtoto wa Yese, mtoto wa Obedi, mtoto wa Boazi, mtoto wa Salomoni, mtoto wa Nashoni. 33 Mtoto wa Abinadabu, mtoto wa Aamu, mtoto wa Hersoni, mtoto wa Persi, mtoto wa Yuda. 34 Mtoto wa Yakobo, mtoto wa Isaka, mtot wa Ibrahimu, mtoto wa Tera, mtoto wa Nahori. 35 Mtoto wa Seruig, mtoto wa Ragau, mtoto wa Peligi, mtoto wa Eberi, mtoto wa Nashari. 36 Mtoto wa Kenani, mtoto wa Arufaksadi, mtoto wa shema, mtoto wa Noa, mtoto wa Lameki. 37 Mtoto wa Metusaeli, mtoto wa Enoka, mtoto wa Yeredi, mtoto wa Mahaleli, mtoto wa Kenani. 38 Mtoto wa Enosi, mtoto wa Seti, mtoto wa Adamu, mtoto wa Mungu
1 Kisha Yesu kujazwa na roho mukatifu akotoka ku mutoni wa Yordani na aka kwenda jangwani kwenye roho alimongoza. 2 Akafanya kule ma siku makumi ine b ila kula chakula ya yote na shetani aka mujaribu kule wakati alikuwa na njala. 3 Hiblisi shetani akamwambiya kama weye ni mutoto wa miungu sema na majiwe iyi ikuwe mikate. 4 Yesu aka mujibu mutu awezi kuhishi tu mpaka na mukate. 5 Kisha habilisi shetani aka mubeba yule , ya mulima na aka monesha makao ya duniya muzima. 6 Shetani akamwambiya nita kupa ufulme wa duniya mzina na uta itawela kwasababu duniya muzima iko chini ya ulingi wangu na nita weza kumupa mutu yoyote minapenda aitawale. 7 Lakini kama una nipigiya magoti na kuni ni abudu ita kuwa chini ya ulinzi wako. 8 Na Yesu akamujibu akasema , imeandikwa uta muabudu baba mungu wako na kumutumikiya ye mwenyewe 9 Kisha shetani akaenda na Yesu ku Yerusalemu na akampandisha yulu kabisa ya nyuma ya ekalu na akisema , kunma weye juko mutoto wa mungu uji tupe chini. 10 Kwa sababu imeandi kwa ata tuna bamalaika bake kuya kuku chunga. 11 Na bamalaika bata kubeba katika mikono yobo juu mikulu yako isi konge majiwe. 12 Yesu akamujibu na akasema usi jaribu baba mungu wako. 13 Kisha shetani kuisha kumi jaribu Yesu , akatoka na kwenda lwake , juu ya kuchunga wakati ingine . 14 Kisha Yesu akarudi Galilaya kwa nguvu ya roho mutakatifu na habari yake ika tawala jimbo mzima . 15 Na aka anza kuhubiri ku makanisa yote kidogo ( sinagogi) na kila mutu aka musifu. 16 Siku moya akaenda Nazareti mugini wenye alikomaliya, kama ili kuwa desturiyake aka ingiya ndaniya sinagogi siku ya sabato, aka sibama akanza kusoma mahandiko. 17 Bakamupa kitabu kya na bii Isaya aka fungula buku, na akaona fasi moya yenge kwandikiwa ivi. 18 Roho wa Mungu eko juu yangu , kwa sababu alinipakala mafuta juu ya kuhubiri habari njema kuba masikini ananitu ma n sema na bafungwa kama bata funguliwa na bale basiye ona kama bataona na kumaliza mateso ya bali benye kuteswa. 19 Nitangeze kama mwaka iyi Mungu ata one sha mamulaka yake. 20 Na kisha aka funga kitabu na aka murudishaya kuhani wa sinagogi . 21 Akanza kuzungu muza nabo akisema , leo makandiko iyi ina timilika kwa kila mutuana isikiya 22 .Na kila mutu aka suhudiya wakati bali musikiya eko nasema na ba ka shangaa sana sauti ya uwezo yenye ilitoka ndani ya linywa kyake na bakisema uyu njoo mtoto wa Yesfu ao apana. 23 Yesu akababambiya munipe mahana ya adisi iyi Munganga ana jitungaka ya mwenyewe , mambo yote tulisikiya ulipanya ku Capernaumu uifanya na umu mumugini yako. 24 Na aka ba hambiya kusema , kwe li na myambiya akuna nabii ata moya bana mupatishiyaka eshima ndani ya mugini wake, 25 Lakini na myambiya kweli kulikuwa ba jane ba mingi wakati ya nabii Eliya ndani ya Ismael lakini wakati mungu alifunga nvula muda wa myaka tatu na nusu na njala mukubwa ilikuwa katika inchi muzima. 26 Lakini Eli mungu haku mutu ma kunyumba ya kila mujane apana lakini alienda ya Serepta karibu na mugini wa sidoni. 27 Na tena kuli kuwa batu ya mangojwa ya bukoma bamingi sana wa kati ya nabii Elishala kini bote aba kuponeshwa apana, mpaka naamane mtu wa Siri. 28 Wakati bali sikiya mambo iyi bantu yote baka silika . 29 Baka sibama na kumu sukuma atake inje ya mugini na baka mupeka mpaka ngambo ya mulima, pembeni ya mugini yabo juu ya kumu tupa chini. 30 Yesu akapita na kimya kati kati yabo na akaenda lwake . 31 Kisha aka shuka Capernaumu katika inji ya Galilaya aka anza kuhubiri batu siku ya sabato . 32 Batu bakashangaa sana wakati alikuwa na hubiri kwa sababu ali kuwa na hubiri kama mufulme . 33 Na kulikuwa na mutu moya myenye alikuwa na mapepo muchafu, aka lala mika kwa sauti kubwa . Yesu wa Nazarethi mambo kani weye na miye? 34 Una kutuwaribu? Na juwa kama weye ni mutakatifu wa mungu. 35 Yesa aka ikemeya pepo na kusema nyamaza kimwa , na toka ndani ya mutu uyu napepo i;ka mutupa ule mutu chini kati ya batu na ikatoka bila kumu umiza wa shida lolote. 36 Batu bote bakashangaa nabaka anza kusemaya ma ajabu ile kila mutu na mwenzake bakisema iyi ni mambo gani? Ana amuru pepo muchafu kwa utukufu na pepo mbaya inatoka? 37 Na ivi abari ya Yesu alitembeya majimbo yote ya kando kando. 38 Kisha Yesu akatoka ndani ya mugini iyi akenda kuigi yanda ni ya nyumba ya Simoni na mukwe ya Simoni alikuwa ngonjwa sana na baka muomba amuguse. 39 Na Yesu aka musogele ya na aka ikemeya magonjwa na magonjwa ikatoka mara moya, na aka sibama aka anza kumutumikiya . 40 Wa kati ya mangaribi, batu baka muleteya Yesu bagonjwa ya kila namuna na Yesu aka weka mikonon yulu yabo na bote bakapona . 41 Na mapepo muchafu ikatoka ndani ya bengine bangonjwa na pepo ika anza kulala mika " uko mutoto wa mungu " Yesu aka ikemeya mapepo na akupenda tena iseme kwa sababu mapepo ili juwa kama yeyeni Kristu. 42 Na asubuyi mapena Yesu akatoka na akaenda jongwanifa si yenyewe akuna batu na batu mingi balianza kumu tafuta, bakafika fasi yenye we alikuwa na baka muomba sana askitoke na kwenda mbali ya mugini yabo. 43 Lakini aka wajibu ina nipasha sana nyende ni ka hubiri habari njena ya ufalme wa Mungu katika migini mingi yote nani kwa sababu ya ile njo njolitumiwa hapa duniyani . 44 Na kisha akaendeleya kuhubiri ndani ya ma sinagogi ya migini yote ya Yuda.
31 Basi alipofika wakati kikundi ya batu, ba likuwa na kimbiliya baribu ya Yesu dju kusikia neno ya Mungu, alisimama pembeni ya mayi Genesareti. 2 Aliona mashwa mbili yenye ili fungirua pembeni ya mayi. baloba samaki benye balishuka ndu ya kusukula makila yabo Yesu alipanda ku mushua moya inye ilikua ya Simoni na kumwambiya aende mbali kidogo ndani ya mayi, kisha akaikala ndani ya mashua na kufundi kikundi 4 4 Wakati alimaliza kusema, akambiya Simoni: "sogeya ku mayi ya mingina utu pemakila dju makila dju ulobe samati" 5 Simoni akajibiya: "Mwalimu, tu na tumika busiku muzima bila kupita kitu. Lakini dju ya sauti yako, niko nantupa makila". 6 Balifanya na kukamata samaki ya mingi, mpaka na makila yabo ilipasuka. 7 Bakaenda kuita benzabo bamashwa ingine ba kuye kubasaidiya, balikuyta na baliyaza mashua yote mbili mapka nagisi ba kanza kuzama mu mayi. 8 Lakini Simoni Petro, wakati aliona ile najitypa ku migulu ya Yesu na akasema: "zogeya mbali na miye, bwana, dju niko mufanya zambi". 9 Alishangala na benye balibalikwa naye pamoya dju ya ki loba samaki yenye balifanya. 10 Na balikwona Yakobo na Yoani, batoto ya Zebedayo bote baloba samaki na Simoni. Kisha Yesu aka semama Simoni: "usiogope djunda kufanya muloba ba samaki mwana ume". 11 Wakati balienda ku leta mashua yabo ku bulonggo, bali atsha yote, na ku mufate. 12 Alikwa dani ya mugini ya apo na akakuta mutu moya mwenye ana yala na ma gonjo ya ukoma. Aka ona Yesu, akanguka sura yake kubulongo na kuomba anasema: "bwana, kama upenda, una weza kunitakasa". 13 Sasa, Yesu aka nyorosha mokono, ku bagusa na kusema: "na ipenda, upone" na pale, ukoma akatoka. 14 Yesu akabambiya basi ambiye ata mutu oya. Aka mwambiya: wende uka ji uneshe ku ba kuba kuhani (ba padri) na upane sadaka ya utakaso ya sawa sawa na Musa ali amuri, ita kuwa chunda kwabo". 15 Balikwa na sema habariyake mana na mara bitundi binene ya batu balikua na dichanga dju ya ku mutchunga na dju ya kupona na bugodja yabo. 16 Yeye aliditocha dani ya fasi ya tshangwa dju ya omba. 17 Siku moya ya masiku, alikwanafundicha. Mafarisayo na ba mwalimu ya shiriya balikwa na ikala, balikwa na tokeya kumigini yote ya Galilaya, ya Yudea na Yerusalemu, na uwezo ya Mungu ilikwa pomoya naye kumuponesha. 18 Kisha batu bakafika bana beba kila ko mutu ndani mwenye alikwa na ugodja ya kupoza, balikwa na tafuta ku muingiza na ku mutia mbele yake. 19 Gisi abakuwa kwa na djuwa wapi ndjo bamuingiziye dju ya bikundi ya batu, bali banda djuu ya nyumba na ku mushusha ule mutu chini kupitia vigae, juu kilago yake katikati ya makutano mnele ya Yesu. 20 Aliangali imani yabo, Yesu alisema: "mutu, zambi yako inasemelewa" bafarisayo na bandishi baka anza kusema sema: " yeye ni nani, uyu, mwenye anatukana Mungu?". 21 Una anaweza kusameta mazambi kama aiko Mungu ye peke?" 22 Lakini Yesu aliyuwa ma wazo yabo, kulomba yabo: "dju ya mimi muna ji uliza maswali mingi yenye aina mahana dani ya moyo yenu". 23 Kinini kenye kiko kiateketeke, kusema: zambi ya imesamelewa" ao kusema:" sima na utembeye?". 24 Eh muzuri, dju muwe kama mutoto iko na uwezo yulu ya dunia dju ya ku rumiya ma zambi, na isema:" simama, beba kitanda yako na rudiya kwako". 25 Na pale pale, mutu akasimama mbele yako, na kubeba kirago yake naka ingiya kwake ku nyumba na kutuza Mungu. 26 Bate ba likwa na shangala na kumutuza Mungu, baliyala na boga, balikwa na sema: "tuna ona leo bitu bikushangazua sana". 27 Kisha ile, alitoka na kuona mutu moya wa balisha kodi ku jina ya Lawi ana ikala dani ya ku kusanya ya kodi. Aka mwambiya: " unifate". 28 Lawi ali atsha yote, kusimama na kumufata. 29 Lawi akafanya feti kubwa dani ya nyumba ya dju ya Yesu, kulikwa balipicha kodi ba mingi na bengine batu benye kupita wa kati muzuri ku meza nabo muku kula. 30 Bafarisayo na ba ndishi balisema na baka mbiya bana funzi:"dju ya nini muna na muna kunya na balipishi kodi na ba fanya zambi?". 31 Yesu akabajibiya na ku bambiya ivi: "aiko benye afia muzuri djo bata tafuta munganga, lakini, ni benye bana gondja njo bana tafutaka banganga. 32 Na kuya kuita lakini apana ku ukumu, lakini ba tenda dju ba okoke". 33 Baka mwambiya: "bana funzi ba yohanibana funga sana na kufanya maombi, sawa na banafunzi ba ku farisayo, kisha bangu bana kula na ku kunyua". 34 Yesu akamabiya: "inaweza kana mwambiye ba rafiki ya bwana ku kila tshakula wakati yenye bwana ikonabo?. 35 Siku ita kuya yenye ba bwana yabo bakabatoka, ku ile siku bata kila tshakula". 36 Aka bambiya tena neno kwamufano:"mutu asi pasule kipande ya nguo ya mupia dju ya kushona ku nguo ya zamani. Baka ifanya, bata pasula nguo mupia, na kipande ya nguo ya mu pia aita pataria na ngauo ya zamani. 37 Na akuna mutu mwenye ata tshangapanbe ya mupeya kwenye biriba byengine, kwengeni dirai ya mupya ina pasulaka yengine, bana tubu na bengine bana poteya. 38 Djoma na mutiye ppmbe ya mupya dani ya yengine ya mupya. 39 Na mutu kisha kunywa pombo ya zamani, na awezi kuunya mupya kwani ata sema: "ya zamani iko butamu".
1 Kwa kuwa Yesu alikuwanapita siku ya sabata ku mashamba ya nafaka, nan banafunzi wake balikuwanacima masake na kuiyasuguasugua kati ya mikono na kuikula. 2 Bamoja ya bafarisayo bakasema: «Jya nini munafefanya biti enye inakataliwa na sheria siku ya sabata?» 3 Yesu anbajibia na akasema, « Hakusoma enye Daudi alifanya wakati alisikia njala, yeye na batu yake? 4 Alingia mu nyumba ya Mungu na akakamata mikate mitakatifu akaikula na anabapatia batu yake, hata koma ilikuwa alali kwa makuhani kuikula.» 5 Kisha akabaambia: Mutoto wa Mutu ni Mfalme wa sabata» 6 Siku ingine ya sabata, Yesu alingia ndani ya sinagogi na akafundisha batu. Pale kulikuwa matu moja mwenye muko,no wake ya kulia ilikatika na imeregeya. 7 Baandishi na ba farisayo balikuwa banamwangalia Yesu kwmakimi ju ya kuona kama atamu ponesha mutu siku ya sabata, kwa ajili ya kupata sababu ya kumustaki kwa sababu anavunja sheria. 8 Lakini alijua mawazo yabo na akamwambia ule mutu,«Lamuka, simama hapa kati ya aba bote» huyo mutu analamuka na akasimama pale. 9 Yesu akabaambia,«Nabaliuza ninyi, inaruhisiwa siku ya sabato kufanya mazuli au kufanya madahara, kuponyesha maisha au kuipoteza?» Kisha akabaagalia bote na akamwambia ule mutu, 10 « Nyolisha mukono wako.» Akanyolosha mukono na akapona. 11 Lakini baliyazwa na hasina, bakaseme sana bao banyewe kuhusu nini ya kufanya na Yesu. 12 Inafika ilie siku enye Yesu alienda kuomba yulu ya mulima , na akaipitisha usiku mzima kuomba Mungu. 13 Asubuhi, akbaita banafunzi wake na akabachagua kumi na mbili ndani yabo, benye alibaita pia « Batume» 14 Bajima ya bale batume ilikuwa simoni (mwenye alimwita Petro) na Andrea ndugu yake, Yokobo, Yohana, Filipo, Bantolomoyo, 15 Mathayo, Tomaso, na Yako mutoto waAlfayo, Simoni, mwenye alitwa zelote, 16 Yuda mutoto wa Yakobo na Iskariote, mwenye alikuwa msaliti. 17 Kisha Yesu alitemuka pamoja nabo kutoka mulima na kusimama fasi tambanane. Kikundi kabambi ya banafunzi balikuwa pale, pamoja na kikundi kabambi ya batu kutoka uya hudi na Yerusalemu, na kumusitoka pwani ya Tirona sidoni. 18 Balikuya musikiya na kuponyeshwa na magonjwa yabo. Batu balikuwa banateswa na mapepo chafu balipona pia. 19 Kila moja kwenye ali kikundi alikuwanatafuta kumusa, kwa sababu nguvu enye ilikuwa natoka mwake na kubaponyesha wote. 20 Kisha akabaangalia banafunzi yake, nakusema, « Munaribikiwa ninyi ba masikini, kwa maana ufalme wa Mungu iko yenu. 21 Munabarikiwa ninye benye muko na njala sasa, kwa maana mutashiba. Muna bariki ninyi banye munalia sasa, maana mutacheka. 22 Munabarikiwa ninyi benye batabachukia, kubatupa tubatukona kama bapagano ju ya Mutoto wa Mutu. 23 Mufurahi kwa ile siku namuruke na furha, kwasabu malipo iko mbinguni, kwa maana ba baba yabo balifanya vile vile na banabii. 24 Ole yenu yenu batajiri! kwa sababu mutaikuwa na njala nyuma. 25 Ole ya bale banacheka sasa sababu batalia na batakuwa mu kilio nyuma. 26 Ole yenu wakati batu bote banasema buzuli bwenu! Kwa maana baba yabo balifanya banabii bongo. 27 Lakini nabaambia ninyi benye munanisikia, mupende badui yenye na mubafanye masuli kwa bale benye mubafanyemazuli kwa bale benye banabashikia. 28 Mubariki bale benye banabaloumuna mubaomba bale banabatesa. 29 Mutu akikupiga sharu moya, umugeuzie na ingini ya pili. 30 Kama mutu anakunya nganya joho yako, usimukaze na kanzu yako. Mupatie mwenye anakulomba. Mutu akikunyanganya bitu yako, usilombe akurudishie. 31 Enye unapenda bakufanyize, uiya ifanya na bengine. 32 Kama munapenda tu bale benye banapenda, ile ni malipo gani kwenu ? Sababu hata bapagani banapenda bale benye banapenda. 33 Mutapata nini kwa kufanya uzuri kwa bale tu benye banabafanyiziaku uzuri? Kwa sababu hata bapagano pia bana fanya vile. 34 Faida gani mutapata kwa kukopesha mutu ju abrushie tena? Hata bapagano banakopeshana bao benyewe na banachunga kupokea sawa sawa na makuta enye balikopesha. 35 Lakini mupende baadui benu mubafanye muzuri. Mubakoeshe beta kuchunga babarudishie na malipo yenu itakuwa kabambi . 36 Mukuwe na huruma, kama baba yenu anayo. 37 Musisambishe na habatabasambisha. Musilaani, na niye hamutalaaniwa. Musamehe ju mutasamehewa. 38 Mabape bengine na batabatia. Iyi njo kiasi kizuzuhi kenye kitamwa mu magoti yanu kwa sababu kwa kipimo yeyote enye mana tumia kwa kupima, kwa ile ile kipimo nyo batabapimia niye. 39 Akabaambia mfana.« Mutu wakukufa macho ataweza kumwongoza mwenze yake wa kukufa macho?Akafanya vile bote ba wili bataanguka mu shimo moja? 40 Mwanafunzi hawezikuwa mukubwa kupita mwalimu wake, lakini mutu yote akifushwa kwa uka milifu atakuwa mwalimu yake. 41 Ju ya nini basi unaono kibanzi ndani ya macho ya nduguyake na hauone boriti (buchafu) enye iko mu masho ? 42 Namuna gani unaweza kusema ndugu nikutishe buchafu ku macho yaka kama haone enye iko ku machowako? Munafiki (Mutu sura mbili)! Tosha kwanza buchafu mwako, kisha utoshe ya mwenze wako. 43 Hakuna muti muzuli enye inatosha matunda mabaya, wala muti mubaya inatosha matunda mazuli . 44 Kila muti inajuilikana kwa matunda yake peke. kwa sababu habaweze kuchuma tini kutoka ndani ya miba, wala habawezichuma zabibu kutoka kwenye michrigoma 45 Mutu muzuri na mambo mazuri mu roho yake na anatoshaka tu mambo mazuri, na mutu mubaya anatosha mambo mabaya, kwa sababu kwa kuyazwa wa roho syo kinywa inasemaka. 46 Kwa nini mu na niita "Mfalme, Mfale", na hamufanye enye na baambia? 47 Mutu yote mwenye anakuya kwangu, mweny anasikia neno yangu, na anaitia ku kazi, nitabaonyesha na ule mutu mwenye anafanana naye. 48 Ana fanana na mutu mwenye wakati nvula kabambi na mupepo ya ngufu inapika, haikuweza kuaangusha nyumba sababu ilijengewa muzuli. 49 Lakini ule mwenye anasikia neno yangu bila kufanizia anafanana na mutu mwenye alijenga nyumba yake yulu ya bulongo bila msingi (lijiwe). Mwana mpepo wa nguvu inakuya na inavuvundikama yote.
1 Kisha Yesu kumaliza mambo yote alikuwa na sema kubale,benyewe balikuwa na musikiliza, aka inji ya Capernaumu. 2 Tazama kulikuwa mukubwa moja waba asikari, alikuwa na mutumishi wake moja ali kuwa mugonjwa karibu na kufa. 3 Na wakati mukubwa waba askari alisikiya abari ya Yesu, aka tuma bazee ya Yuda, bamu ombe Yesu akuye kuponesha mutumishi wake. 4 Wakati balifika karibu na Yesu, baka muliliya sana kwanguvu, bakisema, anastahili umufanyizeye mambo yenyewe ana kuomba kwa ajili ya mutumishi wake, 5 kwasababu ana penda sana taifa yetu na niyeye njoo alitujengeya inagogi mugini yetu. 6 na Yesu akaenda nabo njiya moja, na wakati balifika karibu na nyumba, mukubwa waba askari ule alibatuma akakuya tena na Yesu akisema: « Bwana usi jichoshe na kutembeya kwa ajili ya kufika kwangu, kwasababu sina mwenye haki, juu weye uingiye ndani ya nyumba yangu. 7 Nikwa sababu ya hiyo njooatami, mwenyewe, sikuweza kuya kwako, lakini na mutumishi wangu atapona. 8 Kwa sababu na miye vile vile niko naba askari chini ulizi wangu, nikisema na moya kuya na ana kuya nikisema na mwzngine kwenda naye anaenda na nikasema na mutumishi wangu fanya ivi na anafanya vile. 9 Wakati alisikiya na sema ivi aka shangaa sana, akageuka na kuhangalia batu yote balikuwa na mufwata, akisema, hata katika israeli bado siya ona mutu mwenye kuwa na imani mukubwa sawa huyu. 10 Nakisha bazee bale balitumiwa, bakarudya na baka kuta mutumishi ule kuwa mugonjwa ana pona. 11 Kisha wakati kidogo Yesu akaenda ku muji, moya unaooitwa Naïni,banafunzi bakaenda pamoja naya na na ba kaanza kuongeya na kikundi kya batu. 12 Nawakati balifika pembeni ya mulongo wa mugini ule. baka kutana na mahiti ya mutoto mwanaume wa mama moya mujane (veuve), alikuwa na mutoto mpaka moya tu, na mohiti ilikuwa ya kubebe wa nabatu bamingi sana. 13 Wakati Yesu akaona mama uyu mujane mulikuya, aka musogeleya musikiliya uruma sana, na akisema naye «Ulisikiye.» 14 Kisha aka sogeya pembeni ya sanduku ba kasimama, kisha Yesu akasema naweye lamuka. 15 Mukufi aka sibina aka toka ndani,ya sanduku na akanza kuongeza, na kisha Yesu aka mupatishia mama yake. 16 Kisha batu bote baka ogopa na baka anza kutukuza Mungu; baki sema, nabii mutukuza, ana jito keza nadani yetu, na Mungu, ana kumbuka batu bake . 17 Habari iyi Yesu ili tawala katika miji yute ya Yuda na majimbo yote ya pambeni. 18 Bana funzi ya Yohane baka mwambiya yaono mambo yote iyi. 19 Naye akatuma bana funzi bake bawili mwende muka mulize Bwana asema weye njoo uju tuko na chuga ao kuko mwengine mwenye kuya nyuma ? 20 Wakati bakafika pembeni ya Yesu bakasema, Yohane mbatizayi ana tutuma kwako kusesa, weye njoo ule ata kuya ao kuna mwengine tumu chuge? 21 Na wakati ile Yesu alikuwa akiponya batu ba mugonjwa mbali mbali na ku fukuza mapepo chafu, nabale bote kiwa bipofu baka ona. 22 Yesu akabajibu na kusema, wakati mutarudiya kwenye mulitika mwende muka mwambiye Yohana mambo yote munaona, na kusikiya, Bipofu bana ona, bilema banatembeya babukoma banaposhwa, ba sipo sikiya, bafu bana fufuka, na kuwa tena bazina, masikini banapewa habari nsema. 23 Na habarikiwe mutu wote anaye nyamini mimi kwa sababu ya matendo ya maajabu. 24 Wakati bana funzi ya Yohane bakarudiya, Yesu aka anza kusema kwa ajili ya Yohane mbele yabatu bote, kitu gani mullienda kwangaliya pangwani? muti yenye ku tikisika na pepo ? 25 Sasa mulienda kwangaliya nini ? kwangaliya mutu mwenye kuvala manguo ya beyi, kwasababu batu banye kuvalava manguo babeyi ao ya muzuri ikalaka ndani ya manyumba ya ba falme. 26 Basi mulienda kule kwangiliya nini ? nabii, kweli nina baambiya uyu pita ata nabii. 27 Huyu njoo mutu ule mandiko ilisemaka tazma na tuma mjumbe wangu mbele ya macho yenu, yeye ata tengeneza njiya kwa ajili yangu. 28 Na myambiya, mutu wote aliye zaliwa na mwanamuke akuna mukubwa kupita Johano lakini ule mwenye ata mudogo mu ufalme wamungu yeye ana mulita Yohano bukubwa. 29 Wakati batu bote baka sikiya ivi, pamoja naba kongolaji kodi bakasema na kutangaza ya kama Mungu ni mwenye haki kabisa . Na kulikuwa pale batu baliyobatizwa na Yohano. 30 Lakini bafarisayo na bahandishiya sheria ya ba Yuda bale basipo pata ubatizo wa Yohano bakapinga kabisa mambo ya Mungu kwasababu ya kujuwa mingi. 31 Tena nitaweza kuba nafananishana nini ? batu yz kizazi iki ? banafanana na, nini? 32 Bana fanana an, nabatoto benye kucheza katika soko, bana ikala na kuitana moya kwa moya, bakisema, tuna pikafilimbi juu yenu lakini amukuya kucheza, tunaimba mimbo ya kiliyolakina amuliye. 33 Yohana mubatizazi alikuya akuandukula chakula, wala akuwa na kunywa pombe na mukasema, eko nomopepo muchafu. 34 Mtoto wa Mutu ana kuya na ana kula na kunywa, lakini munasema nimulafi, na ni mulevi, rafiki ya ba ko,golaji kodi na bapagano. 35 Lakini hekima ina onekana na kutambulikana kuwa haki ku batoto bake bote. 36 Mutu moja waba farisayo aliomba Yesu bende ba kakule pamoja naye, kisha Yesu kuingiya ndani ya nyumba ya farisayo akaikala kumeza kwa ajili ya kula, 37 angaliya kulikuwa mwanamuke moja wa zambi ndani ya muji ule,aka juwa kama Yesu ikondani ya nyumba ya ya nyumba ya farisayo aka ingiya ndani na chapa yake mafuta ya beyi. 38 Aka sibama nyuma ya Yesu pembeni ya mikulu yake, akaliya sana na machozi yake ika mwangika ku mikulu ya Yesu kama vile mayikisha aka anza kupnguza ayo na nyewele yake kisha akabeba mafuta ya beyi kamli aka mupakala Yesu ku mikalu. 39 Na ule farisayo aliye mwalika Yesu, wakati alipaona ivi akasema ndani ya roho yake, kama mutu uyu angeli kuwa kuwa nabii, kama anzeli tambuwa hari ya mwanamuke uy kama ni nani ao ni mkutu wa haina gani anaye mugusa, kwa sababu ni mwenye kujazwa zambi 40 .Yesu aka jibu na kumwambya Simoni niko naneno ya kukwambiya akasema « Sema tu mwalimu.» 41 Yesu akasema, kulikuwa na tajiri moya aliye kopesha butu mbili na ndenisana na wa pili alikuwa ndeni kidogo. 42 Lakini haba kuwa na gisi yakulipaiyo madeni, namwenye feza aka bahurumiya bote mbili, kati ya batu aba bawili nani atafurayi na kupenda zaudi. 43 Simoni akasema ni ule alikuwa na ndeni ya mingi zaudi, Yesu akasema naye: « una weza» 44 Kisha Yesu aka geuka na aka mwangaliya mwanamuke ule, kisha akasema na Simoni una ona mwana muke uyu, nilingiya ndani ya nyumba yako lakini ahukinipatishiya mayi juu ya kuosha mikulu yangu, lakini yeye ana niokesha kwa machozi yake, alilombanisha mikulu yangu na akaipa nguza na nyele yake 45 Haukunibusu lakini yeye ana nibusu kumikulu yangu 46 Haukunipakala mafuta kumikulu yangu, lakini yeye ana nipa kala mafuta kumikulu na mafuta ya beyi kali. 47 Kwa sababu yake, nakwambiya kama alikuwa na zambi mingi sasa ivi yote inasemahewa kwa sababou ana onesha upendo wake kubwa, lakini kwa ule mwenye kuwa na upendo kidogo na ana samehewa kidogo. 48 Kisha akisema na mwanamuke«zambi yako ina samehewa.» 49 Bale alikuwa na kula nabopa meza baka anza kusemezana huyu ni mutu wanamunagani ? Mwenye kuwa na uwezo ya ku samehe zambi? 50 Na Yesu aka mxambiya mwanamuke imani yako ina kuponesha, kwenda na amani.»
1 Kisha masiku kiloko, Yesu aka enda safari kupita ku mingini ya munene na ya kiloko, kwenda kubiri na ku itangaza habarinjema ya ufalme wa Mungu. Banafunzi yake bote bali eana bote kumi na mbili. 2 Na pale banamuke ba moya bale bali poneshewa ku magonjwa na ku mapepo muchafu: saw malia waku Magadala ule bali mutoshaka demona saba. 3 Na Yoane, bibi wa kuza, wakuchunga bitu bya mu nyumba ya Herodi, na suzana, na bengine bamingi. bali toshaka bitu byabo na kulisha Yesu na batu bake. 4 Wakati kikundi kili nenepa karibu naye, batu baku toka migini mbalimabali wakafika pale. Yesu akaleta mfumbo. 5 «Wakupanda mbeko aka anza kumwanga. Pale eko na mwanga mbeko, kipande moya ika angukia pembeni ya njia baka ikanyanga, na ba ndeke ba kaikula yote. 6 Kipande ingine ika anguka kwenye maibwe na kiloko tu ina ota na tena ina kauka juu pale pa maibwe palikosa bulongo na mai. 7 Mbeko ingine ika anguka katika mi iba. miti ya mi iba ika ota an kufunika ile mbeko. 8 Lakini ingine nayo ika anguka ku bulongo muzuri na ika zala matunda mara mia ku mwisho Yesu akalalamika na kesema «Wa masikiyo ile ya kusikia, asikiye». 9 Njo wana funzi wake waka mu uliza maana ya mfumbo hii. 10 Aka wa ambiya : «Kwe nu myenye, bane mipa kujuwa koma siri ya ufalme wa mungu, lakini ku bale benini, ni mfumbo tu juu, pa kwangaria, basi one kitu, pa kusikiya, bashi sikilize kitu. 11 Musikiye sasa ma ana ya ile mufano: mbeko ni neno la Mungu. 12 Ile ili angukia pembeni ya njia, ni bale bakusikiya neno sasa shetani kuya na kubeba ile neno iko ndani ya roho juu basi amini na basi weze ku okoka. 13 Tena, ile nayo ili anguka pa maibwe, ni bale bana pokeyaka neno na furaha pale beko na ihubiri, lakini bana kosa mizizi, bana iamini tu saa kiloko, kufika saa ya kujaribiwa, bana anguka na kucha. 14 Ile nayo ili angukia kati ya mi iba, ni bale ban sikiyika neno katika njia ya imani bana funikwa na mawazo ya mari na furaha ya dunia hii, na pale matunda yabo ha ifike muku ivya. 15 Na yenye kwangukiya pa bulongo muzuri, bana i chunga nguvu na ika zala matunda na kuvumilia mateso. 16 Hakuna mutu ana wakishaka tala aiweke chini ya kibakuli ao chini ya kitanda. Lakini bana iweka yulu yaka meza karefu juu yangaziye batu bote baone mwangaza. 17 Kwa mana, hakuna yenye kufichaka kitabakiya tu kufichama, hakuna ata siri ile itabakiya tu pasho ku vu mburika, na ku oneshwa jua kati. 18 Muweke akiri ku ibiniko nasema: Juu kwa ule ekona kitu batamu ongezea, lakini kwa ule hana, na ile kiloko eko nayo, bata mu nyanaganya yote. 19 Kisha ile, mama yake na banduku yake ba kafika. Habakuweza ku mu ona juu yakinkundi kinene. 20 Mujumbe aka mwmbiya: «Mama yako na ba nduku yako beko inje, banapenda mu onane». 21 Yesu akabajibu: «Mama yangu na banduku yangu, ni bale beko na sikiya neno la Mungu na ku itumikia» 22 Siku moya, Yesu akapanda mu mutumbwi na banafunzi yake. aka ba ambiya «Tuvuke twende ile ngambo ingine». Bakao ndoka na Yesu akalala. 23 Pale beko naenda pa mati pepo ya nguvu ikala musha mawimbiya nguvu na mutumbwi ika anza kuyala mayi, na baka kuya tu karibu bakufwe pamai. 24 Banafunzi yake Yesu, bakafika na kumulamusha na kisema naye: «Bwana mukubwa, Bwana mukubwa, tuna kufwa» pale analamuka aka fokeya ile pepo na kulamuka kwa mawimbi na byote bika kuwa kimya kabisa. 25 Kisha aka sema na bo « Imani yenu iko wapi?» baka sikia boka na kushangala, na ku ambiana uyu kwa uyu: «Ni nani uyu, ana leta oda na pepo na mai bina musikia na ku acha?» 26 Baka vuka na kufika ku inci ya ba Gerasini, na angaliana na inchi ya Galilea. 27 Pale tu ana shuka na kuweka mukulu chini, mutu moya wa mu ile mugini ali yala ba demona aka simama mbele yake. Ali kawa kapasho nguo na halale mu nyumba, pakamu ma tubari. 28 Pale ana ona Yesu akalalamika na kwa nguka mbele yake. Akasema tena na sauti ya nguvu asema «Ni nini katikati yako na miye Yesu, mtoto wa Mungu aliye juu zaidi? nakulomba, usini hangaishe». 29 Juu Yesu alianza ku ifukuza ile pepo muchafu itoke mwa ule mutu. Juu ali anza kulamuka mara na mara ata bana mu funga minyololo ao nkamba ingine, ao bana leta jamu kumu chunga, alia anza kukata minyololo na ma demona ita musukuma aende paka mu jangwa. 30 Kisha Yesu aka mu uliza : «Taya jina yako.» Yeye aka jibu «Mimi ni kundi ya vita». Juu bale ba demona ba mingi bali yala ndani yake. 31 Na baka anza kumulomba Yesu uruma, asibatupe mu njimu ya bafu. 32 Na pale karibu pali kuyaka nkundi munene ya ma ngulube. bali anza kubarisha pakirima pale. Ma demona baka mu lomba ebatume ata kati ya ba ngulube bale. Aka ba ichikiya. 33 Njo ba demona ba katoka mwake na kwingiya mu ma ngulube na ile nkundi yote ikajitupa mule mu mayiyi ile, na kufwa. 34 bale bachungaji bama ngulube bali ona hii mambo, baka kimbia na kwambia mugini yote kufika na kutu mifini tuloko vile mambo ili pita. 35 Batu mingi na bo ka kaenda pale ba one mambo kaeibu. Wakati balifika karibu na Yesu, na ku ona ule mutu ana isha kwikala ku mikulu ya Yesu na kuvwala ma nguo, na akiri yake sawa, bakasikia boka sana. 36 Bale bote onaka ile mambo ili pitaka, bali anza ku onesha ku bengine vile mutu wama demona ali pana. 37 Batu baile ngambo yote Gereseni baka mulomba Yesu ende ngambo ingine juu bali mushikiya Yesu boka. aka panda mu mutumbwi aende. 38 Ule mutu ali toshewa ma demona akamu lomba Yesu ende naye. Lakini Yesu aka mu rudisha aseme. 39 Rudia mu jamaa yako na uka ba ambiye bitu bikubwa ibi mungu anakufanisha. Mutu aka enda akatangaza katika mugini yote bitu Yesu alifanya juu yake. 40 Wakati Yesu ali rudiaka ngambo ya kule alitoka, batu mingi bana mupokelea, juu bali anza kumu ongelea. 41 Mutu anaitwa Yairo, mu muja kati ya biongozi ya sinagogi. Aka anguka ku mikulu ya Yesu na aka mubembelesha aende naye kwake. 42 Juu mutu yake mwana muke, moya tu alizal, wa myaka kumi na mbili, eko karibu na kufa pale Yesu eko na ende kule, kikundi kikamu zunguka. 43 kumbe mukundi muko mama moya wa magonjwa ya kutoka damutangia miaka kumi na mbili, feza yake yote ili isha ku bamunganga bote, asipate kupona. 44 Aka enda nyuma ya Yesu na aka bamba ku nchongo ya kanjoya Yesu, na paka pale, kutoka damu ika acha 45 Yesu aka uliza: «nani mwenye ana niweka mukono?» Batu bote baka bisha pale, njo Petro aka sema naye: «Mwalimu, kikundi kinazunguka ngambo na ngambo». 46 Lakini Yesu akasema «Mutu moya anani bamba kuma nguo juu minasikia nguvu ina nitoka». 47 Mwana muke ule akasikiya haya akashindwa kufichama, aka anza kutetemeka, aka anguka chini mbele ya Yesu, akasema mbele ya batu bote vile ali bamba ku kanjo ya Yesu na vile ali pona paka pale. 48 Kisha Yesu akasema naye: « Mtoto yangu mwna muke, imani inaku ponesha wende na salama» 49 Pale Yesu eko nasema il, mutu wakutoka kwa mukubwa wa sinagogi akasema : «Mtoto mwana muke wako anakufa. Umu ache mwalimu aende yake.» 50 Lakini pale Yesu alisikia ile aka mwambiya baba yake : «Usi sikiye boka kuwa tu na imana, na mtoto atapona.» 51 Pale balifika kule ku nyumba, alika taza batu bote kwingiya mu nyumba. Akaingiya paka na Petro, Yaone na Yakobo pamoya na baba na mama wa mtoto. 52 Bale bote bali kuwa ndani ya nyumba bali anza kuria na kulalamika juu ya mtoto. Lakini Yesu akasema «Mwache kuria, analala, asikufe.» 53 Baka cheka Yesu na kazarau juu bo bali ona mtoto vile anakufa. 54 Lakini Yesu aka mu bamba mtoto ku mukono na akamwita na sauti ya nguvu: «Mtoto yangu lamuka.» 55 Roho yake ikarudia, akasimama pale pale. Yesu aka ambiya bazazi bamupe mtoto chakula. 56 Bazazi yake bali shangala san lakini Yesu aka bacha oda basiseme na mutu ile maneno yote ili pita pale.
1 Kiisha, bwana akachaguwa wengine makumi saba na akawatuma mbili mbili kwenda kwa migini iliyo kuwa mbele yao. 2 Akasema "shamba ni kubwa, lakini watu ja kazi si wengi mu mwambiye mwenye shamba atume upesi watu ja kazi wengine. 3 Mwende katika migine, lakini nawatuma kama kondolo katikati ya wambwa-mwitu. 4 Musipeleke mufuku, saku ao kiato wala musisalimiye mtu kunjia. 5 Mukingia ndani ja nyumba, museme kimia iwe ndani ja nyumba. 6 Na kama mutu wa kimia ako pale, kimia itabaki pale, kama aiko vile kimia ile itawarudilia niye. 7 Mukale ndani ja nyumba ile na kunwa yote wata wapatia sababu kila mu mutumishe anasitahiri kupewa musaada yake musitoke mpaka wakati siku za kutoka inaenea. 8 Na mu gini waki wakarisha mukule ile mu tapewa. 9 Muwaponesha wagonjua na kusema"ufalme wa Mungu inakuya karibu yenu". 10 Na kila mgini mutaingia bila kuwa pokea vizuri mwache ile mgini na kusema, 11 Ata misibebe vumbi ya mgini ile muikungute lakini mujuwe kama ufalme wa mbinguni ni karibu. 12 Na wagulisha kama siku ya ukumu itakwa kidogo kwa sodome kuliko mgine hii. 13 Korazini, na Bethsaida, ole wenu ingekuwa kazi hui, ingefanyika ndani yenu, ingefanyika Tiro na Sidoni, wangekusha kutuba, na kuvala saki na mavumbi. 14 Siku Mungu ataukumu, ukumu Yesu itapita Tiro na Sodoni. 15 Weye Kapernaumu unawaza utapanda mpala mbinguni? Hakuna utatelemuke mpaka kuzimu 16 Mwenye ata wasikia, anisikia, na ule anawakatala, anikatala pia aliye nituma. 17 Kwa furaha wale makuru saba, wakakulia na kusema: Mukubwa, ata pepo chafu wanatii kwa jina yako. 18 Yesu akasema niliona shetani kushuka toka mbingu sawa bombe. 19 Nina wapatia uwezo kutembeya juu ya nyoka, nge na uwezo kwa yote ya giza na akuna kitu kitawasumbuwa. 20 Musiwe na furaha sababu pepo chafu wanatii, mu farahi kama nyina yenu inaandikwa kumbingu. 21 Na wakati ile alifurahi kwa roho ntakatifu na kusema: ni na kushukuru, baba, bwana wa mbinguni na dunia, sababu ulificha maneno hii kwa wenyi ufaamu na wenye mayele na kuioyesha wasipo ufahamu na mayele. Baba, ni ile inakupendezea. 22 Baba anatia vitu biote ku mukono yango, akuna mtu anajuwa mwana, ila baba, na akuna mutu anamiuyuwa baba, ila mtoto, na ule utoto anapenda, kumufungulia. 23 Akangeuka na kusema kwa wenyewe "Heri kwa wale waliona yenye munaona. 24 Nawajushaniye, manabii wengi na wafalme walipenda. Kuona maneno munaona, na waliona makusikia, nawa kuyasikia. 25 Kulikua mwalimu wa sheria, ya kuyaudi, akakuya mujaribu, akisema bwana nafanye je mipate uzima wa milele? 26 Yesu akamujibu: sheria imusema nini? unaisoma namna gani? 27 Akasema na kijihi upende Mungu kwa moyo wako, kwa roho, na nguvu na akili yako, na ndungu ya kama wewepeke. 28 Unajibu mzuri, lakini fanya ile na utaishi. 29 Mwalimu akipenda kuwa haki yeye peke, akamwambia Yesu, nani ndugu yangu? 30 Yesu akamupa jibu akasema "Mtu mmuyo alikuwa akienda Yeriko kutokea Yerusalemu, akakutana na wamwizi, wakamupiga na mukamata yote na kumuumiza karibu fufa. 31 Kwani mmoja alikuwa akipita kwa ile njia, akamwona, akapita pembe na kumwacha pale. 32 Kiisha mtu mwengine, mlawi naye pia alifika kwa ile fasi, akamuona, na apita ayake. 33 Mtu wa tatu, msamaria, alikuwa naye katika safari, apita pale kwenye kulala ule mtu, wakati alipo muona, akasikwa na uruma. 34 Akamusogeleya na kumutunza vidonda na kuifunga, na kumupakala mafuta na divayi na kumutia juu ya punda yake, na kumu beba palipo nyuma ya wageni na akamulisha. 35 Siku zakupita akatowa danari mbili, akapatia mwenye nyumba na akasema naye: mukulishe na yote atakuwa juu kwa kulipa wakali nitarudia atarudisha ayo. 36 Ni nani katika watu watatu nani iko ndugu yake ya kuu ndugu aliangoka kumikono ya wizi? 37 Mwalimu akasema: ni ule alionyesha mapendo kwake," Yesu akasema" wende na ufanye namna ile". 38 Wakatio walianza kwenda, walingia katika mgini moya, mwanamke moja kwa jina Marta alimupoka kwake. 39 Na dada yake Mariamu aliketi ku miguu ya bwana na kumusikia. 40 Yeye Marta, alikuwa na kazi mingi ya kupita chakula. Akakwenda kumuona Yesu, akisema "Bwana, hili akufanye kitu kuona dada yangu ananiachia kazi mimi peke? umupe oda aye anisaidiye. 41 Bwana akamujibu: Marta, Marta, unatesua juu ya vitu mingi, 42 Kitu moya tu inayo faida. Ndugu ya Mariamu alichaguu iliyo mzuri, yenye ahitoshwa kwake.
1 Ile ina fikaka wa kati Yesu ikona omba fasi falani, moya wa ba na funzi yake alisema " mufalme utu fundishe ku omba kama Yohani alifundeshe ku banahunzi ya ke" 2 Yesu aka bambiya " wa kiti muko naomba , musema baba jina yako isifiwe. Ufalme yako ikuye . Uta patiyetsha kula ya kila siku . 3 Utu sameye ana tukoseyaka usituongoze ndani ya majibu". 4 Utu sameye ku ma kasa yetu,gisi tu na sameyaka kilo mutu mwenye ona tu koseyaka usituongoze ndani ya majaribu" 5 Yesu alisema" nani ndani yenu ata kwa na rafika , na ataendaka kwake kubusiku, na kumwambiya : " rafiki ni patiye bipande tatu ya mikate. 6 Dju moya rafiki yangu alisha kunyiya, na sima ata kitu ya ku mupatiya. 7 Kisha ule wa ndani, akamujibiya " usi niuzi mulango ilisha fungiwa , batoto yangu na miye :kulisha kulala ku kitanda. Sita lamuka tena dju ni kupe mukate. 8 Na bambiya ata koma ala muke dju ya kubapatiya mukate sababu uko rafika yake kwa sababu ya kwendela na kumugongea bila shida , ata lamuka na kuba patiya bipande mingi ya mikate yenye unataka. 9 Ndaba mbiya pia "mulombe na bafungiliya . 10 Sababu kila mutu mwenye analomba ana pataka; na mutu mwenye ana tafutaka ana pataka , na mutu mwenye ona kokola bana mufungulia ka 11 Baba gani katiyenu, kama mutoto yake ana mulomba samaki amu patiye nyoka kuliko samaki? 12 Wala koma ana lomba liyayi, amu pe nge ? 13 Sasa, kama ni mwenye be nye muna kwaka na bisilani mu na yuwa gisi gani muna weza ku pona ma zawadi muzuri kwaba ba toto wenu, ni je siyo zaidi sana baba yenu wa mbinguni kusema agta bapa roho muta katifika ku benye bi ko ma mu lomba 14 Badaye , Yesu akafukuza pepo mubaya yenye ilikuwa kwa bubu. Kisha pepo mu baya ikatoka , akasema. Bikundi bya batu balishangala. 15 Lakini begeni balitsheka: "ni kwa belzebul mukubwa wa mapepo mubaya ndjo kwenye alifukuza mapepo" 16 Bengini balimuzaribu na baka muliza alama ya kutoka mbinguni . 17 Likini Yesu ali yu wa ma wazo yabo na aka bambiya : " kila ufalme yenye itaga bulana bawo peke ita vundiwa , na nyumba yenye itagawanika itanguka . 18 Kama chetani ana jigabula yemwe nyewe , sa ufalme yako atasima ma tena? Dju mu na sema na fukuza pepo mubaya ku Belzebul. 19 Kama mina fukuza pepo mabaya ku Belzebul na munu gani ba na fukuza mapepo mabaya ku ji na ya gani . Dju la ile, bata kwa basambishi yenu . 20 Lakini kama mina fukuza mapepo ku kidole ya mungu, basi ufalme wa mungu ili kuya dju yenu . 21 Kama mutu mwenye nguvu ana kwa na slaha yake na kutshunga nyumba yake, bitu biake biko salama . 22 Lakini kama mutu wa nguvu kumu pita ana mupiga (ku muangusha) mutu mwenye nguvu ata mu nyanganya silaha yake, na kubeba mali yake yote. 23 Mwenye aiko pamoya na miye a na ni tshu kiya , na mwenye atusikiliza ne aende. 24 Kama pepo mabaya ma toka dani ya mutu anaendaka fasi yenye akuna mayi ( fasi yaku kauka) dju ya kupumuzika alikaza, aka sema : " ndarudiya ku nyamba yangu kwenye mina toka . 25 Akirudiya , alikutana nyumba yaku fagiliwa na inakwa muzuri. 26 Kisha akaenda beba ma pepo saba ya makali ku mushinda na balikuya bote kui kala pale kisha na hali ya mutu aka kwa mubaya kushinda ile ya mara kwanza. 27 Alifika gisi alikuwa na sema ile maneno, alisikia mwna muke moya akalala mika dani ya kikundi na kusema :" ibari kiwe tumbo yenye ili ku zala na maziba yenye uli nyonya". 28 Lakini yeye aka sema : " bariki bale benye bana sikiya maneno ya mungu na kuitshunga" 29 Wakati bikundi ya batu ina kutaniwa Yesu aka sema " kizazi iyi ni kizazi kiamaovu. Bana tafuta alama , atakama abata ba patiya kutosha alama ya yeno. 30 Dju namuna moya Yona alikwa alama ku batu ya ninawi, na vile na ye mutoto wa mutu atakwa alama dju ya iyi kizazi. 31 Malikia wa kusimi atasimama siku ya kusambishiwa( ya hakumu) na batu ya kizazi iyi na kuba hukumu dju yeye alitoka katika mwisho ya inchi dju akuye ku sikiya hekima ya salomoni, na muone kuko apa mutu wa mukubwa zaidi ya Salomoni. 32 Batu baku ninawi bata simama ndanoi ya hukumu pamoya na batu ba kile kizazi ile siku ya hukumu, dju abo balituka kwa mahubiri ya Yona na muone kuko apa mutu wa munene kuzidiya Yona. 33 Akuna mutu mwenye ata washa tala na kaitiye dani ya giza inone kane ao chini ya kitunga (kikapo). Lakini kiitia yulu yakitu dju mutu yote mwenye ata ingiya aone mwangaza . 34 Hisho ya ko ni tala ya muili kama lishoyako iko muzui muili yako muzima ina yale na mwangaza. 35 Lakini salisho yoko inagondja, mwili ya itayala na giza. Kihunga ayo sana kusudi mwangaza kwako isikwe giza . 36 Kama basi muili ya ko muzima ina yala na mwangaza bila kipande ya giza, kisha mui liyako muzima ita kwa sawa tala yenye iko na ngaza sama kabisi ndani yako" 37 Wa kati ana maliza kusema, mu Farisayo imoya aka muliza dju ya kukula maye ndani ya nyumba yake. Kisha Yesu alingiya na akaikala kumesa. 38 Na mufarisayo ali shangala gisi aku na wa mikono mbele ya ku kula . 39 Lakini bwana ali mwambiya : " mwenye ba Farisayo, muko na sukula inje ya bikombe na ma sani, lakini ndani yenu muna yala na tama na bisilani. 40 Mueye batu benye amuyewe kitu ! ayiko mutu mwenye ana fanya inje ndjo alifanya tena ndani ? 41 Mu patie bamasikini yenye iko ndani, na kisha kila kitu ita kwa muzuri kwenu 42 Lakini a le yenu bafarisayo, djumu ko na lipa kaza ya munana na ya ku njiya na mayoni yote ya bustani (mboga ya bustani) Lakini mu nacha mambo ya haki na mapenzi ya mungu. Mi ya ma ana kufanya tenda mambo kwa ukweli na ku penda mungu bila tatizo ya ku fanya mambo ingine tena. 43 Ole wenu ba farisayo, dju muna pendaka kupata fasi ya kwanza ndani ya synagoga na ma salamu ya hechima kuma heneyo ya batu bote. 44 Ole wenu dju muko kama vile na kabuli yenye aina ata alama ambayo batu bana tembeya yulu ya yo bila kudjuwa. 45 Mwali mu moya wa sheriya ya wa kiyahudi aka mujibiya ana sema : " mwa limu yenye unasema: ina tu tshamba na siye. 46 Yesu akasema : " na ole wenu ba mwalimu ya sheriya ! dju muna badilisha batu na mizigo, nguvu dju ya kubeba , lakini a muguse ata ile mizigo na moya ya bidole yenu . 47 Ole wenu dju mu na jenga na ku weka kumbu kumbu ku ma kuburi ya ba na bii ambayo balibana kuba tate yenu ! 48 Hivi miye ni bashudishi na kukubaliana ;kwa kazi yenye balifanya ba tate yenu, dju baliua ba nabii dju ba mi je ngeye kumbukumbu ndani ya ma kaburi. 49 Kwa sababu iyi sheriya hekima ya mungu inasema: " Ni ta batumiya ba na bii na mitume nabo, na bata batesa na kuba na batu ndani yabo. 50 Kisha kizazi iyi bata beba muzigo ya danu yaba nabii yenye ili mwanginya tangu mwanzo ya dunia. 51 Kudamu ya Abeli mpaka ku damu ya Zakaria , mwenye bali na ndani ya ma zabahu na patikatifu ndiyo na bambiya iyi kizazi bata beba iyi muziko. 52 Ole wenu ba mwalimu ya sheriya ya ba yahudi , dju munatosha funguo ya ufahumu ; amuta ingiya mwenye peke na mufungiye benye biko na ingiya . 53 Wakati Yesu aliota kule, bandishi na bafarisayo balimushimamia na kubishana na ye dju ya maneno mingi. 54 Kwa ku pima kuba teya ( mimbo) kwa mambo yake.
1 Kwa wakati uyu kwenye elfu ya batu ba na kusanya kwibu ba ka nya gane migalu katkati yabo aka anza ;kusema na mi tume mbele ya kyote , mufanye angalisho na chacho ya ba falisayo ambae niba na fiki. 2 Ku na kitu ye nye ime finikwa na ayita kosakujulikana. 3 Njo mana, yote muta sema mu giza ita sikili ka na nu juwa tena yote musa esma chini mu muumba yenu bata ii ta ngaza yulu ya nyumba. 4 Na bambiya , ba ndugu ya ngu, mu si ogopi tu pu ya ile ina wuwa mwili, kisha nyama awezi fanya kitu tena . 5 Lakini na ba mbia mbele ju ya iule waku mu ogopa . Mu ogopa ule , nyama ya ku wuwa ikote na na ;uweza ya kutpa ku jehena mu kweli na ba mbiya, mbele ju ya ku wuwa ikote na uwezo ya kutupa ku jeheka mu . Kweli na bambiya mu ma ogope. 6 Ndege to nu abahi wu zishe na makuta mbili kidogo. Lakini akuna ata limoya Mungu awezi kaisaabu . 7 Ata na nywele hya kicha yote ina esabiwa. Msiagopi ,mu ka ba mahana sana kuliko ata ndege mingi. 8 Na bambia , kila mtu ata nitongaza mbele ya batu , na mtoto wa mtu ata muushudiya pia mbele ya ba malaika ba Mungu . 9 Lakini mwenye ata nikana mbele ya batu na ye a nita mukana mbele ya ba malaika ba Mungu . 10 Ule wate ata sema mabaya ju ya mtoto wa mutu ata patama sama lakini ule ata tuka na roho mutakatifu, yeye ata sameewa. 11 Kama bana babeba ku ma sinagogi, wa wengozi na ba kubwa, mu si jisumbuwe ka kwa gisi muto soma ju ya defense yake ju ya ku jiteteya oo vile mutu sema. 12 Kwa sababu roho mtakatifu atakatifu ata bafundisha mu ile saa yenye muta sema. 13 Kisha mtu moya wa kikundi akasema :" mwalimu , ambiya ndugu ya ngu agabudi na miye sahemu ya urihi. 14 Yesu aka sema , sikiya nani alinitia kuwa mwamuzi na mupatanishi ye nu ? 15 Na aka bambiya :" mu fanye angalisho na kifu chunga na tama yote, kwa sababu maicha ya mtu ayiko ju ya bitu mingi iko nayo 16 Kisha yesu ali bafundisha kwa mufano iina kusema "mtajiri moya chamba lake ilileta ma vuno mingi. 17 Aka waza ndani yake na kusema " nita fanye je sababu sina fasi ya kutia ma vuno yangu ." 18 Akasema muone sasa ye nye nita fanya . Nita vunja shala ya ngu ma kuno ya ngu na bitu bingine . 19 Nita ambia roho, roho, uke na bitu mingi ime chunga kwaha jili ya mwiaka mingi. Pumzika, kula kunya na ukuwe na fura. 20 Lakini Mungu ako mwa mbiya ," mtu mpumbavu , bu sikuwa leo roho yaka ita lomba , na ile bita uli taharisha kwa kani sasa ita bakiya? 21 Na ivi njo ina kuwa kwa ule apatamali ju yake na ayiko ju ya Mungu. 22 Yesu ali bambiya ba na funzi yake , "njo mana na bambia musi ji sumbukishe ju ya mwili kwa ile mutakula wala ju yamwili nini muta vala . 23 Kwa sababu mayisha ni ya mahana sana kuliko chakula na mwili kuliko na nguo. 24 andege za wanga ha balimake na ha ba vuna ke . Habana nyumba wala gala juu ya chakula liakini Mungi ana bakulisha. Ni ye muko ba ma ha na sana kuliko ndege ! 25 Nani ndani yeno ju uzuni gake ana weza angeza ata saa moya kubarefu bua mayisha yake? 26 Kama basi amuta weza kufanya ata kila mudogo yenye ayiko ata nguvu kwa kuji su mbusha bingine? 27 Angalieni vile mana ina komola . Ayi na kaka aa ayi sokoti. Lakini na bambiya ata sulemani katika utu kufa wake yote aku vala kama mu moja wa wo. 28 Na kama Mungu ana penda ivi mayani ndani ya chamba ikuwe viziri na iko leo na kesho ita tuku moto mara ngapi a muta vala nini batu ya ima ni kidogo. 29 Mabita fute nini muta kula yenye muta kunywa na musifazaike ndani yenu . 30 Kwa sababu kila batu duniyani bana tafuka mazuri yabo na niye baba yenu ana juwa ka ma muko na lazima na yo . 31 Lakini muta fute ufalme wa Mungu kwanza, na bingine bita fwata nyuma . 32 Musi ogopi batoto kikundi ya batoto kidogo, kwa sababu baba yenu ana furahi kuba patia iyi mufalme. 33 Muwa zishe bitu yenu na mu batie ba masikini mujifaniziye mifuko yenye agi shake . Na hazina mbinguni yenye ayishake kwenye mwezi awezi fika , ata nondo haita fika ju iribishe . 34 Ju kwenye kuko ndi yako na pale kuta kuwa roho yako. 35 Ma nguo yenu marefu ifungwe na kamba na ma tala yenu zi endelee kuwaka . 36 Na mukuwe ka ma batu biko na ngoya bwana akuye kisha kutoka ku sherehe ya ndowa , ju wakati ana fika kupika , bamufiguliye mara mofa mulango 37 Ba barikiwe bale ba tumishi, bwana ata bakwabiko macho. Kwa kweli na ba mbiya ata funga guo yake mwefu mu kamba yake na ata baikalisha karibu na chakula na ata kuya batu mikiya . 38 Na kama bwana anakuya ku zamu ya mbili ya busiku , wala kuzamu wa tatu, na ana bakuta biko tu tayari batu mishi bale baka barikiwa . 39 Tena zayi di mujuwe n ibi kama bwana wa nyumba amlijuwa wakati yenye mwizi atakuya angeitika nya mba yake baynbomole . 40 Mukuwe basi tazari ju amu juwe wakati wala saa yenye bwana wa batu ata fika 41 Petro aka sema," bwana, nikwa sisi tu ambaye una semari mufana tu ao niju ya batu bote duniya nii ? ". 42 Na bwaka akasema "ni nani mtu miishi muzuri na dekima na bwana ata muweka juu ya bitumishi bengine, ju ya ku ba patie chakula kwa wakati muzi. 43 Ha barikiwe wule ntumishi bwana akirudiya ata mukata ikona tu mika ivi. 44 Kwa kweli na bambiya ata mupitia uwezo ya bitu yake yote. 45 Lakini kama ntumishi ule ana sema ndani ya rho yake "bwana wangu anaja wiyaku rudiya na aka kupiga batumishi bana wume ma ba na muke, na kukula na kukunywa, na kulewa. 46 Bwana wa ule mtumishi atakuya na wakati a atajuwa wala siku na ata mukala bipando bipande na ku mupitia fasi pamoza na wapani. 47 NA a ule mtu mishi ana juwa mapenzi ya bwaka yake, na aku tayarisha atakitu ao akuyanya kama ilikuwa mapenzi ya bwana , atapigwa kofi mingi. 48 Lakini mtumishi aku mujuwa , na akafanya bitu habistahili ata pigwa kofi kidogo. Bata lomba mingi na ule na ye balitia mingi zaidi. 49 Ni li ;kuya ku wakisha moto apa muduniya ,; na mara ngapi nataka ikuwe na uaka . 50 Lakini hiko na ubatizo yenye nita batizwa, na maza ngpi na vumilia mupaka itimilika Nini muna waza kama ulikuya kulet amani mudonoia hopona, na ba mbiya kikute nganisha. Kwa sababu tangawasa batu tano ya nyumba mo yo bata gawana na batatu. Bata kuwa bipande mbili baba
1 Jesu alisema na banafunzi lake: kweli kuna maneno yenye inaweza kutokeye, na kutuleteya Zambi, lakini hurumu kwa mutu atakaye ileta. 2 Inastahili afungiwe jiwe kabwa ku shingo, na atupiwe ku bahari, kuliko kumwacha aendeleye kuangusha batu ku Zambi, bale wadogo. 3 Mujichunge, kama ndugu yako ikifanya kosa, umushauriye, akaomba musamaha, umuhurumiye. 4 Kama anakukoseya mara saba, kwa muchana moya, na mara saba akarudiya na kulomba unmusamehe, kusema natubu, unastahili kumusamehe. 5 Banafunzi balisema na bwana: Bwana utuongezeye imani. 6 Bwana akasema: kama mukiwa na imani sawa na mbegu aliyo nalopo sana, munaweza kusema na muti, toka hapa na wende kule, muti uta tii. 7 Ni nani kati na yenu eka na batu ba kazi, wakati bana rudiya kushamba ao kuchungo ngombe, ana mukaribishaka kuchakula? 8 Hauta mwambiya unitengezeye chakula, weka ku meza, uiukale pale mpaka nimalize kuba na kunyuwa? Hauwezi kumushukuru mutu wako wa kazi sababu anafanya kazi uliyo mupa? 9 Anaweza yote humushukuru mutuniishi sababu alifanya yote uliyomutuma, sivyo? 10 Mwenye pia, wakati munafanya yenye balimituma, museme: siye ni batumishi wa baya, sababu tunafanya byenye tulipenda. 11 Ilifika wakati eko naenda Yerusalema, na akavuka mupaka wa Samariya na Galilaya. 12 Wakati anaingiya ku nijini moya, batu kumi balikuwa na bukoma, balikutana naye, bakasimama mbali na yeye. 13 Bakalalamika Yesu, mwalimu, utuhurumiye!. 14 Wakati alibaona, akabaambiya: mwende mukajioneshe mbele ya ya bakuhani, na wakati banaenda bakashuka, banapoona bote. 15 Moya akaona anapoona, akarudiya, na kumusifu Mungu kwa sauti kubwa sana. 16 Akaanguka kumikulu ya Yesu, na kushukuru. Alikuwa batu musamariya. 17 Yesu akasema: Hamukuwa batu kumi baliyotakaswa na bukoma? Bale kenda bengine beko wapi? 18 Habapende kuya juu bamutukuze Mungu, mpaka huyu mugeni tu? 19 Na akamwambiya: simama, uende, imani yako inaponyesha. 20 Bafarisaya bakamuuliza kuhusu kuya kwa ufalme wa Mungu, alijibu na kusema: ufalme wa Mungu hautakuya kwa kuonekana na macho. 21 Habata sema augaliya hapa wala kule: Angalieni, ufalme wa Mungu uko kati yenu. 22 Akasema na banafunzi: kuna siku mutapenda kuona siku ya mutoto wa mutu, lakini hanuutaona. 23 Batasema: angaliya pale! angaliya hapa! lakini musiende kwabo. 24 Kama vile umeme wa radi unaonekana ngambo moya ya mbingu na kupita haraka ngambo ingine, vile njo itakuwa siku ya kuya kwa mwana wa mutu. 25 Inaombwa bateswa mbele kwa mambo mingi na kukataliwa na batu. 26 Sawa vile ilikuwa wakati wa Nuhu, njo vile itakuwa wakati wa kuya kwangu. 27 Batu bata kula, kunywa na kuowesha, mpaka siku Nuhu aliingiya ndani ya chombo. 28 Hata wakati wa Luta, batu bali kula, kunywa, kuuza na kuuzisha, kupanda mavunu na kuivuna. 29 Lakini siku Luta alitoka mu Sodoma, ilii nyesha nvuwa ya moto na ya pepo kutoka mbinguni na kubauwa bote. 30 Itakuwa hivi siku mtoto wa muta ataonekana. 31 Ile siku mwenye atakuwa yulu ya nyumba asishuke juu akamate bitu byake ndani ya nyumba. Na ule atakuwa ku shanuba asipime kurudiya ku ùmujini. 32 Mukumbuke iliyo mutokeya bibi wa Luta. 33 Mwenyi kutafuta kuokowa maisha yake, ataipoteza, lakini mwenye atapoteza maisha ya ke juu yangu ataokoka. 34 Nina baanibiya, busiku ya leo, kutakuwa batu bawili batakuwa ku kitanda. Moya ataenda na mwengine atabakiya. 35 Banamuke bawili batakuwa natwanga fasi moya moya ataenda na mwengine atabakiya. 36 Kutukuwa batu bawili ndani ya shamba, moya ataenda na mwengine atabakiya. 37 Baka mulomba: wapi bwana? akasema: kwenye kuna patika mayiti, ni pale ndeke batakutana.
1 Kisha aka ba ambiya mfano kuhusugisi alipashwa kusali bila kuchoka. aka sema:«. 2 kuti kuwa ndani ya muji mku, mu amuzi mwenyi hakuanza ku ogopa Mungu na haku heshimiya hata mutu moja. 3 Sasa kulikuwa mwa ile miji mku mjine moja, alianza kuya kwake mara kwa mara, asema: umiamuliye katika haki na ule ananigombanisha. 4 Juu tangu zamini hakukawa na napenzi ya ku musaidiya, lakini kisha muda, akasema ndani yake: «ata kama si ogapake Mungu na siheshimiye mutu. 5 Ila kwa ajiliya mjane huyu mwenyi ananikosesha amani, nita musaidiya kupata haki yake, juu asi ni chokeshe tena na kukuya kuya yake». 6 Kisha bwana akasema: sikiyeni, vile muamuzi wa siyo haki anasema. 7 Sasa Mungu hata wapatiya haki wachaguliwa wake wanapo lalamika usika na mchana? atakawiya kuwa sikiya?. 8 Nina wambiya ata wa patiya haki yao. hivyohivyo. wakati mwana wa mutu atakuna imani ku dunia? 9 Kisha ata toa tena mfano kwa wa chache wale walio jidai ndani yao wenyewe kuwa hai na wenyi walikuwa na zarau wenyine watu. 10 «Batu mbili baka ingiya mu hekalu juu ya kuomba (mu moja alikuwa mu Farisayo na mwinjine mulipishaji wa kodi) 11 Mufarizayo aka simama na ku omba juu yake: Mungu naku shukuru kwa sababu siko sawa na bengine benyi kuwa ba jambazi, batu habana haki, ba sharati wala hata sawa hawa walipisha kodi . 12 Mina katalaka kula mara mbili kila na mina towaka chakumi ya byote niko nabyo. 13 Lakini mulipisha kodi, aka simama kwa mbali, haku weza hata ku angaliya yulu, lakini alipiga kifuwa aki nungunika aseme: Mungu uni urumiye, niko mwenye zambi. 14 Na waambiya, uyu mutu aka alirudiya kwake akiwa ame urumiwa kuliko mwenzake, ju kila yeyote anaye ji pandisha ata shushwa, lakini yeyote mwenye kuji shusha ata pandishiwa» 15 Batu bali leta,kwake batoto juu abaguse. 16 lakini wanafunzi baka baona na ku bakatanza. Yesu aka baita na kusema:«Achabatoto kidogo bakuye kwangu, musi, bakataze, juu nfamle wa Mungu iko ya watu kama hawa. 17 Kweli na wa ambiya, yeyote ha pokeye ufalme wa Mungu sawa mtoto, hataingiya lote,» 18 Kiongozi moja aka uliza:« mwalimu mwema ni fanye nini juu ni nizi uzima wa mitele?» . 19 Yesu aka jibu:« kwanini kumita mzuri? hakana mwema ila Mungu pekee. 20 una juwa amri: usifanye usharati, usi uwe, usi ibe; usi semeye mutu bongo, heshimiya baba na mama yako.» 21 Kiongozi aka sema ninaheshinuya bitu yote hui tangiya ujana wangu. 22 Wakati Yesu alisikiya hivi, akasema: inakukosa tena kitu moya. Uzisha bitu yote ukonabyo na kubikabula kwa bamasikini, na utakuwa na hakiba mbinguni, kuya, unifate. 23 Lakini wakate ule tajiri alisikiya vle , akahuzunika sana, sababu alikuwa tajiri sana.
1 Yesu akaingiya na kitiya Yeriko. 2 Mulikuwa mutu moya mutadjiri, kiogozi ua walipasha kodi. 3 Ali penda kumuona Yesu, lakini hakuweza sababu ya bwinyi ya watu, na alikuwa mufupi sana. 4 Akatangalia mbele ya watu, kubandaku muti ya mkuyu juu ya kuweza kumuona Yesu, sababu alipashua kupiaya pale. 5 Wakati Yesu alifika pale , akangaliya juu na kumwambiya: «Zakayo, shuka haraka, leo inapashua ni ikale kwako. 6 Akashuka haraka na furaha. 7 Kwa kuona yote ile, wote wakaanza kunungunika, wakasema « Anaenda kuikala mu nyumba ya mutu wa zambi.» 8 Zakayo akasimama mbrle ya Yesu na kusema: «bwana, ona , na wapa nusu ya mali yangu wa masikini, na kama nalimu nyangasa pesa ya mutu, nita murudishaya pesa lake mara ine. 9 Yesu akasema: Leo wakavu imeingiya ndani ya nyumba hiyi. 10 Sababu mutoto ya Arahamu. Sababu Mutoto ma Mutu alikuya kutafuta na kuwokawa wapotevu. 11 Vile walikuma nasikiya iyi maneno, akaendeleya kusema na leta mufane, sababu alikuwa karibu na Yerusalema, na walikuwa na amini ya kwamba ufalme wa mbingu ilipasha kutoka mara moya. 12 Alisema tena: «Mutu wa heshima alienda kwa inchi ya mbali kwa kupenda ufalme na ata rudiya nyuma. 13 Akiita watumishi kumi kati ya watumishi wake na aka wapa pesa kumi, na akasema: « Muitumikishe mpoka nita rudiya.» 14 Lakini wakaaji wa inchi walimuchukiyaka, na atuma wajumbe nyuma yake na kusema: «Hatupedi mutu uyu atawale juu yetu.» 15 Akafinika kwa kusudi kwake kisha kupokeya ufalme wake akaamba watumisha atiya pesa, sababu ya juwa ngisi kila mumoja ilipo tumikisha na kupata faïda. 16 Wakwanza akafika mbele yake: «Bwana, pesa yako inazala pesa ingine kunai.» 17 Muheshimimwa akamwambiya: «Mutumishi mwema, ni vizuri. Sababu akamwaminifu mu biku kidogo, na utangaza miyi kumi. 18 Wapili aka kuya, na alimuammbiiya: Bwana pesa yako inazala pesa tano. 19 Muheshimiwa akamwambiya: beba uongozi ya miji tano. 20 Mwengine akakuya na akama: Bwana ana pesa yako niliichunga muzuri sana ndani, ya nguo, 21 juu ni kuogopa sababu uko mutu mukali. Una bebeka bile haukutumikye tena una ile haukupande 22 Muheshimiwa akamwambiya: na kuhukumu kufwatena na masema yako, mutumishi mubaya. Ulijuwa kama niko mutu mukali, na bebaka bile sikutumikiye na miye na vunaka bile sikupande. 23 Sababu gani haukuweke pesa yangu mu mbeki, juu kwa kurudi kwangu niichukuwe na faïda? 24 Kisha muheshimiwa akaambya& wale walisimama pale: mumu nyanganye pesa ile: Namumuongezeye ule eko na pesa kumi. 25 Na waka mwambiya: Bwana si eko na pesa ingine kumi.» 26 Nina wambiya, bat mupiga we ekonakitu, lakini ule haiko na kitubatamwanyanganya na ile kidogo eko nayo. 27 Sasa muwalete ma adui wangu, wale hawakupende mimi niwatale na muwauwe bote mbele yangu. 28 Kisha kusema maneno iyi, akaenda Yerusalemu. 29 Wakati alifikakaribu ya Bethfage na Bethania karibu ya kilima inaitwa mizeituni, akatuma wanafunzi wake mbile, 30 akisema: «Ende kwa mugini. Pa kuingiya matakuta mtoto wa punda mutu moja isiyi ikaliya. Mumufungule muni bebeye naye. 31 Kama mutu iki uliza juu ya nini muma mufungula? Museme Bwana eko nayo lazima.» 32 Wake walitumiwa uakaenda na kukuta mutoto wa punda vile Yesu alisema. 33 Vile wlikuwa wakifungula mutoto wa punda, benye naye baka sema: « Juu ya nini munamufungula?» 34 Waka jibu: «Bwana eko naye lazima.» 35 waka mubeba kwa Yesu, wakatupa manguo juu yake na waikalisha Yesu juu yake. 36 Walikuwa naenda, wakatandika manguo mu njiya. 37 Wakati walianza kutelemuka kilima kya mizeituni kundi ya wanafunzi ilianza kufurahi na baka mutuza Mungu kwa sauti kubwa, kwa sabubu yu mambo makubwa waliona, 38 wakasema: Abarikiwe mufalme anyekuya kwa jina la bwana, amani binguni na utukufu katika pahali pa juu. 39 Wafarisayo walikuwa pale wakasema: mwalimu shauria wanafunzi wako. 40 Yesu aka jibu: Nina waambiya, ata baka nyomaza, majiwe italalamika. 41 Wakati Yesu alikuwa karibu ya muji mukuu, aliliya. 42 Akasema: Kama ungalijuwa iyi maneno, ingekule tena amini lakini sasa imefichama ku macho yako. 43 Siku ita kuya, ba adui yako batakuzunguluka, na kukupiganisha. 44 Waka kuharibisha na watoto waka, habata hacha jiwe juu ya jiwe kwa sababu haukujuwa wakati Mungu alikutembeleya. 45 Yesu akaingiya ndani hekala, akaanza kufukuza benye babalikuwa nauzisha, 46 akabambia: «Ime andikwa, nyumba yangu itakuwa nyumba ya maombi, lakini ninio munai weka nymba ya wezi. 47 Yesu alikuwa nafundisha kila siku ndani ya healu, makuhani makuu, waandikayi, wali tafuta kumuwa, 48 habakujujuwe bafanye nini, kwa sababu batu bote balikuwa na musikiliza.
1 Ilikuwa siku moya ndani ya Hekalu Yesu alikuwanafundisha na kuhubiri, bakubwa ya bakuhani na bamwlimu ya sheria balimufuata na bazee. 2 Bakamwambia,Kwa mamalaka gani una fuanya mambo iyi yote ? Wala nani mwenye anakupatia mamlaka hiyo? 3 Akabajibia: « Nabauliza pia swali moya. Muniambie, 4 Ubatizo wa Yohana inatoka mbinguni au kw batu? 5 Baliwaza ndani yabo benyewe, bakasema, tukijibu inatoka mbinguni, atatuuliza, basi ju ya nini hamukwitika? 6 Na tukisema inatoka kwa mutu, batu bote hapa bata tupiga majiwe, kwa sababu bote banaamini kama Yoha alikuwa nabii. 7 Kisha bakamujibia yaa kama habakujuwa kwenye ilitoka. 8 Yesu akabaambia, na miye sitabaambia kama kwa mamlaka gani na fanya mambo hiyi. 9 Anabapatia mfono huyu, mutu moya alipanda shamba ya mizabu, akasafiri mbali na kuabaacha balimayi kazi ya shamba yake. 10 Wakati ya mawuno, akatuma mutumishi kwa balimayi ya mizabibu ju bamupatie nusu ya matunda ya mizibu lakini benye kulima mizabibu bakamupiga na bakamurudisha bila matunda. 11 Anatuma mutumishi mwingine na bakamupiga. 12 Anatuma wa tatu, vile vile banamupiga na kumutupa inje. 13 Mukubwa wa mashamba akasema, nifanye nini ? Nita mutuma mutoto wangu mupendwa. Saa ingine batumueshumia. 14 Lakini wakati balimayi mizabu balimwona, bakasemezana benyewe, na bakasema: «Angalieni uyu njo mnishi.Tumuue, ju tubakie na unithi yake. 15 Bakamutosha inje ya mashamba ya mizabibu bakamuua. Kwa hiyo mukubwa atafanya nini? 16 Atakuya nakubafuza balimayi mizabibu, na kapatia mashamba kwa bengine. Wakati alisikia ile, bakasema, Mungu anakatala.muponda. 17 Yesu akabaangalia, akasema, « hiyi maandiko inamaanisha nini?» Lijiwe enye banye ngayi banakatala inakuwa pembeni? 18 Mutu yote mwenye atanguka yulu ya lijiwe ile atavunjika, na ule mwenye lijiwe itamuangukiaita 19 Njo vile baandishi na bakubwa ya maku hani balitafuta njia ya kumufunga wakati ile, balijuwa ya kama alikuwana sema mfonohuyu ju yabo. Lakini bakaogopa batu. 20 Banamuangalia kwa makini, bakatuma bapelilizibenye banajigeuza kama batu ya haki, ju bapate makosa kwa hotuba yake, ju bamupeleke kwa batawala na benye mamlaka. 21 Nabo bakamuliza, mwalimu, tunayuwa unafundishs mambo ya kweli na enye haishawishiwe na mutu yeyote, lakini unafundisha ukweli kuhusunjia ya Mungu. 22 Utuambie inakatiliwa kulipa kodi ya Kaisari, au ? 23 Yesu alijuwa mutigo yabo, akaambia, 24 Munionyeshe dinari. Sura na chapaya nani iko yulu yake ? Bakasema, ya Kaisari. 25 Nayeye akabaambia, Basi bumupe Kaizari yake, na Mungu bia kwake. 26 Baandishi na bakubwa yabakuhani balikosa uwezo ya kukosoa enye alisema mbele ya batu. Bashangala na jibu yake, na habu sema tina kitu. 27 Bamoya ya basandukukayo bakamuenda, bale benye kusema kama hakuna ufufuo. 28 . Bakamuliza bakasema, "Mwalimu, Musa alituandikia: « ndugu wa bwana mwenye anakufa, naacha bibi bila mutoto, nduguu wake atmoa bibi ya nduguya, ju amuzalie ndugu yake mutoto» 29 Lakini, kulikuwa na bandugu saba, wakwanza akaoa, na akakufa bila mutoto. 30 Wapili vie vile. Na wa tatu akamoa tena, 31 ilikuwa vile vile kwa bote saba, balikufa bila kuza batoto. 32 Nyuma kidogo bibi anakufa. 33 Siku ya ufufuka atakuwa bibi ya nani? sababu bote balikuwa babwana yake. 34 Yesu akabaambia, Batoto ya dunia hivi banaoa na kuolewa. 35 Kakini hakuna kuoa wala kuolewa kwa benye balipata ufufuko ya milele. 36 Wala habatakufa tena, ju batakuwa sawa sawa na bamalaika, na bata kuwa batoto ya ufufuo. 37 Benye balikufa banafufuka, Lota Musa alionyesh fasi katika habari ya kichaka, pale alimwita Mfalme Mungu wa Ibrahimu na Mungu ya Isaka na Yakobo. 38 Mungu haiko Mungu wa benye balikufa lakini ni Mungu ya batu benye biko bazima, kwa sababu bote banaishi ndani yake» 39 Bamoja ya bamwalimu ya bana sheria baka mujibia, " Mwalimu, unajibu muzuri. 40 Habakupima tena ku muliza maswali nyingine. 41 Yesu akabaambia, "juya nini banasema kama Kristu ni mutotot ya Daudi?» 42 Kwa kuwa Daudi yeye peke anasema ndani ya kitabu kya zaburi: Mfulame amamwambia Mfalme wangu: Ikala ku mukono ya kiume yangu, 43 mpaka niangushe baaduiyako chini ya mikulu yako. 44 Daudianamwita Kristo Mfalme, basi atakuya Mutoto wa Daudi? 43 Mpaka niangushe baadui yako chini ya mikulu yako. 44 Daudi anamwita Kristo Mfalme , basi ata kuya Mutoto wa Daudi? 45 Wakati batu balikuabana musikiliza, akabaambia banafunzi bake. 46 «Mujichuge na baandishi, benye bana tembea na manguo mirefu, na bana pende kayionyesha ku macho ya batu mingi, na banapenda makiti ya heshima ku ma sinagogi na mafasi ya heshima ku mafeti 47 Banamuke banyumba ya bayane, na banaomba mulefu. Batapata hukumu kabambi. 4748 Banakula banyumba ya bayane, na banaomba mulefu. Batapata hukumu kabambi»
1 Yesu aka angaliya, akaona bata jiri bana sibama kwa jili ya kuto wa sadoka. 2 Na aka ona tena mwanamake moya mujane masikini, naye aka sibouma akito wa bipande mbili byafeza. 3 Yesu aka sema, kweli nina bambi ya kama mwanamuke uyu mujane masikini ana towa feza mingi kupita bantu bote. 4 Kwasaba haba bote bana towa peza yenye we abana nayo faida, la kini mwana muke mujne uyu masikini, ana towa feza yote amayo ilipasha yake. 5 Wakati balikuwa bakiongeya kwasababu ya majengo ya kanisa namuna ilipambwa na majiwe ya muzuri na matoto, alisema. 6 kwa sababu ya mambo iyi muko naona, masiku ya kumbele hakutakuwa jiwe yenjewe ita bakiya yulu ya jiwe ingine, bila kubomolewa. 7 Nabo bakamuliza mwalimu gani? na alama gani ita kuwa mbele ya mambo iyi kufanyika? . 8 Yesu akajibu, mukuwe baka la musidanga nyiwe, la kini batu mingi batu kuya kwajina yangu ba kisema miye njoo na wakati timiya, la kini musi bafwate. 9 Mukisikiya vita ao mafujo mu siogope, kwasababu mambo ile inapasha ifanyike, kwa saebaku murisho aita kuya bwepesi. 10 Kisha aka ba hambiya mu ta ona inchi inachi ina pigana na inchi ingine, mufalme na mufalme mwingine. 11 Kuta kuwa muti kisiko wa bulongo mafasi mbali mabali, njala na mateso kutakuwa mambo mingi ita anekana ata ata mahalama juu mbingini. 12 Kisha mambo yote yi batami shika mikono juu yangu na kumite, kumipe ka kumasi nagogi, kumiteya ndani ya ma gereza, kumipeleka mbele ya wa falme na ku benye kuwa na mamutaka, kwa sababu ya jina yangu. 13 Mujuwe kushudiya 14 Mukuwe na maroho ya kudhuka, wala musinungu nike, kama muta samba namna gani. 15 Kwasa babu mipeke nita bapatishiya mayele ya kusema, na vile ata mutu moya hata weza kubahanga weza kubahanga miza. 16 Ata ba baba yenu na, ba mama yenu, na 17 bata misitaki, na, bata uwa batu bengine kati yenu. Batu mingi bata michukiya kwa ajili ya jina yangu kwa ajili ya jina yangu. 18 Mujuwe kama akutangu ka ata nywele moja ya kichwa kyenu . 19 Mwendeleye kukanzana na imani na mutaponya na nafsi yenu . 20 Wakati muta ona Yeruzalema ina fungwa na ba askari, muju we kama kwaribika kweke kuna kuwa karibu. 21 Na bale bote bata ona mambo iyi batu ya Yuda bata kimbiliya, kwamulima, nabale benye bata kuwa ndani ya mungini benye bata kuwa ndani ya mugini ba ondoke, kwala kini bale baliyo ya kuhingiya ndani ya mungini. 22 Kwa sababu iyi ni masiku ya ku rudisha kisasi, kwa sababu mombo yote iliyo andikwa itimilike. 23 Ole kwa bale, bote bata kuwa na mimba ao benye kunyo nyesha siku ile kuta kuwa kiliyo ndani ya mataifa juu ya kasirani ya batu bale. 24 Na balata anguka yulu ya mupanga na bataka motiwa mateka, ku bagano yote, na Yeruzalema bata ikanyaka kwa ba pagano, mpaka wakati wabo utaeneya. 25 Kuta kuwa ma alamaya kujuwa katika mwezi, na katikanyota na katika duniya, kuta kuwa kiliyo na katika mataifa yenye ita tiya makelele ya bahari na ma kelele ya ma bimbi. 26 Batu batakufa juu ya kuogopa mambo yenyewe itatokeya mu duniya, kwasa babu nguvu ya duniya, itatikisika. 27 Na kisha bata muona mtoto wa mutu atakuya kutokeya mbinguni na utukufu wake mukubwa. 28 Na wakati mambo iyi atanza kuto keya, musibame na muhinu we vichwa byenu, kwasababu ukombozi wenu unasoge ya na ina kuwa karibu. 29 Yesu aka bambiya kwa mufano mwanzaliye miti kidogo na mitimine ne. 30 wa kati muta ana mayani ya mupya ina anza kutoka muju we kama matunda ya muti ina take kuwa karibu. 31 Mujuwe kama wakati mutao na mambo iye kutokeya mujuwe kama ufalme wamungu una karibiya. 32 Kweli na mymbiya, kizazahiki ha kitapita mpoka mambo yote iyi itatokeya. 33 Mbingu na duniya itapita la kini maneno yangu aita pita kamwe. 34 La kini muji angaliye mwe benyewe kwa sababu maroho yenu isiari bike na mambo ya bure, kama bulevi, na mateso ya duniya iyi , kwa sababu siku ile itakuya kwa mafla. 35 kwasababu ita angukiya batu kamavile muteko. 36 Mukuwe macho wakati yote na muombe mungu kwasababu mukuwe, na nguvu ya kupona na mambo yote yenyewe itakuya, na muweze kusibama mbele ya Mungu. 37 Wakati ya muchana, Yesu alikuwa na hubiri, ndani ya hekalu, na mangari, bi alikuwa naenda kulala yulu ya mutina wa mizetuni. 38 Batu bote balianga kuya asubuyi mapema kwasabu ya kusiki ya mahubiri ya yesu.
1 Batu bote kakasibama, na bakamupeleka Yesumbele ya Pilato. 2 Baka anza kumusitaki, kusema, tuna mukata mutu uju eke na danganya batu bote ya taifa yatu, na eko na kataza batu basilipe mpaku ya mufalme mukubwa wa Roma, na, anajita Mesiya mufalm wetu 3 Pilato aka muliza wenye uko mufalme wabayuda? Yesu aka mujibu, weye mwenyewe una isha kusema. 4 Kisha Pilato akasema na bakubwa ya makuhani pia na batu bote balikuwa pale sione kosa ata moya ya kumupa mutu uyu malipizi. 5 Bote bakatiya makelele naku sema, ye eko ndanganya batu na mahubiri yake, kwasababu, batu, batomboke, anatokeya Galilaya, akapita Yudeya muzima na sasa ana fika tii apa. 6 Wakati Pilato akisikiya mambo iyi, aka uliza mutu ule alikuwa wa Galilaya. 7 Nawakati alisikiya kama Yesu eko mutu wamugini ya Heroda, naye aka mutuma kwa mufalalme Herode, kwasababu masiku ile alikuwa Yerusalema. 8 wakati Herode ali mona Yesu aka furayi sana kwa sababu alisikiya abari ya Yesu na toka zamani alikuwa naniya kumuhona, alikuwa nawazakama Yesu atafanya miugiza mbele yake. 9 Kisha Herode aka miliza Yesu,maulizo mingi lakini Yesu akamujibu ata neno moya. 10 Bakubwa pale baka musitaki sana na kulalamika. 11 Herode na ba askari bake baka mucheka sana Yesu na baka muzasau, baka muvalisha nguwo moya ya muzuri kama vile mufalme, kisha baka murudisha kwa Pilato. 12 Kutokeya siku ile Herode na Pilato ba kanza kusikilizana, kwa sababu toka zamani bali kuwaka bahaduyi. 13 Pilato akaita tena bakuhani bote na ba chungazi ya batu. 14 Aka baambiya mwenye muna nileta mutu uyu na muna sema eko na danganya batu, namuliza mbele yenu, lakini sione atakosa moya ta kumupa mutu uyu mali pizi ya mambo yote muko na mustakiya. 15 Mfalme Herode naye akumona ata nakosamoya, njo komona ana murudisha kwangu, na myambiya kweli mutu huyu hana nakosa, hata moya ya ku muwa. 16 Njo lakini, nitamu pikisha mpaka fimbo, kisha nita mwachiliya. 17 Pilato alipenda kubatosheya mufungwa moya pale pa feti, kama vile desturi yabo. 18 Lakini bote baka lalamika utwachiye Barabasi, lakini umuwe Yesu. 19 Na Barabasi alifungiwaka kwa sababu ya kutomboka na kijambaza kyake. 20 Pilatoakaba uliza tena mara ya pili kwa sababu alipenda kumwacha Yesu. 21 Na bote bakalalamika kwa nguvu, umutunduke kumusalama, atundikiwe kumusalaba akufe. 22 Pilato akabauliza tena mara ya tatu, mambo kani ya mubaya yenyewe ana fanya? Miye sione ata kosa moya kwake yenyewe ana fanya ya kuweza kumuhuwa, njo kwamanita mupikisha tu fimbo na kisha nita mwacha. 23 Bote bakaendeleya kulalamika na nguvu sana, bamu tundike Yesu kumusalaba, na kulalamika kwabo kuka mukosesha pilato kimya. 24 Na Pilato akikata mambo vile bote balipenda. 25 Aka acha Barabasi mufunguwa yule aliye uwa na aka bapatishiya Yesu kumi kono yabo , kwasababu ba fanye naye gisi bopeke banapenda . 26 Wakati ba askari balianza kwenda na Yesu ndani ya njiya baka kutana na mutu moya wa mungini Sirene, jina yake Simoni alitoka kumashamba na bakamukamata, nakumubebesha musalaba wa yesu na amufwate nao nyuma. 27 Batu mingi balikuwa na mufwata banamuke balikuwa, naliya nguvu sana juu ya Yesu. 28 Yesu akageuka angaliya akisema, ba mama ya Yeruzasalama, Musiliye juu yangu, lakini mujililiye juu yenu na juu ya batoto yenu. 29 Angaliya, masiku yambele bata sema, babarikiwe banamuke bale basipo zala na matumbo ile isiyo beba mimba na maziba ile isiyo nyonyesha. 30 Na bataanza kusema na milima, milima mutuangu kiye na mutu finike. 31 «Basi, wakati_ bana nitedeya miye ivi, ku muti mubichi, sasa kumati wakukauka, ita kuwa je?» 32 Bakaleta tena batu mbili bana banaume bafunuwa ju ya kijambazi. 33 Wakati balifika na fasi yenye kuitwa mufupa wa kichwa, ba askari ba kamutiya kumusalaba, pamoja na bayambazi mbili, moya kumukono wa kuume na mwengine kumukono wa kushoto. 34 Yesu akasema baba uba hurumiye kwasababu habajuwe mambobeko na tenda (bajinga) ba askari baka pasula nguo yake kisha baka ipikiya kuna. 35 Batu mingi bali kuwa nangaliliya wakati bakubwa ya ba Yuda baka mucheka na kusema, yeye aliponesha, batu mingi, kama eko mupakaliwa wamungu, na muchoguliwa wa Mungu, bassi ajiponeshe leo yekepeke. 36 Wakati ba askiari balikuwa na muzarau, balimuchofeya na kumupatiya pombe yabu chachu. 37 Baka mwambiya kama uko mufalme waba Yuda ujiponeshe basi. 38 Na bakahandika yulu ya mu salaba wake « Huyu ndiye mufalme waba Yuda.» 39 Jambazi moya ulealikuwa, kumusalaba akanza lumuzarawu nakusema, kama waye ni Kristo uji okowe basi na utuokowe na siye? 40 Najambazi mwengine aka mujibu na aka mukemeya aklisema, ju ya nini weye hahugope Mungu, siye bote tuko katika mateso. 41 Lakini siye tuna sulubiwa kwa haki, kwsababu siye tuna sulubiwa kufatana na kijambazi kyetu lakini, mutu uyun akufanya kosa ata moya. 42 Na akamwambiya Yesu, uni kumbukeewakati uta rudiyaka mu ufalme wako. 43 Yesu aka mwambiya, nakwambiya kwa kweli, leo uta kuwa pamoja na miya ndani ya Paradizo. 44 Na wakati ikafika misi giza ika ingya katika duniya muzima, muda wa saa tatu. 45 Juwa ika zimika, busikubuka ingiya na paziya ikapasuka kati kati, kwanzi ya yuliu mpaka chini. 46 Yesu akili ya kwa sauti mukubwa akisema, Baba na iweka roho yangu ndani ya mikono yako na kisha kusema ivi akakufa. 47 Wakati mulinzai aka ona mambo iy aka mutu kuza Mungu akisema Nkn kweli uyu ali kuwa mutu a haki. 48 Na batu bote balikuwa pale, wakati baka ona mambo yote iliyo pita, ba karudiya na kupika mikono kulibali. 49 Lakini banafiki yake, na banamuke bale balimufwata kutota Galilaya, baka siama mbali na kwangaliya mambo yote mbali. 50 Na kulikuwa mutu moya ana ye itwa Josefu, naye alikuwa mumoya wamba fanya kazi mutu muzuri na mwenye haki, 51 alikuwa babo aya kubaliya na, na bamuzi kwa matendo yabo alitoka armataya mugini waba Yuda ambayo ulikuwa na chuna ufalme wa Mungu. 52 Mutu uyu alienda kwa Pilato na akaomba bamupatie mwilin wa Yesu. 53 Aka shusha mwili wa Yesu na aka ufinika nguwo muzuri na aka mweka ndani ya karibu ambayo ili chimbumbumliwa ndani ya majiwe, fasi ambayo bali kuwa bado habaya zikakamutu. 54 Ili kuwa siku ya matarisho ya sabato. 55 Banamuke bale balitokeya nabo Galilaya bali mufwata, na bakaona mamuna gani mwili wa Yesu ili lishiwa , 56 bakarudiya na bakanza kutengeneza manukato, na malasi na siku ya sabato balipumuzika gisi sheriya yabo ina sema.
1 Kiisha, bwana akachaguwa wengine makumi saba na akawatuma mbili mbili kwenda kwa migini iliyo kuwa mbele yao. 2 Akasema "shamba ni kubwa, lakini watu ja kazi si wengi mu mwambiye mwenye shamba atume upesi watu ja kazi wengine. 3 Mwende katika migine, lakini nawatuma kama kondolo katikati ya wambwa-mwitu. 4 Musipeleke mufuku, saku ao kiato wala musisalimiye mtu kunjia. 5 Mukingia ndani ja nyumba, museme kimia iwe ndani ja nyumba. 6 Na kama mutu wa kimia ako pale, kimia itabaki pale, kama aiko vile kimia ile itawarudilia niye. 7 Mukale ndani ja nyumba ile na kunwa yote wata wapatia sababu kila mu mutumishe anasitahiri kupewa musaada yake musitoke mpaka wakati siku za kutoka inaenea. 8 Na mu gini waki wakarisha mukule ile mu tapewa. 9 Muwaponesha wagonjua na kusema"ufalme wa Mungu inakuya karibu yenu". 10 Na kila mgini mutaingia bila kuwa pokea vizuri mwache ile mgini na kusema, 11 Ata misibebe vumbi ya mgini ile muikungute lakini mujuwe kama ufalme wa mbinguni ni karibu. 12 Na wagulisha kama siku ya ukumu itakwa kidogo kwa sodome kuliko mgine hii. 13 Korazini, na Bethsaida, ole wenu ingekuwa kazi hui, ingefanyika ndani yenu, ingefanyika Tiro na Sidoni, wangekusha kutuba, na kuvala saki na mavumbi. 14 Siku Mungu ataukumu, ukumu Yesu itapita Tiro na Sodoni. 15 Weye Kapernaumu unawaza utapanda mpala mbinguni? Hakuna utatelemuke mpaka kuzimu 16 Mwenye ata wasikia, anisikia, na ule anawakatala, anikatala pia aliye nituma. 17 Kwa furaha wale makuru saba, wakakulia na kusema: Mukubwa, ata pepo chafu wanatii kwa jina yako. 18 Yesu akasema niliona shetani kushuka toka mbingu sawa bombe. 19 Nina wapatia uwezo kutembeya juu ya nyoka, nge na uwezo kwa yote ya giza na akuna kitu kitawasumbuwa. 20 Musiwe na furaha sababu pepo chafu wanatii, mu farahi kama nyina yenu inaandikwa kumbingu. 21 Na wakati ile alifurahi kwa roho ntakatifu na kusema: ni na kushukuru, baba, bwana wa mbinguni na dunia, sababu ulificha maneno hii kwa wenyi ufaamu na wenye mayele na kuioyesha wasipo ufahamu na mayele. Baba, ni ile inakupendezea. 22 Baba anatia vitu biote ku mukono yango, akuna mtu anajuwa mwana, ila baba, na akuna mutu anamiuyuwa baba, ila mtoto, na ule utoto anapenda, kumufungulia. 23 Akangeuka na kusema kwa wenyewe "Heri kwa wale waliona yenye munaona. 24 Nawajushaniye, manabii wengi na wafalme walipenda. Kuona maneno munaona, na waliona makusikia, nawa kuyasikia. 25 Kulikua mwalimu wa sheria, ya kuyaudi, akakuya mujaribu, akisema bwana nafanye je mipate uzima wa milele? 26 Yesu akamujibu: sheria imusema nini? unaisoma namna gani? 27 Akasema na kijihi upende Mungu kwa moyo wako, kwa roho, na nguvu na akili yako, na ndungu ya kama wewepeke. 28 Unajibu mzuri, lakini fanya ile na utaishi. 29 Mwalimu akipenda kuwa haki yeye peke, akamwambia Yesu, nani ndugu yangu? 30 Yesu akamupa jibu akasema "Mtu mmuyo alikuwa akienda Yeriko kutokea Yerusalemu, akakutana na wamwizi, wakamupiga na mukamata yote na kumuumiza karibu fufa. 31 Kwani mmoja alikuwa akipita kwa ile njia, akamwona, akapita pembe na kumwacha pale. 32 Kiisha mtu mwengine, mlawi naye pia alifika kwa ile fasi, akamuona, na apita ayake. 33 Mtu wa tatu, msamaria, alikuwa naye katika safari, apita pale kwenye kulala ule mtu, wakati alipo muona, akasikwa na uruma. 34 Akamusogeleya na kumutunza vidonda na kuifunga, na kumupakala mafuta na divayi na kumutia juu ya punda yake, na kumu beba palipo nyuma ya wageni na akamulisha. 35 Siku zakupita akatowa danari mbili, akapatia mwenye nyumba na akasema naye: mukulishe na yote atakuwa juu kwa kulipa wakali nitarudia atarudisha ayo. 36 Ni nani katika watu watatu nani iko ndugu yake ya kuu ndugu aliangoka kumikono ya wizi? 37 Mwalimu akasema: ni ule alionyesha mapendo kwake," Yesu akasema" wende na ufanye namna ile". 38 Wakatio walianza kwenda, walingia katika mgini moya, mwanamke moja kwa jina Marta alimupoka kwake. 39 Na dada yake Mariamu aliketi ku miguu ya bwana na kumusikia. 40 Yeye Marta, alikuwa na kazi mingi ya kupita chakula. Akakwenda kumuona Yesu, akisema "Bwana, hili akufanye kitu kuona dada yangu ananiachia kazi mimi peke? umupe oda aye anisaidiye. 41 Bwana akamujibu: Marta, Marta, unatesua juu ya vitu mingi, 42 Kitu moya tu inayo faida. Ndugu ya Mariamu alichaguu iliyo mzuri, yenye ahitoshwa kwake.
1 Ile ina fikaka wa kati Yesu ikona omba fasi falani, moya wa ba na funzi yake alisema " mufalme utu fundishe ku omba kama Yohani alifundeshe ku banahunzi ya ke" 2 Yesu aka bambiya " wa kiti muko naomba , musema baba jina yako isifiwe. Ufalme yako ikuye . Uta patiyetsha kula ya kila siku . 3 Utu sameye ana tukoseyaka usituongoze ndani ya majibu". 4 Utu sameye ku ma kasa yetu,gisi tu na sameyaka kilo mutu mwenye ona tu koseyaka usituongoze ndani ya majaribu" 5 Yesu alisema" nani ndani yenu ata kwa na rafika , na ataendaka kwake kubusiku, na kumwambiya : " rafiki ni patiye bipande tatu ya mikate. 6 Dju moya rafiki yangu alisha kunyiya, na sima ata kitu ya ku mupatiya. 7 Kisha ule wa ndani, akamujibiya " usi niuzi mulango ilisha fungiwa , batoto yangu na miye :kulisha kulala ku kitanda. Sita lamuka tena dju ni kupe mukate. 8 Na bambiya ata koma ala muke dju ya kubapatiya mukate sababu uko rafika yake kwa sababu ya kwendela na kumugongea bila shida , ata lamuka na kuba patiya bipande mingi ya mikate yenye unataka. 9 Ndaba mbiya pia "mulombe na bafungiliya . 10 Sababu kila mutu mwenye analomba ana pataka; na mutu mwenye ana tafutaka ana pataka , na mutu mwenye ona kokola bana mufungulia ka 11 Baba gani katiyenu, kama mutoto yake ana mulomba samaki amu patiye nyoka kuliko samaki? 12 Wala koma ana lomba liyayi, amu pe nge ? 13 Sasa, kama ni mwenye be nye muna kwaka na bisilani mu na yuwa gisi gani muna weza ku pona ma zawadi muzuri kwaba ba toto wenu, ni je siyo zaidi sana baba yenu wa mbinguni kusema agta bapa roho muta katifika ku benye bi ko ma mu lomba 14 Badaye , Yesu akafukuza pepo mubaya yenye ilikuwa kwa bubu. Kisha pepo mu baya ikatoka , akasema. Bikundi bya batu balishangala. 15 Lakini begeni balitsheka: "ni kwa belzebul mukubwa wa mapepo mubaya ndjo kwenye alifukuza mapepo" 16 Bengini balimuzaribu na baka muliza alama ya kutoka mbinguni . 17 Likini Yesu ali yu wa ma wazo yabo na aka bambiya : " kila ufalme yenye itaga bulana bawo peke ita vundiwa , na nyumba yenye itagawanika itanguka . 18 Kama chetani ana jigabula yemwe nyewe , sa ufalme yako atasima ma tena? Dju mu na sema na fukuza pepo mubaya ku Belzebul. 19 Kama mina fukuza pepo mabaya ku Belzebul na munu gani ba na fukuza mapepo mabaya ku ji na ya gani . Dju la ile, bata kwa basambishi yenu . 20 Lakini kama mina fukuza mapepo ku kidole ya mungu, basi ufalme wa mungu ili kuya dju yenu . 21 Kama mutu mwenye nguvu ana kwa na slaha yake na kutshunga nyumba yake, bitu biake biko salama . 22 Lakini kama mutu wa nguvu kumu pita ana mupiga (ku muangusha) mutu mwenye nguvu ata mu nyanganya silaha yake, na kubeba mali yake yote. 23 Mwenye aiko pamoya na miye a na ni tshu kiya , na mwenye atusikiliza ne aende. 24 Kama pepo mabaya ma toka dani ya mutu anaendaka fasi yenye akuna mayi ( fasi yaku kauka) dju ya kupumuzika alikaza, aka sema : " ndarudiya ku nyamba yangu kwenye mina toka . 25 Akirudiya , alikutana nyumba yaku fagiliwa na inakwa muzuri. 26 Kisha akaenda beba ma pepo saba ya makali ku mushinda na balikuya bote kui kala pale kisha na hali ya mutu aka kwa mubaya kushinda ile ya mara kwanza. 27 Alifika gisi alikuwa na sema ile maneno, alisikia mwna muke moya akalala mika dani ya kikundi na kusema :" ibari kiwe tumbo yenye ili ku zala na maziba yenye uli nyonya". 28 Lakini yeye aka sema : " bariki bale benye bana sikiya maneno ya mungu na kuitshunga" 29 Wakati bikundi ya batu ina kutaniwa Yesu aka sema " kizazi iyi ni kizazi kiamaovu. Bana tafuta alama , atakama abata ba patiya kutosha alama ya yeno. 30 Dju namuna moya Yona alikwa alama ku batu ya ninawi, na vile na ye mutoto wa mutu atakwa alama dju ya iyi kizazi. 31 Malikia wa kusimi atasimama siku ya kusambishiwa( ya hakumu) na batu ya kizazi iyi na kuba hukumu dju yeye alitoka katika mwisho ya inchi dju akuye ku sikiya hekima ya salomoni, na muone kuko apa mutu wa mukubwa zaidi ya Salomoni. 32 Batu baku ninawi bata simama ndanoi ya hukumu pamoya na batu ba kile kizazi ile siku ya hukumu, dju abo balituka kwa mahubiri ya Yona na muone kuko apa mutu wa munene kuzidiya Yona. 33 Akuna mutu mwenye ata washa tala na kaitiye dani ya giza inone kane ao chini ya kitunga (kikapo). Lakini kiitia yulu yakitu dju mutu yote mwenye ata ingiya aone mwangaza . 34 Hisho ya ko ni tala ya muili kama lishoyako iko muzui muili yako muzima ina yale na mwangaza. 35 Lakini salisho yoko inagondja, mwili ya itayala na giza. Kihunga ayo sana kusudi mwangaza kwako isikwe giza . 36 Kama basi muili ya ko muzima ina yala na mwangaza bila kipande ya giza, kisha mui liyako muzima ita kwa sawa tala yenye iko na ngaza sama kabisi ndani yako" 37 Wa kati ana maliza kusema, mu Farisayo imoya aka muliza dju ya kukula maye ndani ya nyumba yake. Kisha Yesu alingiya na akaikala kumesa. 38 Na mufarisayo ali shangala gisi aku na wa mikono mbele ya ku kula . 39 Lakini bwana ali mwambiya : " mwenye ba Farisayo, muko na sukula inje ya bikombe na ma sani, lakini ndani yenu muna yala na tama na bisilani. 40 Mueye batu benye amuyewe kitu ! ayiko mutu mwenye ana fanya inje ndjo alifanya tena ndani ? 41 Mu patie bamasikini yenye iko ndani, na kisha kila kitu ita kwa muzuri kwenu 42 Lakini a le yenu bafarisayo, djumu ko na lipa kaza ya munana na ya ku njiya na mayoni yote ya bustani (mboga ya bustani) Lakini mu nacha mambo ya haki na mapenzi ya mungu. Mi ya ma ana kufanya tenda mambo kwa ukweli na ku penda mungu bila tatizo ya ku fanya mambo ingine tena. 43 Ole wenu ba farisayo, dju muna pendaka kupata fasi ya kwanza ndani ya synagoga na ma salamu ya hechima kuma heneyo ya batu bote. 44 Ole wenu dju muko kama vile na kabuli yenye aina ata alama ambayo batu bana tembeya yulu ya yo bila kudjuwa. 45 Mwali mu moya wa sheriya ya wa kiyahudi aka mujibiya ana sema : " mwa limu yenye unasema: ina tu tshamba na siye. 46 Yesu akasema : " na ole wenu ba mwalimu ya sheriya ! dju muna badilisha batu na mizigo, nguvu dju ya kubeba , lakini a muguse ata ile mizigo na moya ya bidole yenu . 47 Ole wenu dju mu na jenga na ku weka kumbu kumbu ku ma kuburi ya ba na bii ambayo balibana kuba tate yenu ! 48 Hivi miye ni bashudishi na kukubaliana ;kwa kazi yenye balifanya ba tate yenu, dju baliua ba nabii dju ba mi je ngeye kumbukumbu ndani ya ma kaburi. 49 Kwa sababu iyi sheriya hekima ya mungu inasema: " Ni ta batumiya ba na bii na mitume nabo, na bata batesa na kuba na batu ndani yabo. 50 Kisha kizazi iyi bata beba muzigo ya danu yaba nabii yenye ili mwanginya tangu mwanzo ya dunia. 51 Kudamu ya Abeli mpaka ku damu ya Zakaria , mwenye bali na ndani ya ma zabahu na patikatifu ndiyo na bambiya iyi kizazi bata beba iyi muziko. 52 Ole wenu ba mwalimu ya sheriya ya ba yahudi , dju munatosha funguo ya ufahumu ; amuta ingiya mwenye peke na mufungiye benye biko na ingiya . 53 Wakati Yesu aliota kule, bandishi na bafarisayo balimushimamia na kubishana na ye dju ya maneno mingi. 54 Kwa ku pima kuba teya ( mimbo) kwa mambo yake.
1 Kwa wakati uyu kwenye elfu ya batu ba na kusanya kwibu ba ka nya gane migalu katkati yabo aka anza ;kusema na mi tume mbele ya kyote , mufanye angalisho na chacho ya ba falisayo ambae niba na fiki. 2 Ku na kitu ye nye ime finikwa na ayita kosakujulikana. 3 Njo mana, yote muta sema mu giza ita sikili ka na nu juwa tena yote musa esma chini mu muumba yenu bata ii ta ngaza yulu ya nyumba. 4 Na bambiya , ba ndugu ya ngu, mu si ogopi tu pu ya ile ina wuwa mwili, kisha nyama awezi fanya kitu tena . 5 Lakini na ba mbia mbele ju ya iule waku mu ogopa . Mu ogopa ule , nyama ya ku wuwa ikote na na ;uweza ya kutpa ku jehena mu kweli na ba mbiya, mbele ju ya ku wuwa ikote na uwezo ya kutupa ku jeheka mu . Kweli na bambiya mu ma ogope. 6 Ndege to nu abahi wu zishe na makuta mbili kidogo. Lakini akuna ata limoya Mungu awezi kaisaabu . 7 Ata na nywele hya kicha yote ina esabiwa. Msiagopi ,mu ka ba mahana sana kuliko ata ndege mingi. 8 Na bambia , kila mtu ata nitongaza mbele ya batu , na mtoto wa mtu ata muushudiya pia mbele ya ba malaika ba Mungu . 9 Lakini mwenye ata nikana mbele ya batu na ye a nita mukana mbele ya ba malaika ba Mungu . 10 Ule wate ata sema mabaya ju ya mtoto wa mutu ata patama sama lakini ule ata tuka na roho mutakatifu, yeye ata sameewa. 11 Kama bana babeba ku ma sinagogi, wa wengozi na ba kubwa, mu si jisumbuwe ka kwa gisi muto soma ju ya defense yake ju ya ku jiteteya oo vile mutu sema. 12 Kwa sababu roho mtakatifu atakatifu ata bafundisha mu ile saa yenye muta sema. 13 Kisha mtu moya wa kikundi akasema :" mwalimu , ambiya ndugu ya ngu agabudi na miye sahemu ya urihi. 14 Yesu aka sema , sikiya nani alinitia kuwa mwamuzi na mupatanishi ye nu ? 15 Na aka bambiya :" mu fanye angalisho na kifu chunga na tama yote, kwa sababu maicha ya mtu ayiko ju ya bitu mingi iko nayo 16 Kisha yesu ali bafundisha kwa mufano iina kusema "mtajiri moya chamba lake ilileta ma vuno mingi. 17 Aka waza ndani yake na kusema " nita fanye je sababu sina fasi ya kutia ma vuno yangu ." 18 Akasema muone sasa ye nye nita fanya . Nita vunja shala ya ngu ma kuno ya ngu na bitu bingine . 19 Nita ambia roho, roho, uke na bitu mingi ime chunga kwaha jili ya mwiaka mingi. Pumzika, kula kunya na ukuwe na fura. 20 Lakini Mungu ako mwa mbiya ," mtu mpumbavu , bu sikuwa leo roho yaka ita lomba , na ile bita uli taharisha kwa kani sasa ita bakiya? 21 Na ivi njo ina kuwa kwa ule apatamali ju yake na ayiko ju ya Mungu. 22 Yesu ali bambiya ba na funzi yake , "njo mana na bambia musi ji sumbukishe ju ya mwili kwa ile mutakula wala ju yamwili nini muta vala . 23 Kwa sababu mayisha ni ya mahana sana kuliko chakula na mwili kuliko na nguo. 24 andege za wanga ha balimake na ha ba vuna ke . Habana nyumba wala gala juu ya chakula liakini Mungi ana bakulisha. Ni ye muko ba ma ha na sana kuliko ndege ! 25 Nani ndani yeno ju uzuni gake ana weza angeza ata saa moya kubarefu bua mayisha yake? 26 Kama basi amuta weza kufanya ata kila mudogo yenye ayiko ata nguvu kwa kuji su mbusha bingine? 27 Angalieni vile mana ina komola . Ayi na kaka aa ayi sokoti. Lakini na bambiya ata sulemani katika utu kufa wake yote aku vala kama mu moja wa wo. 28 Na kama Mungu ana penda ivi mayani ndani ya chamba ikuwe viziri na iko leo na kesho ita tuku moto mara ngapi a muta vala nini batu ya ima ni kidogo. 29 Mabita fute nini muta kula yenye muta kunywa na musifazaike ndani yenu . 30 Kwa sababu kila batu duniyani bana tafuka mazuri yabo na niye baba yenu ana juwa ka ma muko na lazima na yo . 31 Lakini muta fute ufalme wa Mungu kwanza, na bingine bita fwata nyuma . 32 Musi ogopi batoto kikundi ya batoto kidogo, kwa sababu baba yenu ana furahi kuba patia iyi mufalme. 33 Muwa zishe bitu yenu na mu batie ba masikini mujifaniziye mifuko yenye agi shake . Na hazina mbinguni yenye ayishake kwenye mwezi awezi fika , ata nondo haita fika ju iribishe . 34 Ju kwenye kuko ndi yako na pale kuta kuwa roho yako. 35 Ma nguo yenu marefu ifungwe na kamba na ma tala yenu zi endelee kuwaka . 36 Na mukuwe ka ma batu biko na ngoya bwana akuye kisha kutoka ku sherehe ya ndowa , ju wakati ana fika kupika , bamufiguliye mara mofa mulango 37 Ba barikiwe bale ba tumishi, bwana ata bakwabiko macho. Kwa kweli na ba mbiya ata funga guo yake mwefu mu kamba yake na ata baikalisha karibu na chakula na ata kuya batu mikiya . 38 Na kama bwana anakuya ku zamu ya mbili ya busiku , wala kuzamu wa tatu, na ana bakuta biko tu tayari batu mishi bale baka barikiwa . 39 Tena zayi di mujuwe n ibi kama bwana wa nyumba amlijuwa wakati yenye mwizi atakuya angeitika nya mba yake baynbomole . 40 Mukuwe basi tazari ju amu juwe wakati wala saa yenye bwana wa batu ata fika 41 Petro aka sema," bwana, nikwa sisi tu ambaye una semari mufana tu ao niju ya batu bote duniya nii ? ". 42 Na bwaka akasema "ni nani mtu miishi muzuri na dekima na bwana ata muweka juu ya bitumishi bengine, ju ya ku ba patie chakula kwa wakati muzi. 43 Ha barikiwe wule ntumishi bwana akirudiya ata mukata ikona tu mika ivi. 44 Kwa kweli na bambiya ata mupitia uwezo ya bitu yake yote. 45 Lakini kama ntumishi ule ana sema ndani ya rho yake "bwana wangu anaja wiyaku rudiya na aka kupiga batumishi bana wume ma ba na muke, na kukula na kukunywa, na kulewa. 46 Bwana wa ule mtumishi atakuya na wakati a atajuwa wala siku na ata mukala bipando bipande na ku mupitia fasi pamoza na wapani. 47 NA a ule mtu mishi ana juwa mapenzi ya bwaka yake, na aku tayarisha atakitu ao akuyanya kama ilikuwa mapenzi ya bwana , atapigwa kofi mingi. 48 Lakini mtumishi aku mujuwa , na akafanya bitu habistahili ata pigwa kofi kidogo. Bata lomba mingi na ule na ye balitia mingi zaidi. 49 Ni li ;kuya ku wakisha moto apa muduniya ,; na mara ngapi nataka ikuwe na uaka . 50 Lakini hiko na ubatizo yenye nita batizwa, na maza ngpi na vumilia mupaka itimilika Nini muna waza kama ulikuya kulet amani mudonoia hopona, na ba mbiya kikute nganisha. Kwa sababu tangawasa batu tano ya nyumba mo yo bata gawana na batatu. Bata kuwa bipande mbili baba
1 Jesu alisema na banafunzi lake: kweli kuna maneno yenye inaweza kutokeye, na kutuleteya Zambi, lakini hurumu kwa mutu atakaye ileta. 2 Inastahili afungiwe jiwe kabwa ku shingo, na atupiwe ku bahari, kuliko kumwacha aendeleye kuangusha batu ku Zambi, bale wadogo. 3 Mujichunge, kama ndugu yako ikifanya kosa, umushauriye, akaomba musamaha, umuhurumiye. 4 Kama anakukoseya mara saba, kwa muchana moya, na mara saba akarudiya na kulomba unmusamehe, kusema natubu, unastahili kumusamehe. 5 Banafunzi balisema na bwana: Bwana utuongezeye imani. 6 Bwana akasema: kama mukiwa na imani sawa na mbegu aliyo nalopo sana, munaweza kusema na muti, toka hapa na wende kule, muti uta tii. 7 Ni nani kati na yenu eka na batu ba kazi, wakati bana rudiya kushamba ao kuchungo ngombe, ana mukaribishaka kuchakula? 8 Hauta mwambiya unitengezeye chakula, weka ku meza, uiukale pale mpaka nimalize kuba na kunyuwa? Hauwezi kumushukuru mutu wako wa kazi sababu anafanya kazi uliyo mupa? 9 Anaweza yote humushukuru mutuniishi sababu alifanya yote uliyomutuma, sivyo? 10 Mwenye pia, wakati munafanya yenye balimituma, museme: siye ni batumishi wa baya, sababu tunafanya byenye tulipenda. 11 Ilifika wakati eko naenda Yerusalema, na akavuka mupaka wa Samariya na Galilaya. 12 Wakati anaingiya ku nijini moya, batu kumi balikuwa na bukoma, balikutana naye, bakasimama mbali na yeye. 13 Bakalalamika Yesu, mwalimu, utuhurumiye!. 14 Wakati alibaona, akabaambiya: mwende mukajioneshe mbele ya ya bakuhani, na wakati banaenda bakashuka, banapoona bote. 15 Moya akaona anapoona, akarudiya, na kumusifu Mungu kwa sauti kubwa sana. 16 Akaanguka kumikulu ya Yesu, na kushukuru. Alikuwa batu musamariya. 17 Yesu akasema: Hamukuwa batu kumi baliyotakaswa na bukoma? Bale kenda bengine beko wapi? 18 Habapende kuya juu bamutukuze Mungu, mpaka huyu mugeni tu? 19 Na akamwambiya: simama, uende, imani yako inaponyesha. 20 Bafarisaya bakamuuliza kuhusu kuya kwa ufalme wa Mungu, alijibu na kusema: ufalme wa Mungu hautakuya kwa kuonekana na macho. 21 Habata sema augaliya hapa wala kule: Angalieni, ufalme wa Mungu uko kati yenu. 22 Akasema na banafunzi: kuna siku mutapenda kuona siku ya mutoto wa mutu, lakini hanuutaona. 23 Batasema: angaliya pale! angaliya hapa! lakini musiende kwabo. 24 Kama vile umeme wa radi unaonekana ngambo moya ya mbingu na kupita haraka ngambo ingine, vile njo itakuwa siku ya kuya kwa mwana wa mutu. 25 Inaombwa bateswa mbele kwa mambo mingi na kukataliwa na batu. 26 Sawa vile ilikuwa wakati wa Nuhu, njo vile itakuwa wakati wa kuya kwangu. 27 Batu bata kula, kunywa na kuowesha, mpaka siku Nuhu aliingiya ndani ya chombo. 28 Hata wakati wa Luta, batu bali kula, kunywa, kuuza na kuuzisha, kupanda mavunu na kuivuna. 29 Lakini siku Luta alitoka mu Sodoma, ilii nyesha nvuwa ya moto na ya pepo kutoka mbinguni na kubauwa bote. 30 Itakuwa hivi siku mtoto wa muta ataonekana. 31 Ile siku mwenye atakuwa yulu ya nyumba asishuke juu akamate bitu byake ndani ya nyumba. Na ule atakuwa ku shanuba asipime kurudiya ku ùmujini. 32 Mukumbuke iliyo mutokeya bibi wa Luta. 33 Mwenyi kutafuta kuokowa maisha yake, ataipoteza, lakini mwenye atapoteza maisha ya ke juu yangu ataokoka. 34 Nina baanibiya, busiku ya leo, kutakuwa batu bawili batakuwa ku kitanda. Moya ataenda na mwengine atabakiya. 35 Banamuke bawili batakuwa natwanga fasi moya moya ataenda na mwengine atabakiya. 36 Kutukuwa batu bawili ndani ya shamba, moya ataenda na mwengine atabakiya. 37 Baka mulomba: wapi bwana? akasema: kwenye kuna patika mayiti, ni pale ndeke batakutana.
1 Kisha aka ba ambiya mfano kuhusugisi alipashwa kusali bila kuchoka. aka sema:«. 2 kuti kuwa ndani ya muji mku, mu amuzi mwenyi hakuanza ku ogopa Mungu na haku heshimiya hata mutu moja. 3 Sasa kulikuwa mwa ile miji mku mjine moja, alianza kuya kwake mara kwa mara, asema: umiamuliye katika haki na ule ananigombanisha. 4 Juu tangu zamini hakukawa na napenzi ya ku musaidiya, lakini kisha muda, akasema ndani yake: «ata kama si ogapake Mungu na siheshimiye mutu. 5 Ila kwa ajiliya mjane huyu mwenyi ananikosesha amani, nita musaidiya kupata haki yake, juu asi ni chokeshe tena na kukuya kuya yake». 6 Kisha bwana akasema: sikiyeni, vile muamuzi wa siyo haki anasema. 7 Sasa Mungu hata wapatiya haki wachaguliwa wake wanapo lalamika usika na mchana? atakawiya kuwa sikiya?. 8 Nina wambiya ata wa patiya haki yao. hivyohivyo. wakati mwana wa mutu atakuna imani ku dunia? 9 Kisha ata toa tena mfano kwa wa chache wale walio jidai ndani yao wenyewe kuwa hai na wenyi walikuwa na zarau wenyine watu. 10 «Batu mbili baka ingiya mu hekalu juu ya kuomba (mu moja alikuwa mu Farisayo na mwinjine mulipishaji wa kodi) 11 Mufarizayo aka simama na ku omba juu yake: Mungu naku shukuru kwa sababu siko sawa na bengine benyi kuwa ba jambazi, batu habana haki, ba sharati wala hata sawa hawa walipisha kodi . 12 Mina katalaka kula mara mbili kila na mina towaka chakumi ya byote niko nabyo. 13 Lakini mulipisha kodi, aka simama kwa mbali, haku weza hata ku angaliya yulu, lakini alipiga kifuwa aki nungunika aseme: Mungu uni urumiye, niko mwenye zambi. 14 Na waambiya, uyu mutu aka alirudiya kwake akiwa ame urumiwa kuliko mwenzake, ju kila yeyote anaye ji pandisha ata shushwa, lakini yeyote mwenye kuji shusha ata pandishiwa» 15 Batu bali leta,kwake batoto juu abaguse. 16 lakini wanafunzi baka baona na ku bakatanza. Yesu aka baita na kusema:«Achabatoto kidogo bakuye kwangu, musi, bakataze, juu nfamle wa Mungu iko ya watu kama hawa. 17 Kweli na wa ambiya, yeyote ha pokeye ufalme wa Mungu sawa mtoto, hataingiya lote,» 18 Kiongozi moja aka uliza:« mwalimu mwema ni fanye nini juu ni nizi uzima wa mitele?» . 19 Yesu aka jibu:« kwanini kumita mzuri? hakana mwema ila Mungu pekee. 20 una juwa amri: usifanye usharati, usi uwe, usi ibe; usi semeye mutu bongo, heshimiya baba na mama yako.» 21 Kiongozi aka sema ninaheshinuya bitu yote hui tangiya ujana wangu. 22 Wakati Yesu alisikiya hivi, akasema: inakukosa tena kitu moya. Uzisha bitu yote ukonabyo na kubikabula kwa bamasikini, na utakuwa na hakiba mbinguni, kuya, unifate. 23 Lakini wakate ule tajiri alisikiya vle , akahuzunika sana, sababu alikuwa tajiri sana.
1 Yesu akaingiya na kitiya Yeriko. 2 Mulikuwa mutu moya mutadjiri, kiogozi ua walipasha kodi. 3 Ali penda kumuona Yesu, lakini hakuweza sababu ya bwinyi ya watu, na alikuwa mufupi sana. 4 Akatangalia mbele ya watu, kubandaku muti ya mkuyu juu ya kuweza kumuona Yesu, sababu alipashua kupiaya pale. 5 Wakati Yesu alifika pale , akangaliya juu na kumwambiya: «Zakayo, shuka haraka, leo inapashua ni ikale kwako. 6 Akashuka haraka na furaha. 7 Kwa kuona yote ile, wote wakaanza kunungunika, wakasema « Anaenda kuikala mu nyumba ya mutu wa zambi.» 8 Zakayo akasimama mbrle ya Yesu na kusema: «bwana, ona , na wapa nusu ya mali yangu wa masikini, na kama nalimu nyangasa pesa ya mutu, nita murudishaya pesa lake mara ine. 9 Yesu akasema: Leo wakavu imeingiya ndani ya nyumba hiyi. 10 Sababu mutoto ya Arahamu. Sababu Mutoto ma Mutu alikuya kutafuta na kuwokawa wapotevu. 11 Vile walikuma nasikiya iyi maneno, akaendeleya kusema na leta mufane, sababu alikuwa karibu na Yerusalema, na walikuwa na amini ya kwamba ufalme wa mbingu ilipasha kutoka mara moya. 12 Alisema tena: «Mutu wa heshima alienda kwa inchi ya mbali kwa kupenda ufalme na ata rudiya nyuma. 13 Akiita watumishi kumi kati ya watumishi wake na aka wapa pesa kumi, na akasema: « Muitumikishe mpoka nita rudiya.» 14 Lakini wakaaji wa inchi walimuchukiyaka, na atuma wajumbe nyuma yake na kusema: «Hatupedi mutu uyu atawale juu yetu.» 15 Akafinika kwa kusudi kwake kisha kupokeya ufalme wake akaamba watumisha atiya pesa, sababu ya juwa ngisi kila mumoja ilipo tumikisha na kupata faïda. 16 Wakwanza akafika mbele yake: «Bwana, pesa yako inazala pesa ingine kunai.» 17 Muheshimimwa akamwambiya: «Mutumishi mwema, ni vizuri. Sababu akamwaminifu mu biku kidogo, na utangaza miyi kumi. 18 Wapili aka kuya, na alimuammbiiya: Bwana pesa yako inazala pesa tano. 19 Muheshimiwa akamwambiya: beba uongozi ya miji tano. 20 Mwengine akakuya na akama: Bwana ana pesa yako niliichunga muzuri sana ndani, ya nguo, 21 juu ni kuogopa sababu uko mutu mukali. Una bebeka bile haukutumikye tena una ile haukupande 22 Muheshimiwa akamwambiya: na kuhukumu kufwatena na masema yako, mutumishi mubaya. Ulijuwa kama niko mutu mukali, na bebaka bile sikutumikiye na miye na vunaka bile sikupande. 23 Sababu gani haukuweke pesa yangu mu mbeki, juu kwa kurudi kwangu niichukuwe na faïda? 24 Kisha muheshimiwa akaambya& wale walisimama pale: mumu nyanganye pesa ile: Namumuongezeye ule eko na pesa kumi. 25 Na waka mwambiya: Bwana si eko na pesa ingine kumi.» 26 Nina wambiya, bat mupiga we ekonakitu, lakini ule haiko na kitubatamwanyanganya na ile kidogo eko nayo. 27 Sasa muwalete ma adui wangu, wale hawakupende mimi niwatale na muwauwe bote mbele yangu. 28 Kisha kusema maneno iyi, akaenda Yerusalemu. 29 Wakati alifikakaribu ya Bethfage na Bethania karibu ya kilima inaitwa mizeituni, akatuma wanafunzi wake mbile, 30 akisema: «Ende kwa mugini. Pa kuingiya matakuta mtoto wa punda mutu moja isiyi ikaliya. Mumufungule muni bebeye naye. 31 Kama mutu iki uliza juu ya nini muma mufungula? Museme Bwana eko nayo lazima.» 32 Wake walitumiwa uakaenda na kukuta mutoto wa punda vile Yesu alisema. 33 Vile wlikuwa wakifungula mutoto wa punda, benye naye baka sema: « Juu ya nini munamufungula?» 34 Waka jibu: «Bwana eko naye lazima.» 35 waka mubeba kwa Yesu, wakatupa manguo juu yake na waikalisha Yesu juu yake. 36 Walikuwa naenda, wakatandika manguo mu njiya. 37 Wakati walianza kutelemuka kilima kya mizeituni kundi ya wanafunzi ilianza kufurahi na baka mutuza Mungu kwa sauti kubwa, kwa sabubu yu mambo makubwa waliona, 38 wakasema: Abarikiwe mufalme anyekuya kwa jina la bwana, amani binguni na utukufu katika pahali pa juu. 39 Wafarisayo walikuwa pale wakasema: mwalimu shauria wanafunzi wako. 40 Yesu aka jibu: Nina waambiya, ata baka nyomaza, majiwe italalamika. 41 Wakati Yesu alikuwa karibu ya muji mukuu, aliliya. 42 Akasema: Kama ungalijuwa iyi maneno, ingekule tena amini lakini sasa imefichama ku macho yako. 43 Siku ita kuya, ba adui yako batakuzunguluka, na kukupiganisha. 44 Waka kuharibisha na watoto waka, habata hacha jiwe juu ya jiwe kwa sababu haukujuwa wakati Mungu alikutembeleya. 45 Yesu akaingiya ndani hekala, akaanza kufukuza benye babalikuwa nauzisha, 46 akabambia: «Ime andikwa, nyumba yangu itakuwa nyumba ya maombi, lakini ninio munai weka nymba ya wezi. 47 Yesu alikuwa nafundisha kila siku ndani ya healu, makuhani makuu, waandikayi, wali tafuta kumuwa, 48 habakujujuwe bafanye nini, kwa sababu batu bote balikuwa na musikiliza.
1 Ilikuwa siku moya ndani ya Hekalu Yesu alikuwanafundisha na kuhubiri, bakubwa ya bakuhani na bamwlimu ya sheria balimufuata na bazee. 2 Bakamwambia,Kwa mamalaka gani una fuanya mambo iyi yote ? Wala nani mwenye anakupatia mamlaka hiyo? 3 Akabajibia: « Nabauliza pia swali moya. Muniambie, 4 Ubatizo wa Yohana inatoka mbinguni au kw batu? 5 Baliwaza ndani yabo benyewe, bakasema, tukijibu inatoka mbinguni, atatuuliza, basi ju ya nini hamukwitika? 6 Na tukisema inatoka kwa mutu, batu bote hapa bata tupiga majiwe, kwa sababu bote banaamini kama Yoha alikuwa nabii. 7 Kisha bakamujibia yaa kama habakujuwa kwenye ilitoka. 8 Yesu akabaambia, na miye sitabaambia kama kwa mamlaka gani na fanya mambo hiyi. 9 Anabapatia mfono huyu, mutu moya alipanda shamba ya mizabu, akasafiri mbali na kuabaacha balimayi kazi ya shamba yake. 10 Wakati ya mawuno, akatuma mutumishi kwa balimayi ya mizabibu ju bamupatie nusu ya matunda ya mizibu lakini benye kulima mizabibu bakamupiga na bakamurudisha bila matunda. 11 Anatuma mutumishi mwingine na bakamupiga. 12 Anatuma wa tatu, vile vile banamupiga na kumutupa inje. 13 Mukubwa wa mashamba akasema, nifanye nini ? Nita mutuma mutoto wangu mupendwa. Saa ingine batumueshumia. 14 Lakini wakati balimayi mizabu balimwona, bakasemezana benyewe, na bakasema: «Angalieni uyu njo mnishi.Tumuue, ju tubakie na unithi yake. 15 Bakamutosha inje ya mashamba ya mizabibu bakamuua. Kwa hiyo mukubwa atafanya nini? 16 Atakuya nakubafuza balimayi mizabibu, na kapatia mashamba kwa bengine. Wakati alisikia ile, bakasema, Mungu anakatala.muponda. 17 Yesu akabaangalia, akasema, « hiyi maandiko inamaanisha nini?» Lijiwe enye banye ngayi banakatala inakuwa pembeni? 18 Mutu yote mwenye atanguka yulu ya lijiwe ile atavunjika, na ule mwenye lijiwe itamuangukiaita 19 Njo vile baandishi na bakubwa ya maku hani balitafuta njia ya kumufunga wakati ile, balijuwa ya kama alikuwana sema mfonohuyu ju yabo. Lakini bakaogopa batu. 20 Banamuangalia kwa makini, bakatuma bapelilizibenye banajigeuza kama batu ya haki, ju bapate makosa kwa hotuba yake, ju bamupeleke kwa batawala na benye mamlaka. 21 Nabo bakamuliza, mwalimu, tunayuwa unafundishs mambo ya kweli na enye haishawishiwe na mutu yeyote, lakini unafundisha ukweli kuhusunjia ya Mungu. 22 Utuambie inakatiliwa kulipa kodi ya Kaisari, au ? 23 Yesu alijuwa mutigo yabo, akaambia, 24 Munionyeshe dinari. Sura na chapaya nani iko yulu yake ? Bakasema, ya Kaisari. 25 Nayeye akabaambia, Basi bumupe Kaizari yake, na Mungu bia kwake. 26 Baandishi na bakubwa yabakuhani balikosa uwezo ya kukosoa enye alisema mbele ya batu. Bashangala na jibu yake, na habu sema tina kitu. 27 Bamoya ya basandukukayo bakamuenda, bale benye kusema kama hakuna ufufuo. 28 . Bakamuliza bakasema, "Mwalimu, Musa alituandikia: « ndugu wa bwana mwenye anakufa, naacha bibi bila mutoto, nduguu wake atmoa bibi ya nduguya, ju amuzalie ndugu yake mutoto» 29 Lakini, kulikuwa na bandugu saba, wakwanza akaoa, na akakufa bila mutoto. 30 Wapili vie vile. Na wa tatu akamoa tena, 31 ilikuwa vile vile kwa bote saba, balikufa bila kuza batoto. 32 Nyuma kidogo bibi anakufa. 33 Siku ya ufufuka atakuwa bibi ya nani? sababu bote balikuwa babwana yake. 34 Yesu akabaambia, Batoto ya dunia hivi banaoa na kuolewa. 35 Kakini hakuna kuoa wala kuolewa kwa benye balipata ufufuko ya milele. 36 Wala habatakufa tena, ju batakuwa sawa sawa na bamalaika, na bata kuwa batoto ya ufufuo. 37 Benye balikufa banafufuka, Lota Musa alionyesh fasi katika habari ya kichaka, pale alimwita Mfalme Mungu wa Ibrahimu na Mungu ya Isaka na Yakobo. 38 Mungu haiko Mungu wa benye balikufa lakini ni Mungu ya batu benye biko bazima, kwa sababu bote banaishi ndani yake» 39 Bamoja ya bamwalimu ya bana sheria baka mujibia, " Mwalimu, unajibu muzuri. 40 Habakupima tena ku muliza maswali nyingine. 41 Yesu akabaambia, "juya nini banasema kama Kristu ni mutotot ya Daudi?» 42 Kwa kuwa Daudi yeye peke anasema ndani ya kitabu kya zaburi: Mfulame amamwambia Mfalme wangu: Ikala ku mukono ya kiume yangu, 43 mpaka niangushe baaduiyako chini ya mikulu yako. 44 Daudianamwita Kristo Mfalme, basi atakuya Mutoto wa Daudi? 43 Mpaka niangushe baadui yako chini ya mikulu yako. 44 Daudi anamwita Kristo Mfalme , basi ata kuya Mutoto wa Daudi? 45 Wakati batu balikuabana musikiliza, akabaambia banafunzi bake. 46 «Mujichuge na baandishi, benye bana tembea na manguo mirefu, na bana pende kayionyesha ku macho ya batu mingi, na banapenda makiti ya heshima ku ma sinagogi na mafasi ya heshima ku mafeti 47 Banamuke banyumba ya bayane, na banaomba mulefu. Batapata hukumu kabambi. 4748 Banakula banyumba ya bayane, na banaomba mulefu. Batapata hukumu kabambi»
1 Yesu aka angaliya, akaona bata jiri bana sibama kwa jili ya kuto wa sadoka. 2 Na aka ona tena mwanamake moya mujane masikini, naye aka sibouma akito wa bipande mbili byafeza. 3 Yesu aka sema, kweli nina bambi ya kama mwanamuke uyu mujane masikini ana towa feza mingi kupita bantu bote. 4 Kwasaba haba bote bana towa peza yenye we abana nayo faida, la kini mwana muke mujne uyu masikini, ana towa feza yote amayo ilipasha yake. 5 Wakati balikuwa bakiongeya kwasababu ya majengo ya kanisa namuna ilipambwa na majiwe ya muzuri na matoto, alisema. 6 kwa sababu ya mambo iyi muko naona, masiku ya kumbele hakutakuwa jiwe yenjewe ita bakiya yulu ya jiwe ingine, bila kubomolewa. 7 Nabo bakamuliza mwalimu gani? na alama gani ita kuwa mbele ya mambo iyi kufanyika? . 8 Yesu akajibu, mukuwe baka la musidanga nyiwe, la kini batu mingi batu kuya kwajina yangu ba kisema miye njoo na wakati timiya, la kini musi bafwate. 9 Mukisikiya vita ao mafujo mu siogope, kwasababu mambo ile inapasha ifanyike, kwa saebaku murisho aita kuya bwepesi. 10 Kisha aka ba hambiya mu ta ona inchi inachi ina pigana na inchi ingine, mufalme na mufalme mwingine. 11 Kuta kuwa muti kisiko wa bulongo mafasi mbali mabali, njala na mateso kutakuwa mambo mingi ita anekana ata ata mahalama juu mbingini. 12 Kisha mambo yote yi batami shika mikono juu yangu na kumite, kumipe ka kumasi nagogi, kumiteya ndani ya ma gereza, kumipeleka mbele ya wa falme na ku benye kuwa na mamutaka, kwa sababu ya jina yangu. 13 Mujuwe kushudiya 14 Mukuwe na maroho ya kudhuka, wala musinungu nike, kama muta samba namna gani. 15 Kwasa babu mipeke nita bapatishiya mayele ya kusema, na vile ata mutu moya hata weza kubahanga weza kubahanga miza. 16 Ata ba baba yenu na, ba mama yenu, na 17 bata misitaki, na, bata uwa batu bengine kati yenu. Batu mingi bata michukiya kwa ajili ya jina yangu kwa ajili ya jina yangu. 18 Mujuwe kama akutangu ka ata nywele moja ya kichwa kyenu . 19 Mwendeleye kukanzana na imani na mutaponya na nafsi yenu . 20 Wakati muta ona Yeruzalema ina fungwa na ba askari, muju we kama kwaribika kweke kuna kuwa karibu. 21 Na bale bote bata ona mambo iyi batu ya Yuda bata kimbiliya, kwamulima, nabale benye bata kuwa ndani ya mungini benye bata kuwa ndani ya mugini ba ondoke, kwala kini bale baliyo ya kuhingiya ndani ya mungini. 22 Kwa sababu iyi ni masiku ya ku rudisha kisasi, kwa sababu mombo yote iliyo andikwa itimilike. 23 Ole kwa bale, bote bata kuwa na mimba ao benye kunyo nyesha siku ile kuta kuwa kiliyo ndani ya mataifa juu ya kasirani ya batu bale. 24 Na balata anguka yulu ya mupanga na bataka motiwa mateka, ku bagano yote, na Yeruzalema bata ikanyaka kwa ba pagano, mpaka wakati wabo utaeneya. 25 Kuta kuwa ma alamaya kujuwa katika mwezi, na katikanyota na katika duniya, kuta kuwa kiliyo na katika mataifa yenye ita tiya makelele ya bahari na ma kelele ya ma bimbi. 26 Batu batakufa juu ya kuogopa mambo yenyewe itatokeya mu duniya, kwasa babu nguvu ya duniya, itatikisika. 27 Na kisha bata muona mtoto wa mutu atakuya kutokeya mbinguni na utukufu wake mukubwa. 28 Na wakati mambo iyi atanza kuto keya, musibame na muhinu we vichwa byenu, kwasababu ukombozi wenu unasoge ya na ina kuwa karibu. 29 Yesu aka bambiya kwa mufano mwanzaliye miti kidogo na mitimine ne. 30 wa kati muta ana mayani ya mupya ina anza kutoka muju we kama matunda ya muti ina take kuwa karibu. 31 Mujuwe kama wakati mutao na mambo iye kutokeya mujuwe kama ufalme wamungu una karibiya. 32 Kweli na mymbiya, kizazahiki ha kitapita mpoka mambo yote iyi itatokeya. 33 Mbingu na duniya itapita la kini maneno yangu aita pita kamwe. 34 La kini muji angaliye mwe benyewe kwa sababu maroho yenu isiari bike na mambo ya bure, kama bulevi, na mateso ya duniya iyi , kwa sababu siku ile itakuya kwa mafla. 35 kwasababu ita angukiya batu kamavile muteko. 36 Mukuwe macho wakati yote na muombe mungu kwasababu mukuwe, na nguvu ya kupona na mambo yote yenyewe itakuya, na muweze kusibama mbele ya Mungu. 37 Wakati ya muchana, Yesu alikuwa na hubiri, ndani ya hekalu, na mangari, bi alikuwa naenda kulala yulu ya mutina wa mizetuni. 38 Batu bote balianga kuya asubuyi mapema kwasabu ya kusiki ya mahubiri ya yesu.
1 Batu bote kakasibama, na bakamupeleka Yesumbele ya Pilato. 2 Baka anza kumusitaki, kusema, tuna mukata mutu uju eke na danganya batu bote ya taifa yatu, na eko na kataza batu basilipe mpaku ya mufalme mukubwa wa Roma, na, anajita Mesiya mufalm wetu 3 Pilato aka muliza wenye uko mufalme wabayuda? Yesu aka mujibu, weye mwenyewe una isha kusema. 4 Kisha Pilato akasema na bakubwa ya makuhani pia na batu bote balikuwa pale sione kosa ata moya ya kumupa mutu uyu malipizi. 5 Bote bakatiya makelele naku sema, ye eko ndanganya batu na mahubiri yake, kwasababu, batu, batomboke, anatokeya Galilaya, akapita Yudeya muzima na sasa ana fika tii apa. 6 Wakati Pilato akisikiya mambo iyi, aka uliza mutu ule alikuwa wa Galilaya. 7 Nawakati alisikiya kama Yesu eko mutu wamugini ya Heroda, naye aka mutuma kwa mufalalme Herode, kwasababu masiku ile alikuwa Yerusalema. 8 wakati Herode ali mona Yesu aka furayi sana kwa sababu alisikiya abari ya Yesu na toka zamani alikuwa naniya kumuhona, alikuwa nawazakama Yesu atafanya miugiza mbele yake. 9 Kisha Herode aka miliza Yesu,maulizo mingi lakini Yesu akamujibu ata neno moya. 10 Bakubwa pale baka musitaki sana na kulalamika. 11 Herode na ba askari bake baka mucheka sana Yesu na baka muzasau, baka muvalisha nguwo moya ya muzuri kama vile mufalme, kisha baka murudisha kwa Pilato. 12 Kutokeya siku ile Herode na Pilato ba kanza kusikilizana, kwa sababu toka zamani bali kuwaka bahaduyi. 13 Pilato akaita tena bakuhani bote na ba chungazi ya batu. 14 Aka baambiya mwenye muna nileta mutu uyu na muna sema eko na danganya batu, namuliza mbele yenu, lakini sione atakosa moya ta kumupa mutu uyu mali pizi ya mambo yote muko na mustakiya. 15 Mfalme Herode naye akumona ata nakosamoya, njo komona ana murudisha kwangu, na myambiya kweli mutu huyu hana nakosa, hata moya ya ku muwa. 16 Njo lakini, nitamu pikisha mpaka fimbo, kisha nita mwachiliya. 17 Pilato alipenda kubatosheya mufungwa moya pale pa feti, kama vile desturi yabo. 18 Lakini bote baka lalamika utwachiye Barabasi, lakini umuwe Yesu. 19 Na Barabasi alifungiwaka kwa sababu ya kutomboka na kijambaza kyake. 20 Pilatoakaba uliza tena mara ya pili kwa sababu alipenda kumwacha Yesu. 21 Na bote bakalalamika kwa nguvu, umutunduke kumusalama, atundikiwe kumusalaba akufe. 22 Pilato akabauliza tena mara ya tatu, mambo kani ya mubaya yenyewe ana fanya? Miye sione ata kosa moya kwake yenyewe ana fanya ya kuweza kumuhuwa, njo kwamanita mupikisha tu fimbo na kisha nita mwacha. 23 Bote bakaendeleya kulalamika na nguvu sana, bamu tundike Yesu kumusalaba, na kulalamika kwabo kuka mukosesha pilato kimya. 24 Na Pilato akikata mambo vile bote balipenda. 25 Aka acha Barabasi mufunguwa yule aliye uwa na aka bapatishiya Yesu kumi kono yabo , kwasababu ba fanye naye gisi bopeke banapenda . 26 Wakati ba askari balianza kwenda na Yesu ndani ya njiya baka kutana na mutu moya wa mungini Sirene, jina yake Simoni alitoka kumashamba na bakamukamata, nakumubebesha musalaba wa yesu na amufwate nao nyuma. 27 Batu mingi balikuwa na mufwata banamuke balikuwa, naliya nguvu sana juu ya Yesu. 28 Yesu akageuka angaliya akisema, ba mama ya Yeruzasalama, Musiliye juu yangu, lakini mujililiye juu yenu na juu ya batoto yenu. 29 Angaliya, masiku yambele bata sema, babarikiwe banamuke bale basipo zala na matumbo ile isiyo beba mimba na maziba ile isiyo nyonyesha. 30 Na bataanza kusema na milima, milima mutuangu kiye na mutu finike. 31 «Basi, wakati_ bana nitedeya miye ivi, ku muti mubichi, sasa kumati wakukauka, ita kuwa je?» 32 Bakaleta tena batu mbili bana banaume bafunuwa ju ya kijambazi. 33 Wakati balifika na fasi yenye kuitwa mufupa wa kichwa, ba askari ba kamutiya kumusalaba, pamoja na bayambazi mbili, moya kumukono wa kuume na mwengine kumukono wa kushoto. 34 Yesu akasema baba uba hurumiye kwasababu habajuwe mambobeko na tenda (bajinga) ba askari baka pasula nguo yake kisha baka ipikiya kuna. 35 Batu mingi bali kuwa nangaliliya wakati bakubwa ya ba Yuda baka mucheka na kusema, yeye aliponesha, batu mingi, kama eko mupakaliwa wamungu, na muchoguliwa wa Mungu, bassi ajiponeshe leo yekepeke. 36 Wakati ba askiari balikuwa na muzarau, balimuchofeya na kumupatiya pombe yabu chachu. 37 Baka mwambiya kama uko mufalme waba Yuda ujiponeshe basi. 38 Na bakahandika yulu ya mu salaba wake « Huyu ndiye mufalme waba Yuda.» 39 Jambazi moya ulealikuwa, kumusalaba akanza lumuzarawu nakusema, kama waye ni Kristo uji okowe basi na utuokowe na siye? 40 Najambazi mwengine aka mujibu na aka mukemeya aklisema, ju ya nini weye hahugope Mungu, siye bote tuko katika mateso. 41 Lakini siye tuna sulubiwa kwa haki, kwsababu siye tuna sulubiwa kufatana na kijambazi kyetu lakini, mutu uyun akufanya kosa ata moya. 42 Na akamwambiya Yesu, uni kumbukeewakati uta rudiyaka mu ufalme wako. 43 Yesu aka mwambiya, nakwambiya kwa kweli, leo uta kuwa pamoja na miya ndani ya Paradizo. 44 Na wakati ikafika misi giza ika ingya katika duniya muzima, muda wa saa tatu. 45 Juwa ika zimika, busikubuka ingiya na paziya ikapasuka kati kati, kwanzi ya yuliu mpaka chini. 46 Yesu akili ya kwa sauti mukubwa akisema, Baba na iweka roho yangu ndani ya mikono yako na kisha kusema ivi akakufa. 47 Wakati mulinzai aka ona mambo iy aka mutu kuza Mungu akisema Nkn kweli uyu ali kuwa mutu a haki. 48 Na batu bote balikuwa pale, wakati baka ona mambo yote iliyo pita, ba karudiya na kupika mikono kulibali. 49 Lakini banafiki yake, na banamuke bale balimufwata kutota Galilaya, baka siama mbali na kwangaliya mambo yote mbali. 50 Na kulikuwa mutu moya ana ye itwa Josefu, naye alikuwa mumoya wamba fanya kazi mutu muzuri na mwenye haki, 51 alikuwa babo aya kubaliya na, na bamuzi kwa matendo yabo alitoka armataya mugini waba Yuda ambayo ulikuwa na chuna ufalme wa Mungu. 52 Mutu uyu alienda kwa Pilato na akaomba bamupatie mwilin wa Yesu. 53 Aka shusha mwili wa Yesu na aka ufinika nguwo muzuri na aka mweka ndani ya karibu ambayo ili chimbumbumliwa ndani ya majiwe, fasi ambayo bali kuwa bado habaya zikakamutu. 54 Ili kuwa siku ya matarisho ya sabato. 55 Banamuke bale balitokeya nabo Galilaya bali mufwata, na bakaona mamuna gani mwili wa Yesu ili lishiwa , 56 bakarudiya na bakanza kutengeneza manukato, na malasi na siku ya sabato balipumuzika gisi sheriya yabo ina sema.
1 Jesu alisema na banafunzi lake: kweli kuna maneno yenye inaweza kutokeye, na kutuleteya Zambi, lakini hurumu kwa mutu atakaye ileta. 2 Inastahili afungiwe jiwe kabwa ku shingo, na atupiwe ku bahari, kuliko kumwacha aendeleye kuangusha batu ku Zambi, bale wadogo. 3 Mujichunge, kama ndugu yako ikifanya kosa, umushauriye, akaomba musamaha, umuhurumiye. 4 Kama anakukoseya mara saba, kwa muchana moya, na mara saba akarudiya na kulomba unmusamehe, kusema natubu, unastahili kumusamehe. 5 Banafunzi balisema na bwana: Bwana utuongezeye imani. 6 Bwana akasema: kama mukiwa na imani sawa na mbegu aliyo nalopo sana, munaweza kusema na muti, toka hapa na wende kule, muti uta tii. 7 Ni nani kati na yenu eka na batu ba kazi, wakati bana rudiya kushamba ao kuchungo ngombe, ana mukaribishaka kuchakula? 8 Hauta mwambiya unitengezeye chakula, weka ku meza, uiukale pale mpaka nimalize kuba na kunyuwa? Hauwezi kumushukuru mutu wako wa kazi sababu anafanya kazi uliyo mupa? 9 Anaweza yote humushukuru mutuniishi sababu alifanya yote uliyomutuma, sivyo? 10 Mwenye pia, wakati munafanya yenye balimituma, museme: siye ni batumishi wa baya, sababu tunafanya byenye tulipenda. 11 Ilifika wakati eko naenda Yerusalema, na akavuka mupaka wa Samariya na Galilaya. 12 Wakati anaingiya ku nijini moya, batu kumi balikuwa na bukoma, balikutana naye, bakasimama mbali na yeye. 13 Bakalalamika Yesu, mwalimu, utuhurumiye!. 14 Wakati alibaona, akabaambiya: mwende mukajioneshe mbele ya ya bakuhani, na wakati banaenda bakashuka, banapoona bote. 15 Moya akaona anapoona, akarudiya, na kumusifu Mungu kwa sauti kubwa sana. 16 Akaanguka kumikulu ya Yesu, na kushukuru. Alikuwa batu musamariya. 17 Yesu akasema: Hamukuwa batu kumi baliyotakaswa na bukoma? Bale kenda bengine beko wapi? 18 Habapende kuya juu bamutukuze Mungu, mpaka huyu mugeni tu? 19 Na akamwambiya: simama, uende, imani yako inaponyesha. 20 Bafarisaya bakamuuliza kuhusu kuya kwa ufalme wa Mungu, alijibu na kusema: ufalme wa Mungu hautakuya kwa kuonekana na macho. 21 Habata sema augaliya hapa wala kule: Angalieni, ufalme wa Mungu uko kati yenu. 22 Akasema na banafunzi: kuna siku mutapenda kuona siku ya mutoto wa mutu, lakini hanuutaona. 23 Batasema: angaliya pale! angaliya hapa! lakini musiende kwabo. 24 Kama vile umeme wa radi unaonekana ngambo moya ya mbingu na kupita haraka ngambo ingine, vile njo itakuwa siku ya kuya kwa mwana wa mutu. 25 Inaombwa bateswa mbele kwa mambo mingi na kukataliwa na batu. 26 Sawa vile ilikuwa wakati wa Nuhu, njo vile itakuwa wakati wa kuya kwangu. 27 Batu bata kula, kunywa na kuowesha, mpaka siku Nuhu aliingiya ndani ya chombo. 28 Hata wakati wa Luta, batu bali kula, kunywa, kuuza na kuuzisha, kupanda mavunu na kuivuna. 29 Lakini siku Luta alitoka mu Sodoma, ilii nyesha nvuwa ya moto na ya pepo kutoka mbinguni na kubauwa bote. 30 Itakuwa hivi siku mtoto wa muta ataonekana. 31 Ile siku mwenye atakuwa yulu ya nyumba asishuke juu akamate bitu byake ndani ya nyumba. Na ule atakuwa ku shanuba asipime kurudiya ku ùmujini. 32 Mukumbuke iliyo mutokeya bibi wa Luta. 33 Mwenyi kutafuta kuokowa maisha yake, ataipoteza, lakini mwenye atapoteza maisha ya ke juu yangu ataokoka. 34 Nina baanibiya, busiku ya leo, kutakuwa batu bawili batakuwa ku kitanda. Moya ataenda na mwengine atabakiya. 35 Banamuke bawili batakuwa natwanga fasi moya moya ataenda na mwengine atabakiya. 36 Kutukuwa batu bawili ndani ya shamba, moya ataenda na mwengine atabakiya. 37 Baka mulomba: wapi bwana? akasema: kwenye kuna patika mayiti, ni pale ndeke batakutana.
1 Kisha aka ba ambiya mfano kuhusugisi alipashwa kusali bila kuchoka. aka sema:«. 2 kuti kuwa ndani ya muji mku, mu amuzi mwenyi hakuanza ku ogopa Mungu na haku heshimiya hata mutu moja. 3 Sasa kulikuwa mwa ile miji mku mjine moja, alianza kuya kwake mara kwa mara, asema: umiamuliye katika haki na ule ananigombanisha. 4 Juu tangu zamini hakukawa na napenzi ya ku musaidiya, lakini kisha muda, akasema ndani yake: «ata kama si ogapake Mungu na siheshimiye mutu. 5 Ila kwa ajiliya mjane huyu mwenyi ananikosesha amani, nita musaidiya kupata haki yake, juu asi ni chokeshe tena na kukuya kuya yake». 6 Kisha bwana akasema: sikiyeni, vile muamuzi wa siyo haki anasema. 7 Sasa Mungu hata wapatiya haki wachaguliwa wake wanapo lalamika usika na mchana? atakawiya kuwa sikiya?. 8 Nina wambiya ata wa patiya haki yao. hivyohivyo. wakati mwana wa mutu atakuna imani ku dunia? 9 Kisha ata toa tena mfano kwa wa chache wale walio jidai ndani yao wenyewe kuwa hai na wenyi walikuwa na zarau wenyine watu. 10 «Batu mbili baka ingiya mu hekalu juu ya kuomba (mu moja alikuwa mu Farisayo na mwinjine mulipishaji wa kodi) 11 Mufarizayo aka simama na ku omba juu yake: Mungu naku shukuru kwa sababu siko sawa na bengine benyi kuwa ba jambazi, batu habana haki, ba sharati wala hata sawa hawa walipisha kodi . 12 Mina katalaka kula mara mbili kila na mina towaka chakumi ya byote niko nabyo. 13 Lakini mulipisha kodi, aka simama kwa mbali, haku weza hata ku angaliya yulu, lakini alipiga kifuwa aki nungunika aseme: Mungu uni urumiye, niko mwenye zambi. 14 Na waambiya, uyu mutu aka alirudiya kwake akiwa ame urumiwa kuliko mwenzake, ju kila yeyote anaye ji pandisha ata shushwa, lakini yeyote mwenye kuji shusha ata pandishiwa» 15 Batu bali leta,kwake batoto juu abaguse. 16 lakini wanafunzi baka baona na ku bakatanza. Yesu aka baita na kusema:«Achabatoto kidogo bakuye kwangu, musi, bakataze, juu nfamle wa Mungu iko ya watu kama hawa. 17 Kweli na wa ambiya, yeyote ha pokeye ufalme wa Mungu sawa mtoto, hataingiya lote,» 18 Kiongozi moja aka uliza:« mwalimu mwema ni fanye nini juu ni nizi uzima wa mitele?» . 19 Yesu aka jibu:« kwanini kumita mzuri? hakana mwema ila Mungu pekee. 20 una juwa amri: usifanye usharati, usi uwe, usi ibe; usi semeye mutu bongo, heshimiya baba na mama yako.» 21 Kiongozi aka sema ninaheshinuya bitu yote hui tangiya ujana wangu. 22 Wakati Yesu alisikiya hivi, akasema: inakukosa tena kitu moya. Uzisha bitu yote ukonabyo na kubikabula kwa bamasikini, na utakuwa na hakiba mbinguni, kuya, unifate. 23 Lakini wakate ule tajiri alisikiya vle , akahuzunika sana, sababu alikuwa tajiri sana.
1 Yesu akaingiya na kitiya Yeriko. 2 Mulikuwa mutu moya mutadjiri, kiogozi ua walipasha kodi. 3 Ali penda kumuona Yesu, lakini hakuweza sababu ya bwinyi ya watu, na alikuwa mufupi sana. 4 Akatangalia mbele ya watu, kubandaku muti ya mkuyu juu ya kuweza kumuona Yesu, sababu alipashua kupiaya pale. 5 Wakati Yesu alifika pale , akangaliya juu na kumwambiya: «Zakayo, shuka haraka, leo inapashua ni ikale kwako. 6 Akashuka haraka na furaha. 7 Kwa kuona yote ile, wote wakaanza kunungunika, wakasema « Anaenda kuikala mu nyumba ya mutu wa zambi.» 8 Zakayo akasimama mbrle ya Yesu na kusema: «bwana, ona , na wapa nusu ya mali yangu wa masikini, na kama nalimu nyangasa pesa ya mutu, nita murudishaya pesa lake mara ine. 9 Yesu akasema: Leo wakavu imeingiya ndani ya nyumba hiyi. 10 Sababu mutoto ya Arahamu. Sababu Mutoto ma Mutu alikuya kutafuta na kuwokawa wapotevu. 11 Vile walikuma nasikiya iyi maneno, akaendeleya kusema na leta mufane, sababu alikuwa karibu na Yerusalema, na walikuwa na amini ya kwamba ufalme wa mbingu ilipasha kutoka mara moya. 12 Alisema tena: «Mutu wa heshima alienda kwa inchi ya mbali kwa kupenda ufalme na ata rudiya nyuma. 13 Akiita watumishi kumi kati ya watumishi wake na aka wapa pesa kumi, na akasema: « Muitumikishe mpoka nita rudiya.» 14 Lakini wakaaji wa inchi walimuchukiyaka, na atuma wajumbe nyuma yake na kusema: «Hatupedi mutu uyu atawale juu yetu.» 15 Akafinika kwa kusudi kwake kisha kupokeya ufalme wake akaamba watumisha atiya pesa, sababu ya juwa ngisi kila mumoja ilipo tumikisha na kupata faïda. 16 Wakwanza akafika mbele yake: «Bwana, pesa yako inazala pesa ingine kunai.» 17 Muheshimimwa akamwambiya: «Mutumishi mwema, ni vizuri. Sababu akamwaminifu mu biku kidogo, na utangaza miyi kumi. 18 Wapili aka kuya, na alimuammbiiya: Bwana pesa yako inazala pesa tano. 19 Muheshimiwa akamwambiya: beba uongozi ya miji tano. 20 Mwengine akakuya na akama: Bwana ana pesa yako niliichunga muzuri sana ndani, ya nguo, 21 juu ni kuogopa sababu uko mutu mukali. Una bebeka bile haukutumikye tena una ile haukupande 22 Muheshimiwa akamwambiya: na kuhukumu kufwatena na masema yako, mutumishi mubaya. Ulijuwa kama niko mutu mukali, na bebaka bile sikutumikiye na miye na vunaka bile sikupande. 23 Sababu gani haukuweke pesa yangu mu mbeki, juu kwa kurudi kwangu niichukuwe na faïda? 24 Kisha muheshimiwa akaambya& wale walisimama pale: mumu nyanganye pesa ile: Namumuongezeye ule eko na pesa kumi. 25 Na waka mwambiya: Bwana si eko na pesa ingine kumi.» 26 Nina wambiya, bat mupiga we ekonakitu, lakini ule haiko na kitubatamwanyanganya na ile kidogo eko nayo. 27 Sasa muwalete ma adui wangu, wale hawakupende mimi niwatale na muwauwe bote mbele yangu. 28 Kisha kusema maneno iyi, akaenda Yerusalemu. 29 Wakati alifikakaribu ya Bethfage na Bethania karibu ya kilima inaitwa mizeituni, akatuma wanafunzi wake mbile, 30 akisema: «Ende kwa mugini. Pa kuingiya matakuta mtoto wa punda mutu moja isiyi ikaliya. Mumufungule muni bebeye naye. 31 Kama mutu iki uliza juu ya nini muma mufungula? Museme Bwana eko nayo lazima.» 32 Wake walitumiwa uakaenda na kukuta mutoto wa punda vile Yesu alisema. 33 Vile wlikuwa wakifungula mutoto wa punda, benye naye baka sema: « Juu ya nini munamufungula?» 34 Waka jibu: «Bwana eko naye lazima.» 35 waka mubeba kwa Yesu, wakatupa manguo juu yake na waikalisha Yesu juu yake. 36 Walikuwa naenda, wakatandika manguo mu njiya. 37 Wakati walianza kutelemuka kilima kya mizeituni kundi ya wanafunzi ilianza kufurahi na baka mutuza Mungu kwa sauti kubwa, kwa sabubu yu mambo makubwa waliona, 38 wakasema: Abarikiwe mufalme anyekuya kwa jina la bwana, amani binguni na utukufu katika pahali pa juu. 39 Wafarisayo walikuwa pale wakasema: mwalimu shauria wanafunzi wako. 40 Yesu aka jibu: Nina waambiya, ata baka nyomaza, majiwe italalamika. 41 Wakati Yesu alikuwa karibu ya muji mukuu, aliliya. 42 Akasema: Kama ungalijuwa iyi maneno, ingekule tena amini lakini sasa imefichama ku macho yako. 43 Siku ita kuya, ba adui yako batakuzunguluka, na kukupiganisha. 44 Waka kuharibisha na watoto waka, habata hacha jiwe juu ya jiwe kwa sababu haukujuwa wakati Mungu alikutembeleya. 45 Yesu akaingiya ndani hekala, akaanza kufukuza benye babalikuwa nauzisha, 46 akabambia: «Ime andikwa, nyumba yangu itakuwa nyumba ya maombi, lakini ninio munai weka nymba ya wezi. 47 Yesu alikuwa nafundisha kila siku ndani ya healu, makuhani makuu, waandikayi, wali tafuta kumuwa, 48 habakujujuwe bafanye nini, kwa sababu batu bote balikuwa na musikiliza.
1 Ilikuwa siku moya ndani ya Hekalu Yesu alikuwanafundisha na kuhubiri, bakubwa ya bakuhani na bamwlimu ya sheria balimufuata na bazee. 2 Bakamwambia,Kwa mamalaka gani una fuanya mambo iyi yote ? Wala nani mwenye anakupatia mamlaka hiyo? 3 Akabajibia: « Nabauliza pia swali moya. Muniambie, 4 Ubatizo wa Yohana inatoka mbinguni au kw batu? 5 Baliwaza ndani yabo benyewe, bakasema, tukijibu inatoka mbinguni, atatuuliza, basi ju ya nini hamukwitika? 6 Na tukisema inatoka kwa mutu, batu bote hapa bata tupiga majiwe, kwa sababu bote banaamini kama Yoha alikuwa nabii. 7 Kisha bakamujibia yaa kama habakujuwa kwenye ilitoka. 8 Yesu akabaambia, na miye sitabaambia kama kwa mamlaka gani na fanya mambo hiyi. 9 Anabapatia mfono huyu, mutu moya alipanda shamba ya mizabu, akasafiri mbali na kuabaacha balimayi kazi ya shamba yake. 10 Wakati ya mawuno, akatuma mutumishi kwa balimayi ya mizabibu ju bamupatie nusu ya matunda ya mizibu lakini benye kulima mizabibu bakamupiga na bakamurudisha bila matunda. 11 Anatuma mutumishi mwingine na bakamupiga. 12 Anatuma wa tatu, vile vile banamupiga na kumutupa inje. 13 Mukubwa wa mashamba akasema, nifanye nini ? Nita mutuma mutoto wangu mupendwa. Saa ingine batumueshumia. 14 Lakini wakati balimayi mizabu balimwona, bakasemezana benyewe, na bakasema: «Angalieni uyu njo mnishi.Tumuue, ju tubakie na unithi yake. 15 Bakamutosha inje ya mashamba ya mizabibu bakamuua. Kwa hiyo mukubwa atafanya nini? 16 Atakuya nakubafuza balimayi mizabibu, na kapatia mashamba kwa bengine. Wakati alisikia ile, bakasema, Mungu anakatala.muponda. 17 Yesu akabaangalia, akasema, « hiyi maandiko inamaanisha nini?» Lijiwe enye banye ngayi banakatala inakuwa pembeni? 18 Mutu yote mwenye atanguka yulu ya lijiwe ile atavunjika, na ule mwenye lijiwe itamuangukiaita 19 Njo vile baandishi na bakubwa ya maku hani balitafuta njia ya kumufunga wakati ile, balijuwa ya kama alikuwana sema mfonohuyu ju yabo. Lakini bakaogopa batu. 20 Banamuangalia kwa makini, bakatuma bapelilizibenye banajigeuza kama batu ya haki, ju bapate makosa kwa hotuba yake, ju bamupeleke kwa batawala na benye mamlaka. 21 Nabo bakamuliza, mwalimu, tunayuwa unafundishs mambo ya kweli na enye haishawishiwe na mutu yeyote, lakini unafundisha ukweli kuhusunjia ya Mungu. 22 Utuambie inakatiliwa kulipa kodi ya Kaisari, au ? 23 Yesu alijuwa mutigo yabo, akaambia, 24 Munionyeshe dinari. Sura na chapaya nani iko yulu yake ? Bakasema, ya Kaisari. 25 Nayeye akabaambia, Basi bumupe Kaizari yake, na Mungu bia kwake. 26 Baandishi na bakubwa yabakuhani balikosa uwezo ya kukosoa enye alisema mbele ya batu. Bashangala na jibu yake, na habu sema tina kitu. 27 Bamoya ya basandukukayo bakamuenda, bale benye kusema kama hakuna ufufuo. 28 . Bakamuliza bakasema, "Mwalimu, Musa alituandikia: « ndugu wa bwana mwenye anakufa, naacha bibi bila mutoto, nduguu wake atmoa bibi ya nduguya, ju amuzalie ndugu yake mutoto» 29 Lakini, kulikuwa na bandugu saba, wakwanza akaoa, na akakufa bila mutoto. 30 Wapili vie vile. Na wa tatu akamoa tena, 31 ilikuwa vile vile kwa bote saba, balikufa bila kuza batoto. 32 Nyuma kidogo bibi anakufa. 33 Siku ya ufufuka atakuwa bibi ya nani? sababu bote balikuwa babwana yake. 34 Yesu akabaambia, Batoto ya dunia hivi banaoa na kuolewa. 35 Kakini hakuna kuoa wala kuolewa kwa benye balipata ufufuko ya milele. 36 Wala habatakufa tena, ju batakuwa sawa sawa na bamalaika, na bata kuwa batoto ya ufufuo. 37 Benye balikufa banafufuka, Lota Musa alionyesh fasi katika habari ya kichaka, pale alimwita Mfalme Mungu wa Ibrahimu na Mungu ya Isaka na Yakobo. 38 Mungu haiko Mungu wa benye balikufa lakini ni Mungu ya batu benye biko bazima, kwa sababu bote banaishi ndani yake» 39 Bamoja ya bamwalimu ya bana sheria baka mujibia, " Mwalimu, unajibu muzuri. 40 Habakupima tena ku muliza maswali nyingine. 41 Yesu akabaambia, "juya nini banasema kama Kristu ni mutotot ya Daudi?» 42 Kwa kuwa Daudi yeye peke anasema ndani ya kitabu kya zaburi: Mfulame amamwambia Mfalme wangu: Ikala ku mukono ya kiume yangu, 43 mpaka niangushe baaduiyako chini ya mikulu yako. 44 Daudianamwita Kristo Mfalme, basi atakuya Mutoto wa Daudi? 43 Mpaka niangushe baadui yako chini ya mikulu yako. 44 Daudi anamwita Kristo Mfalme , basi ata kuya Mutoto wa Daudi? 45 Wakati batu balikuabana musikiliza, akabaambia banafunzi bake. 46 «Mujichuge na baandishi, benye bana tembea na manguo mirefu, na bana pende kayionyesha ku macho ya batu mingi, na banapenda makiti ya heshima ku ma sinagogi na mafasi ya heshima ku mafeti 47 Banamuke banyumba ya bayane, na banaomba mulefu. Batapata hukumu kabambi. 4748 Banakula banyumba ya bayane, na banaomba mulefu. Batapata hukumu kabambi»
1 Yesu aka angaliya, akaona bata jiri bana sibama kwa jili ya kuto wa sadoka. 2 Na aka ona tena mwanamake moya mujane masikini, naye aka sibouma akito wa bipande mbili byafeza. 3 Yesu aka sema, kweli nina bambi ya kama mwanamuke uyu mujane masikini ana towa feza mingi kupita bantu bote. 4 Kwasaba haba bote bana towa peza yenye we abana nayo faida, la kini mwana muke mujne uyu masikini, ana towa feza yote amayo ilipasha yake. 5 Wakati balikuwa bakiongeya kwasababu ya majengo ya kanisa namuna ilipambwa na majiwe ya muzuri na matoto, alisema. 6 kwa sababu ya mambo iyi muko naona, masiku ya kumbele hakutakuwa jiwe yenjewe ita bakiya yulu ya jiwe ingine, bila kubomolewa. 7 Nabo bakamuliza mwalimu gani? na alama gani ita kuwa mbele ya mambo iyi kufanyika? . 8 Yesu akajibu, mukuwe baka la musidanga nyiwe, la kini batu mingi batu kuya kwajina yangu ba kisema miye njoo na wakati timiya, la kini musi bafwate. 9 Mukisikiya vita ao mafujo mu siogope, kwasababu mambo ile inapasha ifanyike, kwa saebaku murisho aita kuya bwepesi. 10 Kisha aka ba hambiya mu ta ona inchi inachi ina pigana na inchi ingine, mufalme na mufalme mwingine. 11 Kuta kuwa muti kisiko wa bulongo mafasi mbali mabali, njala na mateso kutakuwa mambo mingi ita anekana ata ata mahalama juu mbingini. 12 Kisha mambo yote yi batami shika mikono juu yangu na kumite, kumipe ka kumasi nagogi, kumiteya ndani ya ma gereza, kumipeleka mbele ya wa falme na ku benye kuwa na mamutaka, kwa sababu ya jina yangu. 13 Mujuwe kushudiya 14 Mukuwe na maroho ya kudhuka, wala musinungu nike, kama muta samba namna gani. 15 Kwasa babu mipeke nita bapatishiya mayele ya kusema, na vile ata mutu moya hata weza kubahanga weza kubahanga miza. 16 Ata ba baba yenu na, ba mama yenu, na 17 bata misitaki, na, bata uwa batu bengine kati yenu. Batu mingi bata michukiya kwa ajili ya jina yangu kwa ajili ya jina yangu. 18 Mujuwe kama akutangu ka ata nywele moja ya kichwa kyenu . 19 Mwendeleye kukanzana na imani na mutaponya na nafsi yenu . 20 Wakati muta ona Yeruzalema ina fungwa na ba askari, muju we kama kwaribika kweke kuna kuwa karibu. 21 Na bale bote bata ona mambo iyi batu ya Yuda bata kimbiliya, kwamulima, nabale benye bata kuwa ndani ya mungini benye bata kuwa ndani ya mugini ba ondoke, kwala kini bale baliyo ya kuhingiya ndani ya mungini. 22 Kwa sababu iyi ni masiku ya ku rudisha kisasi, kwa sababu mombo yote iliyo andikwa itimilike. 23 Ole kwa bale, bote bata kuwa na mimba ao benye kunyo nyesha siku ile kuta kuwa kiliyo ndani ya mataifa juu ya kasirani ya batu bale. 24 Na balata anguka yulu ya mupanga na bataka motiwa mateka, ku bagano yote, na Yeruzalema bata ikanyaka kwa ba pagano, mpaka wakati wabo utaeneya. 25 Kuta kuwa ma alamaya kujuwa katika mwezi, na katikanyota na katika duniya, kuta kuwa kiliyo na katika mataifa yenye ita tiya makelele ya bahari na ma kelele ya ma bimbi. 26 Batu batakufa juu ya kuogopa mambo yenyewe itatokeya mu duniya, kwasa babu nguvu ya duniya, itatikisika. 27 Na kisha bata muona mtoto wa mutu atakuya kutokeya mbinguni na utukufu wake mukubwa. 28 Na wakati mambo iyi atanza kuto keya, musibame na muhinu we vichwa byenu, kwasababu ukombozi wenu unasoge ya na ina kuwa karibu. 29 Yesu aka bambiya kwa mufano mwanzaliye miti kidogo na mitimine ne. 30 wa kati muta ana mayani ya mupya ina anza kutoka muju we kama matunda ya muti ina take kuwa karibu. 31 Mujuwe kama wakati mutao na mambo iye kutokeya mujuwe kama ufalme wamungu una karibiya. 32 Kweli na mymbiya, kizazahiki ha kitapita mpoka mambo yote iyi itatokeya. 33 Mbingu na duniya itapita la kini maneno yangu aita pita kamwe. 34 La kini muji angaliye mwe benyewe kwa sababu maroho yenu isiari bike na mambo ya bure, kama bulevi, na mateso ya duniya iyi , kwa sababu siku ile itakuya kwa mafla. 35 kwasababu ita angukiya batu kamavile muteko. 36 Mukuwe macho wakati yote na muombe mungu kwasababu mukuwe, na nguvu ya kupona na mambo yote yenyewe itakuya, na muweze kusibama mbele ya Mungu. 37 Wakati ya muchana, Yesu alikuwa na hubiri, ndani ya hekalu, na mangari, bi alikuwa naenda kulala yulu ya mutina wa mizetuni. 38 Batu bote balianga kuya asubuyi mapema kwasabu ya kusiki ya mahubiri ya yesu.
1 Batu bote kakasibama, na bakamupeleka Yesumbele ya Pilato. 2 Baka anza kumusitaki, kusema, tuna mukata mutu uju eke na danganya batu bote ya taifa yatu, na eko na kataza batu basilipe mpaku ya mufalme mukubwa wa Roma, na, anajita Mesiya mufalm wetu 3 Pilato aka muliza wenye uko mufalme wabayuda? Yesu aka mujibu, weye mwenyewe una isha kusema. 4 Kisha Pilato akasema na bakubwa ya makuhani pia na batu bote balikuwa pale sione kosa ata moya ya kumupa mutu uyu malipizi. 5 Bote bakatiya makelele naku sema, ye eko ndanganya batu na mahubiri yake, kwasababu, batu, batomboke, anatokeya Galilaya, akapita Yudeya muzima na sasa ana fika tii apa. 6 Wakati Pilato akisikiya mambo iyi, aka uliza mutu ule alikuwa wa Galilaya. 7 Nawakati alisikiya kama Yesu eko mutu wamugini ya Heroda, naye aka mutuma kwa mufalalme Herode, kwasababu masiku ile alikuwa Yerusalema. 8 wakati Herode ali mona Yesu aka furayi sana kwa sababu alisikiya abari ya Yesu na toka zamani alikuwa naniya kumuhona, alikuwa nawazakama Yesu atafanya miugiza mbele yake. 9 Kisha Herode aka miliza Yesu,maulizo mingi lakini Yesu akamujibu ata neno moya. 10 Bakubwa pale baka musitaki sana na kulalamika. 11 Herode na ba askari bake baka mucheka sana Yesu na baka muzasau, baka muvalisha nguwo moya ya muzuri kama vile mufalme, kisha baka murudisha kwa Pilato. 12 Kutokeya siku ile Herode na Pilato ba kanza kusikilizana, kwa sababu toka zamani bali kuwaka bahaduyi. 13 Pilato akaita tena bakuhani bote na ba chungazi ya batu. 14 Aka baambiya mwenye muna nileta mutu uyu na muna sema eko na danganya batu, namuliza mbele yenu, lakini sione atakosa moya ta kumupa mutu uyu mali pizi ya mambo yote muko na mustakiya. 15 Mfalme Herode naye akumona ata nakosamoya, njo komona ana murudisha kwangu, na myambiya kweli mutu huyu hana nakosa, hata moya ya ku muwa. 16 Njo lakini, nitamu pikisha mpaka fimbo, kisha nita mwachiliya. 17 Pilato alipenda kubatosheya mufungwa moya pale pa feti, kama vile desturi yabo. 18 Lakini bote baka lalamika utwachiye Barabasi, lakini umuwe Yesu. 19 Na Barabasi alifungiwaka kwa sababu ya kutomboka na kijambaza kyake. 20 Pilatoakaba uliza tena mara ya pili kwa sababu alipenda kumwacha Yesu. 21 Na bote bakalalamika kwa nguvu, umutunduke kumusalama, atundikiwe kumusalaba akufe. 22 Pilato akabauliza tena mara ya tatu, mambo kani ya mubaya yenyewe ana fanya? Miye sione ata kosa moya kwake yenyewe ana fanya ya kuweza kumuhuwa, njo kwamanita mupikisha tu fimbo na kisha nita mwacha. 23 Bote bakaendeleya kulalamika na nguvu sana, bamu tundike Yesu kumusalaba, na kulalamika kwabo kuka mukosesha pilato kimya. 24 Na Pilato akikata mambo vile bote balipenda. 25 Aka acha Barabasi mufunguwa yule aliye uwa na aka bapatishiya Yesu kumi kono yabo , kwasababu ba fanye naye gisi bopeke banapenda . 26 Wakati ba askari balianza kwenda na Yesu ndani ya njiya baka kutana na mutu moya wa mungini Sirene, jina yake Simoni alitoka kumashamba na bakamukamata, nakumubebesha musalaba wa yesu na amufwate nao nyuma. 27 Batu mingi balikuwa na mufwata banamuke balikuwa, naliya nguvu sana juu ya Yesu. 28 Yesu akageuka angaliya akisema, ba mama ya Yeruzasalama, Musiliye juu yangu, lakini mujililiye juu yenu na juu ya batoto yenu. 29 Angaliya, masiku yambele bata sema, babarikiwe banamuke bale basipo zala na matumbo ile isiyo beba mimba na maziba ile isiyo nyonyesha. 30 Na bataanza kusema na milima, milima mutuangu kiye na mutu finike. 31 «Basi, wakati_ bana nitedeya miye ivi, ku muti mubichi, sasa kumati wakukauka, ita kuwa je?» 32 Bakaleta tena batu mbili bana banaume bafunuwa ju ya kijambazi. 33 Wakati balifika na fasi yenye kuitwa mufupa wa kichwa, ba askari ba kamutiya kumusalaba, pamoja na bayambazi mbili, moya kumukono wa kuume na mwengine kumukono wa kushoto. 34 Yesu akasema baba uba hurumiye kwasababu habajuwe mambobeko na tenda (bajinga) ba askari baka pasula nguo yake kisha baka ipikiya kuna. 35 Batu mingi bali kuwa nangaliliya wakati bakubwa ya ba Yuda baka mucheka na kusema, yeye aliponesha, batu mingi, kama eko mupakaliwa wamungu, na muchoguliwa wa Mungu, bassi ajiponeshe leo yekepeke. 36 Wakati ba askiari balikuwa na muzarau, balimuchofeya na kumupatiya pombe yabu chachu. 37 Baka mwambiya kama uko mufalme waba Yuda ujiponeshe basi. 38 Na bakahandika yulu ya mu salaba wake « Huyu ndiye mufalme waba Yuda.» 39 Jambazi moya ulealikuwa, kumusalaba akanza lumuzarawu nakusema, kama waye ni Kristo uji okowe basi na utuokowe na siye? 40 Najambazi mwengine aka mujibu na aka mukemeya aklisema, ju ya nini weye hahugope Mungu, siye bote tuko katika mateso. 41 Lakini siye tuna sulubiwa kwa haki, kwsababu siye tuna sulubiwa kufatana na kijambazi kyetu lakini, mutu uyun akufanya kosa ata moya. 42 Na akamwambiya Yesu, uni kumbukeewakati uta rudiyaka mu ufalme wako. 43 Yesu aka mwambiya, nakwambiya kwa kweli, leo uta kuwa pamoja na miya ndani ya Paradizo. 44 Na wakati ikafika misi giza ika ingya katika duniya muzima, muda wa saa tatu. 45 Juwa ika zimika, busikubuka ingiya na paziya ikapasuka kati kati, kwanzi ya yuliu mpaka chini. 46 Yesu akili ya kwa sauti mukubwa akisema, Baba na iweka roho yangu ndani ya mikono yako na kisha kusema ivi akakufa. 47 Wakati mulinzai aka ona mambo iy aka mutu kuza Mungu akisema Nkn kweli uyu ali kuwa mutu a haki. 48 Na batu bote balikuwa pale, wakati baka ona mambo yote iliyo pita, ba karudiya na kupika mikono kulibali. 49 Lakini banafiki yake, na banamuke bale balimufwata kutota Galilaya, baka siama mbali na kwangaliya mambo yote mbali. 50 Na kulikuwa mutu moya ana ye itwa Josefu, naye alikuwa mumoya wamba fanya kazi mutu muzuri na mwenye haki, 51 alikuwa babo aya kubaliya na, na bamuzi kwa matendo yabo alitoka armataya mugini waba Yuda ambayo ulikuwa na chuna ufalme wa Mungu. 52 Mutu uyu alienda kwa Pilato na akaomba bamupatie mwilin wa Yesu. 53 Aka shusha mwili wa Yesu na aka ufinika nguwo muzuri na aka mweka ndani ya karibu ambayo ili chimbumbumliwa ndani ya majiwe, fasi ambayo bali kuwa bado habaya zikakamutu. 54 Ili kuwa siku ya matarisho ya sabato. 55 Banamuke bale balitokeya nabo Galilaya bali mufwata, na bakaona mamuna gani mwili wa Yesu ili lishiwa , 56 bakarudiya na bakanza kutengeneza manukato, na malasi na siku ya sabato balipumuzika gisi sheriya yabo ina sema.
1 Batu bote kakasibama, na bakamupeleka Yesumbele ya Pilato. 2 Baka anza kumusitaki, kusema, tuna mukata mutu uju eke na danganya batu bote ya taifa yatu, na eko na kataza batu basilipe mpaku ya mufalme mukubwa wa Roma, na, anajita Mesiya mufalm wetu 3 Pilato aka muliza wenye uko mufalme wabayuda? Yesu aka mujibu, weye mwenyewe una isha kusema. 4 Kisha Pilato akasema na bakubwa ya makuhani pia na batu bote balikuwa pale sione kosa ata moya ya kumupa mutu uyu malipizi. 5 Bote bakatiya makelele naku sema, ye eko ndanganya batu na mahubiri yake, kwasababu, batu, batomboke, anatokeya Galilaya, akapita Yudeya muzima na sasa ana fika tii apa. 6 Wakati Pilato akisikiya mambo iyi, aka uliza mutu ule alikuwa wa Galilaya. 7 Nawakati alisikiya kama Yesu eko mutu wamugini ya Heroda, naye aka mutuma kwa mufalalme Herode, kwasababu masiku ile alikuwa Yerusalema. 8 wakati Herode ali mona Yesu aka furayi sana kwa sababu alisikiya abari ya Yesu na toka zamani alikuwa naniya kumuhona, alikuwa nawazakama Yesu atafanya miugiza mbele yake. 9 Kisha Herode aka miliza Yesu,maulizo mingi lakini Yesu akamujibu ata neno moya. 10 Bakubwa pale baka musitaki sana na kulalamika. 11 Herode na ba askari bake baka mucheka sana Yesu na baka muzasau, baka muvalisha nguwo moya ya muzuri kama vile mufalme, kisha baka murudisha kwa Pilato. 12 Kutokeya siku ile Herode na Pilato ba kanza kusikilizana, kwa sababu toka zamani bali kuwaka bahaduyi. 13 Pilato akaita tena bakuhani bote na ba chungazi ya batu. 14 Aka baambiya mwenye muna nileta mutu uyu na muna sema eko na danganya batu, namuliza mbele yenu, lakini sione atakosa moya ta kumupa mutu uyu mali pizi ya mambo yote muko na mustakiya. 15 Mfalme Herode naye akumona ata nakosamoya, njo komona ana murudisha kwangu, na myambiya kweli mutu huyu hana nakosa, hata moya ya ku muwa. 16 Njo lakini, nitamu pikisha mpaka fimbo, kisha nita mwachiliya. 17 Pilato alipenda kubatosheya mufungwa moya pale pa feti, kama vile desturi yabo. 18 Lakini bote baka lalamika utwachiye Barabasi, lakini umuwe Yesu. 19 Na Barabasi alifungiwaka kwa sababu ya kutomboka na kijambaza kyake. 20 Pilatoakaba uliza tena mara ya pili kwa sababu alipenda kumwacha Yesu. 21 Na bote bakalalamika kwa nguvu, umutunduke kumusalama, atundikiwe kumusalaba akufe. 22 Pilato akabauliza tena mara ya tatu, mambo kani ya mubaya yenyewe ana fanya? Miye sione ata kosa moya kwake yenyewe ana fanya ya kuweza kumuhuwa, njo kwamanita mupikisha tu fimbo na kisha nita mwacha. 23 Bote bakaendeleya kulalamika na nguvu sana, bamu tundike Yesu kumusalaba, na kulalamika kwabo kuka mukosesha pilato kimya. 24 Na Pilato akikata mambo vile bote balipenda. 25 Aka acha Barabasi mufunguwa yule aliye uwa na aka bapatishiya Yesu kumi kono yabo , kwasababu ba fanye naye gisi bopeke banapenda . 26 Wakati ba askari balianza kwenda na Yesu ndani ya njiya baka kutana na mutu moya wa mungini Sirene, jina yake Simoni alitoka kumashamba na bakamukamata, nakumubebesha musalaba wa yesu na amufwate nao nyuma. 27 Batu mingi balikuwa na mufwata banamuke balikuwa, naliya nguvu sana juu ya Yesu. 28 Yesu akageuka angaliya akisema, ba mama ya Yeruzasalama, Musiliye juu yangu, lakini mujililiye juu yenu na juu ya batoto yenu. 29 Angaliya, masiku yambele bata sema, babarikiwe banamuke bale basipo zala na matumbo ile isiyo beba mimba na maziba ile isiyo nyonyesha. 30 Na bataanza kusema na milima, milima mutuangu kiye na mutu finike. 31 «Basi, wakati_ bana nitedeya miye ivi, ku muti mubichi, sasa kumati wakukauka, ita kuwa je?» 32 Bakaleta tena batu mbili bana banaume bafunuwa ju ya kijambazi. 33 Wakati balifika na fasi yenye kuitwa mufupa wa kichwa, ba askari ba kamutiya kumusalaba, pamoja na bayambazi mbili, moya kumukono wa kuume na mwengine kumukono wa kushoto. 34 Yesu akasema baba uba hurumiye kwasababu habajuwe mambobeko na tenda (bajinga) ba askari baka pasula nguo yake kisha baka ipikiya kuna. 35 Batu mingi bali kuwa nangaliliya wakati bakubwa ya ba Yuda baka mucheka na kusema, yeye aliponesha, batu mingi, kama eko mupakaliwa wamungu, na muchoguliwa wa Mungu, bassi ajiponeshe leo yekepeke. 36 Wakati ba askiari balikuwa na muzarau, balimuchofeya na kumupatiya pombe yabu chachu. 37 Baka mwambiya kama uko mufalme waba Yuda ujiponeshe basi. 38 Na bakahandika yulu ya mu salaba wake « Huyu ndiye mufalme waba Yuda.» 39 Jambazi moya ulealikuwa, kumusalaba akanza lumuzarawu nakusema, kama waye ni Kristo uji okowe basi na utuokowe na siye? 40 Najambazi mwengine aka mujibu na aka mukemeya aklisema, ju ya nini weye hahugope Mungu, siye bote tuko katika mateso. 41 Lakini siye tuna sulubiwa kwa haki, kwsababu siye tuna sulubiwa kufatana na kijambazi kyetu lakini, mutu uyun akufanya kosa ata moya. 42 Na akamwambiya Yesu, uni kumbukeewakati uta rudiyaka mu ufalme wako. 43 Yesu aka mwambiya, nakwambiya kwa kweli, leo uta kuwa pamoja na miya ndani ya Paradizo. 44 Na wakati ikafika misi giza ika ingya katika duniya muzima, muda wa saa tatu. 45 Juwa ika zimika, busikubuka ingiya na paziya ikapasuka kati kati, kwanzi ya yuliu mpaka chini. 46 Yesu akili ya kwa sauti mukubwa akisema, Baba na iweka roho yangu ndani ya mikono yako na kisha kusema ivi akakufa. 47 Wakati mulinzai aka ona mambo iy aka mutu kuza Mungu akisema Nkn kweli uyu ali kuwa mutu a haki. 48 Na batu bote balikuwa pale, wakati baka ona mambo yote iliyo pita, ba karudiya na kupika mikono kulibali. 49 Lakini banafiki yake, na banamuke bale balimufwata kutota Galilaya, baka siama mbali na kwangaliya mambo yote mbali. 50 Na kulikuwa mutu moya ana ye itwa Josefu, naye alikuwa mumoya wamba fanya kazi mutu muzuri na mwenye haki, 51 alikuwa babo aya kubaliya na, na bamuzi kwa matendo yabo alitoka armataya mugini waba Yuda ambayo ulikuwa na chuna ufalme wa Mungu. 52 Mutu uyu alienda kwa Pilato na akaomba bamupatie mwilin wa Yesu. 53 Aka shusha mwili wa Yesu na aka ufinika nguwo muzuri na aka mweka ndani ya karibu ambayo ili chimbumbumliwa ndani ya majiwe, fasi ambayo bali kuwa bado habaya zikakamutu. 54 Ili kuwa siku ya matarisho ya sabato. 55 Banamuke bale balitokeya nabo Galilaya bali mufwata, na bakaona mamuna gani mwili wa Yesu ili lishiwa , 56 bakarudiya na bakanza kutengeneza manukato, na malasi na siku ya sabato balipumuzika gisi sheriya yabo ina sema.
1 Mwango ilikuwa neno n'noilikuwa na Mungu 2 na ilikuwa Mungu, nayeye alikua pamoja na Mungu. 3 Bitu yote niyeye alibi umba. 4 Maisha na mwangaza ya watu ilikuwa ndani yake. 5 Mwangaza ina waka ndani ya giza na giza haiwezi kuyizimisha. 6 Kulikuwa mutumweni Mungu alituma kwa jina ya Yohane. 7 Anakuwa sawa mshahidi wa hii mwanganza ju bote ba amani kupitita yeye. 8 Yohane haikonjo mwanganza il alikuya juya kushuhudiya mwanganza. 9 Ilikuwa mwanganza wa kweli kwa batu yote benyi banakuya mu dunya. 10 Alikuwa mu dunya, na ni yeye aliye iumba, ila dunya haiku mutambuwa. 11 Alikuya kwabo, na bandugu yake habaku mupokeya 12 Lakini kwabote balimu pokeya, benyi ku itika jina yake aliwapa mamulaka ya watoto wa Mungu. 13 Benyi habazaliwe na damu wala kupanda ya mwili, ya mutu lakini Mungu ye peke. 14 Na neno ikagewuka mwili ikaikala ndani yetu, tukaona sita sawa ya sifa ya mutu moja mwenyi anatoka kwa baba, akijazuwa na neema piya kweli. 15 Yohana akatowa ushuhuala wake, akalalamika: yenjo nilisemaka; mwnyi kuya nyuma yangu iko mikubuwa kwangu ju alikuwaka mbole yangu. 16 Kwa utukufu wake ndiyo tunapota neema juu ya neema, 17 Sababu sheria ililetwa na musa neema na kweli ikapotikana kwa njiya ya Yesu-Christu. 18 Hakuna mutu aliona Mungu lakini mwana peke wa ,mwenyi iko ndani yake alitujilisha. 19 Angaliya ashuhunda wa Yohana wakati wa yuda walituma na makutahani na walowi kutoka yerusalemi bamuulize kama: weye ni nani ? 20 Akajibula bila kuogopa «Siko masia 21 kisha baka muuzila ukonani basi ? « Ni Eliya ?» Apana.» bakasema « Uko ,nani ?» akajibu « Apana» 22 Kisha baka mwambiya : « wenjo nani » tuta sema nini kwa mwenyi walitutuma ? Ujitambulishe. 23 Aka jibiya «Miko sauti yenyi kwlamika mu pori nabi isaya alisemaka mutengeneze njiya ya Bwana». 24 Batumwa ya ba farisayo baka muuliza : 25 «juya nini una batiza na ha uko masia, hauko Eliya wala nabii ?» 26 Yohane akabaambiya«Niko na batiza na mayi, lakini kuka mwnyi hamujuwe. 27 yengo anakuya nyuma ya ngu na siwezi ata kufungula kamba ya viyatoyake. » 28 Mambo hii ita pita mu betani fasi yenyi Yohane alikuwa ana batiza katika yordani. 29 Kisha masiku, Yohane akaona Yesu anakuya kwake, akasema, angaliya mwana kondoo wa Mungu, mwenyi ana toshaka zambi ya dunya. 30 Yenjo nilisemaka lakini iko mukubwa kwangu na alikuwa mbele miye nikuwe. 31 Siku mujuwaka lakini nili batiza na mayi ju ajulikane ndani ya israeli. 32 Yohane akasema mina mina ona hoho kushuka mbinguni, sawa ndege ika simama juu yake. 33 Siku mujuwa lakini mwenyi alinituma ni batiez kwa maji akannionesha , mwenyi utaona roho ina simama kwake, yenjo ata batiza kwa roho mtakatifu. 34 Nika ona na nika itika kama ike mtoto wa Mungu. 35 Kisha masiku Yohana alikuwa na bana funzi bake bawili. 36 akona Yesu kupita aka baambiya «angaliya mwana kondo wa Mungu!» 37 kisha baka fata Yesu bote ba wili, kwa ushuhunda wa Yohana. 38 Yesu aka baona bana kuya kwake aka bauliza muna tafuta nini? Baka rudisha kiongozi,unakuwaka wapi? 39 Aka jibu mukuye muone, baka kuya na baka ona baka ikala naye ile siku ju saana ili waka ina pita (magaribi). 40 Mubale banafuzi kuli kuwa Andre ndugu yake na Simoni Petro. 41 Akasema tume ona Mesiya, akamubeba kwa Yesu, Yesu 42 akamuangaliya weye ni Simoni mtoto wa Yohana, nitaku ita Cephas (Petro). 43 Siku ya kufata Yesu wakati Yesu alitafuta enda Galilaya, akakuta Filipo aka mwambiya unitate. 44 Filipo alikuwa mutu wa bethsaida muji wa Andreya na Petro. 45 Filipo akokuta Natanaeli aka mwambiya juya mutu mwenyi sherya ya Musa ili semaka, na ma lobi bali kubaliya ya tume muona Yesu mtoto wa Yusufu wa nazareti. 46 Natanaeli akapinga akisema kitu kizuri kita weza kutoka mu nazareti Filipo akajibu kuya uangaliye. 47 Yesu aka ona Natanaeli akasema kabisa uyu ni mutu wa isreaeli mwenyi hasema bongo. 48 Filipo aka shangaliya ni je Yesu ana ni juma? Yesu aka jiba mbele bakuyite Filipo nilikuona chini ya muti. 49 Natanaeli akasema kiongozi uko mtoto wa Mungu, 50 Yesu akajibu vile mina kuambiya kama nili kuona chili yamuti njo mana una itika? Na bado utaona mambo mingi kushinda hii, 51 Akasema tena kwa kweli bila bongo utaona mbingu kifunguka na malaika bata shuka na kupanda ju ya mtoto wa mutu (Adamu).
1 Kulikua feti ya ndoa mu Kana ya Galilaya baada ya siku tatu na mam yake. 2 Yesu alikuamo ndani. Yesu na wanafunzi walitwa nao kwa ile feti ya ndoa. 3 Wakati pombe iliisha, mama wa Yesu alimwambia: «Hawana tena pombe.» 4 Yesu akamujibia : « Mwanamuke ile inanianglia mimi na nini? Wakati wangu bado.» 5 Mama yake aki waambiya watumishi: «Fanyeni yote awaambiapo:» 6 Kulikua matungi sita ya bulongo ulioyo yarishwa kwa desturi ya wayuda kua kunawa kila mutu kwa mara mbili ao tatu. 7 Yesu akawambia:«Mujaze mitungi maji na ndivo wakajaza tele. 8 Kisha Yesu akawambia: «Watumishi, itukamate sasa na mupeleke pombe kua kiongozi wa kazi.» Na wakipeleka. 9 Kiongozi mkuu wakazi akaonja maji ilio geuza pombe, bila kufua wapi ilitokea (lakini watumishi walioshota ayo wamejua fasi ilitoka). Kisha wakati bwana harusi na waka mwambia: 10 Mutu wote anatoshaka mbele pombe mzuri, kiisha analeta pombe mbaya wakati watu wanalevieka. Lakini weye ulichunga pombe mzuri adi sasa.» 11 Mu uzima wa kana ku Galilaya ilonesha mwanzo wamiujiza yenye Yesu alifanya na ikaonesha utukufu wake. 12 Kwisha pale akashika Kapernaum yeye na Mama yake, na ngugu zake na wanafunzi wake na habakuka wiya kule siku mingi. 13 Pasaka ya wayuda ili karibia na Yesu alipenda Yerusalema. 14 Alikuta ndani ya hekalu wauzisaji wa ngombe, kondolo na njiwa. na wabadishaji wa feza wali kuwa ikala ndani ya hekalu. 15 Aliwapiga kwa fimbo na kuwa fukuza inje ya hekalu, pamoja na kondolo na ngombe Akamwanga pesa ya wabadirshaji na kuvuja meza yao. 16 Akiwambiya wachuruzi wa njina mutoche mbali na hapa vitu vyenu hivi muache kufanya nyumba ya Baba yangu fasi ya kuuzisha biashara. 17 Wanafunzi wakewakikumbuka maandiko. wivu wa nyumba hii inaniunguza moyo.» 18 viongozi wa mayuda wakajibu: «Alama gani ita tuonesha mambo yenye ulifanya ?» 19 Yesu akiwajibu: «Mu ivunje ile hyekalu na kisha siku yatu ni taijenga tena.» 20 Viongozi wa wayuda wakisema : «Tulikamata miaka makumi ine na sita kua kuijenga hii hekalu, na weye utailamusha musiku tatu tu?» 21 Kwa lakini alisemea hekalu kama mwili wake. 22 Kisha yeye kufufuka toka wafu wanafunzi wakakumbuka kwaba aliwaelezeaka yale maneno na wakaamini pamoja na neno ile Yesu alikasemaka. 23 Wakati alipokua Yerusalema juu ya pasaka wakati wafeti, wengi wakaanini mu jina yake, kua kuona miujiza alipo ya tenda. 24 Lakini Yesu hakupenda kujipina kuao kwa sababu aliwafaha mu wote, 25 sababu hakukua na lazima za ushuuda za watu sababu alijuwa yenye ilikua ndani yake.
1 Kulikwa mfarisayo moja jina lake Nikodemo alikuwa piya kionjozi ndani ya baraza ya bayuda. 2 Alimwendea Yezu usiku kwa upeke na kumwambia mukubwa tunajua kama weye ni mwalimo kotoka kwa mungu, sababu hakuna mutu akaye fanya maajabu una afanya, kama Mungu haiko naye 3 Yesu akajibu: kwa kweli kama mutu hakuzaliwa mara ya pili houngia ufulme wa Mungu. 4 Nikodemo akawuliwa mara ya pili na akiwa mzee ? atarudia kutumbo ya mwana yake na kuzaliwa tena ? 5 Yesu akajibu: kwa kweli, kama mutu hazaliwe kwa mayi na kwa roho hawezi kwingia katika ufalme wa Mungu. 6 Aliye zaliwa kimwili, ni wa kimwili, na aliye zaliwa kiroho. 7 Usishangae sababu nakuambia: unapashwa uzaliwe upya. 8 Pepo inaendaka ngambo yote, na unasikiaka sauti yake, lakini haujue imatoka wapi na inaenda wapi. Ni hivi juu ya mutu anayezaliwa kiroho 9 Nikodemo akauliza ile itafanyaka namunagani. 10 Yesu akamujibu: wewe ni mutu mukubwa wa baraza ya Bayuda haujuwe hii maneno? 11 Kwa kweli tunasema bile tunajua, na tunajua, na tushuhudia bile tuliona lakini hamuitike ushuhuda wetu 12 Wakati na wasemea vitu vya dunia hamukubali namuna gani mutaamini kama nikawaambia maneno ya mbinguni? 13 Hakuna aliyepanda mbinguni mpaka tu ule aliyetoka mbinguni mototo wa mutu (Adam) 14 Kama vile Musa aliinwa nyoko ya chuma mujangwa vilevile mutoto wa mutu anastahili kuiliwa , 15 kwa sababu kila atakaye mwamini apate uzima wa milele 16 Kwa maana Mungu alipenda sana dunia akotoa mutoto wake wa pekee, juu kila mutu atakayemwamini apate uzima wa milele 17 Mungu hakumutuna wake juu ahukumu dunia, lakini, kwa sababu dunia iokoke kupitia yeye. 18 Kila mutu anayemwamini hata hukuniwa lakini anayekotala kumwani anaisha hukumiwa, kwa sababu hakuamini jina ya mototo wa peke wa Mungu 19 Na hii njo sababu ya lukumu, wakati mwangaza ulingana watu wachagwa kutembea kugiza kuliko ku mwangaza, sababu matenda yao ilikuwa mubaya 20 kwa maana, kila mutu anayetenda zambi anachukiya mwanga na hata sogeya kumwangaza juu motendo yake ya mubaya isionekane wazi 21 Mara mingi, mutu anayetenda kweli anasogeya kwenye mwangaza, kwa sababu yote aliyotenda juu ya Mungu yaonekane wazi-wazi 22 Nyuma ya ile Yesu na wanafunzi wake wakaende Yudea waliikala nao wakati mufu pale,na akabatiza 23 Yowane naye alikwa nabatiza pale enoni karibu na salimu kwa sababu palikwa mayi mingi watun walikuya kwake juu wabatizwe. 24 Kwa sababu, wakati ule, Yowani alikua hayafungiwa 26 Tena wanafunzi wa yowandi na wayuda wakabishana sana juu ya suku kubwa ya kutakaswa. 25 wakaenda kwa Yowani na wakasema: mkubwa, ule mutu ulikua naye ngambo ya mutoni yolodani, ule ulishuhundia juu yake, angalya, yuko nabatiza na watu wote wanamufuata. 27 Yowani akajibu: mutu ata moya hatapokeya kitu, kamahakupekewa na Mungu kotoka mbinguni. 28 Munakwa washahidi wangu wakati nilisema hivi: miye si Masia; na nikesana tena: Militumwa tu mbele yake. 29 Mwenye anahusika na mwanamuke wa ndaa ni bwana wa ndoa, yeye anamamatu,na kiuchunga , furaha yake inakamilika wakati anasikia sauti ya rafiki yake.na hii munayonisemea hapa, inakamilisha furya yangu. 30 Ni vizuri yeye apande, na miye nishuke. 31 Ule anayetoka yulu anakwa yule ya yote. anayetoka kudunia ni wadunia na anasema vitu vya kidunia. 32 Aliye toka mbinguni yuko yulu ya yote anashuhundia bile aliona na bile alisikia, lakini hakuna anayemwamini. 33 Anayeamini ushuda wake, anahakikisha kama Mungu yuko kweli. 34 Kwa maana aliyetumwa na Mungu anaonangea maneno ya Mungu, kwa sababu Mungu hamupe mutu roho na kipino. 35 Baba anamupenda mutoto wake na anaweka vitu vyote kumikono yake. 36 Anayemwamini mutoto wa Mungu anauzima wa milele, asiye amini hama uzima, lakioni hasira ya Mungu inashuka juu yake.
1 Yesu awabatiza ata mutu mawazo ya bafalisa ya bule. 2 Banafunzi ya Yesu joo baliba tiza watu. 3 Alikuwa Yudea na anarudiya munzi ya Galileya. 4 Shaba yake kupika Samaliya kukisima ya Yakobo. 5 Anakuta Mwanamke moya ana shota mayi ya kunya. 6 Yesu na lomba mayi muke akatala juu han mayi ya uzima. 7 Mayi ya muke ahimalize kwi ya mayi anakatala. 8 Wakati ile Yesu anahongeya na Mwanamke vanafunzi balienda shuguri. 9 Tuhatshe ukabila juu Yesu alikuw muyahudi Mwanamke ni msamaria. 10 Yesu akamuhambiya mwanamke kama ulini juuwa ukinilomba mayi ya uzima. 11 Mwanamke akashanga juu mayi ya uzima jé uko na mayi ya uzima unalimba aye. 12 Mwanamke anamwambiya kisima hi ya Kakobo ya ko iko wapi. 13 Yesu a sema mayi ya ke ya uzima na ina maliza kio. 14 Kama Yesu a napatiya mayi ya milele akuna kiute na Mwanamke a penda akunye mayi juu a sisikiye kiu tena ya mayi ya isunia 15 Mwanamke apenda akunye mayi juu asisikiye kiu tena ya mayi ya isunia. 16 Na mwanamke akahatsha kyungu ya mayi kukisima alomba Yesu ende kupasa abari. 17 Yesu akamurusu kihita mwanamke uko na ba bwana ine ka ya tano ahiko wako mke anasoma sina tume. 18 Mwanamke na sema unasema kweli sasa na mini. 19 Mwanamke anatafuta ayuwe Yesu kama nabi hau Masiya? 20 Mwanamke na penda ayuwe, fasi ya kuhumba na muma au Yeruseleme au wapi? 21 Yesu akasema wakati iye mukihomba kwa roho ya kweli ahiko kumlima tu. 22 Sisi tuna bundu Mungu tana muyuya mabari yake. 23 Sa imefika tuta mubundu kwa kweli naroho. 24 Baba ni roho, wale bata mumabudu kweli na roho ya kweli. 25 Mwanamke a sema weye masiyo ule a ta kuya? unasema mambo yangu yote! 26 Yesu anahitika mbele ya muke yeye Masiya. 27 Wanafizi waki rudi bana mupitiya mukate anasema yeye mwanamke ya uzima. 28 Nyama mwanamke kusika masemi ya Yesu anaende kupasha abali na kihita batu kumuhona. 29 Mwanamke anahita watu kuya kohona mtu ana niambiya mambo yangu yote. 30 Alihita na watu ya minzi kando kandu bakuye. 31 Yesu anakalakula, chakula ya mitume. 32 Akasema mimi niko na chakula ya uzima. 33 Wanafunji wanatafute bayuwe kama chakula gani? 34 Yesu a nasema anakuya kufanya mapenzi nakazi ya Baba yake. 35 Nanyuma ya masiku mavuno mingi? kushamba ina komala. 36 Kama unapenda malipo tumika kazi ya uzima na furaha. 37 Juu ya nini? makata bengini batumike kazi yangu. 38 Bingine banatumika kwa kweli kazi mingi na furaha. 39 Wasamaria walisikiya masemi ya Yesu bana mini maiku juu ya ule muke. 40 Wana pende abakipel siko mbili naakala pale. 41 Mingi nyuma kusikiya masemi yake wana kubali naye. 42 Wana sukuru mwanamke juu banahona kweli na kusikiya mokonzi ya ulimwungu. 43 Kisha siku mbili narudi Galileya, nakazi ingine kule. 44 Kule Yesu ametangaza nabi ana esima kwabo kubandungu wake. 45 Alifika Galileya walisikiya mambo alifanya Yerusaleme wali mu pokeya na shangwekuu. 46 Kukana mbele ilekuwa alama ya divai ya pili ana poneshe mtoto ya mukubwa ya basordo. 47 Balitafuta kumuwa na mawe Galileye, ku toka yudea. Yesu akamuliza juu ya nini? na penda ishara kuliko kusikiya habari njema? 48 Yesu akahuliza juu ya nini? napenda Ishara kuliko kusikiya habari njema? 49 Yesu a kamu hambiye mukubwa ya Basorda ende yo ko mtoto ana pona. 50 Yesu ana muambiya kwenda mtoto yako atapona ule mutu anamini msemi ya yesu akienda naye. 51 Sakihongozi ya basorda anafika anakuta mtoto a mepona pale. 52 Na nyuma ya saa vilevile Yesu a lisema akapona. 53 Ule Baba ana tambuw Yesu kwa muda. 54 Ile ni alama ya pili Yesu a lifanya kutoka Yudea kwenda Galileya
1 Kulikuwa feté ya wayuda , yesu lienda yelusalema 2 .Pale yelusalema kulukuwa kisema maji jenyi iliitua betasaida na mbele ya ile kisima kondoo . 3 Kivina ile ilikuwa na lehemutano. kikundi kubwa ya watu wagongwa:-vipofu vilema walikuwa wanalala karibu na kirima hicho wakigo zaruba ya maji. 4 kwani malaika wa Mungu alikuwa anashuka wakati moja- moja.Wakati malaika anatingija maji kwanza kushuka amaponywa . 5 kulikuwa mtu moja mwenyi aligonjwa mdu murefu karibu miaka mabumi tatu na nane. 6 Yesu akamona, akisema unapenda upone?wakamuulija , 7 Mgonjwa akanjibu: Bwana, Sina mtu mwenye anaweza kumtupa ku maji wakate maji enatingika mtu mwengine anajitupa mbele yangu. 8 Yesu akamuambia kamata kilako yako uende. 9 palepale majonjwa akopona , siku ilekwa ya Mungu 10 Wayunda, waliona munjonjwa kusimama wakamuuliza,leo ni siku ya saboto nani ubebe kilago yako?. 11 Akwajibu: ni mwenye aliniponesha ndjo aliniambia ni bebe kilako yangu na niende. 12 Nani aliikwambiia ubebe kilako na chacho ubende?. 13 Na mutu ule akujuwa ne nani alimuponya sababu ya bwengi ya watu.toka kati ya watu 14 kiisha Yesu akamkuta mgonjua yule kati ya nyumba ya Mungu (kanisa) .Angolia usifanye tena nzambe usije kupata meno mbaya kupita ile 15 .Ntu yule akaenda kuwambia wayuda kamani Yesu nzyo alimponyesha. 16 sababu ya vitendo vile, waynda walipenda kumtesa yesu na kumtafutama muhuwe alitenda miujiza mingi siku ya sabato. 17 Na Yesu akawambia baba yangu angali anatenda, na mimi niko natenda mupaka ivi. 18 Na kua iyo : wakitaka kumuuwa Yesu sababu akuheshimia siku ya sabato, ababu aluta Mungu baba yake. 19 Yesu akawajibu, Akika-akika mtoto kaweji kufanya neno lalote bila neno kutoka kwa baba . 20 sabaku bato anampenda ntoto na wyo atamuomyesha vyote kusudi mpate kusangaa. 21 kama vita Baba awapatia watu ujima ntoto wyo ivyo anafana uzima kwa wenyi kumpenda. 22 Sababu baba ahukumu muntu lakina mtoto wake. 23 Kua ajeli bote bantu bamusheshimu mtoto kupitia baba na ule anaheshimu, amaheshimu baba aliyemtuma. 24 kwili kwili mutu wowote anaye sikia heno langa na susadikia mwemji alinituma hataukumiwa lakini atapata uzima wa milele haata fungwa kamwe . 25 kwili kwili ,wakati umetimia, wafu na mtu wowote atakaje sikia neno la mtoto wa Mungu ataitshi milele 26 Ginsi baba yuko na uzima kati yake vile vite mtoto anayo uzima. 27 Kati yake baba alimpa uwizo ya kusambi sha kwani ni mivana wantu. 28 Musisangae, wakati uliisha timia walio wa kufa,kakusivi. 29 Watasikia neno lake walio fanya matendo mema watafulwa , kwa uzima wa milele na walio tenda zambi watafufulii na watapata malipizo 30 sifaniaki kitu kwa uwizo wangu mwenyewa kama vile nasikia , nasambisha, na kwambusha yangu ni ya ukweli, mimi (Yesu) sitafuta mapenzi yangu lakini mapenzi ya mwenji aliye nituma (Mungu). 31 Kama nikitaka kujitemoigner mimi mwenyewe haitakuwa sawa. 32 Kupo mwengine mwenye ananishudia, na ushuudi wake ni sawa (ukweli) 33 Mulitumaka watu kwa Yoani, akawambia ushuhuda ya ukweli kwasasa ushuhuda ( ushuuda) wangusi wa mtu. 34 Nasema hivi muokolewe. 35 Yohane alikuwa mangaza yenji iliangaa kati yenu, mulitaka kwangazwa mda chache kwa kufwahisha 36 Ushuuda wangu ni kubwa sana kupita ya johane kwani kazi baba alipitia inanishudia(inashuhudia) kama baba alinituma. 37 Baba mwenji aliyenituma anani shuhudia. Hamsiku neno lake kazi yake sababu neno lake haikae kati yenu kwane hamujamsadiki, mwenji aliyetuma. 38 Neno yake aiko ndani yenu, sababu amuamini yeye aliye mtuma. 39 Munaonja(kupima) maandiko ginsi muwawaja ni maandiko ayo ndio ushhuda yangu. 40 Tampedi kuya kwangu kusudi mupate uzima. 41 Sependi sifa yangu kwa watu. 42 Kwani najua humanu upendo wa Mungu kwenu. 43 Nemekuja kwa fina la baba na hamkunipokea musengine angekufa fina mwenywe 44 .Namna gani mtasadiki ninji wanaopenda utukufu za watu lakini hamtafute yayo Mungu mwenywe ? 45 Msiwaze kama mimi nitawachogea kwa baba. Muchongeji wenu ni musa kwani munewaka imani yenu kwake. 46 Kwani mgesadiki , mge misadiki, kwani aliandika juu yangu . 47 Vile hamsadiki, mtawezaje kusadiki ya kwangu.
1 Nyuma ya ile maneno, yesu alienda ngambo ya bahari ya mungini Galilaya, ba na huita tena Bahari Tiberia. 2 Batu mingi baliona mi iutiza na mambo makumbwa njo balimufata. 3 Ali ikala chini na mwanafunzi wake ngambo ya mulima. 4 ( Kumbi feti ya pasaka juu ya ba yuda ilikuwa pembeni). 5 wakati Yesu ali angaliya, anakaona batu mingi ba na mufata; Aka muliza Filipo : tuta uza mikati wapi ya kukulisha batu mingi ivi wapi. 6 (Kumbi Yesu ali uliza mutume wake Filipo juu ya kumipima kwa sababu alijuwa zamani nini ta pitikana). 7 Filipo alimujibu: «Makuta miya mbili haita weza kuuza mikati juu kila mutu apate ata kidogo. 8 Moya na mitume ndungu ya Simoni Petro, Andre, akisema. 9 Apa kuko na kijana mwanaume moja, iko na mikati tano pia na samaki mbili: ita fanya nini ku batu mingi biko apa? 10 Yesu akasema « muikalishe kwanza batu» ( Ile fasi myani ilikuwa mingi kusha wtu wakaikala chini, balikuwa elfu tano abo bote. 11 Njo Yesu akakamata mikati ili akaiombea, küsha aka kabuliya bale bali ikala chini; akaba patia pia samaki. 12 Wakati batu balishiba, akataleta hoda kwa wamitume, «mulakote bipandi enye ili bakia, kusi poteye ata kipanded moja». 13 Wakati bali lokota bipande ya mikati enye ilibakiya, kisha kula wali jaza bitunga kumi na mbili. 14 Wakati watu waloina miujiza ile pia wakisema « Kweli uyu njoo nabihi mwenye alipasha kuya hu duniya». 15 Nyuma ya maneno aya, batu walipenda kumukamata Yesu juu bamu weke mufalme küsha ile fasi, akyendaye peke juu kilima. 16 Mangribi iliyo fika, mitume,balishuka pembeni yabahari. 17 Balipanda ku mutmbu juu ba vuke ngambo ya mayi kwa kwenda kapernahumu. Ile wakati busiku ilikuwa nabo pamoja. 18 Mupepeo ilikuwa nguvu sana pia muzavumba ya zaidi. 19 Nyuma ya kutoka ku kivuko ku urefu ya metre makumi bili na tano, bakaona Yesu Iko na tembeya juu ya mayi iko na kuya kwenye biko baka ogopa. 20 Küsha akasema «Ni miye,musiogope.» 21 Alikaribiya mutumbu mara moja bakagusa bulomo ku baka enda 22 Sikuikaya bale batu benye balibaki ngambo ya mayi ya b ahari bali angaliya bakasem modele gani Yesu alienda, ijapokua mutumbu ya mwisho njoo mitume bali enda nayo pia mitume balienda bo peke. 23 Saa ingine mutumbu ingine enye ilifikatiberiade pale kwenye Yesu aliomba mikati. 24 Wakati batu balijuwa Yesu iwe mitume aba kukawa pale, bakapanda ku mutumbu pia bakaenda kutafuta Yesu kapernaum. 25 Wakati balimu ona Yesu baka muuliza « Afande ulifika apa mamna gani?» 26 Yesu alibajibia «kweli,kweli muna nitafuta ahiko juu muliona miugiza,juu mulikula pia mukashiba mikate. 27 Mwache kutumi kua chakula ya kuharibika, basi mitumi kie chakula ya ku dumu ku uzima ya milele». 28 Pia wakamwambiya « tufanye nini juu ya kutuka ku kazi ya Mungu?» 29 Yesu ana ajibu«mu angaliye kazi ya Mungu;juu muna amini ule menye bali mutuma.» 30 Bakamwambiya «Uta tuongesha miyujiza gani juu kutuamini, uta fanya nini?» 31 Wa baba yetu balikula mana mbukani, ginsi iliandikwa: Alibapatshiya mikate ya kula yenye kutoko mbingu.» 32 Pia ya akawambia «kweli kweli musa njoo alibapatia mikate ya mbingu kumbi baba yangu njoo alibapatia mikatie ya kweli ya mbingu. 33 Mukate ya Mungu njoo ile enye ina chuka mbingu yenye inaleta uzima duniani.» 34 Bakasema «Bwana utu patishie ile mikate kula siku.» 35 Yesu akawambiya «Kikomukate ya uzima; ule mwenge ata kuya kwangu ahata sikiaka tena njala pia ule mwengye ata nisadiki atakuwa na kuhu tena. 36 Mara ingine naliba ambiya :«mulimona kumba amuni amini.» 37 Bote benye boba yanga alimpa bita kuya kwangu na sita batupa. 38 Miye njoo nalishuka mbinguni siku jafanya mapashwa yangi basi kutumiza ile baba yangu. 39 Ta zama mapashwa ya mwenye alituma «nisi poteze mutu moja hu bali alinipata juu ni nibafufue siku za mwicho. 40 Hiyi njo mapachwa ya baba: wowote ata ona mwana na kumuaminiata pota uzima ya milele kusha ta miufufula siku za mwisho» 41 Viongozi ya bayuda bana nungunika juu Yesu ana sema yeye iko mukate amba inashuka mbingu pia bakasema: 42 «Si Yesu uyu Yusufu na Maria njoo bazazi yake bana julikana, mole gani «Anasema nashuka mbinguni?» 43 Yesu akajibu mara moja «ma nunguniko ishele ndani mwenu. 44 Akuna mwengye anaweza kuya kwangu bila baba kumuleta kwangu njoo nita mufufla siku za mwisho. 45 Ime andikwa na monabi " Bote bata fundishwa na Mungu kwa wote watasikia njoo wana soma kwa Mungu" bona toka kwangu. 46 Akuna mwenye aliona Mungu kabla ule mwenye alitoka kwa Mungu, ye njoo aliona baba. 47 Kweli kweli ule mwenye ana amini iko na uzima ya milele. 48 Niko mukate ya uzima. 49 Bazazi yenu balikula mana ku jagwa balikufaka. 50 Sasa hiyi njoo mukate inashuko mbingu juu ule ataikula ahata kufa. 51 Niko mukate ya uzima yanye atahishi milele . Mukate enye nituwa patia ni mwili wangu juu ya uzima ya dunia.» 52 Bayuda bakanungunika pia baka sirika bak sema «Modele gani uyu mutu atapatia batu mwili yake juu bakule?» 53 Yesu akawambia tena«Kweli kweli kama amukule mwili ya mwana damu, na kuku nya damu yake ahuta pata uzima ndani yenu.» 54 Uli atakula mwili wangu na kuny wa damu yangu atapata uzima wa milele, ntamufufula siku zamwisho . 55 Mwili yangu njo chakula kizuri pia damu yangu nikunywaji nzuri. 56 Mwenye ana kula mwili yangu na kuku nyua damu yangu, nitakuwa pamoja nami yeye pamoja na mi. 57 Ginsi Baba mwenye alituma iko mzima, niko hai ku mapenzi yake, na ule wote mwenye ata ata niweka ndani yake, ataishi juu yangu. 58 Hiyi njoo mukate anye ilishuka mbinguni, ahiko ile enye bazazi yenu balikula jagwani küsha walikufa. Mwenye atakula hiyi mukate ata ishi milele. 59 Yesu alisema maneno hile ndani ya kanisa ya kapernaum kwenyea ali kuwa na uburi. 60 Wakali mitume basiliokia maneno hile, baka sema «mahubiri iyi inakuwa nguvu nami atasikiya tena?» 61 Wakati Yesu alioma mitune wa nanunguhika sana, akasema «Nime wakwanza?» 62 Wakati muta ona mwana damu anapanda kwenye alikuwa mbele, 63 Roho damu njoo inaleta uzima, mwili ahina faida, na meno enye na wahabiya ayo njoo Roho pia uzima. 64 Ndani yenu kukingali batu benye aba ni amini tangia zamani Yesu alijuwa bale benye abata mwamini njoo mwenye ata mutowa. 65 Ime andikwa juu ya ya maneno aya akuna mwenye atakuya kwangu bila Baba kunitumiya. 66 Nyuma ya ile maneno mitume wengine walienda pia walikatala kutumbeya naye. 67 Yesu ana uviza mitume kumi na mbili «Nyi ye pia amupende kwenda?» 68 Simoni Petro akamujibu:«Twende tena kwa nani? Uku na nemo la uzima. 69 Tuliisha sadiki tu na juwa kama weye uko mutakatifu wa Mungu.» 70 Yesu akasema, nyiye kumi na mbili ni miye njoo nalibachagua, lakini moja kati yenu iko shetani ? 71 Alikuwa na semeya Yudasi mtoto wa simo iscariota, yeye njoo kati na kumi na mbili ule ata mutowa.
1 Kiisha vitendo ayo Yesu akatembelea Galilaya, ilikataa kwenda Yudeya. 2 Kwani wayaudi wapinga kumuwa nasikuu yalikaribia. 3 Nduguzake waka mwambia uende Yudea, inafaa wanafwizi wako waone kazi unayofanya. 4 Kwani kazi yeyote afanyayo kwa uficho inafaa ionekane wazi, vile unatenda mambo ayo wafaa uyionyeshe wazi mbele ya duria (watu). 5 Pia nduguzake hanakumsadikia, 6 Yesu akawamnbia, siju zangu haijatimia, lakiniezmu kela wakati ziko tayari. 7 Duniahaiweze kuwakataa nyenye hakini inanikataa sababu mambo ya dunia ni mabaya. 8 Mwende ku feti, mimi sije ku feti sababu siku zangu haijaerea. 9 Kiisha ya kusema vitendo hiyo, akabaki Galilaya. 10 Hata wandugu wake walienda na lazima naye ya akaenda kwa uficho. 11 Kwani wayuda walikuwa na lazima naye siku ya feti na kusema iko wapi?. 12 Kulikuwa maubishi mungu kati ya wengi, juu yake (Yesu). Wakisema ni mtumzuri, wengine anapindua watu wengi wengine ni muleta fujo kati mikutano. 13 Hata vile hakuna mtu alisema wazi juu ya kuogopa wayuda. 14 Wakati feti alifika katikati, Yesu akapanda juu Altari kuubiri, 15 Wayuda wakasangaa wakasema: Namna gani anajua maneno mengi, akujifungza ata kidogo, 16 Yesu akawambia manbiri yangu ni ya yule aliye nituma. 17 Mtu akipenda kufanya namna apendaye atajua kama maubiriyake inatoka kwa Mungu ao inatoka kwake mwenyewe mwenyi anaubiri kwa jina lake anatafuta sifa yake. 18 Lakini mwenyi anauribi juu yake mwenyewe, anatafuta sifa yake lakini uyu anasema maneno ya mwenyi alimtuma, ana penda sifa ya mwenyi. Mtu ule ni mtu mzuri na wa kweli. 19 Musa aliwapatiaka amzi, Hata moya katiyenu alishika amzi, sababu gani munatafuta kuniuwa. 20 Makoani wakasema uko na pepo mbaya, nani ata kuuwa? 21 Yesu akawajibu nilifanya mihujiza mukasangaa nyinyi wote Musa aliwapa amzi ya kubeni " Kutauriwa". Japo ilikuwa ya. 22 Musa lakini ili toka kwa wazee. Na siku ya Mungu munahata batu yando. 23 Kama mtu ana katiwa yando siku ya Mungu, akufunya shenia ya Musa? Sababu gani munanisirikia kwani niliponya mtu siku ya Mungu. 24 Musambishi na ukweli, musifate kimutu. 25 Watu wachache wa Yelusaleme akajuiliza kaiko jeje walitaka kumuuwa. 26 Angaluni anasema waziwazi na hawa mfanye bitu wakubwa wanajua kama yeye ni Mbarikiwa (Kristu). 27 Tunajua kama oyu anatoka wapi. Lakiri siku Kristu atakuya mtu gani atajua. 28 Kiisha Yesu akapaza sauti ndani ya kanisa, kuubiri muna nifahamu nyenyi wote na munajua kwenyi natoka. sikuya kwa uwezo wangu, yey aliyenituma iko kxeli na hamunujue. 29 Nanjua kwani natoka kwake yeye aliyenituma. 30 Walisubutu kumushika lakini hakuna mtu alimgusa sababu wakati wake ulikuwa haiyatimia. 31 kati ya kikundicha watu wakasema siku Kristo atakuya miujiza kupita yeye? 32 Wafalisaya wakasikia ginsi watu wanasema juu ya Yesu wakoanina wafulisayo wakatuma majeshi kuwafunga. 33 Yesu akasema ningalika nanyi nda mfupi, kiisha natakarudi kwa mwenyi alinituma. 34 Mutanitafuta hamuniona kwenyi nitatenda hamtajua. 35 Wayaudi wakasemaka kati yao. Mtuuyu ataenda wapi; kwani anasema hatuta kuwa wa Grec wenyi walio sambazwa kuwafundisha. 36 Alitaka kusema je. Mtanitufuta lakini hamtaniona, amuta kwa na ginsi ya ku nifuta. 37 Mwisha ya siku ya feti, Yesu akanyamaza na akalalamika sauti kati. Mwenyi kua na huba ya maji akuye ku nywa kwangu. 38 Iyu ananialmi ginsi maa ndiki ina sema ata huwa na maji ya uzima. 39 Alisema katikaki Roho wenye wata muamini Roho mtakatifu. Ilikuwa baolo kupanua, sababu Yesu alikuwa hayatukuzwa. 40 Watu wa chache kati ya kundi waliposikia, wakasema, kweli uyu ni nabi wengine ni Kristo, 41 Lakini wengine wakasema: je Kristo hawezi kutoka Galilaya. 42 Maandiko yasema Kristo atatoka ku kizazi cha Davidi, mji wa Betehema. 43 Fujo akatoka kati ya kikundi sababu yake. 44 Wangine kati yao wakapenda wa mufunge, lakini hata mouya hakumgusa. 45 Wa afande wakarudia kuana wakuu wa kanisa wakoani na wafarisayo, wakawajibu: sababu gani . 46 Na afande wakasema hatufaona mtu wa dunia iko na sema. 47 WAfarisao wakajibu waliyo wadanganya? 48 Kuko pia wa koani au bafarisao wenyi waliishi ku mwamini? 49 kikundi chenyi kaifaamu shera wamepizwa vibaya. 50 Nikodeme mmoja wao akawambia. 51 Namna gani mtu anaweza kufunwa bila "kusamba" kumiliza sababu ya maneno alifanya. 52 Wakanjibu ya kwamba, na wewe unatoka Galilaya Hakuna profeta atokae Galilaya. 53 Kila mtu akarudia nyumbani mwake.
1 Yesu likuwa mizeituni na wanafunzi kuwafunisha neno ya Mungu. 2 Asubuyi bana mulomba a fudishe kati ya ekalo juu ba mupime. 3 wafarisayo wana mulete bibi mushariti aka akasharata bana mufunga. 4 Bana uliza mushalati uyu tukifanya ye je tuna mukamata kwa tendo? 5 Kwabri ya musa tumipike mawa, watu sahu unasema nini ? 6 Wakasemana tohone akasema nini tusiki jubu yake Yesu a ndika ku undongo 7 Yesu a ulizakati yenu uyu afanye dhambi abinge mawenihone. 8 Kati ya kishua akahandika kwa kilole chake 9 Walisikia wanaenda kila mutu kwake, Yesu na muke joo balibaki tuu . 10 Yesu akauliza muke biko wapi atamumoya ya kukum? 11 Muke anasema atomomoya, Yesu akasema nani sita kukumu usiruisetena ohambi 12 Na Yesu anasema ye nuru kamu huna mufata autembeya kungizo. 13 Wafarisayo wapenunda ya ushunda ya batu ya bongo. 14 Yesu anasema usunda yake ya kweli juun yeye na babo ni mumoya. 1516 Nyinyi muna kumu kimwili, mimi nakumu kwakeli juu niko na baba yangu 17 Ushada ya Yesu ya kweli juu yeye na baba mumoya ya kweli. 18 Yesu asema yeye juu baba ana mushubiya yeye 19 Wanaliza Yesu bababya yako nani,akisema kiniona unaona baba yagu tuko mumoya. 20 Akuna hatamutu alikamata juu wakati haji fika ya kumu kamata. 21 Yesu anasema hakuna mutu ya bhambi atafika kwake. 22 wayahudi bana sema ye juu nini unasemaka fassi utakuna sisi atuka fika kule. 23 Yesu asema mimi wa mbingi nyinyi ya ubongo huu. 24 Kama amutamini mimi, mutakufa juu ya bhambi yenu 25 Yesu akasema yeye njoo bambi nitakuya tongu mwanzo. 26 Mambo nasema juu yenu musipate ukumu ya kwele hakoyo huli mwengu. 27 Waka musikiyu alisema juu ya baba yake bingu. 28 Yesu akasema sifa lolote juu mwana ya mutu irudiya baba yake. 29 Yeye alimutuma atukuza daima na ye pamoya. 30 Bana mini masemi yake Yesu kwa kwele 31 Anasema na wayahudi munahini na katala maneno yango? Ni ya kweli. 32 Nyinyi muna kata kweli na kweli itabatiyahuru. 33 Yona mujubu sisi watoto ya Ibrahimu juu ya nini ? Atutakuwa kunuru? Tuko utumwa ya yote. Yesu 34 Yesu nasema ndio mutu yote atenda dhambi ni mutumwa ya dhambi. 35 Mutumwa ya haki ana dumusiku mingi kunyumba ya mufarme. 36 Kwa iyo mwana ya jua atembeya kwa jua kweli 37 Kwanini muko batoto ya Ibrahimu juu ya nini mapenda kuniuwa. 38 Mafanya bitendo ya baba yenu na muna furanisi yeye. 39 Kama mulikuwa watoto ya Ibrahimu mulifanya kazi yoke Ibrahimu. 40 Sasa munapenda kunihuwa juu yakweli Ibrahimu a kuwa mutu . 41 Fanya kazi ya baba yenu mungu juu toko na baba moya Mungu tu. 42 Yesu akawabiya kama baba yenu Mungu mimi na toka kwake Mungu. 43 Ju ya nini apende kusikiyanmaseme yangu. 44 Ninye wa baba yenu shetani munapenda kufuranisi yeye na mambo yote. Musema nongo na kwele aitko kwake muhongo 45 Hatanasema kweli amuta mini mimi Yesu. 46 Mini nasema kweli juu ya nini munakatala. 47 Yeye mwana ya Mungu anasikiya maneno ya baba yake na kumuti kabisha 48 Bayahudu atutasema kweli juu weye musamaria pepo. 49 Yesu nasema ye ana pepo lakini, anatibayake Mungu. 50 Sitafute utukufu wangu mumoyo na ukumuni. 51 Nasema mutu yoyo atalisa neno langu hata hona kufa 52 Wayahudi yakajubu Yesu tuna hona ukona pepo ya mupaya. Baba yetu nabi a likufa yewe unasema maneno yoko itatupatiyauzima. 53 Yesu ni mukubwa wa Ibrahimu. 54 Yesu anasema kahunatukuza nu ya bule Mungu joo akitukuza ndani yako. 55 Mimi sitashe kusema na duuwa ju sitkawa kama nyinyi kabisha. 56 Baba Ibrahimu alihona siku yanga ya fahi 57 Wayahudi banasema mwika ya kidoko unazaliwa nyuma ya mikaka hamsini konyona. 58 Yesu anasemu mbele Ibrahimu azaliwe nibi kuwa mini niko . 59 Wakilokota mawe juu bamupike anatoka ayenda
1 Yesu alikwa napita , akaona mutu moja aliye zaliwa kipofu. 2 Banafunzi bake bakamuliza : Mwalimu ni nani aliyetenda Zambi? Yeye peke ao bazazi bake, juu huyu mutu azaliwe kipofu? 3 Yesu akajibu: wala si huyu kipofu wala si bazazi bake balujo tenda Zambi, lakini ni kwa sababu kazi yake. 4 Tunapashwa kufanya kazi yake aliyenituna wakati ingali muchana. Usiku unakuya pale hakuna mutu ata fanya tena kazi. 5 wakati ningali mudunia mimi ni mwanga wa dunia. 6 wakati Yesu alimaliza kusema , akatema mate chini, na akaponda matope, na kupakala kumacho ya ule kipofu. 7 Akamwambia: Uende kuoka ndani ya kisima cha aliyetumiwa kipofu akaenda kuoka na kurudia akajikuta anaona. 8 Bajerani na benye balimujua ni mutu wa kulombalomba siku mingi, bakasema: haiko huyu alikua naikala na kolombalomba? 9 Bengine bakasema: Ni yeye, na bengine hapana si yeye, lakini anafanana nayeye kisha yeye peke akasema: Ni mimi. 10 Bakamwimbia, sema: macho yako ilikwa namuna gani? 11 Akawajibu: mutu anayeitwa Yesu alifanya matope na kurupakala kumacho, na akaniambia: uende kuoka kukisima cha aliyetumiwa, nilienda kusukula mac ha na sasa ninaona. 12 Bakamuuliza: eko wapi ? Akajibu sijue 13 Bakamuleta mutu alikwa kipofu mbele ya sika bafarisayo. 14 Kumbe ilikua siku ya Mungu njo Yesu alifanya matope na kufungola macho ya ule kipofu. 15 Bafarsayo bakamuliza tena mara ya pili namuna gani macho yako ilifungaka. Alibajibu: aliweka matope juu ya macho yangu . Nikanawa, na sasa naona. 16 Bengine bafarisayo bakasema : uyu mutu hakutoka wa Mungu, mwana haeshemiye siku ya Mungu. Bengine bakasema namuna gani mutu wa Zambi anatende miujiza? Sababu ya ile wakakabulana. 17 Bakaenda tena kwa ule aliyekwa kipofu: unasema juu yake, kwa sababu anakufungola macho? Akajibu ni nabii. 18 Lakini balikatala kwamini kama ule mutu alikwa kipofu, na sasa anaona. Baliita bazazi bake 19 Bakauliza bazazi bake: uyu njo mutoto wenu munasemaka alizaliwa kipofu? Namuna gani leo anaona. 20 Bakajibu: tuna jua kama ni mutoto wetu na alizaliwa haone. 21 Juu ya kufungoka kwa macho yake hatujue kitu mumulize ye peke juu alisha komala, atajisemea 22 Bazazi bake balisema vile juu ya kuogopa bayuda. Kwa sababu bayuda balikania mutu wote mwenye kusema kama Yesu ni masia, na kubafukuza ndani ya kanisa. 23 Njoo bazazi bake balisema alisha komala, mumuliza ye peke. 24 Bakamwita tena ule mwenye alikua kipofu na kumwambia: umusifu Mungu kwa sababu ule aliye kufungula macho, ni mutenda Zambi. 25 Si jue kama ni mutu wa Zambi, lakini na jua kama nilikwa kipofu na sasa naona 26 Bakasema: alifanya nini? namuna gani alikufungola macho? 27 Akajibu: niliwambia hamukupenda kusikia, sababu gani munaniuliza tenda ? Hamupende kumufata? 28 Bakamutukana na kusema : weye peke njo mufasi wake lakini siye tuko pafasi ba musa. 29 Tunajua kama Mungu alisema na Musa, lakini yeye hatiijue anatoka wapi 30 Akawajibu tena akasema : nashangaa sana wakati munasema hamujue kule anatokea, na yeye nja anani fungwa macho. 31 Tunajua kama Mungu hasikiyake maombi ya watende zambi, lakini kwa wenye kumuheshimia na kufanya mapenzi yake , anawasikiaka . 32 Tokeya mwanzo wa dunia hatuyasikiaka mutu kufungula macho ya kipofu. 33 Kama hangekwa mutu wa Mungu hangeweza kofanya hivi. 34 Wakajibu : weye ulizaliwa ndani ya Zambi, utatufundisha nini? Na kisha, wakawatupa inje 35 Yesu akasikia kama balibafukuza mukanisa, alibaona na kusema: hamuweze kumuamini mutoto wa 36 mutu.Wakajibu : yeye njo nani tena mukubwa juu tumwamini? 37 Yesu akasema unamuona, njo huyu unaongea. 38 Akasema mukubwa naomini, na akamuabudu 39 Yesu akasema : ni juu ya hukumu njo, nilikuya mudunia , sababu kipofu baone, na wenyekuona wapofoke. 40 Bafarisayo bakasikiya ile maneno, wakasema: Tukovipofu? 41 Yesu akajibu: kama mulikwa bipofu hamungekwa na Zambi, lakini munasema tunaona. Na Zambi ingaliko ndani yenu.
1 Kwa kwili na wa ambiya, kama mutu anaingiya mu nyumba ya kulisha wa nyama bila kupita ku mwango ni mwizi tena ni jambazi. 2 Lakini mwenyi anaingiya ku mlango yeye ni mchungiji wa kondoo. 3 Zamu amafungula mulango.Kondoo zina mujuwa kwa sauti, naye anaita zake kwajina ili zitoke. 4 Akisha maliza kotosh zake anatembeya mbele nazo zina mufwata ju zina juwa sauti yake. 5 Hazita fwata mugeni ju hazi juwe sauti yake, kwanza zita anza ku mukimbi. 6 Yesu aliwapa hii muane, lakini habuku juwa ni nini ana sema. 7 Kisha Yesu aka baambiya tena:« Kwa kweli, miye njo mlango wa lupango ya kondoo. 8 Wote wenyi walipata mbele ni bamwezi na wa jambazi lakini kondoo haikuba fwata. 9 Niko mlango. mutu yote ataingiya munji yangu ata okoka; ata ingiya na kutoka na atakuta mayane mbichi(malisho). 10 Mwizi anakuya ju ya kuiba, ku uwa na ku haribu, lakimi miye nakuya ju mupate uzima tena kwa uwingi. 11 Niko muchungaji muzuri, mchunguji muzuri ana pana maisha yake ju ya kondoo. 12 Muntu ya kazi haiko mchuyaji na hana kondoo, anaona chui ana kimbiya na chui ina tawanyisha kondoo na kubeba zingine. 13 Ana kimbiya ju ni mutu wakazi haangouke na kondoo ju hazikozake. 14 Nicho mchungaji mzuri, mina juwa bangu, na bo bana ni juwa. 15 Baba ana nijuwa na miye mina mujuwa tena natowa maisha yangu juya kondoo zangu. 16 Niko tena ma kondoo zingine haziko ndami ya lupango, mina pashuwa kuzingiza mulupango zitasakiya sauti yangu na itakuwa kikundi moja na mchangaji moja. 17 Angaliya juyanini baba ananinipenda: na towa maisha yangu ju niipate tena. 18 Nayipana miye peke bila mutu kumisukuma , ni baba alinipatiya nguvu ya ku ipana na kuyi kamata . 19 Kugabulana ikakuwa tena ndani ya yuda ju ya maneno hii. 20 Mingi ndani yabo bakosema: « iko na pepo na ni mwenda bazimu. muna mufwata juya nini?» 21 Bengine asema :« haiko kusema ya mwenyi ikona pepo , pepo mbaya je ita ponyesha kipofu?» 22 Kisha ilifika siku ya feti ya kubariki pale yerusalemi. 23 Ilikuwa wakati ya baridisana Yesu alikuwa ana tembeya mu kanisa, ngambo ya salomoni. 24 Bayuda baka muzunguruka baka muwiza:«mpaka wapi utajificha? kama uko christo, utuambiye wazi» 25 Yesu aka baambiya:« nilisha baambiya, hamu sikiye, kazi minafanya ku juna ya baba yangu ina in shuhudiya. 26 Na njo mana hamu ju hamuko kondoo zanyu. 27 Kondoo zangu zina sikiya sauti yangu. Nazijuwa na zina ni sikiya. 28 Mina wapa uzima wa milele hawatakufa na hakuna mwenyi ata batosha mu mikonoyangu. 29 Baba mwenyi alimpaobo ni mkubwakubote na hakuna mutu atabatosha mumikono ya Baba yangu. 30 Miye na baba tuko mutu moja. 31 Kisha, wayuda waka lokota majiwe tena ju ba mupige. 32 Yesu aka jibu:«nili baonesha mambo mingi ya muziru toka kwa baba. ju ya ile munanitupiya majiwe?» 33 Bayuda baka mujibu: haiko ju ya mambo mazuri njo tunakupiga majiwe, lakini ju una kufuru; ju weye mutu, una jikamata sawa mungu.» 3436 Yesu akawa jibu:« haiandikiwe mu cheria yenu: nilisema muko myungu? 35 Kama ali baita ba myungu, ni kwebo njo neno ya Mungu ili kuya. Niye mutasema na ule mwenyi baba ali safisha na kumutuma mu dimia :"una kufuru", junilisema niko mtoto wa mungu? 37 Kama sifanye kazi ya baba yangu, kume musi ni itike. 38 Lakini kama nikonaifanya atakama hamu pendi kuni itika, muitike ata kazi; vite njo muta itika kama baba iko na miye niko na ye. 39 Baka pima tena ku mufunga lakini aka ba kwepa mu mikono. 40 Mara teno Yesu aka enda mbali na yorodani, fasi kwenyi yohane alikuwa ana zoweya kubatisa, aka kawiya kule. 41 Batu mingi baka mufwata na ku sema :« yohane haku fanya ata miujiza moja, lakini yote alisema ju ya uyu mutu ni kweli.» 42 Na mingi waka itika Yesu fasi ile.
1 Lazaro mdogo wake na maria na Marta alikua mgonjua mungihi Bethania. 2 Maria dada ya Marehemu Lazaro yule mbaraka mwenye alimupakalaka Yesu malasi ya bey ku mi guu na nyele yake. 3 mahabari ya ugonjwa wa kipenji cha Yesu kutoka kwa Maria na Marta. 4 Alita mani kutu kuja Mungu na sifa yake Yesu. 5 Mapendo ya Yesu ilikua jamaa ilio fiwa. 6 Maladi ya Lazaro haikufanya kifu ku macho ya Yesu wake kaa Yudea mda wa siku mbili tena. 7 Kisha pale awaambia wanafunzi wake turudie Yudea. 8 Yesu alitia roho nguvu lakini wa nafunzi waki hofia kifo cha mawe kwa wa Yuda. 9 Saa ya kumi na mbili ya mwangaza? na ya giza kama mtu akitembeya na mwangaza ya mchana. 10 Sasa akitawanyika usiku atat umia kwa juu hakuna mwangaza. 11 Kwisha kutetea rafiki Lazaro ana anaisha kufa, naenda kumufufua. 12 Wanafunji baliponda kujua kama Lazaro akalala namuna gani atalamuka tena. 13 Saa Yesu alisemeo kufa kwa Lazaro lakini wanafunji ha bakujua maana yake muzuri. 14 Kisha sasa Yesu aliba ba vunjia kilio kia Lazaro. 15 Yesu alifukaika na imani ya wanafunzi wa kaenda njia moja ku nako kilio. 16 Tomasi aliogopa kwenda kufa na Yesu na akaogopesha wenzake. 17 Yesu alifika kwisha Lazaro kuzikwa baada ya siku ine. 18 Bethania na Yerusalemu una urufu wa kia kilometa makumi ine na tano. 19 Wa yarudi walikuja ringi ku matenga ile ya muloki yake na Maria na Malatha. 20 Marta alienda ku muyambilia Yesu lakini Maria aliji bakililia lwake. 21 Marta ali mulaumu Yesu pasipo kufika haraka ku ombea ndugu yake asife. 22 Nana itika kama maombi yako ni ina nguvu saana. 23 Yesu akasema, niko na uwezo wa kufufua mutu ata amekwisha kufa. 24 Marta waje a ku ufufu ko wa mwisho wa dunia. 25 Ufufu kona uzima ni wa Yesu kwa wenye ku mwamini. 26 Atakaye amini Yesu natakufa atafufuka ewe Maria? 27 Aka amini kama Yesu ni Kristo mutoto wa Mungu alie kuja. 28 Alipo maliza kusumulia alienda ku ongea na dada yake Maria pembeni ju aende ku ongea na mwalimo (Yesu). 29 Maria ali ji harikisha akutane naye Yesu. 30 Yesu alikuwa pa pale Marta alimuyambilia inje ya mungini. 31 Bayuda walio kuja omboleza Maria bakashangala ku ona yey kupita mbio kwenda kupokea Yesu bila kwa kulia makaburini. 32 Maria alisikitika na kulamu Yesu na kaji shusha mbele ya Yesu, kisha akamukusha kifo cha kaka kama angekua pale asingi fariki. 33 Yesu alisikitika saana kuona Maria ma jerani wote wakilia mwa mjojo. 34 Yesu aliuliza fasi kaburi na wakamuonesha njia. 35 Yesu akatosha machozi kwa kulia. 36 Mayaudi waliona mapendo ya Yesu kwa Lazaro. 37 Watu wengi wa lipendelea Lazaro asikufe Yesu mtenda miujiza anaweza juu alitungua kipofu macho? 38 Yesu akji kuta mbele ya kaburi ya pango wa lilifinika na lijiwe kubwa. 39 Yesu alitowa hoda wa towe jiwe, Marta aka hofia mwili wa kara yake umukwisha ku oza baada siku ine. 40 Yesu alimu kumbusha Marta kama siku ki ambia kama ukatia imani utaona utukufu wa Mungu. 41 Yesu aliombo kwa sauti nguvu mbele woli towa jiwe. 42 Yesu akiomba ana aminia kwa Mungu kama asikilizua basi kwa ajili ya wasio amini ndio wa kubali kama uli nituma duniani. 43 Yesu alilalamika Lazaro fufuka! 44 kuisha akafufufuka, mwili wake mujima paku sura ilifunikwa na nguo na vipete, Yesu akisema mumufungue na mu mu ache uru. 45 Maya rudi wengi waliojia kilio kwa Maria na wakishangalishwa na miujiza ya Bwana Yesu waka amani. 46 Tena wakatangaja mu ujiza wa kufa fuka kwa Lazaro mbele ya Mafarisayo. 47 Wakuu wakanisa ya wayeda waka ogopa na wakijikusanya kwa ajili ya kusimasha kwa ku waja mabaya ya kutendea Yesu. 48 Woka wao ulikua kama Yesu akita wala wata muani kisho wa Roma wakuja kuta wala ku inchi yao. 49 Kayafa mkuu wa ma kohani kawasemea kweli kama hawa ujuzi ata kisogo. 50 Jueni kwamba ya faa mutu moja afe kwa kumboa inchi nzima. 51 Masemo ile kaiko ya bure roho ya unabi njo inamusemesha kwamba Yesu njo atakufa ju akomboe inchi yote. 52 Mingi mingi kifo chake si juu ya inchi tu lakini wakusanywe watoto wa Mungu pamoja. 53 Na wakipanga kifocha Yesu tangu pale 54 Yesu alipotea ku macho ya wayuda kwa woga akenda kijificha pomoja na wanafunzi wake mugini wanaita Efraim. 55 Wingi walita wa nyika kienyeji na kwenda Yerusalem, saa ya pasaka wa ende kutubu zambi yao. 56 Ndani ya hekalu wali tembeza macho uku na kule, kufafuta Yesu na wakijiuliza kama Yesu ata kuya feti? 57 Kohani mkuu na wafarisayo wali towa hoda ya kwamba popote Yesu ata patikana mamushike mateka.
1 Siku sita mbele ya Pasaka, Yesu alienda betani kwenye balimu fufulaka Lazaro. 2 Bali mu patishia chakula lakini Marta alikuwa na ta yarisha chakula, Lazaro alikuwa pamoja na Yesu ku meza. 3 Kuisha Maria alikamata chupa ya malasi ya nbei kali sana, aka vunja ile chupa ku migui ya Yesu pia aka anza kupangunza na nyele ya Yesu kichwa yake pia nyumba ika nika harufu ya malasi. 4 Yuda iskariote moja ya mitume, mwenye ata mutowa Yesu aki sema. 5 «Juu ya nini abangi uzisha ile malasi ku makuta elfu tatu njoo ile pesa tugobulie wa maskini?» 6 Akusema maneno iyi juu ya ku saidia ba maskini; kumbi alikuwa mwizi ye njoo alikuwa nalinda pesa pia alikuwa na kula ile enye balikuwa na weka. 7 Yesu akasema «Mumache apowe kwani anafanya maneno muzuri kupita ata kufa kwangu. 8 Wa masikini wataku tu kati yenu hapana miye . 9 Wakati kikundi kubwa ya Bayuda wali sikiya kama Yesu alikuwa pale, balikuya kuanglia pia kuana Lazaro mwenye Yesu ali fufulaka kati na wafu. 10 Wakowani wa kubwa baliwa ginsi bana weza kumu uwa tena Lazaro. 11 Juu ya ke njoo Wayuda mingi bana ba hacha juu ba muamini Yesu. 12 kesho yake batu mingi balikuya ku shangwe, wakati balisikiya Yesu ata kuja Yerusaleme. 13 Bali kata mangalala baka kuya kumupokeya, biko na lalamika sahu nguvu sana «Hozana, habarikiwe ule mwenye iko na kuja ku jina ya Mufalme wa Isalael. 14 Yesu alikuta mtoto ya punda, aka mupandia ginsi ime andikwa. 15 «Sio gope musika wa siona angalia mufalme wako iko na kuja juu ya mtoto wa punda.» 16 Mwango nitume abakujuwa kitu juu ya ile mambo, lakini nyuma njoo bali kumbuka ma neno ile andikua juu ya kumtu kuza Yesu. 17 Sasa kundi la watu wale walikuwa pamoja na Yesu wakati alimuita Lazaro kutoka makabauri na akamufula kutoka wafu. Waka shuhudia kua wengine. 18 Ni kua ile sababu kundi la watu walikuya kukutana naye. njoo bali peleka ushuuda kwa wengine ndio mahana ile kikundi baliku ya kuku tana ye juu nalisikia alifanya miujiza. 19 Bafarisayo bakasema ndani yabo « mu angalie tuta fanya nini tena juu batu yote bana mufuata. 20 Sasa kumbi ba kiriki bali kuwa pamoja na ile kikundi balikuwa na enda fasi ya maombi. 21 Nahaba bakaenda kwa Filipo uyu alikuwa ku Betesaida ya mungini Galilaya pia baka muuliza «Ndugu tuna penda kumuona Yesu.» 22 Filipo ana enda ku mu ambia Andrea; Andrea na Filipo bakaenda kuelezea Yesu. 23 Yesu alibo ambia akisema, «Wakati imetimia juu mwana wa mutu atukiotuzwe.» 24 Kweli kweli nina wa elzea « Ina omba bengu moja ya ngano ihanguke ku bulongo ayo moja kiisha ihoze njoo ila tosha matunda mingi sana.» 25 Ule atapenda maisha ya ke ata ipoteza, lakini ule atachukia mahisha yake mu dunia iyi ata pata uzima wa milele. 26 Kama mutu ana nitumi kia kiisha ana nifata, pale nitakuwa yeye pia atakua ile fasi, kama mutu ana nitumikua, Baba ata muhinua. 27 Nafsi ganga inanungeneka niseme nini tena? «Baba unikuokowe ihi wakati ya mateso? 28 Lakini ni kua ihi saa njoo nilikuuya. «Baba tukuza jina lako» sauti ika toka mbinguni ikasema «nalitukuza, tanakukuza na takatukuja tena». 29 Nyuma ya pale, bale balikua pale pembeni balisikia vile, pia bakasema «ile ni sauti ya Raddi, bengine bakasema malaika njoo alikuwa naongeya naye» 30 Yesu akajibia pia akisema «ile sauti ahikukuya juu yangu lakini ilikuya juu yenu». 31 Sasa hiyi ni wakati dunia inapasha kusambishwa, mufalme wa dunia ihi atafukuzwa. 32 Kiisha nita acha dunia njoo batu bote batakuja kwangu. 33 Alisema maneno ile juu ya kuonesha modere gani ata kufa. 34 Kundi la watu baka mujibu: « tu na juwa sheria ka Kristo atahishi milele, juu ya nini uku na sema mwana damu atatoka ku dunia?» Uko mwana damu ya modere gani? 35 Yesu aka wajibu: «Nuru iko pamoja na nyie basi haiko wakati murefu; lakini mutembee ndani ya nuru juu disa isi ba funge, ule mwenye ana tembea ku giza ajuwe kwenye iko naenda. 36 Wkati muko nan nuru muamini nuru juu mukuwe batoto ya nura» Yesu aki sema vile pia akaenda kujifichika mbali nabo. 37 A tako Yesu alifanya mambo mingi mbele yabo abamu aminie. 38 Juu neno la nabihi Isaya iweze ku timia ginsi ina sema «Bwana nani alihitika maneno yako? ule mwenye uweze wa Bwana ulimu onyesha? » 39 Njoo maana abakuweza ku itika sababu Isaya alisema tena. 40 Alibafunga macho, ma roho yabo ili kuwa migumu ina sema tena bataona na macho yabo pia bata itika ku roho yabo njo batakuya pia nita ba ponyesha.» 41 Isaya alisemaka vile juu alionaka utikufu ya Yesu pia alisema juu yake. 42 Njoo maona wakubwa mingi bali amini pia bafarisayo bali katala juu basi bafukuze ku ekalu. 43 Bana penda batu baba tukuze kupita utukufu wa Mungu 44 Yesu aka lalamika akasema :« ule ataniamini ani amini miye pekeake tu, basi ana amini pia ule mwenye alinituma. 45 Ule mwenye ana niona ana ona pia ule mwenye alimita. 46 Nalikuya nuru ndani ya dunia juu ule mwenye ata niamini ahata bakia tena ndani ya giza. 47 Ule mwenye atasikia sahuti yangu kama aku ilinda sita musambisha juu sikukuya kusmbisha dunia, ili ku liokowa. 48 Ule mwenye ata nitupa, mwenye apokee neno langu iko na mutu ata musambisha, basi neno lenye niko na sema njoo ita musambisha siku za mwisho. 49 Juu siku sema ku mapashwa yangu ata fasi moja Baba yangu ye njoo alinipa oda ya kukuya kusema ma neno enye na pashwa sema. 50 Na juwa kama oda yake ni uzima ya milele, ndio ile maneno Baba ana penda ni seme njo na isema
1 Nyama ya feti ya pasaka, Yesu alijua kama wakati wake wa kutoka mudunia na kuenda kwa baba,alibapenda batu bake benyekua mudunia, na alibapenda mupaka mwisho. 2 Kumbe shetani aliweba mawaza mubaya ndavi ya moyo wa yudasi eskariote. 3 Yesu alijua kama baba alitia bitu yote kumikono yake, na alitoka kwa Mungu tena alirudia kwa Mungu . 4 Alisimama kumeza na kuondosha nguo yake ya juu, akatwala kitambola akafunga kukiuno. 5 Akaweka mayi musahaui, akaanza kunasukula ya banafunzi bake, na kuipanguza na kitamala yenye alifunga kukiumo yake. 6 Akamuendea petro, na petro akasema: Mkubwa unataka kuninawish mikulu? 7 Yesu ak ajibu: Bienye nikanafanya hautabiyua leo, lakini nyma nyo utabiyua. 8 Petro akasema: hautarusukula mikulu. Yesu akamujibu: kama sikusukula mibulu yako, hatutasikili zana na weye. 9 Simani petro akasema: Mkubwa, usinisukule tu mikulu, lakichua. 10 Yesu akajibu: mwenye anaoka inabakia tu asukule mikulu, lakini anaisha takakata, munaisha takata, lakini hapana nyinyi wote. 11 Kwa sabatu Yesu alitambua atakaye muuzisha; alisema: hamuko wote safi. 12 Wakati Yesu alimaliza kuwakesha mikulu, akakamata manguo na kuilala tena, akasema : mamutambua yenye nabotendeya?. 13 Munanita mkubwa na mwalimu, munasema kweli. 14 Kama miye mwalimu na mukubwa wenu namikula mikuli, na nyinyi munapasha kufanya hivi kati yenu. 15 Kwa sababu na bapatia mufano muzwi; mufanye kama ninavyo fanya mimi. 16 Kwa kweli ninasema, mutu wa kazi haiko yulu mukubwa wa kazi wala anaye tumiwa yulu ya aliye mutuma. 17 Makatambua hii manena, munabarikiwa kama makatumisha ayo. 18 Si seme juu ya mweye bote, sababu nayua benye nilichakula, yeye amaye kula chakula yaugu anajiinua juu yangu 19 Nasema hivi leo haiyafanyika, sababu wakati itafangika, muamini kama mimi niko. 20 Kwa kweli ninalambia, mutu akampikea, nikusema ananipokaea miye, na anaye nipokae miye, anamupokea aliyenituma. 21 Wakati yesu alisema maneno hii, roho yake iliangaika sana, na akashuhudia, kusema: kwa kweli ninabaa mbia, muntu moya kati yenu, atavitowa. 22 Wafasi wakaangaliana na kuulizana kama Yesu anasema hivi juu ya nani. 23 Mufasi moya, ule yesu alipenda sana, alisegemea kukifua cha Yesu. 24 Simani petro ule 25 mufasi: Yesu anasema hivi juu ya nani. Ule mufasi akauliza: Mukubwa ni nani ule? 26 Yesu akajibu; Ni yule nitamupa chakula cha supu. Wakata alitia chakula ndani ya supa, akamupa yudasi mutoto wa simoni Eskariote. 27 Nyuma ya kula, shetani akaingia ndani ya yudasi, Yesu akasema tena: fanye haraka yenye unapenda kufanya 28 Hata mutu moya pale kumeza hakuyua juu ya nini Yesu anamusemea vile. 29 Bengine baliwaza, vile yadasi anahusika na mufako ya pesa, Yesu alipenda kusema naye: Aende kununua bita ya kabasaidia ku feti, na bengine baliwaza anamutu kusaidia mayatima. 30 Na kisha tu kupata chakula, yudasi akataka mbiyo. Ilekua ausiku. 31 Wakati Yudasi alitoka, Yesu akasema: Mutoto wa mutu anasifiwa na Mungu anasifiwa ndani yake. 32 Mungu atamusifu kwa pekee, na anamusifu haraka. 33 Watoto wadogo ningali na mweye wakati kidogo.Mutanitafuta, kama vile nile nilisema na bayuda hamutafika kwennye naenda, nasema tena na mweye le. 34 Nanbapatia ami ya saa, mukue na mapendo, kama nilimipenda, mweye mupendane. 35 Mukionesha kama munapendana na batu batayu kama muko banafunji bangu. 36 Simoni petro akasema: Mukubwa , unaenda wapi? Yesu akomujibu: Kuenyenaenda hauta weza kunifata leo, lakini nyuma kidogo. 37 petro akasema: Mkubwa juu ya nini nasi kufate leo? Nitatowa maisha yangu yako. 38 Yesu atajibu: Umaweza kutowa maisha yako juu yangu? Kwa kweli nakuambia, jogoo hatawika na hanyanikatala mara tatu.
1 Usinzii Moyo nsako na matizo. Umuamini Mungu pianamini (Yesu). 2 Njumbanimwa Baba munao makao mingi; haingekuwa vile ningesema. Naenda kukutayonishia makao. 3 Vile naenda kukatayarishia makao(nafasi) nitarudi,kusudi pahali nipo nanyinyimuwe pale. 4 Murafua njiz nafasi naenda. 5 Toma (mtume) akamuliza Yesu mulishimiwa. Hatujui wapi inaenda; Namna gani tutafuhamu njia? 6 Yesu akanjibu. Ukweli na uzima. hakuna mtu alitafika kwa Baba, bila kupita kwangu. 7 kama mulinifua, mungefuapia Baba. kwa sasa munamufua na mulimuona. 8 Filipo akasema na Yesu Muheshimiwa lituongeshe Baba inatutosha. 9 Yesu akamjimbu. nanyi wakati mufuhakujua Baba yangu, Filipo? Mtu mwenyi aliona, aliona Baba ? 10 Hausahidie kama niko ndani ya Baba na Baba kati yangu maneno yenyi niliwafudisha haikutoka kwa uwezo wangu ni kwa Baba, anaishi ndani yangu anafnya kazi yake. 11 Munisadiki, nikondani yangu. Munisakie sababu ya kazi yangu. 12 Kweli, kweli ninawambiya, Uju ananiamini mimi atafanya kazi nilizofanya, na atafanya kazi zingine kubwa kwani naenda kwa Baba. 13 Chochote mtaomba kwa jina langu nitaifanya sababu Baba asifiwe ndani ya Mwana (Yesu). 14 Mukiomba chochote haizuru kitu gani nitaifanya. 15 Kama munanipenda, mukingiya amrizangu. 16 Nitaomba kwa Baba na atampa MSAIDIZI mwengine atakuwa nanyi kila siku. 17 Roho ya ukweli. Dunia haiwezi kupokea kwani haitaumuona na haitamjua. Atabakiya kwenu na atakua kati yenu 18 Sitamuacha nyinyi wenyewe, nitarudia kwenu. 19 Wakati kidogo tena dunia haitamona tena. Lakini nyinyi mutaniona sababu nitahishi na nyinyi. 20 Siku ile mtafua kama niko ndani ya Baba yangu, na nyi ndani yangu. 21 Wowote ana ba amrizangu na anailanda niyeye ananipenda na yule ananipenda ni yule atapenda Baba yangu nitapenda na nitajiongesha kwale. 22 Yuda akasema na Yesu mueshiminiwa sababu gani unajiongesha kwetu lakini se kwa dunia? 23 Yesu akanjibu: Kama mtu ananipenda tuta kuja kwake na tutaikala kwake. 24 Kama mtu hanipenda na achunge maneno yangu. Nemo yenyi mulishikia silangu lakini ni ya Baba myenyi alitoma. 25 Nilimwambiaka vitu vyote wakati niliïshi na nyinyi pamoja. 26 Kwa sasa Roho Mtakatifu oyu baba atatuma kwa jina langu, atawafundisha vitu vyote na atawakumbusha vyote niliwaseaka. 27 Nawaachia kimia, na wapa Amani sikuipana kama vile dunia anapana. Moyo winu huswe an matatizo na woga. 28 Mulisikiya ginsi niliwambia, Naenda na nitarudia kwenu kama vile mulinipenda mtfurahi sababu naenda kwa Baba kwani Baba ni mkubwa kunishindia. 29 Niliwambiya mbele yamaneno yote ifinikie, Mwamini wakati yatafika. 30 Sitasematena mingi na nyinyi kwani mkubwa wadunia anafika. hanaatauwezo juu yangu, 31 lakini ijuwe kama napenda Baba nafanya ukweli ginsi Baba aliniambiaka. Tusimama na tatoke hapa.
1 Mimi ni muzabibo na Baba yangu ni mulimaji. 2 Anakata kita yenyi haizale matunda na kutakasa ile iko nazala ju izale matuda mingi. 3 Nyiye muko safi ju ya maneno miliwambia. 4 Mukuwe ndani yangu, n miye ndani yenui gisi tawi haiwezi kuzala matunda yopeke kama haiko kutumi, vile hamuwezi kuzala matunda koma hamuko ndani yangu. 5 Niko muti, matawi. Mwenyi iko ndani yangu na miye yake atazala matunda mingi sana, bila miye hamu wezi fanya kitu. 6 Kama mutu haiko ndani yangu nisawa tawi yenyi kukawuka ata tupwa mutoto na kulungula sawa kuni. 7 Kama muko ndani yangu na neno yangu ndani yenu, mulumbe byote mupanda muta bipata. 8 Mwa hibi njo Baba ata furahi, muzale matunda mingi na mukuwe yangu mwanafuzi wangu. 9 Gisi Baba alinipenda, pia; mu kawiye mu mapendo yangu. 10 Kama mukiheshimiya amri zangu, muna kawiya mu mapendo yangu vile ni chuga amri za Baba yangu na niko na kawiya mu mapendo yake. 11 Nili wa patiya byote hibi ju mufurahi na furaha yenu ikuwe ya kueneya. 12 Angaliya amri yangu, mupendane kama vile mina bapenda. 13 Mapendo yakupita niyakutowa maïsha yako kwa wa rafiki wake. 14 Mukaba rafiki yangu kama munafanya byenyi nili watuma. 15 Sita baitatena batumishi, ju mutumishi hawezi juwa mambo ya kiongoziwake . Mina Baita rafikiju nili baombia siri yenyi nili sikiya kwa Baba yangu. 16 Hamuku ni chagula ni miye nili ba chagula na nika baweka ju muzale matunda. Byote nikusema ju Baba abapatiye byenyi mutambula ku jina yangu. 17 Mina batumiya mambo hii ju mupendane. 18 kama dunia ina ba chukiya, mujuwe kama ili ni chikiya mbele yenu. 19 Munge kuwa ba mu dunia kamahaiko ba chukiya ju muko bake ; lakini yu ha muko ba dunhia na siku ba chaguwa mu dunia, njo maana dunia ina ba chukiya. 20 Mukumbuke maneno nili baambiaka: «Mutuwakazi hawezi ku shinda kiongozi weke» Kama bali ni tesa, batabatesa na nyiye ; bange chuga maneno yangu na yenu balitafuta kuyi chuga. 21 Kama bana bafanya hivi ju yangu ni sababu la bakujuwa ni nani ali ni tuma. 22 kama siku kuya baambiya, kama haba fanye zambi, ila sasa hukuna uruma juya zambi. 23 Mweyi Ku ni chukiya, ana chukiya Baba yangu. 24 Singe fanya katikati ya batu kazi yenyi mwingine haya fanyaka, zambi hainge kuwa; sasa bote banaona tu chykiya miye na Baba yangu. 25 Bina pita hivi juu yakutumiza mandiko gisi ili andikiwa mu sheria zabo: bana ni chukiya bila sababu. 26 Wakati mufarigi ata kuya ,(mwenyi Baba atatuma kupitiya miye Roho ya ukweli) ata ni shuhudiyaka. 27 Na nyiye munaniya ju muli kuwa na miye tangu mwanz.
1 Nine wambiya maneno himushi fazaike, nayo mbele yenu. 2 wata ya batosa nyinyi inje ya shirika , wakati, itafika kila mutu ataba huwa nyinyi, wata waza watumika kazi ya Mung. 3 Wata tendeo mambo hi yote juu abayuwe baba walamive. 4 Nasema maneno haya pele itafika mbele yenu, mutani kumbuka maneno, nili zungumuza nanyi, siko tena mbele yenu, sifarizi nilikananyi. 5 Sasa niko nahenda kwa uyu alituma, akuna mutu. 6 kama nilesema maneno yakweli kwenu, uruma inanza moyoni kwenu. 7 ata nasema kweli kwenu, ni faida yenu isitoke, kama satatoka musaidizi atafika kwanu, kama nahenda, nitatuma yeye kwenu. 8 Akifika musayidisi ulimwengu atasimamia dhambi, namaneno ya haki, maneno ya hukumu. 9 Na maneno yote ya dhambi juu muwamini mimi Mungu. 10 Mubaki maneno yote haki, sabaku nikonaenda kwa baba, ataniona tena. 11 kwaneno ya hukumu, sababu vigonzi ya dunia hii wamekumiwa 12 Mini niko na maneno mingi ya kusema sa hi amata pokeya. 13 saroho ya kweli itafika, atawaongoza kati kweli yote. 14 Yeye amenitukuza mimi juu akamate ile nanipatia mimi na tanga ia nanyi. 15 Yote ikonababo, ni yangu. nasama kamato ko yangu kutangazia ninyi. 16 Nyuma ya wakati, sita honekana, na wakati inginenita onekana na mutuona tene. 17 Nyuma ya wakati honekana, na wakati inginenita onekana na mutuona teno. 18 wanafunzi yananuka ku masemi amutaniona tena na, nitaonekana kisha sakindoko nitaenda kwa nasemi yake. 19 Yesu aona kamamiza kumahulizo, naye akambambiye muna huliza juu kusidi museme muba kifupi. 20 Kweli kweli mutalia nakuhomboleza lakini dunia itasangilia; mutakuwa na uruma. nauruma yene itakuwa furaha. 21 Mwana muke okuwa na uzini ya mahumizi ya kuzala ata kumba tena mahizi yo kuzalo onakuyo furaha ya mtoto mezaliwa. 22 Ninyi sasa muna uzni, lakini nitabaona tena , mioyo yenu ita yo furana, akuna mutu atatosa fura yenu. 23 Siku ilo onahuliza mahulizo, kweli kweli, nasema yote nuki lomba kwa jina yangu. 24 Pakasasa amuombe kujina langu, ombeni nanyi muta pokeya na furaha. 25 Sita semananye tena kuitafumbo, lakinisa imefika ambapo inakuya nitakuwa waziwazi kuhusu baba 26 Siku mutaombakwa juna lake, nasema kwamba naminita nitu wahombeyaku. 27 Kwa kuwa baba anabapenda ye monyewe sababu munamwamini kuwa nimetoka kweke baba. 28 Nilitoka kwake baba nakuya kudunia, naondaka duhia naenda kwa baba. 29 Wanafunzi wakisena, unasema, unaona, sasa usema wazi aotumiye mafumbo. 30 Sasa tumozua kwaza mahulizo, tuna mimi ulitaka kwamu Mungu. 31 Yesu akawazibu, sasa munamini . 32 Angalieni, saainakuyo, yo kweli imefiya, mutakimbiya mutu kwakila mutu kwao mwenyewe lakini siko peke yangu iko nani. 33 Musema mambo nayo ndani yangi muwe na amani; duniani ni matazizo, jipe moyo, nimeshinda dunia.
1 Yesu, kwema mambo aya, akainua macho mbinguni na akasema Bana wakata inatimia. umsifu mwana waka kama vile mwana akusifu. 2 Kama vile ulimpatia uwezo juu ya vitu vyte vyenji kuwa na mwili kusudi naye awape uzima wa milele. 3 Ni uzima wa milele kusudi wapate kukujua, weye, Mungu Moja wa kweli, na ule aliye tumwa Yesu kristo. 4 Nilikukuza apa duniani, nimemaliza kaji yenji ulinipatiaka. 5 Kwa sasa, Baba unitukuza pemtemi yakomwenjene na utukufu yenji nilikuwa nayo kwako mbele ya kuumba dunia. 6 Nilijulisha fina lako kwa kwa watu wadunia wale ule ulionipa walibuwa wako, na ukanipatia wao na walichunga neno lako. 7 Na wanafua sasa jote uliyampa ilitoka. kwani niliwapatia neno lako lenji ulipatuaka. 8 waliipokea na walisadiki kweli kama nimetoka kwako, nani weyendyo alinima. 9 Naomba juu yao, siombe juu dunia, lakini juu ya wenji ulinipa kwani, wapowa kwangu kwako. 10 Kila mtu mwenye kuwa kungu iko piawa kwako, no yeyote iko kwangu, mnafitukuya. 11 Mini (Yesu) sikowa dunia laki wao wako batiya dunia , nakuja kwako. Baba mtakatifu, uwakinge kwa jina lako, jina lile ulinilipaka wawe na umoja, sawa kama wayena mimi tupo moja. 12 Wakati nilikuwa nao niliwachunga kwa fina lako lenji ulimipaka; niliwawachunga, hata katija alipotea, hijawa mtoto mpotevu, kusudi mandiko yatima. 13 Sasa nakuya kwako, lakini mliwambia mombo hii kati ya dunia, kusudi , wapate kwa na furaha yangu kanili kati yao. 14 Niliwapa nena loko, ulimwengu ukawataa sababu hawako wa dunia. Sawa mimi pia si wadunia 15 Siombe huwasatoshe katika dunia uwakinge na yule adui. 16 Sawa vile siko duniani, wao pia hawako wa dunia. 17 uwayafishe kati ya ukweli wako, kwani neno lakoni kweli. 18 Sawa vile ulinituma ulimwenguni nikawatuna vilevile. 19 Nimejitoa kabisafuu yao kusudi naopia wajitoe ya ukweli. 20 Siombi tu juu yao lakini piafuu ya watu uote wenyi watoriamini wakati watasikia neno kwa kenua chao. 21 Wawe wote umoya, sawa kama wewe, Baba, upo katiyanngu na mimi kati yako. Naomba pia wawe kati yetu, kusudi dunia isadiki kama ulinima. 22 Niliwapatia sifa yenyi ulinipatiaka, juu wawe kati ya umoja, sawa kama wewe na mimi, tupo umoya. 23 Mimi ndani yao na wewe ndani yangu, kusudi wawe kabisa umoya, nduyo dunia itajuwa kama, ulinituma. Baba ,wale wale wenyi utinipe, sababu 24 Baba, wale wenye ulinipe, Nataka wawe pia pale nafasi niko kusudi wapote kaona sifa yangu, yale ulipatiaka, Sababu ulinipendaka mbele ya dunia kwimbua. 25 Baba wa usawa , dunia haikukujua, lakini mimi nilibujua, nao wanajua kama nimetumwa nawe. 26 Niliwafulisha jina lako na nitalifanya tena, kusudi mapendo yenyi ukonaya kwangu iwe ndani yao, na mimi yao.
1 Kisha kusema hi maneno yote, Yesu akaenda ngambo ya bonde ya kedroni akaingiya mu shamba ili kuwa pale yeye na wanafunzi wake. 2 Yuda mwenyi ku mu uzisha Yesu alikuwa ana juwa ile fasi juu balikuwa na fikaka pale mar mingi. 3 Ndipo Yada akisindikizwa na basoda na bakubwa ya ma kuhani pamoja na wa Farisayo bakakuya pale n matala na silaha. 4 kisha Yesu, kisi alijuwa nini inapata aka songa mbele na ku bauliza: «Munatafuta nani?» 5 Baka jibu : «Yesu wa Nazareti» Yesu akawa ambiya «Ni miye» Yda naye alikuwa na basoda. 6 Aka wa jibu : «Ni miye». Baka rudiya nyuma na kuanguka chini. 7 Na aka bauliza tena : «Muna tafuta nani?» baka jiiya : « Yesu wa Nazareti». 8 Yesu aka bajibiyi : «Nilisha baambiya kama ni miye. Kama ni kweli miye njo muna tafuta basi muache bengine baende. 9 Bilipita hivi juu maandiko itimilike : Bote uli ripatiya siku poteza mutu» 10 Kisha Simoni Petro aka piga mtumishi wa kuhani na mpanga ika kata lisikiyo ya kuume, jina ya ule mtumishi ni Malko. 11 Yesu aka ambiya Petro: «Weka mpanga fasi yake! Siwezi kunywa kopo yenyi Baba ana nipotiya? » 12 Basi kikundi ya ba soda na kiongozi wabo piya wakubwa wa Wayuda baka funga Yesu. 13 Baka mubeba kwa Ana, ni baba mukwe wa kayifa, kuhari kubwa ile wakati. 14 Na yenjo ali ambiyaka ba Yuda kama lazima mutu akufiye bengine. 15 Simoni Petro aka fuata Yesu, na mwanafunzi mwingeni, lakini uyu mwanafunzi ana julikana na kuhani mkubwa, aka ingiya na Yesu ndani ya Baraza ya nakubahani. 16 Lakini Simoni Petro alibakiya inje ya mulango ule mwenzake aka toka inje aka ambiya ba linziya mulongo baingize Petro. 17 Na mwanamke mwenyi ku chunga mlango aka uliza Petro: «Hauko na weye mutumishi wa uyu mutu?» Aka jibu: «Apana». 18 Batu yakazi banamke na bakubwa bali simama pale; bali wakisha moto juu baridi ili kuwa bote na Petro balikuwa na ota moto. 19 Kuhani mkubwa aka uliza Yesu kuhusu ba tumishi yake na mafundisho yake. 20 Yesu aka jibu: «Mina semaka wazi ku batu, na fundisha kila mara mu kanisa kwenyi Bayuda bana kusanyikaka. Siku sema kitu kwa buficho. 21 Muna ni ulizaya nini? Muulize benyi bali nisikiya. 22 Wakati Yesu alimaliza sema, kiongozi moja aka mupiga aka sema weye njo hivi uta jibiya mukubwa? 23 Yesu akasema uniambiye kama mina sema mubaya, kama sikusema mubaya unanipiga juya nini? 24 Ana aka funga Yesu na ku mutuma kwa Kaifa mkubwa wa makuhari. 25 Petro alikuwa na ota moto, baka muuliza: «Hauko na weye mwanafunzi wake? » Aka katala. 26 Mutumishi mwinginendugu yake na ule mutu Petro alikata lisikiyo aka sema: Sikukuona mu shamba na Yesu? 27 Petro aka katala tena na maramoja jogoo aka wika. 28 Baka beba Yesu toka kwa Kaifa mpaka ku chumba cha uamuzi ili kuwa busubuyi sana. Bopeke habaku ingiya kjuu basi ji chafule, sababu bata kula 29 Pasaka. Pilato akauliza, mutu uyu ana fanya nini? 30 Baka jibu kama hakufanya mabaya hatunge weza kumustaki. 31 Pilato akasema: MUmu kamate meye peke, na mumuhu kumu kaolire ya sheria yenu musitutume kumu kukumu hukuma ya kufa. 32 Walisema hivi juu manene ya Yesu itimilike, alioneshaka kifo gaui atakufa. 33 Pilato alingia tena ndani ya chumba ya kuhu ku mia batu na kusema : Uko mufalme wa Bayuda? 34 Yesu akamujibu: hii maulizo inatoka kwako au wakutuma uwulize? 35 Pilato akajibu: Miye niko muyuda? Banduku yako na bakuhaui baku bwa njo balikuleta kwangu. Unafanya nini? 36 Yesu akasema: Ufalme wangu si wa dunia hii, kama ingelikua hivi, batu bangu bangepikana juu ni sitolewe kwa bayuda. Kwa kweli ufalme wangu si wa dunia hii. 37 Pilato akamuuliza : weye njo uko mufalme? Akajibu: Weye njo unasema niko mufalme. Ni kwa sababu hii njo nilizaliwa. Ni kwa sababu hii njo nilikuya duniani juu ya kushuhudia kweli. Kila mutu anaye penda kweli anasikia maneno yangu. 38 Pilato akamusemeya : Kweli njo nini? Kisha akatoka na kusema na Bayuda: sikuona hata kosa moya ndani ya huyu mutu. 39 Ni kwa asili yenu juu nibapatiye mufungwa moya siku ya Pasaka. Mumapenda nimwache uhuru ule munayeta mufalme wa Bayuda? 40 Bakalanika na kusema: hatu pende ule mutu, tu napenda Barnaba, na ule Barnaba alikua muuwaji.
1 Kisha pilato akamukamata yesu Yesu na kumupika fimbo. 2 Waakari wakakamata fofia ya miiba ba bakatia juu ya kuchua ya Yesu, na kumu valish nguo nyekundu. 3 Bakamwendea Yesu na kusema: Heshima yako, mufalme wa bayuda. 4 Kisha pilato na kusema tena na watu, mwangaliye, namuleta kwenu juu mutambuwe kama sione kosa ndaui yake. 5 kisha Yesu akatoka, akabeba kafia ya miiba, na ile nguo nyekundu. Tena pilate akasema nabo; Mutu yeye huyu. 6 Wakati bakuhaui bakubwa na vyongozi wa jeshi balimuona Yesu, wakalala miko na kusema: Asulubiwe, aslubiwe! Pilato akasema mumukamata mweye peke na mumutese kwa sababu sione makosa ndani yake. 7 Bayuda bayibu pilato: tuna sheria moya, na kupitia ile sheria, anapashuo kufa sababu anajiweka mutoto wa Mungu . 8 Wakati pilato alisikia vile, aliogopa tena, Akaingia tena. 9 akaingia tena fasi ya kusambishia batu na bakamuruliza tena Yesu: Unatokeya wapi? Yesu hakujibu. 10 kisha Pilato akasema : haunijibu? haujue kama niko na uwezo wa kukuokoa na uwezo wa kukute? 11 Yesu akajibu: hauna uwezo juu. yangu kupita ule uliopata kotoka yulu. Aliye nileta kwata kwako eko na zambi kubwa sana. 12 kupitia ile jibu, palato akapima kumuokaa lakini bayuda bali lalamika na kusema: ukamwacha huyu mutu, hauko rafiki wa kaizari. Ule wote anajifanya mufalme ana mupinga kaizari. 13 Wakati pilato alisikia kubaraza ya nyumba ya kusambishia watu. 14 Angalia, ilikua siku ya kutayirisha pasaka, ilikua saa kumi. pilato akasema na bayuda: Muangaliye, mumuone mufalwe wenu. 15 Bakalalani ka: Mumuondeshe, mumuondashe asulubiwe, pilato: akasema : Munapenda kumuuwa tena mufalme wenu? Mukahaui wakubwa bakajibu: Tuko na mufalme wetu, ni kaizari. 16 Na pilato atamutosha yesu juu bamuuwe. 17 Bakamu kamata Yesu, akabeba musalaba wake golgota. 18 Wakamu tena pamoya na batu bawili moya kushoto na mwengine kuume, Yesu katikati. 19 Pilato akaandila alama moya na kuitia kumusalaba. I liandikwa: Yesu mutu wa nazareti, mufalme wa bayuda. 20 Bayuda bengi bakosoma ile alama, kwa sababu ile fasi yesu aliuwiwa ni karibu na mugini mukubwa. ile alama iliandikwa na luga ya kibrania, kiroma na kigriki. 21 Bakuhaui bakubwa, lakasema na Pilato usiandike mufalme wa bayuda, sababu ye peke njo alisema eko mufalme wa bayuda. 22 Pilate akasema: yenye inaandi kiwa, inaandikiwa. 23 Kisha waaskari kumutiya Yesu kumusalaba, balikamata nguo yake na bakabula lipende ine kwa kila askari , pia na kanzo yake ambayo haikuwa na mushona hata moya kutoka chini mpaka yulu. 24 Bakasemezana: tusipasule hii kanzo, tupike kura tujue kama itakua ya nani. Ilifanyaka hivi juu maandika itimilizwe. 25 Baaskari bakapiga kura. Mama yake na Yesu, na dada yake, Maria mwanamuke wa kileopasina Maria Madelena. Baliikala karibu na musalaba wa Yesu. 26 Wakati Yesu alimuona yake ule mufasi alikua namupenda anaikala pembeni yake, akasema na mama yake: Mwanamuke, angaliya mutoto weko. 27 Na akasema na mwanafunzi: Angaliya mama yako. Palepale mwanafunzi akamuka mata Maria na kwenda naye kunyumba yake mwenyewe. 28 Kwa sababu Yesu alijua kama bitu byote binaisha, juu ya kutimiza maandiko, akasema: Nasikiya kiu. 29 Kitu moya yenye kuyala na pombe ya waskari ilikua pole, balikamata nusu ya pombe ma kutiya ku kinywa kya Yesu. 30 Wakati alikunyua ile pombe, akasema: yote yanatimia . Akashusha kichua, akakufa. 31 Sababu alikua siku ya matayaristho, bayuda habakupenda maiti ibakiye tu yulu ya misalaba siku Mungu, balilomba kwa pilato bavurye mikulu ya maiti na kwuindosha. 32 Waskari balivunga mikulu ya maiti ya kwanza ya kwanza na ya pile yenye ilikua juu ya musalaba pamoja na Yesu. 33 Wakati balifika kwa Yesu, balimukuta anakufa, na habakumuvunya tena mukulu. 34 Wakati askari moya alimutobala mbavu na mukuki, pole pole damu na mayi ikatoka. 35 Mwenye aliona njo alishuhudia, na ushuhu da wake ni wa kweli sababu na nyinyi muamini pia. 36 Hii manena ilifanyika juu maandiko itimilike: Hata mufupa wate moya hautavunjika. 37 Andeko ingine inasema : Wataangolia kwa yule aliyetobalewa mbavu. 38 Kisha yusufu mutu wa Arimatayi, na yeye alikua mwafumzi wa Yesu. Alienda kwa Pilate kulomba maite ya Yesu, kwa sivi sababu iliogopa bayuda , na Pilate alimuruhusu, yeye akabeba mwili wa Yesu. 39 Na nikodema, ule aliendaka kunuona Yesu usiku , alikuya na manukato na mafuta ya kupokala maiti ya beyi kali sana. 40 Bakabeba mwili bakafunga na nguo nyeupe pamoya na manukato, sawa-sawa na asili ya bayuda. 41 Ile yasi balimutesea Yesu palikua shamba, na muile shamba mulikua kabivi mupia. 42 Sababu ilikua siku ya matayarisho ya bayuda , bakamutiya Yesu mule.
1 Kumapema ya siku ya kwanza, kumapambazoko, Maria Magadala alifika kukaburi, akakuta lile jine lineonda ka kukaburi. 2 Kwa ivi alirudia mbio kwanda kwa Simon Petro nakwa ule mwanafunzi mwingine Yesu alimupenda, kisha akawambia, bane kamata mwili Yesu kukaburi. 3 Wana funzi wote wa lipika mbio pamoza, kuona yule mwingine a likimbia sana kuliko. 4 Petro nafika kaburi mutu ya kwaza. 5 Akisimama kuona karibu, kuangalia ile sanda ya kimbala imelala, lakini yeye aliba iye. 6 Kisha Simon Petro anafika na kuhingia ndani kukaburi anaona sanisa ya inalala pale. 7 Na ileleso lilokukicwanipake uko pamoya na sanda na ilikuwa fa simoya a imebaki. 8 Na ule mwana funzi a libakiya inze anahingiya ana mini. 9 Kwa kuwa wqli sahayuhadi wqlikuwa bado kuyuwa mandiko alibambia ata fufuka katika wafu. 10 Kisha wana funzi wakaenda tena ku nyumbani kwao. 11 Ata ivi Maria alisimama kukaburi, kuliya alienda kuliya na kuangaliya kabuli. 12 Akahoina banalayika bawili wenye sura nye upe wanaikala pamonza pale Yesu alilala. 13 Nao waka bambia, mwana muke, juu ya nini? Mama akisema bana tosha mwili yake bana mutiya wapi 14 Aliongeza nabo, alingeuka muona Yesu akisimama lakani aka mutambua oyu Yesu. 15 NAye Yesu akasema naye, nama, unalia? Una tafuta nani? Naye kiwaza mutunza bustani akamwambia, bwana, kama weye ulichukuwa, niambie nimuhone naiti. 16 Yesu akasema; Mariamu, na weye ukageuka na kusama, kiaramu ( Raboni) yani kusema, mwalimu. 17 Yesu akisema naye, usiniguse. juu sienda kwa baba yenu basi enda ku banduku yangu kuhamiye, kuwanita nita enda kwa baba yango uyu alinituma baba yenu mungu wenu. 18 Mariamu magadala anaza kuhambia waana finzi, aka muambia mambo. 19 Na ilikuwa mangaribi, siku ya kwanza ya duma mulango ine funguwa fasi wanafunzi waliko kwa fia wayahudi, Yesu akuwa anasimama kati kati yabo kusema nabo, amani iwe kwenu. 20 Yesu ana sema nabo hona mikono yangu na mbavu a na honesho bana funzi wana muhona wana furahi. 21 Yesu akabambiya, imani iwe naniye, kama vile baba alituma ivi na miyena batuma nyini. 22 Yesu alimaliza kusema nayo, Pokeeni, Roho Ntakatifu. 23 Yoyote mume samehe Nzambi, amesame wa, nabali mutakabafunga watakafunga. 24 Tomas moya ya banafu kumi na mbili, aliyeitwa Didimas alikuwa na wa na funzi awazeki Yesu alifika wale. 25 Bale bana funzi bingine waka muhambiyo, tuna muhona bwana, naye anasema nasi, kama sita ona ala ma yeke zamisumari katiku mikonoyake na nitiye vibole yangu kukilonda ya mbavu ya kesitamini. 26 Nyuma siku nane walikuwa chumbani, naye Tomas alikuwa pamoza nao, wakati milango ilipofungwa Yesu alisemama akasema, amani iwenani. 27 Kisha akambiya Tomas, leta kobole chako na uone mikono yako uweke kumbavu yangu, wala usiye kuamini. 28 Tomas akajubu nakueleza, bwana yangu una mungu wangu. 29 Yesu aka mwambiya unaniona, jii unamini, banabariki wa wele ya lishikiya pasi kuhona. 30 Nasim Yesu alifanya isuara mengi mbele ya wana funzi, ambao abayandika kukitabu hiki. 31 Basi imeondika kama badiwe kuhamini Yesu ndiye Ktristo, Mwna ya Mungu, na muki amini muwe na uzima katika dina lake.
1 Kiwisha pale Yesu alewato kelea wanafunzi wake pembeni ya bahari Tiberia angalia mufano alikotea. 2 Simoni Petro, Thomas anaïtua Didime, Nathanaeli walikuwa kikundi moja muji kana ya Galilaya, batote mbili ya Zebedayo na mwanafunzi, mbili wa Yesu walikuwapia. 3 Simoni Petro kajindea yake kuloba, na wenzake wakatawayika naye lakini walienda kufanya kazi punda pasipo kupata kitu usiku muzima. 4 Yasu aliwatokea asuhii pembeni yao lakini wasimujuwe. 5 Yesu akiwaomba chakula lakini hawakua na chakula. 6 Akasema mulowe sasa upande wakuume na wakattii. Na hawakuweza peke yabo kokota makila kwa wingi wa samaki. 7 Mwanafunzi munzi kamufa hamu Yesu na akamwambia pia Petro. Kwisha kujua vile akaova chimiis na aka tumbukia bahari. 8 Mwanafunzi wakajikusanga pembeni ya mutumbu juu hawakua mbili, kwa ku wahunga wenzao mkono kuaku kokota makila yaku yala na samaki. 9 Wakati letaitiyaka inchi kavu, walikuta juu ya makale ya moto samaki mbili na mikate. 10 Yesu aliwaomba sehemu ya samaki ile baliloba. 11 Basi Simoni Petro akatia ile samaki kubwa kiasi cha mia moja makumi na tatu 153 bila mokila kupasuka. 12 Yesu aliwatia chakula ya asubuyi, hata umoja kuwabo, bila ulizo ijapokua wamejua sana. 13 Yesu aliwakabumlia mikate na samaki. 14 Ni mara tatu Yesu alinekana mbele ya mwanafunzi wake booda ya kufufuka kwaka kabu pini. 15 Kwisha kule Yesu akamaliza Smoni Petro mwana wa Yonainanipanda kusinda wote, kaitatika ndio Bwana unajua binafsi kama nakupenda saana Yesu akimwambia ukulishoe mwanakondoo wangu. 16 Akasemate mara ya pili Simoni mtoto wa Yona wanipenda, Petro akaitika tana ndio Bwana. Yesu akisema chuga kondoo yangu. 17 Ulizo ya tatu Petro akaitika mauzu niko, lisha kondoo yango. 18 Kweli, kweli Yesu alisema kama ungalia mtoto utafanya mambo yote kunapenzi yako, lakinin ukizeeka, mambo yako yote mupaka bakufanyizie. 19 Masemi ya Yesu ilionyesha Petro namna ya kifo yakutuza Mungu na akaomba kwa Petro aju unge naye. Nyuma ya ile, alimwambiya Petro: "Unifuate". 20 Petro aliona mwanafunzi mupendwa wa Yesu kufuata. Yule amupendaye Yesu saana, kumu wambia, «Bwana nani atakupana maadu». 21 Petro akambia «Bwana Yesu mutu uyu ata kufanya nini?» 22 Yesu akisema: «muda wamaisha ya mutu inaniangalia mie, haiku angalie mtu mwengine, na akaomba kuji unga naye.» 23 Habari ile tawanyika kwa wandugu wengi ya kwamba mwanafunzi wa Yesu habakufake. Petro hakusema ginsi Yesu alisema hya kusemaka kuishi kwake ni mapenzi yangu, yeyote tafanya inangala Bwana Yesu haiangalie mutu.» 24 Mwanafunzi ule ule mwenye alitowa ushuuda paka yeye njo mwandikaiwa mambo na yote niya kweli. 25 Yesu alifa mambo mingi, na yote ingandikwa fazi yatia ingikosekana.
1 Teofili nilisema kati ya kitabu changucha mbele yale yote Yesu alianza kufanya na kufundisha, tokea mwanja. 2 Mpaka siku alinyanyuliwa kwenda mbinguri, kiisha kupana ba amri, kwa Roho ntakatifu kwa mitume aliye wachagua. 3 Kiisha kuteswa kwake aliwatokea mzima, na kuwaongesha alama munge, kujionyesha mba wa siku makumi ine siku makumi ine na kusema mambo yenyi kwangalia ufalme wa Mungu. 4 Vile alikuwa nao akawalazimisha wasiende mabli na Yelusalema, kungojea yenyi Baba aliwaaga, yenyi nilimwambia. 5 Yoana alibatiza kwa maji, lakini kwa siku chache mutabatezwa na Roho mtakatifu. 6 Mitume wakakwusanyeka wakamuuliza, Bwana, wakati gani utafanya usultani wa Isilaele? 7 Yesu akawajibu, haimutangalie, kujua Muda ao saa ni Baka yeye mwenyewe anajua ina Yeye kati ya usultani wake anajua. 8 Lakini muta pata nguvu wakati Roho mtakatifu atawashukua, mutakua washuuda wangu. Kati ya Yelusaleme na kati ya vijiji ya Yudana na Samalia mpaka mwisho wa dunia. 9 Wakati Yesu aliisha kuwambia maneno yote, na vile alikwa anaangalia juu angani. Akanyanyuliwa na kunkuku ikamfisha mbele ya macho yao. 10 Wakati wangaliki wakiangalia juu ku mawingu batu mbili wakawatosha, walivaa nguo nyenye. 11 akawauliza, nyinyi watu wa Galilaya, sababu bangi munabakia hapa, na kwangalia juu wani? Ni Yesu, anayepanda mbinguni na atarudia vile vile ginsi anaenda mbinguni. 12 Mitume wakarudia Yelusalema kujia ya mulima ya Olivia yenyi ilikuwa karibu ya Yelusalema, wufu wanjia ya sabato. 13 Wakati walifika Yelusalema wakapanda ku chumba cha maombie, kwenyi walizoea. Fina la mitume: Petelo, Yoana, Yakobo, Andrea, Filipo, Tomasi, Baltemea, Matayo, Yakobpo mtoto ya Alfae, Simoni wa Zobote na Yuida mwana wa Yakobo. 14 Walikuwa wote pamoja kama mtu mmojana waliomba pamojanafuudi, pamofa na wanamuke, kati yao Maria mama na Yesu na wandugu zotz. 15 Kati ya masikuzile, Petro ahaumama kati zandugu zake (mimue) walikua karibu 120 na akasema. 16 Wandugu inafaa Maandiko itimizwe kama vile iliandikwa, kama vile Roho mtakatifu alisema ku kenyua cha Daudi, sababu ya Yuda. Yule aliwasindikiza wenyi walimkamata Yesu. 17 Kwani alikuwa mmoja kati yetu na alipata shemu kati ya kazi ya Mungu. 18 Leo hii mtu oyu alinunwa shamba na mushaaena wake wa mabaya na akaanguka kichwa chini, na mwibi wake wote (viungo yake yote) na tumbo likapasuka. 19 Mambo aya yote ikafulikana nawatu wa Yelusalema na wakaipanga shambo hiyo katika ruga yao Hakeldama" shamba ya damu". 20 Kwenye kitabu cha nyemboza Daudi (Zaburi), shamba ile ni shamba lake uwe ya kwaribika hakuna mtu hatahishi ndani. Tumutie mwengione akamate nafasi yake. 21 Ni lazima mmoja kwa watu tulikuwa nao wakati wote, mbele ya Bwana Yesu kati yetu. 22 Tokea libatizo wa Yoana mpala wakati alipanda mbengine mbele yetu mmoja kati yao awe mushuuda pamoja nasisi yakufufuka kwke. 23 Wakaweka watu wawili. Yusufu mwenyi aliituwa Barnaba pia na Yusto na Matiasi. 24 Wakaomba na wakaszma, Bwana, mwenyi unajuamioyo ya watu wote, utuongesha sasa kati ya watu, nani unamshagu. 25 Wa kukamata nafasi ya kati ya kuubiri oyo Yuda mumuanza damu, afuate njia yako ya usawa. 26 Wakapiga kwa. Na Matiasi akachaguliwa na akawekwa pamoja na mitume.
1 Ilikuwa na siku ya Pentekote, wanafunzi walikuwa fasi moya. 2 Gafula walisikiya chindu kubwa kutoka mbingu kama uwezo ka, li, ikiyaza nyumba yote walikuya bameketi. 3 Inaonekana ndimi kama moto ya kwakila mutu wao. 4 Wao bote wame jazwa na roho mtakatifu wa walisema na lugha zingine, vile roho mtakatifu ili bahongoza kusema. 5 Na wayuda na wali kuwa kati ya Yerusaleme, bali ogapa Mungu, kuliko vizazi yole tshini ya mbingo. 6 Na sahuti kubwa watu balisikiya banafika na wasi wasi nakila mutu alisikiya na ruga yake mwenye we. 7 Wana gawi ya na kushangala, wa lisema kweli na kuzungumuza siyo wagali gana. 8 Juu ya nini tunasiki? kilamto ya ruga wawo? tuli zaliwa nao. 9 Waparti na Wamedi, na Waelamu, na Wasio Mesopotania, Yudea na Kapadokia, Ponto na Asia. 10 Furigia na Pamfilia, Misri na kipande ya libia, karibu na Kurene,atakirene, Waroma. 11 Wayahudi wa kiogopa, Wakrete na Waarabu, tuna wasikiya kusema naruga zetu na uwezo ya Mungu. 12 Wote bishana na kushesha na kwa ona kwao, hi na sema nini?. 13 Basi mengi wa lishanga na kusema, awa wamelewa pombe ya sasa. 14 Lakini Petro nasimama ye na bakumi na moyo, akapaza sauti, kusema na watu ya Yedea na bote banaishi Yersame, iy ijulikane kwenu siki ya kwa na kini yangu. 15 Watu awa hawadolewa kama nu na wazia kwa asubui sana na mapema saa tatu. 16 Lakini mabo yote ilisemaya kupitiya unabi, ya yoeli. Itakuwa wakati ya mwisho, Mungu alisema, ni tamwanga roho yangu kwe watu wote. 17 Wa biti wenu watabiri na vijana wenu bata hona, bawazee wata lota ndoto. 18 Juu ya watumishi yangu, na watumishi banamuke katika siku ya mwisho, nita mwanga roho yangu, nao batabiri. 19 Nitaonesha maajabu ya mbingu juu na alama dunia, damu, moto na muvuke ya moshi. 20 Na juu itakuwa giza na mwezi itageuka tamu, kabia siko ku ya malifa haiyafaka siko ku. 21 Itakuwa kwamba kila mutu ambaye ali theza na jina ya Bwana Mungu. 22 Batu ya Isreali, kamata maneno iki, Yesu wa Nazareti, mwana dumu aliki kisua na Mungu kwu unu juu ya matondo makubwa na uwezo ya masabu, katika mokono yake kama munazua. 23 Kwa sababu ya mipangu mabaya, mulikana tangu mwazo. ya marifa ya Mungu, alipaniya na nyiye, kwa miko ya bato mabaya kumutas na akufe. 24 Ambaye Mungu alimuweka ju, alitosa mateso ya mauti kwake, kwa mana abatabakiya fasi yake. 25 Namuna dahudi alisema, juu yake, niliona mfalme yangu siku yote namana iko siku yangu yote sita ogopa na kulia. 26 Kwamana moyo wangu ilipata furaha na kinyua yangu ata mwili yangu ilifurai sana, si taishi katika mabaya. 27 Usiche nafsi yaku ipoteya iende kuzimu, uta towa tena mutkatifu ku ona tena nazalibu. 28 Wewe unafunga uwangu nzia ya uzima, anani fanya nidjaza na furaha yo uso waku. 29 Ndungu nuni natshiye niseme pasipo woga namboya baba yetu Daudi, ye alikufa na azikwa ku kaburi yake iko pamaja nasie ata leo. 30 Ata alikuwa nabi alitambuwa Mungu iko, alilaka kwa kiapo kwake atatosha ufalme katika uzao yake kwenye kiti ya cha enzi. 31 Ali tangulia kohama maneno aya mapema, iyi ni juu ya ufufuu oya Yesu anafsi yake ahitabaki ya ku uzimani, ata mwili yake ahitaoza. 32 Yesu uyu Mungu Baba alifufua, yeye sisi wote tuna musuudia kwa batu. 33 Kweli ana muhinu wa ku mukono yake Mungu, na kupoke ya roho mtakatifu sa zawadi ya baba, yeye alipana ile aidi ile munahona na kusikiya. 34 Mana Daudi aku panda mbingu na, alisema Bwana alimwa Bwa yangu. 35 Na ikala ku mukono ya kulia, atatiya wadui yake chini ya mingu yako. 36 Na hi nyumba zote ya Israeli iyuwe kama inili tuna na yeye kuwa Bwana Kristo, Yesu ali suru biwa. 37 Tangu balisikiya iyo mioyo yao na waka, wakasema Petro motume sisi wanduku tufanye? 38 Petro aka waonesa, tubani nakila moyo abatize, katika jina la Yesu Kristo na ju ya musama ya dhambi yenu na mupate zawadi ya roho mtakatifu. 39 Juu kweno ahidi hikwa jili yenu na bale baliko mbali na batu yote, Mungu anahita batu yote. 40 Mancho mingi alifundisa, na wasi isemewa, kujipo neshe na kutoka katika vizazi ya kiovu. 41 Ndipo wakamini maneno yeke na kubatizwa, na waki ongezeka na siku iyo watu elf tatu . 42 Wakiendeleya katika mafundiso ya mitume na ushirikiano, katika kukabula mukate na kata mahmbi. 43 Boka iki yala na kila mutu (nafsi), ishara na mwisusa, inafaniya kupitiya mi tume. 44 Bote ba likubali na kuhamini, walikuwa fasi moya na ku kababula bitu vyo kwa umoya. 45 Ba lihuza bitu pamoja kuptiya kila mutu kilingana na itaji ya kila mutu. 46 Ivi kila siku baada ya siki na iliendelea wali kuwa na lengo moja katika ekalu na wali kabula mukate katika nyumba na nyumba na kukula na furaha kate yo roho moja. 47 Bana sifu Mungu na, waku wa na huwezo mbele ya batu yote, Bwana aliwaongezeka siku kwa siku wa likuya wakioko lewa.
1 Nyuma ya ile wakati, Petro na Yoane balienda ku chalu juu wakati ya maombi ili timia saa tesa kamili. 2 Kulikuwa kisheta moya walikwuwa wakimubeba kilasiku ku mulango ya kuingiya Hekalu enye bana hiita " Bela" alikuwa na omba ba musaidie na sadaka ya uruma ku batu yote, benye balikuwa na ingiya ku shirika. 3 Na wakati aliona Petro na Yoane biko na kuya ku Hekalu, aka baomba ba musaidie 4 Petro akamuangalia pamoya na Yoan pia bakisemaka " utu angalia". 5 Kisheta aka bangalia akazania bata mupatia kitu kidogo aka mwambia ". 6 Atuna franka ao zaabu lakini ile nikonaya njoo nita kupatia: " katika jina ya bwana Yesu ya nazareti tembea". 7 Petro aka mushiha ku mukono wa kuume, aka musima misha, ku ile wakati miguu yake ika nyoloka pia bitanga ya miguu yaka ika pata nguvu. 8 Kisheta aka simama, aka ruharuka pia akaanga ku tembea; akaingia kukanisa pamoja na Petro na Yoane alijazwa na furaha aka imba, aka rukaruka na kutukuza Mungu. 9 Batu yote bali muona alijazwa na nguvu ya ku tembea na ku imbia mungu. 10 Wakati bali muona kama hama ni huyu mutu njoo alikuwa kila siku ku mulango ya shirika enye bana ihita "Bela" kwenye alikuwa na omba msaada baka shangaa sana na uzuri enye ili mufikia. 11 Ginzi alikuwa pamoja na Petro pia na Yoane watu wote baka bafata mbiyo ku mbango bana ita Salomona kwa kwa kuona mamba ma kuu. 12 Wakati Petro aka baona, akiba uliza" watu wa Israeli juu ya nimi muna shangaa? pia muna tu angalisa? kuzania siye benyewe njoo tu na tembeza uyu mtu ku nguvu yatu ao uzuri wetu?". 13 Mungiu wa Abraha, na Isaka na Yakobo na wazee wetu, ana tukuza mutumishe wake Yesu, ule mwenye muli mutowa na muka mukana mbele ya Pilato, wakati balitaku ku mutosha ku mabusu. 14 Muli mukataa mutakatifu mwenye haki, mukapenda mutu mbaya njoo bamu toshe muuwaji. 15 Muli muhuwa mwenye uzima ule mwenye Mungu alimufufula kati la wafu na tuko washuuda wake. 16 Kumbi kwa Jina la mutu mwenye mu na ona kujwa njoo muna pashwa ku amini na ile jina ina mupa nguvu, alitua imani kwa Yesu njoo muna inuona ku mahisha iko na afia nzuri 17 Sasa bandugu yangu ngiye na ba kubwa yenu mulifanya bitu bila kujuwa. 18 Lakini kitu enye Mungu alitabiri ku kinywa ya ma nabii, iliamba masiya ateswa, imehisha timilika. 19 Gerikeni kwa kutubu Zambi zenu kwajili ikondoke, kwani ihi ni wakati wa uwepo mbele ya Mungu inafika. 20 Yesu Kristo alichaguli kwa kuya kiwenu. 21 Yeye ndie mbingu itaweza kupata vitu vyote wakati Mungu alisema zamani ku kinya ya ma nabihi takatifu. 22 Musa alisema "Bwana ata tuma nabihi wa kuni fanana dani yenu, muta musikia byenye ataba elezea. 23 Utakuwa mtu mwenye ahata musikia, atahabiswa habisa ndani yenu. 24 Ndio tangia nabihi Samuele na bale benye balikuya nyuma balisema pea juu ya hiyi siku. 25 Muko batoto ya wanabihi, benye Mungu alifanya upatanisha nawa tate yenu kusema na Abrahamu "Jamaa yote ya dunia ita barikiwa na kizazi yako. 26 Wakati Mungu ata tosha mutumishi wake hubatumia, juu abariki batu yote bata acha zambi yako.
1 Wakati Petro na Yohane waalikuwa wamesemezana na watu, palitoke viongozi na wa sadukayo. 2 Walikasirika sana kwa kusikia mafundisho ya Petro na Yohani ku watu kwa kuhusu Yesu na kutangaza ufufuko kwa kutokea wafu. 3 Walifungua na walitiwa gerezani adi kesho asubui. 4 Walikisikia mafunzo kisha wali amini, esabu ya watu walio amini ilikwa elfu tano. 5 Viongozi wao bote wakusannyika kesho yake muji Yerusalemi. 6 Wakuu wa makohani wali kuu apo, kama vile, anasi kayife, Yohani, iskanda na jamaa lote ya kohani mkuu. 7 Petro na Yoane walisambishiwa mbele yao, walypenda wajuwe uwezo na hukumu gani wamewametenda mambo haya. 8 Petro kujaziwa na roho ntakatifu, aliwambiya. 9 Tuko tunaulizua kwa ajili ya kitendo kizuri tuna kifanya kwa ajili ya mugonjwa namuna gani? 10 Mujuwe wote wakaji wa Yeusalemi ni kwa jina la Yesu Kristo wa Nazarete ule mulimutundika musalabani, kwisha Mungu aka mufufuana wafu, nikwa ajili yake ndjo mutu uyu iko mbele yenu muzima na afia. 11 Yesu ni jiwe lenyi lilizarauliwa na wajengaji na likarudi kua na faida kubwa. 12 Hakuna kuokele wa na mutu ungine, na jina ingine haiko juu mbiguni yenye na nguvu ya kutu ponya. 13 Petro na Yohane walikua watu wisio julikana, lakini hawakua na inoga wa kufanya kazi ya Mungu. 14 Waliona kwa haki mutu anapona ha wakupata kiakusema. 15 WAli watosha mitume, wakibakia ku elewana ku bafraza yao. 16 Tu fanye nini na watu hana? kuani mujiza wao unajulika sana ku watu ya Yerusalemi, tu na jua sie bote. 17 Tu waikuwa kataza wasi ubiri jina ile. 18 Petro na Yoane wali wakokota masikio wasisububu kusema ao kufundisha kuji na Yesu. 19 Petro na Yohane wali wajibu wakiserma, tuta tii mungu, apana mweye tutasema mpaka ile tuli ona tulisikia". 20 Hatuwezi ku acha mambo yenye tumli ona na tulisikia. 21 Kwisha kuwa tombokea Petro na Yohane bali ba achilia bende yabo. Bila kupata kosa kawaida, ya kuwaazibu, wengi waliabudu Mungu kufuatana na mafundisho yao. 22 Mtu alie faniziwa miujiza alikua na miaka makumi ine. 23 Petro na Yohane saa tu baliba acha wakakimbilia kwa wanduku yako na wakina pomolea mambo yote wa liwatendea kule kwa wakuu wamakoha ni na wakuu wengine. 24 Kwishambe lezo ile wote waliomba kwa sauti ya juu kwa muumba wa mbingu na Dunia, bahari kuu na yote iliomo. 25 Kwa nguvu ya Roho mutakatifu nakwama semi ya baba yetu Dawidi mutumishi wako alisema: juu ya nini wapagano wamepata chuki na kuwaza mambo ya kienyeji. 26 Wafalme wa iyi inchi wali tomoba pamoja, na viongozi, wakiunga ngomo kinyume kia bwana Yesu. 27 Herode na Pilato na watu wote wali muchukia mutumishi wako mwema Yesu mwene ulimupakala mafuta. 28 Wali foreni wote kua kufanya mabaya yote uliekataza tangu mbele. 29 Bwana tu epushe na shaki yao, na utupe nguvu ya kuubiki neno lako. 30 Nyoocha mukono wako wxa uponyaji maaalama na miujiza itendeke kwa jina ya mtoto wako mutukufu YUesu. 31 Waliona bokafasi yenye walikua naomba roho mtakatifu aliwapatia nguvu na wali ubiri maneno ya Mungu bila kusikia boka. 32 Hesabu ya wa aminifu ili kwa yenye kupanda, balikua ma wazo na roho moya hakukwa kilamutu ya bitu yake biote bili kua pamoja. 33 Mitume walitangaza ushuuda wa kufufuka kwa bwana Yesu, mapenzi ya Mungu kubwa ilikuwa juu yao. 34 Hakuna kua mkosefu ku bote ata kitu kidogo, walikua na changisha makuta na bitu yenye balikua na uzisha. 35 Mi tume njo walikua na pokea na kuchanga bitu yote, na wao pia njo walikua na gawa kua kila mutu kufuatana na lazima yake. 36 Yozefu mulewi mutu wa kiro mitume walipanga, Barnabasi. (Maana yake mtoto wa maombi lezo). 37 Kauzisha sehemu ya kiwaja yake alileta makuta yote kwa manabii bila shaka.
1 Vilevile kulikuwa mtu mwingine mmoja aliyeitwa Anania. Yeye alipokwisha kupatana na muke wake Safira, akauzisha shamba lake. 2 Lakini akaficha sehemu ya feza alizopata na kuleta sehemu iliyobaki kwa mikono ya mitume. Muke wake alijua maneno hayo yote. 3 Basi Petro akamwuliza: «Anania, namna gani Shetani amekuingia hata akakusemesha uongo mbele ya Roho Mtakatifu na kuficha sehemu ya feza ulizopata ulipouzisha lile shamba? 4 Mbele haujauzisha lile shamba, si lilikuwa mali yako? Na nyuma ya kuliuzisha, feza ulizopata haungezitumia sawa unavyotaka? Basi namna gani ulikusudia moyoni kufanya jambo kama hili? Haukusema uongo mbele ya watu, lakini mbele ya Mungu!» 5 Anania aliposikia maneno hayo, mara moja akaanguka chini na kufa. Na wote waliosikia habari ile wakashikwa sana na woga. 6 Kisha vijana wakakuja, wakafunika maiti yake wakamubeba mbali na mji na kumuzika. 7 Kulipopita karibu saa tatu, muke wake akafika pasipo kujua mambo yaliyotokea. 8 Petro akamwuliza: «Uniambie, hii ndiyo jumla ya feza mulizopata mulipouzisha shamba lenu? Akamujibu: “Ndiyo, ni hii.” 9 Halafu Petro akamwambia: “Namna gani mulipatana kwa kumupima Roho wa Bwana? Sikiliza! Wale wanaotoka kumuzika mume wako wamefika hapa kwenye mulango, nao watakupeleka vilevile.”» 10 Mara moja Safira akaanguka chini mbele ya Petro na kufa. Halafu wale vijana wakaingia ndani, wakamukuta amekwisha kufa. Basi wakamubeba mbali na mji na kumuzika kule karibu na mume wake. 11 Halafu, kanisa lote na wote waliosikia habari ile wakashikwa sana na woga. Mitume wanafanya maajabu na vitambulisho 12 Mitume walifanya maajabu na vitambulisho vingi katikati ya watu. Waamini wote walizoea kukusanyika katika Baraza wanaloliita La Solomono. 13 Na hapakukuwa hata mtu mmoja asiyekuwa mwamini aliyesubutu kujiunga nao, lakini hata hivi wanafunzi walisifiwa sana na watu. 14 Hesabu ya watu waliomuamini Bwana, wanaume na wanawake, ilizidi kuongezeka sana. 15 Na kufuatana na mambo yote yaliyotokea, watu waliwapeleka wagonjwa katika barabara, wakiwalalisha juu ya mikeka na vipoyi kusudi Petro atakapopita, kivuli chake kipate tu kufika kwenye wamoja wao. 16 Watu wengi vilevile kutoka miji inayokuwa pembeni ya Yerusalema walikusanyika, wakiwaleta wagonjwa na watu wanaoteswa na pepo, na wote wakaponyeshwa. 17 Halafu Kuhani Mkubwa na washiriki wake wote, ndio watu wa chama cha Wasadukayo, wakawaonea mitume wivu. 18 Basi wakafunga mitume na kuwapeleka ndani ya nyumba kubwa ya kifungo. 19 Lakini usiku malaika wa Bwana akafungua milango ya kifungo, akawaondosha mitume mule na kuwaambia: 20 «Mwende ndani ya hekalu na mutangaze kwa watu maneno yote yanayoelekea uzima mupya.» 21 Na sawa vile walivyoambiwa, asubui mapema wakaingia ndani ya hekalu, na kuanza kuwafundisha watu. Kuhani Mkubwa na wale washiriki walipofika, wakawakusanya wasimamizi wote wa Waisraeli kwa kufanya mkutano wa Baraza Kubwa. Nao wakawatuma watu kwenye kifungo kwa kuwaleta mitume. 22 Lakini wale walinzi waliotumwa walipofika, hawakuwakuta mitume ndani ya kifungo. Basi wakarudi na kutoa habari hii: 23 «Tulikuta kifungo kimefungwa vizuri na waaskari walinzi wakichunga milango. Lakini wakati tulipofungua milango hatukuona mtu ndani. 24 Mkubwa wa walinzi wa hekalu na wakubwa wa makuhani waliposikia habari hii, wakakuwa na wasiwasi sana, wakijiuliza ni nini itakayotokea. 25 Halafu mtu mmoja akakuja, na kuwaambia: “Wale watu muliowatia ndani ya kifungo wako katika hekalu wakiwafundisha watu.” 26 Basi mkubwa wa walinzi wa hekalu akaenda pamoja na watumishi wake, akawaleta mitume. Lakini hawakuwakamata kwa kinguvu kwa sababu waliogopa watu wasiwatupie mawe. 27 Walipokwisha kuwaleta, wakawasimamisha mbele ya Baraza Kubwa. Naye Kuhani Mkubwa akaanza kuwasambisha, 28 akiwaambia: “Tuliwakataza kwa nguvu musifundishe tena kwa jina la mtu huyu. Na sasa mumeeneza mafundisho yenu katika Yerusalema yote, nanyi munataka kutubebesha lazima ya kifo chake.” 29 Petro na mitume wengine wakajibu: “Inatupasa sisi kumutii Mungu kuliko watu! 30 Mungu wa babu zetu alimufufua Yesu, yule ninyi muliyemwua kwa kumutundika juu ya musalaba. 31 Mungu alimupa utukufu na kumwikalisha na mamlaka karibu naye na kumuweka kuwa Mutawala na Mwokozi. Na hivi Waisraeli wataweza kugeuka toka zambi zao na Mungu atawasamehe. 32 Na sisi ni washuhuda wa mambo hayo, naye Roho Mtakatifu ambaye Mungu aliwapa wale wanaomutii, anayashuhudia vilevile.” 33 Wajumbe wa lile Baraza Kubwa waliposikia maneno hayo, wakakasirika sana na kutaka kuwaua mitume. 34 Lakini Mufarisayo mmoja, jina lake Gamalieli, aliyekuwa mwalimu wa Sheria na aliyeheshimiwa sana na watu wote, akasimama katika baraza na kuamuru mitume wapelekwe inje kwa muda. 35 Kisha akawaambia watu wa baraza: “Ninyi wanainchi wenzangu Waisraeli, muangalie vizuri jambo hili munalotaka kuwatendea watu hawa. 36 Haijapita siku nyingi kulitokea mtu mmoja aliyeitwa Teuda. Akajidai kuwa mtu mkubwa, na karibu watu mia ine walijiunga naye. Lakini akauawa na wanafunzi wake wote wakasambazwa na kutosemekana tena. 37 Nyuma yake, katika siku zile walipofanya hesabu ya watu, kulitokea Yuda wa jimbo la Galilaya. Huyo naye aliwavuta watu wengine kwa kumufuata. Lakini yeye vilevile aliuawa na wanafunzi wake wote wakasambazwa. 38 Na sasa mimi ninawashauria ninyi, musiwafuatilie watu hawa, muwaache wajiendee. Kwa maana ikiwa mupango huu na hii kazi yao vimeanzishwa na mwanadamu, sherti vitaharibika. 39 Lakini ikiwa vimeanzishwa na Mungu, hamutaweza kuwazuia. Basi mujiangalie vizuri musikuje kuonekana kuwa munapigana na Mungu!”» 40 Wajumbe wa baraza wakakubali shauri la Gamalieli. Halafu wakawaita mitume, wakawapiga fimbo na kuamuru wasifundishe tena kwa jina la Yesu. Kisha wakawaacha kwenda. 41 Basi mitume wakatoka katika baraza, wakifurahi sana kwa sababu walistahili kuzarauliwa kwa kuteswa kwa ajili ya Yesu. 42 Na kila siku, katika hekalu na katika nyumba mbalimbali, hawakuacha kufundisha na kuhubiri Habari Njema kwamba Yesu ni Kristo.
1 Siku ile wakati hesabu ya wanafunzi ili ongezeka, banyunani baka anza malalamiko kwa wa ebrania juya ubaguzi wakati ya kugabula chakula kwawa jane wabo na wengine. 2 Mitume kumi nambili baka kusanya bana funzi mingi na kuba onesha. Haiko muzuri tuache kazi ya kuhubiri juu tu gabule chakula. 3 Ba ndungu mu chagule mu nyiye saba benyi tabiya muzuri, biko na roho mtakatifu na hakili, tubapatiye hii kazi. 4 Na shiye tu endeleye na ma ombi na kuhubiri. 5 Bote bali furahi na ile mipango. ndipo baka chagula Stefano, alikuwa na Roho mtakatifu na imani, na Filipo, Prokora, Nikarori, Timoni, Parmera, na Nikola, wa Antiokia mwenyi alikubali mungu wawa yuda. 6 Wa amini baka babebeya mitume, baka omba na ku bawekeya mikono. 7 Hivi neno la mungulika tembeya sana na hesabu ya batumishi ika ongezeka miyo mu Yerusalemu. Na kundi kubwa ya makuhani baka mwamini Yesu. 8 Kisha Stefano mwenyi ana jazwa na neema na nguvu ya Mungu, aka fanuya muijiza mingi sana ndani ua watu. 9 Lakini nusu ya batu ya mu shirika batu huru, ya warime na waeskanderia , na badogo ya Silisia na Azia baka tomboka. Baka bishina na Stefano. 10 Habaku muweza juu ya akiti ya akilina Roho ya mungu yenyi alikuwa na sema nayo. 11 Kisha baka ita batu kidogo kwa bufisho juu baseme kama balisikiya Stefano ana sema manene yenyi ina tukama Musa ma Mungu. 12 Baka tombokesha batu, bazee na ba andishi baka sambisha Stefano, baka mufunga na kumu beba mbele ya baraza. 13 Baka beba ba shaidi mbili baseme bongo: "mutu uyu ana endeleya kusema maneno mubaya juu ya fasi takatifu na sheria Musa. 14 Juu tuli musikiya ana sema kama huyu Yesu wa Nazareti ata bomola hekalu na kubadirisha desturi yenyi ili funshiwa na Musa. 15 Bote baka weka macho kwa Stefano na bakaona yake iko sawa malaika.
1 Koani nkua akasema: vitu hivi ni uyekweli? 2 Sitefano akajibu: wandugu na wababa, munisikie: Mungu wa sifa mwenyi alimtokeaka bab yetu Abrayama wakati alikuwe mezopotamu, mbele aikae harani, akasema naye. 3 Toka ku inchi yenu na famaa lako na uwende ku inchi yenye nitakuonyesha. 4 Akato ku inchiza Ukaldayo akaenda kubakuya ku Haranio, kiisha kufa kwa baba yake, Mungu akamleta ku inchi muko na yo ua. 5 Hakumpatiaka hata kitu moja, hata nafasi ya kutia miguu lakini akampatia tumaini, hata vile Abrayama akukuwa na mtoto uyu anaweza kumpatia inchi ya kuikalia, ata kizazi, kiisha yeye. 6 Mungu akamwambia na watu wa inchi ile watakamata zawa watumwa na watawatisa muda wa mukamia ine. 7 Na mitasambisha ile kabila pale watakuwa watumwa, Mungu akasema, na kiisha hiyo wta ondoka ku ile inchi na wataniabudu ku hii inchi. 8 Akampa Abalayama Agano ya kukata yando, pia Abalayama akazaa Izaki, akakatuwa yando kiisha siku nane; Izaki akazaa Yakobo na Yakobo akawa baba ya vizazi kumi na vuwili. 9 Wababu zetu wakamuonea Yusufu wivu, wakamuuzisha batika inchi ya Egypto, na Mungu akame naye. 10 Na akamukinga batika magumu yote na akampa Numa na mayele mbele ya Farao mfalme wa Egypto. Farao akampa cheoya Sultani ya jimbo la mfalme wa Egypto na nyumba yake muzima. 11 Njaaa kali ikotokea na mateso kubwa kati Egypto na Canana na wababa wetu hawakuwa na chakula na chakula. 12 Lakini wakati Yakobo alisikia kama ngano iko Mesri akatuma wa babazetu mara ya kwanza. 13 Mara ya pili Yusufu akajionyesha kwa wandugu yake; na famaa lake ikajulikana na mfalme Farao. 14 Yusufu akatuma wandugu wake kusema na baba yake afike ku Misri pamoja na famaa lake Lote. Wote walikuwa jumba makumi saba natano. 15 Njo vile Yakobo akashuka Misri. Kiisha, yeye mwenyewe akafaa, pia na wababazetu. 16 Wkabebwa Shekemu wakazikwa ku udongo wenyi Abalayama aliminuaka ku bey ya feza na watoto wa Hamori huko chekemu. 17 Wakati wa haadi yenyi Mungu alimuagaka Abrahama ilienea watoto wa Israeli waligua na wakazidika kule Misri. 18 Mpaka wakati Misri wakapata mwengine mufalme, Mfalme mwenyi akujua Yuzufu. 19 Ni ule mfalme akadangasha watu wetu na kuwatesa wa baba zetu, mpaka mukufika kutupa watoto wa changa, wasiishi. 20 Musa akazaliwa mu ile wakati. Akawa mtoto mzuri ku macho ya Mungu, Akagulishwa mda wa miezi tatu ndani ya nyumba ya baba yake. 21 Wakati walimuacha, Binti wa Frarao akamkamata na mugulisha kama vile mwana wake kabisa. 22 Musa akahadibishua kama mu Misri, akawa nguvu ya kusema na katiza matendo zake. 23 Wakati alifika na miaka makumi ine akawa na roho ya kwenda kuangalia wandugu zake, watoto wa Israele. 24 Akaona mu Israeli moja kati ya kuteswa na mu Egypien Musa akamchunga na akarudisho kisasi ya ndugu yake akampiga mu Egyptien. 25 Akawaza kama ndugu yake atajua kama mbono wake, Mungu atawasaidia, mlakini ndudu zake hawakujua kitu. 26 Siku ifatayo, akaenda tena ngamba ya wandugu wake wengine wa Israeli wenyi walikuwa na makelele. Akasubutu kuwaunganisha, akasema, ba bwana, muko wandugu, sababu gani kuna gombana. 27 Lakini ule alimfanyia mwenzake mabaya, akamsukuma na akasema: nani alikutiya Sultani wa kusambisha juu yetu? 28 Unataka kuniuwa kama vile uliuwa mu Egiptien jana? 29 Kiisha kusibia ile, Musa akakimbia. Akawa mgini mu inchi ya midiani, kule akazaa watoto wa wili. 30 30Kiisha miaka makumi ine, Malaika wa Mungu akamshukia ndani ya fangwa ya Mlima wa Sinai, katikati ndimi ya Moto akatoka katika ya mti. 31 Musa a kaona moto akasangaa, akasogea kusudi angalie, sauti ya bwana ikasikilika ikisema. 32 Ni mimi Mungu wa baba zako, Mungu ya Abrahama, wa Izaki na wa Yakobo. Musa akatetemeka hakupima hata kufungua jicho. 33 Muheshimiwa akasema, tosha viatu vyako kwani nafasi uponi takatifu. 34 Niliisha ona akika mateso ya watu wangu wenyi kuwa Misri. Nilisikia vio vyao. Nashuka kwa kuwafungua. Sasa, uwende; nakutuma misri. 35 Musa mwenye walikatala wakati walisema nani alikutia musimaziwa kusambisha watu? Ni weye Mungu alituma kama vile Sultani na mufunguaji. Mungu akamtuma kwamkono wa malaika mwenyi alishuka kwa Musa ndani ya kijiji chamti. 36 Musa akaongoza inje ya mirsi, kiisha kufanya miujiza na ba alama mu mini na katiya bahariya damu, na kati ya fangua mda wa miaka makumi ine. 37 Ni ule ule Musa alisema na wana wa Israela "Mungu atawatoshea nyinyi Muubiri kati ya wandugu, Muubiri kama mimi. 38 Ni huju mtie mwenyi alikuwa katikati ya kikundicha watu kati ya fangwa pamoja na malaika alimusema juu ya mulima wa Sinai. Ni yeye alikuwa na wa baba wetu, ni mtu ayepokea maneno ya uzima kwa kutuelezea. ni mtu ayepokea maneno ya uzima kwa kutuelezea. Nimtu uyu wa baba zetu walikataa kumtu. 39 Wakamsuma ndani ya roho zao kurudia ku Egipito (Misri). 40 Wakati ule wakamuambia Arona, utufanyizie wa miungu yenyi itatuongoza. Mambo yenye kuagalia Musa mwenyi alitutosha Misri hatuyui yenye ilimufikiaka. 41 Wakamtolia mwana wa ngombe na kumtoa Sadaka ya sanamu na wakajifurahisha sababu ya kazi ya mkono zao. 42 Lakini Mungu akawapatia magongo waabudu nyota za juu. Imaeandikwa katika kitabu cha wanabii hamukutoa sadaka ya wanyama yenyi kuchinjua na sadaka mda wa miaka makumi ine kati ya jangwa, nyumba ya Islaele?. 43 Mulikubalika hema ya mkutanio ya Moleke na nyota za mzimu ramfari, masanamu yenyi mulifanya juu ya kushukuru. Hivyo nitawabeba kupita Babilona. 44 Wababa wetu walikuwa na hema ya ushunda katika jangwa na hivyo Mungu akapana ruusa wakati alisemaka na Musa, alipaswa kuitosha mara ingine na ginsi aliiyona. 45 Ni hema yenyi wa baba zetu matembezi yao, wakaibeba ku inchi pamoja na Yosua. Ile ilifikaka wakati mulikamata taifa yenyi Mungu aliaka kwa baba zetu wakati alifukuza wenyi walikua wanaikaa ku inchi ile akawa pia vile mpaka masiki ya Dawili. 46 Mwenyi alipataka neema ya Mungu; akaomba nafasi ijengua sababu ya Mungu ya Yakobo. 47 Lakini Salomo akajenga nyumba ya Mungu. 48 Japo hiyo Mungu haikalake ya nyumba yenyi kujengewa na mikono kama vile Nabii alisemaka. 49 Mbingu na makao yake na chini (udongo) ni matembeleo ya Mungu yake nyumba ya namna gani munaweza kunijengea? Hugo ni masemi ya Bwana, wapi na fasi yangu ya kupumuzika? 50 Haiko mikono yangu inafanya vitu vyote? 51 Nyinyi watu wenyi shingo nguvu, wasio katwa kumbeni ya moyo na masikio, munatia ubishi na roho mtakatifu, muna fanya namna moja sawasawa na wababa zenu ginsi walifanya. 52 Ngo wa nabii ya wababa wenu walikuwa wanatundika? Waliuwa wa nabii wenyi walionambele kuja kwa mmoja mwenye haki, na kwasasa nyinyi pia munageuka wa toaji na wauwaji. 53 Nyenyi waliopokia amri za wamalaka yenyi walifanya lakini hamuikinga. 54 Wakati watu wa kupata mashauri waliposikia mambo aya wakawa na roho mbaya na kusaga meno juu ya Stefano. 55 Lakini Stefano akawa ikifazua roho mtakatifu akaangalia juu mbinguni na akaona ukubwa wa Mungu, akaona Yesu ansimama ku mokono wa kuume wa MUngu. 56 Stefano akasema, muangaieni. Naona mawingu inafunguliwa na mwana wa mtu anasimama ku mukono wa kuume wa Mungu. 57 Wajumbe wa baraza wakapaza masautizao na kufunga masikio wa kusema mapoja. 58 Wakamtupa inje ya mgini na wakamuapiza washuuda wakatia nguo zake chini ya kijana Mume aitwae Saulo. 59 Wakati walikuwa wanamulaani vibaya Stefano akapiga magoti na akalalamika kumuita Bwana akisema. Bwana Yesu pokea roho yangu. 60 Akapiga magoti, akalia kwa sauti kali. Bwana uwasema zambi zao. Kiisha akalala (kukata roho).
1 Naye Saulo alikuwa amekubali kwamba Stefano anastahili kuuawa. Siku ile ile kanisa lililokuwa katika Yerusalema lilianza kupata mateso makubwa. Waamini wote walisambaa katika Yudea na Samaria, isipokuwa mitume tu. 2 Watu wenye kuogopa Mungu wakamuzika Stefano na kumufanyia kilio kikubwa. 3 Lakini Saulo aliendelea kuteketeza kanisa, akiingia nyumba kwa nyumba, na kuwakamata waamini, wanaume na wanawake, na kwenda kuwatupa katika kifungo. 4 Wale waamini waliosambaa walikwenda popote wakitangaza Habari Njema. 5 Naye Filipo akaenda katika mji mkubwa wa Samaria na kuwahubiri wakaaji wake juu ya Kristo. 6 Makundi ya watu waliposikia maneno yale Filipo aliyosema na kuona vitambulisho alivyoonyesha, wote walimusikiliza kwa nia moja na kwa uangalifu. 7 Maana pepo walitoka ndani ya watu wengi wakilalamika kwa sauti kubwa, na watu wengi wenye kupooza pamoja na viwete waliponyeshwa vilevile. 8 Hivi kukakuwa furaha kubwa katika mji ule. 9 Na kulikuwa mtu mmoja aliyeitwa Simoni aliyekuwa akikaa katika mji ule ule tangu mbele. Yeye alikuwa akifanya mambo ya uchawi na kuwashangaza watu wa Samaria. Alijidai kuwa yeye ni mtu mkubwa. 10 Watu wote, tangia wadogo mpaka wakubwa walimusikiliza kwa uangalifu, wakisema: «Mtu huyu ndiye ule uwezo wa Mungu unaoitwa Uwezo Mkubwa.» 11 Hakika walimusikiliza vizuri kwa sababu aliwashangaza kwa muda wa siku nyingi kwa njia ya uchawi wake. 12 Lakini walipoamini Habari Njema ambayo Filipo alihubiri juu ya Ufalme wa Mungu na juu ya Yesu Kristo, wanaume na wanawake wakabatizwa. 13 Hata Simoni vilevile akaamini na kubatizwa. Na nyuma ya pale alishikamana na Filipo, naye alishangaa sana alipoona kitambulisho kikubwa na miujiza iliyokuwa ikifanyika. 14 Mitume waliokuwa Yerusalema waliposikia kwamba wakaaji wa Samaria wamekubali Neno la Mungu, wakawatumia Petro na Yoane. 15 Walipofika Samaria, wakawaombea waamini wapate kupokea Roho Mtakatifu. 16 Kwa maana Roho Mtakatifu alikuwa bado hajashuka hata juu ya mmoja wao; walikuwa tu wamebatizwa kwa jina la Bwana Yesu. 17 Halafu Petro na Yoane wakaweka mikono juu yao, nao wakapokea Roho Mtakatifu. 18 Simoni alipoona kwamba wanafunzi wamepokea Roho Mtakatifu kwa njia ya kuwekewa mikono ya mitume, akaletea Petro na Yoane feza na kuwaambia: 19 «Munipe nami vilevile uwezo huu; kusudi yeyote nitakayeweka mikono juu yake, apate kupokea Roho Mtakatifu. 20 Lakini Petro akamujibu: “Feza yako ipotelee mbali pamoja nawe, kwa sababu umezani kwamba unaweza kununua ile zawadi ya Mungu kwa njia ya feza! 21 Wewe hauna sehemu wala haki yoyote katika jambo hili, kwa sababu moyo wako si mukamilifu mbele ya Mungu. 22 Basi ugeuke toka katika zambi zako na umwombe Bwana, labda atakusamehe kwa ajili ya mawazo ya namna hii. 23 Kwa maana ninaona kwamba umejaa uchungu sana nawe umefungwa na zambi.” 24 Halafu Simoni akawaambia Petro na Yoane: “Muniombee ninyi wenyewe kwa Bwana, kusudi lisinipate hata neno moja kati ya maneno haya muliyosema.”» 25 Kisha kushuhudia na kuhubiri neno la Bwana, Petro na Yoane wakarudi Yerusalema wakitangaza Habari Njema katika vijiji vingi vya Samaria. 26 Malaika wa Bwana akamwambia Filipo: «Ujitayarishe na uende upande wa kusini kupitia njia inayotelemuka toka Yerusalema kwenda katika mji Gaza, navyo ni njia watu wasiyozoea kupitia.» 27 Basi Filipo akajitayarisha na kwenda. Alipokuwa katika njia, mara moja akakutana na towashi mmoja Mwetiopia. Mtu huyu alikuwa mkubwa, alishugulika na kazi ya usimamizi wa mali zote za malkia Kandake wa Etiopia. Yeye alikuwa amekwenda Yerusalema kwa kumwabudu Mungu, 28 na sasa alikuwa katika safari ya kurudi kwake. Alikuwa akiikaa ndani ya gari lake akisoma katika kitabu cha nabii Isaya. 29 Roho Mtakatifu akamwambia Filipo: «Endelea, usogee karibu na lile gari. 30 Filipo akaenda mbio karibu na gari, naye akamusikia yule mkubwa akisoma katika kitabu cha nabii Isaya. Filipo akamwuliza: “Unaelewa maneno unayoyasoma?” 31 Naye akamujibu: “Nitayaelewa namna gani pasipo mtu wa kunielezea?” Halafu akamwomba Filipo apande na kuikaa karibu naye ndani ya gari. 32 Na sehemu ya Maandiko aliyokuwa akisoma ni hii: “Alipelekwa kama kondoo kwenda kuchinjwa, kama mwanakondoo anayenyamaza mbele ya mwenye kumukata manyoya. Yeye hakufungua kinywa chake. 33 Alinyenyekezwa na kuhukumiwa bila haki. Hakuna mtu atakayeweza kueleza habari za kizazi chake, maana maisha yake yameondolewa katika dunia.” 34 Yule mkubwa akamwuliza Filipo: “Ninakusihi uniambie, nabii huyu anasema juu ya nani? Ni juu yake mwenyewe au juu ya mtu mwingine?” 35 Basi Filipo akaanza na sehemu ile ile ya maandiko, akamwelezea Habari Njema juu ya Yesu. 36 Walipokuwa wakiendelea na safari, wakafika kwenye nafasi moja kwenye maji, yule mkubwa akasema: “Hapa kuna maji. Ni kitu gani kinachonizuiza nisibatizwe?”[ 37 Filipo akamwambia: “Kama unaamini kwa moyo wako wote, unaweza kubatizwa.” Yule mkubwa akamujibu: “Ninaamini kwamba Yesu Kristo ni Mwana wa Mungu.”»] 38 Kisha akasimamisha gari. Filipo na yule mkubwa wakashuka wote wawili ndani ya maji na Filipo akamubatiza. 39 Walipotoka ndani ya maji, kwa rafla Roho wa Bwana akamutowesha Filipo, na yule mkubwa hakumwona tena, lakini akaongeza safari yake katika furaha. 40 Filipo akajikuta amekwisha kuwa katika mji Azoto. Kisha akapita katika miji yote akihubiri Habari Njema, mpaka alipofika katika mji Kaisaria.
1 Katika siku zile zile, Saulo aliendelea na vitisho vikali vya kuwaua wanafunzi wa Bwana. Siku moja akamwendea Kuhani Mkubwa 2 na kumwomba amwandikie barua za kumutambulisha katika nyumba za kuabudia za mji Damasiki, ikiwa wanaume au wanawake, awafunge na kuwapeleka Yerusalema. 3 Alipokuwa katika safari karibu kufika Damasiki, kwa rafla mwangaza toka mbinguni ukamuzunguka. 4 Akaanguka chini, akasikia sauti ikimwambia: «Saulo, Saulo, sababu gani unanitesa? 5 Naye akauliza: “Wewe ni nani, Bwana?” Na Bwana akajibu: “Mimi ni Yesu unayemutesa. 6 Lakini simama, uingie katika mji, na mule watakuambia jambo unalopaswa kufanya.”» 7 Nao watu waliosafiri pamoja na Saulo wakasimama na kubaki kimya kwa ajili ya mushangao, kwa maana walisikia sauti lakini hawakuona mtu. 8 Saulo akasimama wima, na ingawa macho yake yalikuwa wazi hakuweza kuona kitu. Halafu wakamushika mukono na kumwongoza mpaka ndani ya mji Damasiki. 9 Akabaki muda wa siku tatu pasipo kuona, naye hakukula wala kunywa kitu. 10 Na kule Damasiki kulikuwa mwanafunzi moja wa Yesu jina lake Anania. Bwana akamutokea katika maono, akamwita akisema: «Anania! Naye akamwitikia, akisema: “Bwana, mimi niko hapa.” 11 Bwana akamwambia: “Kwenda katika barabara wanayoita Yenye Kunyooka, uingie ndani ya nyumba ya Yuda, na mule umutafute mtu wa mji wa Tarso anayeitwa Saulo, utamukuta akiomba. 12 Yeye ameona katika maono mtu mmoja anayeitwa Anania, akiingia ndani ya nyumba na kuweka mikono juu yake kusudi apate kuona tena.” 13 Anania akajibu: «Bwana, nimekwisha kusikia watu wengi wakisema habari za mtu huyo, wakieleza mabaya aliyowatendea watu wako watakatifu wanaokuwa Yerusalema. 14 Na hata huku yuko na mamlaka aliyopewa na wakubwa wa makuhani kusudi afunge wote wanaoomba kwa jina lako.» 15 Lakini Bwana akamwambia: «Kwenda tu, kwa maana nimemuchagua mtu huyu kwa kunitumikia, kusudi atangaze jina langu kwa mataifa, kwa wafalme na kwa Waisraeli. 16 Nami nitamuonyesha mateso ya namna gani atakayopaswa kupata kwa ajili yangu.» 17 Basi Anania akaenda. Alipofika ndani ya nyumba ambamo Saulo alikuwa, akaweka mikono juu yake na kumwambia: «Ndugu Saulo, Bwana Yesu aliyekutokea katika njia ulipokuwa ukikuja huku, amenituma kusudi upate kuona tena na kujazwa na Roho Mtakatifu.» 18 Na pale pale vitu vilivyokuwa kama magamba vikaanguka toka ndani ya macho ya Saulo, naye akapata tena kuona. Halafu akasimama na kubatizwa. 19 Kisha akakula chakula, na kupata nguvu tena. Saulo alikaa siku chache pamoja na 20 Na bila kukawia akaanza kuhubiri katika nyumba za kuabudia, akitangaza kwamba Yesu ni Mwana wa Mungu. 21 Wote waliomusikia walishangaa, wakisema: «Si mtu huyu ndiye aliyewatesa vikali kule Yerusalema watu wanaoomba kwa jina la Yesu? Hakika amefika huku nako kusudi awafunge watu kama hao na kuwapeleka kwa wakubwa wa makuhani.» 22 Lakini Saulo akazidi kuhubiri na uwezo, akawashinda Wayuda waliokaa Damasiki akihakikisha wazi kwao kwamba Yesu ndiye Kristo. 23 Na kulipokwisha kupita siku nyingi, Wayuda wakafanya shauri la kumwua Saulo, 24 lakini Saulo akavumbua shauri lile. Nao walichunga milango ya kuingilia ndani ya mji ule muchana na usiku kusudi wamuue, 25 lakini siku moja usiku wanafunzi wa Saulo wakamutwaa, wakamuweka ndani ya kitunga na kumutelemusha na kamba inje ya ukuta. 26 Saulo alipofika Yerusalema, alijaribu kujiunga na wanafunzi wengine, lakini wote walimuogopa, kwa sababu hawakusadiki kwamba amekwisha kugeuka mwanafunzi. 27 Basi Barnaba akamutwaa na kumupeleka kwa mitume. Akawaelezea namna Saulo alivyomwona Bwana katika njia na jinsi Bwana alivyosema naye. Akawaelezea vilevile namna Saulo alihubiri kwa jina la Yesu pasipo woga katika Damasiki. 28 Saulo akakaa pamoja nao, akaenda huku na huko katika mji Yerusalema akihubiri kwa jina la Bwana pasipo woga. 29 Vilevile alisemezana na kubishana na Wayuda waliosema kigriki, lakini wao walitafuta njia ya kumwua. 30 Wandugu walipopata habari ile, wakamupeleka mbali katika mji Kaisaria, na kutoka kule wakamutuma aende katika mji Tarso. 31 Wakati ule, kanisa lilikuwa na amani katika Yudea yote, Galilaya na Samaria. Vilevile lilizidi kupata nguvu na kuendelea kumwogopa Bwana, nalo liliongezeka kwa msaada wa Roho Mtakatifu. 32 Petro alipokuwa akipita fasi zote katika majimbo yale, siku moja akawatembelea waamini walioishi katika mji wa Luda. 33 Kule akamwona mtu mmoja mwenye ugonjwa wa kupooza aliyeitwa Ainea aliyeshindwa kutoka ndani ya kitanda kwa muda wa miaka minane. 34 Petro akamwambia: «Ainea, Yesu Kristo anakuponyesha. Simama, ujitandikie kitanda chako wewe mwenyewe.» Na mara moja Ainea akasimama. 35 Nao wakaaji wote wa Luda na bonde la Saroni walipoona jambo hilo wakamugeukia Bwana. 36 Katika mji wa Yopa kulikuwa mwanafunzi mmoja mwanamuke aliyeitwa Tabita. (Katika kigriki ni Dorika, maana yake Pongo.) Mwanamuke huyu alikuwa akifanya matendo mengi mema na kuwasaidia wamasikini. 37 Katika siku zile akapata ugonjwa, naye akakufa. Walipokwisha kunawisha maiti yake, wakailalisha ndani ya chumba cha gorofi. 38 Na kwa kuwa mji Luda ulikuwa karibu na mji Yopa, wanafunzi walikuwa wamesikia kwamba Petro yuko kule. Kwa hiyo wakatuma kwake wajumbe wawili kwa kumwambia: «Tunakusihi, ufike huku kwetu bila kukawia. 39 Mara moja Petro akaenda pamoja nao. Naye alipofika wakamupeleka ndani ya chumba cha gorofi. Wajane wote wakamuzunguka Petro, wakilia na kumwonyesha kanzu na nguo zote Dorika alizowashonea wakati alipokuwa angali mzima. 40 Petro akawaamuru watu wote waende inje, akapiga magoti na kuomba. Kisha akaelekea ile maiti na kusema: “Tabita, simama!”» Halafu Tabita akafungua macho, na wakati alipomwona Petro akaamuka na kuikaa. 41 Petro akamushika mukono na kumusimamisha wima. Kisha akawaita waamini na wajane, akamupeleka mbele yao akiwa mzima. 42 Na habari hii ikaenea katika mji wote wa Yopa, kwa hiyo watu wengi wakamwamini Bwana. 43 Petro akakaa siku nyingi huko Yopa kwa fundi mmoja wa kutengeneza vitu vya ngozi, aliyeitwa Simoni.
1 Katika mji Kaisaria, kulikuwa mtu mmoja jina lake Kornelio. Yeye alikuwa mkubwa wa kundi la waaskari lililoitwa Kundi la Italia. 2 Yeye alikuwa mwenye kuogopa Mungu, naye alimwabudu Mungu pamoja na watu wote waliokuwa kwake. Aliwasaidia wamasikini wengi, naye alikuwa akimwomba Mungu siku zote. 563 Siku moja, ilipokuwa saa tisa ya muchana, akaona maono. Aliona waziwazi malaika wa Mungu akiingia kwake na kumwambia: «Kornelio! 4 Kornelio akamukazia macho akiwa ameshikwa na woga, akamwuliza: “Bwana, ni nini?” Malaika akamujibu: “Mungu amesikia maombi yako na kupendezwa na misaada unayotoa kwa wamasikini, na kwa hiyo anakukumbuka. Basi sasa; uwatume watu Yopa waende kumwita mtu mmoja jina lake Simoni anayeitwa vilevile Petro. Anapanga kwa fundi mmoja wa kutengeneza vitu vya ngozi anayeitwa Simoni. Nyumba yake iko pembeni ya bahari.” 7 Yule malaika aliyesema na Kornelio alipoondoka, akawaita watu wawili kati ya watumishi wake na askari mmoja mwenye kuogopa Mungu, aliyekuwa mmoja wa wasimamizi wake wa kipekee. 8 Na kisha kuwaelezea mambo yote yaliyotokea, akawatuma Yopa. 9 Kesho yake karibu na saa sita ya muchana, hao watu watatu wakafika karibu na Yopa, saa ile Petro akapanda juu ya paa kwa kuomba. 10 Naye akasikia njaa, na kuhitaji chakula. Walipokuwa wakimutengenezea chakula, akakuwa sawa amezimia. 11 Akaona katika maono mbingu imefunguliwa wazi, na kitu kimoja kinachokuwa kama nguo kubwa kikishuka, kikitelemushwa mpaka chini, kikishikwa kwenye pembe zake ine. 12 Na ndani yake kulikuwa kila namna ya nyama wenye miguu mine na wenye kutambaa pamoja na ndege wa anga. 13 Kisha akasikia sauti ikimwambia: “Petro, simama. Chinja na ukule!” 14 Lakini Petro akajibu: “Hapana, hata kidogo Ee Bwana! Mimi sijakula bado kitu chochote kisichoruhusiwa kukuliwa.” 15 Lakini ile sauti ikamurudilia, ikisema: “Vitu vilivyotakaswa na Mungu, usivihesabu kuwa vichafu.” 16 Nayo maneno haya yakasikilika tena mara tatu, kisha chombo kile kikanyanyuliwa mbinguni. 17 Petro alipokuwa angali na wasiwasi, naye akijiuliza juu ya maana ya maono yale, wale watu waliotumwa na Kornelio wakafika mbele ya mulango kwa maana walikuwa wamekwisha kujulishwa nafasi gani kunapokuwa nyumba ya Simoni. 18 Wakapiga hodi wakiuliza kama Simoni anayeitwa vilevile Petro anapanga pale. 19 Petro akiwa akifikiri juu ya maana ya yale maono, Roho Mtakatifu akamwambia: “Kuna watu watatu hapa wanaokutafuta. 20 Basi, simama ushuke na kwenda pamoja nao pasipo kusita, kwa maana ni mimi niliyewatuma.” 21 Halafu Petro akashuka na kuwaambia wale watu: “Ni mimi munayemutafuta. Mumekuja hapa kwa sababu gani?” 22 Nao wakamujibu: “Tumetumwa hapa na Kornelio, mkubwa wa waaskari. Yeye ni mtu wa haki na mwenye kuogopa Mungu, naye anasifiwa na taifa lote la Yuda. Malaika mtakatifu amemutokea na kumwagiza akuite ufike kwake kusudi asikie maneno utakayomwambia.” 23 Kisha Petro akawakaribisha ndani ya nyumba na kuwapangisha mule. 24 Kesho yake Petro akafunga safari pamoja nao. Na wandugu waamini wamoja waliokaa Yopa wakamusindikiza. 25 Petro alipokuwa akiingia ndani ya nyumba, Kornelio akaenda kumupokea, akapiga magoti mbele yake na kumwabudu. 26 Lakini Petro akamwinua Kornelio na kumwambia: “Simama, kwa maana mimi ni mtu kama wewe.” 27 Petro akaingia ndani ya nyumba akiwa akisimulia na Kornelio, na mule akakuta watu wengi wamekusanyika. 28 Akawaambia: “Ninyi munajua wazi kama katika Sheria ya dini yetu inakatazwa kwa Muyuda kushirikiana na mtu wa taifa lingine wala kumutembelea. Lakini Mungu amenionyesha kwamba haifai kumuhesabia mtu yeyote kuwa mchafu wala mutengwa. 29 Ni kwa sababu hii, wakati uliponitumia wajumbe, nilikuja pasipo kusita. Basi sasa ningependa kujua kwa sababu gani muliniita.” 30 Kornelio akajibu: “Kumekwisha kupita siku tatu, mimi nilikuwa nikiomba ndani ya nyumba yangu kwa saa hii hii ya saa kenda ya muchana. Mara moja nikaona mtu anayevaa nguo yenye kungaa sana, akisimama mbele yangu. 31 Naye akaniambia: Kornelio, Mungu amesikia maombi yako na kukukumbuka kwa ajili ya misaada unayotoa kwa wamasikini. 32 Basi tuma watu waende Yopa kwa kumwita mtu mmoja jina lake Simoni anayeitwa vilevile Petro. Naye anapanga kwa fundi mmoja anayetengeneza vitu vya ngozi anayeitwa Simoni. Nyumba yake iko pembeni ya bahari. 33 Na pale pale nikatuma watu kwako, nawe umefanya vizuri kwa kufika. Sasa sisi wote tuko hapa mbele ya Mungu kwa kusikiliza mambo yote.» 34 Basi Petro akaanza kuhubiri, akisema: «Sasa ninafahamu kwamba Mungu hana upendeleo, 35 lakini katika kila taifa mtu yeyote anayemutii Mungu na kutenda yanayokuwa ya haki, anamupendeza. 36 Yeye ametuma ujumbe wake kwa Waisraeli, akiwahubiri Habari Njema ya amani kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo, anayekuwa Bwana wa watu wote. 37 Ninyi munajua mambo yaliyotokea katika Yudea yote, yakianzia katika jimbo la Galilaya nyuma ya mahubiri ya Yoane yaliyoelekea ubatizo. 38 Tena ninyi munajua namna Mungu alivyomuchagua Yesu wa Nazareti kwa kazi yake, akimujaza na Roho Mtakatifu na kumupatia uwezo. Naye alipita fasi zote akitenda mema na kuwaponyesha watu wote waliokuwa chini ya mamlaka ya Shetani. Ilitendeka vile kwa maana Mungu alikuwa pamoja naye. 39 Na sisi tuko washuhuda wa mambo yote Yesu aliyofanya katika inchi ya Wayuda na katika mji wa Yerusalema. Walimuua kwa kumutundika juu ya musalaba, 40 lakini Mungu akamufufua kwa siku ya tatu kisha kufa kwake na kumwonyesha waziwazi. 41 Hakuonekana kwa watu wote, lakini kwa sisi tuliochaguliwa na Mungu kuwa washuhuda. Ni sisi tuliokula na kunywa pamoja naye nyuma ya kufufuka kwake. 42 Akatuagiza kutangaza Habari Njema kwa watu na kushuhudia kwamba ni yeye aliyewekwa na Mungu kuwa Mwamuzi wa wazima na wafu. 43 Manabii wote wanamushuhudia Yesu kwamba kila mtu anayemwamini atasamehewa zambi zake kwa uwezo wa jina lake.» Watu wamoja wa mataifa mengine wanapokea Roho Mtakatifu 44 Petro alipokuwa hajamaliza kusema maneno hayo, Roho Mtakatifu akashuka juu ya wote waliosikiliza mahubiri yake. 45 Na wale waamini waliotahiriwa waliofika pamoja na Petro wakashangaa sana kwa kuona kwamba Mungu ametoa zawadi ya Roho wake Mtakatifu kwa watu wa mataifa mengine vilevile. 46 Kwa maana waliwasikia wakisema kwa luga za ajabu na kumutukuza Mungu. Halafu Petro akasema: 47 «Ni nani anayeweza kuwazuia watu hawa waliopewa Roho Mtakatifu kama sisi wasibatizwe kwa maji?» 48 Basi akaamuru wabatizwe kwa jina la Yesu Kristo. Na kisha wakamusihi Petro akae kule kwao kwa siku chache.
1 Mitume na wandugu waamini waliokuwa Yudea wakasikia kwamba watu wamoja wa mataifa mengine wameamini Neno la Mungu vilevile. 2 Na Petro aliporudi Yerusalema, wale waliotahiriwa wakabishana naye, 3 wakisema: «Uliingia ndani ya nyumba ya watu wasiokuwa wa taifa letu na kula chakula pamoja nao! 4 Halafu Petro akaanza kuwaelezea mambo yote yaliyotokea kwa utaratibu. Akawaambia: 5 “Mimi nilikuwa katika mji Yopa nikiomba. Kisha nikakuwa sawa nimezimia, nami nikapata maono. Nikaona kitu kinachokuwa kama nguo kubwa kikishuka toka mbingu, kikitelemushwa, kikishikwa kwenye pembe zake ine. Nacho kikafika karibu nami. 6 Nilipochungulia ndani yake kwa uangalifu, nikaona nyama wa ufugo wenye miguu mine, nyama wa pori, nao nyama wenye kutambaa pamoja na ndege wa anga. 79 Na nikasikia sauti ikiniambia: Petro, simama. Chinja na ukule! 8 Lakini nikajibu: Hapana, hata kidogo, ee Bwana! Ndani ya kinywa changu hamujaingia bado kitu chochote kisichoruhusiwa kukuliwa wala chochote kinachohesabiwa kuwa kichafu. Lakini sauti ikanirudilia kutoka mbingu ikisema: Vitu vilivyotakaswa na Mungu, usivihesabu kuwa vichafu. 10 Nayo maneno haya yakasikilika tena mara tatu, kisha vile vitu vyote vikanyanyuliwa mbinguni. 11 Na saa ile ile watu watatu waliotumwa kwangu kutoka mji Kaisaria wakafika kwa mulango wa nyumba niliyokaa ndani yake. 12 Naye Roho Mtakatifu akaniambia kwamba niende pamoja nao bila kusita. Na hawa wandugu sita munaowaona wakanisindikiza, nasi tukafika na kuingia sisi wote ndani ya nyumba ya Kornelio. 13 Naye akatuelezea namna malaika alivyomutokea ndani ya nyumba yake na kumwambia: Tuma wajumbe, kwenda Yopa kwa kumwita Simoni, anayeitwa vilevile Petro. 14 Ni yeye atakayekuambia mambo yanayokupasa wewe pamoja na watu wote wa nyumba yako kusudi mupate kuokolewa. 15 Nami nilipoanza kusema, Roho Mtakatifu akashuka juu yao sawa vile alivyoshuka juu yetu kwanza. 16 Halafu nikakumbuka maneno haya Bwana aliyosema: Yoane amebatiza kwa maji, lakini ninyi mutabatizwa kwa Roho Mtakatifu. 17 Basi ikiwa Mungu aliwapa wale watu zawadi ile ile Roho Mtakatifu aliyotupatia sisi wakati tulipomwamini Bwana Yesu Kristo, mimi ni nani hata nisubutu kupingana na Mungu?” 18 Wandugu waamini waliposikia maneno hayo, wakatulia na kumusifu Mungu, wakisema: “Kumbe Mungu amewajalia hata watu wa mataifa mengine vilevile kusudi waweze kugeuka toka zambi na kupata uzima kamili.”» 19 Nyuma ya kuuawa kwa Stefano, wanafunzi walisambaa kwa ajili ya mateso. Nao wakasafiri mpaka katika inchi ya Foinikia na ya Kipuro na kufika katika mji Antiokia. Na kule walihubiri Neno la Mungu, lakini kwa Wayuda peke yao tu. 20 Lakini kulitokea wanafunzi wengine, waliokuwa watu wa Kipuro na wa inchi ya Kurene, waliofika Antiokia. Nao wakaanza kusemezana na Wagriki vilevile, wakiwahubiri Habari Njema juu ya Bwana Yesu. 21 Na Bwana akawaongoza kwa uwezo wake, hata watu wengi sana wakaamini neno la 22 Watu wa kanisa la Yerusalema waliposikia habari hii, wakamutuma Barnaba kwenda kule Antiokia. 23 Naye alipofika, akaona mambo yote yaliyotendeka kutokana na neema ya Mungu, akafurahi, naye akawatia wanafunzi wote moyo kusudi waendelee kushikamana na Bwana kwa moyo wao wote. 24 Barnaba alikuwa mtu mwema, mwenye kujazwa na Roho Mtakatifu na mwenye imani sana. Na watu wengi wakaongezeka kwa Bwana. 25 Kisha Barnaba akatoka kule na kwenda Tarso kwa kumutafuta Saulo. 26 Naye alipomwona, akamuleta Antiokia. Na kwa muda wa mwaka mzima Barnaba na Saulo walikusanyika katika kanisa la kule na wakawafundisha watu wengi. Ni kule Antiokia ndiko wanafunzi waliitwa kwa mara ya kwanza jina la Wakristo. 27 Katika siku zile, manabii wamoja walifika Antiokia wakitoka Yerusalema. 28 Na mmoja wao, aliyeitwa Agabo, akasimama, akatabiri kwa njia ya Roho Mtakatifu kwamba kutakuwa njaa kubwa katika dunia nzima. (Nayo ikatokea katika nyakati za utawala wa mfalme Klaudio wa Roma.) 29 Wanafunzi wakakusudia kutuma musaada kwa wandugu waamini waliokaa katika jimbo la Yudea, kila mmoja kwa kadiri alivyoweza kutoa. 30 Nao wakafanya vile, wakatuma misaada waliyokusanya kwa wazee wa kanisa kwa mukono wa Barnaba na Saulo.
1 Katika siku zile mfalme Herode akaanza kutesa watu wamoja wa kanisa. 2 Akaamuru Yakobo, ndugu ya Yoane, auawe kwa upanga. 3 Basi, alipoona kwamba jambo lile liliwapendeza Wayuda, akaamuru Petro afungwe vilevile. (Mambo haya yalitokea kwa wakati wa sikukuu ya Mukate Usiotiwa Chachu.) 4 Alipokwisha kumukamata Petro, na kumutia katika kifungo, akamuweka chini ya ulinzi wa vikundi vine vya waaskari waliogomboana wane kwa wane. Naye alikusudia kumusambisha mbele ya watu nyuma ya sikukuu ya Pasaka. 5 Basi Petro akabaki akichungwa katika kifungo, lakini kanisa likaendelea kumwombea kwa Mungu pasipo kuchoka. 6 Usiku, mbele ya kutimia kwa siku Herode aliyotaka kumusambisha mbele ya watu, Petro alikuwa amelala ndani ya chumba katikati ya waaskari wawili. Alikuwa amefungwa na minyororo miwili, nao walinzi walikuwa wakichunga mulango wa kifungo. 7 Kwa rafla malaika wa Bwana akatokea na mwangaza ukajaa ndani ya chumba kile. Malaika akamutikisa Petro na kumwamusha, akimwambia: «Simama upesi! Nayo minyororo ikaanguka toka kwenye mikono yake. 8 Kisha malaika akamwambia: “Funga mukaba na uvae viatu vyako.” Petro akafanya vile, naye malaika akamwambia tena: “Vaa koti yako na kunifuata.” 9 Petro akamufuata mpaka inje ya kifungo. Lakini hakutambua kwamba mambo yale malaika aliyofanya yalikuwa ya kweli; alizani kwamba amepata maono. 10 Wakapita kikundi cha kwanza cha waaskari na cha pili, na kufikia kwenye mulango wa chuma wa kuingilia ndani ya mji. Ule mulango ukajifungua wenyewe mbele yao, nao wakatoka inje na kuendelea katika barabara moja. Na kwa rafla yule malaika akamwacha. 11 Petro alipotambua kwamba mambo yaliyotokea ni ya kweli akasema: “Sasa ninajua hakika kwamba Bwana alimutuma malaika wake kuniokoa katika mikono ya Herode na katika mabaya yote Wayuda waliyotaka kunitendea.” 12 Alipokwisha kufahamu mambo yale yaliyotokea, akaenda kwa Maria, mama ya Yoane aliyeitwa Marko. Watu wengi walikuwa wamekusanyika mule, wakiomba. 13 Petro alipiga hodi kwenye mulango wa inje, mujakazi mmoja aliyeitwa Roda akakuja kwenye mulango. 14 Naye akatambua sauti ya Petro akafurahi sana hata kwa pahali pa kufungua mulango akarudi mbio kuwapasha wengine kwamba Petro anasimama mbele ya mulango. 15 Nao wakamwambia: “Uko na wazimu!” Lakini akakaza kusema kwamba ni kweli. Basi wakasema: “Ni malaika wake.” 16 Kwa wakati ule Petro akaendelea tu kupiga hodi. Walipofungua mulango wakamwona, na kushangaa. 17 Naye akawanyamazisha kwa kunyoosha mukono, kuwaelezea namna Bwana alivyomwondoa katika kifungo. Akawaambia tena: “Muwaelezee Yakobo na wandugu wengine waamini habari hizi.” Kisha Petro akaondoka na kwenda nafasi ingine. 18 Kulipokucha, waaskari wakapigwa na hofu sana. Wakaanza kuulizana: “Jambo gani lililomupata Petro?”» 19 Herode akaomba wamutafute, lakini hawakumwona. Kwa hiyo kisha kusambisha wale walinzi, akaamuru wauawe. Halafu Herode akaondoka Yudea kwenda katika mji Kaisaria na kukaa kule kwa muda. 20 Herode alikuwa amechunga hasira sana juu ya watu wa mji Tiro na wa Sidona. Lakini wakapatana kwa nia moja kwa kumwendea. Kwanza wakasikilizana na Balasto, aliyekuwa musimamizi wa nyumba ya mfalme. Kisha wakaomba mapatano ya amani kwa mfalme Herode, kwa sababu inchi yao ilitegemea inchi ya mfalme huyo kwa kupata chakula. 21 Halafu kwa siku ile iliyopangwa, Herode akavaa nguo zake za kifalme, akaikaa katika kiti chake cha kifalme na kuwatolea watu hotuba. 22 Nao watu wakalalamika wakisema: «Hii ni sauti ya Mungu, wala si ya mtu.» 23 Na pale pale malaika wa Bwana akamwazibu Herode kwa ugonjwa kwa sababu alijitukuza kwa pahali pa Mungu. Herode akakuliwa na michango ya tumbo na kisha akakufa. 24 Lakini Neno la Mungu likaendelea mbele na kuenea fasi nyingi. 25 Barnaba na Saulo walipomaliza kazi yao, wakarudi toka Yerusalema, wakiwa pamoja na Yoane, aliyeitwa vilevile Marko.
1 Sasa ndani la kanisa ya Antiokia, mulikuwa ma nabii na walimu. Walikiwa Barnaba, Simeoni (anaitua Nigeri). Lukio wa Kirene, Manaeni alikomalishua pamoja Heroda kiongozi wa mpoa na Saulo. 2 Wakati walikuwa na abudu bwana na kufunga chakula, roho mtukatifu akasema,muniwekee pembeni Barnaba na Saulo wa janye kazi niliyo waitia. 3 Kishaa mafungo na kuomba, na kuwekeya mikano waka watuma. 4 Kwa iyo Barnaba na Saulo waka tii roho mutakatifu na wakashukiya Seleukia. Toka pale bakatelemukiya kwa kisanga ya Kipro. 5 Kufika mujini Salami wakatangaza neno la Mungu ndani la Shirika ya wayuda. Walikuwa na Yoane Marko kama msaidizi. 6 Kisha kukatiliza kisagan ya Pafo waka kuta mchawi moja, nabii mu ongo muyunda, ani itua Bar-Yesu. 7 Alikuwa na kiongozi wa jimbo Sergio Paulus, mutu wa akili. Mutu uyu akitisha Barnaba na Saulo, na akioneshaa kama alipenda kusikiya neno la Mungu. 8 Lakini Elimasi mchawi, vile jina lake ina sema, aliwasimamiya na akili ya kwatyanisha mkikubwa wa jimbo na imani. 9 Lakini Saulo anaye itwa Paulo, alikuwa na aziwa na roho mtakatifu, aka mkaziya matsho. 10 NA akasema: we mtoto wa shetani mwenye kujaziwa na udanganifu na ubaya. Uko adui ya namma yote ya usalama hautakoma kudaganza ndiya Salama ya bwana? 11 Tazama sasa, mukona wa bwana uko juu lako utakuwa kipoya hauta ona juwa uakati moya. Palepale ukungu na giza zika angukiya Elimas akaanza kuzunguka kutafuta mutu moya a shike mukono wake amu ongoze. 12 Sasa kiongozi wa jimbo kwa kuona ile ilitendeka, aka amini, sababu mafusidho inasemeya bwana ilimushanga. 13 Paulo na nafiki zake wakasafini pa mayi toka Pafo na kufika Pamfilia. Lakini Yoane aka waacha na kurudi Yeruzalema. 14 Paulo na wezake wakasafiri toka perge na kufika Antiakia Pisidia. Kule waka ingiya siku ya sababo ndani ya shirika na kwikala. 15 Kisha kusoma mikanda ya Sheria na wa nabii, biongozi ya shirika wa kawatumiya ujumba na kusema: ndugu kama muko na ujumbe ya kuleta nguvu kwa watu mui seme. 16 Paulo akalamusha mukono na kusimama na kusema: "watu wa Israeli na ninyi wenye kuesimu Mungu musikiye. 17 Mungu ya watu wa Israeli ali changuwa wa kambo yetu kuwakuisha wengi wakati walikuwa ndani ya udongo wa misri akanyolosha mokono wake na kuwatosha kule. 18 Myaka makuni ine, aka waongoza ma jangwa. Muda karibu myaka makumi ine aka wa linda ndani ya jangwa. 19 Kisha ya kuharibu mataifa saba mu inchi ya kaanani akai toa kwa watu wetu kama uriti. 20 Maneno yote iyi yalitendeka kwa muda myaka mya ine makumi tano. Mungu wapa waamuzi mpaka nabii Samweli. 21 Baada manena iyo, watu waliomba mfalme. 22 Kisha Mungu akaondosha ufalme kwake na kuileta kwa Dawidi. Ni DAwidi akasemeya: na mkuta mkato wa yese apendeya na roho. kafanya mapenzi yangu. 23 Mu kizazi yake kufuatana na masemo yake mungu ana leta makozi wa Israeli Yesu, 24 Mbele ya kuzalika kwa Yesu, ikafanyika, Yoane aki ubini watu wa Israeli kubadirika kwa myoyo sababu ya ubatizo. 25 Kwa kumaliza kazi lake Yoane akasema, lakini munielewe, kisha mimi, moja eko myuma yangu si stahili ata kulekesha kamba ya viatu yake ku miguu. 26 Ndugu ni kwetu ujumbe ulitumiwa, waatoto wa kizazi la Abrahamu na wale waki abudu Mungu. 27 Kwani wale wenyi kuishi Yerusaleme hawaku mutambua tena wanatimiza masemo ya ma nabii wana semaka kwa kila sabato kwa kumhukumu Yesu akjule. 28 Isipokuwa hawa kupata sababu nzuri ndani yake juu ya kifo, wali omba kwa Pilato kifo lake. 29 Kisha kutimiza maneno yote kuhusu Yesu waka mushukisha ku muti na kumuweka mu kaburi. 30 Lakini Mungu aka mufufwa toka wafu. 31 Alionekana kwa siku mingi kwa bale alitembeya nabo pomoja toka GAlilaya kwende Yelusalema waku hana sasa ni mashahidi ya watu. 32 Hivi tu nawa leteyaa habari ngema la ahadi iliyo wa pewa kambo zetu. 33 Mungu aliweka ahadi iyi kwetu, batoto yabo, ndani yayo alimfufua Yesu na kumrudisha tena katina uhai:ime andikwa katika zaburi: uka mtoto yangu nakuzala leo. 34 Tena kwa kumfufua toka wafu juu ya mwili yake usiaribike, anasema ivi nitakupatiya utakatifu na banaka ya DAwidi. 35 Kwa maana imea ndikwa zaburi ingine: Hautaatya mwili wa mtakatifu wako uoze. 36 Sababu kisha kufanya ile ilipendeza Mungu, alikufa akazikiwa pamayo na wazazi wake na alioza, 37 Lakini ule Mungu alifufua hakuoza. 38 Maneno hayo ya julikane kwenu ndugu, ni kupitia mutu uyu usamaa wa zambi imefundishua. 39 Ye yote anaye mwamini anasemelewa mambo yote hakupashe pata haki ya sheria la Mose. 40 Mufanye ange, kusiwafikiye mambo wa walisema. 41 Tazama, niye waku wa mavuno, mu shangae, na mupoteye, sababu nika tenda kazi mu wakati yenu, kazi moya hamutaitika kuyasemeya kwenu. 42 Paulo na BArnaba vile walienda, watu walikuwa na waomba waseme maneno hayo siku ya sabato ijayo. 43 Wakati mukutano wa shirika ulimalizika wa yuda wengi na waongofu thabiti walifata Paulo na BArnaba wa ongeye nawo na ku wapa nguvu waendeleye na neema ya Mungu. 44 Sabato ifatayo watu nyingi wa muji wali kusanika wasikiya neno la Mungu. 45 Wa Yuda kwa kuona watu wengi wa ka jagwa na winu piya kusema maneno ya kuwapinga yote Paulo akiwa ya sema, na walimtukana. 46 46Lakini Paulo na Barnaba walikuwa na sema kwa ujazini: " ilikuwa na maana neno la Mungu lisemewe kwanza kwenu kuwa mutnaitupa na hamui kamate na faida uzima wa milele, tazama, tumetupa matsho kwa wapagano. 47 Kwani Bwana alitupa hoda na akasema: " nilikuweka kuwa nuru ya wapagano kwa kuleta wakovo hadi ku mipaka ya ulimwengu". 48 Wakati wapagano wakasikiya neno iyowakafurahi na kushukuru Bwana. Wengi waliochaguliwa kwa uzima wa milele wali amini. 49 Neno la Bwana ili enea inchi yote. 50 Lakini wa Yuda waliwasi wana muke muhimo pia biongozi ya inchi. Waka tesa Paulo na Barnaba na waliwa tupa inje ya inchi. 51 Lakini Paulo na Barnaba wali kunkuta vumbi ya miguu yao. Kisha walienda muji wa ikonia. 52 Na wanafunzi walijazwa na furaha pamoja na roho mtakatifu.
1 Paulo na Barnaba walipofika katika mji Ikonio, wakaingia vilevile katika nyumba ya kuabudia ya Wayuda. Mule wakahubiri hata kundi kubwa la Wayuda na Wagriki wakaamini. 2 Lakini Wayuda waliokataa kuamini walishawishi watu wa mataifa mengine na kuwasukuma kuwachukia wandugu waamini. 3 Paulo na Barnaba wakakaa Ikonio kwa muda murefu. Walisema kwa uhodari kabisa, wakimutumainia Bwana. Naye aliwapa uwezo wa kufanya maajabu na vitambulisho. Na kwa njia hiyo alihakikisha kwamba ujumbe walioutangaza juu ya neema yake ulikuwa wa kweli. 4 Watu wa mji wakatengana: wamoja walikuwa upande wa Wayuda na wengine upande wa mitume. 75 Kisha Wayuda wamoja na watu wa mataifa mengine pamoja na wakubwa wao, wakakusudia kuwatendea mitume vibaya na kuwaua kwa kuwatupia mawe. 6 Paulo na Barnaba walipotambua jambo lile wakakimbilia katika mji wa Listra na wa Derbe ndani ya wilaya ya Likaonia na katika sehemu za kandokando yake. Kule wakaendelea kuhubiri Habari Njema. 8 Kule Listra kulikuwa mtu mmoja aliyekuwa kiwete tangia kuzaliwa. Yeye hakuweza kusimama wala kupima kutembea. 9 Yeye alikuwa akisikiliza mahubiri ya Paulo. Paulo akamukazia macho, naye akaona kwamba kiwete yule yuko na imani ya kuweza kuponyeshwa. 10 Halafu akamwambia kwa sauti: «Simama wima! Mtu yule akaruka akasimama na kuanza kutembea. 11 Wakati makundi ya watu walipoona jambo lile Paulo alilofanya, wakasema kwa sauti katika luga yao ya kilikaonia: “Miungu imetushukia ikiwa na sura ya kimtu!”» 12 Walimupanga Barnaba jina la mungu Zeu, na Paulo jina la mungu Herme, kwa sababu yeye ndiye aliyetoa hotuba. 13 Naye kuhani wa hekalu la mungu Zeu, lililokuwa kwenye kiingilio cha mji, akaleta ngombe waliopambwa na mafungu za maua mbele ya mulango. 14 Lakini mitume Barnaba na Paulo waliposikia habari ile, wakapasua nguo zao kwa huzuni, wakaingia haraka katikati ya kundi la watu, na kusema kwa sauti: 15 «Wandugu, kwa sababu gani munafanya mambo kama haya? Sisi vilevile ni watu, tuko sawasawa nanyi, na tunawahubiri ninyi Habari Njema kwamba muache kuabudu vitu hivi vya bure na mumugeukie Mungu mwenye uzima; yeye aliyeumba mbingu na dunia, bahari na vyote vinavyokuwa ndani yao. 16 Katika siku zilizopita Mungu aliwaachilia watu wa mataifa yote wafuate njia wanazotaka. 17 Ingawa vile hakuacha kujijulisha kwa njia ya kutenda mema. Anawanyeshea mvua toka mbingu, anawapa mavuno kwa wakati wake, anashibisha mioyo yenu na chakula na kuwajaza na furaha.» 18 Ijapokuwa mitume walisema maneno haya, ilikuwa vigumu kuzuiza makundi ya watu wasiwatolee sadaka. 19 Kisha Wayuda wamoja wakakuja tokea katika mji wa Antiokia na wa Ikonio. Wakashawishi makundi ya watu wajiunge nao. Wakamutupia Paulo mawe na kumukokotea inje ya mji, wakizani kwamba amekwisha kufa. 20 Lakini wanafunzi walipokuwa wakimuzunguka, akasimama na kurudi ndani ya mji. Kesho yake yeye pamoja na Barnaba wakaenda katika mji wa Derbe. 21 Paulo na Barnaba walihubiri Habari Njema katika mji wa Derbe, na kupata wanafunzi wengi. Kisha wakarudi katika mji wa Listra, wa Ikonio na wa Antiokia ya Pisidia. 22 Kule waliwajenga wanafunzi moyo na kuwatia nguvu wabakie katika imani wakiwaambia: «Ni sherti tupite katika mateso mengi kwa kuweza kuingia katika Ufalme wa Mungu.» 23 Wakawachagua wazee katika kila kanisa. Na kisha kuomba na kufunga kula chakula, wakawaweka chini ya ulinzi wa Bwana waliyemwamini. 24 Kisha wakapitia katika jimbo la Pisidia na kufika katika inchi ya Pamfilia. 25 Walipokwisha kuhubiri Neno la Mungu kwa watu wa mji Perga, wakaenda katika mji wa Atalia. 26 Na kutoka kule wakarudi mpaka Antiokia kwa njia ya chombo. Ni kule walipokuwa wameombewa neema kwa Mungu kwa ajili ya kazi ile waliyotoka kutimiza. 27 Walipofika Antiokia, wakafanya mkutano wa kanisa na kuwaelezea mambo yote Mungu aliyofanya kwa njia yao, na namna alivyowafungulia watu wa mataifa mengine mulango kusudi wao vilevile wapate kuamini. 28 Nao wakakaa kule Antiokia kwa muda wa siku nyingi pamoja na wanafunzi.
1 Watu wamoja walishuka toka Yudea kwenda Antiokia, nao wakaanza kuwafundisha wandugu waamini kwamba hawawezi kuokoka ikiwa hawatahiriwi sawa vile inavyoagizwa katika Sheria ya Musa. 2 Basi Paulo na Barnaba wakapingana na kubishana nao vikali sana juu ya jambo hili. Na kwa hiyo wandugu waamini wakaagiza Paulo na Barnaba pamoja na watu wengine kati yao waende Yerusalema kusemezana na mitume na wazee wa kanisa la kule juu ya maneno yale. 3 Kanisa liliwapatia vitu walivyohitaji kwa ajili ya safari ile, nao wakapita katika inchi ya Foinikia na katika Samaria. Na kule wakaeleza namna watu wa mataifa mengine walivyomugeukia Mungu. Habari hii ikafurahisha sana wandugu waamini wote. 4 Walipofika Yerusalema, wakakaribishwa na kanisa pamoja na mitume na wazee, nao wakawaelezea mambo yote Mungu aliyofanya kwa njia yao. 5 Lakini wanafunzi wamoja waliokuwa katika chama cha Wafarisayo wakasimama na kusema: «Sherti watu wa mataifa mengine walioamini watahiriwe na kuagizwa wafuate Sheria ya Musa. 6 Halafu mitume na wazee wa kanisa wakakusanyika kusudi wachunguze neno hili. 7 Mabishano yalipoendelea, Petro akasimama na kusema: “Wandugu zangu, munajua kwamba Mungu alinichagua pale zamani kati yenu kusudi nihubiri Habari Njema kwa watu wa mataifa mengine wapate kuisikia na kuamini. 8 Naye Mungu anayejua mafikiri ya mtu, alihakikisha kwamba amewakubali watu wa mataifa mengine kwa njia ya kuwapatia Roho Mtakatifu sawa vile alivyotupatia sisi. 9 Yeye hakufanya ubaguzi kati yetu na wao; ametakasa mioyo yao kwa sababu walimwamini. 10 Basi sasa, kwa nini munataka kumupima Mungu kwa kuwabebesha wanafunzi muzigo ambao wala babu zetu, wala sisi wenyewe hatukuweza kuubeba? 11 Haipaswi kuwa vile, kwa maana sisi na wao vilevile tunaamini kwamba sisi wote tunaokolewa kwa neema ya Bwana Yesu.” 12 Basi mkutano wote ukabaki kimya ukisikiliza maelezo ya Barnaba na Paulo juu ya vitambulisho na maajabu yote Mungu aliyofanya kwa njia yao katikati ya watu wa mataifa mengine. 13 Nao walipomaliza kusema, Yakobo akajibu, akisema: “Wandugu zangu, munisikilize! 14 Simoni anatoka kutuelezea namna Mungu alivyowashugulikia watu wa mataifa mengine pale mbele kusudi ajichagulie wamoja kati yao kuwa watu wake wa pekee. 15 Na jambo hilo linapatana na maneno haya ya manabii yaliyoandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: 16 Nyuma ya mambo haya nitarudi, nitaimarisha tena ufalme wa Daudi, nitausimamisha tena sawa wanavyojenga tena nyumba iliyoanguka, 17 kusudi watu wote wengine wamugeukie Bwana, watu wa mataifa yote wapate kuwa watu wangu wa pekee. 18 Ni vile Bwana anavyosema, yeye aliyejulisha mambo haya tangu zamani za kale.” 19 Yakobo akaendelea kusema: “Ni kwa sababu hii, mimi ninaona kwamba haifai tuwasumbue watu wa mataifa mengine wanaomugeukia Mungu. 20 Lakini inafaa tuwaandikie kwa kuwaambia kwamba wajitenge na vitu vilivyochafuliwa kwa kutambikia sanamu, waepuke uasherati na wasikule nyamafu wala damu. 21 Kwa maana tangu zamani Sheria ya Musa inasomwa kila siku ya Sabato katika nyumba za kuabudia na kuhubiriwa katika kila mji.”» Barua iliyotumwa kwa wanafunzi wa mataifa 22 Halafu mitume na wazee wakakata shauri pamoja na kanisa lote la Yerusalema kwamba wachague watu wamoja kati yao na kuwatuma kwenda Antiokia pamoja na Paulo na Barnaba. 23 Nao wakawatuma na barua iliyoandikwa hivi: «Sisi mitume na wazee wa kanisa na wandugu zenu, tunawasalimu ninyi wandugu zetu waamini wa mataifa mengine munaokuwa katika mji wa Antiokia na katika jimbo la Suria na la Kilikia. 24 Tumesikia kwamba watu fulani waliotoka huku kwetu pasipo ruhusa yetu wamewasumbua ninyi na maneno na kuwatia katika wasiwasi. 25 Kwa sababu hii sisi tumekata shauri kwa nia moja, tukapatana kuchagua watu wamoja na kuwatuma kwenu. Watu hawa watawafikia pamoja na wapendwa wetu, Barnaba na Paulo, 26 waliotoa maisha yao kwa ajili ya kumutumikia Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo. 27 Ni hivi tunawatuma kwenu Yuda na Sila, nao watawaelezea waziwazi kwa kinywa maneno haya tunayowaandikia. 28 Kwa maana kutokana na shauri la Roho Mtakatifu na shauri letu wenyewe tumeamua kwamba hatutawabebesha muzigo mwingine mzito kupita mapaswa haya ya lazima: 29 musikule vyakula vilivyotolewa kwa kutambikia sanamu; musikule damu wala nyamafu; na muepuke uasherati. Mutafanya vema kama mukijitenga na mambo haya. Salamu kwenu.» 30 Kisha kuagana, wale wajumbe wakaondoka na kwenda Antiokia. Kule wakakusanya kundi lote la waamini, wakawapa barua ile. 31 Nao walipoisoma wakafurahi kwa ajili ya maneno ya kuwatia moyo yaliyoandikwa ndani yake. 32 Na kufuatana na vile Yuda na Sila walivyokuwa manabii, wakawaonya wandugu zao kwa maneno mengi na kuwajenga moyo. 33 Kisha kukaa kule kwa muda, wandugu waamini wakawaaga na kuwatakia amani wakawaruhusu kurudi kwa wale waliowatuma. [ 34 Lakini Sila akaona vizuri kubakia kule.] 35 Naye Paulo na Barnaba wakabakia Antiokia, na kule wao pamoja na watu wengine wengi walifundisha na kuhubiri neno la Bwana. 36 Nyuma ya siku chache, Paulo akamwambia Barnaba: «Turudi sasa kwa kuwaangalia wandugu waamini katika miji ambamo tulihubiri neno la Bwana, kusudi tuone kama wako katika hali gani.» 37 Barnaba alitaka waende pamoja na Yoane, aliyeitwa vilevile Marko. 38 Lakini Paulo hakuona vizuri kwenda naye kwa sababu alikuwa ameachana nao katika inchi ya Pamfilia, akikataa kuendelea nao katika kazi. 39 Kwa hiyo Paulo na Barnaba wakabishana vikali hata wakatengana. Barnaba akaondoka pamoja na Marko, wakaingia ndani ya chombo na kwenda katika kisanga cha Kipuro. 40 Naye Paulo akachagua kwenda na Sila, nao wandugu waamini walipokwisha kuwaombea neema kwa Mungu, wakaondoka. 41 Akapita katika jimbo la Suria na Kilikia, na kule akayatia makanisa nguvu.
1 Paulo akafika Derbe na Listra, ambako kulikuwa mwanafunzi mmoja aliyeitwa Timoteo. Mama yake alikuwa Muyuda, naye alikuwa ameamini lakini baba yake alikuwa Mugriki. 2 Nao wandugu waamini wa Listra na wa mji Ikonio walitoa ushuhuda mzuri juu ya Timoteo. 3 Paulo alitaka Timoteo amusindikize katika safari zake. Kwa hiyo akamutahiri kwa sababu ya Wayuda waliokaa katika pande zile, kwa maana wote walijua kwamba baba yake alikuwa Mugriki. 4 Na katika miji yote ambamo walipita walitangaza kwa wanafunzi yale maagizo yaliyotolewa na mitume na wazee wa kanisa la Yerusalema, wakiwaomba wayashike. 5 Hivi makanisa yakaendelea kukomaa katika imani, nayo hesabu ya wanafunzi iliongezeka siku kwa siku. 6 Paulo na wale waliomusindikiza wakapita katika inchi ya Furigia na ya Galatia kwa sababu Roho Mtakatifu alikuwa amewakataza wasihubiri Neno la Mungu katika jimbo la Azia. 7 Nao walipofika katika wilaya ya Misia, wakajaribu kwenda katika jimbo la Bitinia, lakini Roho wa Yesu hakuwaruhusu. 8 Kwa hiyo wakapita Misia, wakatelemuka mpaka wakafika katika mji Troa. 9 Na ilipokuwa usiku Paulo akapata maono. Akaona mtu mmoja wa inchi ya Makedonia akisimama mbele yake akimusihi akisema: «Vuka, ufike kwetu Makedonia, utusaidie.» 10 Na pale pale kisha kupata maono yale, tukajitayarisha kwenda Makedonia, kwa maana tulitambua hakika kwamba Mungu alituita kwenda kuhubiri Habari Njema kule. 11 Basi tukasafiri ndani ya chombo kutoka Troa na kwenda mara moja mpaka Samotirake, na kesho yake tukafika Neapoli. 12 Kutoka kule tukafika mpaka Filipi, mji mkubwa wa inchi ya Makedonia uliokuwa chini ya utawala wa Waroma. Nasi tukakaa katika mji ule kwa muda wa siku chache. 13 Siku ya Sabato ilipotimia tukatoka ndani ya mji ule na kwenda karibu na muto mmoja, kwenye nafasi tulipozania kuwa ya kufanyia maombi. Tukaikaa na kusemezana na wanawake waliokusanyika pale. 14 Na kati ya wanawake wale kulikuwa mwanamuke mmoja aliyeitwa Ludia, wa mji Tuatera. Yeye alikuwa muchuuzi wa nguo nyekundu za bei kali na mwenye kuogopa Mungu. Mwanamuke yule akatusikiliza kwa maana Bwana alimufungua moyo kusudi apate kufuata kabisa maneno Paulo aliyosema. 15 Kisha yeye na watu wa nyumba yake wakabatizwa. Naye akatusihi akisema: «Ikiwa munakubali kweli kwamba ninamwamini Bwana, basi mufike mupange ndani ya nyumba yangu.» Akatulazimisha tuitike. 16 Siku moja tulipokuwa tukienda kule kwenye nafasi ya kufanyia maombi, tukakutana na mujakazi mmoja. Yule mwanamuke alikuwa na pepo wa kuaguza ndani yake. Na kwa njia ya uaguzi ule aliwatajirisha wabwana wake. 17 Mwanamuke yule akaendelea kumufuata Paulo na sisi, akilalamika akisema: «Watu hawa ni watumishi wa Mungu Mkubwa. Wanawatangazia ninyi namna gani munavyoweza kuokolewa. 18 Naye akafanya hivi kwa muda wa siku nyingi. Na kwa mwisho Paulo akachukizwa naye. Basi akageuka na kumwambia yule pepo: “Ninakuamuru kwa jina la Yesu Kristo, utoke ndani yake!” Na saa ile ile yule pepo akatoka ndani yake. 19 Halafu wabwana wa yule mujakazi wakaona kwamba hawataweza tena kupata mali kutoka kwa yule aliyekuwa kitumaini chao. Kwa hiyo wakakamata Paulo na Sila, wakawakokota na kuwapeleka mbele ya wakubwa kwenye nafasi ya makutano. 20 Walipowafikisha kwa watawala wa Waroma, wakasema: “Watu hawa ni Wayuda, nao wanaleta fujo katika mji wetu. 21 Wanafundisha desturi ambazo sisi Waroma tunakatazwa kukubali na kufuata.” 22 Basi kundi la watu waliokuwa pale wakawashambulia Paulo na Sila, nao watawala wakaamuru wawavue nguo kwa kinguvu na kuwapiga fimbo. 23 Walipokwisha kuwapiga sana, wakawatia ndani ya kifungo na kumwagiza mulinzi wa kifungo awachunge kabisa. 24 Na kufuatana na agizo lile, akawatia katika chumba cha ndani kabisa na kuwafungia miguu juu ya vipande vya miti kusudi ibaki imepanuka. 25 Na katikati ya usiku, Paulo na Sila walikuwa wakimwomba Mungu na kumwimbia nyimbo za sifa, nao wafungwa wengine walikuwa wakiwasikiliza. 26 Kwa rafla kukatokea tetemeko kubwa la inchi hata misingi ya nyumba ya kifungo ikatikisika. Na pale pale milango yote ikafunguka na minyororo ya wafungwa wote ikakatika. 27 Mulinzi akaamuka, naye alipoona kwamba milango ilikuwa wazi, akachomoa upanga wake kusudi ajiue, kwa sababu aliwaza kama wafungwa wametoroka. 28 Lakini Paulo akalalamika kwa nguvu akisema: “Usijiue, kwa maana sisi wote tuko hapa!” 29 Basi yule mulinzi akaomba wamuletee taa, akarukia mbio ndani, akajitupa mbele ya Paulo na Sila, akitetemeka kwa hofu. 30 Kisha akawapeleka inje na kuwauliza: “Wabwana wangu, inanipasa kufanya nini kusudi nipate kuokolewa!” 31 Nao wakajibu: “Umwamini Bwana Yesu, nawe utaokolewa pamoja na watu wote wa nyumba yako.” 32 Halafu wakamwelezea neno la Bwana pamoja na watu wote wa nyumba yake. 33 Saa ile ile ya usiku mulinzi wa kifungo akawatwaa na kuwasafisha vidonda, naye akabatizwa pale pale na watu wake wote. 34 Kisha akapeleka Paulo na Sila ndani ya nyumba yake na kuwapatia chakula. Yeye pamoja na watu wote wa nyumba yake walifurahi sana kwa sababu wamemwamini Mungu. 35 Na kesho yake kulipokucha, watawala wakatuma watumishi wamoja kwa yule mulinzi wa kifungo kwa kumwambia: “Uwafungue wale watu.” 36 Yule mulinzi wa kifungo akamwelezea Paulo habari ile akimwambia: “Wakubwa wametuma habari kwamba mufunguliwe. Basi sasa mutoke na kujiendea na amani.” 37 Lakini Paulo akawaambia wajumbe: “Wametupiga mbele ya watu wote bila kutusambisha, ijapokuwa sisi ni wanainchi wa Roma, na kisha wakatutia ndani ya kifungo. Na sasa namna gani wanataka kututosha kwa uficho? Haiwezekani! Wao wenyewe wafike kutufungua!”» 38 Wale wajumbe wakarudi na kuwapasha wakubwa maneno yale. Nao waliposikia kwamba Paulo na Sila ni wanainchi wa Roma, wakaogopa sana. 39 Basi wakakuja, wakawabembeleza, wakawapeleka inje ya kifungo na kuwasihi watoke katika mji ule. 40 Paulo na Sila walipotoka ndani ya kifungo, wakaenda kwa Ludia. Nao walipokwisha kuonana na wandugu na kuwatia moyo, wakaondoka.
1 Wakati balitoka ku mungini Amphipolia na Apolone baka ungizana ku mungini ye Thesalonika balikuta pale kanisa la bayuda. 2 Kama disturi ya Paulo alibakaribu juu ba zungumuze sabau ya maandiko ku muda wasiku tatu ya sabato. 3 Amlifungua maandiko pia aki waelezea ilikuwa keri Kristo akufe katika matesoi kisha afufuke joo akasema "ni Yesu njoo na waelezea iko Kristo". 4 Nusu ya bayuda baliitika pia baka jiunga kwa Paulo na Sila pia ba greke balikuwa fasi moja na ba mama ya Heshima kiisha watu wengi baka bafata. 5 Kumbi wa yuda wasipo amini walijazwa na chuki, wale tafuta batu babaya benye ngune juu bakamata tena batu mingi ya munguni batafute kwenda kupiganishe jauso na kuvunja nyumba yaku juu ya ku mukamata Paulo na Sila bawa bebe mbele ya watu. 6 Lakini abakubakuta baka mikamata Janso kiisha wandugu wengine walikuwa mbele ya wa hamzi wakilalamika kati yetu apa tuko na watu benye bana aribisha dunia. 7 Batu benye Janso alipokea bana vunja sheria ya Sezar juu bika na sema "Yesu njoo mfalme". 8 Wakati watuna wahanzi bali sikia vile bali sirika sana. 9 Njoo bili mulomba Janso alipe amande pia balimuacha arudi kunyumba yake. 10 Kuile busiku bandugu balibatuma Paulo na Sila bende Beree, walikati balifika bali ingia kunshirika ya bayuda. 11 Balikuwa na utafauti na ba uya ya Tesalokika juu balikuw pokea neno la Mungu na uchunguzi sana juu ya kujuwa kila siku kama enye bana baubiri iko kweli. 12 Joo maaana ba Greke mingi bali amini pamoja na wa mama waheshimiwa pia ba baba mingi. 13 Wakati ba yuda ya Tesalonika balisikua kama bayuda ya Beree Paulo alibaubiri neno la Mungu balienda kusirikisha batu. 14 MAra moja bandugu bilimutuma Paulo ku bahari juu avi chame lakini sila na tunote bali bakia pale. 15 Bale benye bali musindikiza Paulo, aliba ponyeshe ginsi gani ina omba Sila na Timoteo bamukute mbiyo ku Athene. 16 Wakati alibasuburi ku Athene, Roho yake ilisilika sababu mungini iliya na na masanamu sana. 17 Njoo maana aliba simamia nani ya shirika na bayuda pia bale benye balikua ma omba Mungu pale pamoja na bale bahubiri ya fasi yote kila siku. 18 Kumbi nusu ya Filazafia ya mugini Epikuria na Sitodia baka mugombanisha, ba moja bakisema "iko na sema nini?" ina onekana kama " iko na ubiri Mungu mugeni". juu iko na ubiri neno la Yesu na ufufuko. 19 Waka mukamata Paulo na baka mupeleka kwqa Areopage bakisema "utu ambie hii mafundisho gani enye uko na fundisha?" 20 Juu uho na sema ma neno enye atuya sikiaka, na hii mambo ina amanisha nini? 21 Kumbi batu yote benye balikua na hishi ku Atenia na wageni bakuwa na ponda muda yaba kwa ku sema na kusikia habari njena. 22 Kiisha Paulo akisimama kate ya ba Aropage aka sema " nyiye watu wa Antema na waona kama muko watu wenye bana juwa kuomba sana ku na muna yote. 23 Kumbi kwa kutembea ku mungini nakuchu nguza bitu enye muko na abudu, tukaona meza ya sadaka enye baliandika "Mungu mwenye aajulikane" alufa mwenye muko naomba amujuwe, njoo enye niko nawaambia. 24 Mungu mwenye alimba dunia na bitu yote juu iko bwana ya bingu pia na dunia ahikatake ku shirika enye bayenga na mikono ya batu. 25 Aba musaidiake Mungu awezi kusaidia kitu moja kwari ye mwenyewe njo ana leta uzima kwa watu pumuzi ya bitu yote. 26 Kwa mutu moja alifanya kizazi pia watu wote benye banaishi ku dunia, alitimiza wakate pia ku watengengea makao. 27 Njoo ina baombo kutafuta sazingine bata weza ku mutafuta pia batamuona lakini ahiko mbali yenu. 28 Yeye njoo anatu tembeza juu yake tuko wazima njoo tuko ahi, ginsime andikwa "juu sie bote tuko kizazi yake". 29 Nginsi tuko kizazi ya Mungu atu weze kuwaza kama utukufu ma fanana na zahabu ao pesaao majiwe na bitu ya bei sana, ile mawazo ni ya batu ya dunia. 30 Mungu ahukumu mutu pasipo hujuwa lakini analeta oda juu mutu fasi yote watubu. 31 Mungu aliwayi ku weka sababu aliweka siku moja ile yeye alimuchaguwa. Kwa watu wote waka alifufuka kati ya wafu. 32 Wakati batu ya Antena bali mu sikkia kusema juu ya ufufuko ya wafu balimuzarau Paulo, kumbi bengine balusema tu na kusikia husema wara ingine tena". 33 Hiisha Paulo akawaacha. 34 Lakini batu bengine balimufwata ma bakaamini, pamoja Dnio mtu wa Aropage na mwanamuke moya anaitwa Damaria na wengine pamoja.
1 Nyuma ya mambo hayo, Paulo akatoka Atene, na kwenda katika mji wa Korinto. 2 Kule akakutana na Muyuda aliyeitwa Akila, muzaliwa wa jimbo la Ponto, na jina la muke wake lilikuwa Prisila. Katika siku zile walikuwa wangali wakitoka katika inchi ya Italia, kwa sababu mutawala Klaudio alikuwa ameamuru kwamba Wayuda wote watoke Roma. Paulo akaenda kuwatembelea kwao. 3 Naye akakaa na kutumika pamoja nao, kwa maana wote walikuwa wafundi wa kutengeneza hema. 4 Na kila siku ya Sabato, Paulo alibishana na Wayuda na Wagriki katika nyumba ya kuabudia na kuwashinda. 5 Sila na Timoteo walipofika toka Makedonia, Paulo akajitolea sana kwa kuhubiri Neno la Mungu, akihakikisha kwa Wayuda kwamba Yesu ndiye Kristo. 6 Lakini wakati Wayuda walipingana naye na kumutukana, kwa hiyo akakunguta mavumbi yaliyorukia juu ya nguo zake na kuwaambia: «Lazima ya kuazibiwa kwenu ikuwe juu ya kichwa chenu wenyewe! Mimi sina kosa. Tangu sasa nitawaendea watu wa mataifa mengine. 7 Halafu Paulo akaondoka pale, akaenda kukaa katika nyumba ya mtu mmoja aliyeitwa Tito Yusto, aliyekuwa mwenye kuogopa Mungu. Nyumba ya mtu huyu ilikuwa karibu sana na nyumba ya kuabudia. 8 Na Krispo, mkubwa wa nyumba ya kuabudia, akamwamini Bwana pamoja na watu wote wa nyumba yake. Nao Wakorinto wengi waliomusikiliza Paulo wakaamini na kubatizwa. 9 Siku moja usiku, Bwana akamwambia Paulo katika maono: “Usiogope, uendelee tu kusema, wala usinyamaze, 10 kwa maana mimi ni pamoja nawe. Hakuna mtu katika mji huu atakayesubutu kukukamata kwa kukutendea vibaya, kwa maana ndani yake kutakuwa watu wengi watakaonigeukia.” 11 Na Paulo akakaa kule kwa muda wa mwaka mmoja na miezi sita, akiwafundisha watu Neno la Mungu. 12 Katika nyakati Galio alipokuwa liwali wa jimbo la Akaya, Wayuda wakamufanyia Paulo shauri baya kwa nia moja, wakamukamata na kumupeleka mbele ya tribinali, 13 na kumushitaki: “Mtu huyu anawavuta watu kumwabudu Mungu kwa njia isiyopatana na Sheria yetu.” 14 Paulo alipotaka kusema, Galio akawaambia Wayuda: “Kama mungemushitaki mtu huyu juu ya neno la uovu au kosa kubwa alilofanya, ningewasikiliza ninyi Wayuda vema. 15 Lakini kwa kuona ni mabishano tu juu ya maneno, majina na sheria yenu, maneno yale yanawaangalia ninyi wenyewe. Mimi sitakata maneno yale.”» 16 Na kisha akawafukuza toka ndani ya tribinali. 17 Basi wakamukamata Sositeni, mkubwa wa nyumba ya kuabudia, wakamupiga pale mbele ya tribinali. Lakini Galio hakushugulika na jambo hilo. 18 Paulo akaendelea kule Korinto kwa muda wa siku nyingi. Kisha akaagana na wandugu waamini, akasafiri kwa njia ya chombo na kwenda katika inchi ya Suria. Nao Prisila na Akila walikuwa pamoja naye. Mbele ya kuondoka, Paulo alinyolewa kwenye kivuko cha Kenkurea, kwa maana alikuwa ametimiza kiapoa alichofanya mbele ya Mungu. 19 Walipofika Efeso, Paulo akawaacha wale wenzake kule. Naye mwenyewe akaingia ndani ya nyumba ya kuabudia na kubishana na Wayuda. 20 Nao wakamusihi akae nao muda murefu zaidi, lakini hakukubali. 21 Alipoagana nao, akawaambia: «Kama Mungu akitaka nitarudi huku kwenu tena.» Halafu akaondoka Efeso, akisafiri kwa njia ya chombo. 22 Naye alipofika katika mji Kaisaria, akaenda Yerusalema kwa kusalimia kanisa. Kisha akaenda Antiokia. 23 Alipokwisha kukaa Antiokia kwa siku chache, akaondoka kule, akapita mji kwa mji toka katika inchi ya Galatia mpaka katika inchi ya Furigia, na kule akawatia wanafunzi nguvu. 24 Katika siku zile, Muyuda mmoja, jina lake Apolo, mzaliwa wa mji Alesandria, alikuwa amefika katika mji Efeso. Alikuwa mtu mwenye uwezo katika masemi na mwenye kuelewa sana Maandiko. 25 Mtu huyu alikuwa amefundishwa Njia ya Bwana, naye alitangaza kwa bidii sana na kufundisha kwa ukweli habari za Yesu. Lakini alikuwa akijua tu ubatizo wa Yoane. 26 Yeye akaanza kusema pasipo woga katika nyumba ya kuabudia. Prisila na Akila walipomusikia, wakaenda naye kwao na kumufasiria Njia ya Mungu kwa ukweli zaidi. 27 Apolo alipotaka kwenda katika jimbo la Akaya, wandugu waamini wakamutia moyo, nao wakawaandikia wanafunzi wa kule kwamba wamukaribishe vizuri. Na wakati alipofika kule, akawasaidia sana wale walioamini kwa nguvu ya neema ya Mungu, 28 kwa maana alibishana na Wayuda mbele ya watu wote na kuwashinda kabisa. Aliwaonyesha kwa njia ya Maandiko Matakatifu kwamba Yesu ndiye Kristo
1 Ikafika wakati Apolosa alikuwa Korintu, Paulo alikuwa na pita mu ma jimbo kubua na akafika mu mtaa ya Afeso akakura wanafuzi weny ndani. 2 Paulo aka wauliza: "Mulipokea roho mtakatifu wakati muli amini?" wakamujibu:"sisi bado kusikiya kutusemeya juu ya roho mtakatifu". 3 Paulo akasema: "Mulijata ubatizi wa namna gani. 4 Wakamujibu: "ubatizo wa Yoane". Sasa Paulo akasema: "Yoane alibatiza ubatizo ya kutubu. Alikuwa nasema na watu wa amini ule mwenye kuya nyuma yake, ni kusema Yesu". 5 Wakati waku walisikiya masema ile, waka batiziwa kwa jina la Bwana Yesu. 6 Wakati Paulo akawa tiliya mikono roho mtakatifu aka washukiyana wakasema kwa luga ya sasa na kutabini. 7 Kwa wote alikuwa watu kumi na mbili. 8 Paulo aka ingiya ndani ya shinika: myezi tatu muzima alikuwa nafundisha na uhodari, kuongoza wa Mungu. 9 Lakini bayuda wengine wa myoyo nguvu wakakatala kuti. Baka semeya njina la Yesu- Kristo maneno mubaya mbele ya watu wote. Hivi Paulo akawaocha, akabeba wanafunzi ku nyumba ya masomo ya Tiranus, na alikuwa na wafundisha kule masiku yote. 10 Ilifanika ivi myaka mbili watu wa Azia, wayuda na wa GHreki walisikiya neno la Mungu. 11 Mungu alikuwa na tenda ma ajabu na mikono ya Paulo. 12 Ata mapepo mubaya ili toka wote walikuwa wakigusa nguo ya Paulo. 13 Ndani kya njimbo mulikuwa wayuda wengine walikuwa na tembeya fasi yote wakitumikisha njina la Yesu kwa akili yabo, wakapima kufukuza ma pepo mubaya na kusema ivi: "na kupa oda utoke kwa njina la Yesu ule Paulo eko na ubiri". 14 Wale walikuwa na fanya ivi ni watoto wa Sceva saba, kuhani mukubwa muyuda. 15 Pepo mubaya ika mujibu: "najuwa Yesu na Paulo: sasa mwenye ni wa nani?" 16 Pepo mubaya ilikuwa ndani ya ule mutu akabarykiya kuwakanyanga na ubaumizi. Hivi waka kimbiya bila manguo na bilonda mwili muzima. 17 Watu wote wa Efeso, bayuda na wa Greki walisikiya maneno ile, wali ogopa sana na kushukuru njina la bwana Yesu. 18 Na waku wengi wali amini walitosha wazi mambo ya mubaya ile walitenda na kutubu. 19 Watu na wengine walitumikisha kazi ya uchawi balibeba bitu byabo byote na kubichoma mbele ya watu wote. Wakati wali esabu beyi ya bitabu yote balilunguza, ika anguka elfu makumi tano ya franga ya byuma. 20 Hivi neno la Bwana ika tangazwa katika nguvu sana. 21 Kisha Paulo kukamilisha kazi yake mu efeso, kwa roho akapitia Makedonia na Akaya juu ya kwenda Yerusalema, aka sema: "kisha kuwa kule, na taka nione Roma". 22 Paulo akatuma wanafunzi wake mbili Timothée na Eraste musaidizi wake mu Makedonia. Lakini akabaki yeye mwenyewe mu Azia kwa wakati moya. 23 Kwa ile wakati fudjo kubwa ili lamuka mu Efeso sababu ya ile njia. 24 Mutu moya njina lake Demetrio alikuwa na tengeza ma sanamu ya nyumba ya Mungu mwanamuke Diana, ilikuwa na lipa sana wa fudi. 25 Aka wakusanya na wengine wa ile kazi na kusema: "waheshimiwa munajuwa kama kazi hivi ina tu ingiziya pesa mingi sana. 26 Munaona na kusikiya mambo Paulo ule eko na tenda. Eko nasela: myungu mikono ya watu ina fanya haiko myungu. 27 Hatari ya ma neno iyo haiko mpaka byashara byetu bika onekana bur, lakini iko tena heshima ya hekalu ua Mungu mukubwa muke Diana haitaheshima yake sana Asia mzima na mu Duniya. 28 Watu walisikiya masemo ile, bakatomboka nguvu sana na bakaanza kulalamika: Diana ya wa Efeso ni muheshimiwa. 29 Muji muzima ikachanganikiwa. Wakaenda ndani ya kiwanza kya michezo. Waka washika mateka rafiki wa Paulo ya Safari, Gayo na Aristariko, watu wa Makedonia. 30 Paulo alitoka kuingiya kati ya watu, lakini wanafunzi wakamukataza. 31 Na watumushi wa Serkabi ba rafiki ya Paulo balikuwa na ikola mu njimbo la Asia bakamutumiya miyumbe kumukataza Paulo asi ingiye mu kiwanza ya michezo. 32 Muvurugo uli kuwa nguvu wa nguvu sana ndani ya mukusaniko ya watu. Batu na batu balikuwa na lalamika namma yabo. Kwanza bengine habakujuwe sababu ya mukusaniko. 33 Bayuda bakamutosha Aleksandre ndani ya kikundi kya batu. Aleksandre aka fanya alama ya mukono batu baikale kimia na kuwaleteya wayuda sheria. 34 Wakati walitambua kama naye alikuwa muyuda, bote baka lalmika kwa sauti moya:" mweshimiwa mukubwa ni Diana ya wa Efeso". 35 Kionozi wa njimbo kisha kunyamaza watu akasema: wa Efeso, watu wote wana juwa kama ni njimbo la Efseo yenye kulinda ekala la Mungu muke Diana, na Sanamu yake ilianguka ku mbingu. 36 36Kwa kuangaliya mambo iyi musiende kwa haraka. 37 Sababu munatuketeya apa watu hawakuiba mu hekalu wala kumutukana Mungu wetu muke. 38 Kama Demetrio na watengenezaki wa ma sananu beko na mambo ya kustaki mutu moya, tuko na byumba bya cheria wazi na baamuzi beko, wastakiyane. 39 Lakini kama muko na manono ingine, itengenezewa kwa kudi inastahili. 40 Tuna weza kuchongelewa ya kusema tuna leta fudjo kwa maneno ina pita hapa haistahiuli. 41 Kwisha kusema vile aka fukuza kundi.
1 Wakati fujo ili malizika, Paulo akawaita wanafunzi na akaomboleza. Kiisha akawaaza na akaenda Mesaduani. 2 Wakati alienda katika majembo fulani akawapa moyo wale walio amini, akaenda ku Bagreki. 3 Kiisha kupisha miezi tatu kule, wakamtungia shauri mbaya juu jake na yaudi wkati alikwa akitayazisha safari ndanita mashua kura kuenda Sulia, akakamatampango ya kurudia Makedonia. 4 Wakamsindikiza mpaka Asia, kulipokwako Sopatro mwana wa Pirho wa Berea, Aristarikona mtoto wapili wa muamini wa Tesalonika, Gayo wa Derbe; Timoteo; Tikiko na Trofima wa Azia. 5 Lakini watu wale wakatangulia mbele yetu na wakatuongojea kule Troa. 6 Tukabebwa kati ya mashua tokea Filipo kiishasiku ya mekare hisiyo tiliwa chachu, hiisha siku tano tukafika Troa kwenye hilibakwa siku saba. 7 Siku ya kwanza ya fuma wakati tulikusanyika kusudi tukule mkate. Paulo akasema kwa wamini. Akaanza kusema juu ya kuondoka kwake siku iyayo. Akaendelea kusema mpaka usiku kati. 8 Mataa ilikuwa minginndanija chumba chafuu kule tulikwa tuna kusanyika. 9 Ku dirisha, kulikuwa kijama moja anakaa jina lake Utiko, mwenyi alilasana. Wakati tule Paulo alisema mengi, kijama mwanaume mwenye alibebwa na lisingizi akaanguka tokea gorofa ya tatu na akaokotwa mwengi kufa. 10 Lakini Paulo akashuka chini na akalala juu yake, akamkata mikononi mwake. Akasema musiangaike iko mzima. 11 Kiisha kupanda tena akaumega mkate na akala. Kiisha tena kusema mingi mpaka Asubui na mapema, akaondoka. 12 Wakaenda na jule kijama mune, wakamuomboleza saana. 13 Sisi tukamlangulia Paulo ku mashua nakaenda naye ku Aso. 14 Wakati alitukuta Asso tukantia ndani ya mashua na akaenda Mitileni. 15 Kiisha pale, tukatembea katika mashua na tukafika kesho yake mbele ya kizuwa chakio, siku yayo, tukafika ku kiziwa cha Samo. Kesho yake tukafika mgini Mileto. 16 Kama vile Paulo alipenda opite kulewaefeso, Sababu kakupenda kupisha wakate kule Azia; kwani alifatilia afike Yelusalema siku ya kama ikiweezkana. 17 17Pale Mileto akatuma watu Efeso kuwaita Wazee wa kanisa. 18 Wkati walipafika karibu yake, akawambia. Nyinyi wenyewe mulijia ya kwamba sika ya kwanza nilitia muguu yangu Azia, zzinsi ganinilipisha wakati wangu pamoja na nyinyi. 19 Niliongeza kumutumikia Bwana na unyenyekevu wa moyo, na machozi na kati ya magumu kutoka ku mastaki ya wongo ya wayuda 20 Munajua sikuwaficha kitu namma mulikuwa sawa na namma gani nili wafundisha inye, Pia kuenda nyumba kwan nyumba 21 Mulijua namma gani niliwakumbusha juu ya wayuda na ba Greki juu ya kutubu mbele ya Mungu na kuamini kati ya Bwana Yesu. 22 Kwa sasa, muone, haenda, Yelusaleme kufungwa na roho mtakatifu, sifui vitu uyenye vitanifikia. 23 Roho mtakatifu alinikumshaka kati ya migine kubwa, miyololo na magumu ya naniongoja. 24 Lakini siheshimu masha yangu, kama vile ya jazima, kwani nimalize mbio yangu kati ya kazi yenyi nilipata kwa Bwana Yesu mpate ushuuda ya kabari njema kwa nehema ya Mungu. 25 Sasa, muangalie, nujua kama nyinyi wote, pa aliyote niliubiri ufalme wa mbingu kamutoana sura yangu. 26 Ninawambie leo sina taka kwa ndamu ya mtu yeyote. 27 Kwani sikufija hata kitunkwa kuwambia mapenzi yote ya Mungu. 28 Muyiangalie nyenyi wenyewe pamoja na watu Roho mtakatifu aliwapa kuyachunga. Mufanye angalisho wakati muna chunga kanisa ya Bwana na yenyi alinunia kwa damu yake mwenyewe. 29 Najua kiisha kuondoka kwangu wa mbwa mwitu makali wataingia kati yenu na kurawa kundi. 30 Najua kati yenu watu wa ovu watakuya, na wata fundisha mambo mabaya kutafuta wa nafunzi wanafuete. 31 Mufungue macho, mukumbuke miaka tatu sekuacha kumufundisha kutoka machozi usiku na mchana. 32 Sasa namuombea kwa Mungu na meneno ya neema yenyi kuwa nguvu ya kuomboleza na kuwapa hitaji kati ya yote wenye walibarikuwa (kutiliwa mukono). 33 Sikutamani fianka ao Zahabu au nguoya mtu. 34 Nyinyi wenyewe, mulijua kama mikona hii ilinisaidia ku kazi yangu na ku kaziza watu wenyi nilikuwa nao. 35 Kwa mambo yote nulinaonyesha mfano, kwa kutumika unaweza kusaidia wabovu, muna pashia kukumbuka maneno ya Bwana Yesu, maneno yeye mwenyewe alisemaka. Heri kupana kuliko kupewa. 36 Kiisha kusema, akapiga magoti na kuomba pamoja na wote. 37 Wote wakalia mingi, wakajitupa ku shingo la Paulo na kumbusu. 38 Wakawa wote na huruma masikitiko. Kwani alisema hawatama tena sura yake. Kiishawakamsindiliza ku mashua (peikebu).
1 Wakati tulikabulana nabo na tumepita dia ya mayi kosi, nakesho tunafika mujiya rodes , na taa ya patala. 2 Na tunakuta mutumbu ya tuvukisafoinike, tuna panda kwenda. 3 Tunafika mbele ya kivuka sulia tunasimama tulo juu masua ilikuwa na mabitu ya kizisusa apo. 4 Tuna tafuta banafunzi, na saa tuna bapata, na tu nagawiya ya pale siku saba nabo, balisema na Paulo, na molimo, asiende yelusalema. 5 Pale tulimaliza kueneza masiki, tunaenda nasi nabo wote, na bamama na batoto bana kuyakutu ona inje ya mugini juu ya kutushindi, kiza sisi. 6 Tuna ingeya kumasuwa nabo barudia kumugini. 7 Tuna ondokatiro na tunafika tolemai, tana le ta jambo kwa banduku , na tuna elekeya safari wetu na tulilala sika moya nabo. 8 Nasiku ya nyoma tuna toka tunafika kaisala. Nasi na tuhingiya kwanyumba ya filipo mufundisi ya abari njema ile kikuwa moya ya basaba, na tuna tuna gawiya. 9 Naye alikuwa na batoto ine bamusika balikuwa banabi. 10 Na tulikuwa kugawiya masiku mingi, na bimoya jina yake agabo akasuka kutoka yudea. 11 Ana kuya kweto na anakamata kamba ya Paulo. Na kujifunga mikono na miguru yake, akisema niroho mutakatifu, inasema niba yahudi na yelusalema, batafunga, mwana hume uyu anakuwa na kamba kebatapatiya na mikono ya bapano. 12 Inatusikiya maneno ici sisi nabo fasi moya kumahombi. 13 Paulo anarudisha masema, munakuwa kufanya nini? juu munaliya munani vunza moyo ya ngu na toka kujifuna yelusaleme apana basi nakufa pale jina bwana Yesu. 14 Juu paulo alipendi koti yake ibakie, anasema mapenzi ya bwana ifanike. 15 Na nyuma ya masiku tonafunga mabitu yetu na tukipanda yelusalemu. 16 Wanafungi ingine wa kaisaria banafatana nasi njia moya na wanabeba siye kunyumba ya munasoni, ye mutu na kupulu, wanafunzi ya zamani, ya munasoni, uyu tulipenda kulala na nyumba yake. 17 Wakati tulifika yelusalemu, wapedua wanatu pokeya sana nafuraha. 18 Na masiku ya nyuma Paulo akaenda ku angali ya yakubo, nasiye tunaenda njia moya na masiku yote kumuona. 19 Paulo na basalima nakuambiyo mambo moya kwamoyo Mungu alifanyo kati ya basi ya mini juu kazi yake. 20 Wakati alisikiyo akasifu Mungu, kati ya wa yuda walikuwa kushika seria. Walikamata mafundiso ya kufundisa wayamudu uyobana ishi kukatala. 21 Musa na kukataza basi kutahiriwa watoto na wasifate desturi ya mwanzee. 22 Na tufanye nini; tunasikiya kweli inafika. 23 Tufanye namuna anatusemeya tuko bana ume ine tupatane. 24 Kamata bale batu natakasa abo na kunyolesha kitshua yobo, na wote wakuwe na mambo ya kusema juu ya desturi mubaya, nabote bati na kuona seria. 25 Na wapangano wale bana nini, tulibambia wakatele kukamata bitu banatoya kusanamu na yama inakufa na damu nabiya usalati. 26 Paulo anakamata wana ume nakeso yake, kubatasa ndani ya kanisa na kuambiya, wakati kubatasa ndani ya kanisa na kuambiya, wakati au sikuya utakasu na sandaka oyu mutuna mutu a taleto. 27 Na wakati siku saba kuemeye wa yahunda bacitoya na asia, bana ona paulo ndani ya kanisa, tombosa watu mingi, banamufunga ye. analala mika, munisadiye bana ume ya israela, na watu alibafundisa na wote. 28 Bana muzunguka wanaona alikuwa na kufundisa batu wetu seria kubwa, nakumingisa wayunani ku ekalu yetu na ku ariba fasi mutakatifu yetu. 29 Na tunaona tolofini motu wa efeso , kati ya munzi moya na paulo na wanawaza Paulo ana hingisa kanisa. 30 Muji yote bana tomboka, na batu banakimbia kukamata Paulo na kukokota inje ya kanisa na kufunga milango ya kanisa na ekalo. 31 Na walitafuta kumua na abari ilifika kwa kiongizi ya balinzi yote yelusaleme a likuwa na tumuele. 32 Na akakamata waskari ya kikosi moye, na wana suka mbele ya watumengi, ana acha kupiga Paulo. 33 Na kiongozi mukubwa amukalibia kukamata Paulo bamufunge kamba mbili, nakumu liza anazuwa mambo lifanya. 34 Na kikundi wana lalamika neno moya na ingine neno na kiongozi atasema nini; na funzo ilipita akarusu tuende kugeleza. 35 wakati alifika kwanye soko a liona bana beba wajesi bale walikuwa na funzo ya kikundu. 36 Wala kikundu watu walifatao na kulilala mika uwambo. 37 Wakati Paulo alitaka kunigiya gelezani, anasema na kiongonzi, ya baskali, nataka kusema naweye neno moya, mukubwa akisema, weye unasema kigiki. 38 Hau unazaliwa, mistri, mbele ulikuwa koongaza tshama nakubeba effu ine kuwate mbeza kuzangwa. 39 Paulo anasema, miye muyahudi na toka mutaaya tarsoya kiukia, niko mutu ya lazima kumudi, nakulomba unirusu niongeye na bakanzi. 40 Wana kiongonzi alimupatiya rusa, Paulo akasimama kogelenza nakusema naku uyu. Aliona kwakono ya batu ya kati alikuwa mulevi sandi wali baki kimia sana, na kusema uyu mwebrania ili sena
1 Ndugu na laba, musikiye kujiteteya kwangu. 2 Wakati makutano balisikiya Paulo kusema kwa luga ya kibrania, balinyamaza nakusema: 3 Mimi ni muyuda muzaliwa wa Tarse pale Silisia, niligfundishiwa pale, ku mikulu ya Gamalieli. Nilifundishiwa katika njia nzuri ya sheriya ya ba baba yetu. Niko na juhudi juu ya Mungu kama vile benye. 4 Nilisumbua hadi kufa benye balifata mafundisho ya Yesu. 5 Tena bakuhaui wakubwa na wazee batashuhudiya, kama nili pata bana kutoka kwabo juu ya wandugu wa Daniasi. Nirudiye ku Yerusalema nafunga watu kamba na kuhazzibu batu ba njia ya Yesu. 6 Alifika wakati niko kusafari, karibu na DAmasi, mana moya, na saa sita muchana, mwangaza mukubwa taka mbinguni ukanizaunguluka. 7 Nikaanguka kubulongo, nikasikia sauti moya, inasema: Saulo, Saulo! juu ya nini unanitesa? 8 Nikajibu: ninani bwana? akasema: Mimi ni Yesu wa Nazareti anaye tesa. 9 Bnegi balikuwa pamoja na miye baliona ule niwangaza, lakini habakusikiya sauti ya mutu anayesema na miye. 10 Nikasema: nifanye nini Bwana? Bwana akaniambiya: Simama na wende DAmasi, kule batakua mbiya benye utafanya. 11 Sikuona tena juu ya mwangaza ule, na nikaenda Damasi nikiongozwa na batu tulikuwa nabo. 12 Nilikutana na mutu jina yake Anania, anayeogopa Mungu kupitiya sheriya ya Musa, na batu bote bana mushuhudia muzuri. 13 Alikuya pembeniu yangu, nakusema: Ndugu Saulo, fungua macho. Mara moya nikaona. 14 Na akasema: Mungu wa ba baba yetu anakuchakule juu utambue mapenzi yake, juu uone mema na juu usikiye sauti ino yotoka ku kinywa chake. 15 Sababu uta mushuhudiya mbele ya batu juu ya yote uliyoona na kusikiya. 16 Unachunga nini tena leo? Simama na ubatizwe nini na Zambi yako itakaswe uite jina lake. 17 Kisha kurudiya Yerusalema,na wakati nilikuwa naomba ndani ya ;hekalu, nikaanguka nikaona maonyo. 18 Ondoka mbiyo Yerusalema kwa sababu habata amini ushu huda wako kuhusu mini. 19 Nikasema, bwana, banajua nili funga na kupiga fimbo batu baliyokua mini ndani ya makanisa. 20 Wakati damu ya shahidi wako sitefana ilimwangika, nili kuwa pale, nikikubali na kuchunga manguo ya benye balimuwa. 21 LAkini aliniambiya: kwenda kwa sababu nakutuma mbali kwa bapagano. 22 Batu bali muru husu aseme mpaka pale. Kisha bakalalamika tena: Mumutoshe mutu wa hivi duniani, kwa sababu siyo vizuri aendeleye na kuishi. 23 Wakati beko na lalamika, kuttupa manguo na majiwe angaui. 24 Kyongozi mukubwa wa waskari akaamuru Paulo aingiziwe ku nyumba ya wafungwa sababu asambishwe kwa kupiya ffimbo juu atambue juu ya nini watu wanalalamika sababu yake. 25 Wakati balimufunga kamba, Paulo akasema na kiongizi wa baskari: inaru husiwa kwenu humupiga fimbo Muruni ambaye hayasambishiwa? 26 Wakati kiongozi wa baaskari alisikiya nvile, akaenda kwa kyongozi mukubwa wa baskari na kumuambia: unapenda kufanya nini? kwa maana huyu mutu ni mwanainchi wa kirumi. 27 Kyongozi mukubwa wa baaskari akakuya na kusema: unisemeye, uko muruni? Akajibu: ndiyo. 28 Kyongozi mukubwa wa waaskari akajibu : Ni kwa beyi kubwa nilipata ruhusa ya kuwa murumi. Na Paulo akasema mini nilizaliwa murunii. 29 Batu lenye balikuwa naenda kumuuliza, balitoka pale haraka. Kyongozi wa waaskari nayeye akaogopa wakati alisikiya kama Paulo ni muruni, na yeye aliamuru afungiwe kanisa. 30 Kesho yake, kyongozi wa baaskari alipenda kuya uhakika juu ya mastaki ya bayuda kuhusu Paulo balimufungula kamba, na kuleta oda kwa makuhani na kwa baraza ya bazee bakutane. Nguma alishusha Paulo na kumuweka mbele yabo.
1 Paulo akawakazia macho wale washauri wa Baraza Kubwa na kusema: «Wandugu zangu, mpaka leo zamiri yangu hainihukumu juu ya kitu chochote kinachoelekea mwenendo wangu mbele ya Mungu. 2 Paulo aliposema maneno hayo, Kuhani Mkubwa Anania akawaamuru wale waliosimama karibu naye wamupige kofi kwenye kinywa. 3 Halafu Paulo akamwambia: “Mungu yeye mwenyewe atakupiga kofi, wewe unayeonekana kwa inje kama ukuta uliopakaliwa chokaa! Wewe unaikaa pale kwa kunihukumu kufuatana na Sheria. Lakini wewe mwenyewe unaivunja kwa kuamuru wanipige!” 4 Watu waliokuwa wakisimama karibu na Paulo wakamwambia: “Wewe unamutukana Kuhani Mkubwa wa Mungu!” 5 Paulo akasema: “Wandugu zangu, sikujua kwamba yeye ni Kuhani Mkubwa. Kwa maana imeandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: Usimulaani mkubwa wa taifa lako.” 6 Halafu Paulo alikuwa akijua kwamba watu wamoja katika Baraza Kubwa walikuwa Wasadukayo na wengine Wafarisayo. Kwa hiyo akasema kwa sauti katika baraza: “Wandugu zangu, mimi ni Mufarisayo, mwana wa Mufarisayo. Mimi ninahukumiwa kwa sababu ninatumaini kwamba wafu watafufuka.” 7 Alipokwisha kusema maneno hayo, kukatokea ugomvi kati ya Wafarisayo na Wasadukayo, nao mkutano ukagawanyika. 8 (Ilitokea vile kwa maana Wasadukayo wanasema kwamba wafu hawatafufuka na kwamba hakuna wamalaika, wala roho; lakini Wafarisayo wanakubali mambo hayo yote.) 9 Basi kukakuwa makelele mengi, na walimu wamoja wa Sheria waliokuwa wa chama cha Wafarisayo wakasimama na kubishana kwa nguvu, wakisema: “Hatuoni ubaya wowote juu ya mtu huyu. Labda roho au malaika wamesema naye!” 10 Ugomvi ulipozidi sana, jemadari akaogopa kwamba watu wale watamurarua Paulo. Kwa hiyo akaamuru waaskari waende katikati ya mkutano ule na kumwondosha Paulo kwa kinguvu katikati yao na kumurudisha ndani ya upango wa waaskari. 11 Usiku ule ule Bwana akamutokea Paulo, akamwambia: “Ujipe moyo! Sawa vile ulivyotoa ushuhuda juu yangu hapa Yerusalema, ni vile vile utakavyopaswa kuutoa katika Roma.”» 12 Kesho yake kulipokucha, Wayuda wakafanya shauri; wakafanya kiapo kwamba hawatakula wala kunywa mpaka wamuue Paulo kwanza. 13 Na wale waliofanya shauri lile walikuwa zaidi ya watu makumi ine. 14 Wakaenda kuwaona Makuhani Wakubwa na wasimamizi wa watu na kuwaambia: «Sisi tumefanya kiapo; hatutasubutu kula kitu chochote mpaka tumuue Paulo kwanza. 15 Basi sasa, ninyi pamoja na Baraza Kubwa mumwombe jemadari awaletee Paulo, mukimwambia tu kwamba munataka kuchunguza vizuri zaidi maneno yake. Na sisi tuko tayari kumwua mbele hajafika hapa. 16 Lakini mupwa wa Paulo akapata habari ya vile watu wale wanavyovizia kumwua Paulo. Halafu akaenda katika upango wa waaskari na kumujulisha Paulo habari ile. 17 Basi Paulo akaita mmoja wa wakubwa wa waaskari na kumwambia: “Umupeleke kijana huyu kwa jemadari kwa maana yuko na neno la kumwambia.” 18 Yule mkubwa akaenda pamoja naye kwa jemadari na kumwambia: “Yule mufungwa Paulo aliniita, akaniomba nikuletee kijana huyu kwa sababu yuko na neno la kukuambia.” 19 Jemadari akamushika yule kijana mukono akaenda naye pembeni na kumwuliza: “Uko na habari gani ya kuniambia?” 20 Kijana akasema: «Wayuda wamepatana kukuomba umulete Paulo kesho katika Baraza Kubwa. Nao watakuambia tu kwamba wakubwa wa baraza wanataka kuchunguza vizuri zaidi maneno yake. 21 Lakini wewe usikubali ombi lao, kwa sababu kuna watu zaidi ya makumi ine wanaovizia kumwua. Watu hawa wamefanya kiapo kwamba hawatakula wala kunywa mpaka wamuue Paulo kwanza.» 22 Yule jemadari akamwagiza yule kijana kwamba asimwambie mtu yeyote kwamba amemupasha habari hiyo, kisha akaagana naye. 23 Kisha jemadari akawaita wakubwa wawili wa waaskari wake, akawaambia: «Mutayarishe waaskari mia mbili, waaskari wapanda-farasi makumi saba, na waaskari wapiga mikuki mia mbili kwa kwenda Kaisaria saa tatu ya usiku. 24 Mutayarishe vilevile farasi wa kumubeba Paulo kusudi afike salama kwa liwali Feliki. 25 Naye akaandika barua hii: 26 “Mimi Klaudio Lusia, ninakuandikia wewe muheshimiwa Liwali Feliki, pokea salamu zangu. 27 Wayuda walikuwa wamemukamata mtu huyu na kutaka kumwua. Nami nilipopata habari kwamba yeye ni mwanainchi wa Roma, nikaenda na kundi la waaskari na kumwokoa. 28 Na kwa kuwa nilitaka kujua sababu gani Wayuda walimushitaki, nikamufikisha mbele ya Baraza yao Kubwa. 29 Nikatambua kwamba wamemushitaki juu ya ubishi wenye kuelekea Sheria yao, lakini hakutenda kosa lolote linalomupasa kuuawa wala kufungwa. 30 Na wakati nilipopata habari kwamba Wayuda wanafanya shauri la kumwua, mara moja nikakusudia kumutuma kwako, nami nimewaagiza watu wanaomushitaki walete mashitaki yao kwako.” 31 Basi wale waaskari wakafanya kama vile walivyoamuriwa. Wakamutwaa Paulo, na usiku ule ule wakamufikisha mpaka Antipatiri. 32 Kesho yake waaskari waliotembea kwa miguu wakarudi Yerusalema kwenye upango wa waaskari. Wakawaacha waaskari wapanda-farasi waendelee pamoja na Paulo. 33 Nao walipofika Kaisaria, wakamupa liwali ile barua na kumuleta Paulo kwake. 34 Liwali akasoma barua ile na kumwuliza Paulo: “Wewe ni mtu wa jimbo gani?” Aliposikia kwamba yeye ni mtu wa jimbo la Kilikia, 35 akamwambia: «Nitakusambisha wakati wale wanaokushitaki watakapofika.» Kisha akaamuru Paulo alindwe katika nyumba ya kifalme ya Herode.
1 Kisha siku tano, Anania, kiongozi mukubwa ya makuhanina waze kidogo, na musemayi moya anaitena Tertulo, waka enda pale, ku mustaki Paulo mbele ya liwali. 2 Wakati Paulo ilisimama bele ya liwali Tertula akamustaki na kusema kwa liwali: "juu yako tu naishi amani, na kuona mbali kwako kunatuleteya matengenezo mazuri ndani ya Taifa yetu". 3 Ni kwa shukurani sana tu na pokeyaka mambo yote uko na fanya muheshimiwa Feliski. 4 Nisi ponde muda wako, na kuomba unisikilize muzuri sana. 5 Uyu mutu tuna mukuta kuwa ugonya ya kotombokesha wayuda. Ni kiongozi ya zehebu ya watu wa Nazareti. 6 Tena alipenda ku ingiza hekalu yetu mu zehebu yake tu na mushika. 7 Lisiasi, afande ya waskari alikuya kutunyanganya Paulo ku mikano yetu na kuubeba. 8 Wakati utamuuliza maneno hiyi, uta yuwa weye mwenye sababu kani tuna mustaki. 9 Bayuda bote vile vile baka mustaki Paulo na ku hakikisha kama maneno ile ilikuwa ya kweli. 10 Lakini wakati liwali alifanya alama ya kumupa Paulo maneno aseme. Paulo akajibu: "na sikiya kusema kama oko muhamzi toka myaka mingi, na niko na futaha ni fasiliye miye mwenyewe". 11 Unaweza ku uliza hakuya pita masiku kumi na mbili na lipanda kuabudu Yelusalema. 12 Na wanani kuta ndani ya hekalo, sikwanza kubishana na mutu, wala kutombokesha kundi la watu; ikiwa mu shirika wala mu muguni. 13 Na hawa wezi kuhakikisha maneno bana nistaki sasa hivi. 14 Lakini naitika kama niko na mutumikiya Mungu kwa ile njiya wa naita zehemu. Niko mwaminifu kwa maandiko ya sheria na wa nabii. 15 Miye nabo pamoya tunaa tumaini kwa Mungu kama kuvo kufufuka wafu ya watu ya uhaki na wasiyo kuwa ndani ya uhaki. 16 Sababu nime mefanya nguvu yangu yote ni sikuwe na kitu kibaya mbele ya Mungu wala mbele ya watu. 17 Kisha myaka mingi, nali kuya na usaidizi wa franga na kutoa sadaka mu taifa langu. 18 Wakati nali fanya vile, wayuda wengine wa Asia walinikuta wakati ya kujitakasa ndani ya hekalu, bila kuwa na kikundi kya watu wala na wa ghasia. 19 Sasa batu aba kama beko na maneno kwangu banistaki. 20 Watu hawa waseme kibaya kani walikuta ndani yangu, wakati nali samba mbele ya washauri. 21 Isipokuwa kitu moya nalisema kwa sauti nguvu, wakati nalikuwa ndani yabo: "Ni sababu ya kufufuka kwa wafu na sambishiwa kwenu". 22 Feliks alijuwa luzuri ile nyiya hivi akasikiliza bayuda akasema: "wakati kamanda Lesia atarudi Yerusaleme, nita amuwa maneno yenu". 23 Kisha akatowa oda kwa kapitene alinde Paulo, wa mwatiyi uhuru kidogo bila kukataza wenzake kumu saidiya wala wasimutembeleya. 24 Kisha mmasiku kidogo, Feliski akarudiya na Drusila bibi yake, muyuda, aka mu itisha Paulo na kumusikiya kuhusu nimani ndani ya Yesu Kristo. 25 Gisi Paulo alikuwa na angeya naye kuhusu uhaki, uvumilivu, na ngisi Mungu ata sambisha wote, Feliski aka ogopa na ku sema: 'ondoka mbele yangu, nita kuitisha wakati nitapata muda". 26 Alikuwa natumaini asema Paulo ata mupa franga: ni kwa maana alikuwa namwitisha sana kuangeya naye. 27 Lakini kisha myaka mbili, Porkiusi akakuwa liwli pa fasi ya Feliks. Kwa kupenda kufuraisha wayuda aka muacha Paulo gerezani.
1 Festo akafika ndani ya fimbo na kiisha siku akapanda Kaisaria pale Yelusalema. 2 Koani mkuu na wayuda wengi vio ya juu wakamustaki Paulo mbele ya Festo na wakamuwambia kwa kinguvu. 3 Wakamuomba Festo na wanyekevu juu ya Paulo kusudi amuridishe Yelusalema kusudi ba muwe njiani. 4 Lakini Festo akawajibu Paulo yupo Genezani kule kaizaria, wakati nitarudia kule. 5 Akasema wanyi wanaweza kuenda pamoja na sisi. Kukuwa kitu moja ya ubaya juu ya mtu ule wamstaki. 6 Kiisha kukaa kule mdo wa siku Nane ao kumi na zaidi, akarudia kaisaria. Kesho yake akaka ku kitu cha kusambisha na akapana uusha ba mulete Paulo. 7 Wakati Paulo alipofika, wayuda wa Isalade wakakazibia pembeni naye (Paulo), wakasema maneno mingi ya ukweli juu ustakia ayo hawezi kujitosha ema. 8 Paulo akajitetea akasema: sikufanya hata kitu kibaya kwajina la wayuda, wala juu ya Ekalu wala juu Kaisara. 9 Lakini Festo alitoka kuwapendelea wa yaudi, akamwambia Paulo: unataka kwenda Yelusalema mkusambishe juu ya maneno aya? 10 Paulo akajibu mnasema kati kiti cha uamzi ya Sezaa, wapi tena naweza kuenda kusambishua. Sikufanya moavu kwa wayuda, ginsi unaifua vizuri sana. 11 Kama sikufanya kosa na kama nilifanya kosa yenyi mtu anaweza kufa, sikatae fufa, lakini kama mastaki yao ni ya uwongo, hakuna mtu mwenye hanaweza kunipana kwao. Namuomba kwa kaisari. 12 Festo akaongea na wabaraza yake kiisha akajibu: unaomba kusambishiwa kwa kaisari utaenda utaenda kwa Kaisari. 13 Kiisha siku chache mfalme Aripa na Berenise wakafika kaisaria kwa kumtembelia Festo. Kusha kuputisha siku mingi, Festo. 14 Kusha kupitisha situ minge, Festo akaonyesha maneno ya Paulo kwa mfalem. Akasema: Mtu fulani aliacwhua apa na Feliki kama vile mfungwa. 15 Wakati mlikuwa Yelusalema wakoani wa kuu na wazu wa wayauda walistaki mtu uyu kwangu na waliomba afungwe. 16 Nikajibu haiko dsturi wa Roma, kutoa mtu juu ya kufurahisha; mustakuwa anapashua kupata wa kati wa kujitetea mbele ya wenyi walimustari na kuonyesha makingo zabe mbele mastaki. 17 Ndio maana wakati walifika pamoja hapa, sikuongojea, kesho yake mkakaa chumba cha kusambisha, nikapana ruusa ya kumuita mtu ule. 18 Wakati watu wenyi walimustaki walifika kusamba sikuona hata neno juu yake yenyi ilikua sawa. 19 Walikuwa na mabishano kati yoana yey juu ya madini yao yenye kuangalia Yesu mwenyi alikufa na Paulo akiwambia yuko mzima. 20 Akili ikanizunguka namma gani naweza kukata neno hii. Nikamualiza kama anaweza kwenda Yelusalema kusambisha maneno ayo. 21 Lakini Paulo akaomba achungwe kati ya nyumba ya gereza kwa kuongojea mpango mufalme. Nikapana ruusa wamchunge pale mpaka wakati nitamtuma Kaisari. 22 Agrip akasema na Festo: napenda pia kumusikia mtu ule". Fisto akamjibu, kesho utamusikia. 23 Kesho yake, Ahgripa na Berenisa wakasindikizwa kwa ukubwa na wakubua ya wakari na wakubwa wa ngi. Kwa uwezo wa Festo, Paulo bakamtosha inze. 24 Festo akasema Mfalme Agripa na nginyi wote wenyi kuwa apa pamoja na sisi, Munaona mtu uyu; watu wengi wa wayuda walimambia pale Yelusalema na hata apa wanalalamika akufue. 25 Najua kama hakufanya hata neno yenyi anastaili kufa, vile alifanya kumuita Mufalme, nilikasirisha kumtuma. 26 Lakini sina neno la hakika kwa kwandisha kwa mufalme. Ndio maana nilimuleta mbele yenu, mbele ya mufalme Agripa, kusudinijue namma naweza kwandika juu ya neno hii. 27 Kwani inanifania haina ukweli kwangu kumtuma ntu gerezari bila sababu na kujulisha osa lenyi alifanya.
1 Hivi, Agripa aka ambiya Paulo: «ujiteteye peke yako.» Paul aka nyarosha mkono wake na kuji teteya. 2 Niko na furaha, mufaime agripa, ku samba mambo yangu mbele yako leo kwa mastaki ya wa yuda kwangu. 3 Hasa juu kamilika ku husu ma swali ya ki asiliya wa yuda. Hivi na kuomba uni sikilize vizuri. 4 Ba yuda balijuwa vile nili komala tangu ujana wangu ndani ya inchi yangu na mu Yerusalema. 5 Bali ni juwa tokeya mwanzo na balipaswa kuitika kama nili ishi saw mu Farissayo, dimi yenyi msimamo nguvu kwetu. 6 Hapa sasa na simama ku sambishwa ju nilitafuta ahadi Mungu alipatiya ba baba yetu. 7 Juu hii na ahadi ya ma kabila zetu kumi na mbili zili tumainiya kupata wakati balikuwa baki abudu busiku na mehana. Ni kwa tumaini, mufalme Agripa, njoo ba yuda bananishitaki. 8 Ju ya nini lakuna mutu ndani yenu ana itika kama Mungu ana waza ku fufula wafu? 9 Kwa wakati moja nili waza kama naweza kufanya mambo mingi kuzuwiya jina ya Yesu wa Nazareti. Nili bifanya mu Yerusalemu. 10 Nili tupa baminifu mingi ndani ya gereza, kwa oda ya ma kuhani wakubwa, na wakati bana ba uwa siku kuwa ngambo yabo. 11 Nili ba azibu mara mingi ndani ya ma shirika na nili pima ku bakaza ba mu kufiru mungu nili basirikiya sana na ku ba tesa mpaka mitaa ya sio yetu. 12 Wakati nilikuwa na fanya libi nili kuwa na enda Damasiko niki ruhusiwa na kuhani mkubwa. 13 Ku jiya, saa sita, mufalme niliona mwangaza kutoka mbinguni ili angaza kupita juwa na ika waka iki ni zingira samoja na benzangu ya safari. 14 Wakati tuli anguka chini nika sikiya sauti kuni semeya mu ki hebrania : «Saulo, Saulo kwa nini una nitesa ni nguvu. kwako ku pinga teke mechokoo.» 15 Nika sema: weye ni nani Bwana? Bwana aka jibu: niko Yesu mwenyi una tesa. 16 Sasa simama juu sababu nili kutokeya ni kuku fanya mtumishi na mushuda wa mambo yenyi una juwa sasa juu yangu na yingine niya ku onesha tena. 17 Na nita ku okowa kwa taifa na wa pangono benyi nita kutuma kwabo. 18 Juu ya kufungula macho yabo na kuba tosha mu njiya ya giza baone mwangaza batoke kwenyi nguvu ya shetani ba mujuwe Mungu, juu Mungu aba urumiye zambi na wa pate urizi yenyi na wa patiya kwa wale na weka pembeni kwa imani yangu. 19 Kwa ile mufalme Agripa sita katala ku heshimiya ma ona ya mbingu. 20 Lakini kwa wale wa Damasi ko kwanza, na kisha Yerusalemu mpaka mu Yudeya yote na wa pagano nao nili hubiri ili wa tubu na ku geukiya Mungu, kufanya maendo sawa ya wenyi wana okoka. 21 Njo sababu ba Yuda bali nifunga ndani ya hekalu na kujaribu ku ni uwa. 22 Mpaka sasa Mungu alini saidiya, juu na simama kushudiya kwa watoto na waku bwa wa matauja kwa ile ma nabii na musa wali sema ita fika. 23 Ya kama Kristo ata tesekaka, na ata fufuka wa kwanza katika wafu na kutangaza mwangaza kwa mataifa wa Yuda na wa pagano. 24 Wakati Paulo ali ongeza ku jiteya, Festo aka tomboka. «Paulo uko na bazima, ku juwa kwako ina ku fanya bazimu.» 25 Lakini Paulo aka sema sina bazimu muheshimiwa Festo; likini ni kwa uwezo nina sema hii maneno ya kweli kabisa. 26 Juu mufalme ana juwa kuhusu yale maneno na njo mana nayisema kwa uhuru, kwa juu hakuna kitu chochote yenyi inayo mufichwa; sababu hau ku fanyikwa kwa uficho. 27 Una amini ma nabai, mufalme Agripa? «Na juwa kama una iamini.» 28 Agripa aka mjibu Paulo: unataka kuni vuta muda kidogo na unifanya niwe mu Kristo. 29 Paulo akasema: na omba Mungu iwe kwa muda kidogo wala murefu, isiwe wewe tu lakini kwa wote wanao ni sikiya leo, baku wekama miye lakini bila minyororo ya gereza. 30 kosha mufalme aka simama, liwali na Benike na bale bote baliyikala pamoja nabo. 31 Wakati bali toka mu nyumba ba ka anza ku sema ba moja kwa bengine na baka sema : «Huyu mutu haku fanya kitu yenyi anastahili kufa wala ku fungiwa.» 32 Agripa aka mwambiya Festo: « Huyu mutu angeli fungu liwa kama haku omba msaada kwa kaisara.»
1 Walipokwisha kukamata mupango wa kutusafirisha kwa njia ya chombo mpaka Italia, wakamuweka Paulo na wafungwa wengine chini ya uangalizi wa mkubwa mmoja wa waaskari aliyeitwa Yulio. Yeye alikuwa wa kundi la waaskari lililoitwa Kundi la waaskari wa mfalme. 2 Tukapanda ndani ya chombo kilichotoka Adramiti, kilichokuwa tayari kupitia kwenye vivuko vya jimbo la Azia. Halafu tukaondoka tukiwa pamoja na mwanainchi mmoja wa Makedonia aliyeitwa Aristarko, wa Tesalonika. 3 Kesho yake tukatua Sidona. Yulio aliyemutendea Paulo mema, akamupa ruhusa ya kwenda kuonana na warafiki zake, wapate kumupa vitu alivyohitaji. 4 Kutoka kule, tukapita pembenipembeni ya kisanga cha Kipuro kwa kuepuka upepo uliokuwa ukivuma tokea mbele yetu. 5 Tukavuka bahari upande wa jimbo la Kilikia na Pamfilia, na kufika katika mji Mira, wa jimbo la Likia. 6 Kule yule mkubwa wa waaskari akakuta chombo kilichotoka Alesandria kwa kwenda Italia, naye akatupandisha ndani yake. 7 Tukasafiri polepole muda wa siku nyingi na kwa shida sana tukafika karibu na mji Kinido. Na kwa sababu upepo ulituzuiza kuendelea mbali ngambo ile, tukapita upande wa kusini wa kisanga cha Krete, kuelekea Salmone. 8 Tuliendelea pembenipembeni yake kwa shida sana hata tukafika pahali panapoitwa Vivuko Vizuri, karibu na mji Lasea. 9 Kisha kupitisha siku nyingi, tukafikia katika nyakati za hatari za safari ya bahari, kwa maana siku ya kufunga kula ilikuwa imekwisha kupita. Halafu Paulo akatupatia shauri hili: 10 «Wanaume, ninaona kwamba safari yetu itakuwa ya hatari na hasara nyingi, si kwa chombo na mizigo tu, lakini kwa maisha yetu vilevile.» 11 Lakini yule mkubwa wa waaskari akasadiki zaidi maneno ya kapiteni na ya mwenye chombo kuliko kufuata shauri la Paulo. 12 Na kwa sababu kivuko kile hakikukuwa na nafasi zuri ya kukaa wakati wa baridi kali, watu wengi kati yetu wakakubaliana kuondoka kule, kusudi ikiwezekana wafike Foinike, na kupitishia wakati wa baridi kali kule. Foinike ni kivuko kimoja kinachokuwa katika kisanga cha Krete, kinachoelekea upande wa kaskazini-magaribi na wa kusini-magaribi. 13 Upepo usiokuwa mukali ulipoanza kuvuma tokea kusini, wakazani kwamba wataweza tu kutimiza sawa walivyokuwa wamekusudia. Wakapandisha nanga na kuendelea pembenipembeni karibu sana na Krete. 14 Lakini nyuma kidogo, upepo mukali sana wa zoruba unaotokea upande wa mashariki-kaskazini ukavuma ukishuka tokea kwenye kisanga. 15 Upepo ukapeleka chombo, nacho hakikuweza kushindana nao. Halafu tukakiacha tu kipelekwe na upepo. 16 Tulipokuwa tukipita upande wa kusini wa kisanga kidogo kinachoitwa Kauda, tuliweza kwa shida sana kuopoa mutumbwi unaokokotwa na chombo. 17 Watumishi wa chombo walipokwisha kunyanyulia mutumbwi ule ndani ya chombo, wakakaza chombo kwa kukifungafunga na kamba kwa kukikingia na nguvu ya upepo. Na kwa kuwa waliogopa kwamba wasikwame kwenye lundo la muchanga wa ngambo ya Sirti, wakashusha tanga na kuachilia chombo kipelekwe na upepo. 18 Kesho yake kwa kuona jinsi zoruba ilivyoendelea kutusukumasukuma kwa nguvu, wakaanza kutupa mizigo katika bahari. 19 Na siku iliyofuata wakaamua kutupa hata vifaa vya chombo. 20 Kwa muda wa siku nyingi hatukuweza kuona tena jua wala nyota, nayo zoruba ikaendelea kuvuma kwa nguvu. Kwa mwisho tukakata kitumaini chote cha kupona. 21 Watu walikuwa wamepitisha siku nyingi bila kula kitu. Halafu Paulo akasimama mbele yao na kusema: «Warafiki zangu, mungefuata shauri langu na kutoondoka Krete, hamungepata hasara hii na kupoteza vitu kama hivi. 22 Sasa ninawaomba mujipe moyo, kwa maana hakuna hata mmoja kati yenu atakayekufa, chombo tu ndicho kitakachoharibika. 23 Kwa maana usiku malaika wa Mungu, ninayekuwa mtu wake na ninayemwabudu, alinitokea 24 na kuniambia: Paulo, usiogope! Sherti usambe mbele ya Mfalme wa Roma. Na tena kwa kuwa inamupendeza Mungu kukutendea mema, yeye ataokoa maisha ya watu hawa wote wanaosafiri pamoja nawe. 25 Basi mujipe moyo, kwa sababu ninamutumainia Mungu kwamba itatendeka sawasawa nilivyoambiwa. 26 Lakini ni sherti tutupwe kwenye kisanga kimoja. 27 Tulieneza majuma mawili tukipelekwa huku na huko na zoruba katika bahari ya Adria. Katikati ya usiku watumishi wa chombo waliwazia kwamba tumekaribia inchi kavu. 28 Wakashusha kipimo ndani ya maji nao wakapata metre makumi ine kwenda chini. Mbali kidogo wakatupa tena kipimo na kupata metre makumi tatu. 29 Kwa kuogopa kwamba chombo kisikwame kwenye mawe, wakashusha nanga ine za upande wa nyuma wa chombo na kungojea usiku ukuche. 30 Wabaharia walitafuta kukimbia toka ndani ya chombo, wakashusha mutumbwi katika bahari, wakisema kwamba wanataka kufunga nanga tokea upande wa mbele. 31 Lakini Paulo akamwambia yule mkubwa wa jeshi pamoja na waaskari wengine: “Watu hawa wasipobakia ndani ya chombo hamutaokolewa.” 32 Halafu waaskari wakakata kamba zilizofunga ule mutumbwi na kuachilia uanguke katika bahari. 33 Usiku ulipokaribia kucha, Paulo akawasihi watu wote kula chakula, akisema: “Sasa leo ni siku ya kumi na ine tangu mulipobaki bila kula kitu chochote. 34 Basi ninawasihi ninyi mukule chakula, kwa sababu kitawafalia kusudi musikufe. Kwa maana hakuna mmoja kati yenu atakayepatwa na hasara yoyote hata kidogo.”» 35 Kisha kusema maneno hayo, Paulo akatwaa mukate, akamushukuru Mungu mbele yao wote, akaumega, na akaanza kula. 36 Halafu wote wakatiwa moyo tena, nao vilevile wakakula chakula. 37 Kwa jumla tulikuwa watu mia mbili na makumi saba na sita ndani ya chombo. 38 Walipokwisha kushiba, wakatupa mizigo ya ngano katika bahari kwa kupunguza uzito wa chombo. 39 Kulipokucha wabaharia hawakutambua inchi ile lakini wakaona nafasi bahari inapoingia ndani ya inchi kavu na kwenye kivuko. Basi wakakusudia kwenda kukwamisha chombo kule, kama ikiwezekana. 40 Wakafungua nanga na kuziachilia zizame ndani ya bahari. Vilevile waliregeza kamba za makasia ya kuongoza chombo. Kisha wakafunga tanga ndogo mbele ya chombo kusudi kipelekwe na upepo, nao wakaelekea kwenye kile kivuko. 41 Lakini wakakwama kwenye lundo ya muchanga na chombo kikakwama pale. Sehemu ya mbele ya chombo ikazama kabisa pasipo kutikisika, lakini sehemu ya nyuma ikavunjikavunjika kwa kupigwa na zoruba kwa nguvu. 42 Halafu waaskari wakapata wazo la kuwaua wafungwa, kusudi hata mtu mmoja kati yao asitoroke kwa kuogelea. 43 Lakini kwa kuwa mkubwa wa jeshi alitaka kumuponyesha Paulo, yeye akawazuiza wasitimize kusudi lao. Akaamuru wale waliojua kuogelea wajitupe wa kwanza ndani ya maji na kuvuka mpaka inchi kavu. 44 Nao wengine wawafuate wakikamatilia kwenye mbao au kwenye vipande vya chombo. Ni vile watu wote walivyofika inchi kavu salama.
1 Tunapofika kwa kimia kati ya kisanga inahita malta . 2 Watu wapale , walitukupo keya na upenda kutusaidiye, na kuwaki samotu juu tulilo bana na vula baridikali. 3 Na paulo alikuya nakifulushi ya kuni na kutiya kumoto, nyoka moya anaitua kipukusa anatoka juu ya kifuku na ili funga kumukono. 4 Wakatu ya mungini wana mona ile nyama anamufunga kwamuno, wanasemama moyana mwingine , uyu mutu ni muwaji kweli nana atamusaidia na imabaya, namuzi ya Mungu inatuma a ishi tena. 5 Na alitikisa mukono nyoka ananguka kumoto na neno ya mubaya a imukamate. 6 Balitishu nga agoje wala akufe na muna ya gafula, na bakatshunga saa mulefu, akuna mubuya yayote, na bikonaye muziri wana badilisamasemi kusema alikuwa mutu ya Mungu. 7 Basinamazingila pale ilikawa tajili mukubwa jina lake pablio alipokeye naga lama ya siku tatu. 8 Na akafika baba yake na pablo aligonza oma . 9 9Natangu Paulo a naenda kwake anamuombeya na kumutiya mukono na akepona pale, nanyo mayaku ona mamba aya, wakanzi walikua na magonza wa mekuya na wamepona 10 Wakanzi wana mwisimu sana, na tangu tulingiya nasi tunamupatiya ya mana . 11 Nyuma ya miezi tatu, tuna panda masua na iskanda ili kuwa baridi sana nakisanga, alikuwa nafundisa bamapacha. 12 Na nyumu tunakwenda sirikusa na tunahikala pale siku tatu. 13 Tulipana na kufuka na mutaa ya regio nyuma yasiko moya, na mupepe ya kusuni, inakuya tuna fanya siku mbili, na tunai ika mutaa waputoli. 14 Kule tuna kuta banduku, balituta tuhisi nabo siku saba, na namuna tulifika roma. 15 Wanduku wakati walisikia tunasema, walifika kukamata kule limanga ya apias, tatu, Paulo anabaona wapendua anarudisasifa kwa Mungu nakutiya ujasir. 16 Tunafika roma, Paulo alilusiwa kuhisi ye peke na asari ya kumu tshunga. 17 Na nyuma ya masiko tatu, Paulo kusanya watu walikuwa viongozi yakati ya wayuda alialika mukutano, alisema bandaku atasifana vizuri mbele ya taifa na destruri ya baba yetu, sijali fungwa a yelusaleme ku kumikono ya waroma. 18 Wana iluza muzuri wamuru kiniatsha nituke niende juu abanikute na mabaya ata moya bani ukumu nikufe. 19 Laki wayohuda walikatalu ile mupango, nilikuwa na ngufu ya kuyita Cesar, tata siko kama nilikuwa kubeba mahukumu juu ya taifa Yesu. 20 Juu yayo kuko nalomba nani museme, kwa sababu yake ikona israela niko kufunga nakamba ile. 21 Na alisema, atuko nambaruwa ya yunani, ju yako na akana akuya kusema mabaya yako. 22 Tunataka kusikiya mawazo yako kamuna juya ilezeebu inatembe kinyume ya kila mamali. 23 Alikuwa ana tangaza siku juu yake, batu mingi wataifika wata kuwa kasi kusikiya maneno atayaseme mbele ya ufame ya Mungu, alilimba juu ya Yesu na seria ya musa na wanabi kuhaza asubuy tongo mangai libi. 24 Bingina balikubali juu mambo alisema na bingine balekata wali, zalayu 25 Walikosa banaza kubisana waona wao na yanatoka ka juu ya Baba na yisaya. 26 Anasema wenda mbele kizazi nasema naowasikiye kumasikio na basidjuwe mana, bahone matsho basiona kitu. 27 Basi mioyo ya taifa inakuwa mugumu, masiki yabo isitume kusikiliza, na basizwe mioyo kubali kupona. 28 Yuwa kwaza ukovu ya MUngu, inatokana nakusikiya na anapele kakwa mataifa. 29 Wakati wayudea walisiki ya wame toka na kweda, wana ona kupoteya mbele yao 30 Paulo alisi katika makao yake miaka miwili alipokeya wote walikika kumuona na kumufarizi kwake. 31 Na alikuwa kufundisa juu ya ufalme ya Mungu na mambo ya bwa Yesu kristo ku uzasiri yote alifa nya
1 Barua hii inatoka kwangu mimi Paulo, mutume wa Kristo Yesu, niliyeitwa na Mungu kuwa mutume na niliyewekwa kwa kazi ya kutangaza Habari Njema yake. 2 Habari Njema hiyo iliahidiwa na Mungu tangu zamani kwa kinywa cha manabii wake katika Maandiko Matakatifu. 3 Habari hiyo inaelekea Mwana wake ndiye Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, ambaye alizaliwa kimwili katika uzao wa mfalme Daudi. 4 Lakini kwa namna ya Roho Mtakatifu, alihakikishwa kwa uwezo kuwa yeye ni Mwana wa Mungu kwa njia ya kufufuka kwake. 5 Kwa njia yake Mungu amenipa neema ya kuwa mutume kusudi niongoze mataifa yote yapate kumwamini na kumutii. Na kwa tendo hilo jina lake lipate kusifiwa. 6 Nanyi vilevile munakuwa kati ya watu wale; mumeitwa na Mungu mukuwe watu wa Yesu Kristo. 7 Ninawaandikia ninyi wote wapenzi wa Mungu munaokaa Roma, mulioitwa kuwa watu wake watakatifu. Ninawatakia neema na amani kutoka kwa Mungu Baba yetu na kwa Bwana Yesu Kristo. 8 Kwanza ninamushukuru Mungu wangu kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo kwa ajili yenu ninyi wote, kwa sababu habari za imani yenu zinasambaa katika dunia nzima. 9 Mungu ambaye ninamwabudu kwa roho yangu yote kwa njia ya kutangaza Habari Njema ya Mwana wake, ni mushuhuda wangu kwamba ninawakumbuka siku zote 10 katika maombi yangu. Ninaomba kwamba Mungu akitaka, anifungulie njia ya kuwatembelea siku hizi. 11 Kwa maana ninatamani sana kuonana nanyi, kusudi nigawanye pamoja nanyi zawadi ya kiroho, mupate kusimama imara. 12 Ni kusema kwamba nipate kutiwa moyo kwa njia ya imani yenu na ninyi kwa njia ya imani yangu. 13 Wandugu zangu, ninataka mujue kwamba mara nyingi nilikusudia kuwatembelea, lakini mpaka sasa ninapata vizuizo. Ningetamani kupata matunda ya kazi yangu katikati yenu vilevile, kama inavyokuwa katikati ya watu wa mataifa mengine. 14 Kwa sababu ninapaswa kwanza kuwaendea watu wote: Wagriki na wasiokuwa Wagriki, wenye elimu na wasiokuwa na elimu. 15 Ni kwa sababu hii ninatamani sana kuhubiri vilevile Habari Njema kwenu ninyi munaokaa Roma. 16 Mimi sisikii haya juu ya Habari Njema, kwa sababu huo ndio uwezo wa Mungu unaowaokoa wote wanaoamini, kwanza Wayuda na kisha Wagriki vilevile. 17 Kwa maana Habari Njema inaonyesha namna Mungu anavyowahesabia watu haki mbele yake. Jambo hilo haliwezekani isipokuwa kwa njia ya kuamini tu. Ni sawa vile inavyoandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu yanayosema: «Mwenye haki ataishi kwa njia ya imani.» 18 Tokea mbinguni Mungu anaonyesha kwamba anawakasirikia wote wanaofanya zambi na maovu, wanaowazuiza watu wasitambue ukweli kwa njia ya matendo yao mabaya. 19 Kwa maana mambo yanayoweza kujulikana juu ya Mungu ni wazi kwao, kwa kuwa Mungu mwenyewe ameyaonyesha kwao waziwazi. 20 Tangu Mungu alipoumba dunia, hali zake zisizoonekana, ni kusema uwezo wake wa milele na umungu wake, vinaonekana kupitia viumbe vyake. Kwa sababu hii watu wale hawatapata namna yoyote ya kujitetea. 21 Ijapokuwa wanamujua Mungu, hawamutukuzi wala kumushukuru kama vile anavyostahili. Lakini mawazo yao yaligeukia mambo ya ovyo ovyo, na mioyo yao isiyokuwa na ufahamu ilibaki katika giza. 22 Wanajidai kwamba wao ni wenye hekima, lakini wako wapumbafu. 23 Kwa pahali pa kumwabudu Mungu anayeishi milele, wakaabudu sanamu zilizochongwa kwa mufano wa mtu anayekufa, wa ndege, wa nyama na hata viumbe vyenye kutambaa. 24 Kwa sababu hii Mungu aliwaacha wajichafue wenyewe kwa kufuata tamaa ya mioyo yao na kutendeana mambo ya haya wao kwa wao. 25 Wanabadilisha ukweli juu ya Mungu kuwa uongo; wanaabudu na kutumikia vitu vilivyoumbwa kuliko Muumba mwenyewe, anayestahili kutukuzwa milele! Amina. 26 Kwa hiyo Mungu aliwaacha wafuate tamaa zao za haya. Wanawake wao wanabadilisha matumizi ya kawaida na matumizi isiyokuwa ya kawaida. 27 Na wanaume nao vilevile wanabadilisha matumizi ya kawaida ya mume na muke, wakiwakiana tamaa wanaume kwa wanaume. Kwa ajili ya hiyo, wanajipatia wenyewe azabu wanayoistahili kufuatana na huo upotevu wao. 28 Hivi kufuatana na vile walivyokataa kumutambua Mungu, Mungu akawaacha wafuate akili yao ya upotevu, kusudi wafanye mambo wasiyopaswa kufanya. 29 Wamejaa kila namna ya uovu, ubaya, tamaa na upotovu. Wamejaa wivu, uuaji, ugomvi, udanganyifu na ukorofi. Wao ni wenye kuchongeana, 30 wasingiziaji, wenye kumuchukia Mungu, wenye kasirani, wenye kiburi na wenye kujivuna. Wao ni werevu kwa kutenda mabaya, hawatii wazazi wao, 31 hawana zamiri, hawawezi kuaminiwa, hawana upendo wala huruma. 32 Nao wanajua kwamba Sheria ya Mungu inasema kwamba watu wanaotenda maneno haya wanastahili kufa. Lakini hata hivi wanaendelea, si kuyafanya tu, lakini kukubaliana na wale wanaoyatenda.
1 Wewe unayemuhukumu mwingine hauna namna yoyote ya kujitetea, haizuru wewe ni nani. Kwa maana wakati unapohukumu mwingine, unajikatia hukumu wewe mwenyewe, kwa sababu wewe unayehukumu unatenda mambo yale yale. 2 Tunajua kwamba Mungu anahukumu kwa haki watu wanaofanya mambo ya namna hiyo. 3 Basi wewe unawahukumu wale wanaofanya mambo yale, lakini wewe mwenyewe unayafanya! Unafikiri kwamba utaponyoka hukumu ya Mungu? 4 Au haujali na uwingi wa wema, utulivu na uvumilivu wa Mungu? Haujui kwamba wema wake ungeweza kukuongoza hata upate kugeuka toka zambi? 5 Lakini wewe ni mugumu na mwenye moyo usiotaka kugeuka. Kwa hiyo unajiwekea azabu kubwa siku Mungu atakapoonyesha kasirani yake na hukumu yake ya haki. 6 Kwa maana Mungu atamulipa kila mtu kwa kadiri ya matendo yake. 7 Wale wanaofanya matendo mema bila kuchoka na kutafuta toka kwa Mungu utukufu, heshima na uzima usiokuwa na mwisho, Mungu atawapa uzima wa milele. 8 Lakini wapingaji na wale wanaokataa kufuata ukweli, wakifuata uovu, wataangukiwa na kasirani na hasira ya Mungu. 9 Mateso na taabu zitamupata kila mtu anayefanya mabaya: kwanza Wayuda, kisha Wagriki vilevile. 10 Lakini kila mtu anayefanya mema atapata utukufu, heshima na amani; kwanza Wayuda, kisha Wagriki vilevile. 11 Kwa maana Mungu hana upendeleo. 12 Wote wanaofanya zambi pasipo kujua Sheria ya Musa watapotea pasipo kuhukumiwa na Sheria ile. Lakini wote wanaofanya zambi wakijua Sheria watahukumiwa kufuatana na Sheria. 13 Ni vile kwa sababu si wale wanaosikia Sheria ndio wanaohesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu, lakini ni wale wanaotii Sheria. 14 Watu wa mataifa hawana Sheria ya Musa. Lakini wanapofanya sawa inavyoamuriwa na Sheria ile kutokana na zamiri yao, wao ni Sheria kwa ajili yao wenyewe, ijapokuwa hawana Sheria ile. 15 Kwa maana wanaonyesha kwamba maagizo ya Sheria yameandikwa ndani ya mioyo yao. Zamiri yao vilevile inawahukumu, na mawazo yao yenyewe yanawashitaki au yanawatetea. 16 Hiyo ndiyo itakayotokea siku ile Mungu atakapohukumu mambo ya siri ya watu kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo, kama vile Habari Njema yangu inavyosema. 1817 Sasa wewe unaitwa Muyuda, unategemea Sheria na kujivunia Mungu. 18 Unajidai kwamba unajua mapenzi yake na kutambua mambo yanayofaa zaidi kwa sababu umefundishwa na Sheria. 19 Unajiaminia kwamba wewe ni mwongozi wa vipofu na mwangaza kwa wale wanaokuwa katika giza, 20 mufundisha wajinga na mwalimu wa watoto, kwa sababu kutokana na Sheria unajua uhakika juu ya mambo ya elimu na ya kweli. 21 Basi wewe unayewafundisha watu wengine, kwa sababu gani haujifundishi wewe mwenyewe? Wewe unayehubiri kwamba haifai kuiba, kwa nini unaiba? 22 Wewe unayesema kwamba haifai kuzini, kwa nini unazini? Wewe unayechukia sanamu za miungu, kwa nini unaiba vitu ndani ya hekalu zao? 23 Unajisifu kwamba unajua Sheria, lakini unamuzarau Mungu kwa kuvunja Sheria! 24 Kwa maana kama ilivyoandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Kwa sababu yenu, jina la Mungu linatukaniwa katikati ya watu wa mataifa mengine.» 25 Kutahiriwa kuna mafaa kama ukitii Sheria. Lakini usipotii Sheria, wewe unahesabiwa kama mtu asiyetahiriwa. 26 Na kama mtu asiyetahiriwa akitii maagizo ya Sheria, Mungu hatamuhesabu kuwa ametahiriwa? 27 Mtu asiyetahiriwa kimwili, lakini anatii Sheria, atakuhukumu wewe unayevunja Sheria ijapokuwa unajua maandiko ya Sheria na umetahiriwa. 28 Kwa maana kuonekana kwa inje kwa Muyuda si kuwa Muyuda wa kweli, wala kutahiriwa kimwili tu si kutahiriwa kwa kweli. 29 Lakini Muyuda wa kweli ni yule anayekuwa Muyuda kwa ndani, nako kutahiriwa kwa kweli ni kule Roho Mtakatifu anakofanya ndani ya moyo wa mtu, wala si kule kunakofanyika kwa njia ya maandiko ya Sheria. Mtu wa namna hii hapati sifa kutoka kwa watu lakini ku
1 Basi kuna faida gani kuwa Muyuda? Na kutahiriwa kuna mafaa gani? 2 Kuna faida kubwa sana kila upande. Kwanza, Mungu alifunua Neno lake kwa Wayuda kusudi walishike. 3 Tuseme nini basi? Ikiwa wamoja kati yao hawakukuwa waaminifu, jambo hilo litaweza kuonyesha kwamba Mungu ataacha kuwa mwaminifu? 4 Hapana hata kidogo! Sherti Mungu ajulikane kuwa mwenye ukweli, na kila mtu kuwa mwongo, kama inavyoandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Ee Mungu, sherti ujulikane kuwa mwenye haki katika masemi yako. Nawe ushinde wakati unaposhitakiwa.» 5 Lakini ikiwa kwa njia ya ubaya tunaofanya, Mungu anaonekana kuwa mwenye haki, basi tutasema kama Mungu hana haki wakati anapotuazibu? (Ninasema kwa mafikiri ya kimtu.) 6 Hapana hata kidogo! Ingekuwa vile, namna gani basi Mungu angeweza kuhukumu dunia? 7 Lakini ikiwa kwa njia ya uongo wangu ukweli wa Mungu unaonekana naye anatukuzwa zaidi, basi kwa nini tena ninahukumiwa kama mwenye zambi? 8 Ikiwa ni vile, basi tuseme: «Tufanye mabaya kusudi kutokee mema?» Hakika kuna watu wamoja wanaonisingizia wakisema kwamba nimesema vile. Watu hawa wataazibiwa sawa inavyowapasa! Hakuna mwenye haki mbele ya Mungu 9 Basi tuseme nini? Sisi Wayuda tunawapita Wagriki nini? Hatuwapiti kitu hata kimoja! Kwa maana nimekwisha kuonyesha kwamba Wayuda na watu wa mataifa mengine wote wako chini ya utawala wa zambi. 10 Ni sawa ilivyoandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Hakuna hata mtu mmoja mwenye haki! 11 Hakuna mtu mwenye ufahamu, hakuna mwenye kushugulika na Mungu. 12 Wote wamepotea, wote kwa jumla wamepotoka. Hakuna mwenye kufanya mema, hata mmoja. 13 Vinywa vyao ni kama kaburi wazi, ndimi zao ni za kudanganya, ndani ya midomo yao munatoka sumu kali sawa ya nyoka. 14 Vinywa vyao vinajaa laana na maneno ya uchungu. 15 Wao ni wepesi kwa kumwanga damu. 16 Wanaharibu na kuangamiza popote wanapopita, 17 hawawazi juu ya njia ya kuleta amani, 18 nao hawamwogopi Mungu hata kidogo.» 19 Basi tunajua kama maneno yote yanayosemwa na Sheria, yanawaelekea wale wanaolazimishwa kutii Sheria, kusudi mtu yeyote asikuwe na namna ya kujitetea, na dunia nzima ipaswe kuhukumiwa na Mungu. 20 Kwa sababu hakuna mtu atakayehesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu kwa kuwa anatii Sheria, maana Sheria inamusaidia mtu tu kwa kutambua kwamba amefanya zambi. 21 Lakini sasa Mungu ameonyesha njia ya kumuhesabia mtu haki mbele yake, na si kwa njia ya Sheria. Maandiko ya Sheria na manabii yanashuhudia kwamba 22 kuhesabiwa haki na Mungu kunapatikana kwa njia ya imani katika Yesu Kristo kwa wote wanaoamini, kwa maana hakuna tofauti yoyote kati yao, 23 kwa maana wote wamefanya zambi na kukosa utukufu wa Mungu. 24 Lakini kwa neema ya Mungu wanahesabiwa haki kwa bure kwa njia ya Kristo Yesu anayewakomboa. 25 Kristo alitolewa na Mungu kuwa sadaka ya usamehe wa zambi kwa njia ya damu yake kwa ajili ya wenye kumwamini. Mungu alifanya hivi kwa kuonyesha haki yake. 26 Zamani, katika uvumilivu wake, aliacha kuazibu zambi za watu. Lakini kwa wakati wa sasa anaonyesha haki yake kusudi akuwe mwenye haki na kumuhesabia haki kila mtu anayemwamini Yesu. 27 Basi sasa mtu ataweza kujivuna? Hapana! Kwa sababu gani? Kwa sababu anatii Sheria? Hapana. Lakini kwa sababu anamwamini Yesu. 28 Kwa maana tunaona kama mtu anahesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu kwa njia ya imani wala si kwa njia ya kutii Sheria. 29 Au Mungu ni Mungu wa Wayuda tu? Yeye si Mungu wa watu wa mataifa mengine vilevile? Ndiyo, yeye ni Mungu wa watu wa mataifa mengine vilevile, 30 kwa sababu kuna Mungu mmoja tu. Na ni yeye atakayewahesabia waliotahiriwa na wasiotahiriwa haki mbele yake kwa njia ya imani ya kila wamoja. 31 Basi ni kusema kwa sababu ya imani ile tunaitupilia Sheria? Hapana hata kidogo! Lakini tunasimamisha Sheria.
1 Basi tuseme nini juu ya babu yetu kimwili Abrahamu? Nini iliyomutokea? 2 Ikiwa Abrahamu alihesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu kwa njia ya matendo yake, angeweza kujivuna. Lakini hawezi kujivuna mbele ya Mungu. 3 Kwa maana Maandiko Matakatifu yanasema: «Abrahamu alimwamini Mungu na kwa hiyo akahesabiwa kuwa mwenye haki.» 4 Mtu anayefanya kazi, mushahara wake hauhesabiwi kama zawadi, lakini ni haki yake. 5 Lakini mtu asipotegemea matendo yake mwenyewe, naye akimwamini Mungu anayemuhesabia mwovu haki, basi imani yake inahesabiwa kuwa haki. 6 Na ni vile Daudi anavyosema juu ya uheri wa mtu ambaye Mungu anayehesabia haki pasipo kuangalia matendo yake. 7 Heri wale waliosamehewa makosa yao, nazo zambi zao zimefutwa. 8 Heri mtu yule Bwana asiyemuhesabia zambi zake. 9 Uheri huu si kwa watu wanaotahiriwa tu, lakini ni kwa watu wasiotahiriwa vilevile. Kwa maana tumekwisha kusema kwamba Abrahamu alihesabiwa kuwa mwenye haki kwa njia ya imani yake. 10 Yeye alihesabiwa vile alipokuwa katika hali gani? Alipokuwa amekwisha kutahiriwa au alipokuwa hajatahiriwa bado? Halikutendeka nyuma ya kutahiriwa kwa Abrahamu lakini mbele ya kutahiriwa kwake! 11 Nyuma ya pale alitahiriwa, na kutahiriwa kwake kulikuwa kitambulisho cha kuhakikisha ile haki Mungu aliyomuhesabia kwa njia ya imani yake. Hivi Abrahamu akakuwa baba wa watu wote wanaoamini, ijapokuwa hawatahiriwi, kusudi wao vilevile wahesabiwe haki. 12 Vilevile yeye ni baba ya wale wanaotahiriwa, si kwa sababu wametahiriwa tu, lakini kwa sababu wanafuata vilevile njia ile ile ya imani ambayo babu yetu Abrahamu alifuata alipokuwa hajatahiriwa. Mungu anatimiza ahadi yake kwa wenye kumutumainia 13 Mungu alimwahidi Abrahamu na wazao wake kwamba atawapa dunia kuwa urizi wao, si kwa sababu alishika Sheria lakini kwa sababu Mungu alimuhesabia haki kwa njia ya imani yake. 14 Kwa maana ikiwa wale wanaotii Sheria ndio watakaopokea kitu anachoahidi, basi imani haina mafaa yoyote, nayo ahadi ya Mungu ni bure. 15 Kwa sababu Sheria inaamusha kasirani ya Mungu. Lakini Sheria haingekuwa, kuvunja Sheria hakungekuwa vilevile. 16 Kwa hiyo ahadi inafuatana na imani, kusudi ikuwe imetolewa kwa neema ya Mungu. Na zaidi kuwe uhakikisho kwamba ahadi hiyo ni kwa ajili ya wazao wote wa Abrahamu, si kwa wale wanaotii Sheria tu, lakini vilevile kwa wale wanaokuwa na imani kama Abrahamu, babu yetu sisi wote. 17 Ni sawa vile inavyoandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Nimekuweka kuwa babu wa mataifa mengi. Abrahamu alimwamini Mungu, kwa hiyo yeye ni baba yetu mbele yake. Ni yeye Mungu anayewafufua wafu na kuamuru vitu visivyokuwa vipate kuwa. 18 Abrahamu aliamini na kutumainia mambo ambayo yasingewezekana kutumainia na hivi akakuwa babu ya mataifa mengi, kufuatana na maneno haya Mungu aliyomwambia: “Hivi ndivyo wazao wako watakavyokuwa wengi.” 19 Yeye alikuwa na umri wa miaka karibu mia moja, lakini imani yake haikupunguka alipofikiri juu ya hali yake iliyokuwa kama ya mwenye kungojea tu lufu wala juu ya hali ya Sara aliyekuwa hawezi tena kuzaa. 20 Hakuona shaka juu ya ahadi aliyopewa na Mungu wala kupoteza tumaini, lakini imani yake ilimutia nguvu hata akamutukuza Mungu. 21 Alifanya vile kwa sababu alijua hakika kwamba yule aliyetoa ahadi ile yuko na uwezo wa kuitimiza. 22 Kwa sababu hiyo alihesabiwa kuwa mwenye haki 23 Lakini maneno hayo alihesabiwa kuwa mwenye haki» hayakuandikwa kwa ajili yake yeye mwenyewe, 24 lakini vilevile kwa ajili yetu sisi tutakaohesabiwa haki. Ndio sisi tunaomwamini yule aliyemufufua Yesu Bwana wetu. 25 Alitolewa kufa sababu ya makosa yetu na kufufuliwa kusudi tupate kuhesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu.
1 Sasa kufuatana na vile tumekwisha kuhesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu kwa njia ya imani, kunakuwa sasa amani kati yetu na Mungu kwa njia ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo. 2 Kwa njia ya imani, Yesu ametuwezesha kukaribia neema ya Mungu, inayokuwa musingi wetu. Sababu hii tunafurahi tukiwa na tumaini la kushiriki katika utukufu wa Mungu. 3 Zaidi ya hii, tunafurahi vilevile kwa ajili ya mateso tunayopata, kwa sababu tunajua kwamba mateso yanaleta uvumilivu, 4 na uvumilivu unaleta uaminifu kamili na uaminifu ule unaleta tumaini. 5 Nalo tumaini hili si la udanganyifu, kwa sababu Mungu amemimia upendo wake ndani ya mioyo yetu kwa njia ya Roho Mtakatifu aliyetupatia. 6 Kwa maana tulipokuwa hatuna uwezo wowote, Kristo alikufa kwa ajili ya waovu kwa wakati uliopangwa. 7 Ni vigumu kwa mtu kukubali kufa kwa ajili ya mwenye haki. Labda mtu anaweza kujitolea kufa kwa ajili ya mtu mwema. 8 Lakini Mungu ameonyesha wazi upendo wake kwetu ni wapata gani, kwa maana tulipokuwa tungali wenye zambi, Kristo alikufa kwa ajili yetu. 9 Sasa kwa kuwa tumehesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu kwa njia ya damu ya Yesu, inaonyesha zaidi sana kwamba atatuokoa kusudi kasirani ya Mungu isituangukie. 10 Basi ikiwa kama tulipokuwa waadui za Mungu tulipatanishwa naye kwa njia ya kufa kwa Mwana wake, inaonyesha zaidi sana kwamba tukiwa tumepatanishwa naye, tutaokolewa kwa njia ya uzima wa Kristo. 11 Wala si ile tu, lakini tunafurahi kwa ajili ya Mungu kwa njia ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo aliyetupatanisha sasa na Mungu. 12 Kwa njia ya mtu mmoja zambi iliingia katika dunia, nayo zambi ikaleta kifo. Ni hivi vilevile kifo kimefikia watu wote, kwa sababu wote wamefanya zambi. 13 Kulikuwa zambi katika dunia mbele hakujakuwa Sheria, na kwa muda Sheria ilipokuwa haijakuwa, Mungu hakuhesabu zambi. 14 Lakini kifo kilitawala tangia wakati wa Adamu mpaka wakati wa Musa, hata juu ya wale wasiofanya zambi kwa kuvunja amri, sawa vile Adamu alivyofanya. Naye ni mufano wa yule aliyengojewa kuja. 15 Lakini kuna tofauti kubwa kati ya zawadi ya Mungu na kosa la Adamu. Kwa maana ikiwa kosa la mtu mmoja lilisababisha kifo cha watu wengi, inaonyesha zaidi sana kwamba Mungu amezidisha neema yake kwa ajili ya watu wengi na zawadi inayotokana nayo kwa njia ya mtu mmoja, Yesu Kristo. 16 Tena, kuna tofauti kati ya zawadi ya Mungu na mambo yaliyotokea kwa sababu ya zambi ya yule mtu mmoja. Kwa maana hukumu iliyosababishwa na zambi ya mtu mmoja, ilileta azabu, lakini zawadi ya neema ambayo Mungu alitoa kisha makosa mengi, ilileta kuhesabiwa haki mbele yake. 17 Ni kweli kwamba kifo kilitawala kwa njia ya mtu mmoja, kwa sababu ya kosa la huyo mmoja. Lakini inaonyesha zaidi sana kwamba wale wanaopewa neema ya Mungu kwa uwingi na zawadi ya haki yake, wataishi na kutawala kwa njia ya mtu mmoja, Yesu Kristo. 18 Basi kama vile kosa la mtu mmoja limewaletea watu wote azabu, ni hivi vilevile tendo la haki la mtu mmoja limewaweka huru na kuwapa uzima. 19 Na kama vile kutokana na uasi wa mtu mmoja, watu wengi wamekuwa wenye zambi, ni hivi vilevile kutokana na utii wa mtu mmoja, watu wengi watahesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu. 20 Sheria ilitokea na kusababisha kuongezeka kwa makosa, lakini nafasi yoyote palipozidi zambi, neema ilizidi sana. 21 Hivi kama vile zambi ilivyotawala na kuleta kifo, hivi vilevile neema ya Mungu itawale kwa njia ya haki na kuleta uzima wa milele, kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo Bwana wetu.
1 Basi sasa tuseme nini? Tuendelee kuishi katika zambi kusudi neema ya Mungu izidi kuongezeka? 2 Hapana hata kidogo! Sisi tuliokufa kwa ajili ya zambi, namna gani tutaweza tena kuishi katika zambi? 3 Munajua hakika kwamba sisi wote tulipobatizwa tuliungana na Yesu Kristo; kwa njia hiyo tuliungana naye katika kufa. 4 Hivi, kwa njia ya ubatizo, tuliungana naye katika kufa na katika kuzikwa kwake, kusudi kama vile Kristo alivyofufuliwa kwa uwezo wenye utukufu wa Baba, sisi vilevile tupate kuishi katika maisha mapya. 5 Ikiwa tuliungana naye kwa njia ya kufa kama yeye, tutaungana naye vilevile kwa njia ya kufufuliwa kama yeye. 6 Kwa maana tunajua kwamba ule utu wetu wa zamani ulitundikwa pamoja na Kristo, kusudi tusitawaliwe tena na hiyo tabia ya zambi na tusikuwe tena watumwa wa zambi. 7 Kwa sababu mtu akikufa anapata uhuru toka katika zambi. 8 Ikiwa tumekufa pamoja na Kristo, tunaamini kwamba tutaishi pamoja naye vilevile. 9 Kwa maana tunajua kwamba Kristo amefufuliwa, naye hawezi kufa tena, kwa sababu kifo hakina tena uwezo juu yake. 10 Kuelekea jambo la kufa kwake, alikufa mara moja tu kwa ajili ya zambi; lakini kuelekea maisha yake, sasa anaishi kwa ajili ya Mungu. 11 Hivi vilevile mujihesabu kuwa mumekufa kwa ajili ya zambi na kuwa munaishi pamoja na Mungu mukiungana na Yesu Kristo. 12 Basi musiache tena zambi kutawala katika mwili wenu wa kufa, hata mupate kufuata tamaa zake mbaya. 13 Musitoe tena viungo vya mwili wenu kufanya zambi, mukivitumikisha kama vyombo vya kufanya mabaya. Lakini mujitoe wenyewe kwa kumutumikia Mungu kama watu waliofufuliwa na mutumikishe viungo vya mwili wenu kama vyombo vya kufanya haki. 14 Kwa maana hamutatawaliwa tena na zambi, kwa sababu hamuishi chini ya uongozi wa Sheria lakini chini ya uongozi wa neema ya Mungu. 15 Ni nini basi? Tufanye zambi kwa sababu sisi hatuishi chini ya Sheria, lakini chini ya uwongozi wa neema ya Mungu? Hapana hata kidogo! 16 Munajua hakika kwamba mukijitoa wenyewe kwa mtu fulani kuwa watumwa wake na kulazimishwa kumutii, munakuwa kweli watumwa wa yule munayemutii. Ikiwa ni utumwa wa zambi, mwisho wake ni kifo; ikiwa ni kumutii Mungu, mwisho wake ni maisha ya haki. 17 Lakini asante kwa Mungu, kwa maana ninyi muliokuwa zamani watumwa wa zambi mumetii sasa kwa moyo wenu wote kanuni za mafundisho muliyopewa. 18 Mumewekwa kuwa huru toka katika utumwa wa zambi, na sasa mumegeuka watumwa wa haki. 2119 (Ninatumia luga ya kawaida ya wanadamu kwa sababu ya uzaifu wenu wa kimtu). Zamani mulijitoa kabisa kuwa watumwa wa kufanya mambo machafu na maovu kwa kuishi katika machafuko. Hivi vilevile mujitoe kabisa kuwa watumwa wa kufanya haki kusudi muweze kuishi katika utakatifu. 20 Wakati mulipokuwa watumwa wa zambi, mulikuwa huru kufuatana na mambo ya haki. 21 Basi mulipata faida gani kwa kufanya mambo yale munayopata haya juu yake sasa? Maana mwisho yao ni kifo! 22 Lakini sasa kufuatana na vile mumewekwa huru toka utawala wa zambi na kugeuka watumwa wa Mungu, munapata faida ya kuishi katika utakatifu na kwa mwisho kupewa uzima wa milele. 23 Kwa maana mushahara wa zambi ni kifo, lakini zawadi Mungu anayotoa ni uzima wa milele kwa kuungana na Yesu Kristo, Bwana wetu.
1 Wandugu zangu, munajua uhakika juu ya maneno haya nitakayowaambia, kwa maana ninyi ni watu wanaoelewa Sheria vizuri: Sheria haina mamlaka juu ya mtu isipokuwa tu wakati angali mzima. 2 Kwa mufano, mwanamuke aliye olewa anafungwa na Sheria katika maisha yake na mume wake wakati mume wake angali mzima. Lakini kama mume wake akikufa, yeye anakuwa huru kufuatana na Sheria ile iliyomufunga. 3 Basi kama akiolewa na mtu mwingine wakati mume wake angali mzima, atahesabiwa kuwa muzinzi. Lakini kama mume wake akikufa, yeye anakuwa huru toka Sheria ile iliyomufunga na hata akiolewa na mtu mwingine hatahesabiwa kuwa muzinzi. 4 Nanyi wandugu zangu, ni hivi inavyokuwa kwa ngambo yenu. Kufuatana na maneno ya Sheria, ninyi vilevile mumekufa, kwa maana muliungana na mwili wa Kristo. Na sasa munakuwa wa mtu mwingine, ndiye yule aliyefufuka, kusudi tupate kufanya matendo yanayofaa katika kazi ya Mungu. 5 Kwa maana tulipoishi maisha ya kimwili, tamaa ya kufanya zambi iliyotokana na Sheria ilitumika ndani yetu na kutuletea kifo. 6 Lakini sasa tumekuwa huru toka vifungo vya Sheria, kwa maana tunakuwa kama waliokufa kufuatana na mambo yale yaliyotufunga. Kwa hiyo tunaweza kumutumikia Mungu kwa kufuata njia mupya chini ya uongozi wa Roho wake, wala si kufuata njia ya zamani chini ya uongozi wa maandiko ya Sheria. 7 Tuseme nini basi? Sheria ni zambi? Hapana hata kidogo! Lakini pasipo Sheria singejua zambi ni nini. Kwa maana singejua kutamani ni nini kama Sheria isingesema: «Usitamani.» 8 Kutokana na amri, zambi ilipata njia hata kuamusha kila namna ya tamaa ndani yangu. Kwa maana pasipo Sheria zambi ingekuwa kama mufu. 9 Zamani nilikuwa mzima pasipo kujua Sheria, lakini wakati amri ilipotokea, zambi ikaanza kutenda kazi, 10 nami nikakufa. Hivi ile amri iliyopasa kuniletea uzima ikaniletea kifo. 11 Maana kutokana na amri ile, zambi ilipata njia ya kunidanganya na kuniua kufuatana na amri ile ile. 12 Basi Sheria yenyewe ni takatifu na amri ni takatifu, ya haki na nzuri. 13 Basi ni kusema kile kinachokuwa kizuri kimeniletea kifo? Hapana hata kidogo! Ni zambi ndiyo iliyoniletea kifo. Lakini kusudi zambi ionekane kuwa zambi kweli kweli, ilipitia kwa njia ya kile kinachokuwa kizuri kwa kusababisha kifo changu. Hivi kwa njia ya amri ile, zambi ilizidi kujikamilisha kuwa zambi kabisa. 14 Tunajua kwamba Sheria inaelekea maisha ya kiroho, lakini mimi ni mtu wa kimwili, kwa maana nimeuzishwa kama vile mutumwa wa zambi. 15 Hakika sijui kitu ninachofanya. Kwa maana kile ninachotaka kufanya, sikifanyi; lakini kile ninachochukia, ndicho ninachofanya. 16 Ikiwa kile ninachofanya ndicho nisichotaka, maana yake ninakubali ya kuwa Sheria ni nzuri. 17 Basi sasa si mimi ninayekifanya, lakini ni zambi inayokaa ndani yangu. 18 Kwa maana ninajua kwamba hakuna kitu kizuri kinachokaa ndani yangu, ni kusema katika hali yangu ya kimwili. Ni hivi kwa sababu ninakuwa na utashi wa kufanya jambo jema, lakini sifikii kulifanya. 19 Jambo jema ninalotaka kufanya, silifanyi, lakini jambo baya nisilotaka, ndilo ninalofanya. 20 Basi kama ninafanya kile nisichotaka kufanya, si mimi ninayekifanya, lakini ni ile zambi inayokaa ndani yangu. 21 Basi ninatambua kanuni hii: wakati ninapotaka kufanya jambo jema, mara moja ninavutwa kufanya jambo baya. 22 Ndani ya roho yangu ninapendezwa na Sheria ya Mungu, 23 lakini ndani ya mwili wangu ninaona sheria ingine ikipigana na mafikiri yangu. Nayo inanifanya mufungwa wa sheria ya zambi inayotumika ndani ya mwili wangu. 24 Ole kwangu, mimi mtu wa taabu! Ni nani atakayeniokoa kutoka katika mwili huu unaokuwa wa kufa? 25 Mungu ashukuriwe kwa ajili ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo! Basi hivi kwa upande mmoja ninatumikia sheria ya Mungu kwa akili yangu, lakini kwa upande mwingine ninatumikia sheria ya zambi kwa hali yangu ya kimwili.
1 Basi sasa hakuna azabu kwa wale wanaoungana na Yesu Kristo. 2 Maana sheria ya Roho anayepana uzima kwa kuungana na Yesu Kristo imetuweka kuwa huru kutoka sheria ya zambi na ya kifo. 3 Mungu alitimiza mambo yale Sheria ya Musa iliyoshindwa kuyatimiza, kwa sababu ya ukosefu wa nguvu unaotokana na hali zaifu ya kimwili. Mungu alitoa hukumu juu ya zambi inayotawala mwili kwa kutuma mwana wake wa peke katika hali ya kimtu, mwenye hali zaifu ya zambi kwa ajili ya kuondoa zambi. 4 Alifanya vile kusudi maagizo ya haki ya Sheria yapate kutimizwa ndani yetu sisi tunaoishi kufuatana na uongozi wa Roho wa Mungu, lakini si kufuatana na hali yetu ya kimwili. 5 Kwa maana wale wanaoishi kwa kufuatana na hali ya kimwili, na uongozi wa Roho wa Mungu wanashugulika na mambo yanayotakiwa na Roho yule. 6 Kushugulika na mambo yanayotakiwa na hali ya kimwili kunaleta kifo lakini kushugulika na mambo yanayotakiwa na Roho wa Mungu kunaleta uzima na amani. 7 Kwa maana wale wanaoshugulika na hali ya kimwili ni waadui za Mungu; hawatii sheria ya Mungu wala hawawezi kuitii. 8 Watu wanaotawaliwa na hali ya kimwili hawawezi kumupendeza Mungu. 9 Lakini ninyi sasa hamutawaliwi na hali yenu zaifu ya kimwili, lakini munatawaliwa na Roho Mtakatifu, ikiwa Roho wa Mungu anakaa ndani yenu. Na mtu yeyote asiyekuwa na Roho wa Kristo ndani yake, yeye si mtu wa Kristo. 10 Lakini kama Kristo anakaa ndani yenu, ijapokuwa mwili wenu unakufa kwa sababu ya zambi, Roho ndiye uzima wenu kwa maana munahesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu. 11 Na kama Roho wa Mungu aliyemufufua Yesu anakaa ndani yenu, basi huyo aliyemufufua Kristo ataupatia mwili wenu unaokuwa wa kufa uzima kwa njia ya Roho wake anayekaa ndani yenu. 12 Basi wandugu, tuko na deni, lakini si la kutimiza mapaswa ya hali yetu ya kimwili hata tuishi kufuatana na hali ile. 13 Kwa maana kama mukiishi kufuatana na hali ya kimwili, mutakufa. Lakini kama mukiua matendo mabaya ya mwili kwa uwezo wa Roho Mtakatifu, mutaishi. 14 Wote wanaoishi chini ya uongozi wa Roho wa Mungu ni watoto wa Mungu. 15 Kwa maana hamukupewa roho anayewafanya muishi katika utumwa na kuwatia tena woga, lakini mulipewa Roho anayewafanya mukubaliwe kuwa watoto wa Mungu. Na kwa uwezo wa Roho huyo, tunaweza kumwita Mungu Baba. 16 Roho huyo mwenyewe anahakikisha ndani ya roho zetu kwamba sisi ni watoto wa Mungu. 17 Na kama sisi ni watoto, basi tutakuwa na sehemu katika urizi ule Mungu aliowaahidi watu wake, na tutashiriki pamoja na Kristo katika urizi ule; kwa maana kama tukiteswa pamoja naye tutatukuzwa pamoja naye vilevile. 18 Ninaona kwamba mateso ya wakati huu wa sasa hayawezi kupima kulinganishwa na utukufu ambao Mungu atakaoonyesha kwetu waziwazi. 19 Viumbe vyote vinangojea kwa hamu sana wakati Mungu atakapowaonyesha watoto wake waziwazi. 20 Kwa maana viumbe vyote vimewekwa chini ya utawala wa mambo ya ovyo, si kwa mapenzi yao, lakini kwa sababu ya yule aliyewatia katika hali hiyo. Lakini kungali tumaini hili: 21 siku moja viumbe hivi vitawekwa huru toka katika utumwa wa uharibifu na kushiriki katika uhuru wenye utukufu wa watoto wa Mungu. 22 Kwa maana tunajua kwamba mpaka sasa viumbe vyote vinaugua kwa uchungu kama mwanamuke anayesikia maumivu ya kuzaa. 23 Na si viumbe hivi tu; hata sisi tuliokwisha kuwa na Roho wa Mungu kama sehemu ya kwanza ya zawadi Mungu atakazotoa, tunaugua vilevile ndani yetu, tukingojea kukubaliwa na Mungu kuwa watoto wake, maana yake kukombolewa kwa kimwili. 24 Kwa maana tumeokolewa, lakini ni kwa tumaini. Mtu akiona kitu anachokitumainia, hilo si tumaini tena, kwa maana nani anayeweza kuendelea kutumainia kitu anachokiona? 25 Lakini tukitumainia kitu tusichokiona, tunakingojea kwa uvumilivu. 26 Na ni hivi vilevile Roho wa Mungu anatusaidia katika uzaifu wetu, kwa maana hatujui kuomba sawa inavyopaswa. Lakini Roho wa Mungu yeye mwenyewe anatuombea kwa Mungu kwa kuugua kusikoweza kuelezwa. 27 Na Mungu anayeona yanayokuwa ndani ya mioyo yetu, anajua nia ya Roho Mtakatifu, kwa maana Roho anawaombea watu wa Mungu kufuatana na mapenzi ya Mungu. 28 Tunajua kwamba katika mambo yote Mungu anatumika kwa mazuri ya wale wanaomupenda, ndio wale walioitwa naye kufuatana na kusudi lake. 29 Kwa maana wale Mungu aliowachagua tangu zamani, ndio aliofanya mupango juu yao tangu zamani, apate kuwafananisha na Mwana wake, kusudi Mwana wake akuwe muzaliwa wa kwanza wa wandugu wengi. 30 Na wale Mungu aliowachagua tangia zamani, aliwaita vilevile; nao aliowaita, akawahesabia haki, nao aliowahesabia haki, akawatukuzisha vilevile. 31 Basi kufuatana na mambo hayo, tuseme nini zaidi? Mungu akiwa upande wetu, ni nani anayeweza kupingana nasi? 32 Yeye hakumwacha Mwana wake wa pekee, lakini alimutoa kwa ajili yetu sisi wote. Namna gani atakosa kutupatia vilevile vitu vyote kwa njia ya mwana wake? 33 Ni nani anayeweza kuwashitaki watu ambao Mungu alijichagulia? Hakuna hata mmoja! Mungu peke yake amewahesabia haki mbele yake. 34 Ni nani anayeweza basi kuwahukumu? Hakuna hata mmoja! Maana Yesu Kristo ndiye aliyekufa, na zaidi ya hiyo, alifufuka, na sasa anakaa na mamlaka kwa kuume kwa Mungu, na yeye ndiye anayetuombea. 35 Ni nani anayeweza kututenga na upendo wa Kristo? Ni taabu, au huzuni, au mateso, au njaa, au ukosefu wa nguo, au hatari, au kifo? 36 Kama vile Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema: «Kwa sababu yako tunauawa kila siku. Tunahesabiwa kama kondoo wa kuchinjwa.» 37 Lakini katika mambo haya yote tunapata ushindi kabisa kwa njia ya yule aliyetupenda. 38 Kwa maana ninajua hakika kwamba hakuna kitu kinachoweza kututenga na upendo wa Mungu: wala kifo, wala uzima, wala wamalaika, wala watawala, wala mambo ya sasa, wala mambo yatakayokuja, wala wenye uwezo, 39 wala nguvu za juu, wala nguvu za chini, wala kiumbe kingine chochote hakitaweza kututenga na upendo wa Mungu aliouonyesha kwetu kwa njia ya Kristo Yesu Bwana wetu.
1 Ninasema ukweli kwa kuungana na Kristo. Na kwa uongozi wa Roho Mtakatifu zamiri yangu inanihakikishia kwamba sisemi uongo: 2 mimi nina huzuni kubwa na uchungu usiokuwa na mwisho ndani ya moyo wangu. 3 Ingekuwa heri nilaaniwe na kutengwa na Kristo kwa ajili ya wandugu zangu wa damu, 4 ndilo taifa la Waisraeli. Wao walikubaliwa na Mungu kuwa watoto wake, yeye aliwaonyesha utukufu, alifanya maagano nao, aliwapa Sheria, aliwaonyesha namna ya kumwabudu na kuwatolea ahadi zake. 5 Wao ni wazao wa babu zetu, na Kristo alizaliwa kimwili katika kizazi chao. Yeye ndiye mkubwa kupita wote na Mungu anayesifiwa kwa milele! Amina. 6 Sisemi kwamba ahadi ya Mungu haikutimia. Kwa maana si wote wanaotoka katika uzao wa Israeli ndio Waisraeli wa kweli, 7 wala si wote wanaotoka katika uzao wa Abrahamu, ndio watoto wa kweli wa Abrahamu. Kwa kuwa Mungu alimwahidia Abrahamu: «Ni kwa njia ya Isaka utapata wazao watakaoitwa wako. 8 Maana yake, si wale waliozaliwa sawa na kawaida wanaohesabiwa kuwa watoto wa Mungu; lakini ni wale waliozaliwa kufuatana na ahadi ya Mungu ndio wanaohesabiwa kuwa wazao wake wa kweli. 9 Kwa sababu hii ndiyo ahadi ya Mungu: “Kwa wakati kama huu, nitakuja tena, na Sara atazaa mtoto mwanaume.” 10 Na si vile tu; Rebeka alikuwa na watoto wawili aliowazaa na mume mmoja, ndiye babu yetu Isaka. 11 Watoto wale walipokuwa hawajazaliwa bado, wala hawajatenda jambo lolote nzuri au baya, Mungu alimwambia Rebeka hivi juu yao: “Mkubwa atamutumikia mudogo.” 12 Alisema vile kwa kutimiza mupango wake unaotokana na uchaguzi wake usiofuatana na matendo ya watu, lakini mwito wake kwao. 13 Kama vile Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema: “Nimemupenda Yakobo, lakini nimemuchukia Esau.” 14 Basi tuseme nini? Mungu hafuati haki? Hapana hata kidogo! 15 Kwa maana anamwambia Musa: “Nitamuhurumia yule ninayependa kumuhurumia; nitamurehemu yule ninayependa kumurehemu.” 16 Basi mambo hayo, hayatokani na mapenzi ya mtu wala juhudi yake, lakini yanatokana na rehema ya Mungu. 17 Mungu anamwambia mfalme wa Misri katika Maandiko Matakatifu: “Nimekusimika kuwa mfalme kwa sababu hii moja, ni kusudi kwa njia yako nipate kuonyesha uwezo wangu na kusudi jina langu lipate kutangazwa katika dunia yote.”» 18 Basi ni kusema kwamba Mungu anamuhurumia yule anayetaka, na kumufanya mugumu yule anayetaka. Kasirani na huruma za Mungu 19 Labda utaniambia: «Ikiwa ni vile, sababu gani Mungu anawashitaki watu? Kwa maana hakuna anayeweza kupingana na mapenzi yake. 20 Halafu sasa wewe mwanadamu ni nani hata ubishane na Mungu? Chombo cha udongo hakiwezi kumwuliza mufinyanzi: “Kwa nini umenitengeneza hivi?”» 21 Mufinyanzi anaweza kufanya sawa vile anavyotaka na udongo. Toka donge moja la udongo anaweza kutengeneza chombo kimoja cha heshima na kingine cha matumizi ya kawaida. 22 Basi kuna nini? Mungu alitaka kuonyesha kasirani yake na kutambulisha uwezo wake. Lakini aliwavumilia sana wale waliostahili kupatwa na kasirani yake na waliokuwa wametayarishwa kwa kuangamizwa. 23 Vilevile alitaka kuonyesha uwingi wa utukufu wake kwa wale aliowasikilia huruma; wale ambao alitayarisha tangu zamani kwa kuwatukuzisha. 24 Ndio sisi tulioitwa naye, si toka kati ya Wayuda tu, lakini toka kati ya watu wa mataifa mengine vilevile. 25 Ni vile anavyosema katika maandiko haya ya nabii Hosea: «Wale waliokuwa si watu wangu nitawaita sasa Watu wangu. Taifa lile nililokosa kulipenda nitaliita sasa Mupendwa wangu. 26 Na pahali pale walipoambiwa: “Ninyi si watu wangu! pale wataitwa Watoto wa Mungu Mwenye Uzima.” 27 Isaya alisema kwa sauti juu ya Waisraeli: “Ijapokuwa Waisraeli ni wengi kama muchanga wa bahari, ni wachache tu watakaookolewa. 28 Kwa maana Baba atatimiza kabisa kusudi lake juu ya dunia bila kukawia.” 29 Ni kama vile Isaya alivyokuwa ametangulia kusema: “Kama Bwana wa Majeshi hangetuponyeshea wamoja wa wazao wetu, ingetutokea sawa Sodoma, ingegeuka kwetu sawa Gomora.”» Waisraeli hawakufuata njia ya kuhesabiwa haki 30 Basi tuseme nini? Watu wa mataifa mengine waliokosa kutafuta kuhesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu wamehesabiwa haki mbele yake kwa njia ya imani. 31 Na kwa ngambo ingine, Waisraeli waliokuwa wakitafuta Sheria kusudi kwa njia yake wapate kuhesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu, hawakuifikia. 32 Kwa sababu gani? Kwa sababu walitafuta haki ile, si kwa njia ya imani, lakini kwa njia ya matendo. Walijikwaa juu ya lile jiwe la kukwalisha, 33 kama ilivyoandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Angalia, ninaweka jiwe la kukwalisha katika Sayuni nalo ni la kuangusha. Lakini yule anayemwamini hatapata haya.»
1 Wandugu zangu, kitu ninachotamani kwa moyo wote nami ninachomwomba Mungu kwa ajili ya Waisraeli, ni kwamba waokolewe. 2 Kwa maana ninashuhudia kwamba wanajitoa kwa bidii kutumikia Mungu, lakini bidii ile haitokani na ufahamu wa kweli. 3 Hawakufahamu namna Mungu anavyowahesabia watu haki na wakatafuta kusimamisha haki yao wenyewe. Wakakataa kufuata njia ya kuhesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu. 4 Kwa maana kwa njia ya Kristo, Sheria imepata kufikia ukomo wake kusudi kila mtu anayeamini apate kuhesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu. 5 Haya ndiyo mambo Musa aliyoandika juu ya kuhesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu kwa njia ya kushika Sheria: «Mtu anayetimiza maagizo ya Sheria, ataishi kwa njia yake. 6 Lakini hivi ndivyo inavyosemwa juu ya kuhesabiwa haki kwa njia ya imani: “Usijiulize moyoni: Ni nani atakayepanda mbinguni?” (maana yake ni kumushusha Kristo toka kule.) 7 Wala usijiulize: “Ni nani atakayeshuka katika kuzimu?” (maana yake kumupandisha Kristo toka kule kwenye wafu). 8 Lakini inasemwa namna gani? “Neno la Mungu liko karibu nawe, liko ndani ya kinywa chako na ndani ya moyo wako.” Neno hili ni ujumbe tunaouhubiri juu ya imani. 9 Kama ukiitikia kwa kinywa chako mwenyewe kwamba Yesu ni Bwana na kuamini katika moyo wako kwamba Mungu alimufufua, utaokolewa. 10 Kwa maana mtu akiamini kwa moyo wake, Mungu anamuhesabia haki mbele yake; naye anapoitikia kwa kinywa chake, anaokolewa. 11 Kwa maana Maandiko Matakatifu yanasema: “Kila mtu anayemwamini hatapata haya.” 12 Basi hakuna tofauti kati ya Wayuda na Wagriki, kwa maana Bwana wa wote ni mmoja tu, na anawabariki sana wote wanaomusihi. 13 Ni kama vile Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema: “Kila mtu anayemusihi Bwana, ataokolewa.” 14 Basi namna gani watamusihi yule wasiyemwamini? Na namna gani watamwamini yule wasiyesikia habari zake? Na namna gani watasikia habari zake ikiwa hakuna wanaohubiri? 15 Na namna gani watahubiri ikiwa hawatumwi? Ni kama inavyoandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: “Angalia jinsi kunavyofurahisha kuja kwa wale wanaoleta habari njema.” 16 Lakini wote hawakukubali ile Habari Njema. Kwa maana Isaya, alisema: “Ee Bwana, ni nani aliyeamini habari tulizotangaza?” 17 Hivi basi imani inatokana na kusikia habari, na habari ile inatokana na neno la Kristo. 18 Basi ninauliza: hawakusikia habari hii? Ndiyo, wameisikia! Kwa maana Maandiko Matakatifu yanasema: “Sauti yao imesikilika katika dunia yote, maneno yao yamefika pande zote za dunia.” 19 Ninauliza tena: Waisraeli hawakufahamu kitu? Kwanza Musa alikuwa amekwisha kujibu: “Nitawafanya kuwa na wivu juu ya watu wasiokuwa taifa. Nitawakasirisha ninyi kwa njia ya taifa pumbavu.” 20 Isaya kwa uhodari anaongeza kusema maneno haya: “Nimepatikana kwa watu wasionitafuta, nimejifunua kwa watu wasioniuliza.” 21 Lakini juu ya Waisraeli anasema hivi: “Muchana kutwa ninanyoosha mikono yangu kwa kuita taifa lenye uasi na ubishi.”»
1 Basi ninauliza: Mungu amewatupilia watu wake? Hapana hata kidogo! Maana kwa ngambo yangu, mimi ni Mwisraeli wa uzao wa Abrahamu, toka kabila la Benjamina. 2 Mungu hakuwakataa watu wake aliojichagulia tangu mbele. Munakumbuka Maandiko Matakatifu yanayosema juu ya mashitaki ya Elia mbele ya Mungu juu ya Waisraeli? Yeye alisema: 3 «Bwana, wamewaua manabii wako na kubomoa mazabahu zako; nami nimebaki peke yangu, nao wanatafuta kuniua. 4 Lakini Mungu alimujibu namna gani? Alimwambia: “Nimejiwekea watu elfu saba waliokataa kupiga magoti mbele ya mungu Bali.”» 5 Ni hivi vilevile kwa wakati huu wa sasa kunabaki wamoja ambao Mungu alichagua kwa neema yake. 6 Na ikiwa walichaguliwa kwa neema ya Mungu, si kufuatana na matendo. Ingekuwa vile, neema isingekuwa neema tena. 7 Nini basi? Taifa la Waisraeli halikupata kile walichokitafuta. Ni wachache tu ambao Mungu aliwachagua ndio waliokipata. Lakini wengine waliobaki, walifanywa kuwa wagumu, 8 kama vile ilivyoandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Mungu ameifanya mioyo yao kuwa migumu, macho yao yasipate kuona na masikio yao yasipate kusikia, na ni hivi wanavyokuwa hata leo. 9 Daudi anasema vilevile: “Karamu ziwageukie kama mitego ya kuwanasa, waanguke na kuazibiwa. 10 Macho yao yatiwe giza wasione, na migongo yao ikunjame siku zote.”» 11 Basi ninauliza: Waisraeli wamejikwaa hata wakaanguka kabisa? Hapana hata kidogo! Lakini kutokana na kosa la Waisraeli, watu wa mataifa mengine wamepata kuokolewa, kusudi wayasikilie wivu. 12 Kosa lao limeiletea dunia baraka nyingi, na upungufu wao umeleta baraka nyingi kwa watu wa mataifa mengi. Basi haitaleta baraka zaidi sana wakati Waisraeli wote watakapookoka? Kuokolewa kwa mataifa mengine 13 Sasa ninasema na ninyi watu wa mataifa mengine. Nami ninafurahia kazi yangu, kwa kuona nimetumwa kuwa mutume wa watu wa mataifa. 14 Kwa sababu hii ninaweza kuwafanya watu wa taifa langu wawasikilie wivu, hata nipate kuwaokoa wamoja kati yao. 15 Kwa maana ikiwa kukataliwa kwao na Mungu kumeleta upatanisho kati yake na dunia, basi si hakika kwamba kukubaliwa kwao na Mungu kutaleta uzima kwa wale waliokufa. 16 Donge la kwanza la unga wenye kupondwa likitolewa kwa Mungu, mikate itakuwa yake vilevile. Na kama shina la muti likitolewa kwa Mungu, matawi yatakuwa yake vilevile. 17 Matawi mamoja ya muzeituni uliopandwa yamekatwa, na chipukizi la muzeituni uliojiotesha katika pori umepandikizwa kwenye nafasi yao. Na sasa unafaidia vilevile utomvu unaotoka ndani ya shina la yule muzeituni uliopandwa. 18 Basi musizarau yale matawi yaliyokatwa. Ninyi hamuna cha kujivunia, kwa maana si ninyi munaoshikilia shina, lakini ni shina linalowashikilia. 19 Labda utaweza kuniambia: «Matawi yale yalikatwa kusudi mimi nipandikizwe kwenye nafasi yao.» 20 Unasema ukweli. Yamekatwa kwa sababu yalikataa kuamini na wewe unasimama imara katika imani yako. Sasa usijivune, lakini uogope! 21 Kwa maana ikiwa Mungu hakuachilia yale matawi ya asili kuendelea kukomaa, namna gani atakuachilia wewe? 22 Basi ufikiri juu ya wema wa Mungu na ukali wake vilevile. Yeye ni mukali kwa wale walioanguka, lakini yeye ni mwema kwako, ikiwa utaendelea katika wema wake. Kama si vile, wewe vilevile utakatwa. 2324 \ 23 Na kama Wayuda wasipoendelea kukataa kuamini, watapandikizwa kwenye nafasi ile walipokuwa mbele, kwa maana Mungu yuko na uwezo wa kuwapandikiza tena. Ninyi watu wa mataifa mengine ni kama tawi la muzeituni wa pori lililokatwa na kisha likapandikizwa ndani ya muzeituni uliopandwa, umbalimbali na kawaida. 25 Wandugu zangu, sitaki mukose kujua siri hii, kusudi musijione kuwa wenye akili sana. Siri ile ni hii: Waisraeli wamoja wataendelea kuwa wagumu mpaka watu wa mataifa mengine kwa jumla watakapokuja kwa Mungu. 26 Na halafu taifa lote la Israeli litaokolewa kama vile inavyoandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Mukombozi atatokea Sayuni, atakomesha uovu kati ya wazao wa Yakobo. 27 Na hili ndilo agano nitakalofanya nao, wakati nitakapowasamehe zambi zao.» 28 Wayuda wamegeuka waadui za Mungu kwa sababu ya kukataa Habari Njema, na jambo hilo limekuwa faida kwenu ninyi watu wa mataifa mengine. Lakini wao ni wapendwa wake kufuatana na vile wamechaguliwa naye, kwa njia ya babu zao. 29 Kwa maana Mungu habadilishi mafikiri juu ya zawadi anazotoa, wala juu ya wale anaowachagua. 30 Zamani ninyi mulimwasi Mungu, lakini sasa amewahurumia kutokana na uasi wa Wayuda. 31 Ni hivi vilevile, kutokana na vile mulivyohurumiwa, sasa wao wanamwasi Mungu, kusudi wao vilevile wapate kuhurumiwa na Mungu. 32 Maana Mungu amewafanya watu wote kama wafungwa kwa sababu ya kuasi kwao, kusudi awahurumie wote. 33 Utajiri wa Mungu, hekima na ufahamu wake ni vikubwa kupita kipimo! Hakuna anayeweza kuvumbua kusudi lake wala kuelewa mipango yake! 34 Kama vile Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema: «Ni nani anayejua mafikiri ya Bwana? Ni nani anayeweza kuwa mushauri wake? 35 Ni nani anayeweza kumupa Mungu kitu kwanza, kusudi naye apate kumurudishia?» 36 Kwa maana vitu vyote vinatoka kwake, navyo viko kwa uwezo wake na kwa ajili yake. Atukuzwe hata milele! Amina.
1 Basi wandugu zangu, kufuatana na vile Mungu alivyoonyesha huruma yake kwetu, ninawasihi mujitoe wenyewe kwake kuwa sadaka yenye uzima, takatifu na yenye kumupendeza. Hii ndiyo njia ya kweli ya kumwabudu. ` 2 Musifuate mwenendo wa siku hizi, lakini muache Mungu awabadilishe kwa kugeuza upya nia zenu, hata mukuwe na mawazo mapya. Kwa hiyo mutaweza kutambua mapenzi ya Mungu. 3 Kufuatana na neema niliyopewa na Mungu, ninawaambia ninyi wote: mtu asijiwazie kuwa na ukubwa kupita vile inavyomustahili. Lakini mukuwe na mawazo ya ukadirifu, kila mmoja kulingana na kipimo cha imani aliyopewa na Mungu. 4 Katika mwili mmoja kuna viungo vingi, lakini viungo hivi vyote havina kazi moja. 5 Hivi vilevile, sisi tunaokuwa wengi tumekuwa mwili mmoja katika kuungana kwetu na Kristo, na sisi wote ni viungo kila mmoja kwa mwingine. 6 Tuko na zawadi mbalimbali kwa kadiri ya neema tuliyopewa na Mungu. Aliyepewa zawadi ya unabii, anapaswa kutabiri kwa kadiri ya imani yake. 7 Aliyepewa zawadi ya utumishi, atumike. Aliyepewa zawadi ya kufundisha, afundishe. 8 Aliyepewa zawadi ya kuonya wengine, awaonye. Aliyepewa zawadi ya kutoa, atoe kwa moyo mweupe. Anayesimamia wengine, awasimamie kwa bidii. Aliyepewa zawadi ya kuhurumia wengine, afanye vile kwa furaha. 9 Upendo wenu ukuwe pasipo udanganyifu. Muchukie chochote kinachokuwa kibaya, mushikamane na kinachokuwa chema. 10 Mupendane ninyi kwa ninyi kwa kweli kama vile wandugu, nanyi muheshimiane ninyi kwa ninyi. 11 Musikuwe wavivu katika kazi lakini mukuwe na bidii rohoni, mukimutumikia Bwana kwa juhudi. 12 Mufurahi mukiwa na tumaini, muvumilie katika mateso, mudumu katika kuomba. 13 Muwasaidie watu wa Mungu katika mahitaji yao na muwakaribishe wageni. 14 Mumwombe Mungu awabariki wale wanaowatesa; muwaombee baraka wala musiwalaani. 15 Mufurahi pamoja na wenye kufurahi. Mulie pamoja na wenye kulia. 16 Mukuwe na masikilizano kati yenu. Musikuwe na nia ya kujitukuza, lakini mukubali kuishi katika unyenyekevu. Musijiwazie kuwa wenye akili sana. 17 Musimurudishie mtu ubaya kwa ubaya. Mukuwe na roho ya kufanya mema mbele ya watu wote. 18 Kama ikiwezekana, kwa upande wenu, muishi katika amani na watu wote. 19 Wandugu wapendwa, musilipize kisasi ninyi kwa ninyi, lakini mumwachie Mungu wakati wa kutenda kufuatana na kasirani, maana imeandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Ni kazi yangu kulipiza kisasi. Ni mimi nitakayelipiza. 20 Lakini kama vile Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema: “Adui yako akisikia njaa, umupe chakula; kama akisikia kiu, umupe kinywaji. Maana kwa kufanya hivi utamupatisha haya kama vile ungemubebesha makaa ya moto juu ya kichwa.”» 21 Usijiachilie kushindwa na ubaya, lakini ushinde ubaya kwa kutenda mema.
1 Kila mtu anapaswa kutii wakubwa wenye mamlaka. Maana hakuna mamlaka isiyotoka kwa Mungu; nao wakubwa wanaotawala wamesimikwa na Mungu. 2 Kwa hiyo yeye anayepingana na mwenye mamlaka anapinga amri ya Mungu, nao wanaofanya vile wanajiletea azabu wenyewe. 3 Kwa maana wanaofanya mema hawaogopi watawala, lakini wale wanaofanya mabaya. Unataka kuishi bila kumwogopa mwenye mamlaka? Basi fanya mema naye atakusifu, 4 maana yeye anamutumikia Mungu kwa faida yako. Lakini kama ukifanya mabaya, umwogope kwa sababu yeye yuko na uwezo kwa kuazibu. Yeye anamutumikia Mungu wa kuazibu wale wanaofanya mabaya. 5 Kwa sababu hii ni lazima kuwatii wenye mamlaka, si kwa sababu ya kuogopa azabu ya Mungu tu, lakini tena kwa sababu ya kusongwa na zamiri. 6 Kwa sababu hii vilevile munalipa kodi, maana watawala wanamutumikia Mungu wakijitoa kwa kazi ile. ` 7 Mumupe kila mtu haki yake: mulipishaji wa kodi, mumulipe kodi; mulipishaji wa ushuru, mumulipe ushuru. Mumuheshimu anayestahili kuheshimiwa na mumutukuze anayestahili kutukuzwa. 8 Musikuwe na deni la mtu yeyote. Deni moja munalopaswa kuwa nalo ni kupendana. Kwa maana yule anayemupenda mwenzake ametimiza Sheria kabisa. 9 Kwa hiyo amri hizi: «Usizini, usiue, usiibe, usitamani, pamoja na zingine zote, zinafungwa katika amri hii moja: “Umupende mwenzako sawa vile unavyojipenda mwenyewe.”» 10 Anayemupenda mwenzake hawezi kumutendea vibaya. Basi Sheria inatimizwa kwa njia ya upendo. 11 Mufanye vile, maana munajua tunaishi katika siku gani sasa. Saa ya kuamuka katika usingizi wenu imetimia, kwa maana sasa wakati wetu wa kuokolewa unakaribia kuliko vile ilivyokuwa wakati tulipoanza kuamini. 12 Usiku umepita, na muchana unakaribia. Basi tutupilie mbali matendo ya giza na kuvaa silaha za kupigana nazo wakati wa mwangaza. 13 Tukuwe na mwenendo mzuri unaostahili wakati wa muchana, tukijilinda na ulafi na ulevi, uasherati na uzinzi, magombano na wivu. 14 Lakini Bwana Yesu Kristo akuwe kama vile silaha munayobeba, musijiachilie kuvutwa na hali yenu ya kimwili hata mutimize tamaa zake.
1 Mumupokee yule anayekuwa zaifu katika imani pasipo kubishana naye juu ya mawazo yake. 2 Kwa mufano, mtu mmoja kutokana na imani yake anaona kwamba anaweza kula kila chakula, lakini mwingine kutokana na imani yake zaifu, anakula tu mboga za majani. 3 Yule anayekula kila chakula asimuzarau yule asiyekula kila chakula. Vilevile yule asiyekula kila chakula asimuhukumu yule anayekikula, kwa maana Mungu amemupokea. 4 Wewe ni nani unayehukumu mtumishi wa mwingine? Akisimama imara katika kazi yake au akianguka, hilo ni shauri la bwana wake. Naye atasimama imara maana Bwana yuko na uwezo wa kumusimamisha. 5 Watu wamoja wanahesabu siku fulani kuwa yenye maana zaidi kuliko siku zingine, lakini wengine wanahesabu siku zote kuwa sawasawa. Kwa hiyo kila mtu asadiki sawa vile anavyowaza yeye mwenyewe. ` 6 Mtu yeyote anayeshugulika juu ya siku fulani, anafanya hivi kwa kumutukuza Bwana. Yule anayekula kila chakula, anafanya vile kwa kumutukuza Bwana; maana anamushukuru Mungu kwa ajili ya chakula chake. Na asiyekula kila chakula anafanya hivi vilevile kwa kumutukuza Bwana na kumushukuru Mungu. 7 Kwa maana hakuna hata mtu mmoja kati yetu anayeishi kwa ajili yake mwenyewe, wala hakuna anayekufa kwa ajili yake mwenyewe. 8 Maana kama tunaishi, tunaishi kwa ajili ya Bwana, na kama tunakufa, tunakufa kwa ajili ya Bwana. Basi ikiwa tunaishi, au ikiwa tunakufa, sisi ni watu wa Bwana. 9 Ni kwa sababu hii Kristo alikufa na kufufuka kusudi apate kuwa Bwana wa waliokufa na wa wanaokuwa wazima vilevile. 1011 10 Lakini wewe, kwa sababu gani unamuhukumu ndugu yako? Au wewe kwa sababu gani unamuzarau ndugu yako? Maana sisi wote tutasimama kwa kusambishwa mbele ya tribinali ya Mungu. 11 Kwa maana imeandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Bwana anasema: “Kama vile ninavyoishi, kila mtu atapiga magoti mbele yangu, na kila mtu ataitikia kwamba mimi ni Mungu.”» 12 Kwa hiyo kila mmoja kati yetu atajitetea mwenyewe kwa Mungu. Usimukoseshe ndugu yako 13 Basi tusihukumiane tena sisi wenyewe. Lakini tafazali mukamate kusudi hili: mtu asifanye kitu kinachoweza kumukwaza au kumwangusha ndugu yake katika zambi. 14 Kufuatana na vile ninaungana na Bwana Yesu, ninajua hakika kwamba hakuna kitu kinachohesabiwa kichafu katika hali yake ya asili. Lakini kama mtu akihesabu kwamba kitu fulani ni kichafu, basi kitu kile ni kichafu kwake. 15 Kama ukimuhuzunisha ndugu yako kwa sababu ya chakula unachokula, wewe hautendi tena kufuatana na upendo. Kwa njia ya chakula chako usimupoteze mtu ambaye Kristo alikufa kwa ajili yake. 16 Basi musikubali kitu kile kinachoonekana kwenu kuwa kizuri kizarauliwe. 17 Kwa maana kazi ya Ufalme wa Mungu si kushugulika na mambo ya kula na kunywa, lakini ni kushugulika na haki, amani na furaha vinavyotolewa na Roho Mtakatifu. 18 Na yeyote anayemutumikia Kristo kwa njia hiyo anamupendeza Mungu, naye anapata kuwa mwenye kustahili mbele ya watu. 19 Basi kwa hiyo tujikaze sana kufanya mambo yale yanayoleta amani na yanayotusaidia kujengana katika imani. 20 Usiharibu kazi ya Mungu kwa sababu ya maneno ya chakula. Hakika vyakula vyote vinaruhusiwa kukuliwa, lakini ni vibaya kwa mtu kula chakula kinachoweza kukwaza mwingine. 21 Ni vema kuacha kula nyama, kunywa divai na kujizuiza kufanya chochote kinachoweza kumukwaza ndugu yako. 22 Ulinde kwa ajili yako mwenyewe kile unachoaminia juu ya mambo yale mbele ya Mungu. Heri mtu asiyejihukumu katika kusudi lake. 23 Lakini mtu anayekuwa na mashaka juu ya chakula anachokula, Mungu anamuhukumu, kwa sababu hatendi kufuatana na imani. Na kitendo chochote kisichotokana na imani ni zambi.
1 Sisi tunaokuwa na nguvu katika imani tunapaswa kubeba muzigo wa uzaifu wa wale wasiokuwa na nguvu. Tusifanye tu mambo yanayotupendeza wenyewe. 2 Lakini kila mmoja wetu anapaswa kumupendeza mwingine kwa kumutendea mema na kuweza hivi kumujenga katika imani. 3 Kwa maana hata Kristo hakufanya mambo yanayomupendeza mwenyewe sawa vile ilivyoandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Matusi wanayokutukana, yananiangukia.» 4 Na yote yaliyoandikwa zamani katika Maandiko Matakatifu yameandikwa kwa ajili ya kutufundisha sisi, kusudi tuendelee kuchunga tumaini kwa njia ya kuvumilia na kufarijiwa sawa tunavyofundishwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu. 5 Basi, Mungu anayewapa watu nguvu ya kuvumilia na kufarijika awape kuwa na nia moja mukifuata mufano wa Kristo Yesu. 6 Hivi kusudi mutaweza kwa nia moja na kwa sauti moja kumutukuza Mungu, Baba wa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo. Habari Njema kwa watu wote 7 Basi mupokeane kwa upendo sawa vile Kristo alivyotupokea kusudi Mungu apate kutukuzwa. 8 Kwa maana ninawaambia wazi kwamba Kristo alifanya utumishi kwa ajili ya Wayuda kwa kuhakikisha kuwa Mungu ni mwaminifu na kusudi atimize ahadi zile babu zetu walizopewa. 9 Vilevile ilikuwa kusudi watu wa mataifa mengine wamutukuze Mungu kwa huruma yake, kama inavyoandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Kwa hiyo nitakutukuza kati ya mataifa, nitakuimbia sifa. 10 Na tena Maandiko yanasema: “Ninyi watu wa mataifa yote mufurahi pamoja na taifa lake!” 11 Na tena hivi: “Enyi mataifa yote, mumusifu Bwana; enyi watu wote, mumusifu!” 12 Isaya naye anasema: “Muzao wa Yese atatokea, atatawala watu wa mataifa, nao watamutumainia.”» 13 Basi, Mungu anayekuwa musingi wa matumaini, awajaze furaha kamili na amani kutokana na imani yenu; hata tumaini lenu lipate kuongezeka kwa nguvu ya Roho Mtakatifu. 14 Wandugu zangu, kwa ngambo yangu ninajua hakika kwamba ninyi munajaa wema, nanyi munafahamu yote yanayofaa na munaweza kushauriana vizuri. 15 Lakini mara moja moja nimewaandikia kwa uhodari juu ya mambo fulani kusudi niwakumbushe tena mambo yale. Nimefanya vile kutokana na neema ile niliyopewa na Mungu 16 kuwa mtumishi wa Yesu Kristo kwa watu wa mataifa mengine. Ninafanya kazi ya ukuhani ya kuhubiri Habari Njema ya Mungu, kusudi watu wa mataifa mengine wapate kuwa kama sadaka inayokubaliwa na Mungu na iliyotakaswa na Roho Mtakatifu. 17 Basi katika kuungana kwangu na Kristo Yesu, ninaweza kujisifu kwa ajili ya kazi hii ninayomutumikia Mungu. 18 Kwa maana sitasubutu kuongeza kitu kingine, isipokuwa tu kile Kristo alichotimiza kwa njia yangu kusudi watu wa mataifa wapate kumutii Mungu. Alifanya vile kwa njia ya yale aliyoniwezesha kusema na kutenda, 19 kwa njia ya uwezo wa vitambulisho na maajabu, na kwa uwezo wa Roho Mtakatifu. Hivi tokea Yerusalema mpaka kufika katika jimbo la Iliriko nimehubiri fasi zote Habari Njema ya Kristo. 20 Nayo nia moja niliyokuwa nayo ni kuhubiri tu Habari Njema fasi zote ambapo habari za Kristo zilipokuwa hazijasikilika bado. Nilikusudia vile kusudi nisijenge juu ya musingi uliowekwa na mtu mwingine, 21 kama vile inavyoandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Wale ambao hawajaambiwa bado habari zake, watamwona. Wale hawajazielezwa bado, watazifahamu.» 22 Hiyo ndiyo sababu iliyonizuiza mara nyingi kufika kule kwenu. 23 Lakini kwa sasa nimemaliza kazi yangu katika pande hizi za inchi, na tena tangu miaka mingi nina hamu sana ya kuja kuwaona; 24 kwa hiyo nitawafikia nitakapokwenda Spania. Ninatumaini kupitia kule na kuonana nanyi, na kisha kufurahi kwanza pamoja nanyi kwa muda mufupi, ningetamani kupata musaada wenu kwa ajili ya safari ile. 25 Lakini sasa ninakwenda kwanza Yerusalema kuwasaidia watu wa Mungu kule. 26 Kwa maana imependeza makanisa ya Makedonia na ya Akaya kukusanya mali kwa kuwasaidia wamasikini wanaokuwa kati ya watu wa Mungu kule Yerusalema. 27 Ndiyo wamefanya vile kwa mapenzi yao, lakini vilevile ilikuwa mapaswa kwao kuwasaidia. Kwa maana ikiwa watu wa mataifa wameshirikiana baraka za kiroho na Wayuda, imewapasa watu wa mataifa mengine kuwasaidia Wayuda katika mahitaji ya kimwili. 28 Basi nitakapomaliza kazi ile na kuwafikishia mali iliyokusanywa, nitapitia kwenu, nikiwa katika safari yangu ya kwenda Spania. 29 Nami ninajua kwamba wakati nitakapokuja kwenu, nitakuja na baraka nyingi sana kutoka kwa Kristo. 30 Wandugu zangu, ninawasihi kwa ajili ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo na kwa ajili ya upendo unaoletwa na Roho wa Mungu, muungane nami kwa kuniombea kwa Mungu. 31 Muniombee kusudi nisipate hasara toka kwa watu wale wasioamini wanaokuwa Yudea na kusudi musaada ninaoupeleka Yerusalema upate kupokelewa vizuri kule na watu wa Mungu. 32 Na hivi Mungu akitaka, nitakuja kwenu kwa furaha, nami nitapata kutulizwa moyo kati yenu. 33 Basi Mungu anayeleta amani akuwe pamoja nanyi wote. Amina!
1 Ninawatumia dada yetu mwamini Foibe, anayekuwa musaidizi wa kanisa la Kenkurea. 2 Mumupokee kwa ajili ya Bwana, kama vile watu wa Mungu wanavyopaswa kufanya. Mumusaidie katika kila jambo atakalohitaji toka kwenu, maana yeye amewasaidia watu wengi na hata mimi peke yangu vilevile nimeshuhudia. 3 Munisalimie Prisila na Akila, watumishi wenzangu katika kazi ya Yesu Kristo. 4 Wao walijitolea kufa kwa kuokoa maisha yangu. Ninawashukuru, wala si mimi peke yangu tu, nayo makanisa yote ya inchi za watu wa mataifa wanawashukuru vilevile. 5 Munisalimie vilevile kanisa linalokusanyika katika nyumba yao. Munisalimie mupendwa wangu Epeneto, anayekuwa mwamini wa kwanza wa Kristo katika jimbo la Azia. 6 Munisalimie Maria, aliyewashugulikia sana. 7 Munisalimie wanainchi wenzangu Androniko na Yunia, waliofungwa pamoja nami katika kifungo. Wao wanasifiwa sana kati ya mitume, nao walikuwa katika Kristo mbele yangu. 8 Munisalimie Ampuliato, mupendwa wangu katika Bwana. 9 Munisalimie Urbano, mtumishi mwenzetu katika kazi ya Kristo, na Staki, mupendwa wangu. 10 Munisalimie Apele, aliyehakikisha uaminifu wake katika Kristo. Munisalimie watu wanaoishi katika nyumba ya Aristobulo. 11 Munisalimie Herodio, mwanainchi mwenzangu. Munisalimie watu wanaoishi katika nyumba ya Narkiso, wanaomwamini Bwana. 12 Munisalimie Tirifena na Tirifosa, wale wanawake wanaomushugulikia Bwana, na mupendwa wangu Persi, aliyemushugulikia sana Bwana. 13 Munisalimie Rufo, mtumishi hodari katika kazi ya Bwana, na mama yake ninayemuhesabu kama mama yangu vilevile. 14 Munisalimie Asinkristo, Fulego, Herme, Patroba, Herma, na wandugu wanaoshiriki pamoja nao. 15 Munisalimie Filologo na Yulia, Nereo na dada yake, na Olimpa, na watu wote wa Mungu wanaoshiriki pamoja nao. 16 Musalimiane kwa upendo wa kikristo. Makanisa yote ya Kristo yanawasalimia. 17 Wandugu zangu, ninawasihi, mufanye angalisho na wale wanaoleta matengano na mambo ya kuwapotosha wengine wakipinga mafundisho muliyopokea. Mujitenge mbali nao. 18 Kwa maana watu wa namna hii hawamutumikii Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, lakini wanatumikia tu tumbo yao wenyewe. Tena kwa maneno yao matamu na ya kujipendekeza wanadanganya mioyo isiokuwa na makosa. 19 Watu wote wanajua namna munavyomutii Bwana, na kwa sababu hii ninafurahi kwa ajili yenu. Lakini ninataka mukuwe wenye hekima kwa kutenda mema, na mukuwe safi mukijitenga na mambo mabaya. 20 Mungu, anayeleta amani, atamupondaponda sasa hivi Shetani chini ya miguu yenu. Neema ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo ikuwe pamoja nanyi. 21 Timoteo, mtumishi mwenzangu anawasalimia, nao Lukio, Yasoni, na Sosipateri, wanainchi wenzangu wanawasalimia vilevile. 22 Mimi Tertio, niliyeandika barua hii, ninawasalimia kwa jina la Bwana. 23 Gayo, aliyenikaribisha na anayekaribisha kanisa zima kwa kukusanyika kwake, anawasalimia. Erasto, mulinzi wa mali ya mji, pamoja na ndugu yetu Kwarto, wanawasalimia. [ 24 Tunawatakia ninyi wote neema kutoka kwa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo. Amina.] 25 Mungu asifiwe! Yeye yuko na uwezo wa kuwaimarisha katika imani juu ya Habari Njema ninayotangaza kwa kuhubiri ujumbe juu ya Yesu Kristo, kufuatana na ufunuo wa siri iliyofichwa tangia zamani za kale na kale. 26 Lakini sasa yamefunuliwa na maandiko ya manabii kufuatana na amri ya Mungu wa milele, kusudi mataifa yote yapate kumwamini na kumutii. 27 Basi Mungu anayekuwa peke yake mwenye hekima atukuzwe milele na milele kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo! Amina.
1 Barua hii inatoka kwangu mimi Paulo na kwa ndugu yetu Sositeni. Ni mimi niliyeitwa na Mungu kwa mapenzi yake kuwa mutume wa Kristo Yesu. 2 Tunawaandikia ninyi kanisa la Mungu linalokuwa Korinto, ninyi ambao mumetakaswa kwa njia ya kuungana kwenu na Yesu Kristo na mumeitwa na Mungu kuwa watu wake. Vilevile barua hii ni kwa wote wanaoabudu jina la Bwana Yesu Kristo fasi zote, anayekuwa Bwana wao na Bwana wetu vilevile. 3 Tunawatakia neema na amani kutoka kwa Mungu Baba yetu na kwa Bwana Yesu Kristo. 4 Ninamushukuru Mungu wangu siku zote kwa ajili yenu, kwa sababu ya neema Mungu aliyowapa ninyi kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo. 5 Kwa maana katika kuungana kwenu na Kristo, mumejaliwa katika vitu vyote, zaidi sana katika mambo yanayoelekea masemi na ufahamu. 6 Ile inatokana na vile ujumbe juu ya Kristo umehakikishwa kwa nguvu kati yenu, 7 hata hamukosewi zawadi yoyote ya Mungu, mukiwa mukingojea wakati Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo atakapoonekana. 8 Ni yeye atakayewasimamisha ninyi imara mpaka mwisho kusudi musishitakiwe juu ya kosa lolote Siku ile ya kurudi kwa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo. 9 Mungu ni mwaminifu katika ahadi zake, yeye aliyewaita ninyi muishi katika ushirika pamoja na Mwana wake Yesu Kristo, Bwana wetu. 10 Wandugu zangu, ninawasihi ninyi kwa jina la Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, mukuwe na masikilizano kusudi matengano yasikuwe katikati yenu. Muishi katika umoja kabisa mukiwa na nia moja na wazo moja. 11 Kwa maana, wandugu zangu, nimepata habari zenu kwa njia ya jamaa ya Kloe kwamba kuko ugomvi katikati yenu. 12 Ninataka kusema: kila mmoja kati yenu anasema maneno yake mbalimbali. Mmoja anasema: «Mimi ni wa Paulo, mwingine anasema: “Mimi ni wa Apolo,” mwingine anasema: “Mimi ni wa Petro,” na mwingine anasema: “Mimi ni wa Kristo.”» 13 Munafikiri kwamba Kristo amegawanyika? Paulo ndiye aliyetundikwa juu ya musalaba kwa ajili yenu? Au mumebatizwa kwa jina la Paulo? 14 Ninamushukuru Mungu kuwa sikubatiza hata mmoja wenu isipokuwa Krispo na Gayo. 15 Hivi hakuna anayeweza kusema kwamba amebatizwa kwa jina langu. 16 Ni kweli, nilibatiza vilevile jamaa ya Stefano, zaidi ya wale sikumbuki kama nilibatiza mtu mwingine. 17 Kristo hakunituma kwa kubatiza, lakini amenituma kwa kutangaza Habari Njema. Amenituma kuitangaza bila kutumia hekima ya usemi, kusudi uwezo unaotokana na kufa kwa Kristo juu ya musalaba usihesabiwe kuwa bure. 18 Hivi, mahubiri ya kufa kwa Kristo juu ya musalaba yanahesabiwa kuwa upumbavu kwa wale wanaopotea. Lakini kwa sisi tunaookolewa ni uwezo wa Mungu. 19 Kwa maana Maandiko Matakatifu yanasema: «Nitaharibu hekima ya wenye hekima, Nitapoteza akili ya wenye akili.» 20 Basi, tuseme nini juu ya wenye hekima, walimu wa Sheria, nao wafundi wa usemi siku hizi? Mungu ameonyesha wazi kwamba hekima ya dunia hii ni upumbavu! 21 Mungu alikusudia kuwaokoa wale wanaomwamini kwa njia ya mahubiri tunayotangaza yanayoonekana kuwa mambo ya upumbavu. Amefanya vile kwa sababu, kwa njia ya hekima yao ya kimtu, watu hawakumutambua Mungu na hekima yake ya kimungu. 22 Wayuda wanaomba kuonyeshwa vitambulisho nao Wagriki wanatafuta hekima. 23 Lakini sisi tunamuhubiri Kristo aliyetundikwa juu ya musalaba, na mahubiri hayo yanahesabiwa kama kikwazo kwa Wayuda na upumbavu kwa watu wa mataifa mengine. 24 Lakini kwa wale walioitwa na Mungu, ikiwa Wayuda au Wagriki, Kristo ni kitambulisho cha uwezo na hekima ya Mungu. 25 Kwa maana mambo wanayomuhesabilia Mungu kuwa ya upumbavu, yanapita hekima ya watu; nayo mambo yale wanayomuhesabilia kuwa ya uzaifu yanapita nguvu za watu. 26 Basi wandugu zangu, mukumbuke vile mulivyoitwa na Mungu, kwamba si wengi kati yenu wenye hekima kufuatana na mafikiri ya watu; si wengi kati yenu wanaokuwa wenye nguvu, wala wenye vyeo. 27 Lakini Mungu anachagua vitu ambavyo watu wanahesabu kuwa vya upumbavu kusudi apatishe wenye hekima haya, naye amechagua vitu wanavyohesabu kuwa vya uzaifu kusudi apatishe wenye nguvu haya. 28 Mungu amechagua vitu ambavyo watu wanahesabu kuwa vya hali ya chini na vyenye kuzarauliwa, visivyokuwa na maana mbele ya macho ya watu, kusudi aharibu vile wanavyohesabu kuwa vya lazima. 29 Alifanya vile kusudi hata mtu mmoja asijivune mbele ya Mungu. 30 Lakini Mungu amewaunganisha na Yesu Kristo, naye amemufanya Kristo kuwa hekima yetu. Kwa njia ya Kristo tunahesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu, tumekuwa watu watakatifu wa Mungu, na kukombolewa toka zambi zetu. 31 Kama vile Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema: «Anayetaka kujivuna, ajivune kwa ajili ya Bwana.»
1 Wandugu zangu, wakati nilipokuja kwenu kuwapasha habari ya siri ya Mungu, sikutumia maneno magumu wala hekima ya dunia. 2 Kwa maana wakati nilipokuwa pamoja nanyi nilikusudia nisijue mambo mengine lakini Yesu Kristo tu na habari ya kufa kwake juu ya musalaba. 3 Sababu ya hii nilikuwa kwenu katika hali ya uzaifu na woga, mwenye kutetemeka sana. 4 Mafundisho yangu na mahubiri yangu hayakutolewa kwa maneno ya werevu na hekima ya kimtu, lakini katika onyesho la uwezo wa Roho wa Mungu, 5 kusudi imani yenu isikuwe katika hekima ya watu, lakini katika uwezo wa Mungu. 6 Ingawa vile, mimi ninatangaza mambo ya hekima kwa watu waliokomaa kiroho. Lakini mambo haya si ya hekima ya kidunia, wala ya watawala wa dunia hii watakaoangamizwa. 7 Ninatangaza hekima ya siri ya Mungu, hekima iliyofichwa kwa watu, na iliyopangwa na Mungu mbele ya kuumbwa kwa dunia kwa ajili ya utukufu wetu. 8 Hakuna hata mutawala mmoja kati ya watawala wa dunia hii aliyeelewa hekima ile. Kama wangeielewa wasingemutundika Bwana wa utukufu juu ya musalaba. 9 Lakini ni kama vile Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema: «Mambo yale ambayo hakuna mtu aliyepata kuyaona wala kuyasikia, mambo yale ambayo hakuna mtu aliyepata kufikiri moyoni juu yake, ndiyo yale Mungu aliyowatayarishia wale wanaomupenda.» 10 Lakini Mungu ametufunulia sisi siri yake kwa njia ya Roho wake. Maana Roho anachunguza vitu vyote, hata mipango ya Mungu inayofichwa kabisa. 11 Hakuna mtu anayeweza kujua mawazo ya mtu mwingine isipokuwa tu roho ya mtu inayokuwa ndani yake. Vilevile, hakuna anayejua mawazo ya Mungu isipokuwa Roho wa Mungu tu. 12 Na sisi hatukupokea roho ya dunia hii, lakini tulipokea Roho anayetoka kwa Mungu, kusudi tupate kujua vitu vyote tulivyojaliwa kwa neema ya Mungu. 13 Nasi tunaposema hatutumii maneno yanayotokana na hekima ya kimtu, lakini maneno yanayotokana na Roho wa Mungu, tukieleza maneno ya kiroho kwa watu wanaokuwa wa Roho. 14 Lakini mtu anayefuata hali yake ya kidunia hawezi kukubali maneno yanayotoka kwa Roho wa Mungu. Kwa sababu anayaona kuwa ni upumbavu kwake, naye hawezi kuyaelewa kwa maana yanatambulikana tu kwa njia ya Roho. 15 Mtu anayekuwa na Roho wa Mungu anahukumu mambo yote, lakini hakuna mtu anayeweza kumuhukumu. 16 Kama vile Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema: «Ni nani anayejua mawazo ya Bwana? Ni nani anayeweza kumushauria?» Lakini sisi tuko na mawazo yanayotoka kwa Kristo.
1 Kweli wandugu zangu, sikuweza kusema nanyi kama watu wanaotawaliwa na Roho wa Mungu, lakini kama watu wanaotawaliwa na mambo ya kidunia. Mungali kama watoto wachanga katika mambo ya Kikristo. 2 Niliwanywesha maziwa, sikuwapa chakula kigumu, kwa maana mulikuwa hamujakiweza bado. Na hata sasa hamukiwezi, 3 kwa sababu mungali munatawaliwa na mambo ya kidunia. Kwa maana ikiwa kungali wivu na ugomvi katikati yenu, haionyeshi kwamba munatawaliwa na mambo ya kidunia, nanyi munaishi kufuatana na hali ya kimtu? 4 Wakati mmoja wenu anaposema: «Mimi ni wa Paulo na mwingine anasema: “Mimi ni wa Apolo,”» basi ninyi hamufanyi mambo ya kidunia? 5 Basi, Apolo ni nani? Na Paulo ni nani? Sisi ni watumishi wa Mungu, waliowaonyesha ninyi njia ya kuamini. Tumefanya vile kila mmoja wetu kwa kadiri ya zawadi aliyopewa na Bwana. 6 Mimi nilipanda mbegu na Apolo alinywesha maji, lakini Mungu ndiye aliyeiotesha. 7 Hivi yule anayepanda na yule anayenyweshea maji, wote si kitu; Mungu ndiye anayekuwa wa lazima kwa maana ni yeye anayeotesha mbegu. 8 Yule anayepanda na yule anayenyweshea maji wote ni sawa; naye Mungu atamupa kila mtu mushahara wake kufuatana na kazi aliyofanya. 9 Kwa maana sisi tunashirikiana na Mungu katika kazi, na ninyi ni shamba la Mungu. Vilevile ninyi ni majengo ya Mungu. 10 Kwa kadiri ya zawadi Mungu aliyonipatia, kama vile fundi wa kujenga mwenye hekima, niliweka musingi. Na sasa, mtu mwingine anajenga juu yake. Lakini inafaa kila mtu aangalie vizuri namna anavyojenga. 11 Kwa maana hakuna mtu anayeweza kuweka musingi mwingine pahali pa ule uliokwisha kuwekwa, ni kusema Yesu Kristo. 12 Mtu anaweza kujenga juu ya musingi huu na zahabu, feza, mawe ya bei kali, miti, nyasi au majani. 13 Lakini hali ya kazi ya kila mtu itaonekana wazi, kwa sababu Siku ile ya hukumu itaionyesha waziwazi. Kwa maana Siku ile itajitokeza katikati ya moto, na moto ule ndio utakaopima na kuonyesha hali ya kazi ya kila mtu. 14 Na ikiwa kile mtu alichojenga juu ya musingi huu hakiungui na moto, mtu yule atapokea zawadi. 15 Lakini kama kile alichojenga kikiungua, yeye atakosa zawadi, hata hivi yeye mwenyewe ataokolewa, lakini itakuwa kama vile ameopolewa toka ndani ya moto. 16 Hamujui hakika kuwa ninyi ni hekalu la Mungu na kuwa Roho wa Mungu anakaa ndani yenu? 17 Basi mtu akiharibu hekalu la Mungu, Mungu atamuharibu vilevile. Kwa maana hekalu la Mungu ni takatifu, na ninyi ndilo hekalu lake. 18 Mtu yeyote asijidanganye mwenyewe. Kama mtu fulani kati yenu akijizania kuwa mwenye hekima ya kidunia, ajifanye kama mupumbavu kusudi apate kuwa na hekima ya kweli. 19 Kwa maana hekima ya kidunia ni upumbavu mbele ya Mungu. Ni sawa vile Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema: «Mungu anawanasa wenye hekima katika werevu wao wenyewe. 20 Nayo yanasema vilevile: “Bwana anatambua mawazo ya wenye hekima; anajua kwamba ni ya bure.”» 21 Basi mtu asijivune kwa ajili ya wanadamu. Kwa maana vitu vyote ni vyenu: 22 ikiwa Paulo, Apolo au Petro, dunia, uzima, kifo, mambo ya sasa au mambo yatakayokuja. 23 Lakini ninyi ni watu wa Kristo, naye Kristo ni wa Mungu.
1 Kwa hiyo mutuhesabu kama watumishi wa Kristo, wanaoshugulika na ujumbe wa siri wa Mungu. 2 Yanayohitajika kwa mwenye madaraka kama hayo, ni kuwa mwaminifu. 3 Kwa ngambo yangu, si neno hata kidogo kuhukumiwa nanyi au na tribinali ya watu. Na hata mimi mwenyewe sijihukumu. 4 Kweli zamiri yangu hainihukumu juu ya neno lolote, lakini hii si kusema kwamba mimi ni mwenye haki. Bwana ndiye anayenihukumu. 5 Kwa hiyo musihukumu mtu mbele ya wakati uliopangwa; mungojee mpaka Bwana atakaporudia. Yeye ndiye atakayeonyesha wazi katika mwangaza mambo yote yaliyofichwa katika giza na kufunua nia za mioyo za watu. Halafu kila mtu atapokea sifa anayostahili toka kwa Mungu. 6 Wandugu zangu, nimesema maneno haya nikitwaa mufano wa Apolo na wangu mimi mwenyewe kusudi yakuwe fundisho kwenu. Nilitaka kwamba kufuatana na mufano huu mujifunze maana ya masemi haya: «Musipite pembeni ya maandiko.» Hata mtu mmoja kati yenu asijivunie mtu fulani na kuzarau mwingine. 7 Ni nani aliyekuweka kuwa mkubwa kuliko wengine? Si Mungu ndiye aliyekupa vitu vyote unavyokuwa navyo? Ikiwa ni hivi, kwa sababu gani unajivuna kama vile haukuvipewa kama zawadi? 8 Sasa mumekwisha kupata vyote munavyohitaji! Mumekwisha kuwa watajiri! Munakuwa wafalme ingawa sisi hatuko wafalme. Heri mungekuwa kweli watawala kusudi nasi vilevile tupate kutawala pamoja nanyi. 9 Kwa maana inaonekana kuwa Mungu ametufanya sisi mitume kuwa watu wenye hali ya chini kabisa. Tunahesabiwa kama watu wanaohukumiwa kufa mbele ya watu. Tumewekwa kama kitu cha kushangaza, kinachoangaliwa na dunia nzima, nao wamalaika na watu vilevile. 10 Sisi ni wapumbafu kwa ajili ya Kristo, lakini ninyi ni wenye hekima katika kuungana kwenu na Kristo. Sisi ni zaifu, lakini ninyi ni wenye nguvu. Tunazarauliwa, lakini ninyi munaheshimiwa! 11 Hata sasa, tunateswa na njaa na kiu, tunakosa nguo, tunapigwa, tunatangatanga bila makao. 12 Tunasumbuka sana tukifanya kazi kwa mikono yetu wenyewe. Wakati tunapotukanwa, tunabariki; wakati tunapoteswa, tunavumilia; 13 wakati tunaposingiziwa, tunajibu kwa upole. Hata sasa tunahesabiwa kama takataka za dunia, na kila mtu anatuangalia kama uchafu. 14 Siwaandikii maneno haya kwa kuwapatisha haya, lakini kwa kuwaonya kama watoto wangu wapendwa. 15 Hivi kuelekea maisha yenu na Kristo, hata mukiwa na walezi maelfu muko tu na baba mmoja. Kwa maana kuelekea maisha yenu na Yesu Kristo ni mimi niliyewazaa kwa njia ya kuwatangazia Habari Njema. 16 Basi ninawasihi, mufuate mufano wangu. 17 Ni kwa sababu hii ninawatumia ninyi Timoteo. Yeye ni mwana wangu mupendwa na mwaminifu mbele ya Bwana. Atawakumbusha kanuni ninazofuata katika maisha yangu na Yesu Kristo, nami ninazofundisha fasi zote katika makanisa yote. 18 Watu wamoja kati yenu wanajivuna wakifikiri kwamba sitakuja kuwaona. 19 Lakini nitakuja kwenu upesi Bwana akitaka. Basi pale nitajua maneno ya wale wanaojivuna na kujionea uwezo wao vilevile! 20 Kwa maana kazi ya Ufalme wa Mungu haionyeshwi kwa njia ya kusema tu, lakini vilevile kwa njia ya matendo ya uwezo. 21 Basi munataka nini? Nifike kule kwenu, nikikuja na fimbo au na moyo unaojaa upendo na upole?
1 Habari inasikilika fasi zote kwamba kunafanyika uzinzi katikati yenu. Wanaeleza kwamba uzinzi huu ni ubaya mkubwa, usiofanyika hata katikati ya wapagani, kwa maana wanasema kwamba kuna mmoja wenu ambaye amekamata muke wa baba yake kuwa muke wake! 2 Nanyi munajaa na kiburi. Ninyi mungepaswa kuhuzunika na mtu yule aliyefanya kile kitendo, naye angepaswa kutengwa toka katikati yenu. 3 Ijapokuwa mimi ni mbali nanyi kimwili, mimi ni pamoja nanyi kiroho. Kwa hiyo nimefanya kama ningekuwa katikati yenu, maana yake, nimekwisha kumuhukumu kwa jina la Bwana wetu Yesu, yule mtu aliyetenda ubaya ule. 4 Wakati mutakapokusanyika, mimi vilevile nitakuwa pamoja nanyi kiroho, nao uwezo wa Bwana Yesu utakuwa katikati yenu. 5 Basi munapaswa kumutoa mtu yule kwa Shetani, kusudi mwili wake uharibiwe, nayo roho yake iweze kuokolewa Siku ile Bwana Yesu atakaporudi. 6 Hamuna kitu cha kujivunia! Hamujui vizuri mufano unaosema kwamba chachu kidogo inachachisha donge zima? 7 Basi mujitakase, mukiondoa ile chachu ya zamani ya zambi. Hivi mutakuwa kama donge jipya, lisilotiwa chachu, sawa vile munavyokuwa kwa kweli. Mufanye vile kwa maana Kristo amekwisha kutolewa sadaka kwa ajili yetu kama vile kondoo wa Pasaka. 8 Kwa hiyo tufanye karamu yetu ya Pasaka pasipo kutumia mikate iliyotiwa chachu; ni kusema pasipo zambi na uovu. Lakini tutumie mikate isiyotiwa chachu; ni kusema katika usafi na ukweli. 9 Katika barua niliyowatumia, niliwaandikia kwamba musishirikiane na washerati. 10 Hiyo sikusema kabisa kwamba musishirikiane na wote wanaokuwa wazinzi katika dunia hii, wala wenye tamaa, wala wanyanganyi, wala wenye kuabudu sanamu. Kwa maana kwa kujitenga nao, ingewapasa kutoka katika dunia! 11 Lakini niliwaandikia kwamba musishirikiane na mtu anayejiita ndugu mwamini, akiwa mwasherati, mwenye tamaa, mwenye kuabudu sanamu, mutukanaji, mulevi au munyanganyi. Na zaidi ya ile musichangie chakula na mtu wa namna hii. 12 Basi si kazi yangu kuhukumu wale wanaokuwa wa inje ya kanisa. Mungu ndiye atakayewahukumu. Lakini ninyi hamupaswi kuhukumu watu wa kanisa lenu? 13 Kama vile Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema: «Mumwondoe mtu yule mubaya toka katikati yenu.»
1 Wakati mtu mmoja kati yenu anapokuwa na ugomvi na ndugu mwenzake mwamini, atasubutu namna gani kwenda kumushitaki mbele ya waamuzi wapagani pahali pa kumushitaki mbele ya watu wa Mungu? 2 Hamujui kwamba watu wa Mungu ndio watakaohukumu dunia? Na kama ikiwapasa kuhukumu dunia, hamuwezi hata kuhukumu mambo ya burebure? 3 Ninyi hamujui kwamba tutawahukumu wamalaika? Basi, ninyi munaweza kuhukumu zaidi mambo ya maisha haya! 4 Basi ikiwa muna magomvi juu ya mambo ya namna hii, kwa nini munayapeleka mbele ya waamuzi wasiokuwa na madaraka katika kanisa? 5 Ninasema hivi kwa kuwapatisha haya. Hakika kati yenu hakuna hata mtu mmoja mwenye hekima anayeweza kukata maneno kati ya wandugu zake waamini? 6 Lakini sasa ndugu mwamini anamushitaki mwenzake mbele ya waamuzi wasioamini. 7 Kweli mambo haya ya kuwa na mashitaki kati yenu yanahakikisha kwamba mumeshindwa kabisa. Si ingekuwa vizuri zaidi kwenu kuvumilia ubaya? Si ingekuwa vizuri zaidi kunyanganywa mali zenu? 8 Lakini, ni ninyi ndio munaotenda vibaya na kunyanganya mali ya wengine, nao munaowatendea vile ni wandugu zenu waamini. 9 Ninyi munajua hakika kwamba watenda mabaya hawatapata urizi katika Ufalme wa Mungu. Musidanganyike: waasherati, wenye kuabudu sanamu, wazinzi, waasherati wa muke kwa muke na mume kwa mume, 10 wizi, wenye tamaa, walevi, watukanaji, wanyanganyi, watu wale wote hawatapata urizi katika Ufalme wa Mungu. 11 Na wamoja kati yenu walikuwa kama wao. Lakini mumesafishwa toka zambi, mumetakaswa na kuhesabiwa haki mbele ya Mungu kwa jina la Bwana Yesu Kristo na kwa Roho wa Mungu wetu. 12 Wamoja kati yenu wanasema: «Vitu vyote vinaruhusiwa kwangu. Ndiyo, lakini vyote si vyenye kufaa kwenu. Ninaweza kusema kwamba vitu vyote vinaruhusiwa kwangu, lakini sitakubali kuwa mutumwa wa kitu chochote. 13 Nanyi munasema vilevile: “Chakula kiliumbwa kwa ajili ya tumbo nayo tumbo kwa ajili ya chakula.”» Ndiyo, lakini Mungu ataharibu vyote viwili. Lakini mwili haukuumbwa kwa ajili ya uasherati. Mwili uliumbwa kwa ajili ya Bwana nao ni wake. 14 Mungu aliyemufufua Bwana Yesu atatufufua nasi vilevile kwa uwezo wake. 15 Munajua kwamba miili yenu ni viungo vya mwili wa Kristo. Basi nitatwaa kiungo cha mwili wa Kristo kwa kukifanya kuwa kiungo cha kahaba? Hapana hata kidogo! 16 Au hamujui kwamba mtu yule anayeungana na kahaba amekwisha kuwa mwili mmoja naye? Kwa maana Maandiko Matakatifu yanasema: «Hao wawili watakuwa mwili mmoja.» 17 Lakini anayeungana na Bwana anageuka kuwa mmoja naye kiroho. 18 Muepuke uzinzi! Zambi ingine yoyote mtu anayofanya haigusi mwili wake, lakini yule anayefanya uzinzi anafanya zambi juu ya mwili wake mwenyewe. 19 Hamujui kwamba mwili wenu ni hekalu la Roho Mtakatifu anayekuwa ndani yenu, yule muliyepewa na Mungu? Na ninyi si mali yenu wenyewe. 20 Kwa sababu mulinunuliwa na Mungu kwa bei kali. Basi mutumie miili yenu na roho zenu kwa utukufu wa Mungu.
1 Sasa tuangalie mambo yale muliyoniandikia. Ni vizuri mwanaume asioe. 2 Lakini kwa ajili ya kuepuka uasherati inafaa kila mwanaume akuwe na muke wake wa pekee, na kila mwanamuke akuwe na mume wake wa pekee. 3 Mume anapaswa kumutimizia muke wake mapaswa yake, na muke anapaswa kumutimizia mume wake mapaswa yake. 4 Muke hawezi kuamua sawa anavyotaka juu ya mwili wake mwenyewe; kwa sababu ni mwili wa mume wake. Vilevile mume hawezi kuamua sawa anavyotaka juu ya mwili wake mwenyewe; kwa sababu ni mwili wa muke wake. 5 Musinyimane, isipokuwa tu mumepatana na kwa muda tu kusudi mupate wakati wa kujitoa kwa kufunga na kuomba. Kisha munaweza kurudiliana tena kusudi Shetani asiwajaribu katika uzaifu wenu. 6 Maneno hayo ninayowaambia si amri, lakini ni ruhusa tu ninayowapa. 7 Hakika, ningetamani watu wote wakuwe kama mimi, lakini kila mtu amepewa zawadi yake ya kipekee na Mungu, mmoja zawadi hii, na mwingine zawadi ile. 8 Na kwa wale wasiooa bado na wajane, ninawaambia kwamba ingekuwa vema waendelee kuishi peke yao kama vile mimi. 9 Lakini kama hawawezi kujizuiza wao wenyewe, basi waoane; kwa maana afazali kuoa kuliko kuwaka tamaa. 10 Kwa wale waliokwisha kuoana, ninatoa amri hii, isiyotoka kwangu, lakini kwa Bwana Mungu: muke hapaswi kuachana na mume wake. 11 Lakini kama muke akiachana na mume wake, asiolewe tena, kama si vile apatane tena na mume wake. Vilevile mume hapaswi kufukuza muke wake. 12 Na kwa wengine, mimi ninawaambia maneno haya, lakini hayatoki kwa Bwana: kama mume mwamini akiwa na muke asiyeamini, naye muke yule akikubali kuishi pamoja naye, asimufukuze. 13 Vilevile kama muke mwamini akiwa na mume asiyeamini, naye mume yule akikubali kuishi pamoja naye, asiachane na mume wake. 14 Kwa maana, mume asiyeamini anapata ushirika na Mungu kwa njia ya kuungana kwake na muke wake. Vilevile muke asiyeamini anapata ushirika na Mungu kwa njia ya kuungana kwake na mume wake mwamini, watoto wao wangehesabiwa kama watoto wa wapagani. 15 Lakini kama mume au muke mupagani akitaka kuachana na mwamini aliyeoana naye, aachane naye. Katika mambo kama hayo, ndugu au dada mwamini yuko huru, kwa maana Mungu amewaita kusudi mukae katika amani. 16 Wewe muke mwamini unaweza kujua namna gani kwamba utamwokoa mume wako? Au wewe mume mwamini utaweza kujua namna gani kwamba utamwokoa muke wako? 17 Kwa ngambo ingine, kila mtu aendelee kuishi kufuatana na zawadi aliyopewa na Bwana na kufuatana na vile alivyokuwa mbele ya kuitwa na Mungu. Hii ndiyo kanuni ninayofundisha katika makanisa yote. 18 Ikiwa mtu alitahiriwa mbele ya kuitwa na Mungu, asitafute kufuta kovu la kutahiriwa kwake. Ikiwa alikuwa hajatahiriwa wakati alipoitwa na Mungu, hapaswi kutahiriwa. 19 Kutahiriwa au kutotahiriwa hakufai kitu. Kitu kinachofaa ni kutii amri za Mungu. 20 Inafaa kila mtu abaki sawa alivyokuwa wakati alipoitwa na Mungu. 21 Ikiwa ulikuwa mutumwa wakati Mungu alipokuita, usihuzunike. Lakini ikiwa kuna bahati ya kupata uhuru, usiipoteze bure. 22 Kwa maana mutumwa aliyeitwa kuwa wa Bwana, amepewa uhuru na Bwana. Hivi vilevile mtu mwenye uhuru aliyeitwa na Kristo, ni mutumwa wa Kristo. 23 Mumenunuliwa na Mungu kwa bei kali, basi musikuwe tena watumwa wa watu. 24 Wandugu zangu, inafaa kila mtu akae katika ushirika wake na Mungu akibaki sawa alivyokuwa wakati alipoitwa naye. 25 Kuelekea wale ambao hawajaoa wala kuolewa, sina neno la kuwaamuru kutoka kwa Bwana. Lakini nitawatolea shauri kufuatana na vile ninavyokuwa mtu anayestahili kuaminiwa, kutokana na neema niliyopewa na Bwana. 26 Kwa sababu ya taabu ya siku hizi, ninafikiri kwamba ni vizuri mtu akae sawa vile anavyokuwa. 27 Ikiwa umekwisha kuoa, usitafute kuachana na muke wako. 28 Lakini kama ukioa, haufanyi zambi, na kama binti anaolewa, yeye hafanyi zambi vilevile. Lakini wale wanaooana watakuwa na mateso katika maisha yao, na mimi ninataka kuwaonya kusudi muepuke mateso yale. 29 Wandugu zangu, mimi ninataka kusema hivi: wakati uliopangwa unabaki mufupi. Tangu sasa wale waliooa waishi kama vile wasiooa. 30 Wale wanaolia wakuwe kama vile wasiolia. Wale wanaofurahi wakuwe kama vile wasiofurahi. Wale wanaonunua vitu wakuwe kama vile hawana kitu. 31 Wale wanaotumia mali ya dunia hii wakuwe kama vile wasioitumia. Kwa maana dunia hii inakaribia kupita. 32 Ningependa muishi bila masumbuko yoyote. Mtu asiyeoa anashugulikia mambo ya Bwana, anatafuta jinsi ya kumupendeza Bwana. 33 Lakini mtu aliyeoa anasumbukia mambo ya dunia, anatafuta jinsi ya kupendeza muke wake. 34 Yeye anashugulikia mambo mawili. Vilevile mwanamuke asiyeolewa au binti anashugulikia mambo ya Bwana. Anajitolea kwa Bwana katika mwili na moyo wake wote. Lakini mwanamuke anayeolewa, anashugulikia mambo ya dunia, anatafuta jinsi ya kumupendeza mume wake. 35 Maneno hayo ninayosema ni kwa faida yenu, wala si kwa kuwafungia njia. Ninataka kuwaonyesha namna ya kuishi sawa inavyofaa, kusudi mupate kumutumikia Bwana pasipo kizuizo chochote. 36 Mtua akiona kwamba hatembeyi vilivyo kuhusu ubikira wake, kama wakati unapita na inapashwa kuwa hivyo, afanye kile anataka, hatendi zambi, aoe ao aolewe. 37 Lakini yule ambaye ana msimamo mkali katika moyo wake bila kusurutishwa, akiwa na uwezo juu ya tamaa yake mwenyewe na hii ameamua katika moyo wake mwenyewe kulinda ubikira wake mwenyewe anafanya vema. 38 Hivyo, mwenye kutoa ubikira wake kwa kuoa ao kuolewa anafanya vema, na yule ambaye hatowi ubikira wake atafanya vema zaidi. 39 Mwanamuke aliye olewa anafungwa na Sheria katika maisha yake na mume wake wakati mume wake angali mzima. Lakini kama mume wake akikufa, yeye ni huru kuolewa na yule anayetaka, lakini sherti ndoa ikuwe ya kikristo. 40 Lakini ingekuwa heri zaidi kama angekaa sawa vile anavyokuwa. Hilo ni shauri langu, nami vilevile ninazani kwamba ninaongozwa na Roho wa Mungu.
1 Sasa tuangalie mambo yanayoelekea nyama zinazotolewa kwa kutambikia sanamu za miungu: tunajua kwamba sisi wote tuko na elimu, kama vile munavyozoea kusema. Elimu inamufanya mtu kuwa na kiburi, lakini upendo unawajenga watu katika imani. 2 Kama mtu anajizania kwamba anajua kitu, yeye hakijui hakika sawa vile inavyomupasa kukijua. 3 Lakini yule anayemupenda Mungu, huyu anajulikana naye. 4 Basi kuelekea lile ulizo juu ya kula nyama za kutambikiwa kwa sanamu za miungu, tunajua kwamba sanamu ni kitu bure katika dunia, na ya kuwa kuna Mungu mmoja peke yake tu. 5 Kuko wale wanaoitwa miungu katika mbingu na katika dunia, na hivi kuko miungu mingi na wabwana wengi. 6 Ingawa hivi, kwa ngambo yetu sisi tuko na Mungu mmoja peke yake tu, ndiye Baba aliyeumba vitu vyote, nasi tunaishi kwa nguvu yake. Vilevile kuko Bwana mmoja tu, ndiye Yesu Kristo. Kwa njia yake vitu vyote viliumbwa, nasi tunaishi kwa nguvu yake. 7 Lakini si watu wote wanaofahamu mambo hayo. Wengi wamezoea kutambikia sanamu za miungu mpaka sasa, wanakula nyama wakizihesabu hakika kuwa za kutambikia sanamu zile. Kwa sababu zamiri yao ni mbovu, wanajisikia kwamba wanajichafua kwa kula chakula kile. 8 Chakula hakitaleta ushirika kati yetu na Mungu. Kama tukiacha kula hatupungukiwi kitu na kama tukikula hatuongezewi kitu. 9 Lakini, muangalie vizuri kusudi uhuru wenu usiangushe wale wanaokuwa zaifu katika imani. 10 Kwa maana kama mtu zaifu katika imani akikuona wewe mwenye elimu unakula katika hekalu la sanamu, si zamiri yake itamusukuma kula vyakula vya kutambikia sanamu? 11 Na hivi kwa sababu ya elimu yako, yule ndugu mwamini zaifu ambaye Kristo alikufa kwa ajili yake, atapotea. 12 Kwa kuwakosesha wandugu zenu kama hivi na kuumiza zamiri yao, ni kama vile munamukosea Kristo mwenyewe. 13 Kwa hiyo chakula kikimwangusha ndugu yangu katika zambi, nitajizuiza kula nyama siku zote kusudi nisimwangushe ndugu yangu.
1 Mimi si huru? Mimi si mutume? Mimi sikumuona Yesu Kristo Bwana wetu? Ninyi si matunda ya kazi yangu kwa ajili ya Bwana? 2 Hata ikiwa watu wengine hawakubali kuwa mimi ni mutume, ninyi munakubali kuwa mimi ni mutume. Ninyi ni kitambulisho kinachohakikisha kwamba mimi ni mutume, kwa ajili ya kuungana kwenu na Bwana. 3 Watu wanaponishitaki, mimi ninajitetea kwa namna hii: 4 basi sina haki ya kupokea chakula na kinywaji kwa ajili ya kazi yangu? 5 Au sina haki ya kusafiri pamoja na mwanamuke mukristo kama vile mitume wengine wanavyofanya, nao wandugu za Bwana na hata Petro? 6 Au ni mimi na Barnaba tu ndio tunaopaswa kujitumikia wenyewe kwa kupata vifaa vya maisha? 7 Ni askari gani anayejilipia mwenyewe vifaa vya kiaskari? Au mtu gani asiyekula matunda ya mizabibu aliyopanda? Au ni mchungaji gani asiyekunywa maziwa ya kundi analochunga? 8 Musifikiri kuwa ninasema maneno hayo kufuatana na mambo ya maisha. Hata Sheria ya Musa inasema maneno hayo vilevile. 9 Kwa maana imeandikwa hivi katika Sheria ile ya Musa: «Usifunge kinywa cha ngombe anapokanyaga nganoa.» Mungu anashugulikia ngombe? 10 Hasemi maneno haya zaidi sana kwa ajili yetu? Hakika, maneno hayo yaliandikwa kwa ajili yetu. Inafaa yule anayelima na yule anayetwanga watumike wakiwa na tumaini la kupata sehemu yao ya mavuno. 11 Ikiwa tumepanda mbegu ya kiroho ndani yenu, basi kuna jambo gani kubwa kama nasi tukitazamia kupata vifaa vya kimwili toka kwenu? 12 Ikiwa wengine wako na haki ya kupata vitu kama vile toka kwenu, sisi hatuna haki zaidi kuliko wao? Sisi hatudai kutendewa sawa na haki yetu, lakini tunavumilia kusudi tusiiwekee Habari Njema ya Kristo kizuizo chochote. 13 Munajua hakika kuwa wale wanaotumika katika hekalu wanapata chakula chao ndani ya hekalu. Na wale wanaotumika kwa kutoa sadaka juu ya mazabahu wanapata sehemu yao kutoka sadaka zile. 14 Vilevile, Bwana aliagiza kuwa wale wanaohubiri Habari Njema wanapaswa kuishi kwa njia ya Habari Njema. 15 Lakini mimi sikudai hata neno moja ya haki hizo, wala sikuandikii haya kwa kusudi la kutafuta kuzipewa. Ingekuwa heri kwangu kufa kuliko kuzuizwa na mtu yeyote kwamba nisijisifu juu ya jambo hili. 16 Mimi sina haki ya kujisifu kwa sababu ninatangaza Habari Njema, kwa maana nimelazimishwa kuitangaza. Basi ole kwangu kama nisipotangaza Habari Njema. 17 Ingekuwa nimechagua kazi hii kwa mapenzi yangu mwenyewe, ningeweza kungojea kupokea mushahara. Lakini kwa kuwa ni muzigo niliopewa, inanipasa kuitimiza. 18 Basi mushahara wangu ni gani? Mushahara wangu ni kutangaza Habari Njema bila kulipwa, maana yake bila kudai haki ninazostahili kwa kuitangaza. 19 Mimi si mutumwa wa mtu yeyote. Lakini nimejifanya kuwa mutumwa wa watu kusudi nipate wengi kati yao sawa inavyowezekana. 20 Kwa Wayuda, ninaishi kama Muyuda, kusudi niwapate Wayuda. Mimi siishi chini ya uongozi wa Sheria ya Musa, lakini kusudi niwapate wale wanaoishi chini ya Sheria ile, ninapokuwa kati yao, ninaishi kufuatana na Sheria ile. 21 Vilevile ninapokuwa kati ya wasioishi chini ya Sheria ya Musa, ninaishi kama wao, bila kuangalia Sheria, kusudi niwapate. Hii si kusema kwamba mimi sishiki sheria ya Mungu, kwa maana mimi ni chini ya uongozi wa sheria ya Kristo. 22 Na kwa wale wanaokuwa zaifu katika imani, ninajifanya kama muzaifu kusudi niwapate hao wanaokuwa zaifu. Kwa wote nimejifunza kuwa mwenye hali kama yao, kusudi nipate kuokoa wamoja kati yao kwa njia mbalimbali. 23 Ninafanya hayo yote kwa ajili ya Habari Njema kusudi nipate sehemu ya baraka zake. 24 Munajua hakika kuwa wale wanaofanya mashindano ya kukimbia, wote wanakimbia lakini ni mmoja tu anayepokea zawadi. Basi mukimbie hata mufikie kupokea zawadi. 25 Na kila mtu anayefanya mashindano katika michezo anajizuiza na vitu vingi katika mazoezi yake. Basi wanafanya hivi kusudi wapate taji yenye kuharibika; lakini sisi tunafanya vile, kusudi tupate taji isiyoharibika. 26 Ni kwa sababu hiyo ninakimbia nikiwa na shabaha ya kushinda. Mimi ni kama mupiganaji wa ngumi asiyepiga katika hewa. 27 Lakini ninatesa mwili wangu kwa mazoezi makali na kuutumikisha vikali kusudi mimi mwenyewe nisikataliwe kisha kutangaza ujumbe kwa watu wengine.
1 Wandugu zangu, ninataka mukumbuke kwamba babu zetu wote walisafiri wakiongozwa na wingu, nao wote walivuka katikati ya bahari Nyekundu kwa usalama. 2 Wote walibatizwa katika lile wingu na katika ile bahari kusudi wapate kuungana na Musa. 3 Wote walikula chakula kimoja cha kiroho. 4 Wote walikunywa kinywaji kimoja cha kiroho; kwa maana walikunywa maji yaliyotoka ndani ya lile jiwe lililosafiri pamoja nao, nalo jiwe lilikuwa Kristo. 5 Lakini, wengi sana kati yao hawakumupendeza Mungu, kwa hiyo wakakufia katika jangwa. 6 Mambo hayo ni mufano kwetu, kusudi tusikuwe na tamaa mbaya kama vile wao. 7 Basi musikuwe wenye kuabudu sanamu kama wamoja kati yao walivyokuwa; kama vile Maandiko haya Matakatifu yanavyosema: «Watu wakaikaa kula na kunywa na kisha wakasimama kwa kujifurahisha.» 8 Musifanye uasherati kama vile wamoja kati yao walivyofanya hata wakakufa kwa siku moja watu elfu makumi mbili na tatu. 9 Vilevile tusimupime Kristo kama vile wamoja wao walivyofanya, hata wakauawa na nyoka. 10 Musinungunike kama vile wamoja kati yao walivyofanya hata malaika mwangamizaji akawateketeza. 11 Mambo haya yote yaliwafikia kusudi yakuwe mufano kwa watu wengine; yameandikwa kwa kutuonya sisi, kwa maana tunaishi katika kipindi cha mwisho wa nyakati. 12 Kwa hiyo yule anayefikiri kwamba anasimama imara, afanye angalisho asianguke. 13 Majaribu yale munayopata, ni yale yanayowapata watu wengine wote. Mungu hatawaachilia kujaribiwa kupita nguvu zenu, kwa maana yeye ni mwaminifu. Jaribu litakapowatokea, atawapatia nguvu ya kulivumilia, hata muweze kulishinda. 14 Kwa hiyo wapenzi wangu, muepuke kutambikia sanamu. 15 Ninasema nanyi kama watu wenye akili; muamue ninyi wenyewe juu ya maneno ninayotaka kuwaambia: 16 tunapokunywa kikombe ambacho kwa ajili yake tunamutolea Mungu shukrani, basi kwa njia ya kikombe kile hatuungani na damu ya Kristo? Nasi tunapomega mukate na kuukula, kwa njia hiyo, mukate ule hautuungi na mwili wa Kristo? 17 Kwa kuwa mukate ni mmoja, ijapokuwa sisi ni wengi, tuko mwili mmoja, kwa maana sisi wote tunashiriki mukate ule mmoja. 18 Muangalie mufano wa Waisraeli: wale wanaokula vitu vinavyotolewa sadaka juu ya mazabahu wanaungana na Mungu kwa njia ya sadaka ile. 19 Basi niseme nini? Nyama iliyotambikiwa kwa sanamu ni yenye mafaa? Au kwamba sanamu ni kitu cha lazima? 20 Hapana. Ninataka kusema kwamba vitu wapagani wanavyotambikia, wanavitolea pepo wala si Mungu. Nami sipendi mushirikiane na pepo hata mara moja. 21 Hamuwezi kuchangia kikombe cha Bwana na kikombe cha pepo. Vilevile hamuwezi kuchangia meza ya Bwana na meza ya pepo. 22 Au tunataka kumuchokoza Bwana hata asikie wivu? Munafikiri kuwa sisi tuko na nguvu kuliko yeye? 23 Wamoja wenu wanasema: «Vitu vyote vinaruhusiwa. Ni kweli, lakini vyote havifai. Vitu vyote vinaruhusiwa, lakini vyote havifai kwa kujenga imani. 24 Mtu asitafute faida yake mwenyewe, lakini faida ya mwenzake. 25 Ninyi ni huru kwa kula kila kitu kinachouzishwa katika soko bila kuulizauliza neno kwa sababu ya zamiri. 26 Kwa «maana Maandiko Matakatifu yanasema: Dunia na vyote vinavyokuwa ndani yake ni vya Bwana.» 27 Kama mupagani anawaalika kula chakula, nanyi mukikubali kwenda kule, mukule vyote wanavyotoa kwenu bila kuulizauliza neno kwa sababu ya zamiri. 28 Lakini kama mtu akiwaambia ninyi: “Vyakula hivi vimetambikiwa kwa sanamu,” basi musivikule kwa ajili ya yule aliyewaarifu na kwa ajili ya zamiri. 29 Sisemi juu ya zamiri zenu, lakini juu ya zamiri ya yule aliyewaarifu. Labda kuna mtu anayeweza kuuliza: “Kwa sababu gani ninaweza kuzuizwa kutenda sawa na uhuru wangu kwa ajili ya mwingine? 30 Kama ninamushukuru Mungu kwa ajili ya chakula ninachokula, kwa nini wananiteta juu ya chakula ambacho kwa ajili yake ninamutolea Mungu shukrani?”» 31 Basi, kama mukikula au mukikunywa, au mukifanya neno lolote, mufanye yote kwa ajili ya utukufu wa Mungu. 32 Basi muangalie, kusudi musiwakwaze Wayuda, wala Wagriki, wala kanisa la Mungu. 33 Mufanye kama vile mimi: ninajikaza kwa kupendeza watu wote katika mambo yote, maana sitafuti faida yangu mimi mwenyewe, lakini faida ya watu wote, kusudi waokolewe.
1 Mufuate mufano wangu kama vile mimi ninavyofuata mufano wa Kristo. 2 Ninawashukuru kwa sababu munanikumbuka katika mambo yote na kwa sababu munashika mafundisho yangu sawa vile nilivyoyafundisha kwenu. 3 Lakini ninataka mufahamu maneno haya: Kristo ni kichwa cha kila mwanaume, na mwanaume ni kichwa cha muke wake, na Mungu ni kichwa cha Kristo. 4 Basi mwanaume yeyote akifunika kichwa chake wakati anapoomba Mungu, au anapotabiri, anamuzaraulisha Kristo. 5 Lakini mwanamuke yeyote asipofunika kichwa chake wakati anapoomba au anapotabiri, anamuzaraulisha mume wake. Tendo hilo linahesabiwa kama vile amenyolewa. 6 Kama mwanamuke hafuniki kichwa, anaweza basi kunyolewa! Lakini kwa sababu ni haya kwa mwanamuke kukatwa nywele au kunyolewa, basi inafaa afunike kichwa. 7 Mwanaume hapaswi kufunika kichwa, kwa sababu yeye ni mufano na utukufu wa Mungu. Lakini mwanamuke ni utukufu wa mwanaume. 8 Kwa maana mwanaume hakuumbwa kutoka katika mwanamuke, lakini mwanamuke aliumbwa kutoka katika mwanaume. 9 Na zaidi ya hii, mwanaume hakuumbwa kwa ajili ya mwanamuke, lakini mwanamuke aliumbwa kwa ajili ya mwanaume. 10 Kwa hiyo, kwa sababu ya wamalaika, mwanamuke anapaswa kufunika kichwa chake kuwa kitambulisho kinachoonyesha kuwa yuko chini ya mamlaka ya mume wake. 11 Lakini katika ushirika wetu na Bwana, hakuwezi kuwa mwanamuke pasipo mwanaume wala mwanaume pasipo mwanamuke. 12 Kwa maana kama vile mwanamuke alivyoumbwa kutoka katika mwanaume, vilevile mwanaume anazaliwa na mwanamuke; na vyote vinatoka kwa Mungu. 13 Muamue ninyi wenyewe: ni vema mwanamuke asifunike kichwa anapoomba Mungu wakati wa ibada? 14 Hali ya asili yenyewe inawaonyesha kuwa ni haya kwa mwanaume kuwa na nywele ndefu, 15 lakini ni heshima kwa mwanamuke kuwa na nywele ndefu. Kwa maana nywele ndefu zimetolewa kwa mwanamuke kwa kuwa nguo ya kufunika kichwa. 16 Lakini kama mtu akitaka kubishana juu ya neno hili, ajue kwamba sisi wala makanisa ya Mungu hatuna desturi ingine. 17 Kuelekea maonyo yanayofuata, mimi siwasifu. Kwa maana munapokusanyika, mikutano yenu haiwafalii, lakini inawaletea hasara. 18 Kwanza, ninasikia kwamba munapokusanyika kuna matengano katikati yenu, nami ninasadiki kwamba nusu ya maneno yale ni ya kweli. 19 (Inafaa kuwe matengano kati yenu, kusudi wale wanaokuwa waaminifu wa kweli kati yenu wajulikane.) 20 Munapokusanyika hamukuli karamu ya Bwana. 21 Kwa maana munapokula, kila mmoja anajiharikisha kula chakula chake mwenyewe, hivi wamoja wenu wanasikia njaa na wengine wanalewa. 22 Basi, ninyi hamuna nyumba munamoweza kukulia na kukunywea? Au munazarau kanisa la Mungu na munataka kuwapatisha haya wale wasiokuwa na kitu? Munataka niwaambie ninyi nini? Inafaa niwasifu? Hapana, siwezi kuwasifu hata kidogo juu ya jambo hilo! 23 Kwa maana haya ndiyo mafundisho niliyopokea kutoka kwa Bwana, nami niliyotoa kwenu: katika usiku ule Bwana Yesu alipotolewa, alitwaa mukate, 24 na alipokwisha kumushukuru Mungu, akaumega akisema: «Huu ni mwili wangu unaotolewa kwa ajili yenu. Mufanye hivi kwa kunikumbuka. 25 Vilevile, nyuma ya kula akatwaa kikombe na kusema: “Kikombe hiki ni agano jipya la Mungu, linalohakikishwa kwa njia ya damu yangu. Mufanye hivi kwa kunikumbuka kila mara munapokikunywa.”» 26 Kwa sababu kila mara munapokula mukate huu na kunywa kikombe hiki, munatangaza kufa kwa Bwana mpaka atakapokuja. 27 Basi kila mtu anayekula mukate wa Bwana au kunywa kikombe chake bila kustahili, anafanya zambi akikosea mwili na damu ya Bwana. 28 Basi kila mtu ajichunguze mwenyewe na kisha akule mukate huu na kunywa kikombe hiki. 29 Kwa maana mtu akikula mukate na kunywa kikombe pasipo kutambua maana ya mwili wa Bwana, anajiletea azabu yeye mwenyewe kwa kula na kunywa. 30 Na kwa sababu hii wengi kati yenu ni wagonjwa na wazaifu, na wengi wamekufa. 31 Lakini tungejichunguza sisi wenyewe kwanza, hatungehukumiwa na Mungu. 32 Lakini tunahukumiwa na kuazibiwa na Bwana kusudi tusiazibiwe pamoja na watu wa dunia hii. 33 Kwa hiyo wandugu zangu, wakati munapokusanyika kwa kula karamu ya Bwana, sherti mungojeane. 34 Kama mtu akiwa na njaa, akule katika nyumba yake, kusudi musikusanyike kwa kujiletea azabu. Basi maneno mengine yanayobaki nitayatengeneza wakati nitakapofika kwenu.
1 Sasa tuangalie mambo yanayoelekea zawadi za Roho Mtakatifu. Wandugu zangu, sitaki mukose kufahamu ukweli wa zawadi hizi. 2 Munajua kwamba wakati mulipokuwa wapagani, mulikuwa mukivutwa na kupotoshwa na sanamu zisizosema. 3 Kwa sababu hii ninataka mufahamu kwamba hakuna mtu ambaye anaongozwa na Roho wa Mungu anayeweza kusema: «Yesu alaaniwe, na hakuna mtu anayeweza kusema: “Yesu ni Bwana,”» kama asipoongozwa na Roho Mtakatifu. 4 Kuna zawadi mbalimbali, lakini ni Roho mmoja anayezitoa. 5 Kuna utumishi wa namna mbalimbali, lakini ni Bwana mmoja ndiye wanayemutumikia. 6 Kuna kazi za namna mbalimbali, lakini Mungu ni mmoja anayewezesha watu wote kuzitimiza. 7 Na kwa kila mtu Roho anajifunua kwa faida ya wote. 8 Basi mtu mmoja anapewa na Roho uwezo wa kusema maneno ya hekima, na mwingine uwezo wa kusema maneno ya ufahamu na Roho yule yule. 9 Mwingine anapewa imani na Roho yule yule na mwingine napewa zawadi ya uwezo wa kuponyesha wagonjwa. 10 Mwingine anapewa uwezo wa kufanya miujiza, mwingine zawadi ya kutabiri, na mwingine uwezo wa kutambua roho ya uongo na Roho wa ukweli. Mwingine alipewa uwezo wa kusema luga za ajabu na mwingine uwezo wa kutafsiri luga zile. 11 Ni yule yule Roho mmoja anayetenda mambo hayo yote, akimupa kila mmoja zawadi mbalimbali kama anavyopenda. 12 Kwa maana, Kristo ni kama mwili mmoja unaokuwa na viungo vingi. Ijapokuwa viungo vya mwili ni vingi, vinakuwa mwili mmoja tu. 13 Vilevile sisi wote, Wayuda na Wagriki, watumwa na watu wanaokuwa huru, tumebatizwa kwa Roho mmoja kusudi tukuwe mwili mmoja na sisi wote tumenyweshwa Roho mmoja. 14 Mwili hauundwi na kiungo kimoja tu, lakini na viungo vingi. 15 Kama muguu ungesema: «Kwa sababu mimi si mukono, basi mimi si wa mwili, hata vile haungeacha kuwa kiungo cha mwili. 16 Na kama sikio lingesema: “Kwa sababu mimi si jicho, basi mimi si wa mwili,” hata vile halingeacha kuwa kiungo cha mwili. 17 Kama mwili wote ungekuwa jicho, namna gani ungeweza kusikia? Na kama ungekuwa sikio, namna gani ungeweza kunusa? 18 Lakini sasa, Mungu amepanga viungo vya mwili kila kimoja kama ilivyomupendeza. 19 Kama vyote vingekuwa kiungo kimoja, mwili haungekuwa! 20 Kwa hivi sasa kunakuwa viungo vingi lakini mwili ni mmoja. 21 Jicho haliwezi kuuambia mukono: “Sina lazima yako!” Wala kichwa hakiwezi kuiambia miguu: “Sina lazima yenu!”» 22 Lakini zaidi ya hiyo, viungo vya mwili vinavyoonekana kuwa zaifu, ndivyo vinavyokuwa vya lazima. 23 Tena viungo vile tunavyozania kwamba havistahili heshima kubwa ndivyo tunavyoheshimu zaidi. Na viungo vinavyokuwa vya haya ndivyo tunavyotunza sana, 24 wakati vile vinavyoheshimiwa havihitaji kitu. Mungu ameunganisha mwili hata akavipatia heshima zaidi viungo vilivyokosa heshima, 25 kusudi kusikuwe mabishano katikati ya viungo vya mwili, lakini vyote visaidiane sawasawa. 26 Kama kiungo kimoja kikiumia, viungo vingine vyote vinaugua pamoja nacho. Kiungo kimoja kikiheshimiwa, viungo vingine vyote vinafurahi pamoja nacho. 27 Ninyi wote ni mwili wa Kristo, na kila mmoja wenu ni kiungo cha mwili ule. 28 Vilevile Mungu ameweka kwanza mitume katika kanisa; pili manabii na tatu walimu; kisha kunakuwa wale wenye zawadi ya kufanya miujiza, ya kuponyesha wagonjwa, ya kusaidia wengine, ya kuongoza wengine, ya kusema luga za ajabu. 29 Wote si mitume, manabii au walimu. Wote hawana uwezo wa kufanya miujiza, 30 Ao zawadi ya kuponyesha wagonjwa, wa kusema kwa luga za ajabu, au wa kutafsiri. 31 Basi mutamani sana zawadi inayokuwa bora zaidi.
1 Hata nikiwa na uwezo wa kusema luga za watu na za wamalaika, lakini kama sina upendo, masemi yangu ni bure kama vile kelele la kengele au matoazi. 2 Hata nikiwa na zawadi ya kutabiri, na uwezo wa kujua mafumbo yote na maarifa yote; hata nikiwa na imani kubwa inayoweza kuhamisha milima; lakini kama sina upendo, mimi ni kitu bure. 3 Ninaweza vilevile kugawanya mali yangu yote kwa kulisha wamasikini na hata kutoa mwili wangu uunguzwe, lakini kama sina upendo, hakuna faida ninayopata. 4 Upendo unavumilia, ni wenye wema; upendo hauna wivu, upendo haujivuni, na hauna kiburi. 5 Upendo haukosi kuwa na adabu, hautafuti faida yake mwenyewe, haukasiriki upesi, nao hauhesabii mtu ubaya. 6 Upendo haufurahii ubaya, lakini unafurahia ukweli. 7 Upendo hauchoki na mambo yote, unaamini mambo yote, unatumaini mambo yote na kuvumilia mambo yote. 8 Upendo haukomi hata kidogo. Lakini kutabiri kunatoweka, zawadi ya kusema kwa luga za ajabu inatoweka, na maarifa yanapita. 9 Kwa maana tunafahamu tu mambo machache na kutabiri tu mambo machache. 10 Lakini wakati mambo matimilifu yatakapokuja, yale yasiokuwa matimilifu yatatoweka. 11 Wakati nilipokuwa mtoto, nilisema kama mtoto, niliwaza kama mtoto, nilifikiri kama mtoto. Lakini nilipokuwa mtu mzima niliacha mambo ya kitoto. 12 Kwa maana wakati wa sasa tunaona kama mwenye kuangalia ndani ya kioo kisichoonyesha wazi, lakini wakati utakaokuja tutaona waziwazi. Kwa sasa ninajua tu mambo machache, lakini nyuma nitajua kwa utimilifu kama vile Mungu anavyonijua mimi. 13 Basi sasa, hivi vitu vitatu vinadumu: imani, tumaini na upendo; lakini kinachokuwa kikubwa kuliko hivi vingine ni upendo.
1 Mujikaze mukuwe na upendo. Vilevile mutamani sana kupata zawadi za Roho, hasa zaidi zawadi ya kutabiri. 2 Mtu anayesema kwa luga ya ajabu hasemi na watu lakini anasema na Mungu, kwa maana hakuna mtu anayemusikia. Kwa uwezo wa Roho, mtu yule anasema mafumbo. 3 Lakini yule anayetabiri anasema na watu maneno ya kuwajenga katika imani, kuwatia moyo na kuwatuliza. 4 Yule anayesema kwa luga ya ajabu anajenga imani yake mwenyewe, lakini yule anayetabiri anajenga imani ya kanisa zima. 5 Ninataka ninyi wote museme kwa luga za ajabu, lakini ninataka zaidi tena mupate kutabiri. Kwa maana, yule anayetabiri ni wa lazima kuliko yule anayesema kwa luga za ajabu, isipokuwa kama huyo mtu anaweza kutafsiri yale anayosema kusudi kanisa zima lijengwe katika imani. 6 Basi wandugu zangu, nitawafalia nini kama nikikuja kwenu na kusema nanyi katika luga za ajabu? Sitawafalia kitu pasipo kuwaelezea maneno ya ufunuo, au ya elimu, pasipo kuwatabiria au kuwafundisha. 7 Tuangalie mufano wa vyombo vya muziki kama vile filimbi au kinanda. Milio ya vyombo hivi isipokuwa mbalimbali, namna gani mtu anavyoweza kutambua wimbo unaopigwa? 8 Ngunga isipopigwa kwa mulio wa kuarifu, askari gani atakayeweza kujitayarisha kwa vita? 9 Ni hivi vilevile mambo munayosema yatatambulikana namna gani ikiwa maneno munayoeleza kwa luga za ajabu hayako wazi? Kwa maana mutakuwa kama wenye kusema na upepo. 10 Kuna namna mbalimbali za luga katika dunia, lakini hakuna hata moja isiyokuwa na maana. 11 Basi kama nisipojua luga fulani, nitakuwa kama mujinga kwa yule anayeisema, naye atakuwa kama mujinga kwangu. 12 Hivi vilevile kufuatana na vile munavyotamani sana zawadi za Roho, mujikaze kupata kwa uwingi zile zinazoweza kujenga kanisa katika imani. 13 Kwa hiyo yule anayesema kwa luga ya ajabu, aombe Mungu amupatie uwezo wa kuitafsiri. 14 Kwa maana kama nikiomba katika luga ya ajabu, roho yangu inaomba, lakini akili yangu haitumiki. 15 Basi ninapaswa kufanya nini? Nitaomba katika roho na katika akili vilevile. Nitaimba katika roho na katika akili vilevile. 16 Kwa maana kama ukimwomba Mungu ndani ya roho tu kwa kumushukuru, mtu asiyeelewa kitu anayehuzuria katika mkutano hawezi kusema amina kwa kuitikia maombi yako ya kushukuru. Ni kwa sababu hasikii mambo unayosema. 17 Ijapokuwa ni kweli maombi yako ya kushukuru yanawezekana kuwa mazuri, lakini hayajengi mtu mwingine katika imani. 18 Ndiyo, ninamushukuru Mungu kwamba ninasema kwa luga za ajabu kuliko ninyi wote. 19 Lakini, katika mkutano ninapenda kusema maneno matano yenye kusikilika, kusudi niwafundishe wengine, kuliko kusema maneno elfu kumi kwa luga za ajabu. 20 Wandugu zangu, musikuwe kama watoto kwa kufikiri: lakini katika mambo mabaya, iwatokee kutenda kama watoto wachanga. Inafaa mafikiri yenu yakuwe kama ya watu wazima. 21 Imeandikwa katika Sheria: «Bwana anasema: “Nitasema na watu hawa kwa njia ya wageni wenye luga ngeni Na hata hivi hawatanisikiliza.”» 22 Kwa hiyo, zawadi ya kusema luga za ajabu ni kitambulisho kwa wasioamini, lakini si kwa waamini. Na zawadi ya kutabiri ni kitambulisho kwa waamini, lakini si kwa wasioamini. 23 Basi kama kanisa zima limekusanyika, na watu wote wanaanza kusema kwa luga za ajabu; na kisha watu wasioelewa kitu au wasioamini wakiingia katika mkutano wenu hawatasema kuwa ninyi ni wenda-wazimu? 24 Lakini kama wote wakitabiri, na kama mtu mmoja asiyeamini au asiyeelewa kitu anaingia, atapata uhakikisho kutokana na maneno ya hao wote. Naye atahukumiwa kufuatana na yote aliyosikia na 25 kufichuliwa waziwazi mawazo yake aliyoficha. Na hivi atainama uso mpaka chini na kumwabudu Mungu, akisema: «Kweli Mungu ni katikati yenu!» 26 Wandugu zangu, niseme nini basi? Wakati munapokusanyika kwa ibada, mmoja anaweza kuimba wimbo, mwingine kufundisha, mwingine kutoa ufunuo, mwingine kusema kwa luga za ajabu na mwingine anaweza kutafsiri. Na hayo yote yanapaswa kufanyika katika nia ya kujenga kanisa katika imani. 27 Kukiwa wenye kusema kwa luga za ajabu, inafaa wasikuwe zaidi ya wawili au watatu, nao waseme mmoja kwa mmoja. Na tena kunapaswa kuwa mtu wa kutafsiri maneno wanayosema. 28 Kama hakuna mtu anayetafsiri, basi kila mmoja wao anyamaze katika mkutano, aseme tu ndani ya moyo, yeye mwenyewe na Mungu. 29 Na kwa upande wa wale wanaotabiri, wanaweza kusema wawili au watatu na watu wengine wapime yale wanayosema. 30 Lakini kukiwa mtu anayesema, na mwingine anayekaa karibu akipata ufunuo, inafaa yule anayesema anyamaze. 31 Kwa maana ninyi wote munaweza kutabiri mmoja kwa mmoja, kusudi wote wapate kufundishwa na kutiwa moyo. 32 Moyo ya unabii inapaswa kuwa chini ya utawala wa yule aliyeipewa, 33 kwa maana Mungu hataki sisi tuishi katika fujo, lakini katika amani. Sawa vile inavyokuwa desturi katika makanisa yote ya watu wa Mungu, 34 wanawake wanapaswa kukaa kimya katika mikutano ya kanisa. Wao hawaruhusiwi kusema katika kanisa, lakini wanapaswa kutii sawa vile Sheria inavyosema. 35 Kama wakiwa na neno la kuuliza, waulize waume wao kwenye nyumba zao. Ni haya kwa mwanamuke kusema katika mkutano wa kanisa. 36 Munazani kwamba Neno la Mungu limetoka kwenu au limewafikia ninyi peke yenu tu? 37 Kama mtu akizani kwamba yuko na zawadi ya unabii au zawadi ingine ya Roho, anapaswa kujua kwamba maneno haya ninayowaandikia ninyi ni amri ya Bwana. 38 Lakini kama yeye hajui vile, basi mtu asishugulike naye. 39 Kwa hiyo wandugu zangu, mutamani sana kupata zawadi ya kutabiri, nanyi musiwazuize watu kusema kwa luga za ajabu. 40 Lakini maneno yote yatendeke katika usawa na katika utaratibu.
1 Wandugu zangu, sasa ninataka kuwakumbusha Habari Njema niliyowatangazia, ile muliyopokea na kuishika imara. 2 Nanyi kwa njia ya habari hiyo munaokolewa, ikiwa munaishika kufuatana na maneno niliyowahubiri. Kama isipokuwa hivi, muliamini bure. 3 Kwanza nimewatolea mafundisho haya ambayo mimi mwenyewe nilipokea: Kristo alikufa kwa sababu ya zambi zetu kama vile Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema. 4 Alizikwa na kufufuliwa kwa siku ya tatu kisha kufa kwake kama vile Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema. 5 Alimutokea Petro, na kisha akawatokea mitume wake kumi na wawili. 6 Nyuma aliwatokea waamini zaidi ya mia tano pamoja, na wengi kati yao wangali wanaishi mpaka sasa, lakini wachache wamekwisha kufa. 7 Kisha alimutokea Yakobo, na nyuma akawatokea mitume wote. 8 Na kwa mwisho wa wote akanitokea mimi vilevile, mimi ninayekuwa kama mtoto aliyezaliwa pasipo kutimiza miezi. 9 Kwa maana mimi ni mudogo kati ya mitume wote, nami sistahili hata kuitwa mutume, kwa maana nilitesa kanisa la Mungu. 10 Lakini kwa neema ya Mungu nimekuwa sawa hivi ninavyokuwa, na neema yake niliyopewa haikukuwa ya bure, lakini nilitumika zaidi sana kuliko mitume wote wengine. Hakika si mimi, lakini ni neema ya Mungu inayokuwa pamoja nami. 11 Basi, ikiwa ni mimi au ikiwa ni wao, hii ndiyo habari tunayohubiri na ndiyo muliyoamini. 12 Ikiwa tunahubiri kuwa Kristo amefufuka, namna gani basi wengine kati yenu wanasema kama wafu hawatafufuka? 13 Basi ikiwa kweli wafu hawatafufuka, Kristo vilevile hakufufuka. 14 Na kama Kristo hakufufuka, mahubiri yetu ni ya bure na kuamini kwenu ni kwa bure vilevile. 15 Na zaidi ya hii, sisi tumeonekana kuwa washuhuda wa uongo mbele ya Mungu, kwa sababu tumeshuhudia kuwa Mungu amemufufua Kristo, ingawa hakumufufua, ikiwa kweli wafu hawafufuki. 16 Kwa maana kama wafu hawafufuki, basi Kristo naye hakufufuka. 17 Na kama Kristo hakufufuka, imani yenu ni ya bure, na mungali katika zambi zenu. 18 Na zaidi ya hii, wale waliokufa wakiamini Kristo wamepotea kabisa. 19 Ikiwa tunamutumainia Kristo juu ya maisha haya ya sasa tu, sisi ni wamasikini kuliko watu wote. 20 Lakini, kwa hakika Kristo amefufuka na hii inahakikisha kwamba wale waliokufa watafufuliwa vilevile. 21 Kwa maana, kama vile kifo kililetwa na mtu mmoja, vilevile ufufuko wa wafu unaletwa na mtu mmoja. 22 Kama vile watu wote wanavyokufa kwa sababu ya kuungana kwao na Adamu, vilevile wote wataishi tena kwa sababu ya kuungana kwao na Kristo. 23 Lakini kila mtu atafufuka kufuatana na utaratibu wake; Kristo ndiye anayekuwa wa kwanza, na kisha watu wake watafufuka, wakati atakaporudia. 24 Na nyuma ya pale, mwisho wa vyote utatimia. Wakati ule Kristo ataharibu utawala wote, mamlaka yote na uwezo wote, naye atamupatia Mungu Baba ufalme. 25 Kwa maana Kristo anapaswa kutawala mpaka atakapowashinda waadui zake wote na kuwaweka chini ya miguu yake. 26 Adui wa mwisho atakayeangamizwa ni kifo. 27 Kwa maana Maandiko Matakatifu yanasema: «Mungu aliweka vitu vyote chini ya miguu yake.» Ndiyo Maandiko Matakatifu yanasema kwamba alipewa mamlaka juu ya vitu vyote. Lakini maneno haya yanaonyesha wazi kwamba Mungu hahesabiwi katika hili neno vyote, kwa maana ni yeye aliyemupa mamlaka juu ya vitu vyote. 28 Na wakati vitu vyote vitakapokuwa vimewekwa chini ya mamlaka ya Mwana, halafu yeye mwenyewe atajiweka chini ya mamlaka ya Mungu aliyemupa mamlaka juu ya vitu vyote, kusudi Mungu apate kutawala juu ya vyote kabisa. 29 Ikiwa hakuna ufufuko, wale wanaobatizwa kwa ajili ya wafu watafanya nini? Ikiwa wafu hawafufuki kabisa, kwa sababu gani watu wanabatizwa kwa ajili yao? 30 Na sisi wenyewe, kwa nini tunahatarisha maisha yetu kila saa? 31 Wandugu zangu, kila siku ninapatwa na hatari ya kufa. Na hii ni hakika sawa vile ninavyojivuna kwa ajili yenu katika kuungana kwangu na Yesu Kristo Bwana wetu. 32 Ikiwa ni kwa nia ya kimtu, nimepigana na nyama wakali wa pori katika Efeso, jambo lile limenifalia nini? Kama wafu hawafufuki, basi: «Tukule na tukunywe, kwa maana kesho tutakufa. 33 Musidanganyike: “Warafiki wabaya wanaharibu tabia nzuri za watu.”» 34 Mugeuze mafikiri, murudie katika usawa, muache kufanya zambi. Ninasema neno hili kwa kuwapatisha haya, kwa sababu wamoja kati yenu hawamujui Mungu. Mwili wa ufufuko 35 Lakini labda kuko mtu anayeweza kuuliza: «Namna gani wafu watafufuka? Nao watakuwa na mwili wa namna gani wakati ule watakaporudia?» 36 Wewe mujinga! Wakati unapopanda mbegu, mbegu ile haiwezi kuota isipokufa kwanza. 37 Kile unachopanda si mumea mzima utakaopaswa kutokea nyuma, lakini ni punje tu, labda ya ngano au mbegu ingine fulani. 38 Mungu anatokeza ndani ya ile punje umbo la mumea anaotaka; yeye anatokeza ndani ya kila mbegu umbo la kipekee. 39 Miili ya viumbe vyote si sawa: watu wako na mwili wao wa kipekee, na nyama vilevile, na mwili wa ndege na samaki ni mbalimbali. 40 Vilevile kuna miili ya mbinguni na miili ya dunia; nao uzuri wa miili ya mbinguni ni mbalimbali na uzuri wa miili ya dunia. 41 Uzuri wa jua ni mbalimbali na uzuri wa mwezi, nao uzuri wa nyota ni mbalimbali, kwa maana hata nyota zinapishana uzuri vilevile. 42 Itakuwa hivi vilevile wakati wafu watakapofufuka. Mwili unazikwa katika udongo katika hali ya kuharibika, lakini unapofufuka, unafufuka na hali ya kutoweza kuharibika 43 na hali ya utukufu; nao unazikwa katika uzaifu, lakini unafufuka na nguvu. 44 Wakati unapozikwa ni mwili wa kimtu, lakini unapofufuka unageuka mwili wa kiroho. Kama kuna mwili wa kimtu, basi kuna mwili wa kiroho vilevile. 45 Kwa maana, Maandiko Matakatifu yanasema: «Mtu wa kwanza, Adamu, alikuwa kiumbe chenye uzima»; lakini Adamu wa mwisho ni Roho anayewapatia watu uzima. 46 Si mwili wa kiroho unaotangulia lakini ni mwili wa kimtu, kisha ule wa kiroho unafuata. 47 Adamu wa kwanza aliumbwa kwa udongo, yeye ni wa dunia, lakini Adamu wa pili alitoka mbinguni. 48 Watu wa dunia wanafanana na yule aliyeumbwa kwa udongo, na watu wa mbinguni wanafanana na yule aliyetoka mbinguni. 49 Na kama vile tulivyofanana na yule mtu aliyeumbwa kwa udongo, vilevile tutafanana na yule aliyetoka mbinguni. ayopata kwa ajili ya Bwana hayatapita bure. 50 Wandugu zangu, muangalie, jambo ninalotaka kusema ni hili: kile kilichoumbwa kwa nyama na damu hakiwezi kupata urizi katika Ufalme wa Mungu katika hali ile, wala hakuna chenye hali ya kuharibika kinachoweza kuwa na hali ya kutoharibika. 51 Sasa nitawaambia ninyi siri: sisi wote hatutakufa, lakini sisi wote tutabadilishwa 52 kwa rafla, kama vile mtu anavyofunga jicho na kulifungua, wakati ngunga ya mwisho itakapolia. Kwa maana wakati itakapolia, wafu watafufuka na kupata kuwa katika hali ya kutoweza kufa tena, na sisi wote tutabadilishwa. 53 Kwa maana sherti mwili huu wa kuharibika uvae mwili wa kutoharibika, na mwili wa kufa sherti uvae mwili wa kutokufa. 54 Na wakati mwili huu wa kuharibika utakapovaa ule wa kutoharibika, nao mwili wa kufa utakapovaa ule wa kutokufa, halafu Maandiko Matakatifu haya yatatimia: «Kifo kimekomeshwa; kimeshindwa kabisa. 55 Ewe kifo, ushindi wako uko wapi? Ewe kifo, uwezo wako wa kuua uko wapi?» 56 Kifo kinapata uwezo wa kuua kutokana na zambi, na zambi inapata uwezo wake kutokana na Sheria. 57 Lakini tumushukuru Mungu anayetupatia ushindi kwa njia ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo. 58 Basi wandugu zangu wapenzi, musimame imara bila kutikisika. Muendelee kumutumikia Bwana siku zote, mukijua kwamba masumbuko munayopata kwa ajili ya Bwana hayatapita bure.
1 Sasa juu ya muchango unaofanyika kwa ajili ya watu watakatifu wa Mungu wanaokuwa Yerusalema; ninyi vilevile mufanye sawa vile nilivyoagiza makanisa ya Galatia. 2 Kila siku ya kwanza ya juma, kila mmoja wenu anapaswa kuweka akiba ya mali kwake, kwa kadiri ya mapato yake, kusudi musihitaji kufanya muchango wakati nitakapokuja. 3 Nami nitakapofika, nitatuma watu mutakaochagua, pamoja na barua kwa kupeleka zawadi yenu Yerusalema. 4 Ikiwa ni lazima mimi niende vilevile, basi nitasafiri pamoja nao. 5 Nitakuja kwenu kisha kupitia Makedonia kufuatana na mupango wangu wa kupitia kule. 6 Labda nitabakia pamoja nanyi muda kidogo, au tena wakati wote wa mvua kali; kusudi muweze kunisaidia kuendelea pahali popote nitakapokwenda. 7 Kwa maana sitaki kuonana nanyi kwa kupita tu. Ninatumaini kukaa pamoja nanyi siku chache Bwana akitaka. 8 Lakini, ninataka kubakia hapa Efeso, mpaka siku ya Pentekoste. 9 Kwa maana mulango moja umefunguliwa, nimepata hapa wakati mzuri wa kufanya kazi kubwa ijapokuwa wapinzani ni wengi. 10 Kama Timoteo akifika, mujikaze kumupokea vizuri kati yenu kwa sababu yeye anafanya kazi ya Bwana kama mimi mwenyewe. 11 Basi hata mtu mmoja asimuzarau. Lakini mumusaidie aendelee na safari yake katika amani; kusudi apate kurudia kwangu, maana ninamungojea yeye pamoja na wandugu waamini. 12 Kwa ngambo ya ndugu yetu Apolo, nimemusihi sana akuje kwenu pamoja na wandugu wengine, lakini hakutaka kabisa kwenda sasa; atakwenda kwa wakati utakaomupendeza. 13 Mukeshe, musimame imara katika imani, mukuwe hodari na wenye nguvu. 14 Mutende mambo yenu yote katika upendo. 15 Ninyi munajua Stefana na jamaa yake; munafahamu kwamba walikuwa watu wa kwanza walioamini katika inchi ya Akaya, nao wamejitoa kwa kutumikia watu wa Mungu. Hivi ninawasihi sana wandugu zangu, 16 mukubali kuongozwa na watu kama hawa na wale wote wanaotumika na bidii pamoja nao. 17 Nami ninafurahi kwa kufika kwa Stefana, Fortunato na Akaiko; wamekuwa kwa pahali penu, 18 nao wamenifariji kama vile walivyowafariji ninyi wenyewe. Inafaa kuwakumbuka watu kama hawa. 19 Makanisa ya jimbo la Azia yanawasalimia. Akila na Prisila pamoja na kanisa linalokusanyika ndani ya nyumba yao wanawasalimia sana katika Bwana. 20 Wandugu wote wanaokuwa hapa wanawasalimia. Na ninyi vilevile musalimiane kwa upendo wa kikristo. 21 Hii ni salamu ninayoiandika kwa mukono wangu mimi Paulo mwenyewe. 22 Kama mtu hamupendi Bwana, alaaniwe! Bwana wetu, kujaa! 23 Neema ya Bwana Yesu ikuwe pamoja nanyi. 24 Ninawapenda ninyi wote katika kuungana na Yesu Kristo.
1 Barua hii inatoka kwangu mimi Paulo na kwa ndugu yetu Timoteo. Mimi ambaye kwa mapenzi ya Mungu, niliitwa kuwa mutume wa Kristo Yesu. Tunawaandikia kanisa la Mungu linalokuwa Korinto na watu wake wote wanaokuwa katika jimbo lote la Akaya. 2 Tunawatakia neema na amani kutoka kwa Mungu Baba yetu na kwa Bwana Yesu Kristo. 3 Asifiwe Mungu na Baba ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, Baba mwenye kujaa huruma na Mungu anayefariji katika mambo yote! 4 Yeye anatufariji katika taabu yetu yote, kusudi tupate kuwafariji wale wanaokuwa katika taabu yoyote kwa kuwaletea faraja tuliyopokea kutoka kwa Mungu. 5 Basi, kwa kadiri tunavyoshiriki katika mateso mengi ya Kristo, ni kwa kadiri ile sisi vilevile tunafarijiwa sana kwa njia ya Kristo. 6 Kama sisi tunapata taabu ni kusudi mupate kufarijiwa na kuokolewa. Kama tunafarijiwa ninyi vilevile munafarijiwa na kupata nguvu ya kuwawezesha kuvumilia taabu ile ile tunayopata. 7 Kwa hivi, hatuwezi kukata tumaini tunalokuwa nalo kwenu, kwa maana tunajua kwamba kwa kuwa munashiriki katika taabu yetu, munashiriki vilevile katika kufarijiwa kwetu. 8 Wandugu, tunataka mujue taabu tuliyopata katika jimbo la Azia. Taabu ile ilitulemea sana hata tukakata tumaini lote la kuendelea kuishi. 9 Tulikuwa tumefikiri kwamba tulihukumiwa kufa. Basi, ilitokea hivi kusudi tusijitegemee sisi wenyewe, lakini tumutegemee Mungu tu anayefufua wafu. 10 Yeye ndiye aliyetuopoa toka hatari kubwa sana ya kufa, naye atatuopoa tena. Nasi tunamutumainia kwamba ataendelea kutuopoa, 11 nanyi wenyewe mutatusaidia kwa njia ya maombi. Kwa hivi Mungu atajibu kwa maombi yaliyotolewa na watu wengi kwa ajili yetu na kututendea wema, na watu wengi watamushukuru kwa ajili yetu. 12 Jambo ambalo tunajivunia ni hili: zamiri yetu inayotuhakikishia kwamba tumeishi katika dunia na zaidi kati yenu katika uaminifu na ukweli tulivyojaliwa na Mungu. Sisi hatukuongozwa na hekima ya kimtu lakini na neema ya Mungu. 13 Basi katika barua zetu tunawaandikia tu mambo yale munayoweza kusoma na kufahamu. Ninatumaini kwamba mutafahamu mambo haya kabisa, 14 maana munayafahamu sasa kwa sehemu tu. Kwa Siku ile ya kurudi kwa Bwana wetu Yesu mutaweza kujivuna kwa ajili yetu kama vile tutakavyojivuna kwa ajili yenu. 15 Katika tumaini hili nilikusudia kufika kwenu kwanza kusudi mupate furaha mara mbili. 16 Nilikusudia kupitia kwenu kwa kwenda Makedonia, kisha ningewaona tena wakati wa kurudia, kwa hiyo mungenisaidia kwa safari yangu kwenda Yudea. 17 Basi, nilipokusudia kubadilisha mupango wangu mimi nimekuwa kama kigeugeu? Wakati ninapofanya mipango yangu, mimi ninaongozwa na mafikiri ya kimtu hata nipate kusema Ndiyo na Hapana kwa mara moja? 18 Kama vile Mungu anavyokuwa mwaminifu, hakika mambo tuliyowaambia hayakukuwa ya kusema Ndiyo na Hapana kwa mara moja. 19 Kwa maana Yesu Kristo, Mwana wa Mungu ambaye Silvano, Timoteo na mimi mwenyewe tuliyemuhubiri kwenu hakukuja kusema Ndiyo na Hapana. Lakini yeye ni Ndiyo inayotoka kwa Mungu. 20 Maana yeye ndiye anayetimiza ahadi zote za Mungu. Vilevile ni kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo tunasema Amina kwa kumutukuza Mungu. 21 Ni Mungu mwenyewe ndiye anayetuimarisha pamoja nanyi katika ushirika na Kristo, na ni yeye mwenyewe ndiye aliyetuchagua. 22 Ameweka kitambulisho juu yetu kinachohakikisha kama sisi ni watu wake na kuweka Roho Mtakatifu ndani yetu kuwa rehani ya vitu vyote anavyotuwekea. 23 Ninamutaja Mungu kuwa mushuhuda wangu, yeye anajua roho yangu! Mimi nilikusudia kutorudia tena Korinto kwa sababu ya kuwasikilia huruma. 24 Hatutafuti kuwaamuru ninyi juu ya mambo yale munayopaswa kuamini, maana munasimama imara katika imani. Lakini tunataka kutumika pamoja nanyi kusudi mupate kufurahi.
1 Basi, nilikusudia kutorudia tena kwenu nikiwa mwenye huzuni. 2 Kwa maana kama nikiwahuzunisha ninyi, ni nani atakayenifurahisha tena, isipokuwa tu wale niliowahuzunisha? 3 Ni kwa sababu hii niliwaandikia kwamba sitakuja tena kwenu nisihuzunishwe na watu waliopaswa kunifurahisha. Maana nina uhakika kwamba mimi ninapofurahi, ninyi wote munafurahi vilevile. 4 Niliwaandikia nikiwa mwenye kusikitika sana na mwenye kufazaika moyoni nikilia machozi mengi, si kwa kuwahuzunisha ninyi, lakini ni kusudi mupate kujua namna gani ninavyowapenda. 5 Kulikuwa mtu aliyefanya mambo ya kuhuzunisha, hakunihuzunisha mimi, lakini amewahuzunisha ninyi wote au bila kwenda mbali zaidi wamoja kati yenu. 6 Azabu mtu yule aliyopewa na watu wengi kati yenu inatosha kwake. 7 Basi sasa ni afazali kumusamehe na kumufariji, na kuepuka asikate kitumaini kwa sababu ya huzuni kubwa. 8 Kwa hiyo ninawasihi ninyi kuhakikisha upendo wenu kwa mtu yule. 9 Kwa maana shabaha yangu ya kuwaandikia ile barua ni kutaka kuwapima nipate kujua kwamba muko tayari kunitii siku zote. 10 Wakati munaposamehe mtu, nami ninamusamehe vilevile. Kwa maana kama ninasamehe, na ikiwa kweli ninakuwa na neno lolote la kusamehe, ninasamehe mbele ya Kristo kwa ajili yenu, 11 kusudi Shetani asipate njia ya kutushinda, maana tunajua nia zake. 12 Wakati nilipofika katika mji Troa kwa kutangaza Habari Njema ya Kristo, Bwana alifungua mulango wa kutumika kule. 13 Ingawa vile, nilifazaika sana kwa sababu sikumukuta ndugu yangu Tito. Halafu nikaagana na watu wa mji ule na kwenda Makedonia. 14 Lakini Mungu ashukuriwe, maana yeye ndiye anayetupatia ushindi siku zote katika ushirika wetu pamoja na Kristo. Anatutumia sisi kwa kutambulisha Kristo pahali pote kama vile harufu nzuri ya marasi inavyosambaa popote. 15 Kwa maana sisi ni kama harufu nzuri iliyotolewa na Kristo kwa Mungu; na kunukia wale wanaookolewa na wale wanaopotea. 16 Kwa wale wanaopotea ni harufu ya kifo inayoleta kifo; lakini kwa wale wanaookolewa, ni harufu ya uzima inayoleta uzima. Basi nani anayekuwa na uwezo wa kutimiza kazi ya namna hii? 17 Basi sisi si kama wengine wengi wanaochuuza neno la Mungu; lakini kwa sababu Mungu ndiye aliyetutuma, sisi tunasema ukweli mbele yake, kama vile watumishi wa Kristo.
1 Maneno haya yanaonyesha kwamba tunaanza kujisifu tena sisi wenyewe? Au tunahitaji kuwatolea ninyi barua za ushuhuda au kuziomba kwenu kama wengine? 2 Ninyi wenyewe ni kama barua yetu ya ushuhuda iliyoandikwa katika mioyo yetu na watu wote wanaweza kuitambua na kuisoma. 3 Inaonekana wazi kwamba ninyi ni barua iliyoandikwa na Kristo na kutumwa kwa njia ya utumishi wetu. Barua hii inaandikwa si kwa wino, lakini kwa Roho wa Mungu Mwenye Uzima. Barua hiyo haikuandikwa juu ya vibao vya mawe, lakini katika mioyo ya watu. 4 Tunasema neno hili kwa ajili ya tumaini tunalokuwa nalo kwa Mungu kwa njia ya Kristo. 5 Si kusema kwamba sisi wenyewe tuko na uwezo wa kujitungia jambo hili, lakini uwezo wetu unatoka kwa Mungu. 6 Kwa maana Mungu ndiye aliyetuwezesha kuwa watumishi wa agano jipya, lisilotokana na Sheria iliyoandikwa, lakini na Roho. Sheria iliyoandikwa inaleta kifo lakini Roho analeta uzima. 7 Sheria ile inayoleta kifo imeandikwa neno kwa neno juu ya vibao vya mawe na utukufu wa Mungu ulingaa wakati ule. Uso wa Musa ukangaa vilevile hata Waisraeli hawakuweza kuangalia uso wake ingawa kungaa kule kulikuwa kwa muda tu. 8 Basi si zaidi sana matokeo ya utumishi wa Roho yatakuwa yenye utukufu? 9 Ikiwa utumishi unaowaletea watu hukumu ulikuwa na utukufu, basi si zaidi sana utumishi unaowafanya watu wahesabiwe haki mbele ya Mungu, utakuwa na utukufu mkubwa zaidi? 10 Tunaweza kusema kwamba ule utukufu uliongaa zamani hauwezi kulinganishwa na utukufu wa sasa unaokuwa mkubwa zaidi. 11 Kwa maana kama mambo yaliyokuwa ya muda tu yalipata utukufu, basi yale yanayodumu ni yenye utukufu zaidi. 12 Na kwa sababu tunakuwa na tumaini lile, sisi tunasema kwa uhodari. 13 Sisi hatufanyi kama Musa alivyokuwa akifunika uso wake na kitambaa kwa kuzuiza Waisraeli wasiangalie mwisho wa utukufu uliokuwa wa muda tu. 14 Lakini akili yao ilikuwa nzito kwa kufahamu. Kwa maana mpaka sasa, Waisraeli wanaposoma katika vitabu vya Agano la Kale, akili yao inafunikwa na kitambaa kile kile. Kitambaa kile kitaondolewa tu kwa mtu anayeungana na Kristo. 15 Mpaka sasa, kila mara wanaposoma katika vitabu vya Musa, kitambaa kinafunika mioyo yao. 16 Lakini Wakati mtu anapomurudilia Bwana, kitambaa kile kinaondolewa. 17 Hapa Bwana ni Roho; na pahali Roho wa Bwana anapokaa, pale kuna uhuru. 18 Sisi wote ambao uso haukufunikwa, tunaonyesha kama kioo utukufu wa Bwana. Kwa hiyo, tunabadilishwa kwa kufanana na Bwana, nasi tunapita toka utukufu mmoja hata utukufu mwingine unaokuwa mkubwa zaidi tena. Kwa maana kazi hii inatimizwa na Bwana ndiye Roho.
1 Kwa wema wake, Mungu ametupatia utumishi huu, na kwa sababu hii sisi hatukati tumaini. 2 Tumekataa mambo ya kisirisiri na ya haya. Hatuna mwenendo wa udanganyifu wala hatupotowi neno la Mungu. Lakini tunajulisha waziwazi ukweli kusudi tuvute kila mtu kutuaminia katika zamiri yake mbele ya Mungu. 3 Lakini kama Habari Njema tunayotangaza ni ngumu kwa kusikia, ni kwa wale tu wanaofuata njia ya upotevu. 4 Wao hawaamini kwa sababu yule mungu wa dunia hii amefunika akili zao. Yeye anawazuiza wasione mwangaza unaoletwa na Habari Njema ya utukufu wa Kristo, anayefanana na Mungu. 5 Kwa maana, hatutangazi habari zetu sisi wenyewe, lakini tunatangaza kwamba Yesu Kristo ndiye Bwana, nasi tuko watumishi wenu kwa ajili ya Yesu. 6 Yule Mungu aliyesema: «Mwangaza uangaze katika giza,» ndiye aliyeangaza ndani ya mioyo yetu, na kutuwezesha kufahamu utukufu wa Mungu unaongaa kwenye uso wa Kristo. 7 Lakini sisi tunaokuwa na hazina hii ya kiroho, tuko vyombo vya udongo, kusudi watu waone waziwazi uwezo huu wa ajabu sana unaotoka kwa Mungu lakini si kwetu sisi wenyewe. 8 Sisi tunagandamizwa kila namna, lakini hatushindwi; tunahangaishwa, lakini hatukati tumaini; 9 tunateswa, lakini Mungu hatuachilii; tunatupwa chini, lakini hatuangamizwi. 10 Kila wakati tunabeba mateso ya kufa kwa Yesu katika mwili wetu, kusudi uzima wa Yesu uonekane vilevile ndani ya mwili wetu. 11 Kwa maana katika maisha yetu, tunakuwa kila mara katika hatari ya kufa kwa ajili ya Yesu, kusudi uzima wake uonekane vilevile katika mwili wetu unaokuwa wa kufa. 12 Kwa hivi, kifo kinafanya kazi ndani yetu, lakini uzima unafanya kazi ndani yenu. 13 Maandiko Matakatifu yanasema: «Niliamini ndiyo maana nilisema.» Sisi vilevile kwa moyo tunakuwa na imani ile ile, ndiyo maana tunasema. 14 Tunajua kwamba Mungu aliyemufufua Bwana Yesu atatufufua sisi vilevile pamoja na Yesu. Yeye atatufikisha pamoja nanyi mbele ya Yesu. 15 Kwa maana mambo haya yote yanafika kwa ajili yenu kusudi neema ya Mungu izidishwe kwa watu wengi siku zote, nao wapate kumutolea Mungu shukrani nyingi kwa ajili ya utukufu wake. 16 Kwa sababu hii hatukati tumaini hata kidogo. Ijapokuwa hali yetu ya kimwili inaharibika, hali yetu ya kiroho inafanywa upya siku kwa siku. 17 Kwa maana taabu tunayopata ni ndogo na ya muda tu, inatutayarishia utukufu mkubwa sana na wa milele unaokuwa mzuri zaidi kupita mateso haya. 18 Maana sisi hatuangalii vitu vile vinavyoonekana, lakini vitu visivyoonekana. Kwa sababu vile vinavyoonekana vinadumu muda kidogo tu, lakini vile visivyoonekana, vinadumu milele.
1 Kwa maana, tunajua kwamba hema hii tunayoishi ndani yake hapa katika dunia, maana yake mwili wetu, itakapobomolewa, Mungu atatupatia makao mengine mbinguni. Nayo ni nyumba aliyoijenga yeye mwenyewe na inayodumu milele. 2 Na sasa katika hali hii tunaugua kwa maana tunatamani sana kuvaa makao yetu yanayotoka mbinguni. 3 Kwa maana, tukisha kuyavaa hatutaonekana tena kuwa uchi. 4 Hakika kwa wakati wowote tungali tunaishi katika makao haya ya dunia, tunaugua kwa kulemewa. Si kwa sababu tunataka kuondolewa mwili wa dunia, lakini tunataka kuvaa mwili wa mbinguni, kusudi uzima wa milele upate kubadilisha miili yetu inayokuwa ya kufa. 5 Ni Mungu mwenyewe aliyetuwezesha kupata mabadiliko hayo na kuweka Roho Mtakatifu ndani yetu kuwa rehani ya vitu vyote anavyotuwekea. 6 Basi tuna uhodari siku zote. Tunajua kwamba wakati tunapoishi katika mwili huu, tunaishi mbali na makao ya Bwana. 7 Kwa maana tunaishi kwa imani lakini si kwa kuona. 8 Sisi tuna uhodari na tungependa zaidi kutoka katika mwili huu na kwenda kuishi pamoja na Bwana. 9 Lakini mbele ya yote tunataka sana kumupendeza Bwana, ikiwa tunakaa au kutoka katika mwili huu. 10 Kwa maana sisi wote tunapaswa kusimama kwa kusambishwa mbele ya tribinali ya Kristo, kusudi kila mtu alipwe kufuatana na matendo yake mema au mabaya aliyofanya alipokuwa akiishi ndani ya mwili wake. 11 Basi, kwa sababu tunajua kwamba ni lazima kumwogopa Bwana, ndiyo maana tunajitoa kuwavuta watu kwake. Mungu anatujua waziwazi nami ninatumaini kwamba ninyi wenyewe munatujua waziwazi vilevile. 12 Sisi hatuanzi tena kujisifu wenyewe mbele yenu, lakini tunawapa ninyi sababu ya kuweza kujivuna kwa ajili yetu. Hivi tena munaweza kupata maneno ya kuwajibu wale wanaojivunia tu hali yao ya inje, lakini si mambo yanayokuwa ndani ya mioyo yao. 13 Ikiwa kweli tunaonekana kuwa wenda-wazimu, ni kwa ajili ya Mungu, lakini kama sisi ni wenye akili sawa, ni kwa faida yenu. 14 Maana upendo wa Kristo unatuongoza sisi tunaokubali kwamba ni mtu mmoja tu ndiye aliyekufa kwa ajili ya watu wote; maana yake wote wanashiriki katika kifo chake. 15 Naye alikufa kwa ajili ya watu wote, kusudi wale wanaoishi, wasiishi kwa ajili yao wenyewe, lakini kwa ajili ya yule aliyekufa na kufufuka kwa ajili yao. 16 Kwa hiyo basi, tangu sasa hatumuhesabu tena mtu yeyote kufuatana na hali ya kimtu. Hata ikiwa tulimuhesabu Kristo kufuatana na hali ya kimtu, kwa sasa hatumuhesabu tena kufuatana na hali ile. 17 Basi mtu yeyote anapoungana na Kristo, yeye anakuwa kiumbe kipya. Mambo ya zamani yametoweka, na sasa hali mupya imefika. 18 Mambo haya yote yalifanyika na Mungu, aliyetupatanisha naye kwa njia ya Kristo na kutupatia kazi ya kuongoza watu wengine wapatane naye. 19 Ndiyo kusema, Mungu ndiye aliyekuwa akipatanisha watu wote na yeye mwenyewe kwa njia ya Kristo bila kuhesabu makosa yao. Yeye ametupatia ujumbe wa upatanisho. 20 Basi sisi ni wajumbe wa Kristo. Kwa njia yetu, Mungu mwenyewe anawaita ninyi; na kwa hiyo tunawasihi katika jina la Kristo, mukubali kupatanishwa na Mungu. 21 Kwa maana Kristo alikuwa bila zambi, lakini Mungu alimubebesha muzigo wa zambi zetu, kusudi kwa njia yake tupate kuwa wenye haki mbele ya Mungu.
1 Basi, sisi tunaotumika pamoja na Mungu, tunawasihi musipoteze bure neema muliyopokea kwake. 2 Kwa maana Mungu anasema hivi katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Kwa wakati uliofaa, nilijibu maombi yako. Kwa siku ya wokovu, nilikusaidia.» Basi sasa, huu ndio wakati unaofaa, sasa leo ni siku ya wokovu. 3 Sisi hatutaki kumukwaza mtu yeyote katika jambo lolote kusudi kazi yetu isizarauliwe. 4 Lakini tunaonyesha katika mambo yote kwamba sisi ni watumishi wa Mungu: tumedumu sana katika mateso, katika ukosefu na katika taabu. 5 Tumepigwa, tumetiwa ndani ya kifungo, wamefanya fujo juu yetu, tumefanya kazi ngumu, tumekoseshwa usingizi na kukaa bila kula. 6 Tunaonyesha kwamba sisi ni watumishi wa Mungu kwa njia ya usafi wa moyo wetu, ya ufahamu, ya uvumilivu, ya wema wetu, ya Roho Mtakatifu, ya upendo wetu wa kweli, 7 ya ujumbe wa neno la kweli, na ya uwezo wa Mungu. Tunatumia kama vile silaha mambo ya haki kwa kushambulia na kujikinga. 8 Tunaheshimiwa na kuzarauliwa, tunatukanwa na kusifiwa. Tunahesabiwa kama wenye kusema uongo, ingawa sisi tunasema ukweli, 9 kama watu wasiojulikana ingawa tunajulikana vizuri, kama wanaokufa ingawa sisi ni wazima. Tunaazibiwa lakini hatuuawi, 10 tunahuzunishwa lakini tunafurahi siku zote. Tunaonekana kama wamasikini lakini tunatajirisha watu wengi, hatuna kitu, lakini tunakuwa na vitu vyote. 11 Ee ninyi Wakorinto! Tumesema nanyi waziwazi na tumewafungulia kabisa moyo wetu. 12 Sisi hatukuwafungia mioyo yetu, lakini ni ninyi ndio muliotufungia moyo wenu. 13 Sasa ninasema nanyi kama vile watoto wangu: kwa ngambo yenu mutufungulie nasi moyo wenu vilevile. 14 Musishirikiane pamoja na watu wasioamini. Kwa maana kuna ushirika gani kati ya haki na uovu? Kuna mapatano gani kati ya mwangaza na giza? 15 Kuna masikilizano gani kati ya Kristo na Beliari? Au mtu anayeamini yuko na ushirika gani na mtu asiyeamini? 16 Kuna ulinganisho gani kati ya hekalu la Mungu na sanamu? Kwa maana sisi ni hekalu la Mungu Mwenye Uzima kama vile yeye mwenyewe alivyosema: «Nitakaa na kuishi pamoja nao, nitakuwa Mungu wao, nao watakuwa watu wangu. 17 Kwa sababu hiyo Bwana anasema: “Mutoke kati yao, mujitenge nao. Musiguse kitu chochote kinachohesabiwa kuwa kichafu, nami nitawapokea. 18 Nitakuwa Baba yenu nanyi mutakuwa wana na wabinti wangu. Ni mimi Bwana Mwenye Uwezo ninayesema.”»
1 Basi wapendwa wangu, kwa kuwa tumepewa ahadi hizi zote, tujitakase toka uchafu wote unaochafua mwili na roho na tujikaze kuwa watakatifu kabisa tukiishi katika kumuogopa Mungu. 2 Mutufungulie moyo wenu! Hatukumukosea mtu yeyote, hatukumunyanganya mtu yeyote, wala kumupotosha mtu yeyote. 3 Sisemi vile kwa kuwahukumu. Kwa maana, kama vile nilivyokwisha kusema, ninyi ni wapendwa wetu, muko mioyoni mwetu katika kuishi au katika kufa. 4 Mimi ninawaaminia sana na kujivuna kwa ajili yenu. Katika mateso yetu yote, ninafarijiwa sana na kujazwa na furaha. 5 Kwa maana hata wakati tulipofika Makedonia, hatukuweza kupumzika hata kidogo. Tulipata taabu pande zote: magomvi pamoja na watu wengine, na woga katika moyo wetu. 6 Lakini Mungu anayefariji watu wanyenyekevu, ametufariji kwa njia ya kufika kwa Tito. 7 Nasi hatukufarijiwa kwa kuja kwake tu, lakini vilevile kwa namna ile mulivyomufariji. Tito ametuelezea jinsi munavyokuwa na hamu kubwa ya kuniona, jinsi munavyohuzunika na jinsi munavyojitoa kwa ajili yangu. Kwa hivi sasa ninafurahi zaidi. 8 Basi, ikiwa nimewahuzunisha na barua yangu, sijuti juu yake sasa. Nilijuta wakati nilipotambua kwamba barua ile iliwahuzunisha ingawa ilikuwa ni kwa muda tu. 9 Sasa ninafurahi, si kwa sababu muliweza kuhuzunika, lakini kwa sababu huzuni yenu imewawezesha kugeuka toka katika zambi. Kwa maana mumehuzunishwa kufuatana na mupango wa Mungu. Kwa hivi hatukuwatendea ubaya wowote. 10 Basi, huzuni inayosababishwa na Mungu inamuwezesha mtu kugeuka toka katika zambi. Na kugeuka kule, kunamuletea kuokoka. Kule kuokoka hakuleti majuto. Lakini huzuni inayosababishwa na mwanadamu inaleta kifo. 11 Basi, muangalie sasa matokeo ya ile huzuni inayosababishwa na Mungu! Imewafanya kuwa wenye bidii sana, wenye kujitetea, wenye kuonyesha kwamba hamuna kosa, wenye utii, wenye hamu kubwa ya kuniona, wenye kujitoa kwa ajili yangu na wenye kutaka kabisa kuazibu ubaya. Mumeonyesha katika njia zote kwamba hamukukuwa na kosa katika mambo haya. 12 Basi ikiwa nimewaandikia, si kwa ajili ya yule aliyefanya kosa au si kwa ajili ya yule aliyemukosea. Lakini kusudi mupate kutambua waziwazi mbele ya Mungu bidii munayokuwa nayo kwa ajili yetu. 13 Hii ndiyo maana tumefarijiwa. Lakini zaidi ya kufarijiwa kwetu tulifurahi tena sana kwa ajili ya furaha ya moyo Tito aliyokuwa nayo kufuatana na jinsi mulivyomutuliza. 14 Mimi nimejivuna kidogo mbele yake kwa ajili yenu, nami sikupata haya. Lakini kama vile tulikuwa tunawaambia kila mara ukweli, vilevile kule kujisifu kwetu kwa ajili yenu mbele ya Tito, kumeonekana kuwa kwa kweli. 15 Mapendo yake kwa ajili yenu yanazidi kuongezeka anapokumbuka vile mulivyokuwa tayari kumutii na vile mulivyomupokea kwa woga na kutetemeka. 16 Ninafurahi sana kwa sababu ninaweza kuwaaminia katika kila jambo.
1 Wandugu, tunapenda kuwajulisha namna Mungu alivyojalia neema makanisa ya Makedonia. 2 Yalijaribiwa sana kwa njia ya mateso mengi yaliyopata. Lakini yalizidi kuwa na furaha hata yakakuwa na moyo wa kutoa kupita kipimo, ingawa yalikuwa masikini sana. 3 Ninayashuhudia kwamba kwa mapenzi yao yalitoa kwa kadiri yalivyoweza na hata zaidi kupita uwezo wao. 4 Yalitusihi sana tukishiriki nayo katika kazi ya kuwasaidia watu wa Mungu wanaokaa Yudea. 5 Yalitoa kupita vile tulivyokuwa tukitumaini! Kwanza yalijitoa yenyewe kwa ajili ya kazi ya Bwana, kisha yakajitoa kwa ajili yetu vilevile kufuatana na mapenzi ya Mungu. 6 Ni kwa hiyo tulimusihi Tito atimize kazi hiyo ya kuwaongoza ninyi kuwa na moyo wa kutoa sawa alivyoianzisha. 7 Ninyi munakuwa na kila kitu kwa uwingi: imani, usemi, ufahamu, kuwa na bidii ya kila namna na upendo munaokuwa nao kwetu. Kufuatana na hiyo mukuwe vilevile na uwingi katika kazi hii ya kuwa na moyo wa kutoa. 8 Sisemi hivi kwa kuwaamuru, lakini kwa njia ya kuwaelezea habari za bidii ya wengine, ninataka kuwapima kusudi upendo wenu upate kutambulikana kuwa wa kweli. 9 Kwa maana munajua neema ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, ingawa alikuwa tajiri, yeye mwenyewe alijifanya masikini kwa ajili yenu, kusudi mupate kuwa watajiri kwa njia ya umaskini wake. 10 Kuelekea jambo hilo, mimi ninawatolea shauri, nalo linafaa kwenu, kwa maana ni ninyi muliokuwa wa kwanza kukusudia kufanya kazi ile na kuianzisha tangu mwaka jana. 11 Sasa muendelee nayo na kuitimiza. Kama vile mulivyokuwa na moyo mwema wa kukusudia kuifanya, basi mukuwe na moyo mwema wa kuitimiza kufuatana na uwezo wa mali munayokuwa nayo. 12 Kwa maana kama mtu akiwa na moyo wa kutoa, Mungu anakubali kitu anachotoa kufuatana na kile anachokuwa nacho, wala si kufuatana na kile asichokuwa nacho. 13 Nia yangu si kusema kwamba munapaswa kujitia katika taabu kwa ajili ya kusaidia watu wengine, lakini inafaa kuwe usawa. 14 Na sasa ninyi muko na mapato mengi zaidi, basi munaweza kuwasaidia wale wanaokuwa katika mahitaji. Hivi wao vilevile watakapokuwa na mapato mengi wataweza kuwasaidia katika siku za mahitaji. Kwa hiyo kutakuwa usawa 15 kama vile Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema: «Yule aliyeokota kingi hakukuwa na cha zaidi, na aliyeokota kidogo, hakupungukiwa.» Tito na wenzake 16 Shukrani kwa Mungu aliyetia bidii moyoni mwa Tito ya kuwasaidia kama vile sisi tunavyokuwa nayo! 17 Amekubali ombi letu, na zaidi ya ile ameondoka kuja huko kwenu kwa bidii yake kubwa na kutokana na mapenzi yake mwenyewe. 18 Pamoja naye tunamutuma ndugu anayesifiwa na makanisa yote kwa ajili ya kazi yake ya kuhubiri Habari Njema. 19 Vilevile, yule ndugu amechaguliwa na makanisa kwa kutusindikiza katika safari ya kutimiza kazi hii ya kutoa kwa moyo mwema ambayo sisi tunafanya kwa ajili ya utukufu wa Bwana, na kwa kuonyesha nia yetu ya kusaidia watu wengine. 20 Tunaepuka kushitakiwa na watu wengine juu ya mali mingi kama hii tunayochunga. 21 Kwa maana tunataka kufanya mema, si mbele ya Bwana tu, lakini mbele ya watu vilevile. 22 Tunatuma ndugu yetu mwingine pamoja nao. Sisi tumemupima mara nyingi na ameonyesha siku zote kwamba yeye ni mwenye bidii sana. Na sasa, yeye ni mwenye bidii zaidi tena kwa kuwa anawaaminia ninyi sana. 23 Kwa ngambo ya Tito, yeye ni mwenzangu, ninafanya kazi pamoja naye kwa ajili yenu. Nao wale wandugu wengine wanaomusindikiza, ni wajumbe wa makanisa wanaotumika kwa ajili ya utukufu wa Kristo. 24 Kwa hiyo muonyeshe mbele ya makanisa kwamba hakika munawapenda na kuyafahamisha kwamba tulikuwa na haki ya kujivuna kwa ajili yenu.
1 Si lazima niwaandikie juu ya musaada unaotumwa kwa watu wa Mungu wanaokuwa katika Yudea. 2 Kwa maana ninajua nia yenu nzuri ya kusaidia, nami ninajivuna kwa ajili yenu mbele ya watu wa Makedonia, nikisema: «Kanisa la jimbo la Akaya liko tayari kusaidia tangia mwaka jana.» Hivi kwa njia ya bidii yenu mumewavuta wengi kati yao kwa kutoa vilevile. 3 Lakini sasa ninawatumia wandugu hawa kusudi kujisifu kwetu kwa ajili yenu kusionekane kuwa bure. Kwa hiyo ninataka mukuwe tayari kama vile nilivyosema. 4 Kwa maana kama watu wa Makedonia wanakuja pamoja nami na tusipowakuta tayari, sisi tutapata haya sana kwa kuona jinsi nilivyowaaminia, nami sisemi kitu juu ya haya ambayo ninyi mutaweza kupata. 5 Ni hivi niliona kuwa ni vizuri kuwashauri wandugu hawa watangulie kufika kwenu mbele yangu kusudi watayarishe vile vitu mulivyoahidi kutoa kwa mapenzi yenu. Hivi vitakuwa tayari na itaonyesha kwamba mumevitoa kwa moyo mwema, wala si kwa uchoyo. 6 Mukumbuke maneno haya: yule anayepanda kidogo atavuna kidogo, na yule anayepanda kwa uwingi atavuna kwa uwingi. 7 Basi inafaa kila mtu atoe sawa alivyokusudia moyoni, si kwa huzuni wala si kwa kulazimishwa. Kwa maana Mungu anapenda mtu yule anayetoa kwa furaha. 8 Na Mungu anaweza kuwajalia mema ya kila namna, kusudi siku zote mupate vyote munavyohitaji, na hivi mupate kuzidi kutoshelewa katika kutenda kazi njema. 9 Kama vile inavyoandikwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Ametoa kwa uwingi, amewapa wamasikini. Haki yake inadumu milele.» 10 Mungu ndiye anayemupatia mupandaji mbegu na mukate wa kukula. Kwa hiyo atawapatia ninyi mbegu yoyote munayohitaji na kuiotesha, kusudi moyo wenu wa kutoa upate kuzaa matunda mengi ya haki yenu. 11 Hivi mutakuwa watajiri katika vitu vyote, kusudi siku zote muweze kuonyesha moyo wa kutoa, hata watu wengi watamushukuru Mungu kwa ajili ya musaada tunaowafikishia kutoka kwenu. 12 Kwa maana kazi hii ya kutoa munayofanya haifai tu kwa kusaidia watu wa Mungu kusudi wapate vitu wanavyokosa, lakini vilevile kwa njia ile watu wengi wanamutolea Mungu shukrani. 13 Kufuatana na ushuhuda wa kazi hii, watu watamutukuza Mungu kwa kuona jinsi munavyoonyesha utii wenu katika kushika Habari Njema ya Kristo. Vilevile wanamutukuza kwa kuona moyo wa kutoa munaokuwa nao katika kushirikiana mali yenu pamoja nao na sisi. 14 Kwa hiyo watawaombea kwa upendo mwingi, kwa ajili ya neema kubwa sana Mungu aliyowajalia. 15 Shukrani kwa Mungu kwa ajili ya zawadi yake inayopita kipimo!
1 Sasa mimi Paulo mwenyewe ninawaomba kwa upole na kwa wema sawa na ule wa Kristo; mimi yule ambaye wanasema juu yake kwamba ni mupole wakati ninapokuwa pamoja nanyi, lakini ni mukali wakati ninapokuwa mbali nanyi. 2 Ninawasihi kwamba nitakapofika kwenu, musinisukume kuwa mukali. Kwa maana nina uhakika kwamba nitawatendea vile wale watu wote wanaozania kwamba sisi tunaishi maisha ya kimwili. 3 Kwa maana ijapokuwa tunaishi katika dunia, lakini hatufanyi vita kwa namna ya kimwili. 4 Silaha tunazotumia katika vita si za kimwili, lakini silaha zetu ni uwezo wa Mungu unaoweza kuharibu upango wa adui. Tunaharibu mawazo ya uongo na 5 kuangusha vizuizo vyote watu wanavyojivunia kwa kupinga elimu ya Mungu. Tunatawala mafikiri ya watu na kuyafanya yapate kumutii Kristo. 6 Sisi tuko tayari kuazibu kila kitendo cha uasi, mutakapoonyesha kwamba munatii kabisa. 7 Ninyi munaangalia tu namna vitu vinavyoonekana kwa inje. Mtu yeyote anayejiaminia kwamba yeye ni wa Kristo, inafaa afikiri tena yeye mwenyewe mambo haya: ikiwa yeye ni wa Kristo sisi vilevile ni wa Kristo. 8 Kwa maana sioni haya hata kama nimejivuna zaidi kwa ajili ya uwezo Bwana aliotupatia sisi. Kwa maana uwezo ule ni kwa ajili ya kuwajenga katika imani, lakini si wa kubomoa. 9 Sitaki kuonekana kwamba ninataka kuwaogopesha kwa barua zangu. 10 Kwa sababu wengi wanasema: «Barua za Paulo ni kali na zenye maneno mazito; lakini yeye mwenyewe anapokuwa katikati yetu ni muzaifu na namna yake ya kusema ni ya kuzarauliwa.» 11 Inafaa mtu yule anayesema vile ajue vema kwamba hakuna tofauti kati ya maneno tunayoandika katika barua zetu wakati tunapokuwa mbali, na yale tutakayofanya wakati tutakapokuwa pamoja nanyi. 12 Kwa kweli hatungesubutu kujifananisha au kujilinganisha na watu wale wanaojisifu wenyewe. Wao ni wapumbafu. Wanajipima kufuatana na kipimo chao wenyewe na kujilinganisha na wao wenyewe. 13 Sisi hatutajivuna kupita kipimo, lakini tunataka kutumia kile kipimo cha kazi ile Mungu aliyotupatia na iliyotufikisha vilevile mpaka kwenu. 14 Hatutambuki mipaka yetu sawa vile hatukufika kwenu. Kwa maana tulifika kwenu, tukiwatangazia Habari Njema ya Kristo. 15 Basi, hatujivuni kupita kipimo juu ya kazi ya watu wengine. Lakini tunatumaini kwamba imani yenu itakapokuwa ikiongezeka, tutaweza kufanya kazi kubwa zaidi kati yenu kufuatana na kipimo cha kazi tuliyopewa na Mungu. 16 Kisha tutaweza kuhubiri Habari Njema katika inchi zinazokuwa mbali kupita inchi yenu, kuliko kujisifu juu ya kazi watu wengine waliyokwisha kufanya kufuatana na kipimo walichopewa. 17 Lakini, kama Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema: «Anayetaka kujivuna, ajivune kwa ajili ya Bwana.» 18 Kwa maana, mtu anayekubaliwa si yule anayejisifu mwenyewe, lakini ni yule anayesifiwa na Bwana.
1 Ingekuwa heri muvumilie kidogo masemi yangu ya upumbavu! Ninawaomba kweli munivumilie! 2 Mimi ninasikia wivu kwa ajili yenu sawa vile Mungu anavyousikia vilevile. Kwa maana ninyi ni kama binti mukamilifu niliyemwowesha kwa mume mmoja, ndiye Kristo. 3 Lakini ninaogopa kwamba sawa vile nyoka alivyomudanganya Eva kwa werevu wake, mawazo yenu vilevile yasipotoshwe hata mupate kupoteza uaminifu na ukamilifu wenu kwa Kristo. 4 Hii inatokana na kuona jinsi munavyomukubali mtu yeyote anayekuja kwenu na kuwahubiri habari za Yesu mwingine asiyekuwa yule sisi tuliyemuhubiri. Na zaidi ya hii munakubali upesi kupokea roho ingine na ujumbe mwingine vinavyokuwa tofauti na Roho au Habari Njema muliyopokea toka kwetu. 5 Ninazani kwamba wale mitume wanaohesabiwa kuwa wakubwa zaidi hawanipiti kitu kabisa. 6 Inaonekana kuwa mimi si mtu anayeelewa kusema, lakini kwa ngambo ya elimu, mimi ninaielewa sana. Nasi tumeonyesha hayo yote kila wakati na katika mambo yote. 7 Mimi niliwatangazia Habari Njema ya Mungu bila kudai mushahara. Nilijinyenyekeza kusudi mupate kutukuzwa. Basi kwa kujinyenyekeza vile, nilifanya kosa? 8 Nilipokuwa nikitumika kati yenu nililipwa na makanisa mengine. Ni kama vile nilinyanganya mali ya makanisa yale na kuitumia kwa kuwasaidia. 9 Wakati nilipokuwa kwenu, sikumulemea mtu yeyote nilipohitaji kitu fulani, kwa maana wandugu waliotoka Makedonia waliniletea vitu vyote nilivyohitaji. Nilijiangalia vizuri katika mambo yote kusudi nisiwalemee, nami nitaendelea kujiangalia vema. 10 Kufuatana na vile ninavyosema ukweli kama vile Kristo, ninaapa kwamba hakuna anayeweza kunizuiza kujivuna juu ya jambo hilo katika jimbo lote la Akaya. 11 Kwa sababu gani ninasema hivi? Kwa sababu siwapendi? Hapana, Mungu anajua kwamba ninawapenda. 12 Nitaendelea kufanya sawasawa ninavyofanya kwa sasa, kusudi niwafungie njia zote wale wanaotafuta kujivuna kwamba wanatumika sawa sisi. 13 Watu wale ni mitume wa uongo, wanafanya kazi yao kwa udanganyifu wakijisingizia kuwa mitume wa kweli wa Kristo. 14 Na jambo hilo si la kushangaza kwa maana Shetani mwenyewe anajisingizia kuwa malaika wa mwangaza. 15 Basi si jambo la ajabu kama watumishi wake vilevile wanajigeuza kuwa watumishi wa haki. Kwa mwisho wao watalipwa kufuatana na matendo yao. 1816 Mimi ninasema tena: mtu asinizanie kuwa mupumbavu. Kama si vile, basi munihesabu kama mupumbavu, kusudi nami nipate kujivuna kidogo vilevile. 17 Maneno haya ninayosema sasa hayafuatani na mapenzi ya Bwana, lakini ninayasema tu kama mupumbavu kuelekea jambo hili la kujivuna. 18 Watu wengi wanajivuna kwa namna ya kimwili, kwa sababu hiyo mimi nitajivuna vilevile. 19 Ninyi munajidai kuwa wenye hekima na ndiyo maana munapenda kuwavumilia wapumbafu! 20 Munavumilia hata mtu anayewatia katika utumwa, anayeiba mali zenu, anayewagandamiza, anayewazarau na anayewapiga kofi kwenye uso. 21 Ninasikia haya ya kuisema: tumekuwa zaifu kwa kufanya vile! Lakini kama watu wengine wanasubutu kujivuna juu ya kitu chochote, mimi vilevile nitajivuna. Sasa ninasema kama vile mupumbavu. 22 Watu wale ni Waebrania? Mimi vilevile. Wao ni Waisraeli? Mimi vilevile. Wao ni wa uzao wa Abrahamu? Mimi vilevile. 23 Sasa nitasema kama mwenda-wazimu: wao ni watumishi wa Kristo? Mimi ni mtumishi wake zaidi kuliko wao. Nimetumika kazi nyingi zaidi, nimefungwa mara nyingi zaidi, nimepigwa zaidi, na mara nyingi nimekuwa katika hatari ya kufa. 24 Mara tano Wayuda wamenipiga viboko makumi tatu na tisa. 25 Waroma wamenipiga fimbo mara tatu na mara moja walitaka kuniua kwa kunitupia mawe. Mara tatu chombo nilichosafiri nacho kilizama kwa kuvunjika. Mara moja, nilishinda ndani ya bahari kwa muda wa siku nzima. 26 Katika safari zangu nyingi nimepata hatari ya mafuriko ya mito, hatari ya wanyanganyi, hatari kutoka kwa wanainchi wenzangu na kutoka kwa watu wa mataifa mengine. Nilikuwa katika hatari ndani ya miji, katika jangwa, katika bahari na kati ya wandugu za uongo. 27 Nimesumbuka kwa kufanya kazi ngumu, nimepata magumu, nimekesha mara nyingi. Mara nyingi niliteswa na njaa na kiu; mara nyingi nililazimishwa kutokula. Nimeteseka na baridi na ukosefu wa nguo. 28 Na bila kutaja mambo yote mengine kama hayo, kila siku ninashugulika na makanisa yote. 29 Kukiwa mtu anayepatwa na uzaifu, mimi ninajisikia muzaifu vilevile. Kukiwa mtu anayeanguka katika zambi, ninasikia uchungu. 30 Kama ikinipasa kujivuna nitajivuna kwa ajili ya uzaifu wangu. 31 Mungu Baba ya Bwana Yesu, anayetukuzwa hata milele, anajua kwamba sisemi uongo. 32 Wakati nilipokuwa Damasiki, liwali wa mfalme Areta aliweka walinzi katika mji ule kusudi wanikamate. 33 Lakini wakanitia ndani ya kitunga na kunishusha kwenye ukuta wa mji, tokea ndani ya dirisha, nami nikapata kuponyoka.
1 Basi nitaendelea kujivuna ijapokuwa si vizuri. Lakini nitasema sasa juu ya maono na ufunuo nilivyopata toka kwa Bwana. 2 Ninamujua mtu mmoja aliyeungana na Kristo, na sasa kumekwisha kupita miaka kumi na mine, mtu huyu akanyanyuliwa mpaka katika mbingu ya tatu. (Ikiwa alinyanyuliwa katika hali ya kimwili au ya kiroho mimi sijui, Mungu peke yake anajua.) 3 Nami ninajua kwamba mtu yule alinyanyuliwa mpaka katika Paradizo. (Ninasema tena ikiwa mtu yule alinyanyuliwa katika hali ya kimwili au ya kiroho mimi sijui, Mungu peke yake anajua.) 4 Katika Paradizo, mtu yule akasikia mambo ya ajabu na yasiyoruhusiwa kwa mwanadamu kuyaeleza. 5 Basi, nitajivuna kwa ajili ya mtu sawa na yule, lakini sitajivuna kwa ajili yangu mimi mwenyewe, isipokuwa tu kwa ajili ya uzaifu wangu. 6 Kama ningetaka kujivuna, singekuwa mupumbavu, maana ningesema tu ukweli. Lakini ninaepuka kujivuna, kusudi watu wasinihesabu kuwa mkubwa kuliko vile wanavyoona nikifanya au kunisikia nikisema. 7 Lakini, kusudi nisijivune kupita kipimo kwa ajili ya kupokea ufunuo wa ajabu, nilitiwa katika mwili wangu kitu kinachoniumiza kama mwiba. Kitu kile ni kama mujumbe wa Shetani kwa kunipiga na kunizuiza nisijivune kupita kipimo. 8 Nami nilimusihi Bwana mara tatu kusudi aniondolee kitu kile. 9 Lakini akanijibu: «Neema yangu inakutoshelea, kwa maana uwezo wangu unatimizwa katika uzaifu.» Basi tafazali nijivunie sana uzaifu wangu kusudi nijazwe na uwezo wa Kristo. 10 Kwa sababu hii ninafurahia uzaifu, matusi, ukosefu, taabu na mateso kwa ajili ya Kristo. Kwa maana wakati ninapokuwa muzaifu, basi ndio wakati ule ninapokuwa na nguvu. 11 Ninasema kama mupumbavu, lakini ni ninyi ndio mumenilazimisha kufanya vile. Kufuatana na ile, ningepaswa kusifiwa nanyi. Kwa maana hata kama mimi si kitu, wale mitume wenu wanaohesabiwa kuwa wakubwa hawanipiti kitu kabisa. 12 Matendo yanayohakikisha kwamba mimi ni mutume yamefanyika kati yenu kwa uvumilivu wote, kwa njia ya miujiza, maajabu, na vitambulisho. 13 Mumepungukiwa na nini kuliko makanisa mengine, isipokuwa tu kwamba mimi sikuwalemea kwa kupata musaada toka kwenu? Munisamehe kwa kosa hili. 14 Sasa mimi niko tayari kufika kwenu kwa mara ya tatu, nami sitawalemea. Maana sihitaji mali yenu, lakini ninawahitaji ninyi. Kwa sababu si kazi ya watoto kuwawekea wazazi wao akiba, lakini ni kazi ya wazazi kuwawekea watoto wao akiba. 15 Kwa ngambo yangu, nitafurahi kutumia vyote ninavyokuwa navyo na kujitoa mimi mwenyewe, kwa ajili yenu. Ikiwa ninawapenda zaidi namna hii, hamupaswi kupungukiwa na upendo kwangu. 16 Basi mutakubali kwamba mimi sikuwalemea. Lakini watu wengine wanafikiri kwamba mimi ni mwerevu na nimewanasa kwa kuwadanganya. 17 Basi niliwaibia ninyi kwa njia ya mtu mmoja kati ya wale niliowatuma kwenu? 18 Nilimusihi Tito aende kwenu na nimemutuma pamoja na ndugu mwingine. Munaweza kusema kwamba Tito amewaibia ninyi? Basi mimi pamoja naye tuliishi katika nia moja na kuwa na mwenendo mmoja. 19 Ninyi munazani kwamba kwa wakati huu wote sisi tunajitetea mbele yenu? Tunasema mambo yale mbele ya Mungu kufuatana na vile tunavyoungana na Kristo. Wandugu wapendwa, mambo yale yote ni kwa kuwajenga ninyi katika imani. 20 Kwa maana ninaogopa kwamba wakati ninapokuja kwenu, sitawakuta sawa vile ninavyotaka, nanyi hamutanikuta sawa vile munavyotaka. Ninaogopa kuwakuta katika fitina, wivu, kasirani, ugomvi, masingiziano, matetano, majivuno na fujo. 21 Ninaogopa kwamba kwa safari yangu ingine, Mungu wangu atanifanya tena kuwa mwenye haya mbele yenu. Nami nitalia kwa ajili ya watu wengi waliofanya zambi zamani nao hawakugeuka toka katika uasherati, uzinzi na tamaa mbaya walizofanya.
1 Hii ni safari yangu ya tatu ninayotayarisha kuja kwenu. Kama Maandiko Matakatifu yanavyosema: «Kila neno linapaswa kuhakikishwa kwa ushuhuda wa watu wawili au watatu.» 2 Kwa wakati huu ninapokuwa mbali nanyi, ninarudilia kuwaambia waziwazi maneno yale niliyokuwa nimekwisha kuwaambia mbele katika safari yangu ya pili niliyofanya kwenu. Ninawaambia kwamba nitakapokuja kwenu mara tena, sitakosa kuazibu wale waliofanya zambi zamani na wengine wote. 3 Nitafanya vile kwa sababu ninyi munataka uhakikisho kwamba Kristo anasema kwa njia yangu. Kwenu Kristo si zaifu, lakini anaonyesha uwezo wake kati yenu. 4 Ni kweli Kristo alitundikwa juu ya musalaba katika hali ya uzaifu wa mwili, lakini sasa anaishi kwa uwezo wa Mungu. Nasi katika kuungana kwetu naye sisi vilevile tunakuwa zaifu. Lakini kwa ajili yenu tunaishi pamoja naye kwa nguvu ya Mungu. 5 Mujichunguze ninyi wenyewe kusudi mupate kujua kama munasimama imara katika imani. Mujipime. Si munajua kwamba Yesu Kristo anakaa kati yenu? Kama si vile ni kusema kwamba mumeshindwa. 6 Lakini ninatumaini kwamba ninyi mutajua kwamba sisi hatukushindwa. 7 Nasi tunaomba Mungu kusudi musifanye jambo lolote baya, nasi hatutaki kuonyesha kwamba tumeshinda. Lakini tunataka mutende mema hata ikionekana kuwa sisi tunashindwa. 8 Kwa maana hatuwezi kufanya jambo lolote linalopingana na ukweli. Jambo tunaloweza tu ni kuendelesha ukweli. 9 Tunafurahi wakati ninyi munapokuwa na nguvu, hata ikiwa sisi ni zaifu. Nasi tunawaombea kusudi mupate kuwa wakamilifu. 10 Ni kwa hiyo ninawaandikia maneno haya nikiwa mbali nanyi, kusudi wakati nitakapokuwa kati yenu nisitende kwa ukali kadiri ya mamlaka Bwana aliyonipa. Kwa maana uwezo ule ni kwa ajili ya kuwajenga katika imani, lakini si wa kubomoa. 11 Basi kwa kumaliza, wandugu zangu, kwa heri. Mujikaze kuwa wakamilifu, mufarijiane ninyi kwa ninyi, mukuwe na nia moja, muishi katika amani, na Mungu wa upendo na amani atakuwa pamoja nanyi. 12 Musalimiane kwa upendo wa kikristo. Watu wote wa Mungu wanawasalimia. 13 Tunawatakia ninyi. 14 Wote neema kutoka kwa Bwana Yesu Kristo, na upendo wa Mungu na ushirika wa Roho Mtakatifu.
1 Mimi Paulo mutume kupisa Yesu Kristo mwengye we na Mungu baba mwenye alimufufuata kutoka mubafu. 2 Ivi nikona baandikia nyie kanisa ya kule Galati tuko na bandugu bengine. 3 Neema na amani ikue kwenu kuto ka kwa Mungu baba na bwana wetu Yesu, 4 mupakaliwa mwenye aliji toa ye mwenyewe ju ya makosa na zambi yetu, kusudi atu okowe mwa hezi siku za mwisho zenye zina kuwa mbaya, kupi kupitia mapenzi ya Mungu Baba ye peke. 5 Tuna mu rudishia sifa na mi lele. 6 Mina shangala sana kuona mwenye ali baitaka na hamukukua na stahili, laki ni pupitia neema ya Yesu mupakaliwa wake, sa mina shanga moyo inaluma kuona muna feuka na kufuata enjili ingine muna acha habari jema yake. 7 Siseme kama kuko ingine habari yenu lakin kuko batu benye biko na ba vuruga, na kutaka ku haribisha enjili ya Yesu mupakaliwa. 8 Lakini mutu moja ndini yetu, ao ata ni malaika mwenye ata jaribukuwa fundisha ingine enjili tafauti na habari njema ya Yesu mutakaliwa, hugo na alainiwe. 9 Kama vile tulisema mbele, mina rudilia tena "alainiwe" mutu mwenye ata jaribu kuwa fundisha ingine enjili tofauti na habari nje ma ya Yesu mupakaliwa. 10 Sasa nikona tafuta anipatie alama? kama nikitafuta batu sifie, siko kabisa mutumishi wa Yesu mupakaliwa wa Mungu. 11 Ndugu, nataka mujie kama, habari nje ma yenye nili hubiri, hakutoka wa batu ya dunia. 12 Haiko bo njo bali nifu hundisha nayo. Lakini bwana Yesu mwenye ali ni funuliaka nayo. 13 Mulisikia maisha nili kuaka nayo mu dini ya kiyahudi, gisi nili kua na tesa na kusumbuo sana kanisa la Mungu. 14 Nili kua naendelea sana mwa ile dini kushinda bote benye bali nitanguliaka. Nili kua na Juhudi kubwa sana mu mila ya ba tate yangu. 15 Lakini Mungu ye peke alinichagua kwa mapenzi yake kutoka tomoya mama yangu. Ali miita kupilia neema yake. 16 Kusudi anitambulishe mtoto wake, kusudi ni tangaze kwa mataifa sikuuliza ata mutu wala kitu. 17 Siku kimbilia kulezea benye bali ni tanguliaka katika hudu ma ya kitume, lakini nilienda mbele kwa wa harabu na nika rudia tena Dameski. 18 Na kiisha myaka tatu njo nika hika sasa Yerusaleme kusudi ni muone Petro, na nikabakia naye ya pata siku kumi na tano. 19 Lakini siku ona bengine bamitume, kama sio tu Yakobo ndugu yake na bwana. 20 Ile ni kweli nawaambia siku sema bongo. 21 Kisha nilienda mu majumbo za suria na silisia. 22 Makaniso za Bwana zenye zili kua kule Yudea hazi kuniju. 23 Balikwa na ni sitia kwa jina tu na byenye nilikuwaka na fanya baka kua na shangala, na kusema, ule mwenye alikuaka na tu tesa ju ya enjili, ye peke ana hubiri ile imani ye nye alikuaka na tafuta kuzuiya. 24 Maka nisa zilikua na shukuru Mungu.
1 Nyuma ya mpaka kumi na ine (14 ans) nili rudia tena Yerusalemu pamoja na Barnaba, na sika tela Tito pia. 2 Nili pandaka ju Mungu ali niambiaka mu maana aseme niende kule niliba fasiria juya habari njema yznye nili kwaka na hubiri mu bapagani, lakini batu ya hesima, nilikua na baambilia pembeni. Nili penda ni hakikishe siku fanya kazi ya bure. 3 KwanziTito mwenye tuli kua naye, sikumushurutisha ata hiriwe. 4 Ha takma kulikua bandugu ba bongo bali kuya kisirisiri kusudi bapeleleze gisi gani tuko muru ndani ya Yesu. Balitaka fanya batumwa ba sheria. 5 Hatu kubaachia hata ka wakati kadogo kusidi basi badilishe ukueli wa habari njena ndani yenu. 6 Lakini benye batu bote balikua naita biongozi habaku ni saidia na kitu, gisi banaishi faida kwangu. Mungu hana upendeleo. 7 Balitambua Mungu alinita nitangazi habari njena kwa wapagani kama vile Petro aliituwaka kuhubiri wa yahudi walio tahiriwa, 8 kwa sababu Mungu mwenye alitumikisha Petro kwa kuhubiri ba yahudi, alitumikisha namiye nihubiri mataiya. 9 Wakati bali tambua kama niko na neema ya Mungu, Yakobo, Petro na Yohane, benye balikua biongozi waka tupatia mukono wa kuume mie na Barnaba kama alama yakutukubala kusudi twende kwa wapagani kuhubiri; nababakie kuhubiri bayahidi. 10 Baka tu ambia lukumbuke na wa wakosefu na njo ilikua niayangu sana. 11 Wakati kefa alifika Antikia, nilimupiga sana wazi wazi, na nilikua na sheria ju mbele, alikuaka na kula na bapagani bakule Antiokia. 12 Lakini wakati aliona bandugu benye Yakobo ali kuaka natuma banafika, akatumia unafiki ju ya haya na bongo mbele ya bale yahudi akaji tenga na bale bapagani ba Antikia sawa hakula nabo. 13 Njo bengine bote ba kiyahudi, ba kina Barnaba baka jiunga na ile bunafikiya kefa. 14 Lakini wakati nili tambua kama habatembee tena na ukweli ya habari njema, ni ka muambia kefa mbele bo «Kama weye muyahudi unaishi sawa mupagani, namuna gani uta sukuma bale bapagani baige mufono ya ba yahudi?» 15 Shiepe benye tuko bayahudi baki zalikio benye tunajitapa kama hatuko bapagani, 16 tujue kama hakuna mwenye ana shuudiwa ju ya matendo mazuri, lakini tuli shuhudiwa na imani katika Yesu mupakaliwo lakini hiko kwa matendo ya sheria. 17 Lakini wakati tuna tafula kwamba Mungu atashuhudie ndani ya Yesu Kristo tuna jikuta shipeke ni wa fanya zambi! sasa Yesu ni mutumishi wa zambi? Hakika apana. 18 Kwa sababu ni niki fanya tena zambize nye niko na kataza batu, mipeke mitena murunja haki na amri. 19 NI liji katalia bile ya masheria masheria kusudi niishi tu ju ya Mungu. 20 Nili tundikwa pamoja na Yesu. Haiko mingo haishi tena lakini Kristo njo anaishi ndani yangu, ivi ningali mu mwili kwa leo, niko na ishikwa imani ndani ya Mwana wa Mungu mwenyi alinipendaka, akajitoa ye pake ju ya yangu. 21 Si wezi tupitia neema ya Mungu kwa sababu kama haki engekua mu masheria, halafukifo ya Yesu ku musalaba hainge kwa na maana.
1 Bagalatia bajinga, nani mwenye ali baloga? maono ni ya Yesu kristo mwenye alifufykaka njo nibaletiaka. 2 Nilitakatu kuji funza kitu kimoja kwenyu, muli pataka hoho takatifu kwa matendo ya sheria ao kwa imani katika ule mwenye tuli bahubiri habari njema yake? . 3 Mungu muliakoka na mukakua batu ya Mungu , munataka tena rudie kua bapagani tena? 4 Ni kusema mateso yenu ilikua ya bure? . 5 Sasa mwenye alilimiza ile kazi ndani yenu, aliifanya kwa nja ya sharia, wala kwa kusikia na kuamimi neno? . 6 « Abrahamu» aliamini Mungu, akaitia mwenye haki. 7 Muelewe sasaa kama bote benye banaamini, ni batoto ba Abrahamu . 8 Bibilia ina sema kama Mungu ata shuhudia bapa gani kupitia imani yabo , Habari njema ilifikiaka Abrahamu kusema, kupitia weye mataifayote itabari kwa. 9 Hwi basi bote benye kua na imani, bana barikiwo pamoja na Abrahamu. 10 Bote benye kulazamia kazi za sharia baria:«Alaamiwe kila mwenye hato shika ma ayizo ya sheria». 11 Sasa inaone kama wazi kama Mungu hashuhudie mutu kupitio sheria sababu«mwenye haki ataishi kwa imoni» . 12 shiria hai tokei katika imani, mwenye ana heshimu maneno ya sheria njo anaishi na ma sheria - sheria». Shiria hai tokei katika imani,« mwenye ana heshimu manemo ya sheria njo anaishi na ma sheria sheria». 13 Kristo alituo kowa toka chini ya laana ya sheria wakati ali jifanya ye peke kuwa loana, ju yetu, Sababu inaandikwa «alaaniwe mwenye ata kae tundi kwa ku miti». 14 Shabaha yake ilikua kusema ile baraka yenye ika ndani ya Abrahamu, ifikie wa pagani kwa njo ya Yesu -Kristo, kusudi tu pate ile ahadi ya Roho kupitia imani. 15 Wandugu, nina sena sema kama mutu sawa vile pia mapatano yenye ili wekwa na batu, halaina mutu mwenye ana weza kutosha wala kuongaye ahadiza Mungu. 16 Sasa ahadi ilipatitiwa Abrahamuna kizazi yake« Mungu hakusema kwa vizazi, tusizame ju ya batu yote lakini Muzaliwa moja ndie Yesu-Kristo. 17 Sasa nana sema hivi, patano yenye Mungu ali kamilisha tangu mwanzo haiwezi ondoshewa na sheria yenye ilifika kisha myaka mia ine na makumi tatu. 18 Sababu inpelikua wizi ili kuyaka kupitia sheria isaka hange kua mwizi wa Abrahamu lakini Mungu yepeke alipatia ka Abraham murizi kupitia. 19 kwa nini sasa sheria ilikua? ili ongezwa bababu bavinja sheriya mpaka ule muzaliwa wa Abramu afike. 20 Sababu mopatanishi ana kusanyaka batu batu mingi takini Mungu ni Mumoja. 21 Hivi sasa shiria, ina lingana na ahadi? hapana kabisa! sababu ingekua sheria ina weza leta uzima. Haki inge kua mu duma kupitia ile sheria. 22 Lakini mandiko ili kusanya bile byole chini ya mamlaka ya zamba njo ahadi ya Mungu kutu fungu la kupitia imoni katika Yesu-Kristo ika patiwa kwa wale wa nao amini 23 La mbele ile imani katika Kristo ifike, tuli kua muma busu yenye kuchungwa na sheria mpaka wakati imani ile funuliwa. 24 kwa hiyo, tu libakia mpa siku 25 Yesu za Yesu zi timilike kusude, tifunguliwe kwa imani. Sasa, ivi tayari imani iko, hatu kotena chini ya ule mulinzi. 26 kwa sababu muko nye bote bato ya baba Abrahamu kupitia imani katika Yesu-Kristo. 27 Bate be nye bali batiziwaka katika jina la Kristo bana kua sura yake, hakuna tena tafauti kati ya batu . 28 Ukabila haipashwe tena kuoneka na ndani Yesu, Mukubwa wala Mudogo, Mwanaume na mwanu muke, sababu muko umoja ndani ya Kristo. 29 Kama muko batu ya Kristo, ni kusema muko rizi ile ahadi.
1 Nasema hui kama murizi angali mtoto, iko tu sawa mutu mwa hata kama, ye njo mwenye bitu. 2 Lakini uta muona angali na ongozwa na batu mishi ya babayake mpaka muda yenye Baba ye peke ali mupangia ka ifuke. 3 Na shie pia wakati tulikua batoto katika imani tu kuwa chini ya ukoloni ya maibada za sanamuza kidunia. 4 Lakini ili mudo Mungu alikuaka ame pangilia ikafika, aka tuma mtoto yake, akazaliwa na mwana muke chini ya ile sheria. 5 Alifanya vile kusudi akombea bote benye balikua chini ya ile sheria pia kusudi tu ishi uhuru ya kukubaliwa saw watoto yake. 6 Kwa sababu muko wana, Mungu alituma roho ya mtoto yake katika mioyo yetu yenye kuita «Baba». 7 Kwa juu ya ile hamuko tena watumwa la kini batoto, na kama muko batoto yake muko pia barizi kupitia Mungu. 8 Lakini ile wakati hamuku kua na mu jua Mungu, muli kuaka sawa batumwa ba miungu ya bongo. 9 Lakini sasa gisi muna kuesha ku jua Mungu, wala ni sema tu:ivi mulisha mu jua Mungu, ju ya nini mutarudia tena kusikiliza ma hadisi na ma kanuni za misingi ya kudunia? muna taka tena kuwa watumwa? 10 Mungali muna heshimu ma siku kuu, mia ndamo ya myezi, ma jira na myaka. 11 Niko na ogopa kwamba kazi nilifanya kwenyo iri kue ya bure. 12 Nina ba bembeleza bandugu, mukue sawa miye, ju na mie nilishaka kua sasa na nyie. Hamuku ni tendeaka kibaya. 13 Lakini mukumbuke kama ya mara kwanza nili ba hubiriaka habari njema nili kua na hali mbaya ya mwili yangu. 14 Hata kama hali ya bulemo bwangu ilikua ya kukwaza batu hamu kunizarau wa kunitupiliaa, lakini muli ni pokea na furaha sa malaika wa Mungu, sawa vile munge ona Kristo ye peke. 15 Mbone munataka poteza baraka zenu? kwa ju minashu hudiaka kama ile wakati ju ya kunipenda, munge ni patiaka yote ya muhimu muna ji nyima. 16 Sasa leo muna nichukia na kuni kamata kama adui sababu nina wa ambia ukweli? 17 Kuko batu benye ban ji oneshaka sa ban ba penda nyie kusudi baba pore byenu lakini haiko mapendo ya kweli njo bako nayo kwenyu. 18 Bana taka tu batutenge mie na nyie kusudi mu ba fuata. Kitu ya maana sana muji kaze kushugulika na sababu nzuri haiko tu kama niko na nyie. 19 Batoto yangu badogo ju yenu ningali na maumivu sawa mwana muke wa mimba mwenye anataka kuzala, mpaka wakati Kristo Yesu ata tawala maisha yenu. 20 Ninge penda nikue kule pamoja na nyie hii wakati kusudi nitulizane sababu roho yangu iko yulu yulu ju yenu. 21 Nyee benye mungali muna ji bandika bandika mu ma sheria nu ni ambie hamu sikiake gisi sheria ina sema? 22 Kwa sababu mandi ko ina sema, Abrahamu ali kuaka na batoto mbili, mu moja mu bukaramusi ye na mwna mke muja kazi, na mwengine wa mwanamke halali. 23 Mwenye ali zali waka na mu ja kazi alikua waki mwili lakini mtoto wa mwnamke halali njo ali kua mtoto wa ahadi. 24 Ile bitu tuna weza basiria wazi wazi sababu, aba bana muke bawili, ni mufano ya agano mbili, yenye kitoka kwa mulima sinasi ina zala batoto watu mwa, ni agari. 25 Ina fananishiwa na Yerusalemu ya leo sababu batoto yake bako batumwa saw bale batoto ya agari kule ku baharabu. 26 Lakini Yerusalemu ya juu kwa Mungu ni mu ji wa uhuru, na njo mama yetu. 27 Inaandi kwa ufaruhi weye mwanamke mwenye hauzalake, upige bigelegel weye mwenye hauya enda kunyu nyumba ya ku zalishia, sababu batoto ba mwanamke mwenye ule mwenye iko ku bunyumba. 28 Sasa nyie ndugu, muko batoto ya ahadi sawa na Isaka. 29 Ile wakati mtoto wa muja kazi alitesa mtoto wa ule halali, njo gisi biko leo, batoto ya shetani biko na tesa batoto ya Mungu 30 Mandiko ina sema nini? «Fukuza muja kazi na mtoto yake, sababu mtoto ya mu ja kazi hawezi rizi pamo. 31 Bandugu, shiye hatuna batoto ya mutumwa, lakini tuko watoto ya bibi mwenye bukweri
1 Kristo ali fungula kusudi tukue na uhuru ju ya ilemusimame imara, na musi itike tena kubakia chini ya utumwa. 2 Miye Paulo nani wa ambia hii: Mukiji irimia kua batoto ya Abrahamu, Kristo ata kua hana mafaa kwenu. 3 Tena mara ingine mina sema hivi kila mutu mwenye ana ji irinia kua muyuali akubali kua chini ya sheria. 4 Nyi bote benye muna zingatia sheria, muna ji tenga na neema. 5 Kupitia roho takatifu, kwa imani tuna ngoya haki ya kweli. 6 Ndani ya Yesu kuwa mwahili ao mungala haina naana. Hamuishi tena ndani ya sheria. 7 Mulikua na endelea muzuri. Nani ali bazuia kuheshimia ile kweli? 8 Kufanya vile haitokane na mwenye alibaitaka. 9 Mbegu ndongo ya chachu, ina vimbisha unga. 10 Gisi mina ba tumaima katika Bwana kwa leo, hamuta anaka mwengine wa wile. Mwenye iko na ba changa ngikisha hata akue nani, ata pataka azabu kali. 11 Wandugu, kama niki hubiri tena sheria nilitesekeaka ju ya nini sasa? Nikusema kikwazo ya musalaba inatoka ! 12 Nata nani bale benye kuba danganya, batoshwe mu nyie. 13 Sababu Mungu ali baita muishi na uhuru lakini, ile uhuru isiba sukume kuishi kimwili. Lakini musaidiane nyie kunyie katika mapendo. 14 Sababu sheria yote ina timilika ndani ya neno maja na njo hii: «Uta penda jirani yako kama vile unaji penda wepeke». 15 Lakini muki kutano na ku umizana, mufanye angalisho musi vinjane huyu kwa mwenzake. 16 nina sema, mutembee kwa roho na hamuta timiza tamaa ya mwili yenu. 17 Kwa sababu tamaa ya mwili ina piganisha roho sana. Na imwili na roho bina pinganaka sana. Matokeo yake ni kuona hamufanye bizuri byenye muli hita ji kufanya. 18 Lakini kama roho ana ba ongozi hamuko chini ya sheria 19 Sasa kazi za mwili zina julekana njo hizi: «Kutongaze banamke», buchafu busharati. 20 Kuabudu sanamu, bulozi uadui, mabishano, wivu, kuto sikilizana upinzani, magawanyiko, mazehebu ki shetani. 21 Tamaa, bulevi, kukula bila kiasi, na bingine bya kufanana na byo. 22 Lakini kazi za roho ni: mapendo, furaha amani, kuvumulia, kua mwema, burafiki bwa kweli bila unafika, imani. 23 Upole na ku ji zuiza. Ju ya ile yote hakuna hukumu. 24 Bote benye kua batu ya Kristo bali sulubisha mwili ya bo na tamaa na shuguli zake zote. 25 Kama tuna ishi kwa roho, tulembee kwa roho. 26 Tusi kue ba hovyo kwa kuchokozana ao kukia na tamaa shie kwa shie.
1 Wa ndugu kama mutu kamatua na kosa, nyie benye muko kiroho mumuonye kwa upole, na mukeshe sana nyie benyewe musi jaribiwe. 2 Musaidiane ku mizigo nyie kwanyie, ile njo kutimiza sheria ya Yesu Kristo. 3 Sababu mutu akijitia yulu na haiko kitu ana ji danganya ye peke. 4 Kila mutu achunguze ye peke njo apate gisi ya ku ji teteo bila ku ji linganisha na mutu mwengine. 5 Kwa sababu kila mutu ata beba muzigo yake ye mwenyewe. 6 Mwenye ana fundishiwa habari njema ana pashwa kugawanya bizuri byote na mwenye alifundisha. 7 Mu si danganyike, habachezake na Mungu, kila kienye mutu alipanda, ata ki vuna. 8 Kwa sababu mutu akipima kupanda mbegu kupitia hali yake ya zambi, ata vuna bya kuoza. Lakini mutu akipanda mbegu ju ya roho, ata vuna uzima wa roho ya milele. 9 Tusiache ku fanya mema, sababu wakati ita fika tuta vuna kama hatu ku regea moyo. 10 Hivi sasa kama tungali na «Ka wakati» tufanye mema ku batu zaidi ku ba ndugu ya imani. 11 Muna ona barua kabambi mina ba andikia. 12 Benye ban ataka ku ji sumbua kutu mikia mwili ban basu basu kuma mu tahiriwe, kusudu tu baripate mateso ya musalaba wa Yesu Kristo. 13 Sababu hata bale benye ba na jiita bana sheria, haba timize sheria yote, lakini bana penda na nye mufuate sheria ya bo kusudi ba ji sifie ju ya mwili yenu. 14 Ipite mbali nimie kuji sifia kama haiko kwa ajili ya musalaba ya Yesu Kristo Bwana. Nikupitia muslaba njo ulimwengu ili kubali ku tundi kwa ju yangu na mie ju yao. 15 Kwa sababu kutahiriwa, wala ku sipo tahiriwa haina maana, ya muhimu ni ku zaliwa upia. 16 Bote benye bata shika hii sheria yenye mina hundisha, amani na rehema bikue kweke na kwa Israeli ya Mungu 17 Tangu leo, mutu asi ni sumbue sababu mina beba alama ya Yesu ndani ya mwili yangu. 18 Neema ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo iwe ndani ya roho zenu wa ndgu.
1 Paulo mwenye ali pata kua mutume wa muheshimiwa Yesu Kristo kwa ju Mungu ye peke alipenda, ona andikia ban inchi batakatifu ba efeso benye biko baminifu kwa mupakaliwa benye biko baminifu kwa mupakaliwa Yesu. 2 Neema ikuwi juu yenu na amani ya kutoka kwa Mungu Baba yetu na mupakaliwa Yesu mukubwa wetu. 3 Acha Mungu Baba wa mukubwa wetu Yesu apewe sifa. Ye njo ali tu patiaka baraka zotz za kiroho kutoka kule yulu ndani ya Yesu. 4 Mungu ali tu chaguaka ndani ya Yesu siku aliumbaka dunia, kusudi tukue weupe bila dao (buchafu) mbele yake. 5 Mungu alituta yariishaka kusudi tukubaliwe sawa batoto yake kupitia Yesu mupakaliwa kwa furaha ya kitaka kuake. 6 Kukubaliwa yetu ina leta utukufu na sifa zake kwa neema yenje a na patiaka benye ana penda. 7 Ndani ya Yesu mapakiliwa tuli funguliwa kupitia damu yake na aka tu hurumia mabaya yetu kupitia utajiri wa neema yake. 8 Kwa hekima yake alitulewa njo ali mwanyi ile neema. 9 Mungu ali tu funulia shabaha ya ku taka kwake yenye ilikua na fichwa akaionesha wazi ndani ya mupakaliwa wake. 10 Kazi ya Yesu ilikua imupango juu ya kuti miza wakati kusudi akusanye bitu yote, ya juu na yo chini, chini ya mamulaka ya kiongozi moja tu ndani ya mupakaliwa. 11 Ndani ya Yesu tuli fanyika wato wala. Ile, Mungu ali amua kwanza ju yetu katika mupango yake ana fanyaka byote kufuatana na shabaha na mapenzi yake. 12 Mungu ali tuta ja waata wala kusudi tupate tumaini yaku kaza ndani ya mupakaliwa wake Yesu. Juu yetu njo sifa na utukufu yake bina kamilika. 13 Wakali na nyie mulisikio enjili ya kweli ndani ya Yesu, ile nejili ya ku ba okowa nyie, na muka iku bali na njo muka tiliwa muhuri na roho mweupe na njo ili kua ahadi kwenyu. 14 Roho mweupe njo ana hakikisha urizi wetu mpaka siku tu taipokea mu mikon yetu kabisa, na jina lake li tukuziwe. 15 Ile njo sababu inatuma, wakati ni tiskia habari ya imani ye nu ndani ya mukubwa wetu Yesu mupakaliwa na mapendo yenu kwa ba ndugu watakalifu katika Yesu mukubwa wetu. 16 Siku acha kuwa kumbuka mu maombi sa mina ita Mungu. 17 Nina omba kusudi ule Mungu Baba wa mupakaliwa na mukubwa wetu Yesu, awapatiye roho wa kutambua, roho wa hekima mwenye ata bafunulia ku mu jua Mungu. 18 Nina ombaka kusudi macho yenu ya ki roho ipate mwangaza kusudi mujue tumaini ya kukaza yenye alibaitika ndani ya ile taifa takatifu ya Mungu. 19 Na mu maombi yangu na takaka mu jue bunene ya munu yenye haina kipimo na nguvu zake ndani yetu shie benye tu na muamini kufuatana na kazi kubwa na tendo ya ngufu zake. 20 Ni ile uwezo njo Mungu alitumikisha kusudi afufue Yesu na ku muikalisha ku mukono yake ya kuume kule mbinguni. 21 Alikalisha mupakaliwa Yesu juu ya bakubwa bote ju ya batu bote benye kuwa na uwezo, na kila ingine majina yote. Mupokaliwa Yesu ata kuwa kiongozi wa bakubwa bote leo na siku zenye zina ya kuya. 22 Bitu yote, Mungu ali bitia chini ya uongozi wa Yesu, na aka mutu kuwa mkubwa wa kanisa na bitu yote. 23 Kanisa njo mwili yake utimilifu wa mwenye ku timizo byote ndani ya bote
1 Nzamani mlikuwa sa bafu ju ya makosa yenu na zambi. 2 Mliku wa muki echimiya mfalme wa duniya iyi, roho wa mapepo, muchafu alikuya katika duni ga yote muzima ju ya kushiduisha batu kuyuwa Mungu. 3 Aina pakamueye shinbote tuli ku wa bakose hi, nakutenda mabaya kufatana na mapenzi ya miili yetu tuliku wa chini ya kasirani, kama mokabila yote. 4 Lakini Mungu ni mueme neema yake ni ya milele alitu penda sisi. 5 Wakati tulikufa ndani ya zambi yetu, Mungu alitula muisha. Kati ya wafu kipitia Yesu Kristo. Kua neema jamuliakeleua. 6 Mungu anatulamusha nakutu chafesha, binguni pa moja na buana Yesu kristo. 7 Mungu anapenda tui kale sbabu katifu pa moja na Yesu kristo. Ahifania yote ju ya neema yake ionekane kupi tihiya Yesu Kristo. 8 Kwa neema munaokaleua na imani. Na hii haikutaka kua mapenzi yetu ni mapenzi ya Mungu. 9 Ainaju ya mifono yetu muzuri ja tu ditape. 10 Kwa mahana shiye tu ko kazi ya mikanaya Mungu tuna yuwa kama ju ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo na mazuri yake. Mungu alitengeneza mambo mazuri ju yetu tutebeye dani ya boka yake. 11 Muku buke namuna mlikuya, zamani batu yapori na muili yenu, ile abaku nukato. 12 Kua wakati ule mulikuya bali na Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo na baba Mungu. Ndani ya duniya mulikuya bageni bele ya Isreali. Amu kukuya na mamulaka, mulikuya bilakitumaini. 13 Lakini sora, mulikuya mbali na Mungu lakini munakaribia Mungu kupichiya damu ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo. 14 Kuamaana yeye diye anatuleteya salama bele tulikuya batu bili sasa tuna rudiya mutu moya lile kilikuwa natushidisha. 15 Akavuja uadui wamuili. Akalurisha, mapendo dani ya mutu wakabila yote bakuwe, naumuja kupitshia yeye mue niewe tu. 16 Alitasha bu adui dani ya batu bawili na banakuya mutu moya bele ya baba Mungu kupitshiya muli mo yatu kumusalaba. 17 Yesu alikuwa kutelete ya salama. Kuabote bale salama iliku yaabali wala pembeni. 18 Ju kupishiya Yesu, shi bote bili tulitshikiwa babaMungu na roho moya. 19 kweli mue bote bale amuna Bayuda amunatena bangeni wala batu ya ije, mushakuya batatifu batoto ya baba Mungu. 20 Mumejengwa yulu ya mafundisha yamitume na manabii, naye buana wetu Yesu Kristo nu ribue kabali tena kibiho yetu. 21 Pamoja naye mambo yote yini kuya muzuri s kanisa muzuri sa kanisa muzuri pamoja na bwana wetu Yesu Kristo. 22 Pamoya na yeye tuna jegua na maneno ya mupia pamoja na Mungu kupitia roho mtakatifu.
1 Paulo ni mufungwa wa Yesu Kristo kwa ajili yonu benye habiko ba Yuda. 2 Najua kama mulisia kazi ya neema ya Mungu, alinipa kwa ajili yenu. 3 Nandika kufwata na ufunuo yenye nilipawa hii kweli ilikwa emefiswa kwangu, hi ni kweli yenye naliandika nda ya ingine mabarua. 4 Saa utasoma utajua ukweli na sivi yakuteswa kwangu, sababu ya ukweli enye ili fiswa kwa ajili ya Yesu. 5 Kwa vizazi ingine hi ukweli aikujuli kama kiwa mooya mtume na wa nabii wenye walipakuliwa mafuta. 6 Ukweli ulijuloi kama kwamba ni wa shirika pomoja na Yesu Kristo kupitia habari njena. 7 Ni mepata neema kutuwa mtume kwa endjili kwazawadi niliapa kwabu ya Mungu. 8 Mungu alinipo hu zawadi hatakoma mimi na mudogo zawadi ananipocha kuwa hubiri wapagani habari ya Yesu Kristo. 9 Nitaonesha watu mipango na siri ya Mungu. Yenye ilikua imefichwa na malaika zamani 10 Hii nikusema kupitia sasa ma kanisa na viongongozi nawakuya na kanisa wapote kujua ufahamu na akili ya Mungu muhumbaya bitu yote. 11 Hi ni mipango ita toriswa kupitia mipangu ya siri ya Yesu Kristo Bwana wetu. 12 Kwa Yesu Kristo tuna nguvu na uhuru na tumaini kupitia imani yetu kwake. 13 Kwa hii nawaomba musichoke kwasabatu ya mateso yangu kwa ajili Yesu, ni furao yangu. 14 Kwa sababu ya hiki nina shuka chini nakubembeleza Baba wa mbinguni, ili awape neema. 15 Mbele Baba mbinguni, apa duniani wataona jina langu. 16 Naomba kusema apatoe nakuafuraicha na utajiri ya utukufu wake afanye inaoranguvu yake kupitia Roo yake enye kwa ndaniyetu. 17 Naomba kusema Yesu Kristo adumu ndani Yesu kupitia iamani. 18 Naomba muwe na mapendo kusudi mupale kujua kama vile waminifukujua urefu wake, ukubwa wake na upendo, yake Yesu Kristo. 19 Naomba kusema mpale kujua ukubwa ya upendo ya Yesu Kristo enye kupita kipino ya ufahamu yetu. mue wenye kiyaza na ukufu ya Mungu. 20 Basi sasa kwa ule anaweza, kufanya kitu yote zaidi ya yote kupita nguvu yake ndani yetu. 21 Kwa yeye utukufu ikuwe ndani ya kanisa na kwa Yesu Kristo kwa viongozi yale milele amina.
1 Ivi mie mufungwa ju ya evi jili ya mukubwa Yesu, nina waamba, kila mutu afanye kazi yake yenye Mungu ali muitiaka. 2 Kuweza kutu mika ile kazi inafa kujishusha, kwa mupole, na muvumulivu. Kama kuko mwenye ikona kilema fulani, mu mu vimilie ju ya mapendo. 3 Mu patiane amani njo muta chunga umoja wenu. 4 Tuko mwili moja, na roho wa Mungu yenye kutu ongoza ni moja sawa vile muliitiwa ju ya tyna ini moja yenye kua hakika. 5 Mukubwa ni mu moja, imani moja ubatizo moja. 6 Mungu ni mu moja na njo Baba wa bote, iko yulu ya byote na ndani ya byate. 7 Kila mutu kati yetu ali pataka neema kufuatana na gisi mupakiliwa Yesu ali mupi mia kazi. 8 Mandi inasema hivi «Wakati ali panda juu zaidi, ali fungula benye balikua mateka ya zambi, na ye kifo, aka patia batu yake ma karamo bi pawo» 9 Sasa kusema "Ali panda" ina manisha nini na tena aseme ali teremukaka chini sana ndani ya bulongo? 10 Yesu njo aliitikaka kuzaraulika akakufa kifo ya mubaya, na ye njo ali panda sasa aka pata chejo kushinda bote ali fanyaka vile kusudi atimize bitu yote. 11 Mupakaliwa wa Mungu, ali gabulaka ma kazi hivi: Bengine mitume, bengine ma nabii, bengeni batanga zaji ba enjili, bngine ba chungaje na balimu. 12 Ali fanya vile kusudi apati batu kazi kila mutu kulingana na huduma yake, kusudi mwili wa Yesu mupakaliwa njo banaita manisa ijengwe muzuri. 13 Iko na fanya vile mpaka tufikie kuwa umoja katika imani na tujue mtoto wa Munga, na shabaha yake ni kutu komalisha sawa benye bana likia kiwangocha mupakaliwa Yesu. 14 Ile yo ni kusudi tusi kue tena sawa batoto kidogo. Tena tusi bakie batu ba yumba-yumba uku na kule, na tusi kue na bebewa na kila mewa ya mafundisho ya bongo, wa buyuwayi ya batu benye ba na ji fichika mu budanganyifu. 15 Kinyume na ile tuta sema kweli ka tika mapendo, na tuta komala lote kipitia Yesu munye iko kichwa. 16 Mupakaliwa Yesu ana kusanya ba Kristo bote pamoja an ba fanya mwili moja. Ali unganisha kanisa lakini kila kiungokwa fasi yake kusudi likomale katika mapendo. 17 Hivi minasema bile byote na mina waomba ndani ya mukubwa Yesu kama: Hamu wezi tena kutembea mu bya bure bure sawa bapagani benye bana tembeaka na mawazo yabo ya hovyo. 18 Bako na mawazo ya giza. Bana changanyikiwa na haba jikute mu maisha ya ki Mungu ju ya bujinga yenye ina endelea kwa ndani yabo kutokana na roho zabo ngumu. 19 Haba sikiake haya bali ji achiliaka kubebwa na ta ma za buchafu, ka ku pitisha kipimo. 20 Likini nyie, haiko vile njo muli fundishiwaka Kristo. 21 Mina wa za kama muli fundishawaka ndani yake kama vile kweli iko njo ndani ya Yesu. 22 Muna pasha vila byote byenye bina fanana matendo yenu ya zamani na mutu ule ya zamani mwenye ingiza rushwa sababu ya tamaa mbaya. 23 Kusudi mukue bapya ndani ya myoyo yenu. 24 Tangu sasa mutu wenu wa ndani akue mupya mwenye ame umbiwa katika haki na utakaso wa kweli. 25 Hivi sasa muji epushe na kila magendo «Muambianake ukweli » kila mutu kwa mwenzake kwa sababu hakuna mwenye kuji falia ye peke, kila mutu iko wa maana kwa mwenzake. 26 Ina wezekana muna weza ku sirika lakini musi bakie na kisi rani mpaka ma paribi ita kua zambi. 27 Musi hingulie shetani mulango. 28 Tangu sasa ba mwizi baache bwizi lakini bakue na tumika kusudi apate chakula na yoye ya mahitaji yake na asaidie bengine benye bi ko na mahitaji. 29 Masemi ya mubaya isitokake mu kinywa yenu lakini maneno yenu ikue ya maana kwa ku falia benye kuisikiliza. 30 Zaidi sana musi huzuni kishe roho mweupe wa Mungu. Ju yake njo muli tiliwa muhuri kwa ajili ya siku ya siku ya ufufuko. 31 Mutoshe buchungu yote ya roho, gazabu, hasira, magonvi,na kila namuna ya ubaya. 32 Mukue batu bazuri kila mulu kwa mwenzake, wapole wa moyo, mu sameheyane kama vile Mungu ali tu sameh.
1 Mufuate tabia ya Mungu kwa maana ninyi ni watoto wake wapendwa. 2 Muishi katika upendo kama vile Kristo alivyotupenda na kutoa maisha yake kwa ajili yetu kama vile matoleo na sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa moto yenye harufu nzuri inayomupendeza Mungu. 3 Kama vile inavyowapasa watu wa Mungu kuishi, tendo lolote la uasherati, la uchafu wala la tamaa ya mali lisisikilike kati yenu. 4 Vilevile kusisikilike maneno ya matusi ya ovyo ovyo wala machafu, kwa maana hayana mafaa. Kinachofaa ni kumushukuru Mungu 5 Mujue waziwazi kwamba mwasherati yeyote na mchafu na mwenye tamaa ya mali (mwenye tamaa ni kama mwenye kuabudu sanamu), hao wote hawatapewa sehemu ya urizi katika Ufalme wa Kristo na Mungu. 6 Mtu asiwadanganye na maneno yasiyokuwa na maana; kwa sababu ya makosa kama hayo, Mungu anawaazibu kwa kasirani yake wale wasiomutii. 7 Basi musishirikiane na watu kama wale. 8 Zamani muliishi katika giza, lakini sasa, kwa kuungana kwenu na Bwana, munaishi katika mwangaza. Muishi kama watoto wa mwangaza, 9 kwa maana matunda ya mwangaza ni wema wa kila namna, haki na ukweli. 10 Mujikaze kutambua mambo yanayomupendeza Bwana. 11 Musishiriki katika matendo ya giza yasiyofaa, lakini muyafichue. 12 (Kwa maana ni haya kusema juu ya mambo watu hao wanayofanya kwa siri.) 13 Lakini matendo yale yote yanapofunuliwa katika mwangaza, yanaonekana wazi. 14 Kwa maana yote yanayoonekana wazi yanageuka mwangaza. Ni kwa hiyo inasemwa hivi: «Amuka wewe unayelala! Ufufuke kutoka kati ya wafu, naye Kristo atakuangazia.» 15 Muangalie vizuri mwenendo wenu. Musiishi kama wajinga lakini muishi kama wenye hekima. 16 Mutumie vema wakati huu munaokuwa nao kwa maana siku hizi ni mbaya. 17 Kwa hiyo musikuwe wajinga, lakini mutambue mapenzi ya Bwana. 18 Musilewe divai kwa maana inaleta upotovu, lakini mujazwe na Roho. 19 Munapoongea, museme maneno ya zaburi, mumusifu Bwana na kumwabudu kwa nyimbo za kiroho. Mumwimbie na kumushangilia kwa moyo wenu wote. 20 Mumushukuru Mungu Baba siku zote kwa kila jambo, kwa jina la Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo. 21 Mukuwe na utii ninyi kwa ninyi kwa kumuheshimu Kristo. 22 Wake wawatii waume wao kama vile wanavyomutii Bwana. 23 Kwa maana mume ni kichwa cha muke wake, kama vile Kristo anavyokuwa kichwa cha kanisa. Naye mwenyewe ni Mwokozi wa kanisa ambalo ni mwili wake. 24 Wake wanapaswa kutii waume wao katika kila jambo sawa vile kanisa linavyomutii Kristo. 25 Nanyi waume muwapende wake wenu sawa vile Kristo alivyopenda kanisa na kutoa uzima wake kwa ajili yake. 26 Alifanya hivi kusudi atakase kanisa kwa ajili ya Mungu, akilisafisha kwa maji na kwa neno. 27 Alitaka hivi kujipatia yeye mwenyewe kanisa tukufu na takatifu, lisilokuwa na taka wala kikunjo wala kilema chochote. 28 Hivi vilevile waume wanapaswa kupenda wake wao kama vile wanavyopenda miili yao wenyewe. Yule anayependa muke wake, anajipenda yeye mwenyewe. 29 Kwa maana hakuna mtu anayeweza kuchukia mwili wake mwenyewe, lakini anaukulisha na kuuchunga kama Kristo anavyotendea kanisa, 30 kwa sababu sisi ni viungo vya mwili wake. 31 Ni sawasawa inavyosemwa katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Kwa sababu hii, mume ataacha baba yake na mama yake na kuungana na muke wake, nao wawili watakuwa mwili mmoja.» 32 Ni vigumu sana kuelewa siri hii, lakini ninasema mambo yanayoelekea Kristo na kanisa. 33 Ingawa hivi, kwa ngambo yenu vilevile, kila mume anapaswa kumupenda muke wake kama vile anavyojipenda, na kila muke anapaswa kuheshimu mume wake.
1 Batoto, muheshimie bazazi yenu, njo vile Mukubwa Yesu ana sema sababu ile ni kweli. 2 «Heshimia Baba yako na Mama yako,» njo amri ya kwanza yenye ina fuatta nishwa na ahadi. 3 Kusudi maisha yako ikue murefu na ubarikiwe hapa mu dunia. 4 NA nyie bazazi musi kue na chokoza batoto yenu kubaleteo bisi rani. Lakini mubalee katika heshima na mubafundishe maagizo ya Mukubwa Yesu. 5 Ba huku mu dunia, mubaheshimie nakuji shusha, mukue wazi muroho zenyu, muba heshimie sawa vile muna weza heshimia Mukubwa Mupakaliwa Yesu njo basi ba fukuze mu kazi. 6 Musi kue batu mishi ya macho benye bana fanyaka moziru tu kama mwenye kazi iko pale na akisha enda bana fanya bingine bale njo tu naita banafiki, banatu mikoka kwa kujipendeza; lakini lakini mukue na heshima sawa ba tumishi ba Yesu Mupaka liwa wa Mungu. 7 Mutu mike na roho zenu zote swa benye bana tumikua Mukubwa Yesu lakini isi kue sa tuko ko na tumikia batu. 8 Mujue ka kila kazi nzuri mutu ana fanyaka akue mutiimishi wala mwenye nyumba Mungu ana lipaka. 9 Nanyie bakubwa, mufanye namuna moja ku batu mishi benu, musi ba zarau mujue kama ule Mukubwa wabo, na njo oko mukubwa wenu na ona ba zidio nyie. 10 Kwa mwisho, mujipatie moyo ndani ya Bwana mukubwa kwa nguvu zake kubwa. 11 Mukamate bifaa byote bya vita ya kiroho kusudi mu weze ku shimama imara bila kufuata bu janja ya ule shetani. 12 Sababu hatu piganishe banadamu kwa makofi wala mikuki, lakini tu na piganisha bakubwa ya mapepo, na batowa ba nguvu za giza, mapepo wa baya benye kuishi katika anga. 13 Kwa ile muka mate bifao ya vita ya kiroho bya kutoka kwa Mungu kusudi muweze kupinga mabaya yote mwa izi siku za mubaya tuko amo kama muna maliza kufanya vile muta simana imara. 14 Kwa vile musimame na ngufu, mu vale mukaba ya ukueli, haki iwe ukingo yenu. 15 Mu vale enjili ya kweli kama biato. 16 Katika mambo yote mukamate imani ikwe kikingio yenu ile njo ina weze basaidia ku zimisho misha le ye ule mjanja shetani. 17 Wokovu ikue kofia kwenu, na mukuki yenu ya kiroho ikue neno ya Mungu. 18 Na kila mufano yote ya maombi, wala mahitaji, mu ombe saa zote katika roho. Na kwa uvimilivu wote muombee wa amifu wa Bwana. 19 Na muni ombee na mie kusudi Mungu anipatie neno kama mina simama kufundisha habari jemo. 20 Ni ju ya habari njema njo niko muakilishi wa Yesu mwa hii mateso kusudi ni se ni hubirie mu shida sawa vile ni geli hubiri wakali niko huru. 21 Lakini muna pashwa kujua mahitaji yangu na gisi na gisi afia yangu iko: Ndugu yetu mupendwa sana Tikoko mwamini fu wa wa Bwana ata ba ambio byote. 22 Nili mutuma kwenye ju ya ile shabaha kusudi mujue hali yangu na afariji mioyo yenu. 23 Amani, imani pamoja na mapendo kiteka kwa Mungu Baba wa Bwana Mukubwa Yesu biwe kwenu. 24 Neema iwe kwa bale bote banye ban pendaka Bwana Mukubwa yetu Yesu mu paka liwa.
1 Paulo na Timothe, batumishi ba bwana Yesu Kristo na bale bote banaikala kati yamukini ya Filipi ju ya Kristo, bionzi na bashimamizi ya kanisa; 2 Neema na amani kutoka kua baba Mungu wetu na kua buana Yesu iwe na muebote. 3 Nabariki baba Mungu, sababu minamikumbuko kilashiku. 4 Wakati minaomnaka Mungu shimi sabue katika manbi na mina ambakana fura yote. 5 Nasifu Mungu kutokeya shiku ile ya kuaza mpaka leo ju ya engili. 6 Mina juwa yakuaba balebote baliaza kazi bele musalama na muma pendo bata endeleyo nakati ile tii shiku buana Yesu Kristo ata kuya. 7 Mina kuya namawozo muzuri kilashiku ju yenu, nakumitia dani ya mayo ha kuumilia dani ya maombi. Ata wakati nilikua, dani ya buloko, ju ya engili. 8 Ata Mungu anayura yakuabo mina mipendaka mue bote kupitia buana wetu Yesu Kristo. 9 9Minataka: muwe na umoya tena na ufamu wenyi sana na kekima sana; 10 Mina penda kumukalalamusha mupate kucha kuwa mambo muzuri apana mambo mabaya mina toka mukuye batakatifu bokueli bashi nukute dani yamakosa shiku ya kurudikua buana wetu Yesu Kristo. 11 Jo mutajazua na nguvu ya mifono muzuri na ukueli dani Yesu muepeke kutoka, kua bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, nanguvu naushidi wake Mungu baba. 12 Sasa ndungu yangu minapenda muyuwe, kama mateso yote ile nilitesua ilikuya kuasababu, ya kazi ya enjili iuezekane katika utimuengu muzima. 13 Sa askari muenie kuchunga mukini muzima ju adui asipate kuingiya dani ya muikini wala kwanyumba ya mfalme wala kuamutu, yayote tu. 14 Na wanduku wenyi kupitia ile maneno wanakua nafania kazi ya buana Yesu nanguvu, bila boka tena dani yawo nakuhiri nanguvu engili ya Mungu watu. 15 Kueli, batu bengine balikuya na nichikilia, buiku ju yako kazi ya Kristo na banataka kunipita. Lakini bamoya banatenda muzuri sana mawazo yote bila tatizo. 16 Banakua na tangaza engili namapendo ju wana juwa kama buana, alinifunga ju nipote ku humbiri enjili yake. 17 Bengine kuhumbiri enjili ya buana nama roho mbili, bana zaniya kama bataniogopesha wakati niko kati ya mabuso. 18 Akuna mambo, kuasababu ote wa na fania enjili ya buana ata mawaza yowo yote ikiwa muzuri awe mabaya. Shitacha kufuraiwa. 19 Mina jua kama muko nanyombeya tena roho wa buana Yesu eko nani saidiye siku yote na mambo yote yita pita muzuri. 20 Mina jua ya kuauba sita pata aya ota kiloko shita lia ata bubishi sashiku yote mabo yote ile mika napata ita patia buana atukufu ata miko nabuzima awomi nakufa. 21 Wa ju yangu bujima ni dani ya buana Yesu lakini kufa niutadiri wangi sana. 22 Tena kama mingali muzima nita fania kazi mingi sana lakini shi juwe kuanza mita chakua nini. 23 Maba ihibili inanisha mayele miko na furaya kuasha duniya iyi na kufata buana wetu Yesu, ile yo yamana. 24 Ju yenu kubakiya kutenda mabaya duniya muna ona muriri kupita ya Kristo wetu. 25 Ja mina yuwa mina ichika ile mambo yote nafura daniya kudumu pamoya na mueye ju mpate kuedelea na imani. 26 Ju fura yenu yote ni dani ya buana Yesu tena juu yangu kua sababu ya ku wa pamaya na muenye tena. 27 Lakini mifano yenu iwe pamoja na enjili ya buana wetu Yesu Kristo. Mufanye ivi namutakue ya kama mita kua teno kuenu wakusikiya kama mume simama na mambo yenu, yote katika roho moya dani ya enjili. 28 Mushi agape adui yenu, dani ya mambo yote; ju ile ni a lama ya uaribfu lakini ngambo yenu ni olama za okovu katika Mungu baba. 29 Ju wali nuchukiya, ju ya buana, aina poka ju ya kumuichika lakini magumu ju yake. 30 Ju muka nachudi mambo vile balikuya na muye tena vile bali kuya miye tena.
1 Wanduku mina yeuka na muna ya imani yenu kua bwana Yesu, na mapendo yake iko na mitocha buvivu kupita roho mtakalifu ona nufania kudi yemu yote pomoya. 2 Muni rudishiye mapendo ya kueli dani ya mawozo muzuri muendo muzuri dani ya mafikini yenu. 3 Mushi disifu kuona kama muna pita kuyonesha muna waziya kama muna pita batu bengine apona vile mutu yote awone muezake kama ona mupita. 4 Mutu yote ashita fute buzuri bwake mueniemu tu lakini ime ju yabezake. 5 Muwe na mawaze moya sa ya buana wetu Yesu Kristo. 6 Alikuya mufano maya na Mungu, lakini ashikukuye na mawazo ya kufiya ku fananishana na Mungu apana. 7 Lakini aliachaatu kufu wake na kudi faniasa, mutuamua wolo mutu yote alikuya na muili sa mutu yote. 8 Ali dishusha na kueshi miya tu wa kati ya kufa kuake ku mu salaba. 9 Pale Mungu alikuya na kumu patia dina ku pita madina yote ya uli muengu wote muzina. 10 Alifania vile kupilia dina ya Yesu magoti yote yi muabudu, iwe bingu na ndunia ata chini ya bulongo yote. 11 Na mili fania ivi makabila yote namaruka yote bo jue ye Yesu Ktristo hu buana kupitia nguvu ya baba Mungu. 12 Banduku yangu, kupitia eshina yenu, ile muli kuya nayo ote wakati nili kuyana mueye, ata apa nikabali na mueye, muedeyetu na ile eshima nakongopa. 13 Ju ivikila shiku mupate kufania mapezi ya Mungu. 14 Fanyeni moubo yote bila kubi shana. 15 Ju mushi benbe manbo ata moya ya mubaya wa la mushi fanie kuya benye nzabi dani yenu lakini muwe watoto wa Mungu. Fanie ini ivi jo mukuye miangaza dani ya ndunia na kuya batu ya kueli bila maba mobaya. 16 Mutiye sauti ya uzima dani yenu ju mupate kueli na kumu tukuya shiku yote Kristo naile ita kuya fura na tuta sema kunbi kazi tuli kuya na tenda ni ya mena. 17 Hata kama mina kuya sa mufana wa sadaka ya imani wala ata ni ta wenza ku muanga damu nika paka na fura na mueye bate. 18 Na mawazo moya na mue bate na fura pa muya na miye. 19 Na tumaini yangu ni dani ya buana Yesu na nita tuma Timotheo kule muko ju ni kuye na fura na kupenda mambo yenu. 20 Shina na mutu muingine ule ekona dia nga isha ju yenu. 21 Apa bote beko na tafuta buzuri ya bobenie wetu ayina ya buana wetu Yesu Kristo. 22 Lakini muna yuwa na muna ya eshima yake ana ji peleka nama wazo na mapendo yote dani ya enjili pamoja na miye. 23 Mikona mawazo ya kumu tumiya ye kule, nakama mina yuwa namuwa mambo yangu yitaisha. 24 Lakini niko na kitu maini dani ya buana ya kusema niko na kuya apa sasa. 25 Lakini mikona mawazo ya kumu tumiya Epafradito. Ye yeni ndiuku yangu na mufania kazi ya buana pamoya na miye tena askari sa miye na ana jua mambo yangu yote. 26 Lakini wa kati muli shikiya kama ekomalari alipenda kuya paoya na muebate. Lakini malari ili mushi duisha kunuona. 27 Na alikuya malari sana karibu na kufa, lakini Mungu ali mushiklilia uruma sana ayina ju ya yemue niewetu, lakini ju yangu tena ju nishi angaike te na vile niliangaika bale. 28 Jo mana nina penda kumu tumiya naye biyo biyo, ju wakati muta mona mue bate tena mupate kufurai na ye tena na roho yangu ifurai tena. 29 Mumu pokeleye tena Epafradito na fura na ma pendo ya buana muna pashua kufurai na batu ya namuna iyi. 30 Iyi mambo yate ina fanika ju ya kazi ya Kristo, ilitakakufa jo yakazi ya buana nakufania mambo mazuri ile mue ye amuku weza kafania ju mulikuya bali na miye.
1 Kwa kumaliza, wandugu zangu, mufurahi kwa ajili ya kuungana kwenu na Bwana. Hainiuzi kitu kuwaandikia tena maneno yale yale niliyowaandikia mbele. Hayo yote ni kwa ajili ya kuwakingia hatari. 2 Mufanye angalisho na watenda maovu, wale imbwa wanaotia mukazo juu ya kushika tu desturi ya kutahiriwa. 3 Sisi ndio wenye kutahiriwa kwa kweli, maana tunamwabudu Mungu kwa uongozi wa Roho wake na kujivuna kwa ajili ya Yesu Kristo. Sisi hatuweki tumaini letu katika mambo ya kimwili. 4 Lakini mimi vilevile niko na haki ya kuweka tumaini katika mambo ya kimwili. Kama kuna mtu anayejizania kuwa na sababu ya kutumainia mambo ya kimwili, mimi ninamupita. 5 Nilitahiriwa nilipokuwa na umri wa siku nane. Mimi ni Mwisraeli, wa kabila la Benjamina, Mwebrania wa asili kabisa. Kuelekea mambo ya Sheria ya Kiyuda, nilikuwa Mufarisayo, 6 nilikuwa na bidii sana hata nilitesa kanisa. Kuelekea mambo ya kuhesabiwa kwa njia ya kushika Sheria, mimi sikupatikana na kosa lolote. 7 Lakini mambo yote yaliyokuwa ya faida kwangu, sasa kwa ajili ya Kristo, ninayahesabu kama kihombo. 8 8 Bila shaka, ninahesabu mambo yote kuwa kihombo kwa ajili ya faida kubwa ya kujua Kristo Yesu Bwana wangu. Kwa ajili yake nimekubali kupoteza vyote, nikivihesabu kuwa kama mavi, kusudi nimupate Kristo 9 na kuungana naye kabisa. Nami sihesabiwi haki tena kufuatana na mambo niliyofanya, ndiyo ile haki inayopatikana kwa njia ya kushika Sheria. Lakini ninahesabiwa haki kwa njia ya kumwamini Kristo, ndiyo ile haki inatoka kwa Mungu, naye anamuhesabia haki yule anayeamini. 10 Kitu ninachotaka tu, ni kumujua Kristo na uwezo wa ufufuko wake na kushirikiana naye katika mateso yake, nako kufa kwangu kufanane na kufa kwake. 11 Nipate hivi tumaini kwamba nitafufuka vilevile. 12 Sitaki kusema kwamba nimekwisha kufikia mwisho au kwamba nimekwisha kuwa mukamilifu. Lakini ninakaza mwendo kusudi nipate kushinda na kupokea zawadi, kwa maana Yesu Kristo amekwisha kunipokea nikuwe wake. 13 Wandugu zangu, sihesabu kwamba nimekwisha kupokea zawadi, lakini ninafanya jambo moja tu: ninasahau yanayokuwa nyuma, nikifukuzia yanayokuwa mbele yangu. 14 Kwa hiyo ninakaza mwendo mpaka mwisho nipate kupokea ile zawadi Mungu aliyotuitia katika mbingu kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo. 15 Sisi wote tunaokomaa kiroho, tukuwe na shabaha hiyo moja. Na kukiwa wamoja katikati yenu wanaokuwa na mafikiri mbalimbali, Mungu atawafunulia maneno yale. 16 Ingawa hayo yote, basi tuendelee mbele tokea kwenye hatua ile tumekwisha kufikia. 17 Wandugu zangu, mufuate mufano wangu, muwaangalie vizuri wale wanaofuata mwenendo muliouona kwetu. 18 Mimi nimewaambia mara nyingi, nami ninawaambia tena kwa machozi: kuna watu wengi wanaoonyesha kwa njia ya mwenendo wao kwamba kufa kwa Kristo juu ya musalaba ni chukizo kwao. 19 Mwisho wao ni uharibifu, sababu mungu wao ni kushibisha tumbo zao. Wanajivuna kwa kufanya mambo ya kuwafezehesha. Nayo mafikiri yao ni juu ya vitu vya dunia hii. 20 Lakini sisi ni wenyeji wa mbingu, tunamungojea Mwokozi wetu Bwana Yesu Kristo, afike kutoka kule. 21 Yeye atabadilisha huu mwili wetu wa uzaifu na kuufananisha na mwili wake wa utukufu kwa nguvu ambayo kwa njia yake anaweza kuwa na mamlaka juu ya vitu vyote.
1 Kwa hiyo wandugu zangu wapendwa, niko na hamu sana ya kuwaona tena. Ninyi ndio munaokuwa furaha yangu na zawadi ya ushindi nitakayopokea. Ninyi wapendwa wangu, ninawaomba musimame imara katika ushirika wenu na Bwana. 2 Ninakusihi wewe Ewodia na wewe Sintike, muishi katika masikilizano mbele ya Bwana. 3 Na wewe vilevile mtumishi mwenzangu mwaminifu, ninakuomba uwasaidie wanawake hao, kwa maana walisumbuka sana pamoja nami katika kazi ya kutangaza Habari Njema. Kuko vilevile Klementi na wenzangu wengine wa kazi. 4 Mufurahi siku zote katika kuungana kwenu na Bwana. Na tena ninasema: Mufurahi! 5 Muonyeshe upole wenu kwa watu wote, kwa maana Bwana yuko karibu kurudia. 6 Musijisumbue juu ya neno lolote, lakini katika kila neno mutoe mahitaji yenu kwa Mungu, mukimwomba, mukimusihi na kumushukuru. 7 Na amani ya Mungu inayopita ufahamu wa mtu yeyote, italinda mioyo yenu na nia zenu salama katika kuungana kwenu na Yesu Kristo. 8 Kwa kumaliza, wandugu zangu, muweke mafikiri yenu juu ya mambo yote yanayokuwa ya kweli, ya heshima, ya haki, safi, ya kupendeza, nayo mambo yote yanayostahili sifa na ya utu wema. 9 Mushike mambo yote muliyojifunza na kupokea toka kwangu, nayo yote muliyosikia na kuona kwangu. Naye Mungu wa amani atakuwa pamoja nanyi. 10 Nilipata furaha kubwa katika kuungana na Bwana kwa kuona munakumbuka tena kunisaidia. Sitaki kusema kwamba mulinisahau, lakini hamukupata wakati wa kuonyesha kwamba munanishugulikia. 11 Na sisemi hivi kwa sababu ninakosewa na kitu, kwa maana ninajizoeza kufurahi na kile ninachokuwa nacho. 12 Ninajua kuishi katika ukosefu na ninajua kuishi katika utajiri. Nimejizoeza kufurahi fasi zote na katika kila hali: ikiwa hali ya kuwa na vyakula kwa uwingi au ya njaa, ikiwa hali ya utajiri au ya ukosefu. 13 Ninaweza vyote kwa njia ya Kristo anayenitia nguvu. 14 Lakini, mumefanya vizuri kwa kushirikiana pamoja nami katika taabu yangu. 15 Ninyi Wafilipi munajua vizuri wenyewe kwamba nilipotoka Makedonia, tangu mwanzo wa kuhubiri Habari Njema, ni ninyi tu ndilo kanisa moja lililoshirikiana nami katika mambo ya utoaji na upokeaji. 16 Hata wakati wote nilipokuwa Tesalonika, mulinitumia musaada mara nyingi juu ya mahitaji yangu. 17 Sitaki kusema kwamba ninatafuta tu kupokea zawadi, lakini ninataka faida iongezwe kwa upande wenu. 18 Kweli nina vitu vyote vya lazima na zaidi kupita. Sasa kwa kuwa Epafrodito ameniletea zawadi zenu zote, ninatosheka. Zawadi hizi ni kama sadaka ya ubani yenye harufu nzuri, na kama sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa moto inayokubaliwa na Mungu na kumupendeza. 19 Basi, kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo, Mungu wangu atatimiza mahitaji yenu yote kufuatana na uwingi na utukufu wa utajiri wake. 20 Mungu Baba yetu atukuzwe kwa milele na milele. Amina. 21 Musalimie watu wote wa Mungu wanaomwamini Yesu Kristo. Wandugu wanaokuwa pamoja nami wanawasalimia. 22 Watu wote wa Mungu, na hasa zaidi wale wanaokuwa katika nyumba ya Mfalme, wanawasalimia vilevile. 23 Ninawatakia ninyi wote neema kutoka kwa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo iwe na mioyo yenu.
1 Paulo mtume wa Yesu Kristo kwa mapenzi ya Mungu na Timeteo ndugu wetu. 2 Kwa waaminifu na wandugu katika Kristo. Neema na amani ya Mungu Baba ikue pamoya na nyiye. 3 Tunashukuru Mungu, Baba wa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, na tunawaombea kila siku. 4 Tulisikia Kuhusu imani yenu katika Yesu kristo, na mapendo yenye muko nayo kwa wachaguliwa wa Mungu. 5 Muko na mapendo kwa sababu ya tumaini yenye inatayarishiwa kwa ajili yenu mbinguni,mulisikia wakisema juu ya ile tumaini katika neno la kweli, habari njema yenye iliwafikiya. 6 Habari njema hii ilizaa matunda na kuhubiriwa Duniani , Ilifanyika hivi kwenu pia tika siku muliyoisikiya na kujifunza kuhusu neema ya Mungu na kweli, 7 Hii habari njema kama mulivyo isikiya kwa Epafra mtumishi mwenzetu na mpendwa , mwaaminifu na mtumishi wa Kristo kwa ajili yet . 8 Epafra alitujulisha kuhusu mapendo yenu katika Roho. 9 Hatukuacha kumiombeya toka siku tulisikia kuhusu upendo wenu, Tunaendeleya kuomba kusudi mupate kutambua mapenzi yake katika akili na usikilivu wa kiroho . 10 Tunaendeleya tena kuomba kusudi mutembeye kama inavyomupendeza Bwana ,tena muzae matunda kwa kila tendo nzuri na mukomale katika ufahamu wa Mungu . 11 Tunaomba kusudi muwe na nguvu katika yote,kwa uwezo wa utukufu wake,katika utii na utulivu. 12 Tunaomba kusudi muwe na furaha ya kumushukuru Mungu aliyewapatia uwezo wa kurithi sehemu ya waamini katika nuru . 13 Alituokowa kutoka ufalme wa Giza,na kutupeleka katika ufalme wa mtoto wake mpendwa. 14 Tulikombolewa na kusamehewa zambi zetu, kupitiya mtoto. 15 Mtoto ni mufano wa Mungu asiyeonekana. Ni wa kwanza katika vyumbe vyote. 16 Kwa sababu kupitiya yeye vitu vyote viliumbwa, vyenye kuwa mbinguni na vyenye kuwa duniani , vinavyoonekana na visivyoonekana. Hata ikawa Enzi, heshima, utawala ao uwezo, vyote vimeumbwa na yeye na kwa ajili yake. 17 Yeye alikuwa mbele ya vitu vyote na vitu vyote viliumbwa na ye. 18 Yeye ni kichua cha mwili, yaani kanisa. Naye ni mwanzo, na wa kwanza katika wafu; Anakamata nafasi ya kwanza katika vitu vyote. 19 utimilifi wa yote unajulikana ndani yake. 20 Ilipendeza Mungu kurudisha masikili zano ya watu na Mungu kupitia mwana wake. kwa damu iliomwangika kwa musalaba ikalate uhuru kutoka kwa utumwa ya zambi Mungu alipatanisha mbingu na dunia. 21 Nyinyi pia wakati mmoja mulikuwa wageni na adui wa Mungu, kwa mawazo na matendo yenu mbaya. 22 Sasa kupitiya kifo chake anawapatanisha na mwili wake. Alifanya hivi kusudi muwe watakatifu, wasiyokuwa na dowa wala hatiya mbele yake. 23 Muwe na misingi katika imani na musitingizike, na musitoke katika tumaini mulilo nalo katika habari njema luliyo sikiya. Na ni hii habari njema ilyo hubiriwa kwa watu wote duniani. Na kupitiya hii habari njema njo mimi Paulo ninakuwa mutumishi. 24 Sasa nafurahi katika mateso yangu ajili yenu. ninalipa deni ya tabu ya juu ya mapendo aliyo nayo kuhusu mwiliwake, kanisa. 25 Ni juu ya ile kanisa njoo niko mtumishi sawa na kazi niliyopewa na Mungu, juu ya kutimiza maandiko. 26 Hii ndiyo siri ya ukweli uliyofichwa toka vizazi vya zamani, sasa inafunuliwa kwa wale waliyo muamini. 27 Alipenda kuonesha utajiri wa siri ya utkufu katikati ya wapagano. Ni kusema Kristo yuko kwenu tumaini ya utkufu utakaokuja 28 Ni yeyé tunayehubiri. Tunashauriya na kufundisha watu wote katika akikili, kusudi tupeleke watu wote wakiwa wanakamilika katika Kristo. 29 Kwa sabu hii ninatumika na kupigana kupitiya nguvu na uwezo aliyo tiya ndani yangu.
1 Napenda mutambuwe yakama vita ninayo pigana juu yenu ni kubwa sana,kwa walaodisia na kwa wengine wenye hawajaniona. 2 Natumika kusudi Roho yao ijazwe na nguvu sababu wanakutana katika ukweli wa siri iliyo dani ya upendo wa Mungu. 3 Katika Kristo, utajiri, hekima na akili vimejificha. 4 Namwambia hivi kusudi mutu asiwadanganye na maneno ya uwongo. 5 Hata kama kimwili hatuko pamoja lakini kiroho tuko pamoja. Ninafurahi kuona utaratibu wenu na imani yenu katika Kristo 6 Kama vile mulimuamini Kristo Bwana wetu, mutembee naye pamoja. 7 Muwe na misingi ndani yake, mujengwe juu yake na mubaki katika imani kupitiya maneno muliyofundishwa , na mumushukuru Mungu sana. 8 Angalieni, mutu asiwadanganye kwa elimu yake ya uwongo na ya udanganyifu kutoka kuasili ya watu, yenye haifanane na amri ya Kristo. 9 Kwa sababu ndani yake ukumilifu wa Mungu unaishi . 10 Munajazwa na utukufu kwake, ni yeye aliye mkuu mwenye nguvu na mamlaka yote. 11 Kwake mulitahiriwa, siyo na watu katika mwili, lakini kutahiriwa na Kristo. 12 Mulizikwa pamoja naye kupitia ubatizo, na mulifufuka naye kwa imani, katika nguvu ambayo Mungu alimufufua nayo Kristo toka wafu. 13 Wakati muli kuwa mumekufa kwa ajili ya zambi zenu na kwa sababu ya kutokutahiriwa, aliwaongoza ku njia ya uzima na kusamehe zambi zenu zote ku njia ya musalaba. 14 Alizimisha maamuzi ya madeni yetu yote yenye iliandikiwa kwa kutuhukumu. Aliiondowa na kuileteya haya kwa kuitpigiliya musalabani. 15 Aliondowa uwezo na nguvu, na kuifezelesha kupitiya musalaba mbele ya watu. 16 Kwa sababu, hii mutu asiwahukumu juu ya chakula, aojuu ya kinywaji wala kwa ajili ya siku kuu Fulani, kuandama kwa mwezi, wala juu ya sabato. 17 Vyote vilikuwa kinvuli cha maneno yatakayokuja, lakini uhakika wa yote ni katika Kristo. 18 Mutu asiwadanganye, kwa ku nyenyekvu wa wanafiki wala kwa ibada ya wamalaika, juu wanyanganye ushindi wenu. Kwa maana mutu wanamuna ile ni mwenye maonyo mbaya na mwenye kiburi cha mwili. 19 Watu wa namuna hii hawana mapatano na Yesu, kwa maana mwili muzima unajengwa na vyungo vyote vinaunga nishwa na kukomazwa na Mungu. 20 Kama mulikufa na Kristo, kwa sababu ya zambi, sababu gani kuendeleya kuishi tena katika sheriya ya dunia ya zambi ? 21 «Musikamate, musionje, musiguse!» 22 Vyote ni vtu vinavyo haribika wakati vinatumiwa, kufatana na mafundisho ya watu wa dunia. 23 Hii mafundisho inakuwa na hali ya hekima ya kidini, inatuma tutumikishe mwili wetu nguvu sana. Lakini haina hata heshima moja kuhusu mapenzi ya mwili.
1 Kama Mungu alimifufua pamoja na Kristo, tafuteni vitu vya juu, huko Kristo anakaa mkono wa kuume wa Mungu. 2 Muwe nawaza vitu vya mbinguni hapana vya dunia. 3 Maana mulikufa na uzima wenu umejificha na Kristo ndani ya Mungu. 4 Wakati Kristo aliye maisha yenu aataonekana, na nyinyi mutaonekana naye katika utukufu. 5 Muuwe tamaa yenu yote ya mwili ya dunia, uzinifu, uchafu,mawazo na tamaa mbaya, kama mafundisho mubaya, mawazo mubaya tamaa , na ibada ya masanamu. 6 kwa sababu ya maneno kama hii njoo hasira ya Mungu inawaka juu ya wasiyo heshimu amri. 7 Nyie pia vile vile mulitembea hivi, wakati mulikwa naishi katika maneno haya. 8 Sasa munapashwa kutengana na maneno yote haya, hasira, mawazo mbaya, matukano na maneno yote mabaya yatgokayo kinywani mwenu. 9 Musidanganyane nyie kwa nyie, maana munaisha tengana na mutu wa zamani na matendo yake. 10 Nyie munaisha vala mutu mupia, munakuwa wapia kama vile Muumba wenu. 11 Njoo maana hakuna tena mugiriki,wala muyuda, hakuna mtahiriwa na asiye tahiriwa, wala mtumwa wala aliye huru, lakini Kristo ni yote katika vyote. 12 Muvae kama wachaguliwa wa Mungu, watakatifu na wapendwa, muwe na huruma, upole na unyenyekevu. 13 Muhurumiyane nyie kwa nyie. Mutendeyane mema nyie kwa nyie. Na kama mmonja wenu eko na shida na mwengine, musameyane kama Kristo alivyo wasamehe. 14 Zaidi ya yote muwe na mapendo. 15 Salama ya YEsu iwe kwenu kwa sababu mulichaguliwa kusudi mwishi kwa ile amani. 16 Neno la Kristo lidumu ndani yenu na utajiri wake wote, kwa hekima, mufundishane na kuonyana kwa zaburi na nyimbo za kiiroho. 17 Na kila kitu mutafanya, kwa neno na matendo; mufanye yote kwa jina la Bwana Yesu. Na mushukuru Mungu Baba kupitiya yeyé. 18 Nyinyi wanawake muwaheshimu waume zenu, kama inavyompendeza Bwana. 19 Na nyinyi wanaume muwapende wake zenu, na musiwachukize. 20 20Nyinyi watoto muwaheshimu wazazi wenu kwa kila jambo, kkwa maana inampendeza Bwana. 21 Na nyinyi wazazi pia, musiwachukize watoto wenu, kusudi wasichoke. 22 Nyinyi watumwa muwatii wa Bwana wenu kwa kila kitu, musiwapendeze tu wakati munapowaona, lakini mufanye yote kwa roho mzuri. Muogopeni Mungu. 23 Mufanye kila jambo kwa roho nzuri, siyo kwa kuwapendeza watu lakini kwa kumpendeza Mungu 24 Mujue kama mutapokeya zawadi nzuri kwa Bwana kama vile malipo ya kazi munayofanya. 25 Mwenye kupenda kutenda mabaya ata pata malipo ya ubeya wake mwenyewe
1 Wa bwana mufanye mazuri kwa watumwa wenu kama mukijua kama ninyi vile vile muko na bwana mbinguni. 2 Mudumu sana ndani ya maombi. Mkeshe katika maombi na kurudisha shukrani kwa Mungu. 3 Mutuombeye na sisi pia, juu Mungu atufunguliye mulango wa neno lake lake la siri lilo katika Kristo. Kwa sababu ya hii neno, mimi nafungwa. 4 Basi Muzidi kuniombea kusudi nifonye kazi ya Bwana nafuraha yote. 5 Mutembeye katika hekima kwa wale wa inje, na mujinunuliye tena wakati. 6 Masemo yenu iwe inapendeza. Iwe na utamu wa chunvi juu mujue namuna gani mutajibiyana. 7 Kwa yote inayonihusu, Tikiko atawajulisha. yeye ni ndugu mpendwa, mtumishi mwaminifu, mutumwa kama mimi katika Bwana. 8 Namutuma kwenu kusudi mupate kujua hali yetu, na kuwapa nguvu. 9 Nilmutuma pamoja na onesimo mwaminifu na ndugu mpendwa, atwaambiya yote iliyopita huku. 10 Aristarki mwenzangu mufungwa anawazalimia sawa vile Marko na mujomba yake na Barnaba. Akiwafikiya mumupokee. 11 Na huyu yesu anyeitwa Yusto. ni wale tu wayuda waliyotahiriwa, wenyewe walimika na mimi sababu ya ufalme wa Mungu. Walifariji sana. 12 Epafra anamisalimiya. Ni ndugu yenu na mutumwa wa Kristo. Anapigana, siku yote juu yenu katika mombi, juu tuishi na tumaini katika mapenzi ya Mungu. 13 Kwa sababu nashuhudia juu yake, alitimika nguvu sana juu ya watu wa Laodikia, na wa Hirapoli. 14 Luka ndugu mupendwa muganga, na Damasi wanamisalimiya. 15 Nasalimiya wandugu wote wenyekua Laodikia, mimfa na kanisa yenye kunyumba yake. 16 Wakiti barua itasomea kati yenu, muisome pia ndani ya kanisa la Laodikia, na some pia ile barua iliyotoka Laodikia. 17 Museme na Arikipo « Uchunge vizuri karama uliyopata kwa Bwana na uitimize ». 18 Salamu hii imeandikwa kwa mukono wangu mwenyewe, mimi Paulo. Mukumbuke hata vifungo vyangu. Neema iwe kwenu.
1 Paulo, Silvano na Timoteo, kwa kanisa la Tesalonika, neema na amani iw kwenyu katika Mungu Baba, na Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo. 2 Tuna endelea kushukuru Mungu, wakati yote tuna wa taja mu maombi yetu. 3 Tuna kumbuka bila kuchoka ile kaji yenu ya imani mbele ya Mungu Baba, mapendo yenu ya kweli kala muko na magumu na muna vimilia katika matu maini ya mambo itakoya kuja katika Bwana Yesu Kristo. 4 Ndugu, nyie benye Mungu amapenda tuna jua kama ali chagulaka. 5 Kwa sababu enjili yetu ilifika kwenyu haiko kwa maneno tu lakini kwa nguvu ya Rola mutakatifu pamoja na uhakika wote. Na muna jua, tulikuawatu wa namuna gani kwa faida yenu. 6 Mume tuiga na mukaiga Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, maneno tuli wa fudisha wakati wa matatijo na muka lipokea na furaha ili yo to ka na na Rolo mutakitifu. 7 Matokeo ya ile yote, mume kua mufano kwa batu yote ya Makedonia pamojana bale bote bakule akaya benye bali amini. 8 Sababu kutoka kwenu, batu bote ba lisikia enjili ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, haiko Makedonia na hakaya tu, lakini na jaidi kila fasi kwenye imani yenu katika Kristo ili semeka kwanja haikosie njo intaisema. 9 Kwanja bao peke bali shuhudia gisi muna tu kubali. Balisema kama mu ligeukaka mukaenda ngambo ya Mungu mukaacha ba mungu ba ma sanamu, muka fuata ule ule Mungu mumoja mwenye kuishi na wa kweli. 10 Tena bana shuhudio kama muna ngoyaka Mwana wa Mungu ule mwenye ali fufu kaka kutoka roofu ni Yesu njo anatu fingua na ku tu okoa na kasirani ya Mungu yenye ita kuya.
1 Sababu munajua nyi peke wandugu haikukua kwa buze njo tulifika. 2 Mumayuwa kama tulitesekaka, mbele, na balitu fanyaka bya haya kule Filipi tuli pata ngufu yakuwa hubiri injili ya Mungu katika mijojo mingi. 3 Sababu, mashauri yetu hai kutokana na udanganyifu, wala na uchafu, hata na bongo. 4 Lakini kufuatana na kupimiwa na Mungu mbele ya kutupatiya kuhubiri enjili, ni hivi tuna ifanya tunasema si kwa kufurasha batu hapana, lakini kwa kufuraisha Mungu, sababu niyeye anachungujo myo yote. 5 Sababu, hatu kusema meseni ya ujanja kama vile muna jua, hatufanya kitu kwa kufinika tamaa, Mungu ni shahidi. 6 Hata hatu kutafuta batu batusifiye kutoka kwenu ao kwa bengine tu ngaliweja kuomba faida kama mitume ya Kristo. 7 Mbali na ile, tulitulia katikati yenu sawa mama mwenye iko na fariji batoto yake. 8 Kua hivi, njo vile tuli wapenda sana. Ika tuletea furaha ya ku gawanya enjili pamoja na nyie, pamoja na maisha yetu, sababu mulikuwa walajima sana kwetu. 9 Juu ya ile munakumbuka wandugu, kaji na mateso yetu. Busiku na muchana tuli tumika na mukono yetu kusudi tusikue mujigo kwenu. Ile wakati, tuli kua na wa hubiri habari njuri ya Mungu. 10 Muko ba shahidi na Mungu na ye ni shanidu gisi gani hitembea na utakalifu, na tulikwa bakamilifu mbele yenu benye muliamini. 11 Tena, munajua gisi gani tuliishi pamoja na nyie kama vile Baba na bato yake tulibashauria na ku wapatiya nayo. 12 Tuli waambia kama muna pashu kutembea sawasawa na watoto wa Mungu mwenye anabaita katika ufalme yake ya utukufu. 13 Juu ya ile tunaendeleha kurudisjhia Mungu shukramjetu yenye mulisikia kwetu, hamuku ipokea sawa niye mutu. Lakaini, muli ikamata vile ina toka kwa Mungu ye peke. Njo ile neno yenye ina tumika kaji ndani yenu nyie benye mumamini. 14 Sbabu, nyie ba ndugu mume iga ma kanisa za Mungu yenye jiko ndani ya Yesu Kristo kule ku bayuda, juu muli pata mateso sawa ile benjenu balipataka ku ba yuda. 15 Bale bayuda njo baliuaka Yesu Kristo, na ba nabii. Ni bayuda njo balitu fukujaka haba mu pendeje Mungu lakini bana chukia kilo mutu. 16 Bana tujuiyaka tusi hubiri maneno ya Mungu kubatu bengine benye habiko ba bayuda, habapendi nabo ba okoke hivi bana ongeja kila siku jambi kujingine. Kisirani ya Mungu ita ba angukia kwa mwisho. 17 Tulikua mbali yenu kwa mwili, lakini kwa moyo tulikua pamoja na tuli ta mani sama ku waona kwa muda mufupi. 18 Ju miye Paulo nili taka sana mikuye kwenu lakini shetani ali nijuiyaka. 19 Sasa matumaini yetu ita kua nini kule mbele, wala furaha yetu, wala taji ya sifa waka ti Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo ata kuya tena? si nyiye pamoya na bengine? 20 Ju muko sifa na furaha yetu.
1 Juu ya ile, wakati tuli ona haturumhe tena, tuka amua kubakia atene. 2 Tulimutuma Timote mwenye ndugu na mwe njetu mutumishi wa Mungu katika enjili ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, afike kuwapatiya nguvu na ku watia moyo kufuatana na imani yenu. 3 Tulifanya ile kusudi mtu asi changanyikwe ju ya mateso, na muna jua nyiye peke kama ile njo kaji yetu. 4 Kwa kweli wakati tulikua na nyie tulikua na wa ambia mbele kama tuta tesakaka, na ili fika ka vile mun jua. 5 Ju ya ile sababu siku vumiho tena kungoya, nilikwua na tumamutu kusudi ni jue habari ya imani yenu. Saa zingini mwenye anajaribiaka batu alisha ba pima kwa namunayake kusudi kaji yetu ionekane ya bure. 6 Lakini siku Timoteo alifika kwenu aka tu letea habari ya mujuri kusudi imanina mapendo yenu. Alituambia kama muliendelea kukumbuka matendo yetu majuri, na mulikua na hitaji ku tuana awa vile na shie tuko na ile mahitaji ku waona. 7 Ju ya ile ba ndugu, ata kama tulikua mu ma gumu, imani yenu ilitupa moyo. 8 Kwa sababu tuna isha kama nyie muna simama mujuri ndani ya Bwana Yesu Kristo. 9 Hatu jui shukurani gani tuta patia Bwana Mungu ju yenu. 10 Busiku na muchana tuna muomba na juhudi kusudi atu hingulie milango tufike kwenyu na tu wa ongejee mafundisho yenye muli kosaka ndani ya imani yenu. 11 Acha Mungu Baba yetu na Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo aongoje miguu jetu kusudi tufike kwenu. 12 Bwana awa komalishe na ajaze upendo nyie kwa nyie na kwa batu bote, vile na shie tuna ifanya kwenu. 13 Afanye vile kusudi aimarishe roho zenu na hali yenu ya utakatifu isi laumike mbele ya Mungu Baba siku Bwana wetu Yesu ata rudia na watakatifu wake.
1 Kitu ya mwisho ndugu tuna bapa moyo na tuna ba omba katika Mukubwa wetu Yesu mupakaliwa. Situlibafundishaka gisi ya kutembea kusudi mufurahishe Mungu, na njo vile wa kati munaishi mufanye ngufu muandelee. 2 Sababu muna yuwa tuli ba agiza ile katika Yesu Mukubwa wetu. 3 Sababu njo vile Mungu anapenda: Kutakasika kwenu, musisolee bukaramusi ya kimbaraga, 4 kila mutu atafite ku kimbiza mwili wake kwa kuji takasa na kujiheshimia. 5 Musi ji mwange mu kutamani sawa bapagani benye habajue Mungu. 6 Mutu asi danganye mwenzake mu shabaha yaku mufanya mubaga juu mukubwa kwa kisasi yake ju ya bile bitu yote, kwanza na njo gisi tulibaambiaka mbele. 7 Ju Mungu hakutuitaka tuendelee kua bachafu, Lakinitukue beupe. 8 Njo maana mwenye anapiga ile maneno, hatu katale shie lakini ana katala Mungu mwenye anatupatia Roho Mutakatifu. 9 Kwabanye kuelekea mapendo ya ndugu hamuna lazima mutu abandike, ju Mungu ye peke alibafundisha kupenda nyie kwa nyie. 10 Kwa ile gisi munaifanyaka kwa bandugu ba makedonia ni muzuri. Sasa tuna baomba, bandugu, muendelee ku ifanya. 11 Tuna taka mutafute sana kuishi na kimya, muji weke sana muna kazi zenu, mutumike na mukono yenu, vile tuli baambia. 12 Mufanye ile kusudi ya kutembea na heshima mbele ya benye habaya amini, kusudi musikuwa na lazima na kitu. 13 Wandugu, atupenda misiye na muchanganyiko ya maneno sawa na bengine benye banakosa matumaini. 14 Kama tu naiti kufa na kufufuka kwa Yesu, vile vile Mungu atawufufua pamoja na Yesu bale benye balikufaka kisha kumwamin. 15 Tuna bambia hivi katika jina la Mukubua wetu, atuwezi kufufuka mbele ya benye balikufa mbele yetu. 16 Juu Mukubwa wetu yeye mwenye atashuka mbinguni. Wakati tarumbeta italia na sauti ya malaika mekubwa wa Mungu,benye balikufaka ndani ya Kristo watfufuka kwanza. 17 Kisha siye benyetutakutiwa bazima, tutanyanyulia pamoja ndani ya mawingu katkutana na Mukubwa, nivile tutabakiya pamoja naye. 18 Mujipatiye moyo kilz mutu na mwenzake.
1 Kwa habari ya wakati na majira, ndugu hamuna na lizima ni waandikie kwa il. 2 Kwa sababu munajua nyie benye we wazi wazi kama siku ya Bwana itakuyaka sawa vile mwizi ana kuyaka busiku. 3 Wakati batu batasema: tuko na amani na salama, njo bata shituko Mungu ana ba haribisha bila kujua. Ita kua sawa maumivu ya mwana muke mwenye anataka kuzala kawata iepuka hata kidogo. 4 Lakini nyie wandugu hamuko tena mugiza njo maana ile siku haita bafikia kama mwizi. 5 Sababu nyie bote muko batoto ya mwangaza. Hatu kobatoto ya giza. 6 Hivi sasa, tusi lale kama vile bengine, lakini tukeshe na tusi tambushe kipimo. 7 Sababu batu bote bana lalaka tu busiku, na balevi bana lewaka busiku. 8 Lakini kwa sababu tuko bototot ya mwangaza tusi pitishe kipomo, towale imani na mapendo kusudi bitu kinge, tu vale kukichwa kofia ya tumaini ya wakovu yenye kuya mbele. 9 Sababu Mungu hakutuumba juya kupata hasira yake takini kusudi tupote wokovu katika Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo. 10 Yenjo alikufaka ju yetu kusudi hata tuki ishi wala tuki kufa, tuishi pamoja na yeye. 11 Njo mana ni muzuri muendelee kutia myoyo nyie kwa nyie na ku furahisana bamoja kwa benzabo vile mulishaka anza fanya. 12 Ba ndugu, tu na baomba mu tambue katikati yenu, benye bana baongoza na kuba fundisha katika Bwana, mubakeshimie. 13 Tuna ba ombatena nyie mu ba heshimie na mubapende ju ya kaziyabo. Muishi na amani kati yenu. 14 Tuna waomba ndugu: mu wapatie angalisho bale binye banatembia katika fujo, mubapatie muoyo benye banachoka, mu vumulie batu bote. 15 Mufanye angalisho, mutu asirudishuye mwenzake mabaya kwa mabaya. Lakini muendelee kufuata byenye biko byamuzuri kati yenu na kwa mafaa ya bote. 16 Mufurahi siku zote. 17 Muombe bila kuacha. 18 Mushukuru kwa kila kitu. Sababu mapenzi ya Mungu ndani ya Yesu Kristo kwa jili yenu. 19 Musi zimishe roho. 20 Musizarau unabii. 21 Lakini muchunguze kila neno. Mukaribie mambo mazari. 22 Muepuke kila mabaya yayote. 23 Mungu wa amani awa safishe kabisa. Mioyo yenu, roho na mwili bichungwe bila buchafu mpaka siku bwa wetu Yesu Kristo ata rudia. 24 Mwenye alibaita ni mwaminifu, na ye njo ata ifanya. 25 Ndugu, mutuombe na shiye. 26 Musalimie bandu bote kwa ku ba kumbatia. 27 Mina ba lapisha mbele ya Bwana kama iyi barua muisome mbele ya ba ndugu bote. 28 Neema ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo iwe pamoja na nyie.
1 Paulo, Sivano, na Timoteo, kwa kanisa ya Mungu Baba na bwana Yesu Kristo kule Tesalonika. 2 Neema na amani kutoka kwa Mungu Baba yetu na Bwana Yesu-Kristo iwe kuenu wote. 3 Tunashukuru Mungu kila, siku kwa jili yenu. Sababu, ile ni kweli munandelua kukomala katika imani na katika mapendo kila mutu kwa mwenjake. 4 Hivi, tunashuhudiaka mu makanisa zote ja Mungu tukiwaelaza kama muko wa vimilivu na imani yenu inasi mama hata muko katika magumu. 5 Ni alama ya kuonysha waji vile Mungu anaamua. Shaba nikusema kuwotayari katika ufalme wa Mungu mueyne mulitesekeaka. 6 Ni kweli, benye banabatesaka nyei, 7 Mungu ana bapatiya malipiji, na bengine benye banakuwaka na magumu sawa nyie, Mungu anawa tulijaka moyo. Itafanyika siku Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo atarudia na bamalaika yake katika utukufu. 8 Njo, atatupa katika moto benyewe abakumua mini Mungu, na balikala Engili ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo. ile njo kisasi cha Mungu. 9 Watateswa na kuharibishua milele mbali na utukufu wa nguvu ya Bwana. 10 Ataifanya wakati atakuya katika utukufa mbele ya batu bote benyewe balimuaminiaka, sababu muliamini ushuda wetu. 11 Ju ya ile, tuna waombea kila siku kusudi siku Mungu wetu awahesabu kuwa munastahili (munaenea) katika muito wake. tunaomba atimije na nguvu yake mahitaji yenu ya kufanya matendo majiri na kaji jote ja imani. 12 Tunaomba hivi kusudi, kwa ajili yenu ( kua juu yenu), jina la Bwana Yesu-Kristo lisifiwe, na nyie musifiwe ndani yake kwa mema ya Mungu Baba na Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo.
1 Tumawaomba sasa wandugu kushusu kwuja kwa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo na kukutana naye, 2 Nusiwe wenye kuangaisha na mawajo yenu ndani musi changonyikiwe ya mioyo yenu, na masemi ata na barua yetu tuliyowandikiya kusema siku la Bwana ilisha kuya. 3 Mutu ata moja asiwadanganya. Haitakuya mupaka siku watu watachoka neno la Bwana pia mudanganyifu na muharibifu aonekane, 4 Niyeye anpinga yote inayoitua Mungu aoyote yenye kuabudiwa na sasa anaikala mu nyumba ya Mungu na kuonekana kama yeye ni Mungu. 5 Hamukumbuke namna niliwambiaka wakati nilikuwa kwenu? 6 Sasa munajuwa nikitu gani inawajuwiya, kusudi aonyeshwe kwa saa inayostahili. 7 Sababu kungali mutu mwenye anaijuia kaji ya waribifu ikotayari mpaka sasa na lakini mpaka ata toshewe mu nja. 8 Ni pale yule anakatala kutii ataonyeshwa waji, Bwana Yesu Kristo ata muhukumu na pema ya kimjua yake. Wakati ya kuya kua Bwana, atamutosha mbele yake. 9 Kuya kua mukaribifu itanekana na kaji ngufu shetani, na alama, na miujiga, 10 Na bongo yake yote Hii itakuwa kua bote benye bana semaka bongo sababu hawaku pokea upendo wa kweli kusudi baokoke. 11 Juu ya ile, Mungu ana waongaja kwa njia ya upotevu, kusudi baendelee kuitika maneno ya bongo. 12 Malipo mabaya ya nikusema, bale benye balikatala kwamini kweli na baka furahi kubakia mu nja ya upotevu, watasombikubakia shua. 13 Lakini wandugu wapenji tu naendelea kushukuru Mungu sana juu ya neema katika mapendo ya Bwana, sababu Mungu aliwachaguwa mukuwe matunda ya kwanja ya uokovu ndani ya kusafisha na roho mutakatifu na muamini ile kweli. 14 Ile njo maana aliwaita kupitia ma hu biri yetu katiaka utukufu wa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, 15 Ju ya ile wandugu, musimame na ngufu mukamate ile desturi tuli wa fundishakana ma shauri yetu tuliwandikia kwa kinywa na kwa barua. 16 Sasa, kuona kwamba Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo mwnyewe, na Mungu baba yetu, muenye alitupendakana kutupatiya matumaini ya milele, na uhakika kwa mambo yatakayo kuja kwa neema. 17 Afariji na kuimarisha mioyo yenu katika matendo mema na masemi majuri.
1 Na sasa wa ndugu mutu ambee kusudi tuhubiri enjile ya bwa wetu Yesu kristo na iende haraka, na kipata sifa. 2 Mutu ombee kusudi maneno tuko na hubiri iokoe watu wenye kukisa imani tuko na uhakika kama mulifanya na muna endilea ku fanya byenye tuli ba fundishaka. 3 Lakini Bwana ni mwominifu, ata basimamisha, na kubachunga. musishirikiane watu wabaya. 4 Tuku na uhakika katika Bwana kama muko na endelea kufanya byenye tuli baachiaka kama amri. 5 Bwana aongoje roho jenu katika upendo wa Mungu na uvumilivu wa Yesu Kristo. 6 Sasa wa ndugu tuna wapa amuri kwa juna ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo musijitie pamoja na wavivu wenye wan fanya byenye nane na mafundisho ile tu mulipataka kwetu. 7 Sababu nyipeke muna jua kama ni yo maana kuigo tabia jetu, sababu hatuku ishikwenu kama wakosa adabu. 8 Ile wakati tuli kua kwenu hatuku kwa mujigo kwenu kwa chakula lakini tuli tumika na kuku na kula kwa jasho yetu hata kama ili kua vigumu. 9 Kama tuliji juija haiko kwa ku shindwa lakini tuli penda kwa mufano kwa watu. 10 Ile wakati tuli kua kwenu, tuli wa achia amri kama ule mwenye hapendi kutumika, asikule. 11 Kwa sababu bali twambia kama kuko benye haba pendi kutumika lakini ba na ji tua mu ku sema sema ma neno ya kuchanganyikesha watu. 12 Sababu ya ile, bale batu ba vile, tuna ba shauri batumike na mikono ya bo njo ba pate chakula. 13 Lakini nyie wa ndugu, musi choke na kufanya majuri na haki. 14 Kama mutu haitike maneno yenye tuna bandikia mwa hii barua, mu mwache na musi mushiri kusudi apale haye. 15 Lakini pia musi muone kama adui yenu, mumupe angolisho kama ndugu. 16 Acha Bwana mwenyewe awapatia amani na aba saidie katika mambo yote. 17 Miye Paulo nina buandiku na mukono yango kusudi ni salimi. 18 Amani na neema ya Bwana we tu Yesu Kristo ibakie na nyie.
1 Paulo, mutume wa Yesu Kristo, kufwataka na amri ya Mungu wetu mukombozi na Yesu Kristo taraja yetu, 2 Kwa Timoteo, mtoto muzuri ndani ya imani, Neema, na rehema, na amani kutoka kwa Mungu baba na Yesu Kristo bwana wetu. 3 Gisi balinitumana kwa nguvu ku fanya mbele ya kwend ku Makedonia, ubakiye katika Efeso, ju upate kusema na batu bengine basi fundishe ma funzo ingine tafawuti. 4 Na usia ngalie muna hadizi na maneno ya bizazi benye abina mwicho ibi bina leta kutoku sikizana (fudjo) kuliko kwenda mbele na mahamuzi ya Mungu, ye nye iko mu imani. 5 Sasa mahana ya amri ni upendo yenye inatoka mu roho safi, na zamiri muzuri na imani ya kweli. 6 Na batu bengine balipoteza ii bitu na baka gewuka ku bitu ya bila maana ya kusema sema. 7 Bana penda bakuwe ba mwalimu ya Sheria, lakini abajuwi ye nye biko na sema ao kwa nini biko na kazia. 8 Lakini sisi tuna juwa kama sheria ni muzuri, kama tu na bitu mikia bizuri. 9 Na tuna ju wa tena ivi, sheria abakuifanya ju mwenye haki, lakini ju ya benye abaeshimia sheria, na ba chafu na batu ya bambi, ba sia kupenda Mungu na bale abajuwi kitu. Baliifanya ju ya bale bana uluwa baba yabo na mama yabo, ju ya bawuwaji. 10 Na basharitii, benye bana funga batu ju yaku bafanya batumwa, na basema bongo, na ba ushuuda ba bongo, na maneno yote yenye ikombalina mafundisho ya uzima. 11 Na ile mafundisho ina fatana na injili ya mahana kwa Mungu yenye miliwekwa muongozi. 12 Namu shukuru YesuKristo Bwana wetu. Ali nitia nguvu, ju alinikuta mwaminifu na akanitia ndani ya kazi. 13 Nili kuwa mwenye kutukana neno, na muwuwaji, na mtu mukali. Lakini nili pata nehema ju nili kuwa na fanya bila kujuwa na moyo mugumu. 14 Lakini nehema ya bwana wetu ili zidi ndani ya imani na upendo yenye iko kwa Yesu Kristo. 15 Neno hii ya maana na ya minifu kuyikubali, aseme Yesu Kristo alikuya muduniya ju ya kuokowa benye zambi niko zayidi ya aba bote. 16 Lakini ju yahii nilipata rema, ju kupia miye kwanza, Kristo Yesu aonyenshe uvumilivu yake yote. Ali fanya ile ikuwe mufano kwabale bata nuhamini ju ya uzima wa milele. 17 Kwa sasa, kwa mfalme wa milele, mwenye akufake, nwenye aonekanake, ni Mungu moya, apokeye sifa na utukufu kwa milele na milele. Amina. 18 Nime tia iyi sheria mbele yako, Timoteo, mtoto wangu. Nilifanya ibi kulingana na unabii yenye iliseme kwa ajili yako, ju upate ku jitia ndani ya nvita. 19 Fanya ibi ju ukuwe na imani na zamiri safi. Batu bengine balii tupa na kuhanguka mu imani. 20 Na njo kuka himenoyo na Alexandra benye nili tupa kwa shetani ju ba jifunze kuto kutukana Mungu.
1 Na kulomba, mbele ya yote, kuomba, kuomba, na matendo ya shukurani ju ya batu bote, 2 Ju ya falme na bote benye biko mu madaraka, ju tu kuwe na maisha ya kimia na amani, kwa uzuri yote na upole pia. 3 Hii iko muzuri na ina pendezwa ku macho ya Mungu bwana wetu. 4 Ana penda batu yote baokoke na bahike ku juwa yote iliyo kweli. 5 Ju kuko Mungu moya, na mupata nishi katika Mungu na mtu, Yesu Kristo, 6 Alijitowa sa malipo ju ya ote, ile ndio ushuuda yenye ililetua kwa wakati muzuri (saa). 7 Njo kwa mahana nili tia muhubiri na mutume. Na sema kweli na siku danga nya (ao siseme bongo). Niko mwalimu ya wa ba pagani ndani ya imani na kweli. 8 Napenda batu balombe kuna fali yote, na kuhinuwa mikono takatifu bila bisirani na bila mabishano. 9 Natena, napenda bana muke bavale na eshima, adabu na ku juwa ku ju zuwiza. Isi kuwe ju ya ku shuka nyele, ao zahabu, ma buchanga, wala ma nguo ya bei kali, 10 Lakini bavale na ile inastahili nabanamke benye bana one sha ku ogopa Mungu. 11 Mwa mke ajufunze kwa kimya na kuti kabisa. 12 Sikurusu mwana mke kufundisha wala kukuwa na mamlaka ju ya bwana, lakini anyamaze kimia. 13 Ju Adama aliumbwa mbele, kisha ewa. 14 Natena ayiko Adama mwenye alianguka, lakini mwana mke njo alidanga nya, na ku vunja sheria. 15 Lakini, ata kuwa ameokolewa kama ana zala ba toto, kama dumu ndani ya imani, na upendo pa moja na utakasa na mawazo muzuri.
1 Hii neno niya mahana na kweli, kama mtu ana penda kuwa muze wa kanisa, ana chaguwa kazi mzuri. 2 Ina lomba na Mze asikuwe na mfano mubaya. Ina mulomba akuwe bwana mke moya, mtu wa kushusha roho, wa kusema paka kweli, kwa matendo ya muzuri wa kika ribisha bageni, na ana juwa kufundisha. 3 Asi kunye pombe, asikiwe mtu wa bukonvi, asikuwe mtu wa nvita na batu, asikuwe na tama ya feza. 4 Ina mulomba a juwe kuongoza nyumba yake mwenyewe, ku eshimisa batoto yake na eshima ya kweli. 5 Lakini kama mtu awezi kuongoza nyumba yake mwenyewe je ata ongoza kanisa la Mungu? 6 Asikuwe mwa minifu wa sasa ju asianguke mu uku wa ma jivuno, na kuanguka mu iyi kibaya. 7 Ina mulomba akuwe na ushuuda muzuri na batu ba inje, ju asikuanguke na mitezo ya shietani. 8 Na bachemashi nabo pia inabalomba bakuwe na mufano muzuri, ba sikuwe benye kinywa mbili. Asi kuwe mtu wa kuku nywa pombe ya kupita, wala mwenye tama ya pes. 9 Ina mulomba achunge ukweli yenye ime fumbiya ku imani pamoya na zamiri safi. 10 Ina mulomba ajipime kwanza, vile abaua makasa batatumika. 11 Na bana mke vile vile, ina balomba bakuwe na tabiya muzuri. Basikuwe baku sema mingi bakuwe baminifu na benye haki ku maneno yoye. 12 Naba shemachi ina balomba bakuwe ba bwana wa bibi moya. Ina balomba kuongoza mzuri batoto yabo na jana mzima. 13 Kwa sababu bale bana ongoza muzuri, bana pata fasi ya eshima na kukubaliwa sana ndani ya imani katika Yesu Kristo. 14 Na kwa ndia hii bitu, tena na waza kuya kwako sasa. 15 Lakini na gawiya, na andika ju uyuwe sisi uta tembeya katika jana la Mungu, yenye iko kanisa la Mungu mwenye hayi, nguzo na nguvu ya ukweli. 16 Tena bila bubishi, siri ya kutii ni kabambi, "Bwana alikuya na mwili, tena roho hili mtetea, na ali ji onesha na ba malaka, baka muu biri ndani ya batu ya duniya, tena duniya ina muhamini, na ali nyakuliwa ndani ya utikufu".
1 Lakini roho a na sema wazi kama wakati wa mwisho, batu bengene bata sitenga na imani ju ya kutatana na roho wongo, na mafundisho ya shetani. 2 Kupitia unafiki ya bongo na kudanganya. 3 Na bata kataza batu batu kuwawa na kukula chakula yenye Mungu aliwumba ju tu yikule na shukurani kubua ndani ya benye kuamini na kupata kweli. 4 Kwa sababu yote yenye ili wumbwa na Mungu ni ya muzuri, tena akuwa yenye tu na kula na ushuuda wa shukurani bata itupa, 5 Kwa sababu yote imetaka ziwa na neno la Mungu pia na mahombi. 6 Na ukifundisha ii bitu kwa bandugu, uta kuwa mtimishi muzuri wa Yesu Kristo, mwenye ali kula neno la imani na mafundisho muzuri ulipata. 7 Lakini utupe bienye abina malaka ile ba mama ba kubwa bana penda, lakini uju weke sana ndani ya kupenda utauwa. 8 Sababu uowezi ya mwili niya muimu mubitu kidogo, lakini utauwa ni ya mahana kwa yote, tena ina haadi ya uzima wa sasa na uzima ia kuya. 9 Ujiumbe ni ya kweli na inasthaili kuyi pokea. 10 Njo mana luna piganisha teka tuna tumika nguvu, ju tuna tia tumahini letu kwa Mungu muzuma, ambae ni mukombozi wa batu bote, zayidi ya bale bana amini. 11 Useme iyi bitu na uyi fundishe. 12 Na mtu asizara wu ufana wako, kuwa mfano kwa bale bana amini, ku neno, kuwa kutendea, kwa upendo, kwa imani, tena kwa usafi. 13 Mu paka nitakuya, uji tie kusoma, maubiri ya kuchawiri ka mafundisho. 14 Usizarau kipaji uko kayo na yenye ulipata ku pitilia unabii na kutiliwa mikono na waze. 15 Ujitie mu iyi bitu, dumu ndani yao, ju mahendeo yako ionekane na batu bote. 16 Ufanye analisho ju yako mwenyewe, ju kwa kufanya iv, uta ji okowa weye mwenyewe piua uta okowa bale benye biko na kusikiya.
1 Usimukemee (kuwamakia) Mzee. Laki umakamate kama baba yake. Ukamate biyana kama bandugu yako. 2 Ukamate bana bake bazee kama bamama yako, na benye biko biyana mubaone kama ba dada yako na usafiyote. 3 Uhesimie bamjane, bamjone ya kweli. 4 Lakini kama mujane moja iko na batota na bayukulu, bamueshimie kwanza mbele ya kueshimia bafamilia yabo. Baifania na bazazi yabo kwa sababu inafunaisha Mungu. 5 Kwa hiyo mumjane ya kweli, mwenye anabakia yeye beke na anatia kitumaini yake kwa Mungu. Na agawiye busiku na muchana na bili na maombi. 6 Lakini mujame mwenye anaishi ju ya kufunaisha mwili yake, alishakufa hata kama angali muzima. 7 Na ubaambie maneno hiyi ju basibakute na makosa. 8 Lakini mutu yote mwenye hatunzi bakake na kuziedi sana bale ba familia yaku, ule mutu anakatala imani na anashinda hata yule mwenye hakuamini. 9 Mjane hasia ndikishwe kama bado hakueneza miaka makumi sita, na alikuwa bibi wa bwana moya. 10 Ajuilikame na bitendo yake bizuli, ikuwe kaziya kulea (kutanza ba toto), kupokea bageni, kunawesha mukulu ya baaminifu, kusaidia benye banateseka au mwenye anatumika na roho yote. banasema. Mabitu yenye habastaili kuiyasema. 11 Lakini bamjane babiyana habapendi kujiandikisha kwa sababu banajitia ku matendo ya umwili yenye Kristo anakatala, banapenda kuolewa. 12 Kwa hiyo, banahukumu kwa sababu banaacha imani yabo ya kwanza. 13 Banaji funza kuwa bavivu na kuzu unguka zunguka nyumba kwa nyumba, na habiko tu bavivu, lakini bana kuwa basemayi sana na benye banakosa shukurani na 14 Ni mapenda bababinti biyana baolewe na bazale batoto, na baonoze banyumba yabo ju basimupatie adui wakati ya kutuchangea kama tunafanya mubaya. 15 Kwa maana bengine tayari banageuka ju ya kumufuata shetani. 16 Mwana muke muaminifu mwenye iko na bamjane kwake, abasaidie yeye mwenye ju isikuwe muziko ya kanisa na asaidie bamjane ya kweli. 17 Bazee benye banaongoka muzuli na heshima banastahili bahemiwe mana pili zaidi ya bale benye banafundisha. 18 Kwa sababu maandiko inesema: "hauwezi kufunga kinywa ya ngombe mwenye anatafuna, mufanya kazi anastahili na ujina (malipo) yake". 19 Usitike hata mastaki ju ya Mzee ila ikuwe binywaya basha hidi bawili au batatu. 20 Uamakie benye banaendelea ku fanya dhambi mbee ya bote, ju bengine baogope. 21 Nasema mbele ya Mungu, na mbele ya Kristo Yesu, na mbele ya malaika bateule, musifanye neno hiyi na kuhukumu kwa kuchagua na upendeleo. 22 Usitilie mutu mikono kwa mbio, ju usichange pa moya na dhambi ya mutu mwengine. Ujichunge safi. 23 Kwanzia sasa usikunye tena niayi tu, lakini kunywa nvinyo kidogo ju ya afia ya mwili yako. 24 Madhambi ya batu bengine zina onesha na inabatangulia kwe,da hukumu. 25 Lakini badhambi nyingine inabafuata nyuma. Vile vile matendo mazuli yake inaonekana wazi lakini zingine haiwezi kufichwa.
1 Bote benye biko chini ya bakubwa sawa na batuna , bakamate bakubwa yabo na heshima yote . Banapaswa kwyafanya kwa yili jima ya Mungu na mafumolisho isitukane. 2 Na batumwa benye bakubwa yabo bike baaminufu , basi bakosee heshima, kwa kusema kama biko bandugu ; lakini inadidi babatumikie kwa sababu bakubwa benye banasailiwa na kazi yabo biko baaminifu na banapendwa . Ufundishe, na ubaenyneshe haya mambo . 3 Tusema kama mutu moya anafundisha tufauti, kwa maana maneno ya mfalme Yesu Kristo. Tusema kama huyu mutu anakatala mafundisho yenye kupeleka kwa Mungu. 4 Huyu mutu anajivuna na hajuwe kitu ziili ya iko na magonjwa ya kubishana kuhusu haya mambo . Mambo haya inatoka kwa kuta maania matusi na mawazo mubaya 5 . Kotokusikiliana ya batu benye banaharibika akili yabo banageuzia ukweli mugongo na bakawaza kama utauwa nyo nga ya kupota faida. 6 Kwa maana utouwa pamoja na raha ni faida kubwa. 7 Sababu hatukukuya na bitu ku dunia tena hatutatoka na kitu . 8 8Lakini tufunai na chakula na manguo. 9 Lakini benye banapenda bapata bitu nungi bataangukuku majaribu, na mutego, na tamaa yenye haina maana, na yenye kundhuru na yote yenye inabeba batu katika upotevu na uharibifu. 10 Kwa sababu mapendo ya makuta mingi ni miziti ya ubaya yote . Bamaya benye balipenda pesa sana balipotea mbali na imani na banajiingiza benyewe katika magumu. 11 Lakini wenye mutumishi wa Mungu kimbia mambo haya . Tafuta uhaki utauwa ,uami nifu, mapendo subiri, na upole . Piga vita muzuri ya imani , kamata uzima ya milele yenye uliotewa. 12 Ni ju ya hiyi nyo ulitubu kwa imani mbele ba shuhudi mingi kuhusu yenye iko muzuri. 13 Nakuagiza mbele Mungu mwenye inaumba bitu yote na mbele ya Yesu Kristo, mwenye alisema kwa kweli yote mbele ya Ponce pilate. 14 Chunga sana sheria ya Mungu, bila kuikasea mpaka kukuya ya mfalme yetu Yesu Kristo. 15 Mungu ataanyesha kukuya yake ku wakati yenye inastahili mungu mabariki, mwenye anaweza wa babwana. 16 Yeye peke iko muchafu na anaihala ndani ya nunu yenye Hainakukaribiwa . Hakuna mutu mwenye anamoona wala anaeza kumoona, heshima na uwezo iko na ye hata milele Amina. 17 Uambie batajiri ya hiyi dunia basijivu nie, na basitie kitumaini yabo ku mamali yabo yenye haiko sawa kwa sababu haiko ya milele. 18 Ubaambie batende mema; bakuwe batazari ya matendo mazuri, bakuwe tayari kutoa mali yabo bashiri kiane na bengine kwa roho. 19 Kwa hiyo, batajiwekea akuba kwa muda utakuya ju bapate maisha ya milele. 20 Timoteo, linda yenye balikupatia ujiepushe na masemo ya mubaya naaongezi ya kubisha na bishana kuhusu yenye munaita kwa makasa elimu . 21 Batu bengine bana sema haya mambo na baaenda mbali na imani . Neema ikuwe pa moja na nyi.
1 Paulo, mtume wa Kristo Yesu, kwa mapenzi ya Mungu, kufwatana na ahadi ya uzima ilio ndani ya Kristo Yesu, 2 kwa Timoteo, mtoto yangu mpendwa : neema, reema na amani iwe na we kutoka kwa Baba Mungu na Kristo Yesu Bwana wetu. 3 Nashukuru mungu, mwenyeminamutumikia na rohonzimagisi bazee yangu balitumika, na nikikumbuka siku yote katika maombi yangu busiku na mulhana. 4 4Na niko nakumbuka machozi yakona mina penda sana kukuona wese na niko na furaha. 5 5Nakumbuka imani yako eunika, na niko na kubali baishi pamoyanawe. 6 Njo kwasababu ninakumbusha kuendelea kutu mikishakile ulipokea kwa mungu kienye ndani yako na ulikipokea wakati niliki wekea mikono. 7 Kwa sababu mungu asikutupatishia roho ya boga, lakini ya nguvu, wa mapendo na wa eshima. 8 Usione haya kwa ushuhuda ya bwana yetu. wala kwa miye paulo mfungu yake,lakini uvumulie tabu pamoya na habari njema kwa nguvu ya mungu. 9 Ni mungu njo alituokoana akatuita kwa mwito wakweli alifanya hayo sikwasababu ya matendo yetu, lakini kufatana na mipango yake na neema yake. Alitupatisia yote kati na Yesu Kristo,mbele ya mwanzo ya bitu yote. 10 Nasasa okovu wa mungu ilioneli lana kwakuya kwa Yesu Kristo moponyaji wetu. wenye kumaliza kufa na mwenye kuleta maisha ya milele, kwa mwangaza kupitia habari njema. 11 Kwa iyo nili chaguliwa muhubiri mutsungazi na mualimu. 12 Nikwasababu na ile nivumulie mateso, nasinahaya kwasababu najua nani ninahamilia, na nina imani kama iko, na uwezo na kutchunga tiisiku ile kile niliemupa. 13 Chunga kwa imani, na mapendo kile kikondani ya Yesu Kristu,namna ya habari ya kweli ile ulisikia kwangu. 14 Hii mafundisho muzuzi enye mungu alikupatia uitsunge kwa kusaidiwa na roho mtakitifu mwenye kwikala mwaku. 15 Unajua kama bote benye kuishi katika asia balinikimbia,ndani ya kikundi ile uko figele,na hermogene. 16 Acha mungu ahurumie yumba ya onesifore,kwasababu wakati yote alikuwa na nipa ngulu na akusikia haya ya kufungwa kwango, mara ingine. 17 Wakati aliku waku roma, alinitafuta kwa bidisana,na akanipata. 18 Acha mungu amuitikie na apate huruma kwakekwasiku ile,na unajuwa muzurisana namnagani alinisadiaku efeso.
1 Basi wewe mwana wangu, ukuwe hodari kwa njia ya neema uliyopata katika kuungana kwako na Kristo Yesu. 2 Wewe umesikia mafundisho niliyotoa mbele ya washuhuda wengi. Nawe sasa uyafundishe kwa watu waaminifu watakaoweza vilevile kuyatoa kwa watu wengine. 3 Ushiriki katika mateso kama vile askari mwema wa Kristo Yesu. 4 Askari anapokuwa katika vita, hapaswi kushugulika na mambo ya kawaida ya maisha ya wakaaji kama anataka kumupendeza mkubwa wa kundi lake. 5 Vilevile mtu yeyote anayeshindana katika michezo hawezi kupata zawadi ya ushindi kama asipotii kanuni za michezo. 6 Tena mulimaji anayetumika kazi ngumu ndiye anayepaswa kupata sehemu ya kwanza ya mavuno. 7 Ufikiri juu ya maneno hayo ninayosema, kwa maana Bwana atakupa uwezo kwa kuyaelewa yote. 8 Umukumbuke Yesu Kristo aliyekuwa wa ukoo wa mfalme Daudi, na aliyefufuka sawa vile inavyotangazwa na Habari Njema hii ninayohubiri. 9 Mimi ninateswa na kufungwa sawa mutenda maovu kwa sababu ninahubiri Habari Njema hii. Lakini Neno la Mungu halifungwi. 10 Ni kwa hiyo ninavumilia mambo yote kwa ajili ya watu ambao Mungu alijichagulia kuwa wake, kusudi wao vilevile wapate kuokoka na kupata utukufu wa milele unaopatikana kwa njia ya Kristo Yesu. 11 Maneno haya ni ya kuaminiwa: Kama tumekufa pamoja naye, tutaishi pamoja naye vilevile. 12 Kama tunaendelea kuvumilia, tutatawala pamoja naye vilevile. Kama tunamukana, naye atatukana vilevile. 13 Kama tunakosa kuwa waaminifu, yeye anabaki mwaminifu. Kwa maana hawezi kujikana yeye mwenyewe. 14 Uwakumbushe watu maneno hayo yote na kuwaonya wazi mbele ya Mungu waache kubishana juu ya maneno. Mabishano hayana faida kwa maana yanawapoteza wale wanaoyasikia. 15 Ufanye juhudi kusudi upate kuhesabiwa mbele ya Mungu kama mtu anayemupendeza, ukiwa kama mtumishi asiyesikia haya juu ya kazi yake, lakini anayetangaza kwa haki ujumbe wa kweli wa Mungu. 16 Uepuke masemi yasiyokuwa na maana na ya kidunia, kwa maana wale wanaoyafuata wanazidi kupotoka katika ibada ya uongo. 17 Maneno yao yanaambukiza kama vile kidonda chenye kuoza kinavyoharibu mwili wote. Kati yao kuna Himeneo na Fileto. 18 Hao wamepotoka mbali na ukweli, wamepotosha imani ya watu wengi wakisema kwamba ufufuko tunaongojea umekwisha kufanyika. 19 19 Lakini musingi uliojengwa na Mungu, unasimama imara. Nayo maneno haya yamechapwa juu ya musingi ule Bwana anajua wale wanaokuwa wake, na haya mengine: «Kila mtu anayesema kwamba yeye ni wa Bwana anapaswa kujitenga na maovu.» 20 Ndani ya nyumba kubwa, hamuna vyombo vya zahabu na feza tu, lakini muko vilevile vyombo vya miti na vya udongo. Vimoja ni vya matumizi ya kipekee na vingine ni vya matumizi ya kawaida. 21 Basi kama mtu atajitakasa kwa kujitenga na maovu hayo yote atakuwa chombo cha matumizi ya kipekee, kitakatifu cha mwenye nyumba na chenye mafaa kwake na kuwa tayari kwa kila kazi njema. 22 Ujiepushe na tamaa za ujana, utafute kuishi katika haki, imani, upendo na amani pamoja na watu wote wanaomwabudu Bwana kwa moyo safi. 23 Ukatae mabishano ya kipumbafu na yasiyokuwa na maana; unajua wewe mwenyewe kwamba yanaleta magomvi. 24 Basi, mtumishi wa Bwana hapaswi kugombana. Anapaswa kuwa mupole kwa watu wote, anayejua kufundisha na muvumilivu. 25 Anapaswa kuwaonya kwa upole wale wanaopingana naye; kwa maana labda Mungu anaweza kuwajalia hata wapate kugeuka toka zambi na kutambua ukweli. 26 Kwa njia hiyo wanaweza tena kupata ufahamu na kuponyoka katika mitego ya Shetani, aliyewanasa na kuwafanya watimize mapenzi yake.
1 Ukuye una juwa aseme: ku masiku ya mwisho, mambo itaku ya nguvu. 2 Ju batu bata anza kujipenda, ba rafiki ya feza, ba ki jihe shimiya bo benyewe, ba kibengo, baku zarau Mungu, bashoku ogopa bazazi, ba kukosa ku ona bizuri bya bengine, ba bitendo bibaya. 3 Ba shoroho ya mapendo ku batu bengine, washo ku urumia bengine, baka landiya batu mambo, ba sho kuji chunga ba makari sana, washo kupenda bitu bizuri. 4 Batu baku uwisha batu, basho kusikiya shauri, basho kwangalia bengine, baku fwata furaha ya dunia kupita Mungu. 5 Bata kuya nahaliya benye ku ogopa Mungu, lakini bakukatala ile yenye inaleta uwezo. Achana mbari na batu ba vile. 6 Juu ba mingi katikati yabo ni bale baku ji ingiza kwa siri mu ma nyumba ya batu na kupotosha banamke bakukosa akiri. Ni bale beko na ma roho yakuyala nzambi, bale benye kubebewa na ma tamaa mbalimbali. 7 Banamke baku fundishiwa mara na mara lakini habawezake ku ivya mu kujuwa ukweli. 8 Vile vile yanesi na ya mbelesi bali pikanishaka mu sa, bale ba mwalimu ba bongo na bo bana pikanisha ukweli ni batu mawazo yabo ina isha ku oza, benye basho kuti miza njia ya imani. 9 BAtu aba bu welewele yabo inaonekana wazi na habata enda mbali. 10 Lakini weye, uli nifwata kwa kila kitu mu mafundisho yangu, mwenendo yangu, shabaa yangu, imani yangu, kuwa na roho kimia katika ukosefu wangu, mapendo yangu, kuvumilia mateso kwangu. 11 Bile bina nifwata fwata, mahanga iko yangu, naile mambo ili nipataka mu antiokia, muikoniuma na mu lisitala. Nili vumilia bile bya kunifwata. 12 Lakina bale banatafuta ku ambatana na bile bana amini ndani ya Kristo Yesu batakuwa tu batu ba mateso. 13 Lakini batu baku sitaki bengine kwa bongo bata isha na mwisho mubaya. Wata potesha bengine. Bo benye baku poteya 14 Lakini weye, u ishi mu maneno yote ulifundishiwa na biamini na roho yote. Una juwa nani ali kufundisha. 15 Kwanzia butoto bwako, una ijuwa ma andiko takatifu, ile yenye uwezo ya ku kupatia hekima juu ya wokovu katika imani ndani ya Kristo Yesu. 16 Ma andiko yote ina toka ku pumuzi ya kinyawa ya Mungu iko na mafaa juu tufundishiwe, tu pate hakikisho na kutoshanmawazo mubaya, n kuleta fundisho katika uhaki. 17 Yote ile ni juu mutu wa Mungu akuye ana weza kila kitu, wa kuya na kila kitu aweze ku timiza kila tendo muzuri.
1 Na kuandikiya weye mambo iyi kumbeleya Mungu na mbele ya Yesu ule ata kuya kusambilisha batu bote bale benye beko bazimana na bale bakukufa, kweli ye atarudi kubeba bufalme, basi nakuomba kwa jina yake. 2 Hubiri abari njema na nguvu yote, ata baki itika ao bakikatala, tosha inje bongo ya batu, uba kemeye na ubaonye, uba hubiri na utaratibu wote, na ma fundisho. 3 Kwasababu masiku ita kuya batu abata penda kusikiya bahukisi ya kweli ata kidogo, lakini bata pata mapenzi yako peke na, bata, ta futa, bahubiri mingi, juu bakuye kubahubiri, mambo yenyewe bopeke bana penda. 4 Bata katala kusikiya mahubiriya kweli na bata anza kutiya masi kiyo na maneno aina faida. 5 Lakini weye ukuye ange kwa wakati wote, kubali kuona mateso, hubiri habari njema, weye timiza kazi yako. 6 Kwangu miye wakati ya kwacha duniya inaeneya, naisha kujipana kwa mungu kama sadaka ju ya kumwanga damu yangu. 7 Niko kama vile mutu mwenye kucheza michezo, na pikanaka vita ya makofi na gisi ya kweneya, nilikimbiya mbiyo mpaka mwisho wa michezo, niko tu na aminiya mungu na Roho moya. 8 Taji ya watu wenye haki iko na ni chunga, tazi sembayo baba mungu wa haki ata nipatiya siku ile, na iko kwa jili yangu mwenyewe, nabale bote benye kumu chunga mapendo, siku ata rudiya na utukufu wake, 9 Fanya nguvu uye unikute apa araka, 10 SAbabu Demas alinikimambiyaka miye na akaenda Tesalonika, sababu ana penda sana mambo ya Duniya, Kresans ana enda Galatiya na Tite na Dalmati. 11 Mpaka Luka njo ana bakiya na miye, beba Marko mukuye naye, njiya moya, ye njo Anastahili kwa kunisahidiya. 12 Natuma Tishike ku efesoi. 13 Wakati utakuya uni bebeye koti yangu yabaridi, yenyewe niliachaka ku Troas, munyumba ya Karpos, na niko na niya ya mikanda, mingi sana ile ili fanyi ziwa na ngozi ya nyama. 14 Aleksandre mufanya byuma alinitendeya matendo mubaya sana, Mungu atamuridishiya yote ali nitendeya. 15 Na weye ukuwe ange naye kwa sababu ali katala mahubiri yetu kwanguvu yote. 16 Wakati nili fungiwa mara ya kwangza, akukuwa ata mutu moya wa kuni saidiya, batu bote balinikimbiya, Mungu habahurumiye. 17 Lakini Mungu alikuwa pembeni yangu, na alinipatiya nguvu juu ni hubiri habari njema muzuri kwa batu yote basipo kuwa bayuda ye njo aliniponeshaka kati ya ba simba. 18 Mupaka yeye njo ata niponesha kati ya mateso yote ata ni chunga ju ni weze kufika ku mugini, wake wa yulu, sifa ni yake. 19 Umu lamukiye Prisiye na bwana yake Akilas na jama ya Onozifore. 20 Eraste alibakiya korinto na niliacha Trofine mugonjwa ku miletu. 21 Fanya nguvu ju ukuye mbele ya wakati ya baridi Ebilis anakulamukiya, Pudens, Limusa, Claudia na banduku bote bana kulamukiya piya. 22 Acha Mungu akuwe na roho yako na Nehema ya Mungu ikuwe na weye amene.
1 Paulo mtumishe wa Mungu na mtume wa Yesu Kristo kwa imani alio chaguliwa na Mungu na ujuaji wa ukweli jeriji kupatana na kueshimu mareno ya Mungu. 2 Kusadiki yenyi kuwa juu ya kitumaini ya maisha ya milele ya Mungu, huyu asemake wongo, aliwaagake tokea zamani. 3 Wakate mwengine alionyeshe neno lake waziwazi kwa mahubiri alinipa nihubiri . Nilipashua kuifanya kua amri ya Mungu mtobozi wetu. 4 Tito mtoto wangu kabisa bati ya imani. Neema na kimia kutoka kwa Mungu Baba na kwa Yesu Kristo mkombozi wetu. 5 Kwa sababu hii nilikuacha Creta kusudi utie kwa usawa vitu iyenye havijamalizaka na utie wazee kati ja kila fimbo kufwatana na mafundisho yangu. 6 Mzee anapaswa kuwa sawa mwenye mke mofa, watoto ua kamitifu, wengi hawasitakiwe kuwa wakalina wakosa adabu. 7 Inafaa Mzee kama vile mtu wa akila wa Mungu, asiwe mwenyi makosa, hapashwe kwa wa kusema sana, pia mwendo mtaya. Hapashwe kuwa mtu wa kikasika na kujipana kwa kujua pombe, hasiwe mtu wakutomboka na wa tamaa. 8 Lakini anapashua mtu wa kopokea wala rafiki ya watu wazuri arapashwa kuwa mwepesi, sawa mtakatifu na mwenyi kufangalia. 9 Anapashwa kuambatana na neno njema vile ilifundishwa. Awe pia mtu wa kusuma wengine ku mafundisho mazuri na kuwamakia wenyi ubishe. 10 Kwani kuko watambozi wengi, kati ya wenyi walikatua kumbeni. Maneno yao haina maana. Huapokee na wanaongoza vyana ku njio mbaya. 11 Ni lazima kuwasimamisha. Wanafundisha yenyi hastari, fuu ya fahida ya haya na wanaaribisha mafamaa nzima. 12 Moja katiyao, mtu wa lazima alisema. «Kreto» siku zote muongo, mubaya na nyama ya hatari, Tumbo isiyafanya kazi. 13 Ni ushuida wa kweli, anakaripia kabisa wawe na imani 14 Muwe na angalisho juu mapepo ya wayuda ao ku amri za watu wenyi kutoka kati ja wewili. 15 Wenyi kuwa safi yote ni safi. Lakini hakura kitu kisafi kwa wenyi wabaya na wasiosadiki kwani mawazo yao na kitumaini ilikwa vibaya. 16 Wanafanya kazi ya kujua Mungu, lakini vitendo vyao vinawafulisha, wako wabaya na warakosa kutu, na hawewezi kufanya vitendo vizuri.
1 Kumbi weye sema ginzi inahistari ku adibisha muzuri. 2 Ina omba bazee bakuwe na upole, baesimiwa, kujazwa na imani ndani ya mapendo pia juudi na mawazo safi. 3 Vile vile ba mama bakubwa ina baomba baishi kama batu ya heshima, basikuwe batu ya bure na kujipana kua ina baomba bakue na mafundisho muzuri. 4 Juu ya kufundisha ba mama ya bunyumba baweze kupenda babwana na batoto yabo. 5 Baba fundishe bakwe na akili pia usafi ya kutengeneza ma nyumba yabo, bikue batii mbele ya babwana yabo, ina baomba batii ile mambo juu neno la Mungu isitukaniwe. 6 Vile vile inaomba kusaidia vijana juu nakuwe na akili. 7 Ku bitu yote; kama uko na fundisha ukuwe alama ya tabia muzuri na bidii pia utii ionekane kwabo. 8 Useme habari safi bila ku kwaza, juu mwenye ata isimamia apte aya sababu akuna mabaya ndani. 9 Mutu wakazi ana hesimu Sultani wake kubitu yote, hata musilikisha lakini ata mufuraisha kila wakati. 10 Hata iba lakini atafanya alama ya Roho muzuri kwa yote inaleta heshima ya mafundisho juu ya Mungu mwokozi wetu. 11 Sababu neema ya Mungu inajionesha kwa wqatu wote. 12 Ana tufanya kwa kukataa zambi na uba ya dunia; anatufanya kuishi na akili ya kusimama imara na matendo muzuri ku hii wakati. 13 Wakati tuna subiri hupata baraka ya imani yetu kuja ya Mungu na mwokozi wetu Yesu Kristu. 14 Yesu ye mwenyewe alijitowa juu ya kutosha ndani ya uchafu yote hiisha aka tuosha juu yake sababu tukue batu ya muhimu benye biko na uba yatabia safi. 15 Sema na ubape moyo, tena simamiya na ukubwa yako kwa mutu ule ataizarau.
1 Uba ku mbushe ba kuwe batara tibu kwa viongozi na bakubwa juu ba batii kishsa bakuwe na tabia yote muzuri. 2 Ubakumbushe basi lahani mutu, ba ache kugombana, basi onee mutu mwengine lakini kuji shusha kwabo iho nekane na batu yote. 3 Kumbi na ile wakati siye tulikuwa na kiburi bila kutii. Tulikuwa mbali na tabio ya kutufurahisha, tu likwa na uba mubaya. Bila shauri na kuchikiana. 4 Wakati uzuri wa Mungu mwokozi, alishisha upendo kwa watu. 5 Njoo ali tu okowa, ahiko juu ya matendo yetu muzuri enye tulifanya, basi ni sababu ya uruma yake njoo alitu okowa hupitia ubatizo ya kuzaliwa n roho mutakatifu ina turudisha upia. 6 Mungu alitujaza na uwepo wa roho mutakatifu kupitia Yesu Kristo imwokozi wetu. 7 Aliifanya sababu tu weze kwa nehema, tu kuwe kizazi chke kupitia imani ya uzima yamilele. 8 hii habari iko na uwezo ya imani, inaomba usema na imani juu ya ilhi maneno, sababu bale benye bato amini Mungu bata ji toa na kukua na tabia muzuri mbele ya bo, iyi maneno iko muzuri na razima ku batu bote. 9 Lakini mu epoke ubishi ya bazimu ya kizazi yenye maleta ku gombana na chi ki kufatana na sheria ni bitu enye ai muzuri na aina faida. 10 Toka pembeni ya bale benye biko na kabula batu nani yenu ku angalisho ya kwanza na ya pili. 11 Ju wa kama mutu ule alijitosha ku njia muzuri ana jii ngiza ndani ya zambi njoo ana ji ukumu ye peke. 12 Ginsi na taka kuku tuma kwa Artemasa ao Tychika uta rudi araka ku nikuta ku Nikopolia kwenye nalipita ku kipwa. 13 Uta mu tuma Zona mwenye ana jua sheria pamoja na Apoloso juu nisi kose kitu. 14 Batu yetu ban pashwa kukuwa na tabia muzuri ya ku saida ya muhimu juu basi kauke. 15 bote benye biko na niye bana basalimia na uzalimie bote benye bantupenda kwa imani neheema ya Mungu ikuwe na batu yote.
1 Paulo mufungwa wa Kristo Yesu, pamoja na ndugu Timoteo, kwa Filemoni mwenzetu katika huduma. 2 Kwa data yetu Afiya, Archipu mupiganaji mwenzetu, na kwa kanisa muzima yenye inakusanyika ndani ya nyumba yako. 3 Neema na amani kutoka kwa Mungu baba yetu na Bwana Yesu Kristo bikuwe kwenu. 4 Minaendelea kushukuru Mungu wangu. Na mina kukumbukaka mu maombi yangu. 5 Nilipata habari kuhusu mapendo na imani yenye ukonayo ndani ya Bwna Yesu Kristo na kwa waamini wote. 6 Nina omba kusudi ushirika wa imani yako ukamilike kusudi ujue nini ya muhimu yenye iko kati yetu ndani ya Kristo. 7 Kwa sababu niko na furaha na mina farijika ju ya mapendo yako, ulifariji roho za baamini bote ndugu yangu. 8 Hivi, hata kama niko na jurudi ndani ya Kristo na ruhusa ya kukupa amuri ya kufanya kazi yako, 9 Lakini sababu ya mapendo mina kuomba (miye mzee Paulo mu fungwa ju ya Yesu). 10 Na ku sihi sababu ya mutoto yangu Onesime mwenye nili zala ndani ya mabusu. 11 Zamani alikua hana mafaa kwako. Lakini leo anakuwa na mafaa kwako na kwangu. 12 Nimekurudishia naye hata kama iko wamuhimu ndani ya roho yangu. 13 Ningependa abakiye na miye kusudi ani saidie ndani ya hii magumu ya kifungo, sababu ya habari njema. 14 Lakini sikupenda kuifanya, iliomba tukubaliane na weye. Sikupenda bizuri byenye utafanya bitokane na kusukumwa lakini itokane na kutaka kwako. 15 Ina wezekana alitengwa kwako kwa wakati kidogo kusudi akurudilie na abakie na weye siku yote. 16 Hatakuwa tena mutumwa, lakini kushinda mutumwa, yeye ni ndugu mpendwa, zaidi kwangu na kwako katika mwili na ndani ya Bwana. 17 Na kwa hiyo kama una nipokea kama mupendwa mupokee naye kama miye. 18 Kama aliku tendeaka mabaya, wala iko na deni yako, uniulize miye. 19 Mimi Paulo, minaandika hii kwa mukono yangu mi peke, nitakurudishia byote. Sikupenda kusema unipe maisha yako yote. 20 Ndugu yangu nakuomba sana katika Bwana Yesu Kristo upumuzishe roho ya ngu tafazali. 21 Kama mina kuandikia ni ju mina kutumainia, na jua kama utafanya zaidi ya ile minakuomba. 22 Pamoja na ile uni tayarishie chumba moya munyumba ya wageni, sababu mina tumainia kama kupitia maombi yenu nitabafikia. 23 Epafra, mwenzangu mufungwa katika Kristo Yesu, ana kusalimia, 24 Pia na Marko, Aristariki, Demasi, na Luka benzangu ba kazi. 25 Neema ya bwana Yesu Kristo ibaki ndani ya roho yako. Amen
1 Zamani Mungu alisema na babu zetu kwa njia ya manabii, mara nyingi na kwa namna nyingi. 2 Lakini kwa siku hizi za mwisho amesema nasi kwa njia ya Mwana wake. Mungu alimuweka kuwa murizi wa vitu vyote, na ambaye kwa njia yake aliumba ulimwengu wote. 3 Yeye ni kitambulisho cha mwangaza wa utukufu wa Mungu, kwa maana yeye ni mufano kamili ya Mungu mwenyewe, na kwa uwezo wa neno lake analinda vitu vyote. Naye alipokwisha kuwatakasa watu toka katika zambi zao, aliikaa na mamlaka katika mbingu kwa kuume kwa Mungu Mwenye Uwezo wote. 4 Mwana amepata kuwa mkubwa kupita wamalaika kufuatana na lile jina alilopewa na Mungu, linalokuwa tukufu kuliko jina lao. 5 Kwa maana Mungu hakumwambia hata mara moja mmoja wa wamalaika wake hivi: «Wewe ni mwana wangu, mimi leo nimekuwa baba yako. Wala hakusema maneno haya juu ya malaika yeyote: “Mimi nitakuwa Baba yake, naye atakuwa Mwana wangu.” 6 Na tena wakati Mungu alipomutuma muzaliwa wake wa kwanza katika dunia, alisema: “Wamalaika wote wa Mungu wanapaswa kumwabudu.” 7 Lakini juu ya wamalaika, Mungu alisema: “Mungu anawafanya wamalaika wake kuwa kama upepo. Anawafanya hao watumishi wake kuwa kama ndimi za moto.” 8 Lakini juu ya Mwana, Mungu alisema: “Kiti chako cha kifalme, Ee Mungu, kitadumu hata milele. Fimbo ya ufalme wako ni wa haki. 9 Unapenda haki na kuchukia uovu. Ni kwa hiyo Mungu, Mungu wako, amekusimika, akikupakaa mafuta, akikupatia heshima na kukuinua juu kuliko wenzako wote.” 10 Vilevile Mungu alisema: “Wewe Bwana, kwa mwanzo uliumba dunia, mbingu ni kazi ya mikono yako. 11 Vitatoweka lakini wewe utabaki. Vitachakaa kama nguo. 12 Utavikunjakunja kama kanzu, navyo vitabadilishwa kama nguo. Lakini wewe utabaki sawasawa, na maisha yako hayatakuwa na mwisho.” 13 Mungu hakumwambia hata mara moja mmoja wa wamalaika wake hivi: “Ikaa na mamlaka kwa kuume kwangu, mpaka nitakapowaweka waadui zako chini ya miguu yako.”» 14 Malaika ni nini, basi? Wao wote ni roho wanaomutumikia Mungu na wanaotumwa naye kwa ajili ya faida ya wale wanaopaswa kuokolewa.
1 Kwa sababu hiyo, tunapaswa kushikamana zaidi na habari tuliyosikia, kusudi tusipotee mbali. 2 Ujumbe wa Sheria uliotangazwa na malaika ulitimizwa, na hata kila mtu aliyekosa kuufuata na kuasi aliazibiwa sawa inavyostahili. 3 Basi, namna gani sisi tutaponyoka azabu kama hatushuguliki na wokovu mkubwa kama huu? Ni Bwana mwenyewe aliyetangaza kwanza habari za wokovu huu, na wale waliomusikia walihakikisha kwetu kwamba ni za kweli. 4 Mungu vilevile alihakikisha ushuhuda wao kwa njia ya maajabu, ya miujiza mbalimbali, na ya vitambulisho, na kwa njia ya zawadi za Roho Mtakatifu alizowapa watu kama anavyopenda. Mwongozi wa wokovu 5 Mungu hakuwapa wamalaika uwezo wa kutawala ulimwengu unaokuja, ndio ule tunaosema juu yake. 6 Tena maneno haya yanahakikishwa na pahali pengine katika Maandiko Matakatifu: «Mtu ni nini hata umukumbuke, mwanadamu ni nini hata umushugulikie? 7 Umemufanya kuwa mwenye cheo chini kidogo ya malaika. Umemujaza utukufu na heshimaa. 8 Umemupa mamlaka juu ya vitu vyote.» Wakati inaposemwa ya kama Mungu amemupa mtu mamlaka juu ya vitu vyote, maana yake hakuacha hata kitu kimoja. Ingawa hivi, hata sasa hatuoni kwamba amepewa mamlaka juu ya vitu vyote. 9 Lakini mambo tunayoona ndiyo haya: Yesu alifanywa kuwa mwenye cheo chini kidogo ya malaika kusudi kwa neema ya Mungu, Yesu akufe kwa ajili ya watu wote. Na sasa kwa njia ya kile kifo kilichomufikia, amepata utukufu na heshima. 10 Kwa hiyo ilifaa kwamba Mungu aliyeumba vitu vyote na kuvilinda imara, amufanye Yesu kuwa mukamilifu kwa njia ya mateso, kusudi awalete watoto wengi kuwa washiriki wa utukufu wa Mungu. Kwa maana Yesu ndiye anayewaongoza watu wapate kuokoka. 11 Yeye anawatakasa watu toka katika zambi, na wale wanaotakaswa naye, wote ni watoto wa Baba mmoja. Ni kwa sababu hiyo Yesu hasikii haya ya kuwaita wandugu zake. 12 Kwa maana anasema: «Ee Mungu, nitatangaza jina lako kwa wandugu zangu, nitakusifu katikati ya mkutano. 13 Tena anasema: “Nitamutumainia Mungu.” Na tena anasema: “Mimi ni hapa pamoja na watoto Mungu alionipatia.”» 14 Basi kwa kuwa hao watoto ni wanadamu, wenye mwili na damu, Yesu vilevile alitwaa ile hali ya mwanadamu. Alifanya hivi kusudi kwa njia ya kufa kwake amwangamize Shetani aliyekuwa na uwezo wa kuleta lufu. 15 Vilevile aliwafungua wale wote walioishi kama watumwa katika maisha yao yote kwa sababu ya kuogopa lufu. 16 Kwa maana hakika hakukuja kuwasaidia wamalaika, lakini alikuja kuwasaidia wazao wa Abrahamu. 17 Kwa hiyo ilimupasa afanane na wandugu zake katika mambo yote, kusudi apate kuwa Kuhani Mkubwa anayekuwa mwenye huruma na mwaminifu katika kazi yake mbele ya Mungu, na kwa njia hiyo zambi za watu zisamehewe. 18 Na kwa sababu yeye mwenyewe alijaribiwa na kuteswa, anaweza kuwasaidia wale wanaojaribiwa.
1 Kwa sababu hiyo, wandugu zangu, ninyi ambao mumeitwa na Mungu na kuwa watu wake kama vile sisi, mufikiri sana juu ya Yesu, anayekuwa mutume na Kuhani Mkubwa wa imani tunayotangaza. 2 Yeye alikuwa mwaminifu mbele ya Mungu aliyemusimika kwa kazi ile, sawa vile Musa alivyokuwa mtumishi mwaminifu katika kazi ya nyumba yote ya Mungu. 3 Mujengaji wa nyumba anaheshimiwa zaidi kuliko nyumba yenyewe. Hivi vilevile Yesu anastahili kupewa heshima kubwa zaidi kuliko Musa. 4 Ni kweli kila nyumba inajengwa na mtu, lakini Mungu ndiye aliyejenga vitu vyote. 5 Musa alikuwa mtumishi mwaminifu katika nyumba yote ya Mungu, kusudi ashuhudie maneno ambayo Mungu angesema nyuma. 6 Lakini Kristo ni mwaminifu kama Mwana anayesimamia nyumba ya Mungu. Na sisi ndio nyumba ile, kama tukiendelea kuwa na uhodari na kuaminia kupata mambo tunayotumainia. Mapumziko Mungu anayotayarishia watu wake 7 Kwa hiyo, kama vile Roho Mtakatifu anavyosema: «Leo ikiwa munasikiliza sauti ya Mungu, 8 musifanye mioyo yenu kuwa migumu kama babu zenu walivyofanya wakati walipomuasi Mungu, sawa siku ile walipomupima katika jangwa. 9 Kule babu zenu walinipima na kunijaribia, ingawa walikuwa wameona yote niliyotenda kwa muda wa miaka makumi ine. 10 Kwa sababu ile nilikasirikia kizazi chao, na kusema: Watu hao wanapotoka mioyo siku zote. Nao hawafuati njia zangu. 11 Basi nikaapa kwa kasirani kwamba hawataingia kwenye mapumziko niliyowatayarishia!» 12 Basi wandugu zangu, muangalie vizuri, kati yenu kusikuwe mtu mmoja mwenye moyo mubaya wa kutokuamini, aliyefikia hata kujitenga mbali na Mungu Mwenye Uzima. 13 Lakini muonyane kila siku kwa muda wote ambao lile neno leo linalotajwa lingali linatuelekea kusudi hata mmoja wenu asikuwe mugumu kwa kudanganywa na zambi. 14 Kwa maana sisi wote tunaishi katika ushirika na Kristo ikiwa tunachunga mpaka mwisho lile tumaini tulilopata kwa mwanzo. 15 Maandiko Matakatifu yanasema: «Leo ikiwa munasikiliza sauti ya Mungu, musifanye mioyo yenu kuwa migumu kama babu zenu walivyofanya wakati walipomuasi Mungu.» 16 Ni watu gani waliosikia maneno ya Mungu na kumwasi? Si wale wote walioongozwa na Musa toka katika inchi ya Misri? 17 Tena, ni watu gani waliomukasirisha Mungu kwa muda wa miaka makumi ine? Si wale wote waliofanya zambi wakaanguka na kufa katika jangwa? 18 Tena ni watu gani Mungu aliowaapia kwamba hawataingia kwenye mapumziko aliyowatayarishia? Si wale waliokataa kumutii? 19 Basi tunaona kwamba hawakuweza kuingia kwenye mapumziko yale kwa sababu ya kutokuamini kwao.
1 Basi kwa kuwa tungali na ahadi ya kuingia kwenye mapumziko yale, basi tuogope kusudi katikati yenu kusikuwe hata mtu mmoja atakayekosa kuingia. 2 Kwa maana sisi vilevile tumehubiriwa Habari Njema kama vile watu wale. Walisikia habari lakini haikuwafalia kitu, kwa maana wale walioisikia hawakuipokea kwa imani. 3 Lakini sasa sisi tulioamini, tutaingia kwenye mapumziko ambayo Mungu alitaja aliposema: «Halafu nikaapa kwa kasirani kwamba hawataingia hata kidogo kwenye mapumziko niliyowatayarishia! Mungu alisema vile ingawa alikuwa amemaliza kazi zake tangu pale alipoumba dunia. 4 Kwa maana imesemwa pahali fulani katika Maandiko Matakatifu juu ya siku ya saba: “Siku ya saba, Mungu akapumzika kwa maana alikuwa amemaliza kazi zake zote.” 5 Na tena, katika Maandiko tuliyotaja hapa juu, Mungu anasema: “Hawataingia hata kidogo kwenye mapumziko niliyowatayarishia.” 6 Wale waliokuwa wa kwanza kuhubiriwa Habari Njema hawakuingia kwenye mapumziko yale kwa sababu ya kutokuamini kwao. Ingawa vile ingali inawezekana kwa wengine kuingia. 7 Kwa sababu hii Mungu anaweka tena siku ingine inayoitwa “Leo”. Naye alisema juu ya siku ile nyuma ya miaka mingi kwa njia ya Daudi, kufuatana na Maandiko haya yaliyokwisha kutajwa mbele: “Leo kama munasikiliza sauti ya Mungu musifanye mioyo yenu kuwa migumu.”» 8 Kwa maana kama Yoshua angekuwa amewafikisha watu kwenye mapumziko, Mungu hangesema tena nyuma ya pale juu ya siku ingine. 9 Kwa hiyo kungali mapumziko ambayo Mungu anawatayarishia watu wake. 10 Kwa maana yule anayeingia kwenye mapumziko anayotayarisha, anapumzika kwa kuwa amemaliza kazi zake zote kama vile Mungu alivyopumzika alipomaliza kazi zake. 11 Basi tufanye bidii ya kuingia kwenye mapumziko yale, kusudi hata mtu mmoja asianguke sawa vile wale walioasi katika jangwa. 12 Kwa maana Neno la Mungu ni lenye uzima, na lina nguvu; ni kali kupita upanga unaokata ngambo mbili. Linapenya hata linatenga moyo na roho na hata viungo na ubongo. Nalo linatambua nia na mawazo ya mtu. 13 Hakuna kitu kinachoweza kufichwa mbele ya Mungu, lakini vitu vyote vinafunuliwa na viko wazi mbele ya macho yake, yeye tutakayemutolea hesabu ya maneno yetu. Yesu ni Kuhani Mkubwa zaidi 14 Basi, kwa kuwa tuko na Kuhani Mkubwa zaidi aliyeingia mbinguni, ndiye Yesu Mwana wa Mungu, tushikamane sana na imani tunayotangaza. 15 Kwa maana tuko na Kuhani Mkubwa asiyekosa kujua mwenyewe uzaifu wetu. Maana yeye alijaribiwa katika njia zote sawasawa na sisi, lakini hakufanya zambi. 16 Kwa sababu hii, tujongelee kwa uhodari kiti cha kifalme cha Mungu pahali anapowajalia watu neema kusudi apate kutuhurumia na kutujalia neema ya kutusaidia kwa wakati unaofaa.
1 Kila Kuhani Mkubwa aliyechaguliwa kati ya watu amesimikwa kwa kumutumikia Mungu kwa ajili ya watu kusudi atolee matoleo na sadaka kwa ajili ya zambi. 2 Kwa kuwa yeye mwenyewe ni muzaifu, anaweza kuwavumilia wale waliopotoka bila kujua. 3 Na kwa sababu yeye mwenyewe ni muzaifu, anapaswa kutolea sadaka, si kwa sababu ya zambi za watu tu, lakini kwa sababu ya zambi zake mwenyewe vilevile. 4 Hakuna mtu anayejipatia heshima hii ya kuwa Kuhani Mkubwa yeye mwenyewe. Lakini anapaswa kuitwa na Mungu, kama vile Haruni alivyoitwa. 5 Hivi vilevile, Kristo hakujipatia yeye mwenyewe utukufu wa kuwa Kuhani Mkubwa, lakini ni Mungu ndiye aliyemwambia: «Wewe ni mwana wangu, mimi leo nimekuwa baba yako. 6 Vilevile alisema pahali pengine katika Maandiko: “Wewe ni kuhani hata milele kwa mufano wa Melkisedeki.”» 7 Wakati Yesu alipoishi katika dunia, aliomba na kusihi kwa malalamiko makubwa pamoja na kutoa machozi kwa Mungu ambaye angeweza kumwokoa toka katika kifo. Mungu alimusikia Yesu kwa sababu yeye alimuheshimu. 8 Ijapokuwa alikuwa Mwana wa Mungu, alijifunza kutii kwa njia ya mateso yale aliyopata. 9 Na alipokwisha kufanywa kuwa mukamilifu, akawaongoza watu wote wanaomutii wapate kuokolewa kwa milele. 10 Basi, Mungu alitangaza kwamba yeye ni Kuhani Mkubwa kwa mufano wa Melkisedeki. Hatari ya kuacha imani 11 Tuna maneno mengi ya kusema juu ya jambo hili, lakini ni vigumu kuyaeleza kwenu kwa sababu ninyi mumekuwa na masikio magumu. 12 Kweli, kwa wakati huu, ninyi mungepaswa sasa kuwa walimu, lakini mungali munahitaji kufundishwa tena mafundisho ya mwanzo ya neno la Mungu. Mumegeuka tena wenye kuhitaji kunywa maziwa, wala si chakula kigumu. 13 Kwa maana kila mtu anayeishi kwa kunyonya maziwa tu hawezi kufahamu mafundisho ya haki, maana yeye ni mtoto muchanga. 14 Lakini chakula kigumu ni kwa ajili ya watu wazima, ndio wale waliozoeza mafikiri yao hata wapate kutambua mema na mabaya.
1 Basi kwa sababu hii, tuache mafundisho ya mwanzo juu ya Kristo. 2 Tusijenge tena musingi mupya wa mambo haya: kugeuka toka katika matendo yasiyofaa, kumwamini Mungu, namna mbalimbali za ubatizo, kuwawekea watu mikono, ufufuko na hukumu ya milele. 3 Tuendelee katika mafundisho makamilifu. Tutafanya hivi, Mungu akitaka. 4 Maana watu wanapokwisha kuangaziwa na ukweli wa Mungu na kuonja zawadi ya mbinguni, na kuishi katika ushirika na Roho Mtakatifu, 5 wanapokwisha kuonja wema wa Neno la Mungu na nguvu za ulimwengu utakaokuja, 6 kisha wakianguka, haiwezekani kuwarudisha hata wapate kugeuka mara ingine toka katika matendo yao mabaya. Kwa sababu wamemutundika wao wenyewe Mwana wa Mungu mara ya pili na kumupatisha haya mbele ya watu. 7 Udongo unaonyeshewa na mvua mara kwa mara na kutoa mimea inayofaa kwa walimaji, unabarikiwa na Mungu. 8 Lakini kama ukitoa miiba na magugu, udongo ule haufai kitu nao uko karibu ya kulaaniwa na Mungu, tena mwisho wake ni kuteketezwa. 9 Lakini wapendwa wangu, ijapokuwa tunasema hivi, hatuna mashaka juu yenu, tukijua kwamba munafuata njia nzuri zaidi, ile ya wokovu wenu. 10 Kwa maana Mungu ni mwenye haki. Yeye hatasahau kazi yenu na upendo mulioonyesha kwa ajili yake kwa namna mulivyowasaidia watu wake na munavyoendelea kuwasaidia. 11 Lakini tunatamani sana kwamba kila mmoja kati yenu aendelee kuonyesha bidii ile mpaka mwisho, kusudi mambo yale munayotumainia yapate kutimizwa. 12 Basi musigeuke kuwa wavivu, lakini mufuate mufano wa wale wanaoamini na kuvumilia. Kwa njia hiyo wanapokea yale Mungu aliyoahidi kuwapa. Ahadi ya Mungu 13 Wakati Mungu alipomupa Abrahamu ahadi, alifanya vilevile kiapo. Kwa sababu hakuna mtu mwingine mkubwa kuliko yeye kusudi ataje jina lake, akaapa kwa jina lake mwenyewe. 14 Akasema: «Hakika nitakubariki sana na nitaongeza wazao wako.» 15 Hivi kisha kungojea kwa uvumilivu, Abrahamu akapokea yale Mungu aliyomwahidi. 16 Kwa maana watu wanapofanya kiapo, wanaapa kwa jina la mtu anayekuwa mkubwa kuliko wao wenyewe, nao uhakikisho wa kiapo kile unakomesha mabishano yote kati yao. 17 Naye Mungu, kwa sababu alitaka kuonyesha wazi kwa wale watakaopokea ahadi kwamba yeye hawezi kubadilisha shauri lake hata kidogo, akaihakikisha kwa kiapo. 18 Basi kuna mambo mawili, ahadi na kiapo, yasiyoweza kubadilika, na kuelekea hayo, Mungu hawezi kusema uongo. Kwa hivi, sisi tuliomukimbilia tunatiwa moyo sana na kushika kwa nguvu tumaini tulilowekewa. 19 Tumaini hili linasimamisha imara na kulinda mioyo yetu kama vile nanga inavyosimamisha mashua imara. Nalo linapita katika pazia na kuingia katika Pahali Patakatifu Sana. 20 Yesu alitangulia kuingia pahali pale kwa ajili yetu. Amekuwa Kuhani Mkubwa hata milele, kwa mufano wa Melkisedeki.
1 Huyu Melkisedeki alikuwa mfalme wa Salemu na kuhani wa Mungu Mkubwa. Abrahamu alipokuwa akirudi toka katika vita nyuma ya kuwashinda wafalme., 2 Naye Abrahamu akamupa fungu moja la kumi la vitu vyote alivyoteka. Maana ya jina la Melkisedeki, kwanza ni Mfalme wa haki, tena ni mfalme wa Salemu, ni kusema Mfalme wa amani. 3 Hakuna mambo yaliyoandikwa juu ya baba ya Melkisedeki, wala mama yake, wala majina ya babu zake. Tena, habari za kuzaliwa kwake na za kufa kwake hazijulikani. Anafanana na Mwana wa Mungu. 4 Basi muangalie namna mtu huyu alivyokuwa mkubwa, hata babu yetu mkubwa Abrahamu alimupa fungu moja la kumi la vitu vyote alivyoteka katika vita. 5 Wazao wa Lawi wanaopewa kazi ya ukuhani wanaamriwa na Sheria kukongoa fungu moja la kumi la mapato toka kwa wandugu zao Waisraeli, ijapokuwa wao vilevile ni wa uzao wa Abrahamu. 6 Lakini huyu Melkisedeki asiyekuwa wa uzao wa Lawi, alipokea fungu moja la kumi la vitu toka kwa Abrahamu. Na zaidi ya ile akamubariki Abrahamu, ambaye Mungu alikuwa amemutolea ahadi. 7 Lakini bila shaka, yule anayebarikiwa ni mudogo kuliko yule anayebariki. 8 Wale makuhani wanaopokea fungu la kumi ni watu wanaokufa; lakini Melkisedeki aliyepokea fungu la kumi anashuhudiwa kwamba anaishi. 9 Basi tunaweza kusema hivi: wakati Abrahamu alipotoa fungu la kumi la mali yake, Lawi vilevile alilitoa kupitia yeye. 10 Kwa maana ingawa Lawi alikuwa hajazaliwa bado, alikuwa yuko ndani ya damu ya babu yake Abrahamu, wakati Melkisedeki alipokutana naye. 11 Ukuhani ndio ulikuwa musingi wa Sheria iliyotolewa kwa Waisraeli. Basi ikiwa ukamilifu ulipatikana kwa njia ya kazi ya ukuhani wa uzao wa Lawi, hakungekuwa tena lazima kutokee kuhani mwingine anayekuwa sawa na Melkisedeki, kwa pahali pa kuhani anayekuwa sawa na Haruni. 12 Kwa maana wakati ukuhani unapobadilika, Sheria nayo inapaswa kubadilika vilevile. 13 Naye Bwana wetu ambaye maneno haya yanamwelekea, alikuwa mtu wa kabila lingine, wala hakuna hata mtu mmoja wa kabila lake aliyefanya kazi ya ukuhani kwenye mazabahu. 14 Kwa maana inajulikana wazi kwamba Bwana wetu alitoka katika kabila la Yuda, na juu ya kabila lile Musa hakusema hata neno moja linaloelekea ukuhani. Kuhani mwingine anayefanana na Melkisedeki 15 Tena jambo hili linaloonyesha wazi zaidi maneno haya: kumetokea kuhani mwingine anayefanana na Melkisedeki. 16 Huyu mwingine hakuwekwa kuwa kuhani kwa amri ya kimtu kufuatana na ukoo wake, lakini kufuatana na uwezo wa uzima usiokuwa na mwisho. 17 Maana Maandiko Matakatifu yanashuhudia: «Wewe ni kuhani kwa milele kwa mufano wa Melkisedeki.» 18 Kwa hiyo, ile amri ya zamani imevunjwa, kwa sababu ilikuwa zaifu nayo haikufaa kitu, 19 kwa maana Sheria ya Musa haikuleta ukamilifu. Lakini sasa kumeletwa tumaini nzuri zaidi, na kwa njia ya tumaini hili tunaweza kumukaribia Mungu. 20 Zaidi ya hii, mambo yale yalifanyika kufuatana na kiapo cha Mungu. Wale makuhani wengine wa uzao wa Lawi waliwekwa kwa kazi yao pasipo kiapo. 21 Lakini Yesu amewekwa kuwa kuhani kwa njia ya kiapo, wakati Mungu alipomwambia: «Bwana ameapa, naye hatageuka: “Wewe ni kuhani kwa milele.”» 22 Kwa sababu ya kiapo hiki, Yesu amekuwa kihakikisho kwetu cha agano linalokuwa zuri zaidi. 23 Kuna tofauti ingine vilevile: wale makuhani wengine walipaswa kuwa wengi, kwa sababu walikuwa wakikufa hawakuweza kuendelea na kudumu katika kazi yao. 24 Lakini Yesu hawezi kukombolewa kwa kazi yake ya ukuhani, kwa sababu yeye anaishi kwa milele. 25 Ni kwa sababu hii anaweza kuwaokoa kabisa wao wanaokuja kwa Mungu kwa njia yake, kwa maana yeye anaishi siku zote kusudi akuwe mwombezi mbele ya Mungu. 26 Basi Yesu ndiye Kuhani Mkubwa anayefaa kwa ajili yetu. Yeye ni mtakatifu, hana kosa wala alama ya uchafu. Ametengwa mbali na wenye zambi, naye amenyanyuliwa juu sana mbinguni. 27 Yeye hahitaji kutoa sadaka kila siku kama vile Makuhani wengine Wakubwa, kwanza kwa ajili ya zambi zake mwenyewe na kisha kwa ajili ya zambi za watu. Kwa maana amefanya vile mara moja tu wakati alipojitoa mwenyewe kufa. 28 Sheria ya Musa inawaweka watu wenye uzaifu kuwa Makuhani Wakubwa, lakini kufuatana na kiapo kilichokuja nyuma ya Sheria ile, Mwana anayekuwa mukamilifu kwa milele aliwekwa kuwa Kuhani Mkubwa.
1 Jambo la lazima sana katika maneno tunayosema sasa ni hili. Tuko na Mkubwa wa namna ile, anayeikaa na mamlaka katika mbingu kwa kuume kwa Mwenyezi Mungu. 2 Yeye anafanya kazi ya Kuhani Mkubwa katika Pahali Patakatifu Sana, maana yake katika hema ya kweli iliyosimikwa na Bwana, wala si mtu. 3 Kila Kuhani Mkubwa anawekwa kusudi afanye kazi ya kutoa sadaka na matoleo. Kufuatana na hiyo, ilimupasa Kuhani wetu Mkubwa Kristo akuwe na kitu cha kutoa vilevile. 4 Kama Kristo angekuwa katika dunia, asingekuwa kuhani hata kidogo, kwa sababu kuko makuhani wanaotoa sadaka kufuatana na maagizo ya Sheria. 5 Kazi wale makuhani wanayofanya ni mufano na kitambulisho kinachoonyesha jinsi mambo kamili yanavyopitika mbinguni. Maneno hayo yanalingana na yale yaliyomutokea Musa. Wakati Musa alipokuwa karibu ya kujenga Hema, Mungu alimwambia: «Ufanye angalisho kusudi upate kutengeneza kila kitu kufuatana na mufano niliokuonyesha kwa mulima.» 6 Lakini sasa Yesu amepewa kazi inayokuwa bora zaidi kuliko kazi ya wale makuhani, kwa maana yeye ni mupatanishi wa agano linalokuwa zuri zaidi. Sherti za agano lile zinasimamia juu ya ahadi ya Mungu inayokuwa bora zaidi. 7 Kama lile agano la kwanza lingekuwa kamilifu, haingekuwa lazima likombolewe na la pili. 8 Lakini Mungu aliwaonya watu wake, akisema: «Katika siku zinazokuja, nitafanya agano jipya na watu wa ufalme wa Israeli na wa Yuda. Ni Bwana anayesema hivyo. 9 Agano lile halitakuwa sawa na lile nililofanya na babu zao siku nilipowakamatia kwenye mukono na kuwaondoa toka inchi ya Misri. Kwa sababu hawakushika lile agano, kwa hiyo vilevile sikuwashugulikia. Ni Bwana wetu Mungu anayesema hivyo. 10 Sasa hili ndilo agano nitakalofanya na watu wa ufalme wa Israeli katika siku zile: nitawawezesha kuchunga sheria zangu ndani ya mafikiri yao, nikiziandika ndani ya mioyo yao. Ni Bwana wetu Mungu anayesema hivyo. Nitakuwa Mungu wao, nao watakuwa watu wangu. 11 Hakutakuwa tena atakayefundisha mwanainchi mwenzake, au kumwambia ndugu yake: “Umujue Bwana. Kwa maana watu wote watanijua, tangu mudogo mpaka mkubwa. 12 Mimi nitawasamehe maovu yao, wala sitakumbuka tena zambi zao.”» 13 Mungu alipotangaza hilo agano kuwa jipya, jambo hilo lilisababisha lile la kwanza kuwa la zamani na lenye kuchakaa. Na kitu chochote kikiwa cha zamani na chenye kuchakaa kinafikia wakati wa kutoweka.
1 Katika agano la kwanza wanasema juu ya kanuni za ibada na juu ya nafasi ya kuabudia iliyojengwa na watu. 2 Kufuatana na ile, kulikuwa Hema iliyosimikwa. Chumba chake cha kwanza kiliitwa Pahali Patakatifu. Ndani ya chumba kile kulikuwa kinara cha kuwekea taa, meza na mikate iliyotolewa kwa Mungu. 3 Na nyuma ya pazia lililotenga kile chumba cha kwanza, kulikuwa chumba kingine kilichoitwa Pahali Patakatifu Sana. 4 Ndani ya chumba kile kulikuwa chombo cha kufukizia ubani, kilichotengenezwa na zahabu. Na kulikuwa vilevile Sanduku la Agano lililopakaliwa zahabu pande zote. Ndani ya sanduku lile kulikuwa kopo la zahabu lenye mana, na fimbo ya Haruni iliyoota vichipukizi juu yake. Kulikuwa vilevile vibao vya mawe vyenye Maandiko ya Agano la Mungu. 5 Na juu ya lile sanduku kulikuwa sanamu mbili za makerubi zilizoonyesha utukufu wa Mungu. Mabawa yao yalikuwa yakinyooshwa juu ya kiti cha rehema. Lakini sasa si wakati wa kueleza mambo hayo yote moja kwa moja. 6 Ni hivi ndivyo walivyopanga vitu vile vyote. Halafu makuhani waliingia kila siku katika kile chumba cha kwanza kwa kufanya kazi za ibada. 7 Lakini ni Kuhani Mkubwa peke yake ndiye aliyeingia katika kile chumba cha pili mara moja tu kila mwaka. Naye alipaswa kupeleka mule damu ya nyama anayotoa sadaka kwa ajili ya zambi zake mwenyewe na kwa ajili ya zambi watu walizofanya kwa kutokujua. 8 Hivi Roho Mtakatifu alikuwa akionyesha kwamba njia ya kuingia katika Pahali Patakatifu Sana ilikuwa bado kufunguliwa kwa wakati wote ile Hema ya kwanza ilipokuwa ingali ikisimikwa. 9 Huo ni mufano wa wakati wa sasa unaoonyesha kwamba matoleo na sadaka zinazotolewa kwa Mungu haziwezi kumufanya yule anayeabudu kuwa na moyo mukamilifu. 10 Hizo ni kanuni za kimtu zinazoelekea vyakula na vinywaji pamoja na desturi mbalimbali za utakaso za kidini. Nazo zinaamuriwa kushikwa mpaka upate kutimia wakati wa kutengeneza vitu vyote upya. 11 Lakini Kristo alikuja kuwa Kuhani Mkubwa anayeshugulika na mambo mema ambayo sasa yamekwisha kutokea. Yeye alipita katika hema inayokuwa bora zaidi na kamilifu. Hema hii haikutengenezwa na watu, maana yake si ya dunia hii. 12 Aliingia mara moja tu katika Pahali Patakatifu Sana. Naye hakupeleka mule sadaka ya damu ya mbuzi na ya ngombe, lakini alipeleka damu yake mwenyewe. Na kwa njia ile akatukomboa kwa milele. 13 Watu waliohesabiwa kuwa wachafu kufuatana na desturi, walitakaswa uchafu wao wa kimwili kwa njia ya kunyunyizwa damu ya mbuzi na ya ngombe pamoja na majivu ya ngombe aliyeteketezwa kwa moto. 14 Ikiwa ni hivi, damu ya Kristo haitakuwa na uwezo zaidi wa kututakasa? Kwa maana kwa njia ya Roho anayeishi kwa milele, Kristo alijitoa mwenyewe kwa Mungu kuwa sadaka kamilifu. Nayo damu yake ikazitakasa zamiri zetu toka katika matendo yasiyofaa, kusudi tupate kumutumikia Mungu Mwenye Uzima. 15 Kwa sababu hii, Kristo ni mupatanishi wa agano jipya. Kwa njia ya kufa kwake aliwakomboa watu toka katika makosa waliyofanya chini ya uongozi wa agano la kwanza, kusudi wale walioalikwa na Mungu wapate kupokea urizi wa milele aliowaahidia. 16 Katika mambo yenye kuelekea agano la urizi, ni lazima kuhakikisha kwamba yule aliyelifanya amekwisha kufa. 17 Agano kama hili linatimizwa nyuma ya kifo cha yule aliyelifanya, lakini si wakati angali mzima. 18 Kwa sababu hii, hata lile agano la kwanza halikuwekwa pasipo kumwangika kwa damu. 19 Kwa maana, kwanza Musa aliwatangazia watu wote amri zote za Sheria. Kisha akatwaa damu ya ngombe na mbuzi pamoja na maji, naye akavinyunyiza juu ya kitabu cha Sheria na juu ya watu wote akitumia manyoya mekundu na vitawi vya muti wa hisopo. 20 Naye akasema: «Hii ndiyo damu inayohakikisha agano lile Mungu analowaamuru kutii.» 21 Musa akanyunyiza vilevile damu juu ya Hema na juu ya vyombo vyote vya ibada. 22 Na kufuatana na Sheria, karibu vitu vyote vinatakaswa kwa damu, nazo zambi haziwezi kusamehewa pasipo kumwangwa kwa damu. Kristo ni sadaka inayoondoa zambi 23 Basi ilikuwa lazima vitu vile vinavyoonyesha mufano wa mambo yanayopitika katika mbingu vitakaswe kwa njia ile. Lakini mambo kamili ya mbinguni yanahitaji kutakaswa kwa sadaka inayokuwa bora zaidi. 24 Kwa maana Kristo hakuingia katika Pahali Patakatifu palipojengwa na watu, panapokuwa tu mufano wa Pahali Patakatifu kamili, lakini aliingia katika mbingu yenyewe, pahali anaposimama sasa mbele ya Mungu kwa kututetea. 25 Kuhani Mkubwa wa Wayuda anaingia katika Pahali Patakatifu Sana kila mwaka, akibeba damu ya nyama. Lakini Kristo hakuingia humo kusudi ajitoe mwenyewe sadaka mara nyingi. 26 Ingekuwa hivi, ingemupasa ateswe mara nyingi tangu kuumbwa kwa dunia. Lakini sasa, wakati ukikaribia kwa mwisho, yeye alitokea mara moja tu kusudi awasamehe watu zambi kwa njia ya kujitoa mwenyewe sadaka. 27 Kila mtu anapaswa kufa mara moja tu, na nyuma ya kufa, anahukumiwa na Mungu. 28 Hivi vilevile Kristo naye alijitoa kufa mara moja kusudi aondoe zambi za watu wengi. Naye atarudi tena, si kwa ajili ya kuondoa zambi, lakini kwa kuwaokoa wale wanaomungojea.
1 Sheria ya Kiyuda ni mufano wa mema yatakayotokea, lakini si kitambulisho kinachoonyesha mambo yale kamili. Kwa sababu hii Sheria haiwezi hata mara moja, kwa njia ya sadaka zinazotolewa mara nyingi kila mwaka, kuwafanya wakamilifu wale wanaomwendea Mungu. 2 Wale wanaomwabudu Mungu kwa njia ile wangetakaswa kabisa kwa mara moja tu, nayo zamiri yao isingewahukumu tena hata kidogo juu ya zambi, basi sadaka zile hazingeacha kutolewa. 3 Lakini kwa njia ya sadaka zile, watu wanakumbushwa zambi zao kila mwaka, 4 kwa sababu damu ya ngombe na ya mbuzi haiwezi kuondoa zambi. 5 Kwa sababu hii, wakati Kristo alipokuja katika dunia alisema: «Wewe haukutaka sadaka wala matoleo. Lakini umeniumbia mwili. 6 Haukupendezwa na sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa moto wala sadaka za kusamehewa zambi. 7 Halafu nikasema: “Niko hapa, ee Mungu, nimekuja kufanya mapenzi yako, kama ilivyoandikwa juu yangu katika kitabu cha Sheria.” 8 Kwanza Kristo alisema: “Haukutaka wala haukupendezwa na sadaka na matoleo, wala sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa moto wala sadaka za kusamehewa zambi.” (Alisema vile ingawa sadaka hizo zote zilitolewa kufuatana na maagizo ya Sheria.) 9 Kisha akasema: “Mimi niko hapa, ee Mungu, nimekuja kufanya mapenzi yako.” Kwa hiyo Mungu ameondoa hizo sadaka zote za kwanza na kuzikomboa na Kristo mwenyewe kama sadaka. 10 Na kwa sababu Yesu Kristo alifanya mapenzi ya Mungu, sisi tumetakaswa zambi kwa njia ya mwili wake alioutoa sadaka kwa mara moja tu. 11 Kila kuhani anasimama mbele ya Mungu kila siku kwa kufanya ibada na kutoa sadaka za namna moja mara nyingi zisizoweza hata kidogo kuondoa zambi. 12 Lakini Kristo yeye alitoa sadaka moja tu inayofaa kwa milele kwa ajili ya usamehe wa zambi. Na kisha akaikaa na mamlaka kwa kuume kwa Mungu. 13 Na kule anangoja sasa mpaka waadui zake wote watiwe chini ya miguu yake. 14 Kwa maana kwa njia ya sadaka moja aliyotoa, amewafanya wale aliowatakasa kuwa wakamilifu hata milele. 15 Naye Roho Mtakatifu anatushuhudia mambo hayo vilevile. Kwanza anasema maneno haya: 16 “Hili ndilo agano nitakalofanya nao nyuma ya siku zile. Ni Bwana wetu Mungu anayesema hivyo. Nitawawezesha kuchunga sheria zangu ndani ya mafikiri, nikiziandika ndani ya mioyo yao.” 17 Naye anaongeza kusema: «Nami sitakumbuka tena zambi wala maovu yao.» 18 Basi wakati zambi zinaposamehewa, hakuna tena hitaji la kutoa sadaka kwa ajili ya usamehe wa zambi. Tumukaribie Mungu 19 Basi wandugu, tuko na uhodari wa kuingia katika Pahali Patakatifu kwa njia ya damu ya Yesu. 20 Yeye ametufungulia njia mupya ya uzima, inayopitia katika pazia, maana yake mwili wake mwenyewe. 21 Sisi tuko na Kuhani Mkubwa anayesimamia nyumba yote ya Mungu. 22 Basi tumwendee Mungu kwa moyo wa uaminifu, kwa imani kamilifu, kwa moyo uliosafishwa toka zamiri mbaya na mwili uliosafishwa na maji safi. 23 Tuendelee kuchunga lile tumaini tuliloshuhudia bila kuchoka, kwa maana Mungu aliyetupatia ahadi ni mwaminifu. 24 Tena tushugulikiane kusudi tupate kuvutana sisi kwa sisi kuwa na upendo na kufanya mema. 25 Tusiache kukusanyika pamoja, kama vile wamoja wanavyozoea kufanya. Lakini tuonyane, na zaidi sana kufuatana na vile munavyoona kwamba Siku ya Bwana inakaribia. 26 Kwa maana tukifanya zambi kwa makusudi tukisha kutambua waziwazi ukweli, hakuna tena sadaka ingine inayoweza kutolewa kwa ajili ya usamehe wa zambi zetu. 27 Lakini inayobaki tu ni kungojea kwa woga hukumu na moto mukali wa Mungu utakaowateketeza waasi. 28 Mtu yeyote aliyevunja Sheria ya Musa, aliuawa bila huruma kisha ushuhuda wa watu wawili au watatu. 29 Basi munazania itakuwa namna gani? Hataazibiwa vikali zaidi yule anayemuzarau Mwana wa Mungu na kuihesabu kuwa bure damu ya agano la Mungu iliyomutakasa na kumutukana Roho wa neema? 30 Kwa maana tunamujua yule aliyesema: «Ni kazi yangu kulipiza kisasi. Ni mimi nitakayelipiza. Naye alisema tena: “Bwana atawahukumu watu wake.”» 31 Kuanguka katika mikono ya Mungu Mwenye Uzima ni jambo la kuogopa sana! 32 Mukumbuke mambo yaliyowatokea katika siku zilizopita. Ninyi mulipokwisha kuangaziwa na Mungu, mulipita katika mateso mengi lakini mulivumilia. 33 Kwa ngambo moja mulitukanwa na kuteswa waziwazi mbele ya watu. Na kwa ngambo ingine mulishirikiana na wale waliotendewa vibaya. 34 Muliwahurumia wale waliokuwa katika kifungo, nanyi mulikubali kwa furaha kunyanganywa mali zenu, kwa sababu mulijua kwamba muko na mali inayokuwa bora zaidi na yenye kudumu. 35 Basi musikate tumaini, kwa maana litawaletea zawadi kubwa. 36 Munapaswa kuvumilia, kusudi mutimize mapenzi ya Mungu, na kuweza hivi kupewa kile mulichoahidiwa. 37 Kwa maana, kama vile Maandiko haya Matakatifu yanavyosema: «Kunabaki wakati kidogo sana, yule anayepaswa kuja, afike wala hatakawia. 38 Mwenye haki mbele yangu ataishi kwa njia ya imani. Lakini kama akirudi nyuma, sitapendezwa naye.» 39 Lakini sisi si watu wenye kurudi nyuma na kupotea, lakini sisi ni watu wenye imani na wenye kuokoka.
31 Kuwa na imani ni kuwa na uhakika juu ya mambo tunayotumainia, ni kusadiki kabisa mambo tusiyoyaona. 2 Ni kwa sababu ya imani yao babu zetu wameshuhudiwa vizuri na Mungu 3 Kwa njia ya imani tunafahamu kwamba ulimwengu uliumbwa kwa amri ya Mungu, hata vitu vinavyoonekana, viliumbwa kutoka vile visivyoonekana. 4 Kwa njia ya imani, Abeli alimutolea Mungu sadaka nzuri zaidi kuliko ile ya Kaina. Kwa ajili ya imani yake alihesabiwa na Mungu kuwa mwenye haki, kwa maana Mungu alishuhudia sadaka zake. Na kwa imani ile, ingawa Abeli amekwisha kufa, angali anasema. 5 Kwa njia ya imani, Enoki alibebwa na Mungu toka katika dunia pasipo kufa. Naye hakuonekana tena, kwa sababu Mungu alimubeba mbinguni. Maana Maandiko Matakatifu yanasema kwamba mbele ya kubebwa kwake, Enoki alishuhudiwa kwamba alimupendeza Mungu. 6 Basi pasipo imani, hakuna mtu anayeweza kumupendeza Mungu. Kwa maana mtu anayetaka kumwendea Mungu sherti aamini kwamba Mungu yuko, na kwamba anawapa zawadi wale wanaomutafuta. 7 Kwa njia ya imani, Noa alionywa na Mungu juu ya mambo yatakayotokea, yale aliyokuwa hajayaona bado. Yeye alimutii Mungu na kujenga chombo kwa kujiokoa yeye mwenyewe pamoja na jamaa yake. Kutokana na hayo yote akahukumu dunia na kupokea haki inayopatikana kwa njia ya imani. 8 Kwa njia ya imani, Abrahamu alitii wakati Mungu alipomwita na kwenda katika inchi ile Mungu aliyoahidi kumupatia kuwa urizi wake. Akaacha inchi yake pasipo kujua pahali anapokwenda. 9 Kwa njia ya imani, aliishi kama vile mugeni katika inchi ile Mungu aliyomwahidi. Yeye alikuwa akiishi katika hema kama vile Isaka na Yakobo walivyoishi. Wao vilevile walishiriki pamoja naye ahadi ile ile ya Mungu. 10 Kwa maana Abrahamu alitazamia kuona mji wenye musingi wa nguvu, mji ambao Mungu mwenyewe ndiye fundi aliyeuchapa na kuujenga. 11 Kwa njia ya imani, Sara mwenyewe vilevile, ijapokuwa alikuwa muzee sana, alijaliwa uwezo wa kupata mimba kwa sababu aliamini kwamba Mungu atatimiza ahadi yake. 12 Kwa sababu hiyo, kwa njia ya mtu mmoja aliyekuwa akingojea kufa, kukazaliwa wazao wengi sana kama nyota na kama muchanga unaokuwa kandokando ya bahari. 13 Watu hawa wote walikufa katika imani pasipo kupokea mambo Mungu aliyoahidi. Lakini waliyaona kwa mbali na kuyafurahia, wakikubali kwamba walikuwa wageni na wasafiri katika dunia. 14 Maana watu wanaosema maneno kama haya wanaonyesha wazi kwamba wanatafuta inchi yao wenyewe. 15 Kama wangekumbuka inchi yao walioiacha zamani, wangeweza kupata namna ya kurudia kule. 16 Lakini kwa hakika walitamani sana inchi inayokuwa bora zaidi, ndiyo inchi ya mbinguni. Kwa sababu hii Mungu hasikii haya kuitwa Mungu wao, maana amewatayarishia mji. 17 Kwa njia ya imani, Abrahamu alimutoa Isaka kama vile sadaka wakati Mungu alipopima imani yake. Abrahamu alikubali kumutoa mwana wake wa pekee, ingawa ni yeye ndiye aliyekuwa amepewa ahadi na Mungu. 18 Mungu alikuwa amemwambia: «Ni kwa njia ya Isaka utapata wazao watakaoitwa wako.» 19 Abrahamu aliamini kwamba Mungu anaweza kumufufua Isaka na hivi akarudishiwa tena Isaka kama vile mwenye kufufuka. 20 Kwa njia ya imani, Isaka aliwabariki Yakobo na Esau kuelekea mambo ya siku zitakazokuja. 21 Kwa njia ya imani, Yakobo alipokuwa karibu kufa, alibariki kila mmoja wa wana wa Yosefu; akainama kwa kumwabudu Mungu akiegemea fimbo yake. 22 Kwa njia ya imani, Yosefu alipokuwa karibu kufa, alisema juu ya habari za wakati Waisraeli watakapotoka katika inchi ya Misri, na kuwaagiza juu ya mifupa yake. 23 Kwa njia ya imani wazazi wa Musa walimuficha kwa muda wa miezi mitatu nyuma ya kuzaliwa kwake. Kwa sababu waliona kwamba alikuwa mtoto mwenye sura nzuri, wala hawakuogopa amri ya mfalme. 24 Kwa njia ya imani, Musa alipokuwa mtu mzima, alikataa kuitwa mwana wa binti wa mfalme wa Misri. 25 Alifikiri kwamba ni afazali kuteswa pamoja na watu wa Mungu kuliko kujifurahisha katika zambi kwa muda mufupi. 26 Aliona kwamba kupatishwa haya kwa ajili ya Kristo kuna faida kubwa zaidi kuliko kupata utajiri wote wa inchi ya Misri, maana alikuwa anatazamia kupokea zawadi yake. 27 Kwa njia ya imani, Musa alitoka katika inchi ya Misri bila kuogopa kasirani ya mfalme. Na kama vile mtu mwenye kumwona Mungu asiyeonekana, yeye hakurudi nyuma. 28 Kwa njia ya imani, alianzisha sikukuu ya Pasaka, na kuamuru damu inyunyizwe, kusudi malaika mwangamizaji asiwaue wazaliwa wa kwanza wanaume wa Waisraeli. 29 Kwa njia ya imani, Waisraeli walivuka bahari Nyekundu kama vile ingekuwa katika inchi kavu. Lakini wakati Wamisri walipojaribu kufanya vile, walizama na kufa ndani ya maji. 30 Kwa njia ya imani, ukuta uliozunguka mji Yeriko ulianguka wakati Waisraeli walipokwisha kuuzunguka kwa muda wa siku saba. 31 Kwa njia ya imani, Rahaba, yule kahaba, hakuangamia pamoja na wale waliomuasi Mungu, kwa sababu aliwakaribisha wapelelezi kwa amani. 32 Basi niseme nini tena? Maana wakati hauniruhusu kueleza habari juu ya Gideoni, Baraka, Samsoni, Yefuta, Daudi, Samweli na manabii. 33 Kwa njia ya imani hawa walishinda inchi za wafalme, walitenda mambo ya haki na kupata yale Mungu aliyowaahidi. Walifunga vinywa vya simba, 34 walizimisha moto mukali, waliponyoka kuuawa kwa upanga. Walikuwa wazaifu, lakini wakapata nguvu; walikuwa shujaa katika vita na kushinda majeshi ya kigeni. 35 Kwa njia ya imani, wanawake wamoja walifufuliwa na kurudishiwa wale waliofiwa nao. Wengine waliteswa mpaka kufa, nao wakikataa kuachiliwa kusudi wapate ufufuko unaokuwa bora zaidi. 36 Wengine walichekelewa na kupigwa fimbo, na wengine walifungwa minyororo na kutupwa katika kifungo. 37 Wengine waliuawa kwa kutupiwa mawe, wengine walikatwa vipandevipande kwa misumeno, au kuuawa kwa upanga. Walitangatanga wakivaa ngozi za kondoo au za mbuzi, wakiishi katika umaskini, wakiteswa na kutendewa vibaya. 38 Dunia haikustahili kuwa na watu kama hawa! Walitangatanga katika jangwa na katika milima, wakiishi katika mapango na mashimo ndani ya udongo. 39 Watu hawa wote walishuhudiwa vizuri na Mungu kwamba wamemupendeza kwa njia ya imani yao. Lakini hawakupokea mambo yale Mungu aliyowaahidia, 40 kwa maana Mungu alikuwa ametayarisha mambo mazuri zaidi kwa ajili yetu kusudi wao wenyewe wasipate kukamilishwa bila sisi vilevile.
1 Nasi vilevile tunazungukwa na kundi kubwa kama lile la wale walioshuhudia imani yao. Basi tutupilie mbali vitu vyote vinavyotusonga, nazo zambi zinazotufunga upesi na tukimbie kwa juhudi sana katika mashindano tunayowekewa. 2 Tukaze macho yetu kuelekea Yesu mwenye kuanzisha na kukamilisha imani yetu. Kwa sababu alijua furaha atakayopata nyuma, alivumilia kufa juu ya musalaba pasipo kuona haya, na sasa anaikaa na mamlaka kwa kuume kwa Mungu kwenye kiti cha kifalme cha Mungu. 3 Kwa hiyo mumukumbuke yule aliyevumilia kutendewa na wenye zambi kwa chuki kubwa, kusudi musipate kuchoka wala kuregea. 4 Kwa maana katika vita munayofanya kwa kushinda zambi, hamujapigana bado mpaka kufa. 5 Na zaidi ya hii, mumesahau maonyo haya Mungu anayotoa kwenu kama wana wake? Mwana wangu, usizarau azabu ya Bwana wala usiregee wakati anapokukaripia. 6 Kwa maana, Bwana anamwazibu yule anayemupenda, yeye anamupiga kila mtu anayemukubali kuwa mtu wake. 7 Muvumilie maadibisho; kwa maana Mungu anawatendea ninyi kama wana wake. Tena, ni mwana gani asiyeazibiwa na baba yake? 8 Ikiwa hamuadibishwi na Mungu sawa vile watoto wake wote wanavyoadibishwa, basi ninyi si wana wa kweli wa Mungu, ninyi ni wana haramu. 9 Na ikiwa wababa zetu wa kimwili walituadibisha, nasi tuliwaheshimu, jambo hilo halionyeshi zaidi kwamba tunapaswa kumuheshimu Baba yetu wa kiroho na kupata kuishi? 10 Wababa zetu wa kimwili walituadibisha kwa siku chache kufuatana na vile walivyoona kuwa vema. Lakini Mungu anatuadibisha kwa mafaa yetu kusudi tupate kushirikiana naye katika utakatifu wake. 11 Maadibisho yoyote wakati yanapotolewa yanaonekana kama ni tendo la huzuni wala si la furaha. Lakini kwa mwisho yanawaletea wale waliofundishwa nayo, maisha ya amani na ya haki. 12 Basi muitie tena nguvu mikono yenu inayopooza, nayo magoti yenu yanayoregea. 13 Mujitengenezee njia zenye kunyooka, kusudi mwenye ulema wa miguu asiteguke, lakini apate kupona. 14 Mujikaze kwa kuishi katika amani na watu wote na kuishi katika utakatifu, kwa sababu hakuna mtu asiyeishi katika hali hiyo atakayemwona Bwana. 15 Muangalie vizuri, kusudi hata mtu mmoja asijikoseshe mwenyewe kupata neema ya Mungu, wala asikuwe sawa shina la mumea unaotoa matunda machungu na kuleta fujo kati yenu na kuambukiza watu wengi. 16 Vilevile muangalie vizuri, kusudi hata mtu mmoja asikuwe mwasherati au mwenye kukufuru Mungu kama vile Esau aliyeuzisha haki yake ya muzaliwa wa kwanza kwa ajili ya chakula kidogo tu. 17 Kama munavyojua, nyuma ya pale alikataliwa wakati alipotaka kupokea baraka toka kwa baba yake. Yeye hakukuwa tena na namna ya kugeuza tendo lake ijapokuwa alitafuta baraka ile kwa machozi. 18 Ninyi hamujafikia kwenye kitu kinachoweza kuguswa kama vile Waisraeli walivyofikia kwenye mulima Sinai. Mulima ule uliwaka moto, ulifunikwa na giza nzito, nao ulikuwa na uvumi wa zoruba juu yake. 19 Vilevile juu yake kulisikilika mulio wa baragumu na ngurumo ya sauti. Nao Waisraeli waliposikia sauti ile wakasihi wasiambiwe tena neno, 20 kwa sababu hawakuweza kuvumilia agizo walilotolewa: «Hata nyama akigusa mulima anapaswa kuuawa kwa kutupiwa mawe. 21 Na mambo yale yaliyoonekana yalikuwa ya kuogopesha sana, hata Musa akasema: “Ninaogopa na kutetemeka!”» 22 Lakini ninyi mumefikia kwenye mulima Sayuni na kwenye mji wa Mungu Mwenye Uzima, ndio mji Yerusalema wa mbinguni, kunakokuwa maelfu na maelfu ya wamalaika. 23 Lakini ninyi mumefikia kwenye mkutano wa furaha wa wazaliwa wa kwanza wa Mungu walioandikwa majina zao katika mbingu. Mumefikia vilevile karibu na Mungu, anayekuwa mwamuzi wa watu wote na kwenye nafsi kunapokuwa roho za watu wenye haki waliofanywa kuwa wakamilifu. 24 Mumefikia karibu na Yesu anayekuwa mupatanishi wa agano jipya, na kwenye damu yake iliyomwangwa inayosema nasi maneno mema zaidi kuliko damu ya Abeli. 25 Basi muangalie vizuri kusudi musikatae kumusikiliza yule anayesema nanyi. Wale waliokataa kusikiliza yule aliyewaonya hapa katika dunia hawakuponyoka azabu ya Mungu. Si jambo hilo linaonyesha wazi kwamba sisi hatutaweza kuponyoka kama tunamugeuzia mugongo yule anayetutolea maonyo kutoka mbinguni? 26 Katika wakati ule sauti yake ilitetemesha dunia, lakini sasa ametuahidi hivi: «Nitatetemesha dunia mara moja tena, wala si dunia tu, lakini mbingu vilevile.» 27 Neno hili mara moja tena linaonyesha kwamba vitu vilivyoumbwa vitatikiswa na kutoweka, kusudi vile visivyoweza kutikiswa vipate kudumu. 28 Basi kwa kuwa tunakubaliwa kuwa washiriki wa ufalme usioweza kutikiswa, tukuwe watu wenye shukrani. Tuonyeshe shukrani ile kwa kumwabudu Mungu kwa njia inayomupendeza kwa heshima na woga, 29 kwa maana Mungu wetu ni kama moto wenye kuteketeza.
1 Muendelee kuishi katika upendo wa kindugu. 2 Musisahau kuwakaribisha wageni, maana kwa kufanya hivi wamoja wamewakaribisha wamalaika pasipo kujua. 3 Muwakumbuke wale wanaofungwa, mukijisikia sawa vile wenye kufungwa pamoja nao. Vilevile muwakumbuke wale wanaoteswa, mukijisikia sawa vile wenye kuteswa kama mwili mmoja. 4 Ndoa inapaswa kuheshimiwa na watu wote, mume na muke wake wanapaswa kujikinga na uchafu, kwa sababu Mungu atawahukumu wazinzi na waasherati. 5 Musijiachilie kutawaliwa na tamaa ya mali katika maisha yenu, lakini mutoshelewe na vitu munavyokuwa navyo, kwa maana Mungu mwenyewe amesema: «Sitakusahau wala kukuachilia. 6 Kwa sababu hii tunaweza kusema kwa uhodari: “Bwana ndiye musaidizi wangu; sitaogopa kitu. Mwanadamu ataweza kunifanya nini?”» 7 Muwakumbuke waongozi wenu waliowatangazia neno la Mungu. Muangalie vizuri namna walivyoishi na kufa. Mufuate imani yao. 8 Yesu Kristo ni yule yule, jana, leo na hata milele. 9 Musidanganywe na mafundisho mengine ya kigeni ya kila namna. Kwa maana mioyo yetu inapaswa kutiwa nguvu kwa njia ya neema ya Mungu, wala si kwa njia ya kushika kanuni zinazoagizwa juu ya vyakula. Kanuni hizo haziwafalii kitu wale wanaozishika. 10 Sisi tuko na mazabahu yetu, nao makuhani Wayuda wanaotumika katika Pahali Patakatifu hawana ruhusa ya kula sehemu ya vitu vinavyotolewa sadaka juu ya mazabahu ile. 11 Kuhani Mkubwa anapeleka damu ya nyama ndani ya Pahali Patakatifu Sana kwa ajili ya kuitoa kuwa sadaka ya kusamehewa zambi lakini viungo vyote vya nyama wale vinateketezwa kwa moto mbali na kambi. 12 Kwa sababu hii Yesu vilevile aliuawa mbali na mji kusudi awatakase watu wake kwa njia ya damu yake mwenyewe. 13 Basi tumwendee mbali na kambi, tukikubali kuzarauliwa kama vile yeye alivyozarauliwa. 14 Kwa maana hapa katika dunia hatuna mji unaodumu, lakini tunatazamia mji ule unaokuja. 15 1 Basi kwa njia ya Yesu, tumutolee Mungu sadaka za kumusifu siku zote, maana yake kutangaza kwamba tunaaminia jina lake. 16 Tena, musisahau kutenda mema na kusaidiana, maana sadaka za namna hii zinamupendeza Mungu. 17 Mutii waongozi wenu na kushika maagizo yao. Kwa maana wao wanashugulika kila mara kwa ajili ya roho zenu, na wao wanapaswa kutoa habari ya kazi yao mbele ya Mungu. Kwa kufanya vile mutawaruhusu kufanya kazi yao kwa furaha wala si kwa huzuni, kwa maana haitawafalia kitu kama wakitumika katika huzuni. 18 Muzidi kutuombea. Tuna uhakika kwamba tuko na zamiri safi, kwa maana tunataka kuwa na mwenendo mwema katika mambo yote. 19 Ninawasihi sana kuomba Mungu, kusudi nipate kurudishwa kwenu upesi. 20 Mungu wa amani, aliyemufufua Bwana wetu Yesu ambaye ni Mchungaji mkubwa wa kondoo kwa njia ya kumwanga damu yake inayohakikisha agano la milele, 21 awakamilishe katika kila tendo jema kusudi mupate kutimiza mapenzi yake; yeye atimize ndani yetu yale yanayomupendeza, kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo. Yesu atukuzwe milele na milele. Amina. 22 Wandugu, ninawasihi kupokea kwa uvumilivu haya maonyo ninayowatolea kwa maana nimewaandikia kwa kifupi. 23 Ninapenda kuwajulisha kwamba ndugu yetu Timoteo amekwisha kufunguliwa. Kama akikuja upesi, nitafika kuwaona pamoja naye. 24 Muwasalimie waongozi wenu wote na watu wote wa Mungu. Wandugu wa Italia wanawasalimia. 25 Tunawatakia ninyi wote neema ya Mungu.
1 Yakobo mutumishi wa Mungu na bwa Yesu kwa makabila kumi na mbili wenye katika mu ta awanyiko: amujambu. 2 Muwa kubali wote kama msingi wa furaha, wandugu, wakati munapita kuvipimo mbali mbali. 3 Mukijua kwamba mutihani wa imani yenu inatowa nguvu. 4 Uhudari umeleta mzao, kwa gisi muwe wenye ku endelea na ji eneza, na gisi musikose cho cho te. 5 Mu moja kati yenu aki wa na lazima ya hekima, aombe kwa Mungu, mwenye kumupa yoyote kwa uzuri bila kosa kwa wote wenye kuomba, na ata mupatia. 6 Lakini hombe kwa imani, asi hofu kitu kwani yeyote ahofia yuko kama mabimbi ndani ya bahaki kuu yenye inatembezwa na pepo yenyi kuvukika ngambo zote. 7 Kwa ni mtu huyo na wezi kuwazia kupatakitu kwa bwana. 8 Mutu kama nuyu iko asio ku ji uzuru, ha kamilike ku ma nfia yake yote. 9 Kwa ndugu maskini aji sifu na gisi ya muinoko wake. 10 Lakini mtafiri na namna yake ya yakushuka, kwani ataoita kama vile tunda ya pori ndnai ya majani. 11 Kwani jua ikitoka na vukutu kali na ikikaukasha ma jani. uwa li ka anguka na uzuri wake uka haribika. namna moja kwa mtajiri ata konda safarini. 12 Heri mutu mwenye ku vumulia majaribu. kwani kalisha kushinda majaribu, atapokea taji la maisha, yenyi ilihadiwa lwa wale wenye kupenda Mungu. 13 Ye yote asiseme wakiti anapo jaribuwa: «Nimejaribi wa na Mungu.» Kwa sababu Mungu hawezi kujaribiwa kwa ubaya, wala hajaribu mutu. 14 Lakini kula mutu kajaribiwa na vitendo viake vibaya, njo inamuba na ku mugeuza akili. Kisha, wakati unaunda wazo mbaya, inazaa zambi. 15 Na kwisha zambi kukomaa anazaa kifo. 16 Musidanginyike, wandu wa penzi. 17 Zawa yote nzuri na yenye kuka mili ka juu. Imeshuka kwa Baba wa nuru, na kwake haku na mubadiko ao kiziwizi chakinyume . 18 Mungu alichangua kutu zaa kwa no la kweli, kwa ajili tuwe kama vile ma zao ya kwanza kati ya vitu yote aliye umba. 19 Mume jua haya, wandugu wapenzi : kwa kila mutu awe mwepesi kwa kisikia, na mzito kwa kusema, na hasirike kwa wepesi. 20 Kwa kisirani kia mwna adam, haionyeshe hukumu ya Mungu. 21 Sasa muhache mambo yote ya uchafu na ya wingi wa ubuya. Kwa kujishusha, pokeeni neno lenyi nguvu, na yenyi ya weza kuponyesha nafsi zenu 22 Muwe wenye kutumikisha neno, sio weye kusikiatu. Mukidanganya wenye. 23 Kama uko mutu mwnye kusikia neno bure lakini si mutumishi. iko kama mutu kajia angalia bure ku kio. 24 ikijiangalia peke yake na kwisha akiyenda na akisahabu pale pale gisi alijifana. 25 Lakini mutu akiangalia saana ndani ya amri nzuri na yenyi kuokowa, na zidi kuwa musikaji bure na akisahabu, mutu huyu ata narikiwa kwa yote ata kaye tenda. 26 Mutu aki zani wakioni lakini hachu nguze masemi yake, akidanganya moyo wake, na dini yake naina manufaa. 27 Kanisa nzuri na safi mbele ya Mungu Baba ni hii: Kusaidia mayatima na wa jane ndani ya mateso yao, ku ji chunga vizuri na hui dunia.
1 Wa ndugu musi changanisha amani ya Bwana Yesu Kristo, Bwana wa utukufu na ubaguzi ya batu bengine. 2 Kwa mufano muku ani ingiya ndani ya nkuardi yenu ana vala kikomo ya oa na manguo muzuri, na maskini ana ingiya na manguo ya buchafu. 3 Kama una angaliya ule ana vala manguwo muzuri na kusema: samani, ikala kwa iyi fasi ya heshima! Lakini una ambiya maskini: weye, simama pale, ao «Ikalala ku mangula yangu» 4 Ha ufanye ubagizi we peke? Ha mukuwe na kabula na mawazo yenu? 5 Ba ndugu bapenzi, Mungu ka changula ba maskini ya dunia kuwa batajini ndani ya imani, na kuwa warizi ndani ya ufalame ali lake benye bana mupenda? 6 Lakini mu na oneya wa maskini! haiko batajiri benye ku bateso? haiko njo abo bana babebaka kwenye chimba ya wa a mzi? 7 Na watukane njina nzuri yenu? 8 Njo kwa mana kama una timiza cheria ya maandiko: «uta penda mwezako kama wewe mwenyewe» una fanya muzuri. 9 Lakini kama una pendeleya batu bengine una fanya zambi na una umju shiria. 10 Sbabu yeyote anaye heshimiya sheria yetu, lakini akianguka kidogo ana haribisha sheria yote, ana pashwa ku hukumiwa. 11 Sababu nani alisema: «Hauta fanya busharati» aka sema tena «Hauta uwa» kama hausharatike lakini una uwa, una vuja sheria. 12 Hivi kusema na kutenda kwenu iwe kama ya batu bata sambishiwa ku fatana na sheria ya uhura. 13 Sababu Mungu hata sikiya uruma kwa ule ana kosa uruma juu uruma ni ya lazima kuliko kusambiswa. 14 Ndugu yangu nini ya muhimu kwa mutu akisema iko na imani bila matendo? ile imani yaweza ku muokowa? 15 Kama ndugu ana kosa manguo na chakwa. 16 Mfane moja wenu ana mwambiya: «wende na amani vala koti na kula ushibe.» Lakini Haumu leteye bila ana kosa juu ya mulili yake, ile ni muzuri kwa nini? 17 Namuna moja kwa imani, kama haina mapendo, ni yenyi kufa. 18 Ijapakuwa mwengine akisema: « uko na imani na niko na bitendo.» Ni oneshe imani yako bila matendo na miye nikuoneshe imani yangu kwa bitendo. 19 Una amini kama Mungu iko, una fanya muzuri. Lakini hata mapepo chafu wana amini na ku teteleke. 20 We mjinga una penda niku oneshe kama imani bila matendo ni bure? 21 Tate yetu Ibrahimu haku pata sheria ju ya matendo kwku mtowa mtote yake isaka kwenyi mazahubu? 22 Una ona kama na matendo ina tembeya njiya moja, na kwa matendo, imani yake ika zidi. 23 ivi maandiko iko timilika : «Ibrahimu aka amini Mungu na Mungu aka mufanya kuwa mwenyi laki», kwahivi Ibrahimu aka itwa rafiki yake.» 24 Una ona kama ni kwa matendo mutu ana pata haki, na laiko tu kwa imani. 25 Kwa namna moja piya, rahabu kahaba hakupata haki kupitiya matendo wakati ali karibisha wa jumbe, na akawa toroshe kwa njia yingine? 26 Juu vile mwili ina kosa nafsi niya kufa, imani matendo nayo ni ya kufa
1 Wandugu zangu, kati yenu kusikuwe walimu wengi, kwa maana munajua vema ya kuwa sisi walimu tutahukumiwa vikali zaidi kuliko watu wengine. 2 Sisi wote tunakosa kwa njia mbalimbali. Mtu asiyekosa katika masemi yake, huyo ni mtu mukamilifu, naye yuko na uwezo wa kutawala mwili wake wote. 3 Tunaweka lijamu katika vinywa vya farasi kusudi watutii, na hivi tunaweza kuwaongoza miili yao kwenda fasi yote tunayotaka. 4 Muangalie vilevile mashua. Hata mashua ni kubwa sana na zenye kusukumwa na upepo mukali, zinaongozwa na usukani mudogo sana na kuendeshwa pahali kapiteni anapotaka. 5 Hivi vilevile ulimi ni kiungo kidogo cha mwili, lakini unaweza kujivunia mambo makubwa sana. Muangalie, moto kidogo inaweza kuchoma pori kubwa sana! 6 Nao ulimi ni kama moto. Ni dunia ya ubaya, ulimi ni kiungo kinachojaa ubaya wa kila namna. Ulimi unapatikana kwenye nafasi yake katikati ya viungo vyetu, nao ndio unaochafua mwili wote. Unateketeza maisha yetu ukichomwa wenyewe na moto unaotoka katika jehenamu. 7 Kila namna ya nyama, ndege, nyoka na samaki wanaweza kufugwa na mtu, na wamekwisha kufugwa naye. 8 Lakini hakuna mtu mmoja anayeweza kufuga ulimi, maana ni uovu usiotulia, unajaa sumu yenye kuua. 9 Kwa njia ya ulimi tunamusifu Bwana anayekuwa Baba yetu, na kwa njia ile ile tunalaani watu walioumbwa kwa mufano wa Mungu. 10 Ndani ya kinywa kimoja munatoka maneno ya sifa na ya laana. Wandugu zangu, mambo haya hayapaswi kuwa vile. 11 Maji matamu na maji machungu hayawezi kutiririka tokea fasi moja ndani ya kisima kimoja. 12 Wandugu zangu, muti unaotoa matunda ya tini unaweza kutoa matunda ya muzeituni? Au muzabibu unaweza kutoa matunda ya tini? Hapana! Hivi vilevile kisima kinachotoa maji ya chumvi hakiwezi kutoa maji matamu. 13 Nani anayekuwa na hekima na ufahamu kati yenu? Basi aonyeshe jambo lile kwa njia ya mwenendo wake mzuri, kwa njia ya matendo yanayofanyika katika upole unaotokana na hekima ile. 14 Lakini mukiwa na wivu wenye kuchangana na uchungu katika mioyo yenu pamoja na roho ya ugomvi, musijivune wala musigeuze maneno ya kweli kuwa uongo. 15 Hekima ya namna hii haitoki mbinguni; lakini ni ya dunia, nayo ni ya kimwili na ya kishetani. 16 Kwa maana pahali kunapokuwa wivu na roho ya ugomvi, kuko machafuko vilevile na kila tendo baya. 17 Lakini hekima inayotoka mbinguni, kwanza ni safi, tena ni yenye amani, upole na usikilivu, inajaa huruma na matendo mema. Haina upendeleo wala udanganyifu. 18 Na tunda la haki linapandwa katika amani na wale wanaopenda amani.
1 Magombano na ugomvi vinavyokuwa kati yenu vinatoka wapi? Si vinatoka katika tamaa zenu zinazopigana ndani ya miili yenu? 2 Munatamani kupata kitu fulani, lakini hamukipati. Munaua na kusikia wivu, lakini hamuwezi kupata kitu. Na kwa hiyo, munagombana na kuwa na ugomvi. Hamupati kitu munachotaka kwa sababu hamukiombi kwa Mungu. 3 Wakati munapoomba, hamupati kitu kwa sababu munaomba kwa nia mbaya, kwa maana munataka vitu kusudi mutimize tu tamaa zenu. 4 Ninyi watu wasiokuwa na uaminifu! Hamujui kwamba kua rafiki wa dunia ni kuwa adui wa Mungu? Basi yeye anayetaka kupenda raha za dunia anajifanya mwenyewe kuwa adui wa Mungu. 5 Musizani kwamba ni kwa bure Maandiko Matakatifu yanasema: «Mungu anasikia wivu sana kwa ajili ya yule Roho aliyemuweka akae ndani yetu. 6 Lakini Mungu ametujalia neema kubwa zaidi, kwa maana Maandiko yanasema: “Mungu anapingana na wenye kiburi, lakini anawajalia wanyenyekevu neema.”» 7 Basi mumutii Mungu. Mupingane na Shetani, naye atawakimbia. 8 Mumukaribie Mungu, naye atawakaribia. Musafishe mikono yenu, ninyi wenye zambi! Mutakase mioyo yenu, ninyi wenye nia mbili! 9 Musikitike, mulie na kulalamika. Kucheka kwenu kugeuke kuwa kilio, na furaha yenu igeuke kuwa huzuni. 10 Mujinyenyekeze mbele ya Bwana, naye atawainua. 11 Wandugu, musisemeane ubaya. Yule anayesema ubaya juu ya ndugu yake au kumuhukumu, anasema ubaya juu ya Sheria na kuihukumu. Ukihukumu Sheria, wewe si mwenye kutii Sheria, lakini mwenye kuihukumu. 12 Mungu peke yake ndiye anayesimamisha Sheria na anayeweza kuhukumu. Ni yeye peke yake anayeweza kuokoa na kuangamiza. Basi wewe unayemuhukumu mwenzako, unajizania kuwa nani? 13 Munisikilize sasa, ninyi munaosema: «Leo au kesho tutakwenda katika mji fulani, tutakaa kule kwa muda wa mwaka mzima, tutafanya biashara na kupata faida. 14 Ninyi hamujui namna gani maisha yenu yatakavyokuwa kesho! Kwa maana ninyi ni kama muvuke unaoonekana kwa wakati kidogo, kisha unatoweka. 15 Ninyi mungepaswa kusema: “Kama Bwana anataka, tutaishi na kufanya hivi na hivi.”» 16 Lakini sasa munajivuna na kujisifu. Majivuno yote ya namna hii ni mabaya. 17 Basi, mtu anayejua kutenda mema wala hayatendi, anafanya zambi.
1 Basi, munisikilize sasa ninyi watajiri! Mulie na kuomboleza kwa sababu ya taabu itakayowapata. 2 Mali yenu imeoza, na nguo zenu zimekuliwa na nondo. 3 Zahabu na feza yenu vimepata kutu. Na kutu hii ndiyo itakayowashitaki, nayo itateketeza mwili wenu kama vile moto. Mumejiwekea akiba katika siku hizi za mwisho. 4 Ninyi hamukulipa mishahara ya watumishi waliotumika katika mashamba yenu. Musikilize mashitaki yao! Malalamiko ya wavunaji yamefika katika masikio ya Bwana Mwenye Uwezo! 5 Mumeishi katika utajiri na kujifurahisha katika maisha yenu katika dunia. Mumejinenepesha kwa kuwa tayari kwa siku ya kuchinjwa. 6 Mumewahukumu na kuwaua wenye haki, nao hawakupingana nanyi. 7 Basi wandugu, muvumilie mpaka Bwana atakaporudia. Muangalie namna mulimaji anavyongojea shamba litoe mavuno yanayokuwa ya faida kubwa. Yeye anavumilia mpaka wakati mvua ya kwanza na ya mwisho zinaponyesha. 8 Nanyi vilevile, muvumilie na kutia mioyo yenu nguvu, kwa maana Bwana yuko karibu kurudi. 9 Wandugu zangu, musinungunikiane ninyi kwa ninyi kusudi Mungu asiwahukumu. Muangalie, mwamuzi ni karibu, naye amekuwa kwenye mulango! 10 Wandugu zangu, mukumbuke manabii waliotabiri kwa jina la Bwana, muangalie namna walivyovumilia katika mateso, nanyi mufuate mufano wao. 11 Tunawaita watu hao kuwa wenye heri, kwa sababu walivumilia. Mumekwisha kusikia habari za uvumilivu wa Yobu, na munajua namna Bwana alivyomutendea kwa mwisho. Maana Bwana anajaa huruma na wema. 12 Lakini zaidi ya yote, wandugu zangu, musiape! Musiape kwa jina la mbingu, wala kwa jina la dunia, wala kwa jina la kitu kingine chochote. Museme Ndiyo ikiwa munataka kusema ndiyo. Nanyi museme Hapana ikiwa munataka kusema hapana, kusudi musihukumiwe na Mungu. 13 Kati yenu kuna mtu anayekuwa katika mateso? Aombe kwa Mungu. Au kuna mtu anayekuwa katika furaha? Aimbe nyimbo za sifa. 14 Kati yenu kuna mugonjwa? Awaite wazee wa kanisa, nao watamwombea wakimupakaa mafuta kwa jina la Bwana. 15 Nao wakiomba kwa imani, mugonjwa yule atapona, kwa kuwa Bwana atamurudishia afya yake. Na ikiwa amefanya zambi, atasamehewa. 16 Basi muitikiane zambi ninyi kwa ninyi na kuombeana kusudi mupate kuponyeshwa. Maombi ya bidii ya mwenye haki ni yenye faida kubwa. 17 Elia alikuwa mtu kama sisi. Yeye aliomba kwa bidii mvua isinyeshe, na mvua haikunyesha juu ya inchi kwa muda wa miaka mitatu na nusu. 18 Kisha akaomba tena, na mbingu ikanyesha mvua, na inchi ikatoa mazao yake. 19 Wandugu zangu, mtu mmoja kati yenu akipotea mbali na ukweli, na mtu mwingine akimurudisha, 20 mukumbuke neno hili: yule anayemurudisha mwenye zambi toka njia ya upotevu ataokoa roho ya yule kutoka kifo, na zambi nyingi zitasamehewa.
1 Miye mutumishi wa Yesu Christo Petro, mina andikiya bageni bote, benye balisambalana, na batumishi bote ba migini mbalimbali, katika Ponto yote, Galatiya, kapadokiya, Aziya na migini ingine mbalimbali. 2 Kupitiya mawazo ya bwana mungu, na kwa kutakaswa na Roho mutakatifu, kufata na na eshima ya Yesu Christo, kwadamu yake ya beyi, Neema ya mungu, ikuwe, na salama yenu yongezeke zaidi. 3 BAba mungu wa bwana wetu Yesu Christo, abarikiwe kwa uruma wake mukubwa zaidi, alipenda kufufuka kwa bwana wetu Yesu Christo katika bafu. 4 Kwa kupyana bila kosa, akuta kuwa bubaya wala kupungu kiwa, mbinguni ili fanyiziwa juu yenu. 5 Kwanguvu ya mungu, ata mi chunga kufatana na imani ya okovu, ambayo iko pembeni ya kuona kwa wataki wa mwisho. 6 Mufurayi juu ya maneno iyi, na sasa ni lazima kwenu musiwe na uzuni, kwa sababu ya majaribu ya namuna yote. 7 Juu ya ku pima imani yenu, imaniya kweli inapita pesa na kama ukanguka una poteya baraka, na imani yenu aiwezi kuzala ma tunda, wala baraka siku Yesu Christo atarudiya. 8 Bado amuya ona Yesu, lakini muna mupenda, ata sasa hamumu one kwala kini muna mwamini, na muko na furaha sana yenye kuyala na utukufu. 9 Na sasa muta pata baraka kwa juu ya imani yenu, na kwa ku jipana kwenu. 10 atabiri, balipe,da kujuwa kabisa, kuokolewa uku kupitiya uruma yenu. 11 alipenda kujuwa tuta okolewa na muna gani; na wa kati gani roho wa mungu ilikuwa ikasema nabo kuusu matezo ya Yesu, na mamulaka gani ita mufwata Yesu, nyuma yayote. 12 Na ili oneshewa na batabiri kama bali kuwa na tumika kazi iyi sikwajili yabo tu! apana, ni kwa ajiloi ya batu bote, ata bale bote benye kuleta habari muzuri kwenu, ni kwa nguvu ya Roho mu takatiku wa mungu, aliyezu ngumuza tena na ba malaika. 13 Mukuwe na imani ya nguvu sana, mukuwe ba pole kwa mawazo yenu, na mukuye na akili muzuri kupiti ya uruma wa Yesu Christo, wakati wa ufufuko wake. 14 Kama batoto ba eshima, musi kamatiwe na tamaa, kama vile mulikuwa zamani bapagano, 15 kama vile Yesu nimutakatifu, na mweye mukuwe batakatifu kati na maisha yenu yote muzima. 16 Kama sababu ili andikwa, mukuwe watakatifu, sa vile miye niko mutakatifu. 17 Na wakati muta ombamungu, yeye atalipa kila mutu, kufatana na matendo yake, mutembeje maisha yenu muzuri na utakatifu. 18 Mujuwe kama aiko juu ya makuta, walakwa zahabu, bitu bi baya, ndjoo tuli okolewa ka tika Zambi? 19 Nikwajili ya damu ya bei, ya Yesu Christo mutoto wa ko,dolo mwenye ana bubaya wala kilema. 20 Yesu Christo, ali chaguliwa kuto keya mwango wa duniya kama nguzo ya duniya, la kimi sasa, kwa ma siku iyi ya mwisho, ana onesh wa kwenu, 21 Na muna mwamini mungu kupiti ya Yesu, uyu Mungu ali fufula toka bafu, na aka mupa uwezo kwasababu imani yenu ikuuze kwa mungu. 22 Mu fanye ma Rohayenu, ikuwe safi, kwa ku mu eshimiya Yesu, kwa sa babu ya upendo wake wa kweli, basi mupendane mweye bote, kwa moyo moya. 23 Muna isha zaliwa mara ya pili, si kwa mbeko ya kuoza, la kimi kwa mbeko muzima, kupitiya neno ya mungu ya uzima. 24 Kwasababu ma ungu yote ina fanana na mayani, na sifa yake yote iko kama mauwa ya ma yani, kama mayani ina kauka na ma huwa ina fubala. 25 Kwala kini, neno ya Mungu ita bakiya milele, iyi nihabari njema ya kweli ina tangaziwa kwenu.
1 Kwa hivi muweke pembeni bubaya bote, bongo yote, chupika bwivu kukosa kusema kweli, tamoa na kuse makanya yote. 2 Sa vite batoto banatoka kuzalikwa, banakuyaka na hamu sana ya majiba ya mama yaka, na shiye tunyo. Nye majiba yaki rohojure tukomeye ndani ya wokovi kama munapima kusema bwana ni mwema, mukupe kwake. 3 Yeye njo igiwe ya nzima ile watu walikatalaka, lakini Mungu ana ichakula na kuyipatia bei sana. 4 Mwenye baku mwamini mukomaibwe majima munayenga yulu yake, kushimamisha nyumba ya ki rohop juu ya bukuhani bwa kiroho munachoma matoleo ya ki roho ya ku pendeza Mungu kupitia Yesu. 5 Na mandiko yenye inaisha kusema: "Mu one mina weka katikati ya Ziona jiwe la musingi, yaku chakuliwa na ya bei sana. 6 Kila mutuana mu amini yeye haweze kupata haya. 7 Hivi kavumu ni yenu baku mwamini. Lakini ile " jiwe nayenga walikatala njo inaweka chini mu koma ya nyumba" na " inakuwa jiwe yaku kwaza watu na mwamba ya vundja watu. 8 Waku jikwa ko ni wale wanakala kwamine ile neno yenye wali wahumiaka. 9 Lakini mweye njo kizazi takatifu, muko wa kuhani tena wafalme benye inchi bakuchaliwa batu benyeku kombolewa na Mungu, juu mutangaze buzuri bote bwa Mungu ule ali mi tia kutoka mu giza na kuya mu muru yake yakushangaisha. 10 Zamani hamuku kuwa watu. lakimi sasa munakuwa batu ba Mungu. Mbele Mungu ashikwanze kumishiriya buluma, lakini apa sasa, Mungu anamishikiriya buluma. 11 Wanduku wapendwa, namisubutisha, mwe Bageni na bapita njia, muji epushe kuma tamaa yote ya mwili ile inakomanisha riohi. 12 Mukuye tukatikati ya bapakano mwenendo muzuri, juu, pale beko banalandia aseme muko batenda Nzambe, baone matendo yenu mazuri, batatukuza Mungu ile siku atawatembelea. 13 Ju ya heshima ya Bwana, mwamze tukutiibenye ma cheo bote, kwanza na mufalme juu yewe ni mtawala mukubwa. 14 Ao kwa liwali juu yeye anakwa na kazi ya pika watenda maboya na kutapa kama muko munatenda bizuri. Inakuwa mapenzi ya Mungu kama muko munatenda bizuri, mufunge kinwa kya wasiya akili na wakukosa kujua. 15 Hivi muko watu wenye uhuru, ile uhuru yenu isikuye kifiko ya mambo mubaya, lakini mukuye kabisa wa tumushi wa Mungu. 16 Muheshimie tu watu ote mukuye na mapendo kwa wa Kristu. Mu mu ongope Mungu Mumutii mufalme. Mwe batumwa muba tii bakubwa yemu ba kazi. Haina tu paka bale ba roho muzuri ao bapote mubatii ata wale wama roho mubaya. 17 Juu ni heshima na funga roho katika maumivu yenye hauna bubaya. 18 Lakini haina eshima kama mutu anapikwa juu ya Zambi yake alitenda. 19 Lakini kama mukutende bizuri una tesekea mp, ni kavumu ya muzuri mbele ya Mungu. 20 Ndjo yenye Mungu alimi itia. Juu na Kristo mwenye we aliteswa juu yetu, anatu onesha mufano nanjia ya sisi kufwata mu mukulu yake. 21 Ule asikufanya Zambi, tena mukimwa yake hamukutoka bongo ata kidogo. 22 Pale balianza kumuchambula, yeye asikurudisha matushi. 23 Pale balimuteswa hakuwa ongopesha, lakini ali weka roho kwa ule atakata maneno yate sawasawa. 24 Jeye ahibeba zambi yetu ndaniya maungu yake yulu ya muti, juu sisi tusi kuwetena bu rafiki na zambi na juu tu kuwe tu mu maisha ya haki kwa mapiko alipaka, munapona kwa magonjwa. 25 Bote mulianza kuhangaika kama kondoo ya kupotea, lakini apa munarudia kwa mu chungaji na waku ongaza ma roho yenu.
1 Inasema kama bana muke bana patha ku djipeleka bwabababwana yabo, ata kama abana kitu, ata kama abana mapendo kueno dju abopeke bata badilika kama bana ona tabiya yenu na heshima yenu. 2 Na iyi aita kwa kwa ku kuvala kwabo, likini kwa mapendo ya roho na heshima mbele ya Mungu. 3 Apa bana sema ivi, mwana muke mwenye ana zambi ata heshimiya bwanayake na kumwuita mufalmewake. 4 Gisi sahana ali heshimia Abrahame na kumwita mufalmewake, na mueye bana muke mufanya mambo mazuri na mu atshe mambo ya fudjo. 5 Apa bana sema kama vidjana wa biti bintina yatima bote benye abana bazazi mukuwe na huruma, na upendo savile ba ndungu benye kudishusha bapole, musirudishe mubaya kwa mibaya. 6 Musi tshambane mufanye mambo mazuri dju mupate baraka ya mungu. 7 Kama muenye ana penda aone baraka kumaisha na ma siku yake tshini ya djuwa iongezeeke atende mambo ma zuri na atupe mambo mabaya, atafute salama kwadju Mungu ana wona na kusikia maombi, na iko naona bote bale benye biko nafanya mambo mabaya. 8 Naniata bafanya kama nguvu djuya mizuri yenye munafania? 9 Mwuenye a na teseka ndani ya ukueli ata barikiwa; ma Musiogope maneno yenye abo bana ogopa, musikue na wasiwasi. 10 Musikuru na wasiwasi. Kisha mutiye bwana Yesu ndaniyenu kama roho mutakanfu, na kila siku mu kuwe tayari kujibiya kilamutu muenye atauliza. Dju ya nini mukonakitumaini kwa Mungu? 11 Mu ifanye ndani ya kimia na heshima. 12 Mu kuwe na uruma dju batu bafate maisha yenu ya muzuri dani ya Klisto. 13 Isiaribike kwa sababu muna ongozewa kwa kiroho dju ya kuba onesha kama mulikuwa ba tenda zambi. 14 Nimuzuri sana kama mungu ana kuwa na lazimadju ya kuteseka ya kufanya mambo ya kushinda mambo mabaya. 15 Klisto naye aliteseka mara moya kwa dju ya zambi yetu. 16 Ye ye djo mwenye kweli aliteseka sababu yetu , aseme hakukuwa musema ukweli. 17 Djo kusema akutu beba kwa mungu. 18 Klisto Alikuya kukimwili lakini alikwa muzima kwaki roho, kwaki roho, aliyenda ku hubiri roho yenye ina fungiwa. 19 Ilikwa ni ku ndiya ya kuvumiriya ya Kristo mpaka saa iyeneye, siku ya kudjenga mashuwa, na mungu ali ponesha batu nusu ye peke ndani ya mayi. 20 Hiyi nikuonesha kama ni kubatiziwa ya kuba ponesha, aiko kama kunawa mayi dju buchafu itoke dani ya mwili. 21 Lakimi nikusema kama maombi zamiri muzuri kwa mungu, kufatana naku fufuka kwa Yesu Klisto. 22 Yeye ndo mukono wa kianaume wa Mungu Aliyenda mbinguni wa malaika, mamulaka na nguvu lazima imutuze yeye.
1 Vile Kristo alitesaka kupitia alitesaka kupita muili, tu vale sila zote vitetu. Ye a liteseka katika mwili, a metosha zambi. 2 La kini ule a naendeleya kuisi katika tamoa zamwili; mbali na mapenzi ya Mungu, kwa maisha yake. 3 Watalipa kazi yote kwake aliye tayazisha hukumu hukumu ku mabaya yote waliyo fanyo katika mwi wazambi, thuli, ulevi, na ma neno ya kufua nana. 4 Vile siye tu na jitenga na Zambi ju tu fanye maneno sawa nao njo vile wana sema mabaya ju yetu. 5 Wenye Zambi wata simama mbele yake ju ya ukumu. 6 SAbabu nao walikiya neno la Mungu kama na siye katika mwili zao. 7 Ya mahana kwenu mujuwe kama kama mwisho wa mambo yote uta wa. 8 Lakini ku mambo yote muwe na nguvu, upenda, ju upenda awusemi mabaya. 9 Mupokeyane, mukuke aribishane bila ubaguzi. 10 Vile ndani yenu mulipokeya vipaji muhitumikishe kama watumishi wenge walipata vipaji na baba Mungu. 11 Ikuwe kama mutu mishe a na onyeya, ana sema, awatenda kazi, ikuye kwa Mungu njo utukufu imurudiliye mungu kupitiya kwa Yesu Kristo. 12 Wapendwa nusi sabu kama kila jaribu ni ya nuda kidogo ndaniyenu. 13 Tena tuki zidi mu ile mateso, furahani ju ni mufana wa bwana wetu Yesu aliteseka vile vile. 14 Ata kama tu me chekelewa ju ya sina la bwana wetu Yesu, tu na barikiwa na roho ya mungu ndani yetu. 15 Lakimi asikuwe kama mwenge kutesa ju ya mambo mubaya kama wengine. 16 Lakini ukite seka kama muklisto ufurayi kabisa. 17 Wakati ime fika wa kusambisiwa katika ngumba wa Mungu. Nakama ina hanziya kwetu siye itakuwa je kubenye aba juwi Mungu (wapagani). 18 Tena kama mwenye takatifu ana okolewa na magumu, itakuwa je kwa bale benye zambi? 19 Sasa ju ya bale benye bana teseka ju ya kupana mwili yabo kwa muumba mwa minifu ili ha liwa kile nda mema.
1 Mimi mzee kati jenu na mushuda ja mateso ja Bwana ambaye na umoja katika utukufu itakaya. 2 Kuna kitumaini kwenu iongoji, moagoje bila kuwasumbua walio chini ja wongoji wenu aiko kwa mapenji jenu lakini kufatana na mapenji ja Mungu, musipende pesa ja faida, lakini kwa upendo 3 Musikue biongoji junja watuwaliyo chini jenu lakini mwe na mifano mjuri. 4 Wakati mlinzi mukuu atarudi mtapewa taji ja utukufu. 3 Musikue biongoji junja watuwaliyo chini jenu lakini mwe na mifano mjuri. 4 Wakati mlinzi mukuu atarudi mtapewa taji ja utukufu. 5 Kwenu vijana muwena kutii waliyo vigongoji wenu. 5 Kwenu vijana muwena kutii waliyo vigongoji wenu. 6 Mungu hafurahiake wenye kujivina mbele jake. Kwa hiyo mkae chini ja mkono wa Mungu na atawabariki. 7 Muwe na tumaini kwake yeye alie wapendo. 6 Mungu hafurahiake wenye kujivina mbele jake. Kwa hiyo mkae chini ja mkono wa Mungu na atawabariki. 7 Muwe na tumaini kwake yeye alie wapendo. 8 Mutambuwe, sababu sheteni ako anatafuta nani atakula sawa vili simba. 9 Msamame na nguvu na muwe natumaini, sababu watu wengine nao, walipite kwa hui magumu (mateso). 10 Kiisha ile mateso, Mungu mwenye neema tele, alie waite kwa utukufu katika mokomboji, atawapa nguvu. 11 Sifa iwe kwake siku jote. Amina. 11 Sifa iwe kwake siku jote. Amina. 12 Nawandikia hii kidjo kwa njia ya Silwano kama vile mpenji na ndugu maminifu natumainia na ninajua kwamba jote nimeandikia kwa neema ja Mungu. Simameni katika neno la Mungu. 12 Nawandikia hii kidjo kwa njia ya Silwano kama vile mpenji na ndugu maminifu natumainia na ninajua kwamba jote nimeandikia kwa neema ja Mungu. Simameni katika neno la Mungu. 13 Waminifu aliyo kuwa mjini BABELE walio chaguliwa pamoja manji wa nawasalimia ata mtoto yangu MARKO naye anawasalimu. 14 Musalimiane niye kwa niye kwa furalia na amani ikuwe pamoja nanyi molio kuwa katika Kristo. 13 Waminifu aliyo kuwa mjini BABELE walio chaguliwa pamoja manji wa nawasalimia ata mtoto yangu MARKO naye anawasalimu. 14 Musalimiane niye kwa niye kwa furalia na amani ikuwe pamoja nanyi molio kuwa katika Kristo.
1 Simoni Petro alitumwa na Yesu Kristo kwa bale benye balipokea imani yenye biko nayo hamu siye vile tulipata, na ile imani enye ilikwa ndani ya mungu na mwokozi weyu Yesu Kristo. 2 Neema ikwe na niye; kimia iongezeke kupitia ufaamu ya mungu na bwna wetu Yesu. Kupita ndiya ya Mungu tunapata mambo yake yote ya maana juya utakazo wamaisha. 3 Kutoka kwa mungu yule mwenye alituika juya buzuli ya utukufu yake, na nguvu yake. 4 Kwale njia tunapata kitumani sana ya ya malaku. Alifanya vile juya kutufanya watu wa ndani ya mapendo ya Mungu ju tusongembele tukimbiye Nzambi ya uyi dunia. 5 Juya ile mufanye nguvu yenu yenu yote juya kuongeza kwa imani yenu bumutu, na yulu ya bumutu, muongeze mafunzo, ku mafunzo, 6 muongeze kiumungu, kwa kiumungu muongeze undugu. 7 Kupita kwa upendo wa ndungu na kipeta kwa upendo wandugu upendo. 8 Mukifanya ivi nje mutazora matunda mingi ya mapendo ya bandugu juya kuyuwa bwana yetu Yesu Kristo. 9 Lakini yule mutu mwenye mambo iyi yote haîko ya mwenye kufamacho, haone tena mbali na anasabu utakaso wa nzambi yake yote. 10 Ju ya ile, bandugu mufanye nuvu ju ya kukwa na hakita na ju ya uchaguzi yenukama munafanya ile, hamutanguka tena. 11 Kwa ivi njo mulango ya kwibiya mbinguni milele milelekwa bwana Yesu Kristo. 12 Njo kwa maana nitapata wakati ya kubakumbusha mambo iyo, ata kama munajuwa na munakomea ndani ya ukweli. 13 Nawaza nitakuwa na kazi wakati yote ya kuwakumbusha kuwalamusha na kuwaacha ndani ya angalisho. 14 Kwa sababu najuwa nitabaacha kwa mana moya na bwana yetu Yesu Kristo alinionesha. 15 Nitayikaza kwa nguvu kwajili Yesu ju mukumbuku iyi maneno kisha miye kwenda. 16 Hayiko juya kufata manuwo ya bongo enye munashanesha njo tunayulisha nguvu na kukuya na mfalme wetu Yesu Kristo, lakinini sa vile tunamuona na macho yetu benyewe ku kiti yake. 17 Yeye alipita kutoka kwa mungu kunbudiwa na heshima enye ilisema njo mutoto mupenzi wangu mwenye na mupenda sana. 18 Sauti ile sikilikana kutuka mbunguni wakati tulikuwa pamoya na yeye ku mulima mutakatifu. 19 Na suje tuko na neno ya unabii enye muna wezatilia akuli: ni sawa na tala enye kuwaka ndani ya gizo, mpaka gensi butakusha na nyota yasubui itauonekana ndaniya ya roho yenu. 20 Muyuwe kama hakuwa unabii yenye inanidikiwa kwa ya sababu ya kujikumbusha kwa nabii yeye peke. 21 Kwa ju haiko kwa mapenzi ya mwana damu njo unubii ililetewa, lakini kwa roho mutakatifu nja aliongea na Mungu.
1 Batabiri yabongo wali onekana kwa Israeli, ba mwarimu ya bongo batakuya kwenu kwa kufuchana, nabateleka mafundisho ya uwongo nabatamukatala mfalme aliyewanza. Wana haribisha kwa wepesi wao wenyewe. 2 Wengi watafwata mumanjia yao ya kuharibika na kupitia kwao watazaeawu njia ya kweli. 3 Nakwa choyo zao na watawavuta watu wakileta maneno ya uongo kwa usambisha wao haitachelewa, kwa aribisho yao utawafwata. 4 Moana Mungu asikutenganisha wa malaika waliogeuka. Halafu aliwatupa ili wa fungwe nminyororo mpaka hukumu utakapokuja. 5 Wala Mungu haukuuvumilia mataifa ya zamani. Bali alimuonesha Nuhu mwenye wito waki kwakuwa na wenggine saba, wakati wa muvuruko gharika kwa dunia ya zambi. 6 Mungu kama alisambisa Sodoma na Gomora kwa mayini, ni mufana ju ya mazambi masiku itakapokuya. 7 Nakama alimuokola mwenye haki Loti, na alikuwa anasikitika na mifano mubaya hayi kufwata sheriya ya Mungu. 8 Mutu huyu wa haki alikwa nabo pamoja masiku kwa masiku aliteswa nafsi yake kwa ajili ya aliona na alisikia. 9 Na Bwana anajuwa mufano gani ya kuwaokola watu wake wakati ya mateso na mufano ya kwavumilia na kuwa hukumu siku ya mwisho. 10 Na wale wata kuwa munjia wa mwili wa tamazao, nawa hawaopope kuwa hukumu, kwa ku zarau mamulaka. Watu wana munamuna hii katika zambi Zao. hawagope mambo mabaya watukufu. 11 Ingawa malika wana kuwa na uwezo na nguvu kuliko mutu lakini hawawezi kuleta hukumu uao kwa Bwana. 12 Lakini hawa wanyama hawana naakili wametengenezwa kwa uficho ya kukamatua na kuteswa. 13 Bana lumia kwa mazambi yabo yenye bako banafuanya muchana kwa furaha yabo bana yala nabuchafu na mabaya bana furahiya bubaya ya dunia, na bongo yenye inabapendeza naye. 14 Macho yabo yabu yenye mayala nabusharabi nibenye kupenda sana kufuanya zambi banangusha benye kuwa na unani kidogo. Biko na moya watama ya makuta ni watoto benye kulainiwa. 15 Kisha kuacha njia ya kweli na bana fuata njia ya udanganifu ya Balaam mutoto wa Beori, mwenye alikuwa na penda sana makuta ya zambi. 16 Lakini alipata malipizi ju ya zambi yake. Pundu alikuwa bubu na akasema kama vile mutu, akafunga njia ya ba tabitiri. 17 Batu aba bekokama kiziwa maji ya kukauka. Banafanana kama vile mawingu yenye kuzambazwa na pepo kali kwa ajili yao. 18 Masemo yabo niya kujivuna banangusha batu katika inani ju ya tama ya mwili. Mafundisho yabo nikudanganya batu bale benye kubakimbiya katika mabaya. 19 Banambiyaka batu kama mutakuwa na maisha muzuri, na wakati bobenyewe mibafungwa ya zambi. Maana mutu ni mutumwa ya mambo eko na tenda. 20 Kama mutu akisha kutoka kumatendo ya zambi na ku amini Mungu kisha akarudilia tenabubaya, tabiya yake itakuwa tena mubaya kupita ile ya mbele. 21 Inapendezwa kama batu aba abangelijuwa neno la Mungu kuliko kuli fahamu na rudilia tena zambi. 22 Hadisi hiyi inaonesha kama ni bia kweli kubatu aba beko kama imbua akitapika chakula anakirudilia tena, na bana fanana tenana nguruwe kisha kunawa maji na anarudilia tena mupoto poto.
1 Wandugu wampenzi nawandikia barua yango ya pili, ile katika barua yango ya kwanza na ya pili, yule itabakumbusha kuwa na akili. 2 Ili muweze kukumbuka maneno henyewe ilisemewakawakati manabi mtakatifu, na kuhusu amri ya Bwana wetu mwokozi kwa kutunia mitume. 3 Mujuwe kama mbele ya yote, kwa sikuya mwisho, wasaliti watakuya wengi, watahishi sawasawa mapendo yao. 4 Watasema, hadisi ya kurudi iko wapi? tangiya zamani wazazi yetu walikufaka vitu vyote inabakia hyvyo. 5 Wakitafuta kusahau kama mbingu vilianzaka kutokana na neno a Mungu. 6 Wlisahau kana neno lake ya mayi ilipita ulimwengu kwakipindi hiyo dunia nzima imezama na maji na kuharibikiwa. 7 Lakini sasa mbingu sababo wa siku ya kusambiswa nakufa na watu wabaya 8 Ujuwe kitu moya wandugu wampenzi kwamba siku moya kwa Bwana ni kama miaka elfu moya, na miaka elfu moya ni kama siku moya. 9 Lakini Bwana haiwezi kukawa na ahadi lake, kama Yesu anafanya polepole kutimiza ahadi lake, kama inavyofikiriwa kuwa, lakini yeye ni mvumilivu kwa sababu yenu, yeye atamani hata moya aangamie lakini hutamani kutoa mudakwa wote wapate kutubu. 10 Siku ya Bwana itakuya kama mwizi ndani ya busiku mbingu itapita kupaza kelele. Vitu vita vita tekelezwa kwa moto. Dunia na vitu vyote vita fumulia wazi. 11 Hivi vitu vyote vitateketezwa kwa njia hii, utakuwa mutu gani? uishi na atakatifu na maisha ya kimungu. 11 Hivi vitu vyote vitateketezwa kwa njina hii, uta kuw mutu gani? uishi na atakatifu na maisha ya kimungu. 12 Inapasa kuyua na kutambua baraka hiyo wa siku ya Mungu siku hiyo mbingu itateketezwa kwa moto, na vitu vita ye yuswa katika motokali. 13 Lakini kutokana na ahadi yake, tuna ngoya mbingu mpya na dunia mpya ambayo wenye haki wataishi. 12 Inapasa kuyua na kutambua baraka hiyo wa siku ya Mungu. Siku hiyo mbingu itateketezwa kwa moto. Na vitu vita yeyushwa katika moto kali. 13 Lakini kutokana na ahdi yake, tuna ngoya mbingu mpya na dunia mpya ambayo wenye haki wata ishi. 14 Wandugu wa mpenzi, kwa kuwa kuta yarisha vitu hivi, fanya nguvu yako yote na kusimama mbele ya Bwana siku ile. 15 Lakini uvumulivu wa Bwana wetu katika wokovu kama mpendwa kaka yetu Paulo, alivyowaandikia nyinyi, kotokana na hekima ambayo alipewa. 14 Wandugu wa mpenzi, kwa kuwa kuta yarisha vitu hivi, fanya nguvu yako yote na kusimama mbele ya Bwana siku ile. 15 Lakini uvumilivu wa Bwana wetu katika wokovu kama mpendwa kaka yetu Paulo, alivyowaandika. 16 Paulo anaongelea hayo yote katika barua zake kuna vitu ambayo ni vigumu kuvi elewa. Watu wasio na adabu na uimara wa meviharibu vitu hivyo, na kama wanavyofanya kwa maandiko kuolekea maa ngamiziyao 16 Paulo anaongelea hayo yote katika barua zake kuna vitu ambayo ni vigumu kuvielewa. Watu wasio na adabu na vimara kuvielewa. Watu hivyo, na kama wangyofanya kwa maandiko kuolekeanmaangimiziyao. 17 Hivyo, wandugu wa mpenzi, kwa kuwa mna yafahamu hayo ilindeni wenyewe ili misipotoshwe na uda nganyifu wala ilupoteza uaminifu. 18 Lakini mukue katikanneema na ufahamu wa Bwana na mwokozi Yesu Kristo. Na sasa utukufu na yeye sasa na milele. Amina. 17 Hivyo, wandugu wa mpenji, kwa kuwa mna ya fahamu hayo ilindeni wenyewe ili misipotoshwe na udanganyifu wala kupoteza uaminifu. 18 Lakini mukeu katika neema na ufahamu wa Bwana na mwakozi Yesu Kristo. na sasa utukufu na yeye sasa milele. amina
1 Yenye ilikuwa kumwanzo (yenye tulisikia tuliona na macho yetu, tuliangalia, na mikono yetu iligusa) kuhusu neno la uzima. 2 Na uzima yenye ilionekana, na tuliona, na tu naishuhudiya, tunabatangaziya maisha ya milele, yenye ilikuwa na Baba, na ilionyeshewa kwetu. 3 Yenye tuliona na tulisikia, tu na baambia pia, ju mushirikiane na siye. Na ushirika yenu iko pamoya na Baba, na Mutoto wake Yesu Kristo. 4 Tuta baandikia hii maneno kusudi furaha yetu ikuwe muzuri kabisa. 5 Hiyi njo habari tulisikia kutoka kwake na tunabatangaziya: Mungu ni nuru na hakuna hata giza kwake. 6 Tukisema kama tunashirikiana naye na tunatembea mu giza, tunadanganya na hatuseme kweli. 7 Lakini tukitembea ndani ya nuru kama vile yeye iko ndani ya nuru, tukonashirikiana bamoya kwa bengine. 8 Tukisema hatuna zambi, tuna jidanganya, na hakuna kweli ndani yetu. 9 Lakini kama tukitubu zambi yetu yeye ni muaminifu na wa haki ju ya kutusamehe na kutusafisha na mabaya yote. 10 Na tukisema kama hatukufanya zambi, tunamufanya mwongo, na neno yake haiko dani yetu.
1 Batoto, ninabandikiya maneno hii kwa sababu musitende zambi. Kama moya kati yenu anatenda zambi, tuko na mutetezi wa kutusemeya kwa Baba, Yesu Kristo Mutu wa haki. 2 Alijifanya sadaka ya zambi yetu na haiko tu juu yetu , lakini juu ya batu bote ba duniya muzima. 3 Na kwa hiyo, tuna tambuwa kama tunamujuwa, tuki chunga amri zake. 4 Mutu akisema: «minamujuwa Mungu», lakini hachunge amri zake ni mwongo na kweli haiko ndani yake. 5 Na mwenye kuchunga maneno yake, kwa kweli ule mutu, upendo wa Mungu utamufanya kuwa mwenye haki. Na kwa hiyo tunajuwa kama tuko ndani yake. 6 Mwenye anasema: niko ndani ya Mungu, anapashwa kutembeya kama vile Yesu Kristo alitembeya. 7 Mupendwa, sibandikiye amri ya mupya, lakinini ile ya zamani, yenye mulipokeyaka toka mwanzo, na amri ya zamani, ni maneno yenye mulisikiyaka. 8 Lakini minabaandikiya amri mupya, ya kweli ndani ya Yesu na ndani yenu. Kwasababu giza inakimbiya na nuru ina tawala. 9 Mwenye atasema kama iko ndani ya nuru na hapendi ndugu yake, iko ndani ya giza mpaka leo. 10 Mwenye kupenda ndugu yake iko ndani ya nuru na hakutakuwa kitu ya kumwangusha. 11 Lakini mwenye anachukiya ndugu yake iko ndani ya giza, na anatembeya ndani ya giza; na hajuwe kwenye anaenda; kwa sababu giza inamufanya kipofu. 12 Batoto yangu bapendwa minabaandikiya kwa sababu zambi zenu zimesamehewa kwa jina yake. 13 Nabaandikiya ba baba kwa sababu munamujuwa ule mwenye iko tangu mwanzo ya duniya. Nabaandikiya biyana kwasabu muna shinda bajambazi. Nabaandikiya batoto badogo kwa sababu muna muyuwa Baba. 14 Nabaandikiya ba baba kwa sababu munamujuwa ule mwenye iko tangu mwanzo ya duniya. Nabaandikiya biyana kwasabu muko na nguvu na neno ya Mungu iko ndani yenu na mulishinda bajambazi. 15 Musipende duniya wala bitu biko ndani ya duniya, kama mutu akipenda duniya upendo wa mungu hauko ndani yake. 16 Kwasabu yote yenye kuwa ndani ya duniya (tamaa ya mwili, tamaa ya macho na kiburi ya uzima) haitoke kwa Baba lakini inatoka ku duniya. 17 Duniya na tamaa yake bitapita, lakini mwenye kufanya mapenzi ya Mungu ataishi milele. 18 Batoto badogo, ni wakati ya mwisho. Vile mulisikiyaka kama mupinga-Kristo anakuya, sasa bapinga-Kristo bamingi banaonekana. Kwa ile tuna tambuwa kama ni wakati ya mwisho. 19 Balitoka kati yetu, lakini habakukuwa betu. Kama balikuwa betu, bangebakiya na shiye. Lakini, saa balitoka ndani yetu inaonesha kama habiko betu. 20 Lakini nyie mulipakaliwa na ule mwenye iko Mutakatifu, na muna yuwa kweli. 21 Kama nilibaandikiya sikusema kama hamujuwe kweli lakini ni kwa sababu muna yuwa kama hakuna bongo ndani ya kweli. 22 Nani musema bongo, haiko ule mwenye anapinga kama Yesu ni Kristo? Mutu wa vile ni mupinga-Kristo sababu ana kana Baba na Mutoto. 23 Mubenye bana kana Mutoto hakuna mwenye iko na Baba. Mwenye kujuwa Mutoto iko na Baba. 24 Kwenu nyie, byenye mulisikiyaka tangu mwanzo bibakiye ndani yenu. Kama byenye mulisikiyaka bingali ndani yenu, mutabakiya ndani ya Mutoto na ndani ya Baba. 25 Na ahadi yenye alitwachiya ni hii: Uzima ya milele. 26 Nabaandikiya hii maneno kuhusu benye bangetaka kubapoteza. 27 Basi kwenu, upako yenye mulipata inabakiya ndani yenu, na hamuna lazima ya mutu kubafundisha. Lakini, gisi upako yake ina bafundisha byote na ni kweli, haiko bongo, na gisi alibafundisha mubakiye ndani yake. 28 Na sasa batoto bapendwa, mubakiye ndani yake, kwa sababu wakati atakuya tutakuwa na bidii na hatutapata haya mbele yake wakati atarudiya. 29 Kama muna yuwa ni Mutu wa haki, na muyuwe kila mutenda haki anazaliwa naye.
1 Muone mapendo gani Baba anatupatiya, kusudi batuite batoto ya Mungu, na ni vile tuko. Juu ya hii, duniya haituyuwe, sababu haikumuyuwa Baba. 2 Banduku bapendwa, tangiya sasa tuko batoto ya Mungu, gisi tutakuwa haiya julikana bado. Tunayuwa kama wa kati Kristu ataonekana, tutakuwa kama yeye, na tutamuona gisi iko. 3 Na mwenye iko na ile tumaini ya maisha yenye kujengewa juu yake, ajitakase kama vile ye peke ni Mutakatifu . 4 Na mwenye anaendeleya kufanya zambi ana vunja sheriya sababu zambi ni kukosa kweshimiya sheriya. 5 Muna yuwa kama Kristo alionekana ju ya kuvuta zambi zetu, na ndani yake hamuna zambi. 6 Mwenye ana ishi ndani yake hata endeleya kufanya zambi. Na mwenye anaendeleya na zambi aya muonaka wala kumuyuwa. 7 Batoto bapendwa, musiache mutu abapoteze. Mwenye anatenda haki ni mutu wa haki sawa vile Kristo yepeke ni muhaki. 8 Mwenye ku fanya zambi ni wa shetani, sababu shetani ye peke alifanya zambi tangu mwanzo njo mana Mutoto wa Mungu alikuya kusudi aribishe kazi za shetani. 9 Mwenye ana zaliwa na mungu hafanyake zambi, kwa sababu mbego ya Mungu iko ndani yeke . Hataongeza tena kufanya zambi, sababu anazaliwa na Mungu. 10 Kwa ile batoto ya Mungu na bale bashetani bana julikana. Mwenye afanye haki haiko wa Mungu, mwenye hapendi ndugu yake na ye vile vile. 11 Muwone ujumbe yenye mulisikiya tangia mwanzo: tuna pashwa kupendana bamoya kwa bengine. 12 Haiko sawa Kaina mwenye alikwa wa shetani, akawuwa ndugu yake. Tena sababu gani alimuna ? Ju matendo yake ilikuwa ya mubaya , na ya ndungu yake ilikwa ya kweli. 13 Musi shangale bandugu, kama duniya ina tuchukiya. 14 Tuna yuwa kama tunatambuka kifo tuna pata uzima , sababu tu na penda bandugu. Mwenye ana upendo ndani yake ni mufu. 15 Mwenye ata chukiya ndugu yake ni muuwaji. Na muna djuwa kama muwaji hawezi pata uzima wa milele. 16 Tuli juwa mapendo ya kweli sababu Kristo alitowa uzima yake ju yetu, na shiye tuna pashwa kutowa uzima yetu juu ya beingine. 17 Lakini mwenye iko na mali ya duniya , na ana ona ndugu yake mumagumu ana funga roho, bila kumusikiliya uruma, na munagani mapendo ya Mungu ita kwa ndani yake? 18 Batoto yangu bapendwa, tusi tusipende kwa masemo na kwa kinyua, lakini kwa matendo na kweli. 19 Kwa hiyo tuta yuwa kama tuku ndani ya kweli, na tuta akikisha mioyo yetu ndani yake . 20 Sababu kama moyo wetu inatuhukumu, Mungu ni mukubwa kushinda moyo wetu, na anayuwa kila kitu. 21 Bapendwa, kama moyo wetu haituhukumu, tuko na kitumaini kia kweli mbele ya Mungu. 22 Na yote tutalomba , tutaipata kwake , kwa sababu tunachunga amri yake na tunatenda mema mbele yake. 23 Na hii ni amri yake, yenye tunaamini kwa jina ya Mutoto yake Yesu-Kristo, na tupendane wote kama vile ye peke anatupenda. 24 Mwenye anachunga amri ya Mungu, iko ndani yake na Mungu iko ndani yake. Na kwa hii tunayuwa kama iko ndani yetu, kwa Roho yenye alitupatiya.
1 Bapendwa, musiamini kila roho, lakini muzichunguze kama zina toka kwa Mungu. Sababu ba nabii bamingi ba bongo balisha tokea mu dunia. 2 Kwa hii mutatambua Roho ya Mungu: kila Roho yenye inaamini kama Yesu Kristo alikuya kwa mwili, ni ya Mungu. 3 Na kila Roho yenye haiamini Yesu haiko ya Mungu. Ni roho ya mupinga-Kristo mwenye mulisikiaka kama atakuya, na sasa alisha kuya mu duniya. 4 Nyie batoto bapendwa, muko ba Mungu, na mulibashinda sababu mwenye iko ndani yenu iko mukubwa kushinda mwenye iko mu duniya. 5 Ni ba duniya; njo maana banasema byenye kuelekea duniya na duniya inabisikia. 6 Shiye ni ba Mungu ; mwenye anayuwa Mungu, anatusikia, mwenye haiko wa Mungu hatatusikie, kwa ile njo tuna tambua roho ya kweli na roho ya udanganyifu. 7 Bapendwa, tupendane shiye kwa shiye sababu mapendo ni ya Mungu na mwenye anapenda, anazaliwa na Mungu na anamuyuwa Mungu. 8 Mwenye hana mapendo, hamuyuwe Mungu, sababu Mungu ni mapendo. 9 Mapendo ya Mungu ilionakana juu yetu sababu Mungu ali tuma Mutoto wake wa pekee kusudi tuishi ju yake. 10 Mapendo ya Mungu ni ivi: shiye hatu ku mupenda lakini ye njo alitupenda na akatuma Mutoto yake sawa sadaka ya kutegetezwa ju ya kutosha zambi zetu. 11 Bapendwa, kama Mungu alitupenda, tupendane shiye kwa shiye. 12 Hakuna mwenye alishakaona Mungu, kama tuna pendana shiye kwa shiye, Mungu iko ndani yetu na mapendo yake inakamilika ndani yetu. 13 Kwa hii, tunayuwa kama tuko ndani yake na yeye iko ndani yetu, sababu alitupatia sehemu ya Roho yake 14 Tuliona na tunahakikisha kama Baba alituma Mutoto wake kama Mwokozi wa duniya. 15 Mwenye atakubali kama Yesu ni Mutoto wa Mungu, Mungu anaishi ndani yake, naye ndani ya Mungu. 16 Tena tuli yuwa na tuliamini ku mapendu ya Mungu kwetu. Mungu ni mapendo na mwenye anaishi ndani ya mapendo, anaikala ndani ya Mungu na Mungu anaikala ndani yake. 17 Kwa sababu ya hii, mapendo hii inakamilika ndani yetu, kusudi tukuwe na tumaini siku ya hukumu, kwa sababu vile iko njo vile tuko ndani ya duniya hii. 18 Ndani ya mapendo hamuna boga, lakini mapendo ya kweli inaondosha boga, sababu boga inaleta hukumu na mwenye kuogopa hakukamilika ndani ya mapendo. 19 Tunapenda sababu Mungu ali tupenda wa kwanza. 20 Kama mutu anasema:«Napenda Mungu» lakini anachukiya ndugu yake, ni musema bongo. Sababu mwenye hapende ndugu yake mwenye anaonaka, atapenda Mungu mwenye haonake. 21 Na amri alitupatia njo hii: kila mwenye anapenda Mungu, apende ndugu yake.
1 Kila mwenye anaamini kama Yesu ni Kristo, anazaliwa na Mungu. Na kila mwenye anapenda Baba, anapenda pia Mutoto mwenye anazaliwa naye. 2 Kwa sababu hii, tunayuwa kama tunapenda batoto ba Mungu: wakati tunapenda Mungu na kutimiza amri yake. 3 Muone mapendo ya Mungu: tuchunge amri yake. Na amri yake haiko nguvu. 4 Kila mwenye anazaliwa na Mungu anashinda duniya. Na hii njo ushindi wa duniya: imani yetu. 5 Ni nani mwenye anashinda duniya? Ni ule mwenye anaamani kama Yesu ni Mutoto wa Mungu. 6 Mwone mwenye alikuya na mayi na damu: Yesu Kristo. Hakukuya na mayi tu, lakini na mayi na damu. 7 Kwa sababu biko batatu benye banashuhudiya. 8 Roho, mayi na damu. Bote batatu banasikilizana. 9 Kama tukaitika ushuhuda ya batu, ushuhuda wa Mungu ni kubwa sana. Kwa sababu Mungu alishuhudiya Mutoto wake. 10 Mwenye kuamini Mutoto wa Mungu iko na ushuhuda ndani yake. Na ule mwenye haamini Mungu anamufanya kuwa muongo, sababu akusadiki ushuhuda wa Mungu ju ya Mutoto wake. 11 Na hii ni ushuhuda: Mungu alitupatia uzima wa milele, na hii uzima iko ndani ya Mutoto wake. 12 Mwenye iko na Mutoto iko na uzima. Mwenye hana Mutoto wa Mungu hana uzima. 13 Nilibandikia hii maneno kusudi muyuwe kama muko na uzima wa milele, kwa nyie benye munaamini jina ya Mutoto wa Mungu. 14 Tena, tazama tumaini yenye tuko nayo mbele yake, kama tunamulomba kitu yote kufwatana na mapenzi yake, anatusikia. 15 Tena, kama tunayuwa anatusikiya, kyote kyenye tunamulomba, tunayuwa kama tu naipata. 16 Kama mutu anaona ndugu yake kutenda zambi yenye hailete kifo, amuombeye, na Mungu atamwokowa. Na semea apa zambi yenye hailete kifo. Kuko zambi yenye inaleta kifo; siseme kama munapashwa kuiombeya. 17 Ku kosa haki yote ni zambi, lakini kuko zambi yenye ailete kifo. 18 Tuna juwa kama yeyote amezaliwa na Mungu hatendake zambi. Lakini mwenye anazaliwa ndani ya Mungu anajichunga safi, na mujanja awezi kumutendeya ubaya. 19 Tunayuwa kama tuko batu ba Mungu na duniya yote inaongozwa na shetani. 20 Lakini tunayuwa kama Mutoto wa Mungu alikuya na alitupatia akili kusudi tuyuwe mwenye iko kweli. Pia, tuko ndani ya mwenye iko kweli, katika Mutoto wake Yesu Kristo. Yeye ni Mungu wa kweli na uzima wa milele. 21 Batoto bapendwa, mujichunge na masanamu.
1 Mama muheshimiwa mchaguliwa na watoto wake wale na penda katika kweli, haiko miye peke lakini na bale bote baliyo juwa kweli; 2 Kwa sababu ya ukweli inakaa ndani yetu yenyi ita kaa na shiye milele. 3 Neema, rehema, amani iwe na nyiye wote kupitiya bwana mungu na Yesu Kristo, mtoto wa baba katika ukweli na upendo. 4 Nafurahi kukutana na wamoja watoto wako wana tembeya katika kweli, kufatana na amri tuliyopokeya kwa baba. 5 Sasa na kuomba mama, siyokwaku ku andikiya amri mpia, lakini ile tulipata tokeya mwanzo, ni ku pendana sisi kwa sisi. 6 Na ile upenda ni kutembeya katika zile amri. 7 Sababu wa danganyifu wengi wa na jitokeza na kuingiya katika dunia, na hawa kubali kama Yesu Kristo alizaliwa kwa mwili. Uyu ni mudanyanyifu na ni mpinga Kristo. 8 Angalisho kweni, ili musi poteze matuta ya kazi zenu, lakini mipokeye mshahara mingi. 9 Yeyote ana enda mbali na haikate mu mafundisho ya Kristo, hana na Mungu. Mwenyyi ana ikala mu mafundisho ya Kristo iko na baba pia na mwana. 10 Kama mutu anakuya kwenu pasipo kweta hii mafundi sho musimupokeye ndani ya nyumba yenu na musi musalimiye. 11 Mwenyi ana musalimiya ana ungana na matendo yake ya zambi. 12 12 Niko na mingi ya ku ba andikiya laki sipendi kuya andika kwa kikartasi na wine. Lakini na tumainiya kuja kwenu naku waambiya uso kwa, ili furaha yenu iwe kubwa. 13 Batoto ya dada yako mchaguliwa wana kusalimu.
1 Mzee kwa mupendwa Gaius, ule na penda katika kweli. 2 Mpendwa, na kuombeya uendeleye mu bitu na uwe na afya nzwa, kama vile rohoyako ina endeleya. 3 Juu nina furahi sana wakati wandugu wali ku ja na wali shuhudiya ukweli wako, kama vile una tembeya katika kweli. 4 Sina na furaha ingine kubwa kupitahii, kwa kusikiya kama watoto yangu wana tembeya katika kweli. 5 Wa pendwa una tumikisha uaminifu wakati uote una tumika juu ya wa ndugu na wa geni. 6 Wali shuhundiya upendo wako ndani ya kanisa. Una fanya muzuri kubatuma mu safari yabo vile ina pendeza mungu. 7 Sababu ya jina balitoka bila kukamata kitu ya ba pagano. 8 Tuna pashwa ku pokeya batu sawa haba, juu tu ku we natumika fasi moja juu ya kweli. 9 Nili andikiya mkutano, lakini diotrefe, mwenyi ana penda kuwa wa wakwanza ndani yabo, anakatala kutu pokeya. 10 Mana yake kama mina kuya, nita kumbuka kazi ana fanya, namuna ana sema mambo mbaya juu yetu na ma semi ya kutemboka. Siku furahi na kazi zake, hapokeye mwenyewe ba ndungu. Anakataza benyi ban penda kuyi fanya na an ba fukuza ndani ya mkutano. 11 ba pendwa, musi fate ya mubaya, lakini ya muzuri. Mwenye ku fanya mazuri ni wa Mungu; Mwenyi ku fanya ma baya haka ona Mungu. 12 Demetrius alipata ushuhuda wa bote na kwa kweli yeye peke. tu na shuhudiya piya, na muna juwa ka ushuhuda wetu ni wa kweli. 13 Wa kati nili anza ku andika hii baruwa, nili kuwa na mingi ya ku ambiya. Lakini sasa sitaki niyiseme kupitiya baruwa. 14 Na tumainiya kuku ona kwa muda ujao. pale tuta sema uso kwa uso. 15 Na omba Mungu akupe amani na wezetu ban ku salimiya.
1 Yuda, mutumishi ya Yesu Kristo, nduku ya Yakobo, na bale ba pendua ya Mungu Baba, na mulizi ya Yesu Kristo. 2 Na nehema, na kimia na upendo yake ikuwe na ongezaka. 3 Wapendua na fanya nguvu juu, nia ndikie juu ya ukovu na taka kuya ndika na kubatiya moyo mupgane kabisa juu ya imani ile muabukezi wa ninifu mala moya na wote. 4 Na bingi bana teleza kwa uficho kati yenu ni batu walisa, kuhandiki wa juu ya ukumuni, waza wata pata ukuiju juu ba nazorao Mungu na watenge huza neema yetu ni buchafu na kubisa kama mo kono 5 Sasa, natamani ku waita, (ata kama munua juwa yote) ya kama bwana aliokowa taifa mu Misri, lakini kisha ile aliharibu wote awa kuami. 6 Na wa malaika nao wale awaku chunga atuwa yao ya mamulaka lakini wali acha makao yao (Mungu aliwachunga wafungwa milele, ndani la giza juu ya hukumu ya siku kuu). 7 Ni swa Sodomo na Gomola na miji jirani wakaji towa wenyewe kua uzinifu na wana fuata taama yasio kawaida walionesha kuwa mufano kua ote weko nateswa na moto wa milele. 8 Namuna noya, wale wenye kulota wanatubu miili yao, wanatupila ukubwa na kusema bitu yasio maana juu ya viumbe vya ntukufu. 9 Pamoya malaika Michaeli wakati alimupinga shetani na kufwiya mwili ya Musa, akuweza kusema mabaya juu yake. Lakini alimambia: «Bwana akuhukumu mwenyewe !» 10 Lakini wale wote, wakutu kana wanatukana yote awakushikia. Vi ile inawaharibu. 11 Ole wao ! juu wanatembea mu njia ya Caina na wana jitupa katika makosa ya balaamu ya kupata bitu. Wakaharibuka ndani ya kutomboka ya Corea. 12 Awa ni miamba katika ma feti yenu ya mapendo. Wana furahi bila haya, na wanakula kua kujifurakisha. Ni mawingu pasi pamoya, inabebewana upepo. Ni miiti ya kuleta baridi pasipo mationda inakufua mara mbili, na kutu kuna mizizi. 13 Ni zaruba kali ya bahari, ina chamusha haya yao, ni manyota ina takataka juu ya usiku wa giza ili wekewa milele. 14 Enoki wa saba mu kizazi ya Adamu, anahuburi na kusema: «Angalia, Bwana alikuya na ma elfu na elfu watakatifu wake. 15 Anakuya kwa kuti miza hukumu juu ya dunia yote. Anakuya kushinda wote wabaya sababu ya matendo yao yote ya bure ile wenye zambi wasio amini waliosema juu yake.» 16 Ni watu wana nungunika na kulialiaya, wakakimbiya tamaa zao mubaya. Ni wenye kiburi, juu yaa faida zao, wara kudanganya wengine. 17 Lakini wao, wapendwa, mukumbukeni masemo ile ilisemewa zamani kupitiya mitume wa Bwana Yesu Kristo. Wali waombia: 18 «Ku mwisho ya wakati, kutakuya wenye kuziaki watafwata tamaa zao za mwili.» 19 Watu awa, wanaleta ubaguzi. Ni wa dunia na awana na roho. 20 Lakini ninyi, wapendwa, mulijengeni ninyi wenyewe katika imani takatifu na muombe kua roho mtakatifu. 21 Kaeni katika upendo wa Mungu na muchunge rehema ya Bwana. 22 Muwe wenye rehema, kati ya wale weko lakini mashaka. 23 Muwaponyeshe wangine kua kuwatosha mu moto. kua wengine, muwe na rehema pamoya na kuogopa. muchukiye ata mavazi yenye kuchafiliwa na mwili. 24 Sasa, kua ule anweza kuwaponesha kua kuanguka kuenu na mutembee bila kosa na furaha katika uwepo wa utkufu. 25 Kua yeye pekee, Mungu wa mokozi weu, kupiyiya Yesu Kristo Bwana wehe apokee utukufu heshima, na utawala, na uwezo,